Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/27?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 03:17:18 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[BATHING BEACH (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2566

Title

BATHING BEACH (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

Description






BATHING BEACH (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS
By-law Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E2
2. Application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E2
3. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E2
4. Temporary closure of beaches ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. E 2
5. Protection of beaches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... E 2
6. Erection of beach structures ... ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... ... ... E 2
7. Provision of public facilities at beaches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... E 3
8. Bill posting and notices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ....... ...... E 3
9. Animals and vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... E 3
10. Reservation of areas for swimmers ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 3
11. Protection of areas set aside for swimmers ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... E 4
12. Music and singing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... E 4
13. Public meetings and assemblies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... E 4
14. Begging for alms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... E 4
15. General conduct ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 4
16. Offences and penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... ... ... E 5
17. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought ... ... ... ...... E 5





BATHING BEACH (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

(Cap. 132, section 109)

[11 November 1960.]

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Bathing Beach (Urban
Council) By-laws.

2. These by-laws apply to the Urban Council area only.

3. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires-

'bathing beach' means any bathing beach which is specified in the
Fourth Schedule to the Ordinance and which is situated in the
Urban Council area;

'Council' means the Urban Council.

4. (1) Subject to any directions of the Council, the Director of
Urban Services may, from time to time, for the purpose of the cleansing
of any bathing beach or in the interests of the health or safety of
persons using any such beach

(a)close, or cause to be closed, to the public any such beach or
any part thereof, or

(b)restrict, or cause to be restricted, the use of any such beach
or any part thereof,

for such period as the Director may consider necessary having regard
to the circumstances.

(2) Any such closure of, or restriction of the use of, a bathing
beach shall be effected by the posting of a notice to that effect in any
conspicuous manner on the beach.

5. No person shall, on any bathing beach-

(a)do any act which is likely to endanger, obstruct,
inconvenience or annoy any other person using the beach; or

(b)do any act which is likely to damage, foul, litter, deface or
disorder the beach or anything situated thereon, or to pollute
the water adjacent to the beach; or

(c)light a fire other than in an area set aside by the Council or the
Director of Urban Services for use by the public for cooking
food.

6. Save with the consent in writing of the Council (which may be
granted on payment of such fee as the Council thinks fit) or by virtue of
a Crown lease or an agreement for a Crown lease and subject to such
conditions as may be specified on the granting of such consent or in
such lease or agreement for a lease, no person shall erect or maintain
any building, shed, matshed, tent, booth, stand or other structure on
any bathing beach:





Provided that the Council may, by notice posted at any bathing
beach, permit the temporary erection of tents, shades and awnings
for the personal use of 'the respective owners thereof during such
times and on such parts of the beach as are specified in the notice.

7. (1) Save in pursuance of a contract entered into with
the Council or the Government, no person shall, at any bathing
beach, sell, offer or expose for sale, or let to hire or offer or expose
for letting to hire, or otherwise trade or deal in-

(a)any sunshade, deck-chair or inflatable or other beach
equipment of any kind whatever;

(b)any vessel, boat or other craft, or any appliance or equip-
ment used by bathers or swimmers;

(c)any rod, line, fishspear, net, bait or other fishing equip-
ment; or

(d)any food, drink, clothing, towels, bathing costumes, toys
or other articles whatsoever.

(2) Any person who hires to bathers any bathing costumes or
towels shall cause each such costume or towel to be sterilized by
immersion in boiling water for not less than 30 seconds after each
occasion upon which the same is hired.

8. Save with the permission in writing of the Council or the
Director of Urban Services and subject to such conditions as may be
specified, no person shall affix, erect, exhibit or distribute any bill,
placard or notice at any bathing beach.

9. (1) Save with the permission in writing of the Council or
the Director of Urban Services, no person shall bring, or cause or
suffer to be brought, onto any bathing beach-

(a) any vehicle, except a perambulator; or

(b) any animal.

(2) Where any bathing beach includes any road, or part of
a road, which is provided for use by vehicles, the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall not apply to any vehicle which is brought, or
caused or suffered to be brought, on any such road.

10. (1) The Council may set aside for the sole use of swim-
mers the whole or any part of the waters adjacent to any bathing
beach.

(2) Where any waters are set aside under paragraph (1), the
Council shall cause the area so set aside to be demarcated in such
suitable manner as, in the opinion of the Council, will best draw
thereto the attention of persons using the beach:

Provided that, where the whole of the waters adjacent to any
beach are so set aside, it shall be sufficient to post a notice to that
effect in any conspicuous place upon the beach.





11. (1) Save with the permission in writing of the Council or
the Director of Urban Services, no person shall, without reason-
able cause or excuse, bring into or use in, or cause or suffer to be
brought into or used in, any part of the waters adjacent to any
bathing beach set aside for the use of swimmers under by-law 10(1),
any vessel, boat, canoe or similar craft or any surf-board or water-
skis or any board designed or adapted for use in water by being
propelled by wind.
(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to include
inflatable rubber dinghies or other inflatable articles unless the same
are propelled by motors, sails, oars, paddles or poles.
(3) Save with permission in writing of the Council or the
Director of Urban Services, no person shall, without reasonable
cause or excuse, engage in any of the activities commonly known as
parachute jumping or parasailing on or from or over any bathing
beach or into or from or over any part of the waters adjacent to any
bathing beach set aside for the use of swimmers under by-law 10(1).

12. Save where the Council has, in writing, permitted the
operation or playing of, or the making of any sounds by means of,
any such instrument or the singing of any song, no person shall, on
any bathing beach, to the annoyance of any person using the beach,
operate, play, or make any sounds by means of, any musical or other
instrument, including any gramophone or radio apparatus, or sing
any song.

13. Save with the permission in writing of the Council, no
person shall, on any bathing beach, deliver, utter or read to the
public any speech, lecture, prayer, scripture or sermon, or enter into
any public discussion, or hold or cause to be held, or take part in,
any public meeting or procession.

14. No person shall beg for or gather alms, or, for the pur-
pose of gathering alms, expose or exhibit any sores, wounds or
bodily ailment or deformity, at any bathing beach.

15. No person shall, on any bathing beach-

(a) spit;
(b) use obscene language;
(c) indecently expose his person;
(d) conduct himself otherwise than in a peaceful, decent and
orderly manner;
(e) leave any litter, paper or rubbish (save in containers
provided for such purpose by the Council);

(f) wilfully throw or deposit any glass, china or tin, or any
oyster or other shell, or any sharp or injurious article or
substance likely to cause injury to persons using the beach;
or

(g) sort rags, bones, refuse or any like matter.





16. Any person who-

(a) contravenes any of the provisions of by-law 5, 6, 7, 8, 9(1),
11 (1) or (3), 12, 13, 14, or 15; or

(b) without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with any of the
requirements of a notice posted under by-law 4(2),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of $500 and to imprisonment for 14 days, and,
where the offence is a continuing offence, shall be liable in addition
to a fine of $10 for each day during which it is proved to the
satisfaction of the court that the offence has continued.

17. Without prejudice to the provisions of any other enact-
ment relating to the prosecution of criminal offences and without
prejudice to the powers of the Attorney General in relation to the
prosecution of such offence, prosecutions for an offence under any
of the provisions of these by-laws may be brought in the name of
the Council.
G.N.A. 101/60. L.N. 288/82. 10 of 1986. G.N.A. 132/60. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Application. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Interpretation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Temporary closure of beaches. Protection of beaches. L.N. 288/82. Erection of beach structures. Provision of public facilities at beaches. Bill posting and notices. Animals and vehicles. Reservation of areas for swimmers. Protection of areas set aside for swimmers. L.N. 288/82. L.N. 288/82. Music and singing. Public meetings and assemblies. Begging for alms. General conduct. Offences and penalties. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought.

Abstract

G.N.A. 101/60. L.N. 288/82. 10 of 1986. G.N.A. 132/60. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Application. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Interpretation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Temporary closure of beaches. Protection of beaches. L.N. 288/82. Erection of beach structures. Provision of public facilities at beaches. Bill posting and notices. Animals and vehicles. Reservation of areas for swimmers. Protection of areas set aside for swimmers. L.N. 288/82. L.N. 288/82. Music and singing. Public meetings and assemblies. Begging for alms. General conduct. Offences and penalties. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2566

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:40 +0800
<![CDATA[BATHING BEACH (REGIONAL COUNCIL) BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2565

Title

BATHING BEACH (REGIONAL COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

Description






BATHING BEACH (REGIONAL COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... D 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
3. Temporary closure of beaches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
4. Protection of beaches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
5. Erection of beach structures ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
6. Provision of public facilities at beaches, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
7. Bill posting and notices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
8. Animals and vehicles ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
9. Reservation of areas for swimmers ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
10. Protection of areas set aside for swimmers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4
11. Music and singing... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4

12. Public meetings and assemblies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4

13. General conduct ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D4
14. Offences and penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

15. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought ... ... ... ... ... D 5
16. Saving of Summary Offences Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5





BATHING BEACH (REGIONAL COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

(Cap. 132, section 109)

[ 11 November 1960.]

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Bathing Beach (Regional
Council) By-laws.

2. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires-

'bathing beach' means any bathing beach which is specified in the
Fourth Schedule to the Ordinance and which is situated in the
Regional Council area;

'Council' means the Regional Council.

3. (1) The Council may, from time to time, for the purpose of the
cleansing of any bathing beach or in the interests of the health or safety
of persons using any such beach

(a)close, or cause to be closed, to the public any such beach or
any part of any such beach; or

(b)restrict, or cause to be restricted, the use of any such beach or
any part of any such beach,

for such period as the Council may consider necessary having regard to
the circumstances.

(2) Any such closure of, or restriction of the use of, a bathing
beach shall be effected by the posting of a notice to that effect in any
conspicuous manner on the beach.

4. No person shall, on any bathing beach-

(a) do any act which is likely to endanger, obstruct, inconven-
ience or annoy any other person using the beach; or

(b)do any act which is likely to damage, foul, litter, deface or
disorder the beach or any thing situated thereon, or to pollute
the water adjacent to the beach; or

(c)light a fire other than in an area set aside by the Council for
use by the public for cooking food.

5. Save with the consent of the Council (which may be granted on
payment of such fee as the Council thinks fit) or by virtue of a lease
from the Crown or an agreement for the grant by the Crown of a lease,
and subject to such conditions as may be specified on the granting of
such consent or in any such lease or agreement, no person shall erect or
maintain any building, shed, matshed, tent, booth, stand or other
structure on any bathing beach:





Provided that the Council may, by notice posted at any bathing
beach, permit the temporary erection of tents, shades and awnings for
the personal use of the respective owners thereof during such times and
on such parts of the beach as are specified in the notice.

6. (1) Save in pursuance of a contract entered into with the Council,
no person shall, at any bathing beach, sell, offer or expose for sale, or
let to hire or offer or expose for letting to hire, or otherwise trade or deal
in

(a)any sunshade, deck-chair or inflatable or other beach
equipment of any kind whatever;

(b)any vessel or any appliance or equipment used by bathers or
swimmers;

(c)any rod, line, fishspear, net, bait or other fishing equipment;
or

(d)any food, drink, clothing, towels, bathing costumes, toys or
other articles whatever.

(2) Any person who in pursuance of any such contract hires to
bathers or swimmers any bathing costumes or towels shall cause each
such costume or towel to be sterilized by immersion in boiling water for
not less than 30 seconds after each occasion upon which the same is
hired.

7. Save with the permission in writing of the Council, and subject
to such conditions as the Council may specify, no person shall affix,
erect, exhibit or distribute any bill, placard or notice at any bathing
beach.

8. (1) Save with the permission in writing of the Council, no person
shall bring, or cause or suffer to be brought, on to any bathing beach

(a) any vehicle, except a perambulator; or

(b) any animal.

(2) Where any bathing beach includes any road, or part of a road,
which is provided for use by vehicles, the provisions of paragraph (1)
shall not apply to any vehicle which is brought, or caused or suffered to
be brought, on any such road.

9. (1) The Council may set aside for the sole use of swimmers the
whole or any part of the waters adjacent to any bathing beach.

(2) Where any waters are set aside under paragraph (1), the
Council shall cause the area so set aside to be demarcated in such
suitable manner as, in its opinion, will best draw thereto the attention of
persons using the beach:





Provided that, where the whole of the waters adjacent to any
beach are so set aside, it shall be sufficient to post a notice to that
effect in any conspicuous place upon the beach.

10. (1) Save with the permission in writing of the Council, no
person shall, without reasonable cause or excuse, bring into or use in, or
cause or suffer to be brought into or used in, any part of the waters
adjacent to any bathing beach set aside for the use of swimmers under
by-law 9(1) any vessel or any surf-board or waterskis or any board
designed or adapted for use in water by being propelled by wind.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), the expression 'vessel' shall
not include inflatable rubber dinghies or other inflatable articles unless
the same are propelled by motors, sails, oars, paddles or poles.

(3) Save with permission in writing of the Council, no person shall,
without reasonable cause or excuse, engage in any of the activities
commonly known as parachute jumping or parasailing on or from or over
any bathing beach or into or from or over any part of the waters
adjacent to any bathing beach set aside for the use of swimmers under
by-law 9(1).

11. Save where the Council has, in writing, permitted the operation
or playing of, or the making of any sounds by means of, any such
musical instrument or the singing of any song, no person shall, on any
bathing beach, to the annoyance of any other person using the beach,
operate, play, or make any sounds by means of, any musical or other
instrument, including any gramophone or radio apparatus, or sing any
song.

12. Save with the permission in writing of the Council, no person
shall, on any bathing beach, deliver, utter or read to the public any
speech, lecture, prayer, scripture or sermon, or enter into any public
discussion, or hold or cause to be held, or take part in, any public
meeting or procession.

13. No person shall, on any bathing beach-

(a) spit;

(b) use obscene language;

(c) indecently expose his person;

(d)conduct himself otherwise than in a peaceful, decent and
orderly manner;

(e)leave any litter, paper or rubbish (save in containers provided
for such purpose);

(f) wilfully throw or deposit any glass, china or tin, or any oyster
or other shell, or any sharp or injurious article or substance
likely to cause injury to persons using the beach; or

(g) sort rags, bones, refuse or any like matter.





14. Any person who-

(a)contravenes any of the provisions of by-law 4, 5, 6, 7,
8(1), 10(1) or (3), 11, 12 or 13; or

(b)without reasonable cause or excuse, fails to comply
with any of the requirements of a notice posted under
by-law 3(2),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of $500 and to imprisonment for 14 days, and,
where the offence is a continuing offence, shall be liable in addition
to a fine of $10 for each day during which it is proved to the
satisfaction of the court that the offence has continued.

15. Without prejudice to the provisions of any other enact-
ment relating to the prosecution of criminal offences and without
prejudice to the powers of the Attorney General in relation to the
prosecution of such offences, prosecutions for an offence under any
of the provisions of these by-laws may be brought in the name of the
Council.

16. Nothing in these by-laws shall be taken or construed to the
prejudice of the provisions of the Summary Offences Ordinance.
G.N.A. 68/60. L.N. 17/83. L.N. 67/85. 10 of 1986. G.N.A. 132/60. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Temporary closure of beaches. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Protection of beaches. L.N. 17/83. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Erection of beach structures. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Provision of public facilities at beaches, etc. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Bill posting and notices. 10 of 1986,s. 32(2). Animals and vehicles. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Reservation of areas for swimmers. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Protection of areas set aside for swimmers. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). L.N. 17/83. Music and singing. Public meetings and assemblies. General conduct. Offences and Penalties. L.N. 17/83. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Saving of summary offences ordinance. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). (Cap. 228.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 68/60. L.N. 17/83. L.N. 67/85. 10 of 1986. G.N.A. 132/60. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Temporary closure of beaches. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Protection of beaches. L.N. 17/83. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Erection of beach structures. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Provision of public facilities at beaches, etc. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Bill posting and notices. 10 of 1986,s. 32(2). Animals and vehicles. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Reservation of areas for swimmers. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Protection of areas set aside for swimmers. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). L.N. 17/83. Music and singing. Public meetings and assemblies. General conduct. Offences and Penalties. L.N. 17/83. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Saving of summary offences ordinance. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). (Cap. 228.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2565

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:38 +0800
<![CDATA[BASEMENTS (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2564

Title

BASEMENTS (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

Description






BASEMENT (URBAN COUNCIL) BY-LAWS

(Cap. 132, section 88)

[3 March 1961.]

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Basements (Urban Council)
By-laws.

2. These by-laws apply to the Urban Council area only.

3. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires-

'basement' means any cellar, vault, underground room or any room any
side of which abuts on or against the earth to an average height
exceeding 600 mm above the level of the floor;

'Council' means the Urban Council.

4. (1) Without prejudice to any other powers which the court may
exercise, on application being made to the court by or on behalf of the
Council for the closing of any basement used for the purpose of human
habitation, the court shall order the closure of such basement in any
case where-

(a)such basement is found by the court to be in such a state as
to be a nuisance or injurious or dangerous to health; or

(b)such basement having been constructed, reconstructed or
converted under the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance,
the occupation or use thereof for the purpose of human
habitation is contrary to the purpose for which such basement
was constructed, reconstructed or converted, as the case may
be.

(2) Any closure order made under paragraph (1) shall continue in
force until such time as the court is, on application either by the owner
or occupier of the basement in respect of which such order was made or
by or on behalf of the Council, satisfied that such basement has been
rendered fit for human habitation or that it will no longer be used for
such purpose.

(3) No person shall occupy any basement during the continuance
in force of a closure order made in respect thereof under paragraph (1).

5. Any person who contravenes by-law 4(3) shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $2,500 and
to imprisonment for 1 month and shall be liable in addition to a fine of
$50 for each day during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the
court that the offence has continued.





6. Without prejudice to the provisions of any other enact-
ment relating to the prosecution of criminal offences and without
prejudice to the powers of the Attorney General in relation to the
prosecution of such offences, prosecutions for an offence under any
of the provisions of these by-laws may be brought in the name of
the Council.
G.N.A. 30/61. L.N. 87/79. 10 of 1986. L.N. 285/87. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Application. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Interpretation. L.N. 89/79. Closure of certain basements. (Cap. 123.) Offences and penalties. L.N. 285/87. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought.

Abstract

G.N.A. 30/61. L.N. 87/79. 10 of 1986. L.N. 285/87. Citation. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Application. 10 of 1986, s. 32(2). Interpretation. L.N. 89/79. Closure of certain basements. (Cap. 123.) Offences and penalties. L.N. 285/87. Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2564

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:38 +0800
<![CDATA[ADVERTISEMENTS BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2563

Title

ADVERTISEMENTS BY-LAWS

Description






ADVERTISEMENTS BY-LAWS

(Cap. 132, sections 104 and 149)

[18 June 1920.]

1. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person by himself or by any
billposter or other person employed by him to affix or otherwise exhibit
any hoarding, notice board or poster used for the purpose of
advertising upon or against private property without the consent of the
owner or his representative and of the occupier, or upon or against any
railway without the consent in writing of the administrator of such
railway, or upon or against Crown property without the consent in
writing of the Director of Buildings and Lands, or except by virtue of
some other sufficient legal authority.

(2) In this by-law, 'railway' and 'administrator' have the same
meanings as in the Kowloon-Canton Railway Ordinance.

2. [Cancelled, L.N. 82/86]

3. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person by himself or by any
authorized agent to advertise any saleable commodity by means of any
lettering or device on any sail, flag, mast, spar, wood, awning or hull of
any vessel of any description in the waters of the Colony.

(2) This by-law shall not apply to any bumboat man bona fide
advertising his own name and trade and not advertising the saleable
commodities of another.

4. Nothing in these by-laws shall apply to any person acting, or to
any act done, under direction of the Government or of the naval, military
or air force authorities.

5. (1) No person shall-

(a)exhibit or allow to be exhibited any occulting sign on any
premises;

(b)exhibit or allow to be exhibited an occulting sign in any
premises in such a way as to be visible from outside the
premises.

(2) In this by-law, 'occulting sign' includes any sign whereby the
light thereof is cut off from view at regular or irregular intervals and any
sign which emits light suddenly or intermittently.
Note:These by-laws are deemed to have been made under section 104 of the
Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance, Chapter 132-see
section 149(1) of that Ordinance.





6. No person shall erect or exhibit or permit or suffer to be erected
or exhibited any advertisement which disfigures the natural beauty of
any scenery or affects injuriously the amenities of any locality.

7. [Cancelled, L.N. 82/86]

8. The projection of any advertisement from any premises, place or
spot to the sky, or to any other premises or place, or to any spot not
within or on the premises herein first mentioned, by reflection, or light
beam, or any other means of or similar to or comparable with magic
lantern or cinematograph projection, is prohibited.

Neon, etc., light signs

9. On the hoisting of the No. 5 or any storm signal above that
number, electric current supplying the transformers of neon signs
attached to the outside of any building shall be cut off and such current
shall remain cut off so long as any of the said signals remain hoisted.

10. Every person who proposes to erect or cause to be erected any
neon, electric or other similar light sign on or in any premises shall
notify the Director of Fire Services in writing before such sign is
erected.

11. No person shall erect or cause to be erected or allow to remain
on or in any premises occupied or used by him any such sign which
obstructs or renders less effective any fire-escape or other means of
escape in, on or from any building, or which interferes with road traffic.

12. Whenever it appears to the Director of Fire Services that any
neon, electric or other similar light sign is for any reason, including
inefficient maintenance, a source of serious risk of fire, it shall be lawful
for him, by notice in writing specifying the reason, to require the
removal of the sign. Within 7 days of the service of any such notice, the
person by or for whom the sign was erected and is maintained shall
cause the sign to be removed unless within such period of 7 days he
satisfies the Director of Fire Services, by remedying any defect or
otherwise, that the notice can safely be withdrawn.

13. In these by-laws, 'neon sign' means any arrangement of glass
tubing charged with neon, argon, helium or other inert gas which when
subjected to electrical pressure gives a bright glow, whether in the form
of letters, characters, model, device, border or outline, designed to
attract public attention to any building or place on or in which it may be
affixed.





Penalties and Citation

14. (1) Any person who contravenes by-law 1(1), 3(1), 5(1),
6, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 shall commit an offence and shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(2) Upon conviction for an offence against any of the by-laws
mentioned in paragraph (1), an order may be made for the removal
of the advertisement.

(3) Any person who fails to comply with any such order shall
be liable to a fine of $25 for every day that he is in default and to
imprisonment for 3 months.

15. These by-laws may be cited as the Advertisements By-laws.
G.N. 342/20. G.N. 593/39. 16 of 1940 G.N.A. 87/51. G.N.A. 107/54 42 of 1961 L.N. 76/82. L.N. 82/86 L.N. 94/86. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86 16 of 1940, s. 7. (Cap. 99.) 16 of 1940, s.7. 16 of 1940, s.7. G.N.A. 107/54. G.N. 593/39. G.N.A. 87/51. L.N. 82/86.

Abstract

G.N. 342/20. G.N. 593/39. 16 of 1940 G.N.A. 87/51. G.N.A. 107/54 42 of 1961 L.N. 76/82. L.N. 82/86 L.N. 94/86. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86 16 of 1940, s. 7. (Cap. 99.) 16 of 1940, s.7. 16 of 1940, s.7. G.N.A. 107/54. G.N. 593/39. G.N.A. 87/51. L.N. 82/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2563

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:37 +0800
<![CDATA[ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL) BYLAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2562

Title

ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL) BYLAWS

Description






ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL) BYLAWS

ARRANGEMENT OF BYLAWS

Bylaw Page

PART I

PRELIMNARY

1. Citation ............................. A4
1A. Application ......................... A4
2. Interpretation ....................... A4
2A. Restriction on slaughtering of animals A5
3. Appointment of authorized officers ... A5
4. Fees ................................. A5

PARTII

ADMISSION OF ANIMALS TO
ABATTOIRS

5. Hours of admission ................... A6
6. Power of manager to prohibit entry to parts of abattoir A 6
7. Animals which may be brought into abattoir A 6
8. Restriction on admission of animals to abattoir A 6
9. Animals not to be removed alive from abattoir without consent of manager A 7
10. Power of manager to refuse to admit animals if insufficient accommodation
available ...............................A 7
11. Admission form to be completed ......A 7
12. Power of authorized officer to affix tags or marks to animals A 7
12A. Removal of animal to another abattoir A 7
13. Power of authorized officer to give directions as to handling of animals A 8
14. Animals to be delivered to waiting lairage within 5 days of admission A 8
15. Power of authorized officer to have diseased or injured animals segregated and
slaughtered .............................A 9
16. Notice to be given to owner of animal slaughtered under bylaw 14 or 15 A 9

PART III

SLAUGHTER OF
ANIMALS

17. Owners register .....................A 9
18. Registration ........................A10
19. Deletion from owners register .......A10

20. Admission of animals to waiting lairage ....... A11





Bylaw Page
21. Power of manager to detain and dispose of unidentified animals, dressed
carcasses or carcasses A11
22. Manager to post daily statement of animals held in waiting lairage A11
23. Offence to remove animal from waiting lairage A11
24. Unauthorized persons not permitted to slaughter animals in abattoir A12
25. Owner responsible for collection of certain parts of slaughtered animal A12
26. Power of Council to dispose of certain parts of slaughtered animals A12
26A. Method of killing A13

PARTIV

MARKING AND TRANSPORT OF SLAUGHTERED ANIMALS

27. Health inspector or authorized person to examine carcasses, dressed carcasses
and offals ........................... A 13
28. Marking of dressed carcasses fit for human consumption A 13
29. Marking of specified parts of offal fit for human consumption A 13
30. Unexamined or unmarked carcasses, dressed carcasses or offals not to be
removed without consent of manager ...................................... A 14

31. Dressed carcasses and offals to be delivered by Government transport unless
otherwise provided ................... A 14
32. (Repealed) ........................... A 14
33. Collection by private transport ...... A 14
33A. Power to dispose of dressed carcass if not collected A 15

PART V

MAINTENANCE OF ORDER

34. Persons not to enter abattoir without authority A 15
35. Manager may declare restricted areas . A 16
36. Power of authorized officer to order persons in abattoir without good cause to
leave ................................ A 16
37. Powers to control traffic in abattoir A 16
38. Power of manager to prohibit smoking, naked lights and flames A 17
39. Goods and personal effects not to be kept in unapproved places A 17
40. Power of authorized officer to give directions as to use of water, steam,
electricity and ventilating equipment A 17
41. Offences ............................. A 18
42. Further offences........................................................ A 18





Bylaw Page
PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

43. Ofrence to give false information .... A 18
44. Ofrence to use or imitate marks in Schedule 6 A 18
45. General penalty ...................... A 19
46. Saving ............................... A 19
Schedule 1. Specified abattoirs .......... A 19
Schedule 2. Fees payable for services provided by abattoirs A 19
Schedule 3. Form 1: Statement as to admission of animals to abattoir A 20
Form 2: Application for registration as owner of animals to be
slaughtered in abattoir ............................... A 21
Schedule 4. Parts of slaughtered animal to be collected from abattoir by owner A 23
Schedule 5. Ductless glands .............. A 23
Schedule 6. Marks to be applied to dressed carcasses and specified parts of offals A 23
Schedule 7. Pass ......................... A 24





ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL) BYLAWS
(Cap. 132, section 77)
[1 August 1968] L.N. 73 of 1968

L.N. 46 of 1968 -L.N. 108 of 1969, L.N. 210 of 1972, 21 of 1973, L.N. 196 of 1973, L.N. 33 of
1975, L.N. 79 of 1975, L.N. 143 of 1976, L.N. 89 of 1979, L.N. 257 of 1979, L.N. 33 of
1981, L.N. 97 of 1982, L.N. 47 of 1983, L.N. 83 of 1984, 10 of 1986, L.N. 251 of 1986, R.
Ed. 1986, L.N. 28 1987, L.N. 93 of 1988, L.N. 345 of 1988, L.N. 149 of 1989.


PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These bylaws be cited as the Abattoirs (Urban Council) Bylaws.

(10 of 1986 s. 32(3))

1A. Application

These bylaws apply to the Urban Council area only.

(10 of 1986 s. 32(2))

2. Interpretation

In these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires

'abattoir' means an abattoir specified in Schedule 1;

'authorized officer' means a person appointed by the Director under bylaw 3 to be
an authorized officer;

'carcass' means the body of a dead animal; (L.N. 210 of 1972)

'Council' means the Urban Council;

'Director' means the Director and any Deputy Director and Assistant Director of
Urban Services; (L.N. 143 of 1976)

'dressed carcass' means a carcass from which the offal, hide and head (other than
that of a pig) have been removed; (L.N. 210 of 1972)

'lairage' means a part of an abattoir which is used for the confinement of animals;

'manager' means a person appointed by the Director to manage or assist in the
management of an abattoir; (L.N. 143 of 1976)

'offal' means any part of a carcass which is removed therefrom during the process
of dressing, but does not include the hide, skin, or horns; (L.N. 210 of 1972)





'waiting lairage' means a lairage in which animals are confined while awaiting
slaughter.


2A. Restriction on slaughtering of animals

(1) Subject to paragraph (2), no person shall- (1O of 1986, s.32(2))

(a)slaughter, or cause or permit to be slaughtered, any bovine, goat,
horse, pig or sheep in any place except an abattoir;

(b)slaughter, or cause or permit to be slaughtered, any bovine, goat,
horse, pig or sheep otherwise than in accordance with these bylaws;

(c)dress, or cause or permit to be dressed, the carcass of any bovine,
goat, horse, pig or sheep otherwise than in accordance with these
bylaws.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), the Council may authorize
the slaughtering or dressing of any animal at such place and in such manner as it
thinks fit.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable to a fine of $25,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months, and in the case
of a continuing offence to a further daily fine of $250. (L.N. 284 of 1987).

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

3. Appointment of authorized officers

(1) The Director may appoint any public officer to be an authorized officer in an
abattoir for the purposes of such of these bylaws as he may specify.

(2) In the exercise of his powers and functions under these bylaws an
authorized officer shall be subject to the directions of the manager of the abattoir.

4. Fees

(1) There shall be payable by every person to whom any services specified in
Schedule 2 have been provided in an abattoir the appropriate fees prescribed in that
Schedule. (21 of 1973 s. 20)

(2) The manager may, if Schedule 2 specifies an appropriate fee, nominate that a
night will be for night slaughter. (L.N. 345 of 1988)

(3) If a person brings an animal into an abattoir to be slaughtered before 8 a.m.
on the morning after a night nominated for night slaughter, the person shall pay the
night slaughter fee (if any) specified in Schedule 2. (L.N. 345 of 1988)





PART II

ADMISSION OF ANIMALS TO ABATTOIRS

5. Hours of admission

The manager of an abattoir may fix the hours during which it shall be open each
day for the admission or slaughter of animals.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

6. Power of manager to prohibit

entry to parts of abattoir

(1) Notwithstanding any pass issued under bylaw 35, if in the opinion of the
manager of an abattoir it is expedient to do so for its efficient operation or
maintenance, he may by order in writing prohibit, either permanently or for such
period as he thinks fit, the entry of persons without his consent to any part of the
abattoir specified in the order. (L.N. 33 of 1975)

(2) A copy of an order under paragraph (1) shall be posted in a conspicuous
place outside the part of the abattoir to which it relates.

(3) Any person who enters a part of an abattoir in contravention of an order
under paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to
a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

7. Animals which may be brought into abattoir

(1) No person shall bring into or keep in an abattoir any animal other than a live
bovine, goat, horse, pig or sheep except with the consent of the manager.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

8. Restriction on admission of animals to abattoir

(1) No live animal shall be admitted to an abattoir-

(a)without the permission of the manager; or

(b)unless such animal has been inspected and approved by an
authorized officer.

(2) Any person who brings a live animal into an abattoir in contravention of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)





9. Animals not to he removed alive from abattoir
without consent of manager

(1) No person shall, except at the direction or with the consent in writing of the
manager, remove alive from an abattoir any animal which has been admitted to the
abattoir in accordance with these bylaws. (L.N. 33 of 1975)

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.
(L.N. 210 of 1972)

10. Power of manager to refuse to admit animals
if insufficient accommodation available

The manager of an abattoir may refuse to admit to the abattoir an animal if in his
opinion there is insufficient accommodation available in the abattoir for the animal.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

11. Admission form to be completed

(1) When a live animal is admitted to an abattoir, a statement in the prescribed
form in respect of the animal shall be delivered to the manager within 24 hours
thereafter. (See Schedule 3, Form 1)

(2) If a statement is not delivered to the manager in accordance with paragraph
(1), then

(a)the owner of the animal, and

(b)the person who was in charge of the animal at the time of its
admission,

shall be guilty of an offence.

12. Power of authorized officer to affix
tags or marks to animals

(1) An authorized officer may affix to an animal which has been admitted to an
abattoir a tag or mark for the purpose of recording its admission and disposal in the
abattoir.

(2) Any person in an abattoir who, without the consent of the manager,
removes, alters or interferes with a tag or mark affixed to an animal under paragraph
(1) shall be guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

12A. Removal of animal to another abattoir

(1) A manager may in writing direct-

(a) the owner of an animal in an abattoir; or





(b)any person appearing to the manager to be in charge of an
animal in an abattoir,
to remove the animal from the abattoir to another abattoir for slaughter.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with a direction given to him by a manager
under paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

13. Power of authorized officer to give directions
as to handling of animals

(1) An authorized officer may give to-

(a)the owner of an animal in an abattoir, and

(b)any person appearing to the authorized officer to be in charge of an
animal in an abattoir,

such directions as he thinks fit as to-

(i) the placing or tying of the animal in any stall, pen, or lairage in the
abattoir; and

(ii)the movement of the animal from any place to any other place in the
abattoir.

(1A) An authorized officer may give such directions he thinks fit as to

(a) the priority; and

(b) the number,

of animals admitted to any part of an abattoir. (L.N. 33 of 1975)

(2) Any person who fails to comply with a direction given to him under
paragraph (1) or (1A) shall be guilty of an offence. (L.N. 33 of 1975)

14. Animals to be delivered to waiting lairage
within 5 days of admission

(1) (a)Every animal which has been admitted to an abattoir in accordance
with these bylaws shall be delivered within 5 days thereafter to a
waiting lairage to be slaughtered unless previously removed under
bylaw 9. (L.N. 33 of 1975)

(b)The manager may if he thinks fit extend the time limit referred to in
subparagraph (a) in respect of any animal.

(2) Any person who, being the owner or person in charge of an animal, fails to
comply with paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) In the event of a contravention of paragraph (1), the manager of the abattoir
may cause the animal to be delivered to a waiting lairage and thereafter slaughtered.





15.Power of authorized officer to have diseased or
injured animals segregated and slaughtered

If an authorized officer has reason to suspect that an animal admitted to an
abattoir is suffering from disease or injury, he may cause the animal to be segregated
from the other animals in the abattoir and, if he thinks it is necessary to do so, may
cause the animal to be slaughtered.

16.Notice to he given to owner of animal
slaughtered under bylaw 14 or 15

When an animal in an abattoir is slaughtered under bylaw 14(3) or 15, the
manager shall forthwith give notice of the fact to-

(a)the owner of the animal; or

(b)the person who appeared to the manager to be in charge of the animal
immediately prior to the time when the animal was received into a
waiting lairage or segregated, as the case may be.

PART III

SLAUGHTER OF ANIMALS

17. Owners register

(1) A manager shall maintain for his abattoir a register, to be known as the
owners register, in which he shall register the names of owners of animals delivered
or to be delivered for slaughter at the abattoir.

(2) The owners register shall consist of

(a)Part 1, which shall contain the names and particulars of persons
whose registration, subject to these bylaws, is permanent; and

(b)Part 11, which shall contain the names and particulars of persons who
are registered temporarily or in respect of a specified number of
animals.

(3) The manager shall assign a registration number to each person registered in
the owners register.

(4) The particulars to be entered in Part 1 of the owners register of a person are-

(a)his registration number;

(b)the date of his registration;

(c)his name in full in English or, in the case of a corporation, the name of
the corporation;





(d)his name in full in Chinese, if any, or, in the case of a corporation, the
name of the corporation;

(e)his business name;

(f)the business carried on by him;

(g)the address of each of the premises at which he carries on the
business.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

18. Registration

(1) An application for registration in Part 1 of the owners register shall be in
Form 2 in Schedule 3.

(2) An applicant for registration in Part 1 of the owners register shall produce
for inspection by the manager

(a)a licence to the applicant to carry on a food business in which meat is
sold or prepared for human consumption issued under the Food
Business (Urban Council) By-laws (Cap. 132 sub. leg.); (10 of 1986s.
32 (2) )

(b)a business registration certificate issued under section 6 of the
Business Registration Ordinance (Cap. 310) in respect of a wholesale
livestock business carried on by the applicant; or

(c)a letting under by-law 6 of the Public Market (Urban Council) By-
laws (Cap. 132 sub. leg.) of a stall in a public market enabling the
applicant to carry on a business in which meat is sold or prepared for
human consumption. (1Oof1986s.32(2))

(3) On the receipt of an application under paragraph (1) the manager may

(a)register the applicant in Part I of the owners register; or

(b)notify the applicant of his refusal to register him.

(4) The manager may, and if directed by the Council shall, register any person
in Part II of the owners register.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

19. Deletion from owners register

The manager shall delete from the owners register the name of any person who-

(a)fails to notify the manager in writing within 7 days of any change in
the particulars of such person entered in the register; or

(b)has not been issued with a receipt for any animal admitted to a
waiting lairage for a period of 3 months.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)





20. Admission of animals to waiting lairage

(1) No person, not being a public officer, shall deliver an animal to a waiting
lairage unless-

(a)the name of the owner of such animal is entered on the owners
register; and

(b)the animal has been marked with the registration number of the owner,
or, if the animal is a pig, has been marked with a tattooing instrument
approved by the manager.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an ofrence.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

21. Power of manager to detain and dispose of unidentified
animals, dressed carcasses or carcasses

(1) If the owner of any animal, dressed carcass or carcass in an abattoir is not
known or cannot be found the manager may cause it to be detained until the owner
is ascertained or found.

(2) Where an animal, dressed carcass or carcass is detained under paragraph (1)
and the manager is satisfied that the owner of the animal, dressed carcass or carcass
cannot be ascertained or found, he may cause it to be disposed of in such manner as
he thinks fit.

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

22. Manager to post daily statement of
animals held in waiting lairage

(1) The manager of an abattoir shall cause to be posted daily in a conspicuous
place in the vicinity of every waiting lairage therein a statement containing the name
of every person in whose name any animal was being held in the waiting lairage at
the close of working hours on the previous day and the number of animals then held
for that person.

(2) No person shall have any claim whatsoever against the Council or any
public officer in respect of the theft of an animal from a waiting lairage unless a
complaint in writing, and the receipt issued for the animal under this Part, are lodged
by the claimant with the manager within 48 hours after the posting of the first
statement under paragraph (1) in which the lost animal is not included. (L.N. 33 of
1975; L.N. 143 of 1976; 10 of 1986 s. 32(2))

23. Offence to remove animal from waiting lairage

Any person who removes an animal from a waiting lairage otherwise than at the
direction or with the consent in writing of an authorized officer shall be guilty of an
offence.





24. Unauthorized persons not permitted
to slaughter animals in abattoir

(1) Except with the permission of the manager no person in an abattoir
shall-
(a)slaughter or assist in the slaughtering of any animal; or
(b)take part in any process of the dressing, trimming, cutting, tying,
washing or handling of a slaughtered animal or any part thereof.
(L.N. 33 of 1975)
(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

25. Owner responsible for collection of certain
parts of slaughtered animal

(1) (a)The owner of an animal which has been slaughtered in an
abattoir shall be responsible for the collection from the abattoir
of every part of the animal specified in columns 1 and 2 of
Schedule 4.
(b)The owner of an animal which has been slaughtered in an
abattoir shall not be entitled to any part of the animal specified in
column 2 of Schedule 4 if the same part from another animal of
the same type is made available in its place for collection by the
owner of the first-mentioned animal.
(2) Every part referred to in paragraph (1) shall be available for collection
from the abattoir by the owner, or by any person who has been approved by the
manager as the agent of the owner, during working hours on the day on which
the animal has been slaughtered unless an alternative arrangement has been
made between the owner and the manager as to the time of collection thereof.
(3) If within the time specified in or arranged with the manager under
paragraph (2) the owner or his agent does not collect any part referred to in
paragraph (1), the manager may cause that part to be disposed of as he thinks
fit.

26. Power of Council to dispose of certain
parts of slaughtered animals

The Council may, in such manner as it thinks fit, dispose of-
(a)any blood, loose hairs and bristles, stomach contents and other
waste matter, and
(b) any ductless gland specified in Schedule 5,
obtained from an animal slaughtered in an abattoir.





26A. Method of killing

(1) Subject to paragraph (3), every animal killed in an abattoir shall be
slaughtered by means of a firearm or mechanically operated instrument in proper
repair:

Provided that any pig may be rendered unconscious with an electric stunner
and then killed with a knife.

(2) All firearms and instruments of slaughter used in an abattoir shall be-

(a) of a type approved by the Director;

(b) kept in the custody of the manager; and

(c) used only by an officer authorized by the Director.

(3) The Director may authorize the slaughter of any animal in an abattoir by any
method which accords with religious belief.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

PART IV

MARKING AND TRANSPORT OF SLAUGHTERED
ANIMALS

27. Health inspector or authorized person to examine
carcasses, dressed carcasses and offals

The carcass or dressed carcass of and the offal from every animal slaughtered
in an abattoir shall be examined by a health inspector or by any other person
authorized to do so by the manager.

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

28. Marking of dressed carcasses
fit for human consumption

If, after examining the dressed carcass of an animal slaughtered in an abattoir, a
health inspector or person authorized under bylaw 27 is satisfied that it is fit for
human consumption, he shall cause it to be marked with the appropriate mark
specified in Schedule 6.

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

29. Marking of specified parts of offal
fit for human consumption

If, after examining the offal from an animal slaughtered in an abattoir, a health
inspector or person authorized under bylaw 27 is satisfied that any part of the offal
specified in Schedule 6 is fit for human consumption, he shall cause that part to be
marked with the appropriate mark specified in Schedule 6.





30. Unexamined or unmarked carcasses, dressed
carcasses or offals not to he removed
without consent of manager

(1) No person shall-

(a)remove any carcass, dressed carcass or offal from an abattoir without
the consent of the manager; or (L.N. 210 of 1972)

(b)except with the consent of the manager given under paragraph (2)
and in accordance with the conditions, if any, on which the consent
is given, remove any carcass, dressed carcass or offal from the
abattoir before such carcass, dressed carcass or offal has been
examined under bylaw 27, or when marking of a dressed carcass or
offal is required under bylaw 28 or 29, before such dressed carcass or
offal has been so marked. (L.N. 210 of 1972)

(2) The manager may give his consent on such conditions as he thinks fit to the
removal of any carcass or offal from the abattoir before it has been examined under
bylaw 27 or, where it is required under bylaw 28 or 29 to be marked, before it has
been so marked.

(3) A consent given under paragraph (2) shall be in writing and shall specify the
reason for which it is given.

(4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an ofrence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(L.N. 284 of 1987)

31. Dressed carcasses and offals to he delivered
by Government transport unless
otherwise provided

(1) Save as provided in bylaws 25 and 33, where an animal is slaughtered in an
abattoir the manager may arrange for the dressed carcass and the offal to be
delivered by Government transport from the abattoir to the premises of the owner.
(L.N. 210 of 1972; L.N. 93 of 1988)

(2) Any such delivery shall be made within a reasonable time after the animal is
slaughtered.

32. (Repealed L.N. 93 of 1988)

33. Collection by private transport

(1) The manager of an abattoir may, subject to such conditions as he sees fit,
require or authorize the collection from the abattoir by private transport of the
dressed carcass of and the offal from an animal which has been slaughtered in the
abattoir.





(2) The manager shall not authorize a collection by private transport under
paragraph (1)-

(a)at any hour that will cause hindrance to the operation of the abattoir;
or

(b)if in his opinion the vehicle by which the dressed carcass or offal is
to be removed is not of suitable construction and in a clean and
satisfactory condition.

(3) Any person who-

(a)removes a dressed carcass or offal by private transport from an
abattoir without the authority of the manager under paragraph (1), or

(b)having obtained such authority fails to comply with the conditions, if
any, to which the authorization is subject,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

33A. Power to dispose of dressed carcass if not collected

(1) In the event of the manager of an abattoir havng required or authorized the
collection by private transport of the dressed carcass of and the offal from an animal
under bylaw 33(1), such dressed carcass and offal shall be available for collection
from the abattoir by the owner, or by any person who has been approved by the
manager as the agent of the owner, during working hours on the day on which such
animal has been slaughtered, unless an alternative arrangement has been made
between the owner and the manager as to the time of collection thereof.

(2) If the owner or his agent fails to collect such dressed carcass and offal from
the abattoir within the time specified by or arranged with the manager in accordance
with paragraph (1) the manager may cause such dressed carcass and offal to be
disposed of as he thinks fit.

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

PART V

MAINTENANCE OF ORDER

34. Persons not to enter abattoir without authority

(1) No person or vehicle shall enter or remain in an abattoir without the
permission of the manager.

(2) Any person who enters or remains in an abattoir in contravention of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.





(3) The manager may remove or order the removal from an abattoir of any
person or vehicle in an abattoir in contravention of paragraph (1).

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

35. Manager may declare restricted areas

(1) The manager may declare any part of an abattoir to be a restricted area and
shall indicate such area by means of signs.

(2) No person shall enter or remain in a restricted area without a pass issued by
the manager in the form in Schedule 7.

(3) The manager may at any time canel or suspend a pass issued under
paragraph (2).

(4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (2) shall be guilty of an offence.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

36. Power of authorized officer to order persons
in abattoir without good cause to leave

(1) If it appears to an authorized officer that a person does not have good cause
for being in an abattoir, he may order such person to leave the abattoir forthwith.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with an order under paragraph (1) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 510,000 and to
imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

37. Powers to control traffic in abattoir

(1) The manager of an abattoir may cause to be erected in the abattoir such
signs and notices as are in his opinion necessary for the proper control of traffic in
the abattoir.

(2) An authorized officer may give to any person appearing to him to be in
charge of a vehicle in an abattoir such directions as are in his opinion necessary for
the proper control of the movement or parking of the vehicle in the abattoir.

(3) Any person who, being the driver or person having the charge of a vehicle
in an abattoir, fails to comply with

(a) a sign or notice erected under paragraph (1), or

(b) a direction given to him under paragraph (2),
shall be guilty of an offence.





38. Power of manager to prohibit smoking,
naked lights and flames

(1) The manager of an abattoir may by order in writing prohibit smoking or the
use of any naked flame or light in any part of the abattoir.

(2) A copy of an order under paragraph (1) shall be posted in a conspicuous
place outside the part of the abattoir to which it relates.

(3) Any person who smokes or uses a naked flame or light in contravention of
an order under paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

39. Goods and personal effects not to
be kept in unapproved places

(1) No person shall keep goods or personal effects in an abattoir except in a
place approved for the purpose by the manager.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) The manager may direct any person appearing to him to be the owner of any
goods or personal effects kept in the abattoir in contravention of paragraph (1) to
remove them forthwith from the abattoir or to an approved place therein.

(4) If-

(a)any person fails to comply within 48 hours with a direction under
paragraph (3), or

(b)the manager is satisfied that the owner of any goods or personal
effects stored in contravention of paragraph (1) cannot be
ascertained or found,
the manager may cause the goods or personal effects to be disposed of in such
manner as he thinks fit.

40. Power of authorized officer to give directions as to use
of water, steam, electricity and ventilating equipment

(1) An authorized officer may-

(a) prohibit, or

(b) give directions to any person in an abattoir in respect of, the use of
any supply of water, steam or electricity, or any water, steam, electrical or ventilating
equipment in an abattoir.

(2) Any person who uses or interferes with

(a) any supply of water, steam or electricity, or

(b) any water, steam, electrical or ventilating equipment,





in contravention of a prohibition or direction under paragraph (1) shall be
guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 510,000 and to
imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

41. Offences
Any person who-
(a)obstructs any other person making lawful use of an abattoir or of
any facilities or services provided therein, or
(b)without lawful authority interferes with any equipment provided
in an abattoir,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 1 month. (L.N. 284 of 1987)

42. Further offences
Any person who-
(a)spits, urinates or deposits any refuse in an abattoir, otherwise
than in a place provided for the purpose,
(b)puts up or affixes any notice or poster in an abattoir, except
with the consent of the manager and in a place provided for the
purpose,
(c)without the consent of the manager, brings into or keeps in an
abattoir any intoxicating liquor or drug, or
(d)behaves in a disorderly manner in an abattoir, (L.N. 33 of
1975)
shall be guilty of an ofrence.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

43. Offence to give false information
Any person who, in any form required by, under or for the purposes of
these bylaws, makes any statement or furnishes any information which he
knows or reasonably ought to know to be false in a material particular shall be
guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.
(L.N. 284 of 1987)

44. Offence to use or imitate marks in Schedule 6
(1) Except as provided in bylaws 28 and 29, no person shall mark the
carcass or the offal of an animal, whether or not it has been slaughtered in an





abattoir, with a mark specified in Schedule 6 or with a mark so closely resembling a
mark specified in Schedule 6 as to be likely to mislead.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(L.N. 284 of 1987)

45. General penalty

Every person who commits an offence under these bylaws for which no other
penalty is provided shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000.

(L.N. 284 of 1987)

46. Saying

Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to derogate from or in any way affect
the provisions of the Public Health (Animals and Birds) Ordinance (Cap. 139).

SCHEDULE1 [bylaw 2]

SPECIFIED ABATTOIRS

Name of abattoir Address

1. Kennedy Town Abattoir. Victoria Road, Hong Kong.
2. Cheung Sha Wan Abattoir. Lai Chi Kok Road, Kowloon. (L.N. 108 of 1969)

SCHEDULE 2 [bylaw 4]

FEES PAYABLE FOR SERVICES PROVIDED BY ABATTOIRS

A. Fees for Normal Slaughter

Cheung Sha Wan Kennedy Town
Abattoir Abattoir
(i) Pigs (if live weight 11 p.m.-8 a.m. (Night Slaughter):
over 12 kg) $53 head
5 a.m.-8 a.m.(Early Morning Slaughter)
$44 per head 5.30 a.m.-9 a.m. (Early
Morning Slaughter): $44 per head

8 a.m.-close of working hours: 9 a.m.--close of working
$32 per head hours: $32 per head

(ii) Pigs (if live weight 12 kg $20 per head $20 per head
or less)
(iii) Goats and sheep $44 per head $44 per head
(iv) Cattle and horses (if live 5 a.m.-8 a.m.: 5.30 a.m.-7 a.m.:
weight over 200 kg) $321 per head $321 per head


8 a.m.-close of working hours: 7 a.m.-close of working
$240 per head hours: $240 per head





Cheung Sha Wan Kennedy Town
Abattoir Abattoir
(v) Cattle and horses (if live 5 a.m.-8 a.m.: 5.30 a.m.-7 a.m.:
weight 200 kg or less) $321 per head $321 per head

8 a.m.--close of working hours: 7 a.m.-close of working
$150 per head hours: $150 per head


B. Fees for Isolation Slaughter

(i) Pigs (if live weight over l2 kg) ... $ 58 per head
(ii) Pigs (if live weight 12 kg or less) .. $ 25 per head
(iii) Cattle (if live weight over 200 kg) ............. $251 per head
(iv) Cattle (if live weight 200 kg r ') ... $178 per head
(v) Goats and sheep ................................. $ 58 per head
(vi) Horses ........................................... $251 per head

(L.N. 149 of 1989)

SCHEDULE 3

FORM 1 [bylaw 11 (1)]


ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL) BYLAWS



STATEMENT AS TO ADMISSION OF ANIMALS TO ABATTOIR



The Manager . ......Abattoir:


Pursuant to bylaw 11(1), 1 hereby supply the following information concerning (an)*

animal(s)* admitted to the abattoir within the previous 24 hours:



Type of animal Country of origin Number



2.Date and time of admission: 19


3.Full name of owner:




4. Address of owner:
Date:.......................................................... Signature:

Capacity in Owner/Person in charge of
which signing: animal(s)* at time of admission*

Address:
..................................................................................

*Note: Delete whichever is inapplicable.

(10 of 1986 s. 32(2) )

FORM 2 [bylaw 17(1)]


ABATTOIRS (URBAN COUNCIL)
BYLAWS


APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS OWNER OF



ANIMALS TO BE SLAUGHTERED IN ABATTOIR

The Manager . .............Abattoir:

Being the owner of (an)* animal(s)* to be delivered to a waiting lairage in

the abattoir for slaughter, I/the undernamed applicant* hereby apply/applies* for registration

in Part I of the owners register under bylaw 18(3), and supply/supplies* the following

information which is true in every respect:


(1) (a) Full name of applicant in English: ......................................................




(b) Full name of applicant in Chinese (if applicable): ...............................................................


(2) Business address of applicant: .................................................................................................


(3) Name under which business carried on (if different from (1) ): ...................................................


(4) Address for purpose of deliveries (if different from (2) ): ............................................................


(5) Nature of business:


(6) Telephone number:


Dated this day of ,19


Signature: .......................................................................

*Note: Delete whichever is inapplicable.

For Office Use Only

Serial No. Registration No. Approved by Remarks
allotted
(L.N. 33 of 1975)





SCHEDULE 4 [bylaw 25]

PARTS OF SLAUGHTERED ANIMAL TO BE COLLECTED FROM ABATTOIR BY OWNER

Column 1 Column 2
Hide or Skin Cattle cars
Horns Tail
Stomachs Feet
Intestines Spleen
Heart Lungs
Liver Weasand
Kidneys Urinary bladder

Head (other than that of a pig) Uterus
Tongue (other than that of a pig, goat or sheep) Udder

(L.N. 210 of 1972)

SCHEDULE 5 [bylaw 26(b)]

DUCTLESS GLANDS

Thyroid
Parathyroids
Suprarenals
Pituitary
Pineal

SCHEDULE 6 [bylaws 28, 29 & 44]

MARKS TO BE APPLIED TO DRESSED CARCASSES AND SPECIFIED PARTS OF OFFALS

Part to be marked Details of mark Diagram of mark
A. Dressed carcass. 50 mm diameter.
Serial number in
middle of stamp.

B. Offal:
(i) liver

(ii)tongue (incase 30 mm diameter.
of cattle and
horses only)
(L.N. 210 of 1972; L.N. 89 of 1979)





SCHEDULE 7 [bylaw 35]

PASS


Permission is hereby given to
........................ ..
........................................................
................... of
........................................................
.................

whose photograph is affixed overleaf, to

enter the restricted area of
....................................

.......................

Abattoir at his/her own risk during its

operation hours for the purpose of

Manager

..............

Abattoir.

Serial No.

Date:

Note: This permission which is valid until .........

........... is not transferable

and may be withdrawn at any time.

(L.N. 33 of 1975)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2562

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:36 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2561

Title

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 132





CHAPTER 132

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section................................... Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ...................................... 9

2. Interpretation 9
3. Designation of Authorities 16

PARTII

SEWERS AND DRAINS

4. Construction and maintenance of public sewers and drains .................... 17

5. Cleansing of public sewers 17

6. Protection of public sewers and drains ..................................... 17

7. Prevention of obstruction of sewers and drains by soil or waste 18

8. Saving in relation to certain Ordinances .................... 18

9. Punishment of persons interfering with public sewers or drains 18

10. Notice of existence of disused drains .....................................18

11. Regulations for the protection of sewers and drains and prevention of nuisance

therefrom ........................19

PART 111

GENERAL SANITATION AND CLEANLINESS

General

12.Nuisances which may be dealt with summarily 19
13.Cleansing and covering of offensive ditches, drains, etc. 20
14.Power to require limewashing, etc. of premises 21
15.Regulations as to cleansing and prevention of nuisances 21
16-19.(Repealed) 22
20.Removal of litter or waste and cleaning of area ... 22
21.(Repealed) 23
22.Prevention of obstructions to scavenging or conservancy operations 23
22A.Prevention of accumulation of litter or waste on canopies 24
23.Powers of arrest in certain cases ......... . 25

23A.Notification of convictions in newspaper 26

Wells and well water and waste water

24. Power to close, etc. polluted wells, etc . 26
25. Protection of fountains, wells and pumps 27











Section...................................... Page
26. Regulations relating to the use of water from springs, wells, etc . 27
27. Control of water likely to contain larvae or pupae of mosquitoes 27
28. Regulations for prevention of mosquitoes 29

Sanitary conveniences
29.Regulations as to latrine accommodation 29
30.Obligation to provide latrines 29
31.Prevention of nuisances from latrines and sanitary conveniences 30
32.Removal or alteration of sanitary conveniences 30
33.Examination of sanitary conveniences by Authority 31
34.Sanitary conveniences used in common 31
Public latrines, bathhouses, washhouses, laundries and labourers' lines
35.Regulations as to public latrines, bathhouses and washhouses 32
36.Provision and maintenance ofpublic latrines, bathhouses and washhouses 32

37.Power to remove members of the public from public bathhouses and washhouses ..........33

38.Power to refuse admittance to certain members of the public to public

bathhouses and washhouses ..............33
39.Appeals against action taken under section 37 or 38 33
40.Regulations relating to laundries and dry cleaning establishments 33
41.Regulations relating to labourers' lines 34

Swimming pools
42.Regulations relating to swimming pools 34
42A.Public swimming pools 34
42B.Management of public swimming pools 35
43.Rules relating to public swimming pools 35

44.Use of public swimming pools for swimming contests, etc., or by schools or
clubs ..................................35
45.Public swimming pools to be public places for certain purposes 35
Verminous articles and premises
46.Cleansing and destruction of filthy or verminous articles 35
47.Cleansing of verminous premises 36
PART IV
OFFENSIVE TRADES
48.Declaration of offensive trades 37
49.Regulations relating to offensive trades 37





Section Page
PART V
FOOD AND DRUGS
50.Offences in connection with preparation and sale of adulterated food or drugs 38

51.Adulteration, etc. of milk .................................... 38

51A.Adulteration of meat 39

52. General protection for purchasers of food and drugs ........................40

53.Defences available in proceedings under section 52 40

54. Offences in connection with the sale. etc. of unfit food or drugs ........ 41
55. Regulations as to composition of food and drugs, etc . ............... 41
56. Regulations as to food and drugs hygiene ..............................42

57. Live poultry, five reptiles and live fish deemed food for purposes of regulations 44
58. Power to call for information as to composition of substances used in the

preparation of food or drugs .........44

59. Examination and seizure and marking or destruction of food or drugs .... 45

60. Food or drugs offered as prizes, etc . 47
61. False labelling and advertisement of food or drugs 47

62. Power to take samples ............................................... 48

63. Provisions as to the taking of samples for analysis 49

64. Certificate of analysis ................... 50

65. Evidence of analysis ......................................50

66. Proceedings in respect of articles or substances sampled ..........51

67. Presumptions.......................................... 51

68.Power to examine food and drugs in course of transit, etc . 52
69.Restriction on movement of imported food or drugs 52

70. Contraventions due to some other person .............................52

71. Conditions under which warranty may be pleaded as defence ............... 53

72.Offences in relation to warranties or certificates of analysis .. 54

73. Sale, etc. by servants or agents ................. .... ...... 54

74.Recovery of expenses incidental to taking of samples ..... 55
75.Notification of convictions in newspapers 55

76. Protection of informers .................. 55

76A.Public slaughterhouses ............................. 55

76B.Management of public slaughterhouses ............................................ 56

77. Regulations as to slaughtering and slaughterhouses 56

78. Power to seize and dispose of unfit carcasses of slaughtered animals ............ 57

PART VI
MARKETS AND HAWKERS
Markets
79. Markets to which Ordinance applies, etc . ....................58

79A.Management of public markets 58





Section.................................... Page
80. Regulations in relation to markets ..58
81. Market rules ........................59
82. Seizure and forfeiture of articles, etc. in markets 59

Hawkers

83. Interpretation for the purposes of sections 83A to 86D 60
83A.Regulations relating to hawkers 60
83B.Commissioner for Transport may set aside streets for hawking purposes 61
84. Power of authorized public officers to arrest in certain cases 62
85. Procedure for dealing with arrested person, etc . 62
86. Seizure of hawker equipment and commodities from alleged offenders 63
86A.Forfeiture of hawker equipment and commodities by the court 63
86B.Seizure of abandoned hawker equipment and commodities 64
86C.Application to court for return of seized hawker equipment or commodities 65
86D.Forfeiture by operation of law 65

PART VII

TENEMENTS, HOTELS AND BOARDING HOUSES

87. Abatement of overcrowding ...........66
88. Regulations in relation to overcrowding 66
89. Removal of obstructions to fight, ventilation or dwelling space 67
90. Regulations in relation to boarding houses 67
91. Power of entry to boarding houses ...68
92. Forfeiture of bonds 68

PART VIIA

LICENSING OF CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

92A. Prohibition of certain activities without licence 68

92B. Regulations relating to licensed activities 69
92C. Offences ............................69
92D. Liability of agents and servants ....69
92E. Saving ..............................70

PART VIII
VENTILATION OF CERTAIN PREMISES
93.Power of Authority to require provision of ventilating system in scheduled premises .....70

94. Certificate to be delivered to Authority in respect of new ventilating systems,

and prohibition of alteration of ventilating system without permission 71
94A.Regulations relating to ventilating systems in scheduled premises 72
95-99.(Repealed) 72
100.Power of authorized officers to carry out tests 72





Section Page

101. Application of Part VIII to premises provided with ventilating systems at

commencement of Ordinance, etc . .................... 72

102. Amendment of Second Schedule 73
103. Saving in relation to Buildings Ordinance . ----- 73

PART IX

ADVERTISEMENTS, DECORATIONS AND SIGNS

104. Regulations for control of advertisements 73
104A. Prohibition on display of bills or posters without permission 74
104B. Duty to maintain bill or poster in clean and tidy condition 74
104C. Power to remove bills and posters 74

104D. Certain persons also deemed to display bills or posters - 75
104E. Definitions and saying for other enactments .......................... 75
105. Provisions as to dangerous advertisement hoardings......................76

PART IXA
STADIA
105A.Provision for stadia ........................................77
105B.Management of stadia .......................................77
105C.Allocation and granting of stadium or parts thereof -- 78

105D.Regulations relating to stadia 78
105E.Powers of Authority in relation to fees, conditions for the use of stadia, etc . 78
105F.Function of Director of Urban Services and Director of Regional Services 79

PART IXB

MUSEUMS, LIBRARIES AND CIVIC CENTRES

Museums

105G.Provision for museums ................ 79

105H.Management of museums 79

105I.Regulations relating to museums........................................................... 80

105J.Powers of Authority to fix fees 81

Libraries
105K.Provision for and management of libraries 81
105L.Regulations relating to libraries 81

Civic Centres

105M.Provision for civic centres 83
105N.Management of civic centres 83

1050.Regulations relating to civic centres ---- 83





Section.................................... Page
105P..............Powers of Authority to fix fees for civic centres 84

105Q....................Grant of use of civic centres ............. 84
105R....................Public meetings
....................................................... 84

105S..........................Consent of Chief Secretary 84
105T.........Prevention of unauthorized public meetings in civic centres 85

PART X

PUBLIC PLEASURE
GROUNDS

106.....................Provision of public pleasure grounds ....................................... 85

107...............Management and control of public pleasure grounds 86

108................................Temporary closure of public pleasure grounds, etc . ................. 86

109................Regulations relating to public pleasure grounds 86

110.......................Public pleasure ground rules
................................................ 87

ill.......................Appointment and powers of keepers 87

PART XA

STREET NAMES

IIIA.........................Interpretation of this Part 87
111B.......................Proposal of private street name 88
111C..........................Declaration of street name 88

HID...........................Penalty for marking or displaying other street name ....................................
89

PART XI
DISPOSAL OF THE
DEAD

General
112........Restriction upon the keeping of dead bodies in domestic premises 89
112A..........Authority may order human remains to be buried or cremated 89

Cemeteries
113.........................Public and private cemeteries 90
114......................Plans and demarcation of cemeteries 90

115. General management and closure of public cemeteries and Commonwealth

War Graves Commission Cemeteries ....91

116............................Regulations relating to cemeteries ...............................
91

117. Public cemetery and Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemetery rules 92
118. Prohibition of unauthorized burials and exhumations 92

119. Power of Governor in Council to direct removal and disposal of human

remains ..............................93
119A......Power of Authority to direct removal and disposal of human remains 93







120........................Removal of coffins, etc . ....................................... 94

121............................Disposal of exhumed bodies ............... ............
-- 94

122........................Defrayal of expenses of reburial, etc . .................................. 94





Section.................................... Page
Mortuaries
123.....................Regulations in relation to mortuaries 94
123A.............................Public funeral halls 95
123B......................Management of public funeral halls 95
123C....................Regulations as to public funeral halls 95

124.....................................Right of Authority to dispose of unclaimed dead bodies - 95

Cremation and crematoria
124A....................................Government and private crematoria
........................................96
124B....................................Management of Government crematoria and Gardens of Remembrance - 96

124C............................Use of crematoria .................. -
96

124D. Provision for hearing objections where application for crematorium in certain

locations .......................
..................................................... 97

124E............................Regulations relating to cremation and crematoria .................. 97

124F......Offences ................................................................................ 98

124G............................Fees and charges to be part of funeral expenses ............ - 98

124H.....................Saying for coroner ................................................ 98

PART XII
MISCELLANEOUS
125.General provisions as to licences, etc . 98

126................General powers of entry .................. ..................
....................................101

127. Provisions for securing abatement of nuisances which may be dealt with

summarily ..............................................
.................................................... 102

128....Power to close premises used in contravention of provisions of Ordinance 105

129...........................Authority may render services, etc., on request ..................................
108

130. Recovery of cost of works done or services rendered by public officers or public

bodies ................................................ -
108

131................Name in which certain proceedings may he brought 110

132...............................Institution and conduct of certain proceedings .....................
111

133. Disposal of property coming into possession of certain public officers and

public bodies ........................111
134...............................Service of notices ill






135...............................Authentication and production in evidence of documents .....................
ill
136...............................Presumption as to employment of servants .....................
112

137................Offences by corporations ..................
..................................................... 112

137A.....Application of Summary Offences Ordinance and Public Order Ordinance 112
138..............Protection for public servants acting in good faith 112

139...........................Obstruction of officers in the exercise of their duty ............................... -
112

140.................................Onus of proving vaccination or inoculation ................ 112

141......................Proceedings against several persons 113

142.....................................Delegation of powers - 113
143.....................................General powers relating to regulations
.............................................. 113





Section................................... Page
144. Use of premises by the Government ...113
144A......................................Restriction on certain powers 114

145......Fees ............................ 114

146. Governor in Council empowered in any appeal to state case for opinion of

Court of Appeal on question of law ...114
147.......................................Forms 115
148.......................................Transitional provisions with respect to offences and certain notices 115
149.......................................Saying of certain regulations 115
150.......................................Penalties 116
151.......................................Penalty for contravention of certain by-laws 116
152.......................................Consequential and other amendments 116
153.......................................Transitional provisions concerning agreements 116

First Schedule...........................Scheduled offences 117
Second Schedule..........................Scheduled premises 117
Third Schedule...........................Designated Authorities 117
Fourth Schedule..........................Public pleasure grounds 121
Fifth Schedule...........................Cemeteries, crematoria and gardens of remembrance 136
Sixth Schedule...........................Name in which proceedings for offences may be brought 138
Seventh Schedule.........................Forms 140
Eighth Schedule..........................Regulations continued in operation 149
Ninth Schedule...........................Penalties 149
Tenth Schedule...........................Public markets in Hong Kong, Kowloon, etc . 151
Eleventh Schedule........................Licensed activities 154
Twelfth Schedule.........................Stadia 154

Thirteenth Schedule.........Civic centres ....154

Fourteenth Schedule......................Public swimming pools 154
Fifteenth Schedule.......................Substitution of titles of subsidiary legislation 155





CHAPTER 132

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES

To make provision for public health and municipal services.

(Amended 10 of 1986 s. 2)

[11 November 19601 G.N.A. 132160

Originally 30 of 1960,15 of 1935- 42 of 1961,32 of 1963,57 of 1967,17 of 1968,48 of 1969,59 of
1970, 16 of 1971, 24 of 1971, 71 of 1971, 43 of 1972, 46 of 1972, 49 of 1972, 60 of 1972, 21
of
1973, 28 of 1973, 58 of 1973, 61 of 1974, 92 of 1975, 9 of 1976, 29 of 1976, 61 of 1976, 69
of
1976,70 of 1977,3 of 1978,57 of 1978,50 of 1979,77of 1979,7 of 1980,8 of 1980,40 of 1980,
45 of 1981,72 of 1981, 20 of 1982,66 of 1982,70 of 1982, 73 of 1982,17 of 1983,5 of 1985,50 of
1985, 68 of 1985, 69 of 1985, 10 of 1986, 62 of 1986, R. Ed. 1986, 26 of 1986, 3 of 1987, 37
of

1987, L.N. 419/87, 76 of 1988

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

Short title
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Public Health and Municipal

Services Ordinance.

(Amended 10 of 1986 s. 3)

Interpretation
2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'advertisement' includes any structure or apparatus erected, used, or intended . to
be used, solely for the display of advertisements;

'analysis' includes micro-biological assay but no other form of biological

assay, and 'analyse' shall be construed accordingly;

'animal' includes reptiles, but does not include birds or fish;

'Authority' means the public officer or public body designated to be the

Authority by the provisions of section 3;

'bath' includes shower bath and turkish bath;

'billiard establishment'

'boarding house' includes hotels and common lodging houses;

'book' includes a document, periodical, magazine, newspaper, pamphlet,

music-score, picture, print, engraving, etching, deed, photograph, map,
chart, plan or manuscript, and any other article or thing of a like
nature provided for the use of the public in any library; (Replaced 50 of
1979s.2)

'canopy' means any shade, shelter or other structure not carrying a floor load

which-











(a)projects from a wall of a building and is cantilevered or supported by
brackets, posts or other means; or

(b)is erected on any building or in or over any open space adjacent to or on a
building and is supported by posts or other means; (Added43 of 1972 s. 2)

'cemetery' means any place for the time being specified in the Fifth Schedule;

'civic centre' means any premises and the grounds appurtenant thereto set aside
under section 105M as a civic centre; (Added 21 of 1973 s. 2)

'corporation' means any person or body of persons incorporated by virtue of any
Ordinance of Hong Kong and also means any company registered under the
Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32); (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

'court' means a magistrate's court;

'cream' means that part of milk rich in fat which has been separated by skimming or
otherwise;

'crematorium' means any building or place designed or adapted for the purpose of
burning human remains; (Added21of 1973s. 2)

'dancing establishment' means any public dance-hall or dancing school which is
required to be licensed under the provisions of the Miscellaneous Licences
Ordinance (Cap. 114) or the Places of Public Entertainment Ordinance (Cap.
172);

'deposit', in relation to litter or waste, includes to cast, throw, spray, sweep, place,
drop, discharge, spill, dump, tip, scatter or blow such litter or waste; (Added 72
of 1981 s. 2)

'drain' means a drain used for the drainage of one building or any buildings or
yards appurtenant to buildings within the same curtilage, and the expression
'public drain' means a drain which is vested in and maintained by the
Government and, for the purposes of this Ordinance, includes any part of a
drain from the outlet of any disconnecting trap to its junction with a public
drain or sewer. and the expression 'private drain' means any drain other than a
public drain;

'drink' does not include water other than

(a) aerated water;

(b) distilled water;

(e)water from natural springs, either in its natural state or with added mineral
substances; and

(d)water placed in a sealed container for sale for human consumption;
(Replaced 26 of 1986 s. 2)

'drug' includes medicine for internal or external use by man;

'establishment' includes premises;

'excretal matter' means excretal matter of human beings;

'exhibit' means an article intended for display within a museum whether or not the
article is displayed to the public at any particular time; (Added 21 of 1973s.2)





'fire hazard' means-
(a) - (b) (Repealed 5 of 1985 s. 2)

(c)any removal from any building of any fire service installation or equipment
which was provided in such building in accordance with plans certified by
the Director of Fire Services for the purposes of section 16 of the Buildings
Ordinance (Cap. 123);

(d)the presence in any building of any fire service installation or equipment
which from lack of proper maintenance or for any other reason is not in
efficient working order;

(e) (Repealed 5 of 1985 s. 2)

(f)any other matter or circumstance which materially increases the likelihood
of fire or other calamity or the danger to life or property that would result
from the outbreak of fire or the occurrence of any other calamity, or which
would materially hamper the Fire Services Department in the discharge of
its duties in the event of fire or other calamity; (Added 61 of 1974 s. 2)

'fire service installation or equipment' means any installation or equipment

manufactured, used or designed to be used for the purposes of-

(a) extinguishing, attacking, preventing or limiting a fire;

(b) giving warning of a fire;

(c)providing access to any premises for the purpose of extinguishing,
attacking, preventing or limiting a fire., (Added 61 of 1974 s. 2)

'fish' means all fish commonly used for human consumption and also means

any other fish which is sold or offered for sale for human consumption;

'food' includes

(a) drink;

(b) chewing gum and other products of a like nature and use;

(c) smokeless tobacco products; and

(d)articles and substances used as ingredients in the preparation of food or
drink or of such products,

but does not include-

(i) live animals, live birds or live fish (excluding shell fish);

(ii) water, other than(A) aerated water; (B) distilled water; (C) water from
natural springs, either in its natural state or with added mineral
substances; and

(D)water placed in a sealed container for sale for human consumption;
(Replaced3 of 1987s. 2)

(iii) fodder or feeding stuffs for animals, birds or fish; or

(iv) articles or substances used only as drugs;(Replaced 62 of 1986 s. 2)





'goods vehicle' has the same meaning as it has in the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap.
374); (Added 72 of 1981 s. 2)

'grave' means a burial place formed in the ground by excavation and without any
internal walls of brickwork or stonework or any other artificial lining;

'hawker' means(a) any person who trades in any public place

(i) by selling or exposing for sale any goods, wares or merchandise; or

(ii) by exposing samples or patterns of goods, wares or merchandise to
be afterwards delivered; or

(iii) by hiring or offering for hire his skill in handicraft or his personal
services; and

(b) any person who itinerates for the purpose-

(i) of selling or exposing for sale any goods, wares or merchandise; or

(ii) of hiring or offering for hire his skill in handicraft or his personal
services:

Provided that nothing in this definition shall be taken to include-

(i)any person who sells to or seeks orders from any person who is a dealer in
any such goods, wares or merchandise and who buys to sell again; or

(ii)any person who on request visits in any place the person making such
request for the purpose of selling or offering for sale or delivering to him
or taking from him orders for any goods, wares or merchandise or of hiring
to the person making such request his skill in handicraft or his personal
services; or

(iii) any representative of the press or any photographer;

'health inspector' means any person appointed by the Governor to be a health
inspector and any person for the time being performing the duties of a health
inspector;

'household waste' means waste produced by a household and of a kind ordinarily
produced by a dwelling when occupied as such; (Replaced8of 1980s.37)

'latrine' includes a water closet, urinal and dry latrine, and all other sanitary
equipment or installations designed, intended or used for the reception of
excretal matter;

'laundry' means any premises or place upon which the business of laundering or
dry cleaning is carried on, and 'launder' includes any process of dry cleaning;

'librarian' means the Chief Librarian; (Added21 of 1973s. 2. Amended8of 1980s.37)

'library' means any building, or part of a building, designated under section

105K as a library; of 1973s. 2)





'library material' means any book, film, gramophone record, tape, and any other
thing on or in which any information or image is written, recorded, stored or
reproduced; (Added50 of 1979s. 2)

'licensee' includes a delegate appointed pursuant to a requirement under the
provisions of section 125(7);

'lines' means any structure, not specifically designed and constructed for the
permanent housing of labourers, which is used or intended to be used for their
temporary accommodation;

'litter' includes-

(a) any earth, dirt, soil, dust, ashes, paper or refuse; (b)
any glass, china, earthenware or tin;

(c)any mud, clay, brick, stone, plaster, sand, cement, concrete, mortar, wood,
timber, sawdust, plastic, construction material or excavated material;

(d) any rubble, rubbish or debris;

(e)any filth, manure, dung, excretal matter and any other offensive, noxious
or obnoxious matter or liquid; and

(f)any substance likely to constitute a nuisance; (Added 72 of 1981 s. 2)
'market' means any market to which, by virtue of a declaration by the Authority
under section 79(1), this Ordinance applies; (Amended 57 of 1978s.2)

'milk' means cows milk, buffaloes milk and goats milk, and includes cream and
separated milk, but does not include dried milk, condensed milk or
reconstituted milk; (Amended 32 of 1963 s. 2)

'mobile library' means any vehicle within the meaning of section 2 of the Road
Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374) and any vessel maintained by the Authority and
used for the conveyance of library material for the use of the public; (Added21
of 1973s. 2. Amended 50 of 1979s.2)



'mortuary' means any premises or place set apart or habitually used for the
reception, storage or treatment of human remains;

'motor vehicle' means any mechanically propelled vehicle; (Added 72 of 1981 s.2)

'museum' means a building, or part of a building, or area designated under section
105G as a museum; (Added 21 of 1973 s. 2)

'offensive trade' means any trade, business, process or manufacture declared
under the provisions of section 48 to be an offensive trade;

'owner' includes a person holding premises direct from the Crown whether under
lease, licence or otherwise, a mortgagee in possession and a person receiving
the rent of any premises, solely or with another, on his own behalf or that of
any person, or who would receive the same if such premises were let to a
tenant; (Added 48 of 1969 s. 2)

'package' or 'packing' includes every means by which goods for carriage, sale or
deposit are cased, covered, enclosed, contained or wrapped;





'petroleum' means crude petroleum or any oil made from petroleum or from coal,
shale, peat or other bituminous substances;

'poultry' means any bird commonly used for human consumption and also any
other bird which is sold or offered for sale for human consumption;

'premises' includes land, buildings, structures and basements and, in relation to
any building, includes the curtilage thereof, and, in relation to the internal parts
of a building, includes any bedspace, cubicle, room, floor, or portion of a floor,
the subject of a separate letting; (Amended 32 of 1963 s.2)

'private market' means any market other than a public market;

'public analyst' means the Government Chemist, the Government Pathologist and
any analyst appointed by the Governor for the purposes of this Ordinance;

'public billiard saloon' means any place opened, kept or used for the purpose of

playing billiards, snooker, pool or similar games to which the public are
admitted with or without payment for admission;* (Added 21 of 1973s. 2)

'public bowling-alley' means any place openedor used for the purpose
of playing the game of skittles to which the public are admitted with or
without payment for admission; (Added 21 of 1973 s. 2)

'public market' means a market designated as a public market under section79(3);
(Amended21 of 1973s. 2)

'public pleasure ground' means any place for the time being specified in the Fourth
Schedule and delineated on any plan thereof which may, for the time being,
have been deposited in accordance with the provisions of section 106(5), and,
in the case of a beach, includes the sea and the sea-bed within the limits of the
beach;

'public skating rink' means any place opened, kept or used for the purpose of
skating to which the public are admitted with or without payment for admission
unless such place is a place of public entertainment licensed as such under the
Places of Public Entertainment Ordinance (Cap.172); (Added21 of 1973s. 2)

'public swimming pool' means a swimming pool designated as a public swimming
pool under section 42A; (Amended 21 of 1973 s. 2)

'public table tennis saloon' means any place opened, kept or used for the purpose
of playing table tennis or ping pong, to which the public are
admitted with or without payment for admission;(Added21 of 1973s. 2)

'Regional Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the District Boards
Ordinance (Cap. 366); (Added 10 of 1986 s. 4)

'registered ventilation contractor' means any person whose name is for the time being
on the register of ventilation contractors maintained under
section 8 of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123);(Added 24 of 19 71 s. 2).





'reptiles' means all reptiles commonly used for human consumption and any other
reptiles sold or offered for sale for human consumption; (Added 9 of 1976 s. 2)

'sale' or 'sell' includes disposal by barter or raffling;

'sanitary convenience' includes latrine, sink, bath, washbasin, slop closet and any
similar convenience;

'scheduled offence' means an offence under any of the enactments specified in the
First Schedule;

'scheduled premises' means any premises of any of the classes of premises
specified in the first column of the Second Schedule;

'sealed' includes closed by means of a stopper or screw top; (Added 26 of
1986s.2)

'Secretary for District Administration' includes the Regional Secretary (Hong
Kong and Kowloon), the Regional Secretary (New Territories) and any
district officer; (Replaced 10 of 1986 s. 4)

'sewer' does not include a drain as defined in this section but otherwise includes
all sewers and drains used for the drainage of buildings and yards appurtenant
to buildings, and the expression 'public sewer' means a sewer which is vested
in and maintained by the Government and includes, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, any part of a sewer from the outlet of any disconnecting trap to its
junction with a public sewer or drain which part lies outside the lot boundary,
and the expression 'private sewer' means any other sewer; (Amended 48 of
1969 s. 2)

'slaughterhouse' and 'abattoir' mean any premises or place habitually used for the
slaughter of animals for human consumption; and the expression 'public
slaughterhouse' means a slaughterhouse designated as a public
slaughterhouse under section 76A(1); and the expression 'private
slaughterhouse' means any other slaughterhouse; (Replaced 21 of 1973s. 2)

'smokeless tobacco product' means any product which consists of tobacco, or
primarily of tobacco, intended to be taken orally, and includes chewing tobacco
(whether looseleaf, firm plug, moist plug, twist or roll chewing tobacco) and
moist snuff, but does not include dry snuff taken by inhalation; (Added 62 of
1986s. 2)

'stadium' means any stadium for the time being specified in the Twelfth Schedule
and delineated on any plan thereof deposited in accordance with
section105A(4); (Added 21 of 1973s. 2)

'street waste' means dust, dirt, rubbish, mud, road scrapings or filth, but does not
include excretal matter; (Amended 8 of 1980s. 37)

'trade waste' means waste from any trade, manufacture or business, or any waste
building or civil engineering materials; (Replaced 8 of 1980 s. 37)

'Urban Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the District Boards
Ordinance (Cap. 366); (Replaced 10 of 1986 s. 4)

'vault' includes underground burial places of every description, except graves;





'ventilating system' means a system which is either mechanical or electrical, or
both, for introducing or exhausting air, and also means an air-conditioning
plant which contains a device for reducing or increasing the temperature of the
air in any building, or any part thereof, below or above the temperature of the
external air; (Replaced 61 of 1974 s. 2)

'vermin' includes rodents, and also includes cockroaches, mites, ticks, bugs, fleas,
lice and itch mites, and the eggs, larvae, nymphs or pupae thereof;

'vessel' means any ship, junk, sampan, boat or other description of craft within the
waters of Hong Kong, but does not include registered ocean going ships nor
any ships or vessels belonging to Her Majesty or the Government of any
foreign power or the Government of any country of the Commonwealth or the
Government of the Republic of Ireland; (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

'washhouse' includes open drying grounds;

'waste' means any substance or article which is abandoned; (Added 8 of1980 s.37)

'workplace' means any premises, vessel or place in which articles are
manufactured, altered, cleansed, repaired, ornamented, finished, adapted for
sale, broken up or demolished or in which materials are transformed (including
shipbuilding), but does not include any notifiable workplace under section 9 of
the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59). (Amended 50 of
1985 s. 9; 10 of 1986 s. 4)

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance any substance or article which is
discarded or otherwise dealt with as waste shall be presumed to be waste until the
contrary is proved. (Added 8 of 1980s. 37)

(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance any substance or article which is
discarded or otherwise dealt with as litter shall be presumed to be fitter until the
contrary is proved. (Added 72 of 1981 s. 2)

Designation of Authorities

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2), the Authority for the
purposes of each of the section of this Ordinance specified in the first column of the
Third Schedule shall

(a)in the Urban Council area and in respect of any matters specified in the
second column of that Schedule, be the public officer or public body
specified in respect thereof in the said second column of that Schedule;
and

(b)save where otherwise provided in the third column of that Schedule, in the
Regional Council area and in respect of any matters specified in the said
third column of that Schedule, be the public officer or public body
specified in respect thereof in the said third column of that Schedule.
(Amended 10 of 1986 s. 5)

(2) The Governor in Council may by order designate any public officer or public
body to be the Authority for the purposes of any of the sections of this Ordinance
in substitution for the public officer or public body specified in the Third Schedule
as the Authority for the purposes of that section.





(3) The Governor in Council may by order amend, add to or delete from
the Third Schedule.

PART II

SEWERS AND DRAINS

Construction and maintenance of public sewers and drains

4. The Authority shall be responsible for causing the construction, repair
and maintenance of all public sewers, drains or drainage works, and may alter
or disconnect the connection therewith of any private sewer, drain or drainage
works.

Cleansing of public sewers

5. The Authority shall be responsible for the proper clearing, cleansing
and emptying of public sewers, drains and drainage works, and for the abate-
ment of nuisances arising in connection therewith.

Protection of public sewers and drains

6. (1) Any person who-

(a)places or throws any solid matter, mud or waste (except such as is
contained in ordinary house sewage) in or into any public sewer or
drain or any sewer, drain, inlet or other drainage work communicating
with any public sewer or drain, or over any grate communicating with
any public sewer and drain;

(b)causes or knowingly permits any such matter, mud or waste to be
placed or thrown, or to fall, or to be carried, in or into any public
sewer or drain or over any such grate;

(c)causes or knowingly permits any such matter, mud or waste to be
placed in such a position as to be liable to fall or be carried as
aforesaid;

(d)discharges into any public sewer or drain or into any sewer or drain
which, not being a public sewer or drain, communicates therewith, any
chemicals, oils, petroleum or petroleum-spirit or any trade waste (not
included as aforesaid) or any waste steam, or any heated liquid, which,
either alone or in combination with other matter in any sewer or drain,
causes or may cause nuisance or danger to persons entering or being
in. or near to, any public sewer or drain or danger to any public sewer
or drain itself, or

(e)wilfully, except with the permission in writing of the Authority, or
negligently damages, alters, disconnects or otherwise interferes with
any public sewer or drain or any connection therewith,

shall be guilty of an offence.(Amended 8 of 1980 s. 37)





(2) The Authority only may prosecute for an offence under the provisions of
subsection (1), and shall not be obliged to prosecute if, in its opinion, the solid or
other matter may be received into the public sewer or drain in question without risk
of damage to structure or danger to the health of persons employed at or being near
to such sewer or drain:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to derogate from the
powers of the Attorney General in relation to the prosecution of criminal offences.

Prevention of obstruction of sewers and drains by soil or
waste

7. (1) The Authority may cause a notice to be served on the owner or occupier
of land adjoining any street or place in which is situated a public sewer, drain or
drainage works requiring him, within such time as may be specified in such notice,
so to fence off, channel or embank the land as to prevent soil or waste being carried
into such public sewer, drain or drainage works. (Amended 8 of 1980 s. 3 7) ~

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any of the requirements ol' a notice
served under the provisions of subsection (1) within the time specified therein shall
be guilty of an offence.

Saying in relation to certain Ordinances

8. Nothing in section 6 or 7 shall be taken or construed to the prejudice of any
powers conferred by the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59)
or the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123).

Punishment of persons interfering with public sewers
or drains

9. Any person who, without the permission of the Authority-

(a) enters or attempts to enter any public sewer; or

(b)raises or covers up any grating, trap or manhole cover, or otherwise
interferes with any fitting connected with any public sewer or drain, or
inserts any wire, net or other contrivance through any opening in any
such grating, trap or manhole cover or through any other opening or vent
in any public sewer or drain,

shall be guilty of an offence.

Notice of existence of disused drains

10. (1) The owner or, in default of the owner, the occupier of any premises
shall, forthwith after it comes to his knowledge that there is any disused sewer or
drain in, under or upon the premises, give notice in writing of the existence of such
disused sewer or drain to the Authority.

(2) If the owner or occupier, as the case may be, of any premises intends to
cease to use any sewer or-drain in, under or upon such premises, he shall forthwith
give notice in writing of such intention to the Authority.





(3) Any person who fails to comply with any of the provisions of subsection
(1) or (2) shall be guilty of an offence:

Provided that in any proceedings against the owner or occupier, as the case
may be, in respect of a failure to comply with the provisions of subsection (1), it
shall be a defence to prove that

(a)in the case of proceedings against the owner, such owner had reasonable
cause to believe that the occupier or a previous owner or occupier had
given such notice; and

(b)in the case of proceedings against the occupier, such occupier had
reasonable cause to believe that the owner or a previous owner or
occupier had given such notice.

Regulations for the protection of sewers and drains and
prevention of nuisance therefrom

11. The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing or providing for-

(a)the general or particular protection of public sewers, drains or drainage
works; and

(b)the prevention of nuisances arising from public or private sewers, drains
or drainage works.

PART III

GENERAL SANITATION- AND
CLEANLINESS

General

Nuisances which may he dealt with summarily

12. (1) The following matters shall, subject as hereinafter provided, be
nuisances which may be dealt with summarily under section 127

(a)any premises (including any cemetery) or vessel in such a state as to be a
nuisance or injurious or dangerous to health;

(b)any pool, well, ditch, gutter, watercourse, drain, sewer, water tank or
container, cesspool, pond, pit, sanitary convenience, soil, waste or
rainwater pipe, dust bin or refuse container or other like place or thing so
foul, or in such a state, as to be a nuisance or injurious or dangerous to
health;

(c)any accumulation or deposit (including any dead body) which is a
nuisance or injurious or dangerous to health;

(d)any animal or bird kept in such a place, or in such a manner, as to be a
nuisance or injurious or dangerous to health;

(e)the emission of dust, fumes or effluvia from any premises in such a
manner as to be a nuisance;

the emission of dust from any building under construction or demolition
in such a manner as to be a nuisance;





(g)the emission of air either above or below the temperature of the external air,
or the discharge of water, whether waste or otherwise, from the ventilating
system in any premises in such a manner as to be a nuisance . (Added 61
of 1974 s. 3)

(h)the emission of noise from any ventilating system, or any part thereof,
in such a manner or at such a level as to be a nuisance. (Added 61 of
19 s.2)

(2) Nothing g in subsection (1)(c) shall render a person punishable in respect of
any accumulation or deposit necessary for the effectual carrying on of a business or
manufacture, if the court is satisfied that the accumulation or deposit has not been
kept longer than is necessary for the purposes of the
business or manufacture and that the best available means have been taken for
preventing injury thereby to the public health.

(3) Nothing in subsection (1) shall be taken or construed to the prejudice of the
provisions of the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59) or the
Air Pollution Control Ordinance (Cap. 311). (Amended 17 of 1983s.50)

Cleansing and covering of offensive ditches, drains, etc.

13.(1) The Authority-

(a)may cleanse, drain, enclose, cover or fill up, or cause to be cleansed,
drained, enclosed or covered or filled up, any pond, pool, open ditch,
drain, watercourse, cesspool, well, or place containing or used for the
collection of any drainage, filth, water, matter or thing of an offensive
nature or likely to be prejudicial to health; or

(b)may cause notice to be served on the person causing, or likely to cause,
any such nuisance or on the owner or occupier of any premises whereon
any such nuisance exists requiring him, within the time specified in the
notice, to drain, cleanse, enclose, cover or fill up the pond, pool, ditch,
drain, watercourse, cesspool, well or place, as the case may be, or to
construct a proper drain, ditch or other means for the discharge of such
filth, water, matter or thing, or to execute such other work as the case may
require.

(2) If the person on whom a notice is served under the provisions of subsection
(1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof

(a)such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may be
necessary for the abatement of the nuisance, and may recover any
expenses thereby incurred from the owner of the premises:

Provided that the Authority may, where it thinks it reasonable, defray
all or any part of such expenses.

(3) The owner or, in default of the owner, the occupier of any premises upon
which there is any disused cesspool or well which has not been covered in a
permanent manner or filled in shall, forthwith after the existence of such disused
cesspool or well comes to his knowledge, give notice in writing thereof to the
Authority.





(4) If the owner or occupier, as the case may be, of any premises intends to
cease to use any cesspool or well situated upon such premises, he shall forthwith
give notice in writing of such intention to the Authority.

(5) Any person who fails to comply with any of the provisions of subsection
(3) or (4) shall be guilty of an offence:

Provided that in any proceedings against the owner or occupier, as the case
may be, in respect of a failure to comply with the provisions of subsection (3), it
shall be a defence to prove that

(a)in the case of proceedings against the owner, such owner had reasonable
cause to believe that the occupier or a previous owner or occupier had
given such notice; and

(b)in the case of proceedings against the occupier, such occupier had
reasonable cause to believe that the owner or a previous owner or
occupier had given such notice.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be taken or construed to the prejudice of the
provisions of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123).

Power to require limewashing, etc. of premises

14. (1) If the Authority is of the opinion that any premises or any part of any
premises are in such a state as to be

(a) a nuisance; or

(b) injurious or dangerous to health,

or are in such a state as to affect injuriously or disfigure the amenities of any place
or locality, the Authority may cause a notice to be served upon the owner or
occupier of the premises requiring him to limewash, paint, cleanse, disinfect or
disinfest such premises or any part thereof to the satisfaction of the Authority
within such period as maybe specified in the notice. (Replaced 58 of 1973s. 2)

(2) If the person on whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof

(a)such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may be
necessary to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and may recover any
expenses thereby incurred from such person:

Provided that the Authority may, where it thinks it reasonable, defray
all or any part of such expenses.

Regulations as to cleansing and prevention of nuisances

15. (1) The Authority may make regulations prescribing or providing for

(a)the prevention of nuisance or danger to health or person arising from salt,
effluvia, offal, fish, litter, waste or other matter or thing, including the
liability of the owner or occupier of any premises, or the driver, registered
owner or hirer of any motor vehicle, in relation to the

prevention of such nuisance or danger;(Replaced 72 of 1981 s. 3)





(b)the prevention, control and collection of litter or waste, including the
liability of the owner or occupier of any premises, or the driver, registered
owner or hirer of any motor vehicle, in relation to such prevention, control
and collection; (Amended 72 of 1981 s. 3)

(c)the cleansing of any premises or place by any person;

(d)the prevention or restriction of scavenging and of picking over of waste;

(e)the times during which any excretal matter or offensive or noxious thing
may be removed or carried by road or water in or through any district or
place, and the construction of vehicles, containers or vessels used for such
purpose so as to prevent the escape of any such matter or thing and so as
to prevent any nuisance arising therefrom;

the removal or disposal of street waste, household waste or excretal
matter, and the duties of the owner or occupier of any premises in relation
to household waste or excretal matter so as to prevent nuisances arising
therefrom and to facilitate its removal or disposal by any lawful
scavenging or conservancy service;

(g)the provision, design and construction of containers for the collection and
storage of household waste; (Replaced 8 of 1980s. 37)

(h)fees or charges payable in connection with any scavenging or
conservancy services;

(i)the additional sum to be paid on the recovery under the provisions of
section 22(3) of any article or thing seized under the provisions of
subsection (2) of that section;

(j)regulating or prohibiting the employment of children in the removal or
disposal of waste.

(Amended 46 of 1972 s. 2; 8 of 1980 s. 3 7)

(IA) Regulations made under this section may provide that, where an owner of
premises cannot be found or ascertained or is absent from Hong Kong or under
disability, the regulations shall apply to an agent of the owner. (Added 48 of 1969 s. 3.
Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(IB) Regulations made under this section may provide that the court by which a
person is convicted of an offence consisting of a failure to comply with a notice
given under the regulations may, in addition to imposing any other penalty, make an
order for the payment by such person to the Authority of the whole or part of any
expenses incurred by the Authority in carrying out any work

necessary to satisfy the requirements of the notice.(Added 58 of 1973 s. 3)

(1C) (Repealed 37 of 1987s. 2)

(2) (Repealed 8 of 1980s. 37)

16-19. (Repealed 8 of 1980 s. 37)

Removal of Utter or waste and cleaning of area

20. (1) If it appears to the Authority that any litter or waste ought to be
removed from any place, the Authority may serve a notice in accordance with
subsection (2) on the person who appears to hirn





(a) to be the owner of the litter or waste;

(b) to have deposited the litter or waste in that place; or

(c) to be the occupier of the place where the litter or waste is found.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall require the person on whom it is served
to remove the litter or waste, and may require him also to clean to the satisfaction of
the Authority the area in which the litter or waste is found, within such period, not
being less than 24 hours after the service of the notice, as may be specified therein.

(3) If a notice served in accordance with subsection (2) is not complied with
within the period specified therein

(a)the litter or waste to which the notice refers shall become the property of
the Crown and may be removed and destroyed or otherwise disposed of
by the Authority which may clean the area in which it was found; and

(b)the person on whom the notice was served shall be guilty of an offence
and on conviction may, in addition to any other penalty imposed, be
ordered by the court to pay the whole or part of the expenses incurred by
the Authority in removing and destroying or disposing of the litter or
waste and in cleaning the area in which it was found.

(Replaced 46 of 1972 s. 3. Amended 8 of 1980 s. 37; 72 of 1981 s. 4)

21. (Repeated 8 of 1980s. 37)

Prevention of obstructions to scavenging or conservancy
operations

22. (1) If any person obstructs, or causes or permits any article or thing to be
so placed as to obstruct or to be likely to obstruct, any scavenging or conservancy
operation or any street sweeper acting in the performance of his duty

(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the court may, in addition to any other penalty imposed, order the
forfeiture of such article or thing.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (1)(b), where any article or
thing is so placed as, in the opinion of the Authority, to cause or to be likely to
cause obstruction to any scavenging operation or to any street sweeper acting in
the performance of his duty, the Authority may-

(a)cause to be served upon the owner of such article or thing, or, where the
owner is absent from Hong Kong or cannot be found or ascertained by
the Authority, cause to be attached to such article or thing, a notice
requiring the owner or some person on his behalf

(i) to remove the same within such period, being not less than 24 hours,
as may be specified in the notice; and

(ii) to prevent the recurrence of such obstruction by the article or thing
during such period, as may be specified in the notice;

and(Replaced 46 of 1972 s. 4)





(b)if such article or thing is not removed or is found causing obstruction
within the period specified in the notice referred to in paragraph (a)(i) or
(a)(ii), seize, carry away and detain such article or thing. (Replaced 46 of
1972 s. 4)

(3) Where any article or thing is seized under the provisions of subsection
(2)(b), the owner may, within 7 days after such seizure, recover the same upon
payment to the Authority of the expenses (if any) incurred in the seizure, carrying
away and detention thereof and of such additional sum as may be prescribed by
regulations made under section 15:

Provided that

(a)where any article or thing seized under this section is required, or likely to
be required, for production in evidence in any proceedings under this
Ordinance, the Authority may, notwithstanding anything contained in this
subsection, retain such article or thing until such proceedings are either
abandoned or determined; and

(b)where any such proceedings are not instituted within 14 days after such
seizure, such proceedings shall be deemed, for the purposes of this
subsection, to have been abandoned.

(4) If, within 7 days after the seizure of any article or thing under the provisions
of subsection (2)(b), the same has not been recovered in the manner provided by
subsection (3), such article or thing shall become the property of the Crown, free
from all liens, claims or incumbrances whatsoever, and may be sold or otherwise
disposed of in such manner as the Authority may think fit.

(5) No action, liability, claim or demand whatsoever shall lie against the
Authority or the Government, or against any person acting for or on behalf of the
Authority or the Government, in respect of any loss or damage arising out of or by
reason of the seizure, carrying away or detention of any article or thing, bona fide,
under the provisions of this section.

Prevention of accumulation of litter or waste on canopies

22A. (1) If litter or waste of any kind is found on or in any canopy--

(a)the Authority may cause a notice to be served on the occupier of the
premises or of that part of the premises for the benefit of which the
canopy is erected, requiring the occupier to remove the litter or waste
within such time as may be specified in the notice; and

(b)the occupier shall be guilty of an offence if he fails to remove the litter or
waste in accordance with the notice served on him under paragraph(a).
(Amended8of 1980s. 37, 72of 1981 s.5)

(2) If the Authority is of opinion that litter or waste which is found on or in a
canopy- (Amended8of 1980s. 37; 72 of 1981s. 5)

(a) is or may become injurious or dangerous to health;

(b) is or may become a danger to any persons;

(c) constitutes a nuisance; or

(d) is unsightly,





he may cause a notice to be served on the occupier of the premises or that part of
the premises for the benefit of which the canopy is erected or, if the occupier cannot
be found or there is no occupier, the owner of the premises, requiring him to remove
the canopy within such time as may be specified in the notice.

(3) If a notice served under subsection (2) is not complied with within the time
specified in the notice, the Authority may remove the canopy and do whatever is
necessary to effect such removal.

(4) The Authority shall not remove a canopy under subsection (3) until 14 days
from the date of service of the notice or, in the event of an appeal to the Governor
under subsection (7), the determination of such appeal.

(5) If a canopy is removed under subsection (3) the Authority may-

(a)recover any expenses incurred in the removal from the person on whom the
removal notice was served; and

(b)remove and detain the canopy until the expenses recoverable under
paragraph (a) have been paid.

(6) If a canopy is removed under subsection (3), no action, liability, claim or
demand shall lie against the Authority or the Government or against any person
acting for or on behalf of the Authority or the Government at the suit of any owner
or occupier of the premises for the benefit of which the canopy so removed was
erected, maintained or used, for any damage done to the canopy or the premises or
for any damage or loss arising out of or by reason of the removal of the canopy.

(7) Any person on whom a notice to remove a canopy is served under
subsection (2) who considers himself aggrieved by the requirement of the notice,
may within 14 days after the service thereof, appeal to the Governor.

(8) If an appeal is made under subsection (7), the Governor may confirm, vary
or cancel the notice and the decision of the Governor shall be final.

(Added 43 of 1972 s. 3)

Powers of arrest in certain cases

23. (1) Any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the Authority
may

(a)require any person whom he reasonably suspects of having contravened
any regulation made under section 15, to give his correct name and address
and produce evidence to that effect to the public officer;

(b)arrest any person who, without reasonable excuse, refuses to comply with
a requirement under paragraph (a); and

(c)arrest in any public place any person who contravenes any of the
provisions of section 4(2) or (3) of the Summary Offences Ordinance (Cap.
228). (Replaced 46 of 1972 s. 5)

(2) In the absence of a police officer, it shall be lawful for any watchman
employed by the Government on any waste dump under the control of the
Government to arrest any person whom he finds raking, picking over or grubbing in
any waste deposited in or upon such dump or removing or scattering any portion of
any such waste without, in any such case, lawful authority or excuse. (Amended 8
of 1980 s.37)





(3) Any public officer or any watchman who arrests any person under the
provisions of subsection (1) or (2) shall forthwith take him to the nearest police
station or give him into the custody of a police officer, whereupon the provisions
of section 52 of the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232) or of sections 51 and 52
of that Ordinance, as the case may be, shall apply.

Notification of convictions in newspaper

23A. The Authority may cause to be published in any newspaper-

(a)the name of any person convicted of an offence under this Part or
under any regulation made under section 15;

(b) the nature of the offence; and

(c) the fine, forfeiture or other penalty imposed.
(Added46 of 1972 s. 6)

Wells and well water and waste water

Power to close, etc. polluted wells, etc.

24. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that the water in any spring,
well, pool, pond, watercourse, swimming pool or other source-

(a)is used, or is likely to be used, for human consumption or domestic
purposes, or for manufacturing food or drink for human consump-
tion; and

(b)is so polluted, or is likely to be so polluted, as to be injurious or
dangerous to health, or is otherwise rendered unfit for human
consumption or injurious or dangerous to health,

the Authority may cause a notice to be served upon the owner of the premises
upon which such spring, well, pool, pond, watercourse, swimming pool or other
source exists or, where the owner is absent from Hong Kong or cannot be
readily found or ascertained by the Authority or is under disability, upon the
occupier thereof requiring him within such time as may be specified in such
notice, to close, permanently or temporarily, such spring, well, pool, pond,
watercourse, swimming pool or other source, or to take such other steps as
may appear to the Authority to be necessary to prevent injury or danger to the
health of persons drinking or using such water. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(2) If any person on whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof---

(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may
be necessary for the purpose of preventing injury or danger to health,
and may recover any expenses thereby incurred from the owner of
such premises or, where the owner is absent from Hong Kong or
cannot be readily found or ascertained by the Authority or is under
disability, from the occupier thereof.(Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)





Protection of fountains, wells and pumps

25. Any person who-

(a) does any wilful act whereby any fountain, well or pump is damaged; or

(b)by reason of any act or neglect, causes or permits the water of any
fountain, well or pump which is used, or likely to be used, for human
consumption or domestic purposes, or for manufacturing food or drink for
human consumption, to become polluted or fouled,

shall be guilty of an offence.

Regulations relating to the use of water from springs,
wells, etc.

26. (1) The Authority may make regulations prescribing or providing for

(a)the prohibition or control of the use of water from any spring, well, pool,
pond, watercourse, swimming pool or other source, the use of which is
likely to be injurious or dangerous to health;

(b)the disinfecting or purifying and the maintenance in a wholesome
condition, of water from any such spring, well, pool, pond, watercourse,
swimming pool or other source.

(2) Nothing in subsection (1) or in section 24 shall be taken to apply to any
waterworks within the meaning of the Waterworks Ordinance (Cap. 102), or taken or
construed to the prejudice of the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123).

Control of water likely to contain larvae or pupae of
mosquitoes

27. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that there is, or is likely to be, upon
any premises any accumulation of water, whether waste or otherwise, likely to
contain larvae or pupae of mosquitoes, the Authority may, whether such
accumulation of water is presently found to exist or not, cause a notice to be served
upon the occupier, or, where the occupier is absent from Hong Kong or cannot be
readily found or ascertained by the Authority or is under disability, upon the owner,
of such premises, or, where the premises consist of a building site or a building
under construction, upon the appointed contractor in respect of the site, requiring
him, within such time as may be specified in the notice- (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(a) to remove such accumulation of water, if existing; or

(b)to take such other steps as may be specified in the notice to prevent any or
any further such accumulation of water upon premises; or

(c)to take such other steps as may be specified in the notice to prevent the
existence of larvae or pupae of mosquitoes upon such premises.

(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 3; 9 of 19 76 s. 3)

(2) If the person upon whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof--





(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may remove, or cause to be removed, any such
accumulation of water and may take such other steps as may be necessary
to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and may recover any expenses
thereby incurred from such person.

(3) Where, in any accumulation of water on any premises, larvae or pupae of
mosquitoes are found, the occupier of such premises or, where the occupier is
absent from Hong Kong or cannot be readily found or ascertained by the Authority,
the owner thereof or, where the premises consist of a building site or a building
under construction, the appointed contractor in respect of the site, shall be guilty of
an offence. (Amended 32 of 1963 s. 3; 9 of 1976 s. 3; 10 of 1986s.24)

(4) The Director of Medical and Health Services and any public officer authorized
by him in that behalf may, in addition to the Authority, exercise any of the powers
vested in the Authority by the provisions of subsections (1) and (2).

(5) In subsections (1) and (3) 'the appointed contractor in respect of the site'
means

(a)the person who is the registered contractor appointed in respect of the site
in accordance with the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123); or

(b)in the case of a site which is owned by the Crown, the person who has
been appointed the contractor in respect of the site, if he has entered on
the site at the relevant time. (Added 9 of 1976 s. 3)

(6) A document which purports-

(a)to be signed by a person authorized by the Building Authority and to
certify that a person specified therein was at a time specified therein the
registered contractor appointed in respect of a building site specified
therein in accordance with the Buildings Ordinance; or

(b)to be signed by a person authorized by the Director of Housing or the
Director of Buildings and Lands and to certify that at a time specified
therein- (Amended L.N. 76/82; L.N. 94/86)

(i) a building site specified therein was owned by the Crown; and

(ii) a person specified therein was appointed the contractor in respect
of that building site,

shall be admitted in evidence in any proceedings for an offence under subsection (1)
or (3) on its production before the court without further proof. (Added 9 of 1976 s.3)

(7) On the production of a document under subsection (6)-

(a)the court before which the document is produced shall, until the contrary
is proved, presume that

(i) the signature to the document is genuine;

(ii) the person signing it was duly authorized to sign at the time he
signed it; and

(b)such document shall be prima facie evidence of the matters contained
therein. (Added 9 of 1976s. 3)





Regulations for prevention of mosquitoes

28. (1) The Authority may make regulations to promote the destruction
of mosquitoes or the prevention of the breeding thereof.

(2) Any regulations made under subsection (1) may be of general
application or limited to particular districts, areas, premises or types or classes
of premises.

Sanitary conveniences

Regulations as to latrine accommodation

29. The Authority may make regulations prescribing or providing for-

(a)the provision and maintenance of suitable and sufficient latrine
accommodation in connection with any premises, whether the same
were constructed before or after the commencement of this Ordinance;

(b)the supply of water closets and urinals with sufficient water for their
effective action;

(c)the maintenance in proper working order, repair and cleanly condition
of latrines, cesspools and septic tanks, and the provision of proper
accessories therefor;

(d)the hygienic construction of rooms or compartments in which latrines
may be installed.

Obligation to provide latrines

30. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that any premises, or any part
of any premises, whether such premises were constructed before or after the
commencement of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123) or of this Ordinance,
are without, or without sufficient, latrine accommodation or that the latrine
accommodation provided therein is ineffective or of a type which is unsuitable
having regard to the circumstances of the case, the Authority may cause a notice
to be served upon the owner of such premises or, where the owner is absent from
Hong Kong or cannot be readily found or ascertained by the Authority or is
under disability, upon the occupier thereof, requiring him, within such time as
shall be specified in the notice, to provide such number of latrines, or latrines of
such type, or to do such other thing to provide effective and sufficient latrine
accommodation, as may be specified in the notice: (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

Provided that, where any such requirement involves the carrying out of
building works within the meaning of the Buildings Ordinance, no such notice
shall be issued except with the consent in writing of the Building Authority.

(2) If the person upon whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof-

(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may
be necessary to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and may
recover any expenses thereby incurred from such person.





(3) If any person considers himself aggrieved by any notice served upon him
under the provisions of subsection (1) or by any act done by or on behalf of the
Authority under this section, he may, within 30 days after the service of such notice
or the doing of such act, as the case may be, appeal to the Governor in
Council by way of petition, and no offence shall be deemed to have been
committed under subsection (2) until after such petition be abandoned or
dismissed.


(4) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any school registered
under the Education Ordinance (Cap. 279), or to any notifiable workplace under the
Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59). (Amended 50 of 1985 s.9)

Prevention of nuisances from latrines and sanitary
conveniences

31. Any person who causes, or suffers or permits any person to cause, any
septic tank, cesspool, trap, siphon or any sanitary convenience to be a nuisance or
injurious or dangerous to health by wilfully destroying or damaging, or by
otherwise interfering with, or by improperly using, the same or any water supply,
apparatus, pipe or work connected therewith, shall be guilty of an offence.

Removal or alteration of sanitary conveniences

32. (1) If any septic tank, cesspool, trap, siphon or any sanitary convenience is,
or has been, so constructed, or is so situated, as to be, or to be likely to be, a
nuisance or offensive to public decency, the Authority may, whether the same was
constructed before or after the commencement of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap.
123), or of this Ordinance, cause a notice to be served upon the owner of the
premises in question, or where the owner is absent from Hong Kong or cannot be
readily found or ascertained by the Authority or is under disability, upon the
occupier of the premises in question, requiring him, within such time as may be
specified in the notice, to remove, reconstruct, screen or otherwise alter such septic
tank, cesspool, trap, siphon or sanitary convenience, as the case may be, in such
manner as to abate the nuisance or to remove the offence against public decency or
the likelihood thereof. (Amended 61 of 1974 s. 4; 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(2) If the person upon whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof--

(a)such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may be
necessary to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and may recover any
expenses thereby incurred from such person.

(3) If any person considers himself aggrieved by any notice served upon him
under the provisions of subsection (1) or by any act done by or on behalf of the
Authority under this section, he may, within 30 days after the service upon him of
the notice or the doing of the act, as the case may be, appeal to the court, and the
court may make such order as may appear to it to be just having regard to all the
circumstances.





Examination of sanitary conveniences by Authority

33. (1) The Authority may examine any of the following works, that is to
say, any septic tank, cesspool, trap, siphon or sanitary convenience, or any
water supply, apparatus, pipe or work connected therewith, upon any premises,
and for that purpose may cause the ground to be opened in any place which may
appear to the Authority necessary, doing as little damage as may be.
(2) If any work referred to in subsection (1) is found on examination to be
in proper order, the Authority shall cause the work to be reinstated and made
good as soon as may be and shall defray the expenses of the examination and
the reinstating and making good of the work, but, if on examination any such
work is found not to be in proper order, the Authority may-
(a)recover from the owner of the premises, or where the owner is absent
from Hong Kong or cannot be readily found or ascertained by the
Authority or is under disability from the occupier thereof, the
expenses of such examination; and (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)
(b)cause a notice to be served upon the owner of such premises or, in
the circumstances specified in paragraph (a), the occupier thereof
requiring him to repair or otherwise put in good order such work or to
comply, as nearly as may be, with the provisions of the Buildings
Ordinance (Cap. 123), within such time as may be specified in the
notice:
Provided that no such notice shall be issued by the Authority
requiring such owner or occupier to carry out any drainage works
within the meaning of the Buildings Ordinance, except with the
consent in writing of the Building Authority.

(3) If the person upon whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (2)(b) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof-
(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, any work
necessary to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and may recover
any expenses thereby incurred from such person.
(4) If any person considers himself aggrieved by any notice served upon
him under the provisions of subsection (2)(b) or by any act done by or on behalf
of the Authority under the provisions of this section, he may, within 14 days
after the service upon him of the notice or the doing of the act, as the case may
be, appeal to the court, and the court may make such order as may appear to it
to be just having regard to all the circumstances.
(5) Notwithstanding any appeal under the provisions of subsection (4),
the Authority may proceed with and carry out any work which, in the opinion
of the Authority, ought to be carried out under this section, but, until such
appeal is abandoned or determined, no sum of money in respect of any such
work shall be recoverable from any person party to such appeal.

Sanitary conveniences used in common

34. The following provisions shall have effect in relation to any sanitary
convenience used in common by the occupiers of 2 or more premises or by other
persons-





(a)any person who injures or improperly fouls any such sanitary
convenience or anything used in connection therewith shall be guilty of
an offence;

(b)where any such sanitary convenience, or the approaches thereto, or the
walls, floors, seats or fittings thereof, is or are, in the opinion of the
Authority, in such a state as to be a nuisance for want of proper
cleansing, such persons having the use of such sanitary convenience in
common as may be in default, or, in the absence of proof satisfactory to
the court as to which of such persons is in default, each of such persons,
shall be guilty of an offence.

Public latrines, bathhouses, washhouses, laundries and labourers' lines

Regulations as to public latrines, bathhouses and
washhouses

35. The Authority may make regulations prescribing or providing for-

(a)the maintenance, management and control (including prohibition) of
latrines, bathhouses, or washhouses, used or intended for use by the
public whether upon payment or otherwise, and the fees to be charged for
the use thereof.,

(b)registration or licensing of such latrines, bathhouses or washhouses, and
fees and charges in connection therewith,

and any such regulations may provide that they shall apply only in relation to such
latrines, bathhouses or washhouses as are specified from time to time by order
published in the Gazette.

(Amended 48 of 1969 s. 4)

Provision and maintenance of public latrines, bathhouses and washhouses

36. (1) The Authority, or any person duly authorized by licence of the
Authority, may provide and maintain any latrine, bathhouse or washhouse for the
use of the public in any situation where the Authority shall consider such latrine,
bathhouse or washhouse to be required having regard to the general benefit of the
public, and may equip any such latrine, bathhouse or washhouse with all requisite
furnishings, fittings and mechanical or other appliances for the use, convenience or
assistance of persons resorting thereto:

Provided that nothing in this section shall authorize the Authority, or any
person acting under a licence issued by the Authority, to carry on the business of a
launderer, dyer or dry cleaner in any such bathhouse or washhouse, or to permit
any person to use any such furnishings, fittings or mechanical or other appliances
as aforesaid for the purpose of a laundry, dyeing or dry cleaning business.

(2) If any person other than the Authority opens or maintains any latrine,
bathhouse or washhouse for the use of the public otherwise than under and in
accordance with a licence granted under subsection (1), he shall be guilty of an
offence.





Power to remove members of the public from public
bathhouses and washhouses

37. The Authority or any person licensed under section 36(1) or any
person duly authorized by the Authority or by such person licensed as afore-
said may remove from any latrine, bathhouse or washhouse maintained,
respectively, by it or him for the use of the public any person contravening any
regulation made under the provisions of section 35.

Power to refuse admittance to certain members of the
public to public bathhouses and washhouses

38. The Authority or any person licensed under section 36(1) may refuse
admittance to or remove from any latrine, bathhouse or washhouse maintained,
respectively, by it or him for the use of the public any person who has been
convicted of-

(a)an offence under any regulation made under the provisions of section
35 relating to latrines, bathhouses or washhouses; or

(b)an offence against public decency committed in any such latrine,
bathhouse or washhouse.

Appeals against action taken under section 37 or 38

39. Any person who considers himself aggrieved by removal from, or
refusal of admittance to, any latrine, bathhouse or washhouse under section 37
or 38 may appeal to the court, and the court may make such direction regarding
the use by the appellant of such latrine, bathhouse or washhouse as may in the
circumstances appear to it to be just.

Regulations relating to laundries and dry cleaning
establishments

40. (1) Without prejudice to anything contained in the Factories and
Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59), the Authority may make
regulations in relation to any laundry or any premises, place or vehicle used
for storing, collecting or delivering articles in connection with the business
of any laundry prescribing or providing for-

(a)the proper management and control thereof, including prohibition or
restriction;

(b)registration or licensing thereof, and fees and charges in connection
therewith;

(c)the regulation and control (including prohibition), and the medical
examination and immunization against disease, of persons engaged or
employed upon or in connection with any laundering or dry cleaning
operation or the handling or packing of any clothing;

(d)the promotion of hygienic and wholesome methods of laundering or
dry cleaning and the prevention of the dissemination of communicable
diseases.





(2) Regulations under this section may prohibit, restrict or otherwise
control the laundering or dry cleaning for gain of-

(a) clothing;

(b) bedding;

(c) household linen; and

(d)table, kitchen, bathroom and other linen used in hotels, apartment
houses, restaurants and similar establishments, or provided in
business premises for use of customers,
otherwise than in a laundry. (Replaced 9 of 1976 s. 4)

Regulations relating to labourers' lines

41. The Authority may make regulations in relation to labourers' lines
prescribing or providing for-

(a)the prevention and abatement of nuisances therein and the
maintenance of the same in a clean and sanitary condition;

(b)the construction thereof and the facilities to be provided therein.

Swimming pools

Regulations relating to swimming pools

42. (1) The Authority may make regulations in relation to swimming
pools (including the precincts thereof) prescribing or providing for-

(a)the purity of water contained in any swimming pool, and the adequacy
and cleanliness of accommodation provided thereat;

(b)the prevention of accidents;

(c)the conduct and standards of decency of persons resorting to
swimming pools, including the exclusion or removal therefrom of
persons suffering from communicable diseases and, in the case of
public swimming pools, of undesirable persons;

(d)proper design and standard of finishing;

(e)the proper management and control of swimming pools, including
licensing or registration, and fees and charges in connection therewith;

(1) in the case of any public swimming pool, charges for admission or for
1 the use or enjoyment of any facilities provided thereat.

(2) Regulations made under this section may be of general application or
restricted to any particular swimming pool or. to any class or type of swimming
pool.

Public swimming pools

42A. (1) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette,
designate any premises and the grounds appurtenant thereto as a public
swimming pool.





(2) The swimming pools specified in the Fourteenth Schedule shall be deemed
to have been designated as public swimming pools.

(3) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, amend, add to or
delete from the Fourteenth Schedule.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 3. Amended 9 of 1976 s. 5)

Management of public swimming pools

42B. The management and control of every public swimming pool shall be
vested in the Authority.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 3)

Rules relating to public swimming pools

43. (1) The Director of Urban Services may in relation to any public swimming
pool in the Urban Council area, and the Director of Regional Services may in relation
to any public swimming pool in the Regional Council area, make, from time to time,
rules of a subsidiary nature for the better control, direction and information of
persons using or resorting to such swimming pool: (AmendedL.N. 67185; 10of
1986s. 6)

Provided that such rules shall not be inconsistent with any of the provisions of
this Ordinance or any regulation made under section 42.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any rule made under the provisions of
subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

Use of public swimming pools for swimming contests, etc.,
or by schools or clubs

44. (1) The Authority may close temporarily to the public any public swimming
pool, or any part of any public swimming pool, and may

(a)grant, either gratuitously or for payment, the exclusive use thereof to
schools or clubs, or to persons organizing swimming practices or
contests, aquatic sports or similar entertainment; or

(b)itself use it for such practices, contests, sports or entertainments.

(2) The Authority may make, or authorize the making of, charges for admission
to, or for the use of, any such swimming pool while it is closed to the public under
the provisions of subsection (1).

Public swimming pools to be public places for certain
purposes

45. Any public swimming pool shall be deemed to be a public place for the
purposes of any enactment relating to offences against decency.

Verminous articles and premises

Cleansing and destruction of filthy or verminous articles
46. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that-





(a)any article or thing is in such a filthy, dangerous or unwholesome
condition that health is, or is likely to be, injuriously affected thereby; or

(b)the cleansing, disinfecting or destruction of any such article or thing is
necessary in order to prevent risk of injury to health; or

(c)any such article or thing is infested with vermin or, by reason of having
been used by any person infested with vermin, is likely to be so infested,

the Authority may cause the article to be cleansed, disinfected, disinfested or
destroyed, as the case may be, and, if the Authority thinks fit, removed for that
purpose.

(2) For the purposes of this section, the wrapper or cover of any article or thing
shall be deemed to form a part of such article or thing.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be taken or construed to the prejudice of the
provisions of the Quarantine and Prevention of Disease Ordinance (Cap. 141).

Cleansing of verminous premises

47. (1) Where it appears to the Authority that any premises or vessel, or any
part of any premises or vessel, are or is infested with vermin, the Authority may
cause a notice to be served upon the owner or occupier of such premises or vessel,
or such part of any premises or vessel, requiring him, within such time as may be
specified in the notice, to cleanse such premises or vessel, or such part of any
premises or vessel as may be specified in such notice, and to take such other steps
for the purpose of destroying and removing any vermin as the Authority may in
such notice direct.

(2) If the person on whom a notice is served under the provisions of subsection
(1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof

(a)such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as may be
necessary to satisfy the requirements of such notice, and, subject to the
provisions of subsection (3), may recover any expenses thereby incurred
from such person.

(3) In any proceedings under the provisions of subsection (2), the court may
inquire whether any requirement contained in any notice served, or any work done,
by the Authority under the provisions of this section was reasonable and whether
the expenses incurred by the Authority in doing that work, or any part thereof,
ought to be borne wholly or in part by the person upon whom the notice was
served, and may make such order concerning those expenses or their apportionment
as appears to it to be just having regard to all the circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, where it appears to the
Authority that any premises or vessel, or any part of any premises or vessel, are or
is infested with vermin, the Authority may, without serving a notice under the
provisions of subsection (1), forthwith take such reasonable steps as may be
required to destroy or remove therefrom any vermin:





Provided that, in carrying out any operation in pursuance of the provisions
of this subsection, the Authority shall not make any structural alteration to such
premises or vessel or such part of any premises or vessel, nor move any fixture or
any fittings, furniture or equipment of a substantial nature, or otherwise cause
any unreasonable inconvenience to the occupants of such premises or vessel or
such part of any premises or vessel.

(5) Where, in pursuance of the provisions of subsection (4), the Authority
has placed in any premises or vessel any trap or bait container or any bait or
other substance, any person who, without lawful authority or excuse, know-
ingly removes or destroys such trap, bait container, bait or substance or
otherwise interferes therewith, or knowingly causes, suffers or permits any other
person or any domestic animal or bird to remove, destroy or interfere with such
trap, bait container, bait or substance, shall be guilty of an offence.

PART IV

OFFENSIVE TRADES

Declaration of offensive trades

48. The Authority may by notification in the Gazette declare to be an
offensive trade any trade, business, process or manufacture which, in the
opinion of the Authority, causes offensive or noxious effluvia or dust or is
otherwise of an offensive or harmful nature or which involves the slaughtering
of animals or birds.

Regulations relating to offensive trades

49. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Factories and Industrial
Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59), the Authority may make regulations in
relation to offensive trades prescribing or providing for-

(a)registration or licensing, and fees and charges in connection therewith;

(b)the prevention of nuisances;

(c)the restriction of the carrying on of offensive trades, or groups or
classes of such trades, to certain areas or districts or otherwise than
in certain areas or districts;

(d)the construction, size, ventilation, drainage, cleansing, repair or
maintenance of any building, yard, pen or other place in which any
offensive trade is carried on;

(e)in the case of any offensive trade involving the slaughtering of animals
or birds-
(i) the manner in which such slaughtering is to be performed
and the control, including prohibition, of the use of any specified
instruments or appliances; and
(ii) the manner in which the carcass of any animal or bird may be
transported or moved from one place to any other place in connection
with such offensive trade.





PART V

FOOD AND DRUGS

Offences in connection with preparation and sale of
adulterated food or drugs

50. (1) No person shall add any substance to food, use any substance as an
ingredient in the preparation of food, abstract any constituent from food, or subject
food to any other process or treatment, so as (in any such case) to render the food
injurious to health, with intent that the food shall be sold for human consumption in
that state.

(2) No person shall add any substance to, or abstract any constituent from, a
drug so as to affect injuriously the quality, constitution or potency of the drug, with
intent that the drug shall be sold in that state.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this section, no person shall-

(a)sell for human consumption, offer, expose or advertise for sale for human
consumption, or have in his possession for the purpose of such sale, any
food rendered injurious to health by any operation described in
subsection (1); or

(b)sell, offer, expose or advertise for sale, or have in his possession for the
purpose of sale, any drug injuriously affected in its quality, constitution or
potency by means of any operation described in subsection (2).

(4) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of subsection (1), (2) or
(3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(5) In determining for the purposes of this Part whether an article of food is
injurious to health, regard shall be had not only to the probable effect of that article
on the health of a person consuming it, but also to the probable cumulative effect of
articles of substantially the same composition on the health of a person consuming
such articles in ordinary quantities.

(6) In any proceedings for an offence under the provisions of subsection (4)
consisting of the advertisement for sale of any food or drug, it shall be a defence for
the person charged to prove that, being a person whose business it is to publish, or
arrange for the publication of, advertisements, he received the advertisement for
publication in the ordinary course of business.

Adulteration, etc. of milk

51. (1) No person shall add any water or colouring matter, or any dried or
condensed milk or liquid reconstituted therefrom, to milk intended for sale for human
consumption.

(2) No person shall add any separated milk, or mixture of cream and separated
milk, to unseparated milk intended for sale for human consumption.

(3) No person shall sell or offer or expose for sale, or have in his possession for
the purpose of sale, for human consumption any milk to which any addition has
been made in contravention of the provisions of subsection (1) or (2).





(4) No person shall sell, offer or expose for sale, or advertise, under the
designation of milk any liquid in the making of which any separated milk, or
any dried or condensed milk, has been used.

(5) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of subsection (1),
(2), (3) or (4) shall be guilty of an offence.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (3), a person shall be deemed to retain
the possession of milk which is deposited in any place for collection until it is
actually collected.

Adulteration of meat

51A. (1) No person shall, by injection or any other means, introduce or
cause the introduction of any water or other liquid into the tissues of the
carcass, meat or offal of any animal, bird or reptile sold for human consumption
or offered, exposed or intended for sale for human consumption.

(2) No person shall sell for human consumption or offer or expose for sale
or have in his possession for the purpose of sale for human consumption, any
carcass, meat or offal of any animal, bird or reptile into the tissue of which there
has been introduced by injection or any other means anything specified in
subsection (1).

(3) No person shall have in his possession whilst on, or bring onto or
permit to be brought onto, any premises in which any carcass, meat or offal of
any animal, bird or reptile intended for human consumption is kept or stored or
is sold or is offered or exposed for sale, any instrument designed or adapted for
the introduction into the tissues of the carcass, meat or offal of any animal, bird
or reptile of anything specified in subsection (1).

(4) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of subsection (1),
(2) or (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(5) Where-

(a) any offence is committed under subsection (4); or

(b) any instrument specified in subsection (3) is found,

on any premises on which there is carried on any business in the course of which
the carcass, meat or offal of any animal, bird or reptile intended for human
consumption is kept or stored or is sold or is offered or exposed for sale, then, in
addition to any other person who may be guilty of an offence under subsection
(4), and whether or not any other person is convicted for such offence, the
person who carries on such business and the manager of the business shall each
be guilty of an offence whether or not the persons last mentioned were aware of
the commission of an offence under subsection (4) or of the presence of any
instrument specified in subsection (3) on those premises.

(6) Any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the
Authority may seize and remove any instrument specified in subsection (3)
which is found on any premises specified in that subsection or in the possession
of any person on the premises who is employed on the premises either by the
owner of the premises or by the person carrying on the business on the premises
of keeping, storing or selling or offering or exposing for sale the carcass, meat or
offal of any animal, bird or reptile intended for human consumption.





(7) Subject to subsection (8), any instrument seized under subsection (6)
may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the Authority thinks fit on the
expiration of 7 days after the seizure.

(8) If any person considers himself aggrieved by the seizure of any
instrument under subsection (6) he may, within 3 days of the seizure, appeal to
the court and on an appeal being so made the court may, after hearing the
appellant and the Authority, order the instrument to be forfeited or otherwise
dealt with as it thinks fit.
(Added 61 of 1976s. 3)

General protection for purchasers of food and drugs

52. (1) If any person sells to the prejudice of a purchaser any food or
drug which is not of the nature, or not of the substance, or not of the quality, of
the food or drug demanded by the purchaser, he shall, subject to the provisions
of section 53, be guilty of an offence.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (1), any person who
for the purpose of sale keeps in any container any liquid which is not of the
nature, or not of the substance, or not of the quality, of the alcoholic liquor
which, by reason of the labelling or other marking of such container, it appears
to be, shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) Where regulations made under section 55 contain provisions pre-
scribing the composition of, or prohibiting or restricting the addition of any
substance to, any food or drug, a purchaser of that food or drug shall, unless the
contrary is proved, be deemed, for the purposes of subsection (1), to have
demanded a food or drug complying with the provisions of such regulations.

(4) In any proceedings for an offence under the provisions of subsection
(1), it shall not be a defence to allege that the purchaser bought for analysis or
examination and therefore was not prejudiced.

(5) In this section, save in so far as it relates to drugs, any reference to sale
shall be construed as a reference to sale for human consumption.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (2), the expression 'alcoholic liquor'
means spirits, liqueurs, wines and Chinese type liquor.

Defences available in proceedings under section 52

53. (1) In any proceedings under section 52 for an offence consisting of
the sale of food to which any substance has been added, or in the preparation
of which any substance has been used as an ingredient, or from which any
constituent has been abstracted, or which has been subjected to any other
process or treatment, other than food thereby rendered injurious to health, it
shall be a defence for the person charged to prove that the operation in question
was not carried out fraudulently, and that the article was sold having attached
thereto a notice of adequate size, distinctly and legibly printed and conspic-
uously visible, stating explicitly the nature of the operation, or was sold in a
wrapper or container displaying such a notice.





(2) The provisions of subsection (1) shall apply in relation to an offence
consisting of the sale of a drug to which any substance has been added, or from
which any constituent has been abstracted, other than a drug thereby
injuriously affected in its quality, constitution or potency, as they apply in
relation to any such offence as is therein mentioned.

(3) In proceedings under section 52 in respect of any food or drug
containing some extraneous matter, it shall be a defence for the defendant to
prove that the presence of that matter was an unavoidable consequence of the
process of collection or preparation.

Offences in connection with the sale, etc. of unfit food or
drugs

54.(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, any person who-

(a)sells or offers or exposes for sale, or has in his possession for the
purpose of sale or preparation for sale; or

(b)deposits with, or consigns to, any person for the purpose of sale or of
preparation for sale,

any food intended for, but unfit for, human consumption, or any drug intended
for use by man but unfit for that purpose, shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, where any food or drug in respect of which an
offence under subsection (1)(a) has been committed was sold to the offender by
some other person, that person also shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) Where a person is charged with an offence under subsection (1)(b), or
under subsection (2), it shall be a defence for him to prove either-

(a)that he gave notice to the person with whom he deposited, or to whom
he consigned or sold, the food or drug in question that it was not
intended for human consumption or for use by man, as the case may
be; or

(b)that, at the time when he delivered or dispatched it to that person,
either it was fit for human consumption or for use by man, as the case
may be, or he did not know, and could not with reasonable diligence
have ascertained, that it was not so fit.

Regulations as to composition of food and drugs, etc.

55. (1) The Governor in Council may, so far as appears to him to be
necessary or expedient in the interests of the public health, or otherwise for the
protection of the public, make regulations for any of the following purposes-

(a)for requiring, prohibiting or regulating the addition or extraction of
any specified substance, or any substance of any specified class, to
food intended for sale for human consumption or to any drug
intended for sale for use by man or any class of such food or drug, or
the use of any substance as an ingredient in the preparation or
preservation of any such food or drug, and generally, for regulating
or prescribing the composition of such food or drug or the
bacteriological or chemical standard thereof;





(b)for prohibiting, restricting or regulating the importation or manufacture, or
the sale, possession for sale, offer or exposure for sale, or consignment or
delivery of-

(i) food or drugs or any ingredients thereof which do not comply with
regulations made in pursuance of paragraph (a), or in relation to which an
offence under such regulations has been committed or would have been
committed if any relevant act or ommission had taken place in Hong
Kong; or

(ii) any food or drugs (including food or drugs referred to in
subparagraph (i)) which, in his opinion, are or may be prejudicial to the
public health; (Replaced 62 of 1986 s. 3)

(c)for prohibiting, restricting or regulating the importation or the use of any
specified materials, or of materials of any specified class, in the manufacture
of apparatus or utensils designed for use in the preparation or preservation
of food for human consumption or drugs for use by man and the sale or
importation for sale of apparatus or utensils designed for such use and
containing any specified materials, or materials of any specified class;

(d)for imposing requirements as to, and otherwise regulating, the labelling,
marking or advertising of food intended for sale for hum* an consumption
or drugs intended for sale for use by man, and the descriptions which may
be applied to such food or drugs;

(e)for prescribing or providing for methods of analysis for the purpose of
ascertaining the presence in, or absence from, any food or drug of any
specified substance, or the quantity of any such substance which is
present in any food or drug;

(f)for fees to be paid in respect of any analysis or bacteriological or other
examination of food or drugs by a public analyst. (Amended50 of 1970s.2)

(2) In the exercise of his functions under subsection (1) in relation to the
composition of food, the Governor in Council shall have regard to the desirability of
restricting, so far as practicable, the use of substances of no nutritional value as
foods.

(3) Regulations made under subsection (1) may provide in respect of
any provision thereof that the Secretary for Municipal Services may amend
that provision by notice in the Gazette. (Added 70 of 1982 s. 2. Amended
L.N. 67/85)

Regulations as to food and drugs hygiene

56. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 55, the Authority may
make regulations for securing the observance of sanitary and cleanly conditions
and practices and wholesome methods in connection with

(a) the sale of food for human consumption or drugs for use by man;





(b)the manufacture, preparation, transport, storage, packaging, mark-
ing, exposure for sale, service or delivery of food intended for sale or
sold for human consumption and drugs intended for sale or sold for
use by man, and ice, or otherwise for the protection of the public
health in connection with. any such matters.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of subsection (1),
regulations made under this section may make provision-

(a)for prohibiting, restricting or regulating the sale, or storage, pos-
session or exposure for sale, of any specified food or drug, either
generally or in any specified district, area or place or by any specified
person or class of persons;

(b)for imposing requirements as to the construction, lay-out, drainage,
equipment, maintenance, cleanliness, ventilation and extraction of
fumes or heat, lighting, water-supply and use of premises in, at or
from which food for human consumption or drugs for use by man are
sold or offered, exposed, stored, prepared or manufactured for sale
(including any parts of such premises in which apparatus and utensils
are cleansed or in which waste is disposed of or stored); (Amended
8 of 1980 s. 3 7)

(ba) for imposing requirements as to the precautions to be taken against
fire in any such premises; (Added 20 of 1982 s. 2)

(e)for imposing requirements as to the provision, maintenance and
cleanliness of sanitary and washing facilities in connection with such
premises, the disposal of waste and the maintenance and cleanliness of
apparatus, equipment, furnishings and utensils used in such premises,
and in particular for imposing requirements that every sanitary
convenience situated in such premises shall be supplied with water
through a suitable flushing appliance; (Amended 8 of 1980 s. 37)

(d)for prohibiting or restricting spitting on premises where food for
human consumption or drugs for use by man are sold, or offered,
exposed, stored, prepared or manufactured for sale (including any
parts of such premises in which apparatus and utensils are cleansed);

(e)for imposing requirements as to the clothing to be worn by persons
engaged to work in such premises;

for requiring the medical examination of persons engaged in any such
premises or class of premises (including any parts of such premises in
which apparatus and utensils are cleansed), the immunization of such
persons against any specified diseases and the prohibition of the
employment of any such person found to be suffering from any
specified disease;

(g)for requiring the marking, staining or treating of meat intended for
human consumption;

(h)for regulating generally the treatment and disposal of any food which
is unfit for human consumption or any drug which is unfit for use by
man or any food or drug which does not comply with any of the
provisions of any regulation made under section 55 relating to the
composition or standard of quality of food and drugs;





(i)for prohibiting or regulating the sale for human consumption, or the
possession, offer, exposure, distribution or collection for sale for human
consumption, of shellfish.

(3) Regulations made under this section may require or provide for the
registration or licensing of premises, businesses or persons engaged in or
connected with any of the matters specified in subsection (1)(a) or (b), and may
prescribe the fees to be paid in respect of such registration or licensing or in respect
of any other matter.

(3A) Regulations made under this section containing provisions

(a)requiring the registration or licensing of premises, businesses or persons;
or

(b) restricting the sale, possession or use of specified foods,

may empower a specified public officer or public body, by notice in the Gazette, to
grant exemptions from such provisions or any of them. (Added57of 1978s. 3)

(4) Regulations made under this section may make different provisions in
relation to difrerent classes of business, and, without prejudice to any other
provisions of this section, any such regulations imposing requirements in respect of
premises may impose on the occupier of the premises to which such regulations
apply responsibility for compliance with those regulations.

(5) The Authority may from time to time take such steps as it may think fit for
publishing codes of practice in connection with matters which may be made the
subject of regulations under this section, for the purpose of giving advice and
guidance to persons responsible for compliance with such regulations.

(6) A failure on the part of any person to observe any provisions of a code
published under subsection (5) shall not of itself render that person liable to criminal
proceedings of any kind but any such failure may, in any proceedings whether civil
or criminal and including proceedings for an offence under this Ordinance, be relied
upon by any party to the proceedings as tending to establish or to negative any
liability which is in question in those proceedings.

(7) In this section, 'premises' includes a stall or vessel and in relation to a
vessel, 'occupier' means the master. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 2)

Live poultry, live reptiles and live fish deemed food for
purposes of regulations

57. Regulations made under section 55 or 56 may include provision for the
prohibition, restriction or regulation of the sale, or the possession, offer or exposure
for sale or consignment or delivery for sale, of live poultry, live reptiles and live fish
in the same manner as if such live poultry, live reptiles and live fish were food.

(Amended 9 of 1976 s. 6; 68 of 1985 s. 2)

Power to call for information as to composition of
substances used in the preparation of food or drugs

58. (1) For the purposes of the exercise by the Governor in Council and the
Authority of the powers vested in them by sections 55 and 56, respectively, the
Governor, in relation to section 55, and the Authority, in relation to sec





tion 56, may, by order require any person who at the date of the order or at
any subsequent time carries on a business which includes the production,
importation, or use of substances of any class specified in the order to furnish
to such public officer as shall be specified in the order, within such time as may
be so specified, such particulars as may be so specified of the composition and
use of any such substance sold in the course of that business for use in the
preparation of food for sale for human consumption or drugs for sale for use
by man or used for that purpose in the course of that business.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of subsection (1),
an order made thereunder may require the following particulars to be furnished
in respect of any substance, that is to say-

(a)particulars of the composition and the chemical nature of the
substance;
(b)particulars of the manner in which the substance is used or proposed
to be used in the preparation of food or drugs;

(c)particulars of any investigations carried out by or to the knowledge of
the person carrying on the business in question, for the purpose of
determining whether and to what extent the substance, or any product
formed when the substance is used as aforesaid, is injurious to, or in
any way affects, health;

(d)particulars of any investigations or inquiries carried out by or to the
knowledge of the person carrying on the business in question for the
purpose of determining the cumulative effect on the health of a person
consuming or using the substance in ordinary quantities.

(3) No particulars furnished in accordance with an order made under the
provisions of subsection (1), and no information relating to any individual
business obtained by means of such particulars, shall, without the previous
consent in writing of the person carrying on the business in question, be
disclosed except-

(a)in accordance with the directions of the Governor so far as the
purposes of section 55, and the Authority so far as the purposes of
section 56, may require; and

(b)for the purposes of any proceedings for an offence against the order,
or any report of those proceedings.

(4) Any person who discloses any particulars or information in
contravention of the provisions of subsection (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(5) Any person who fails to comply with the requirements of any order
made under the provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

Examination and seizure and marking or destruction of
food or drugs

59. (1) Any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the
Authority may-

(a)examine any food which is, or which appears to him to be, intended
for human consumption, or any drug which is, or which appears to
him to be, intended for use by man; and





(b)seize and remove such food or drug or any package in which the same
was contained if it appears to him that such food or drug is unfit for
human consumption or for use by man, as the case may be, or that any
of the provisions of any regulation made under section 55 or 56 have
been contravened in respect thereof, and

(c)where he is of the opinion that a special procedure is necessary for the
examination of any such food which has been imported, or where at
the request of the importer he has recourse to such special procedure,
direct the importer or any other person in possession of the food to
provide all such facilities as may be required for the examination of the
food. (Replaced 29 of 1976s. 3)

(1A) Any person who fails to provide facilities for the examination of
imported food in accordance with subsection (1)(c), after having been duly
directed to do so by a public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the
Authority, shall be guilty of an offence. (Added29 of 1976 s. 3)

(2) If it appears to any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf
by the Authority that any food or drug, whether seized under the provisions of
subsection (1) or not, is unfit for human consumption or for use by man,
respectively, or that any of the provisions of any regulations made under section
55 or 56 have been contravened in respect of any such food or drug, he may-

(a)affix to such food or drug a mark, seal or other designation; or

(b)destroy or otherwise dispose of such food or drug or cause the same to
be destroyed or otherwise disposed of.

(3) If any person sells, offers or exposes for sale, or deposits or consigns to
any person for the purpose of sale or preparation for sale, or otherwise uses, any
food or drug contrary to the purport of any mark, seal or other designation
affixed thereto under the provisions of subsection (2), or removes, alters or
obliterates any such mark, seal or designation with intent to deceive any person,
he shall be guilty of an offence.

(4) Before any food or drug is destroyed or otherwise disposed of under
the provisions of subsection (2), there shall be recorded a description and such
other details as will suffice to identify such food or drug, and the Authority shall
keep such record in its custody for a period of not less than 12 months.

(5) If any person considers himself aggrieved by the seizure and removal,
or by the marking, sealing or otherwise designating, or by the destruction or
other disposal, of any food or drug under the provisions of subsection (1) or (2)
he may, within 72 hours after the doing of such act, complain to the court and
the court may confirm or disallow the act, either wholly or in part, and shall, in
the case of any act disallowed, or disallowed in part, order the removal of such
mark, seal or other designation or the restoration of the food or drug seized and
removed, either as to the whole or as to such part in respect of which the act was
disallowed, or, if the food or drug in question, or any part thereof, has been
destroyed or otherwise disposed of, or is no longer fit for human consumption
or for use by man, as the case may be, or is depreciated in value at the time of
making such order by reason of such act, order the Authority, to pay by way of
compensation such sum of money, not exceeding the market value of such food
or drug at the time of the doing of such act, as the court may, having regard to
the circumstances of the case, consider just.





(6) In the case of any conviction for an offence under section 54(1) or (2) or for
an offence under any of the provisions of any regulation made under section 55, the
court may order that any food or drug to which the conviction relates and any
similar food or drug found on the defendant's premises or in his possession at the
time of the commission of the offence or of the seizure of the food or drug in
question, shall be forfeited, together with all packages containing the same.

(7) Any food or drug, and any package containing the same, forfeited under
the provisions of subsection (6) shall be disposed of in such manner as the
Authority may direct.

Food or drugs offered as prizes, etc.

60. (1) Sections 54 and 59 shall apply in relation to---

(a)any food intended for human consumption, or any drug intended for use
by man, which is offered as a prize or reward in connection with any
entertainment to which the public are admitted, whether on payment of
money or not as if such food or drug were, or had been exposed for sale
by each person concerned in the organization of the entertainment;

(b)any food intended for human consumption, or any drug intended for use
by man, which is offered as a prize or reward or given away for the
purpose of advertisement, or in furtherance of any trade or business, as if
the food or drug were, or had been, exposed for sale by the person
offering or giving it away;

(c)any food intended for human consumption, or any drug intended for use
by man, which is exposed or deposited in any premises for the purpose of
being so offered or given away as aforesaid, as if the food or drug were, or
had been, exposed for sale by the occupier of such premises.

(2) In this section, the expression 'entertainment' includes any social
gathering, amusement, exhibition, performance, game, sport or trial of skill.

False labelling and advertisement of food or drugs

61. (1) If any person gives with any food or drug sold by him, or displays with
any food or drug exposed for sale by him, a label, whether or not the same is
attached to or printed on the wrapper or container, which

(a) falsely describes the food or drug; or

(b) is calculated to mislead as to its nature, substance or quality,

he shall be guilty of an offence, unless he proves that he did not know, and could
not with reasonable diligence have ascertained, that the label was of such a
character as aforesaid.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3), if any person publishes, or is
partly to the publication of, an advertisement, other than a label to which the
provisions of subsection (1) apply which





(a)falsely describes any food or drug; or

(b)is likely to mislead as to the nature, substance or quality of any food or
drug,

he shall be guilty of an offence, and, in any proceedings against the
manufacturer, producer or importer of the food or drug, it shall rest on the
defendant to prove that he did not publish, and was not a party to the
publication of, the advertisement.

(3) In any proceedings for an offence under subsection (2), it shall be a
defence for the defendant to prove either---

(a)that he did not know, and could not with reasonable diligence have
ascertained, that the advertisement was of such a character as is
described in that subsection; or

(b)that, being a person whose business it is to publish, or arrange for the
publication of, advertisements, he received the advertisement in the
ordinary course of business.

(4) For the purposes of this section, a label or advertisement which is
calculated to mislead as to the nutritional or dietary value of any food is
calculated to mislead as to the quality of the food.

(5) In any proceedings under this section, the fact that a label or adver-
tisement in respect of which the offence is alleged to have been committed
contained an accurate statement of the composition of the food or drug shall
not preclude the court from finding that the offence was committed.

(6) In this section, save in so far as it relates to drugs, references to sale
shall be construed as references to sale for human consumption.

Power to take samples

62. (1) Any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the
Authority may take samples for analysis, or for, bacteriological or other
examination, of any food or drug, or of any substance capable of being used in
the preparation of any food or drug, which appears to him to be intended for
sale or to have been sold for human consumption or for use by man, as the case
may be, or which is found by him on or in any premises, stall, vehicle, vessel,
aircraft or place which he is authorized to enter for the purposes of this
Ordinance:

Provided that-

(a)such officer shall pay or tender payment of the market price of any
such samples, or, if the market price be unknown or not readily
ascertainable, a reasonable price, to the person appearing to have the
lawful custody of such food, drug or substance; and

(b)where any such food, drug or substance is kept for retail sale in
unopened packages, no such sample shall consist of less than the
whole of the contents of any one such package.

(2) When taking any sample under this section, such officer shall take
such steps as may be necessary to satisfy himself that the sample taken is a fair
sample of the bulk of the food, drug or other substance in question.





(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing any purchase
or sale of drugs in contravention of the provisions of the Dangerous Drugs
Ordinance (Cap. 134).

(4) Any person who fails to comply with any demand or requisition made
under the provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence.

Provisions as to the taking of samples for analysis

63. (1) An officer who takes a sample under the provisions of section 62
of any food, drug or substance for the purpose of analysis shall forthwith divide
such sample into 3 parts, each part to be marked and sealed or fastened up in
such manner as its nature will permit, and shall-

(a)with respect to one part of the sample comply with the provisions of
subsection (2); and

(b)with respect to the remaining parts of the sample comply with the
provisions of subsection (3):

Provided that this subsection shall not apply to any sample taken for
bacteriological examination. (Amended 59 of 1970 s. 3)

(2)(a) If the sample was obtained by purchase from a dealer in the food,
drug or substance in question the officer shall give the one part to the
vendor, such vendor being permitted to select such part from the 3
parts.

(b)If the sample was obtained by purchase from an automatic machine-
(i) if the name and address (being an address in Hong Kong) of a
person stated to be the proprietor of the machine appears on the
machine, the officer shall give the one part of the sample to that
person;
(ii) in any other case, the officer shall give the one part to the
occupier of the premises on which the machine stands or to which
it is affixed.

(c)If the sample is of any food, drug or substance consigned from out-
side Hong Kong and was taken by the officer before delivery to
the consignee, the officer shall give the one part of the sample to
the consignee.

(d)If the sample is of any food, drug or substance in transit from a
consignor within Hong Kong to a consignee (whether within or
without Hong Kong), the officer shall give the one part of the sample
to the consignor.

(e)If none of the foregoing paragraphs of this subsection apply, the
officer shall give the one part of the sample to the person appearing to
him to be the owner of the food, drug or substance of which the
sample was taken. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(3) Of the remaining 2 parts of the sample, the officer shall, unless he
decides not to have an analysis made, personally submit one to the public
analyst, and retain the other for future comparison.





(4) In every case to which the provisions of subsection (2) apply, the officer
shall inform the person to whom the part of the sample is given that the sample was
taken for the purpose of analysis by the public analyst.

(5) When any sample which has been taken for analysis consists of the
contents of an unopened package, the officer shall retain the packing material and, if
he decides to have an analysis made, deliver such sample, together with such
packing material and any label which may have been attached thereto at the time
when the sample was taken, to the public analyst with the part of the sample
submitted in accordance with the provisions of subsection (3).

(6) Any part of a sample which under the provisions of this section is to be
given to any person may be given either by delivering it to him or to his agent, or by
sending it to him by post in a registered packet:

Provided that where, after reasonable inquiry, the officer is unable to find the
person to whom the part of the sample is to be given or to ascertain his name and
address, he may, in lieu of giving the part to that person, retain it.

(7) If it appears to the officer that any food, drug or substance of which he
has taken a sample for the purpose of analysis was manufactured or put into its
wrapper or container by a person (not being a person to whom one part of the
sample is required to be give ' given by virtue of the provisions of subsection (2))
having his name, and an address in Hong Kong, displayed on the wrapper or
container, the officer shall, unless he decides not to have an analysis made,
within 3 days after taking such sample, send to that person a notice informing
him that the sample has been taken by him and where the sample was taken or,
as the case may be, from whom it was purchased. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(8) Where a sample taken under the provisions of section 62 has been analysed
by a public analyst, any person to whom a part of the sample was given in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (2) shall be entitled, on payment of a
fee of $1, to be supplied with a copy of the certificate given by such public analyst
under section 64.

(9) Any person who, for the purpose of advertisement, uses any certificate of
analysis obtained under the provisions of subsection (8) shall be guilty of an
offence.

Certificate of analysis

64. (1) In every case in which a sample for analysis is delivered to the public
analyst under the provisions of section 63, the analyst shall cause it to be analysed
as soon as practicable and shall give to the officer requesting the analysis a
certificate specifying the result of the analysis in the form of Form A prescribed in
the Seventh Schedule.

(2) A certificate of the results of an analysis given by a public analyst in
pursuance of the provisions of subsection (1) shall be signed by him, but the
analysis may be made by any person acting under his directions.

Evidence of analysis

65. (1) In any proceedings under this Part, the production by one of the parties
of a document purporting to be a certificate of the public analyst in the form of Form
A prescribed in the Seventh Schedule, or of a document supplied





to him by the other party as being a copy of such a certificate, shall be prima facie
evidence of the facts stated therein, unless, in the first mentioned case, the other
party requires that the public analyst shall be called as a witness.

(2) In any such proceedings, if a defendant intends to produce a certificate of
the public analyst, or, under the provisions of subsection (1), to require that the
public analyst shall be called as a witness, notice of his intention, together, in the
first mentioned case, with a copy of the certificate, shall be given to the other party
not less than 3 clear days before the day on which the summons is returnable, and,
if this requirement is not complied with, the court may adjourn the hearing on such
terms as it thinks proper.

(3) Where any relevant method of analysis has been prescribed by regulations
made under section 55(1)(e), evidence of an analysis carried out by the prescribed
method shall be preferred to evidence of any other analysis or test.

Proceedings in respect of articles or substances sampled

66. (1) In any proceedings under this Part in respect of an article or substance
sampled, the summons shall not be made returnable less than 14 days from the day
on which it is served, and a copy of any certificate of analysis obtained on behalf of
the prosecutor shall be served with the summons.

(2) In any proceedings under this Part, where a sample has been procured in
such circumstances that its division into parts is required by this Ordinance, the
part of the sample retained by the person who took it shall be produced at the
hearing.

Presumptions

67. (1) For the purposes of this Part-

(a)any article commonly used for human consumption, or any drug
commonly used by man, shall, if sold or offered, exposed or kept for sale,
be presumed, until the contrary is proved, to have been sold, or as the
case may be, to have been or to be intended for sale for human
consumption or for use by man;

(b)any article commonly used for human consumption, or any drug
commonly used by man, which is found on any premises or in any vessel,
vehicle or aircraft used for the preparation, storage, transport or sale of
that article or drug, and any article commonly used in the manufacture of
products for human consumption or drugs for use by man which is found
on any premises or in any vessel, vehicle or aircraft used for the
preparation, storage, transport or sale of those products or drugs, shall be
presumed, until the contrary is proved, to be intended for sale, or for
manufacturing products for sale for human consumption or for use by
man, as the case may be;

(c)any substance capable of being used in the composition or preparation of
any article commonly used for human consumption or any drug commonly
used by man which is found on any premises or in any vessel where that
article or drug is prepared shall, until the contrary is proved, be presumed
to be intended for such use.





(2) Where any food for human consumption or any drug for use by man
is sold, or deposited with or consigned to any person for the purpose of sale
for human consumption or use by man, as the case may be, contained in an
unopened package, any person who appears from any statement thereon or
attached thereto to have imported, manufactured or prepared such food or drug
or to have enclosed it in such package shall, until the contrary is proved, be
deemed to have so imported, manufactured, prepared or enclosed the same.

(3) For the purposes of this Part, the expression 'for use by man' means
for human consumption or for external application to the human body.

Power to examine food and drugs in course of transit, etc.

68. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2), any public officer
authorized under the provisions of section 59(1), who has reason to suspect that
any vehicle, vessel or container contains any food which is intended for human
consumption or any drug which is intended for use by man or any food or drug
which is in the course of delivery after sale for human consumption or for use by
man may examine the contents of such vehicle, vessel or container and may for
that purpose, if necessary, detain the vehicle, vessel or container, and, in the case
of a vehicle or vessel in motion, may call upon such vehicle or vessel to stop.

(2) Nothing in this section shall authorize the detention of any vehicle,
vessel or container used by a carrier of goods for the purposes of his trade as
such a carrier.

(3) Any person, being a person in charge of a vehicle or vessel which is
called upon a stop under the provisions of subsection (1), who fails to stop when
so called upon shall be guilty of an offence.

Restriction on movement of imported food or drugs

69. (1) Without prejudice to any power of examining food or drugs
conferred by this Part, any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by
the Authority may give directions to the person in possession of any food or
drug imported with a view to sale for human consumption or for use by man, as
the case may be, prohibiting or restricting its removal or delivery-

(a)during any period, not exceeding 6 days (exclusive of Saturdays,
Sundays and public holidays), which may be reasonably required for
the examination of such food or drugs; and (Replaced 29 of 1976s. 4)

(b)if within that period the officer so requires, until that person has
notified the officer of the name of the person to whom, and the address
to or at which, he proposes to send or deliver such food or drug.

(2) A person who fails to comply with any direction given under the
provisions of subsection (1), or who, in a notification thereunder, knowingly
makes any false statement, shall be guilty of an offence.

Contraventions due to some other person

70. (1) A person against whom proceedings are brought under this Part
shall, upon information duly laid by him and on giving to the prosecution not
less than 3 clear days' notice of his intention, be entitled to have any person to





whose act or default he alleges that the contravention of the provisions in
question was due brought before the court in the proceedings, and, if, after the
contravention has been proved, the original defendant proves that the con-
travention was due to the act or default of that other person, that other person
may be convicted of the offence, and, if the original defendant further proves
that he has used all due diligence to secure that the provisions in question were
complied with, he shall be acquitted of the offence.

(2) Where the defendant seeks to avail himself of the provisions of
subsection (1)-

(a)the prosecution, as well as the person whom the defendant charges
with the offence, shall have the right to cross-examine him, if he gives
evidence, and any witness called by him in support of his pleas, and to
call rebutting evidence;

(b)the court may make such order as it thinks fit for the payment of costs
by any party to the proceedings to any other party thereto.

(3) Where it appears to the Authority that an offence has been committed
in respect of which proceedings might be taken under this Part against some
person and the Authority is reasonably satisfied that the offence of which
complaint is made was due to an act or default of some other person and that
the first-mentioned person could establish a defence under subsection (1), the
Authority may cause proceedings to be taken against that other person without
first causing proceedings to be taken against the first-mentioned person, and, in
any such proceedings, the defendant may be charged with, and, on proof that
the contravention was due to his act or default, be convicted of, the offence with
which the first-mentioned person might have been charged.

(4) In proceedings instituted under the provisions of subsection (3), the
information or complaint shall set out the facts and state that the Authority
concerned is reasonably satisfied that the offence of which complaint is made
was due to the act or default of the person against whom the proceedings are
brought.

Conditions under which warranty may be pleaded as
defence

71. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, in any proceedings for
an offence under this Part, being an offence consisting of selling, or offering,
exposing or advertising for sale or having in possession for the purpose of sale,
any article or substance, it shall be a defence for the defendant to prove-

(a)that he purchased it as being an article or substance which could
lawfully be sold or otherwise dealt with as aforesaid, or, as the case
may be, could lawfully be sold or dealt with under the name or
description or for the purpose under or for which he sold or dealt with
it, and with a written warranty to that effect; and

(b)that he had no reason to believe at the time of the commission of the
alleged offence that it was otherwise; and

(c) that it was then in the same state as when he purchased it.





(2) A warranty shall only be a defence in proceedings under this Part if-

(a) the defendant-
(i) has, not later than 3 clear days before the date of the hearing,
sent to the prosecutor a copy of the warranty with a notice stating that
he intends to rely on it and specifying the name and address of the
person from whom he received it; and
(ii) has also sent a like notice to that person; and

(b)in the case of a warranty given by a person resident outside Hong
Kong, the defendant proves that he had taken reasonable steps to
ascertain, and did in fact believe in, the accuracy of the statement
contained therein. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(3) Where the defendant is a servant or agent of the person who pur-
chased the article or substance under a warranty, he shall be entitled to rely on
the provisions of this section in the same way as his employer or principal would
have been entitled to do if he had been the defendant.

(4) The person by whom the warranty is alleged to have been given shall
be entitled to appear at the hearing and to give evidence, and the court may, if it
thinks fit, adjourn the hearing to enable him to do so.

(5) For the purposes of this section and of section 72, a name or des-
cription entered in an invoice shall be deemed to be a written warranty that the
article or substance to which the entry refers can be sold or otherwise dealt with
under that name or description by any person without contravening any of the
provisions of this Part.

Offences in relation to warranties or certificates of analysis

72. (1) A defendant who in any proceedings under this Part wilfully
applies to any article or substance a warranty or certificate of analysis given in
relation to any other article or substance shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) A person who, in respect of any article or substance sold by him, being
an article or substance in respect of which a warranty might be pleaded under
section 71, gives to the purchaser a false warranty in writing shall be guilty of
an offence, unless he proves that when he gave the warranty he had reason to
believe that the statements or description contained therein were accurate.

Sale, etc. by servants or agents

73. For the purpose of this Part, every person shall be deemed to sell,
offer, expose or advertise for sale, or have in his possession for sale, any food for
human consumption or drug for use by man, who sells, offers, exposes or
advertises for sale, or has in his possession for sale, such food or drug either on
his own account or as the servant or agent of some other person, and, where
such person is the servant or agent of some other person, such other person
shall, subject to the provisions of this Part, be under the same liability as if he
had himself sold, exposed or advertised for sale, or had in his possession for
sale, such food or drug.





Recovery of expenses incidental to taking of samples

74. (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence under this Part, the court may
order that all expenses incidental to the taking of any sample or the making of any
analysis or bacteriological or other examination of any food or drug in respect of
which the conviction is obtained shall be paid by the person convicted. (Amended
59 of 1970 s. 4)

(2) All such expenses shall be recoverable in the same manner as a fine is
recoverable.

Notification of convictions in newspapers

75. If any person is convicted of an offence under this Part relating to the sale
or preparation for sale of any food for human consumption or drug for use by man,
the Authority may cause to be published in any newspaper circulating in Hong
Kong- (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(a) the name of the offender;

(b) the address (if any) of the place at which the offence was committed;

(e) the nature of the offence; and

(d) the fine, forfeiture or other penalty imposed.

Protection of informers

76. Save as otherwise provided in this section, no information laid in respect of
any offence under this Part shall be admitted in evidence and no witness in any
proceedings for an offence under this Part shall be obliged or permitted to disclose
the name or address of any informer or state any matter which might lead to his
discovery, and, if any books, documents or papers which are in evidence or liable to
inspection in any such proceedings contain any entry in which any informer is
named or described or which might lead to his discovery, the court shall cause all
such passages to be concealed from view or to be obliterated so far as may be
necessary to- protect the informer from discovery, but no further:

Provided that, if the court after full inquiry into the case is satisfied that the
informer wilfully made in his information a material statement which he knew or
believed to be false, or did not believe to be true, or if it appears to the court that
justice cannot otherwise fully be done, it shall be lawful for the court to require the
production of the original information and permit inquiry and require full disclosure
concerning the informer.

Public slaughterhouses

76A. (1) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, designate any
premises as a public slaughterhouse. (Amended 9 of 19 76 s. 7)

(2) The abattoirs specified in the First Schedule to the Abattoirs (Urban
Council) By-laws (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) shall be deemed to have been designated as
public slaughterhouses.

(Added21 of 1973 s. 4)





Management of public slaughterhouses

76B. The management and control of every public slaughterhouse shall be
vested in the Authority.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 4)

Regulations as to slaughtering and slaughterhouses

77. (1) The Authority may in relation to the slaughter of animals or birds for
food for human consumption make regulations prescribing or providing for

(a)the regulation or control (including prohibition) of slaughtering in any
place other than a slaughterhouse;

(b) the maintenance and cleanliness of slaughterhouses;

(c)the management and operation of slaughterhouses, including the
exclusion or removal of persons therefrom;

(d) the control of the admission of animals to slaughterhouses;

(e) the control of animals in slaughterhouses;
the examination, inspection and marking of animals intended for
slaughter;

(g)the methods, instruments and appliances which may be used when
slaughtering is carried out;

(h)the inspection and marking as fit for human consumption of the carcasses
and offals of animals slaughtered in slaughterhouses and restriction of the
use of such marks;

(i)the disposal, treatment, and processing of waste and by-products
resulting from the slaughter of animals or birds in slaughterhouses;
(Amended8of 1980s.37)

(j)control of the transport of carcasses, parts of carcasses, and offals from
any slaughterhouse to any other place;

(k)the conferring of powers on public officers or any public body to detain
animals and the carcasses and other parts of animals, to direct the
slaughter of animals, and to dispose of animals and the carcasses and
other parts of animals; (Added 16 of 1971 s. 2)

(l) in the case of public slaughterhouses-

(i) the payment of fees or charges for the use of any slaughterhouse or
for the use of any services provided therein or in connection therewith;

(ii) the persons by whom all or any of the activities of any
slaughterhouse may be carried on;

(iii) registration of owners of animals to be slaughtered;

(iv) the time within which animals shall be slaughtered;

(v) the maintenance of good order in slaughterhouses; (Amended 16 of
1971 s. 2)





(m) in the case of private slaughterhouses-

(i) the registration, licensing or prohibition thereof, and fees or charges
in connection with such registration or licensing;

(ii) requirements as to construction, lighting, ventilation and drainage,
and as to the periodic painting or limewashing, of the premises or any
parts thereof;

(iii) the control of fees or charges levied for the use of any such
slaughterhouse or for the use of any facilities provided thereat; and

(iv) the payment of fees or charges for the inspection of animals or
carcasses and for anything done in connection with or consequent on
any inspection. (Added 48 of 1969 s. 5. Replaced 17 of 1968 s. 2)

(2) No regulation made under this section relating to any public slaughterhouse
shall be so framed or construed as to deny to any religious community reasonable
facilities for obtaining as food the flesh of animals or birds slaughtered by the
method specially required by their religion.

Power to seize and dispose of unfit carcasses of
slaughtered animals

78. (1) The Authority may seize, and dispose of in such manner as it may think
fit, the carcass, or any part of the carcass, of any animals received into a public
slaughterhouse for the purpose of slaughter for food for human consumption which
on examination is found to be diseased or unfit for human consumption, and no
compensation shall be payable to the owner of such carcass or any such part of any
such carcass.

(2) Where, in pursuance of the provisions of subsection (1), any carcass or any
part of any carcass is seized by the Authority, the Authority shall, before the same
is disposed of, cause to be recorded

(a)such description or other particulars as will suffice to identify such
carcass or such part of such carcass; and

(b) the grounds upon which the seizure was effected.

(3) If any person considers himself aggrieved by the seizure of any carcass or
any part of any carcass under the provisions of subsection (1), he may, within 72
hours after such seizure was effected, complain to the court and the court may
confirm or disallow the seizure, either wholly or in part, and shall, in the case of any
seizure disallowed, or disallowed in part, order the Authority to restore the carcass,
or the part of the carcass, which has been seized, either as to the whole or as to such
part in respect of which the seizure was disallowed, or, if the carcass or the part of
the carcass in question has been disposed of or is no longer fit for human
consumption, as the case may be, or is depreciated in value by reason of the seizure,
order the Authority to pay by way of compensation such sum of money, not
exceeding the market value of such carcass or such part of the carcass at the time of
the seizure, as the court may, having regard to the circumstances, consider just.





PART VI
MARKETS AND HAWKERS

Markets

Markets to which Ordinance applies, etc.

79. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to every market, being a market in which food
is sold, which is declared by the Authority to be a market to which the Ordinance
applies.

(2) In relation to any market situated in the Regional Council area, the Authority
may declare the area to be served thereby. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 7)

(3) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, designate as a public
market any market to which the Ordinance applies.

(4) The markets specified in the Tenth Schedule shall be deemed to have been
designated as public markets.

(5) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, amend, add to, or
delete from, the Tenth Schedule.

(Amended 21 of 1973 s. 5; 9 of 1976 s. 8)

Management of public mar ' kets

79A. The management and control of every public market shall be vested in the
Authority.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 6)

Regulations in relation to markets

80. (1) The Authority may make regulations in relation to public markets and
private markets prescribing or providing for

(a)the grant by lease, licence or permit to any person, or any group or class
of persons, of the right to possess or to use shops, stalls, sheds, pens or
standings therein;

(b)the control (including prohibition) of the kinds or classes of commodities
which may be sold, offered or exposed for sale, and of the kinds of
business or occupation for gain which may be carried on, in any market;

(c)the proper management and sanitary maintenance of markets, including
the manner of sale, or exposure for sale in, or the transport in, to or from,
any market of any kind of commodity;

(d)the prohibition of persons convicted of such. offences as may be
specified in any such regulation from carrying on any business, or being
employed in or taking part in any business, in any market;

(e)such other matters as, in the opinion of the Authority, are necessary for
the proper regulation and control of such markets in the public interest.





(2) The Authority may make regulations in relation to private markets
prescribing or providing for-

(a)the licensing or registration of the operation of any such market, and
fees or charges in connection therewith;

(b)the management of any such market and the control and
appropriation of the funds derived from or in connection with any
such market;

(c)the type and construction of any shop, stall, shed, pen or standing in
any such market.

Market rules

81. (1) The Director of Urban Services, or such other public officer as the
Governor may authorize by notice published in the Gazette, may in relation to
any market in the Urban Council area, and the Director of Regional Services or
such other public officer as the Governor may so authorize may in relation to
any market in the Regional Council area, make rules for the better control,
direction and information of persons using or resorting to such market:
(AmendedL.N. 67185; 10 of 1986 s. 8)

Provided that such rules shall not be inconsistent with any of the provisions
of this Ordinance or of any regulations made under the provisions of section 80.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any rule made under the
provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence.

Seizure and forfeiture of articles, etc. in markets

82. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 59, where in any
market it appears to any police officer or to any public officer authorized in that
behalf by the Authority that any of the provisions of any regulation made under
section 80 have been contravened in respect of any article or thing sold in such
market or any furniture or paraphernalia used in such market, such police
officer or such public officer may seize, carry away and detain at the owner's risk
such article or thing or such furniture or paraphernalia, whether or not the
owner thereof is known or can be found:

Provided that, in the case of any such article or thing which is perishable,
the Commissioner of Police or the Authority, as the case may be, may cause the
same to be sold or otherwise disposed of forthwith.

(2) Where any article or thing or any furniture or paraphernalia is seized
under the provisions of subsection (1), a notice, written in the Chinese language,
declaring the seizure shall be posted in a conspicuous place in the market.

(3) If, within 48 hours of the posting of such notice, the owner of such
article, thing, furniture or paraphernalia makes a claim to the Authority for its
return, the Authority shall, if it is satisfied that the claimant is the owner thereof
and if the same is not detained or otherwise dealt with under the provisions of
any other enactment or required as an exhibit in any proceedings, return such
article, thing, furniture or paraphernalia to the claimant or, if it has been sold or
otherwise disposed of under the provisions of the proviso to subsection (1), pay
to the claimant such sum by way of compensation as it may consider just.





(4) If no claim for the return of such article, thing, furniture or paraphemalia is
made to the Authority within 48 hours of the posting of such notice, such article,
thing, furniture or paraphernalia shall become the property of the Crown and may be
sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as the Commissioner of Police or the
Authority, as the case may be, shall direct:

Provided that

(a)nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prevent the immediate
disposal of perishables under the provisions of the proviso to subsection
(1); and

(b)any person who considers himself aggrieved by such seizure may, within
7 days thereafter, complain to the court, and the court shall, if satisfied

(i) as to the title of the complainant; and

(ii) that no such contravention occurred in respect of the article, thing,
furniture or paraphernalia in respect of which the complaint is made, direct
either that the same be returned to the complainant or, if it has been sold
or otherwise disposed of, that such sum by way of compensation be paid
to the complainant as it may consider just.

Hawkers

Interpretation for the purposes of sections 83A to 86D

83.For the purposes of sections 83A to 86D-
'commodity' means any goods, wares, or merchandise (including food and drink);
and includes any sample of any such goods, wares, or merchandise;

'equipment' includes any stall, table, stool, chair, utensil, container, bin, or other
furniture or paraphernalia used in connection with hawking; but does not
include any commodity sold, or offered or exposed for sale, by a hawker;

'hawker offence' means an offence against section 83B or against any regulations
made under section 83A;

'stall' includes any erection, structure, box, cart, barrow, trolley, bicycle, tricycle, or
van.

(Replaced 60 of 1972 s. 2)

Regulations relating to hawkers

83A. (1) The Authority may make regulations for all or any of the following
purposes

(a)providing for the licensing of hawkers;

(b)providing for the classification of hawkers;

(c)restricting or prohibiting hawkers from carrying on business in any
special place or area or otherwise than in any specified place or area;





(d)regulating or prohibiting the hawking of any specified commodities or
services;

(e)prescribing conditions subject to which licensed hawkers may operate;

(f)providing for the employment by licensed hawkers of deputies and
assistants;

(g)providing for the allocation of pitches to licensed hawkers, and for the
erection by any such hawkers of stalls thereon, subject to such conditions
as the Authority may specify (either generally or in any specific case);

(h)providing for the removal of hawkers and their equipment and
commodities;

(i)providing for the court, on convicting a hawker of a hawker offence, to
recommend to the Authority that the licence (if any) of the hawker be
cancelled or suspended;

(j)prescribing fees and charges in respect of licences and in respect of the
allocation and use of hawker pitches;

(k)providing for such other matters as may be necessary for the proper
regulation and control of hawkers.

(2) Any regulation made under subsection (1)(c) relating to the restriction or
prohibition of hawkers carrying on business in any specified place or area, or
otherwise than in any specified place or area, may provide that the place or area be
prescribed by the Urban Council in relation to the Urban Council area or the
Regional Council in relation to the Regional Council area by order published in the
Gazette, and may, in addition to publication in the Gazette, provide for any other
means of making the place or area known to the public. (Amended L.N. 67/85; 10 of
1986 s. 9)

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 2)

Commissioner for Transport may set aside streets for
hawking purposes

83B. (1) No person shall hawk in any street except in accordance with a licence
issued under regulations made under section 83A. (Replaced 28 of 1973 s.2)

(2) (Repealed 28 of 1973 s. 2)

(3) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.
(Amended28of 1973s.2)

(4) The Commissioner for Transport may from time to time, after consultation
with the Authority and the Commissioner of Police, declare in writing that the whole
or any part of a street may be set aside to be used for hawking purposes, and shall
give notice of any such declaration

(a) by publishing it in one issue of the Gazette;

(b) by publishing it in 3 consecutive issues of at least one English language
newspaper and one Chinese language newspaper;





(c)by causing copies of it to be exhibited in one or more conspicuous places
in or in the immediate vicinity of the street.

(5) On the requirements of subsection (4) being satisfied-

(a)the Authority may allocate pitches in the street to hawkers (other than
itinerant hawkers) licensed under regulations made pursuant to section
83A, subject to such conditions as may be specified by the Authority;

(b)the Commissioner for Transport may, if he thinks necessary, by further
notice in the Gazette, order that

(i) the street be closed to vehicular traffic; or

(ii) the street be closed to vehicular traffic travelling in such direction
as he specifies in the notice,

either at all times or at such times as he specifies in the notice.

(6) On making an order under subsection (5)(b), the Commissioner for
Transport shall cause to be erected pursuant to the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap.
374) at each entrance to the street appropriate signs indicating the closure in
accordance with the order.

(7) No action shall lie against the Crown, the Commissioner for Transport, the
Authority, or any public officer by reason only of the exercise of the powers
conferred by this section.

(8) Where under subsection (4) only part of a street is set aside, every
reference in this section to the term 'street' shall be construed as meaning the part
of the street so set aside.

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 3)

Power of authorized public officers to arrest in certain
cases

84. (1) Any public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by the Authority
may arrest without warrant any person whom he may reasonably suspect of being
guilty of any scheduled offence.

(2) If any person forcibly resists the endeavour of any such officer to arrest him
or attempts to evade the arrest, such officer may use all means necessary to effect
the arrest.

(3) If any such officer who is in pursuit of any person to be arrested has reason
to believe that such person has entered into or is in any place, the person residing
in or in charge of such place shall on demand of such officer allow him free ingress
thereto and afford reasonable facilities for search therein for such person.

(4) The Governor in Council may by order amend, or add any enactment to or
delete any enactment from, the First Schedule.

(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 4)

Procedure for dealing with arrested person, etc.

85. (1) Any person (hereinafter referred to as an arrested person) who is

arrested under section 84(1) by a public officer shall forthwith be taken to the
nearest police station or given into the custody of a police officer. (Amended
77 of 1979 s. 2)





(2) Whenever an arrested person is brought to the police station the
provisions of section 52 of the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232) shall apply.

(3) (Repealed 77 of 1979 s. 2)

(4) Whenever an arrested person is given into the custody of a police officer,
the provisions of sections 51 and 52 of the Police Force Ordinance shall apply.

(Replaced 32 of 1963 s. 5)

Seizure of hawker equipment and commodities from
alleged offenders

86. (1) A public officer authorized in writing by the Authority for the purposes
of this section or a police officer may seize any equipment or commodity in respect
of which he has reason to believe that a hawker offence has been committed, and
may cause such equipment or commodity to be removed to and kept at the risk of its
owner at a Government depot or police station, or any other place approved by the
Authority, pending its disposal under this Part. (Amended 28 of 1973 s. 3)

(2) Any commodity of a perishable nature seized under subsection (1) may
immediately be disposed of by the Commissioner of Police or the Authority, as the
case may be.

(3) Where any equipment or commodity has been seized under subsection (1)
and a claim is made in respect of the equipment or commodity within 48 hours after
the date of the seizure, the Commissioner of Police or the Authority, as the case may
be, unless an information is laid within 72 hours after the date of the seizure for a
hawker offence in respect of the equipment or commodity, shall, if satisfied that the
claimant was entitled to the possession of the equipment or commodity at the time of
the seizure

(a) return the equipment or commodity to the claimant; or

(b)in the case of a perishable commodity disposed of under subsection (2),
assess its value and pay to him the amount of that value.

(4) Where a claim under subsection (3) is refused, the claimant shall be
informed of his rights under section 86C.

(5) Where an information is laid within 72 hours after the date of seizure for an
ofrence in respect of any equipment or commodity seized under subsection (1), the
equipment or commodity, or, in the case of a perishable commodity that has been
disposed of under subsection (2) by way of sale, the proceeds of sale, shall be
retained pending disposal under section 86A.

(Replaced 60 of 1972 s. 4)

Forfeiture of hawker equipment and commodities by the
court

86A. (1) Where any person is convicted of a hawker offence in respect of any
equipment or commodity seized under section 86(1), the informant shall inform the
court of the seizure and thereupon the court shall, in addition to any other penalty--





(a)order the forfeiture of the equipment or commodity, or, in the case of a
perishable commodity disposed of under section 86(2) by way of sale, the
proceeds of sale, if the offence is one designated for the purposes of this
subsection by regulations made under section 83A; or (Amended L.N.
244/72)

(b)unless it finds and specifies special reasons, which reasons shall be special
to the facts of the case and not special to the offender as distinct from the
offence, shall, in the case of any other hawker offence, make such an order.

(2)Where-

(a)a person is charged with a hawker offence in respect of any equipment or
commodity seized under section 86(1) is acquitted; or

(b)on the hearing of any such charge the court finds special reasons under
subsection (1)(b) of this section,

the court shall, if it is satisfied that the person was lawfully entitled to possession of
the equipment or commodity at the time of the seizure, order that it be returned to
him or, in the case of a perishable commodity disposed of under section 86(2),
assess the value of the commodity and order that the amount of that value be paid
to him.

(3) If the court is not so satisfied, it may, on the application of any other person
claiming to be entitled to the equipment or commodity or of its own motion, make
such other order as it thinks fit disposing of the equipment or commodity, or, in the
case of a perishable commodity disposed of by way of sale, the proceeds of sale.

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 4)

Seizure of abandoned hawker equipment and commodities

86B. (1) A public officer authorized in writing by the Authority for the
purposes of this section or a police officer may seize any equipment or commodity
found in a public place which he has reason to believe has been abandoned by a
hawker in circumstances not appearing to him to involve the commission of a
hawker offence, and may cause such equipment or commodity to be removed to and
kept at the risk of its owner at a Government depot or police station, or any other
place approved by the Authority, pending its disposal under thisPart.
(Amended28of 1973s.4)

(2) Any commodity of a perishable nature seized under subsection (1) may
immediately be disposed of by the Commissioner of Police or the Authority, as the
case may be.

(3) Where any equipment or commodity has been seized under subsection (1)
and a claim is made in respect of the equipment or commodity within 48 hours after
the date of the seizure, the Commissioner of Police or the Authority, as the case may
be, shall, if satisfied that the claimant was entitled to the possession of the
equipment or commodity at the time of the seizure and was not guilty of an offence
in respect of it

(a) return the equipment or commodity to the claimant; or





(b)in the case of a perishable commodity disposed of under subsection (2),
assess its value and pay to him the amount of that value.

(4) Where a claim under subsection (3) is refused, the claimant shall be
informed of his rights under section 86C.

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 4)

Application to court for return of seized hawker
equipment or commodities

86C. (1) Where a claim in respect of any equipment or commodity is made
under section 86 or 86B within the permitted time and

(a)the claim is refused; or

(b)the claimant is dissatisfied with the amount of any payment made to him
under either of those sections,

an application may be made within 14 days of the refusal or payment to a court for
an order for the return of the equipment or commodity or, in the case of a
commodity disposed of under section 86(2) or B(2) for an assessment of the value
of the commodity and for an order for the payment of the amount of that value or, as
the case may be, the difference between the amount already paid and the amount of
the value.

(2) Where an application is made under subsection (1), the court may, after first
having given the person refusing the claim under section 86 or 86B an opportunity
of being heard, make the order sought if it is satisfied that the applicant at the time
of the seizure--

(a)was entitled to possession of the equipment or commodity; and

(b)intended using the equipment or commodity for a lawful purpose.

(3) If the court makes the order sought, it may award to the applicant such sum
against the Crown by way of costs as it thinks fair and reasonable.

(4) If the court does not make the order sought, it may, of its own motion, make
such other order as it thinks fit disposing of the equipment or commodity, or, in the
case of a perishable commodity disposed of by way of sale, the proceeds of sale.

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 4)

Forfeiture by operation of law

86D. Where

(a)no claim is made under section 86 or 86B in respect of any equipment or
commodity seized under either of those sections within 48 hours after the
date of the seizure; or

(b)such a claim having been made and refused, no application is made under
section 86C(I) in respect of the equipment or commodity within 14 days
after the date of refusal,

the equipment or commodity, or, in the case of a perishable commodity that has
been disposed of under section 86(2) or 86B(2) by way of sale, the proceeds of sale,
shall, unless the equipment or commodity has previously been returned to





the person lawfully entitled to possession thereof or retained for disposal by the
court under section 86A, be deemed on the expiry of the period of 48 hours or 14
days, as the case may be, to be forfeited to the Crown.

(Added 60 of 1972 s. 4)

PART VII

TENEMENTS, HOTELS AND BOARDING
HOUSES

Abatement of overcrowding

87. (1) Any premises used for the purpose of human habitation or any part of
any such premises which are so overcrowded as to be dangerous or injurious to the
health of the inmates thereof, whether members of the same family or not, shall be a
nuisance which may be dealt with summarily under the provisions of section 127.

(2) In considering for the purpose of any proceedings whether any premises
used for human habitation which are also used as a workplace are a nuisance by
reason of overcrowding, the court shall have regard to the circumstances in which
they are used as such workplace.

(3) For the purposes of this section, the expression 'premises' includes
'vessel'.

Regulations in relation to overcrowding

88. (1) Without prejudice to the provisions of section 87, the Authority may
make regulations in relation to overcrowding or protection of health prescribing or
providing for

(a)the control of the number of persons who may at any one time occupy,
work in or use any premises or any part of any premises;

(b)the separation of the sexes occupying the same premises or the same part
of any premises for the purpose of habitation;

(c)the control (including prohibition) of the use for any specified purposes
of any premises or any part of any premises;

(d)the proper access of light and ventilation to premises or any part of any
premises;

(e)the control (including prohibition) of the erection, alteration or
maintenance of verandahs, balconies, cocklofts, cubicles, partitions,
bunks, beds or other facilities provided for the accommodation of persons
in any premises or part of any premises used for human habitation.

(2)Regulations made under subsection (1)-

(a)may be of general application or be limited to any particular premises or
classes or kinds of premises or to any particular districts or areas; and





(b) may require the closing of any premises or parts of any premises which
are found to be injurious or dangerous to health under section 12(1)(a) of
which are found to be occupied or used for human habitation in
contravention of the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123).

(3) Regulations made under this section shall not apply to any notifiable
workplace under the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance (Cap. 59).
(Amended50 of 1985 s. 9)

Removal of obstructions to light, ventilation or dwelling
space

89. Where, in contravention of any of the provisions of any regulation made
under section 88, any light or ventilation is obstructed, either wholly or in part, or
any verandah or balcony is enclosed or altered, or any cockloft, cubicle, partition,
bunk, bed or other facility for accommodation is erected or maintained, the court
may, in addition to imposing any other penalty which may be prescribed, order the
removal of such obstruction to light or ventilation or such enclosure or alteration to
such verandah or balcony or such cockloft, cubicle, partition, bunk, bed or other
facility, as the case may be, and, if such order is not complied with within the time
specified therein, the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, such work as
may be necessary to satisfy the requirements of such order and may recover from
the person to whom such order was directed any expenses thereby incurred, and no
compensation shall be payable to any person in respect of any damage done in the
carrying out of such work by or on behalf of the Authority.

Regulations in relation to boarding houses

90. The Authority may make regulations in relation to boarding houses
prescribing or providing for

(a)the classification of kinds or types of boarding houses;

(b)the inspection of boarding houses;

(c)the proper management and sanitary maintenance of boarding houses and
the taking of bonds, with or without sureties, in respect thereof from
persons keeping or managing the same;

(d)the number of persons who may occupy or be received into any boarding
house or any part of any boarding house, and the separation of the sexes
therein;

(e)the promotion of cleanliness and ventilation in boarding houses, and the
periodical cleansing, painting or lime-washing thereof;

the reporting of cases of communicable disease occurring in boarding
houses and the taking of precautions in respect thereof;

(g)the registration or licensing (including prohibition) of boarding houses,
and fees or charges in connection therewith.





Power of entry to boarding houses

91. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 126, the Authority or the
Commissioner of Police, or any public officer or class of public officers authorized in
writing in that behalf by either of them, or any health officer, may at any time, for the
purpose of the execution of (and without prejudice to any powers conferred by any
other enactment) his public duties, enter and search any boarding house, or any
premises or part of any premises in respect of which there is reason to believe that
the same is being used as a boarding house, and may use such reasonable force as
may be necessary to effect such entry or such search.

(2) Any person carrying out a search of any premises under the provisions of
subsection (1), and any person authorized by him to assist, may

(a)detain any person found in such premises until the search thereof is
completed; and

(b)search the person or property of any person found in any such premises:

Provided that-

(i) no female person shall be searched except by a female; and

(ii) no person shall be searched in a public place if he objects to being
so searched; and

(c)seize, remove and detain any thing with respect to which the provisions of
any regulation made under section 88 have been, or appear to have been,
contravened, or which appears to be, or to contain, evidence of any such
contravention.

Forfeiture of bonds

92. Upon the failure of any condition of any bond taken pursuant to the
provisions of any regulation made under section 90, the sum secured by such bond
shall be deemed to be a debt due to the Crown.

PART VIIA

LICENSING OF CERTAIN
ACTIVITIES

Prohibition of certain activities without licence

92A. No person shall conduct or open or keep open any place for the purpose
of any activity specified in the Eleventh Schedule except under and in accordance
with a licence issued by the Authority.

(2)

92AA.





Regulations relating to licensed activities

92B. The Authority may make regulations for any of the following matters

(a)the regulation and control of any activity or place in which any such
activity specified in the Eleventh Schedule may be conducted;

(b)classifying for the purposes of paragraph (a) any place or activity for
which a licence may be issued;

(c)the particulars which an applicant for any licence granted under this Part
shall furnish;

(d)the form and conditions of any licence granted under this Part, the fees
therefor, the hours during which the activity licensed may be conducted
and the period for which such licence shall be issued;

(e)the lighting to be used in any place licensed under this Part and the
general specifications and requirements to be satisfied in respect of such
lighting, or to empower any specified officer to determine, at the time of
the issue or renewal of any licence, the particular specifications and
requirements to be satisfied in respect of such lighting in the place to
which the licence relates;

(f)precautions to be taken against fire in any place licensed under this Part;

(g)maintenance of peace and good order in any place licensed under this
Part;

(h)means of securing hygienic conditions and requiring the maintenance of
such conditions in any place licensed under this Part;

(i)entry and inspection of any place licensed under this Part by any officer
authorized by the Authority in that behalf.

Offences

92C. (1) Any person who

(a)fails to comply with any condition in a licence; or

(b)in an application for a licence, furnishes any information which he knows
or has reason to believe to be false in any material particular or by reason
of the omission of any material particular or furnishes any information
without any belief in the truth or accuracy of the information supplied,

shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) Any person who contravenes section 92A shall be guilty of an offence.
(Added 9 of 1976 s. 9)

Liability of agents and servants

92D. Whenever any person to whom any licence or permit or authority has
been issued or granted under this Part would be liable to any punishment, penalty
or forfeiture for any act, omission, neglect or default, he shall be liable





to the same punishment, penalty or forfeiture for every similar act, omission, neglect
or default of any agent or servant employed by him in the course of his business,
and every such agent or servant shall also be liable to every punishment, penalty or
forfeiture prescribed for such acts, omissions, neglects or defaults as fully and
effectually as if he had been the person to whom the licence or permit or authority
had been issued or granted.

Saving

92E. The provisions of this Part shall be in addition to and not in derogation of
the provisions of any other enactment relating to or affecting any place, trade,
business or occupation with respect to which this Part applies. (Part VIIA added 21
of 1973 s. 7)

PART VIII

VENTILATION OF CERTAIN
PREMISES

Power of Authority to require provision of ventilating
system in scheduled premises

93. (1) Save as provided in subsection (2) and section 101, where, in the opinion
of the Authority, any scheduled premises do not have adequate natural ventilation,
the Authority may, by notice in writing served on the owner or on the licensee of the
scheduled premises, require such premises to be provided with a ventilating system
which will provide for each person who may be accommodated in such premises an
amount of outside air not less than that specified in the second column of the
Second Schedule in respect of the class of premises to which such premises belong.
(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 7)

(2) Where, in the opinion of the Authority, a ventilating system which will
provide an amount of air less than that prescribed in subsection (1) will, in
conjunction with such natural ventilation as is available in any scheduled premises,
adequately ventilate such premises, the Authority may, by notice in writing served
on the owner or on the licensee of the scheduled premises, require such premises to
be provided with a ventilating system which will provide for each person who may
be accommodated in such premises such amount of outside air as may be specified
in such notice. (Amended 32 of 1963 s. 7)

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of any enactment under which such
premises are licensed, the licensing authority may revoke the licence issued or
granted by it in respect of any scheduled premises, either temporarily or
permanently, in the following cases-

(a)in the event of any failure to comply with the requirements of a notice
given in respect of such premises under the provisions of subsection (1)
or (2) within 6 months from the date thereof or within such further period
as the Authority may allow;

(b)in the event of any failure to comply with any conditions imposed
under the provisions of section 101. (Added 61 of 1974 s.5)





(4) Any licensee or owner of any scheduled premises who fails to comply with
the requirements of a notice under subsection (1) or (2) within 6 months from the
date thereof, or within such further period as the Authority may allow, shall be
guilty of an offence. (Added61of1974s.5)

(5) For the purposes of this Part, the expression 'licensing authority' means
the public officer or public body by whom or which any scheduled premises are, for
the time being, licensed under the provisions of any enactment. (Added 61 of 1974
s. 5)

Certificate to be delivered to Authority in respect of new
ventilating systems, and prohibition of alteration of
ventilating system without permission

94. (1) Before any new ventilating system is installed in any scheduled
premises, the licensee of the premises shall send to the Authority a certificate from
the supplier of the ventilating system containing the following particulars in respect
thereof--

(a) the capacity of the fan in cubic metres per minute;

(b) the outlet velocity of the fan in metres per minute;

(c) the designed operating static pressure of the fan in pascals;

(d) the speed of the fan pulley in revolutions per minute;

(e) the net area of the air intake;

(f) except where the premises are air-conditioned with positive pressure, the
net area of exhaust in square metres; and (Added 48 of 1969 s.6)

(g) the type of refrigerant (if any) to be used. (Added 61 of 1974 s. 6)

(Amended L.N. 89/79)

(2) Save with the permission in writing of the Authority, no alteration shall be
made to any ventilating system in any scheduled premises.

(3) Any supplier who furnishes to the licensee of any such premises, for the
purposes of this section, a certificate which is false or misleading shall be guilty of
an offence. (Replaced 32 of 1963 s. 8)

(3A) Any licensee of any scheduled premises who contravenes the provisions
of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence. (Added 61 of 1974 s. 6)

(3B) Any licensee or owner of any scheduled premises who contravenes the
provisions of subsection (2) shall be guilty of an offence. (Added 61 of 1974 s.6)

(3C) For the purposes of subsection (3B), 'owner' includes any person in
control of the scheduled premises whether as tenant thereof or under any licence
from a tenant thereof. (Added 61 of 1974 s. 6)

(4) In this section, 'supplier' means the importer or manufacturer of the
ventilation system and his authorized agent.(Added 32 of 1963 s. 8)





Regulations relating to ventilating systems in scheduled
premises

94A. (1) The Authority may make regulations for all or any of the fol-
lowing matters-

(a)the regulation and control of ventilating systems in scheduled
premises;

(b)imposing requirements as to the design, construction, operation,
maintenance and inspection of ventilating systems provided in
scheduled premises.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of any enactment under which such
premises are licensed, regulations made under this section may make provision
for the revocation of any licence, issued or granted by a licensing authority in
respect of scheduled premises, in the event of-

(a)a contravention of any such regulation or of any condition imposed
thereunder;
(b)a failure to maintain any standard of safety or efficiency imposed or
required thereunder.
(Added 61 of 1974 s. 7)

95-99. (Repealed 61 of 1974 s. 8)

Power of authorized officers to carry out tests

100. For the purposes of the provisions of this Part, any public officer
authorized in writing in that behalf by the Authority and any officer of the Fire
Services Department authorized in writing by the Director of Fire Services may
carry out such tests of the ventilating system in any scheduled premises as may
be necessary to ascertain whether or not the same is in safe and efficient working
order.
(Amended 42 of 1961 s. 2)

Application of Part VIII to premises provided with
ventilating systems at commencement of Ordinance, etc.

101. (1) Where, at the commencement of this Ordinance, any scheduled
premises are provided with a ventilating system, the provisions of section 93 and
any regulations made under section 94A shall not apply to such premises unless
and until-

(a)the number of persons who may be accommodated in such premises is
increased;

(b)the ventilating system is removed or is altered in any way; or

(c)the Authority is of opinion that the ventilating system constitutes a
danger to health or the Director of Fire Services considers it to be a
fire hazard. (Amended 61 of 1974 s. 9)

(2) Upon the application of section 93 and any regulations made under
section 94A to any such premises, the Authority may, subject to such conditions
as it may specify, grant such exemption from or such modifications of the
provisions of this Part as it thinks fit. (Amended 61 of 1974 s. 9)






(3) Any licensee or owner of any scheduled premises who fails to comply with
any condition specified under subsection (2) shall be guilty of an offence. (Added
61 of 1974 s. 9)

Amendment of Second Schedule

102. The Governor in Council may by order add any class of premises to, or
delete any class of premises from, the Second Schedule, and may in like manner
amend that Schedule.

Saving in relation to Buildings Ordinance

103. Nothing in this Part shall be taken or construed to the prejudice of the
provisions of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123).

PART IX

ADVERTISEMENTS, DECORATIONS AND
SIGNS

Regulations for control of advertisements

104. (1) Without prejudice to any other enactment relating to advertisements,
decorations or signs, the Authority may make regulations restricting, regulating or
prohibiting the exhibition of advertisements, decorations or signs of any kind
whatsoever, and, in particular, may make regulations restricting, regulating or
prohibiting the exhibition thereof in such places or in such manner or by such
means as, in the opinion of the Authority, may affect injuriously or disfigure--

(a)the amenities of any place or locality;

(b)the natural beauty of a landscape;

(c)the view from any highway, railway, tramway, ferry or from any public
place or water;

(d)the amenities of any village; or

(e)the amenities of any historic or public building or monument or of any
place frequented by the public solely or chiefly on account of its beauty
or historic interest.

(2) Regulations made under this section may, in addition to any penalties
prescribed, provide for the removal and disposal of any advertisement, decoration
or sign exhibited in contravention of any regulation made under subsection (1) and
for the recovery of any expenses incurred thereby.

(3) Regulations made under this section may be of general application or may
be restricted to certain areas or to certain types or classes of advertisements,
decorations or signs:

Provided that, where the application of any such regulation is restricted to
certain areas only, such areas shall be distinctly marked and shown on plans signed
by or on behalf of the Authority and deposited in the offices of the Authority, and
such plans shall at all reasonable times thereafter be open for inspection by the
public without charge.





Prohibition on display of bills or posters without
permission

104A. (1) No bill or poster shall be displayed or affixed

(a)on any private land, except with the written permission of the owner or
occupier thereof;

(b)on any Crown land, except with the written permission of the Authority.

(2) A person displaying or affixing a bill or poster in contravention of
subsection (1) commits an offence.

(Replaced 7 of 1980 s. 2)

Duty to maintain bill or poster in clean and tidy condition

104B. (1) Where a bill or poster is displayed on any private land or on any
Crown land, the bill or poster shall be maintained in a clean and tidy condition to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Authority.

(2) A person displaying a bill or poster in contravention of subsection (1)
commits an offence.

(3) A person prosecuted for an offence under this section shall not be
convicted of that offence unless prior to the commencement of the prosecution the
Authority served on him a notice in writing informing him of the condition of the bill
or poster and warning him that unless the bill or poster is removed within the period
specified in the notice (being not less than 24 hours) he may be liable to be
prosecuted.

(Added 7 of 1980 s. 3)

Power to remove bills and posters

104C. (1) Where

(a)a bill or poster is displayed in contravention of section 104A(1); or

(b)a bill or poster is not maintained in a clean and tidy condition as required
under section 104B(1),

the Authority may remove the bill or poster and may recover the cost of removal
from the person displaying the bill or poster as a civil debt.

(2) Where any person is convicted of an offence under section 104A(1) or
104B(1) the court by whom that person is convicted may order him to pay, in
addition to or in lieu of any penalty for which he is liable for that offence, the cost or
estimated cost of removing the bill or poster in respect of which the offence was
committed.

(3) Where a bill or poster to which subsection (1)(a) or (b) applies is displayed
on private land, nothing in this section shall derogate from any cause of action or
remedy which the owner or occupier of that land may be able to enforce against the
person who displays the bill or poster.

(Added 7 of 1980 s. 3)





Certain persons also deemed to display bills or posters

104D. (1) Where a person commits an ofrence against section 104A(1) the
following persons shall be guilty of that offence in the same manner and to the same
extent as if they had personally committed it

(a)any other person who uses the first-mentioned person to display or affix
the bill or poster; and

(b)any person whose goods, trade, business or other concerns are given
publicity by the bill or poster:

Provided that a person referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not be guilty
of an offence under section 104A(1) by reason only that he uses the person to
display or affix the bill or poster or that his goods, trade, business or other concerns
are given publicity by the bill or poster, if he proves that it was displayed or affixed
without his knowledge or consent.

(2) For the purposes of sections 104B and 104C a person shall be deemed to
display a bill or poster if

(a)the bill or poster is displayed on land of which he is the owner or occupier;
or

(b)the bill or poster gives publicity to his goods, trade, business or other
concerns:

Provided that a person shall not be guilty of an offence under section 104B or
be liable for the cost of removal under section 104C by reason only that the bill or
poster is displayed on land of which he is the owner or occupier, or that his goods,
trade, business or other concerns are given publicity by the bin or poster, if he
proves that it was displayed without his knowledge or consent. (Added 7 of 1980 s.3)

Definitions and saving for other enactments

104E. (1) In sections 104A, 104B and 104C 'Authority' means

(a)in respect of any land within the boundaries of the airport as defined in the
Hong Kong Airport (Regulations) Ordinance (Cap. 292), the Director of
Civil Aviation;

(b)in respect of any land belonging to the Kowloon-Canton Railway
Corporation, the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation; (Replaced 73 of
1982 s. 39)

(e)in respect of any land managed or controlled by the Housing Authority
established by the Housing Ordinance (Cap. 283), the Housing Authority;

(d)in respect of any land within a country park or special area as defined in
the Country Parks Ordinance (Cap. 208), the Director of Agriculture and
Fisheries;

(e)in respect of any public cargo working area as defined in the Port Control
(Public Cargo Working Area) (Consolidation) Order (Cap. 81, sub. leg.)
and in respect of any land within the boundaries of any ferry terminal
declared under regulation 3 of the Shipping and Port Control (Hong Kong-
China and Macau Ferry Terminals) Regulations (Cap. 313, sub. leg.), the
Director of Marine; (Replaced 10 of 1986 s. 10)





(f)in respect of any land, whether private land or Crown land, in the Urban
Council area, not being land referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or
(e), the Urban Council; (AmendedL.N. 259180; 10of 1986 S. 10)

(g)in respect of any land, whether private land or Crown land, in the Regional
Council area, not being land referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e),
the Regional Council. (Amended L.N. 259180; L.N. 67185; 10 of 1986 s.
10)

(2) In sections 104A, 104B, 104C, 104D and in this section, 'land' includes--

(a) any building or other erection on land, whether a fixture or not;

(b) any tree, rock or other natural part of land; and

(c) land covered by water.

(3) In sections 104A, 104C and 104D 'occupier' means any lessee, principal
tenant or other person having direct control of the land.

(4) In this Part, 'bill or poster' includes any word, letter, model, sign, placard,
board, notice, device or representation and also includes any advertisement painted
on any wall, fence, railing, post, rock, road-cutting or tree but does not include any
structure, apparatus or hoarding used for the display of a bill or poster.

(5) Nothing in this Part, or in any permission granted under section 104A, shall
operate so as to affect any obligation or liability imposed or incurred under any
other enactment in relation to the display of any bill or poster.

(Added 7 of 1980 s. 3)

Provisions as to dangerous advertisement hoardings

105. (1) Where, in the opinion of the Building Authority, any hoarding,
scaffolding or other structure erected solely for the purpose of exhibiting
advertisements is dangerous, or is likely to become dangerous, by reason of
construction, wind, rain, dilapidation, age or other cause, and where, in the opinion
of the Director of Fire Services, any such hoarding, scaffolding or structure
constitutes a fire hazard or an obstruction to any fire escape or other means of exit
from any building, the Building Authority or the Director of Fire Services, as the
case may be, may serve upon the Authority a certificate to that effect, and the
Authority shall thereupon cause a notice to be served upon the owner of such
hoarding, scaffolding or structure, or upon his servant or agent, requiring him,
within such time as may be specified in the notice, to remove such hoarding,
scaffolding or structure or to do such work as may be specified in the notice to
repair or otherwise render the same safe or to eliminate the fire hazard constituted
thereby. (Amended 42 of 1961 s. 2; 32 of 1963 s. 12)

(2) If the person upon whom a notice is served under the provisions of
subsection (1) fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof, within the time
specified therein--

(a) such person shall be guilty of an offence; and





(b) the Authority may execute, or cause to be executed, any work necessary
to satisfy the requirements of the notice, and may recover any expenses
incurred thereby from such person.

(3) Where neither the owner of any such hoarding, scaffolding or
structure nor his servant or agent is neither known nor can be found within
Hong Kong, and where such hoarding, scaffolding or structure is, in the opinion
of the Building Authority or the Director of Fire Services, as the case may be, in
such a state that it ought immediately to be removed or rendered safe, the
Authority may without serving a notice under the provisions of subsection (1)
remove it or render it safe, as the case may be. (Amended 42 of 1961 s.2; 1O of
1986 s.24) i

(4) Where any hoarding, scaffolding or structure is removed by the Authority
under the provisions of subsection (3), the Authority may recover any expenses
incurred thereby from the owner of such hoarding, scaffolding or
structure or, where the owner thereof is unknown to, or cannot be readily found
or ascertained by the Authority or is absent
from Hong Kong, the Authority may sell the materials and, after deducting from the
proceeds of such sale such expenses, shall pay the surplus, if any, into the
Treasury. (Amended 71 of 1971 s. 3; 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(5) Any money paid into the Treasury in pursuance of subsection (4) which
remains unclaimed for a period of 5 years shall be transferred to the general revenue
of Hong Kong. (Added 71 of 1971 s. 3; 10 of 1986 s. 24)

PART IXA

STADIA

Provision for stadia

105A. (1) The Authority may by order published in the Gazette set aside any
premises for use as a stadium.

(2) The premises specified in the Twelfth Schedule shall be deemed to have
been set aside under subsection (1) for use as a stadium.

(3) The Authority shall, as soon as practicable, arrange for the preparation by
the Director of Buildings and Lands of a plan of every stadium. (Amended L.N. 76/82;
L.N. 94/86)

(4) Every plan prepared in accordance with subsection (3) shall be deposited in
the appropriate Land Office.

(5) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, amend, add to or
delete from, the Twelfth Schedule.

(Amended 9 of 1976 s. 10)

Management of stadia

105B. (1) Subject to section 105F, the management and control of any stadium
and the right to provide therein facilities of any kind shall be vested in the
Authority.





(2) The Authority may enter into contracts for the purpose of the management
of any stadium and the provision of facilities therein.

(3) The Authority may specify the purposes for which any stadium, or any part
thereof, may be used.

Allocation and granting of stadium or parts thereof

105C. (1) The Authority may grant to any person the exclusive use of any
stadium or any part thereof for such purposes and at such times as the Authority
may approve in each case.

(2) The person to whom the exclusive use of any stadium has been granted
under subsection (1) shall determine

(a)whether or not the public shall be admitted to the stadium during the
period of such exclusive use; and

(b)the fees, if any, to be paid by members of the public for admission during
this period.

Regulations relating to stadia

105D. The Authority may make regulations for any of the following matters

(a)the management and control, including the closing or partial closing, of
any stadium;

(b)the fixing of the times during which any stadium, or any part thereof, may
be open to members of the public;

(c)the preservation of good order and discipline and prevention of nuisance
in any stadium;

(d)the control (including prohibition) of trading, advertising or the erection of
structures in any stadium; the removal, storage and sale of any trading,
advertising or construction materials that are brought into or remain in a
stadium in contravention of any regulations made under this section; the
recovery of any costs incurred in respect of such removal, storage and
sale; and the forfeiture of the proceeds of sale. (Replaced 45 of 1981 s. 2)

Powers of Authority in relation to fees, conditions for the
use of stadia, etc.

105E. (1) The Authority may

(a) fix the fees to be paid for the use of-

(i) any stadium;

(ii) any part of any stadium;

(iii) any facilities provided therein;

(b) specify the conditions to be observed in the use of-

(i) any stadium;





(ii) any part of any stadium;
(iii) any facilities provided therein; and

(c)impose charges to be paid for any trading or advertising in the stadium.

(2) The Authority may reduce or waive any fees fixed under this section in any
particular case.

(3) The Authority may fix the fees to be paid by the public for admission to any
function in any stadium organized by the Authority.

Function of Director of Urban Services and Director of
Regional Services

105F. (1) Subject to any direction of the Authority, the Director of Urban
Services in relation to stadia in the Urban Council area, and the Director of Regional
Services in relation to stadia in the Regional Council area(Amended L.N. 67/85; 10 of
1986 s. 11)

(a)shall exercise the powers and perform the duties conferred or imposed on
the Authority by this Part, except the power to make regulations under
section 105D;

(b)may issue such orders as may be necessary for the proper management
and control of any stadium, including the use of any equipment, apparatus,
fitting or facility provided for use in the stadium:

Provided that no such order shall be inconsistent with any provision
of this Part or any regulation made under section 105D.

(2) A copy of every order made under subsection (1)(b) shall be posted in a
conspicuous place in the stadium.

(3) Any person who fails to comply with any order made under subsection
(1)(b) shall be guilty of an offence.

(Part IXA added 21 of 1973 s. 8)

PART IXB

MUSEUMS, LIBRARIES AND CIVIC
CENTRES

Museums

Provision for museums

105G. The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, designate any
building, or part of a building, or area as a museum.

(Amended 9 of 1976 s. 10)

Management of museums

105H. (1) The management and control of every museum and the right to
provide therein facilities of any kind shall be vested in the Authority.





(2) The Authority may enter into contracts for the purpose of the management
of any museum and the provision of facilities therein.

(3) The Authority may specify the purposes for which any museum, or any part
thereof, may be used.

(Replaced 66 of 1982 s. 2)

Regulations relating to museums

105I. The Authority may make regulations for any of the following matters

(a)the fixing of days and hours during which the public may be admitted to a
museum, or any part thereof;

(b)the closing or partial closing of a museum;

(c)the regulation of admission of any person, animal, bird, fish or thing to a
museum, or any part thereof, (Amended 66 of 1982 s. 3)

(d)the regulation of the borrowing, copying, photographing or reproduction
of exhibits; (Amended 66 of 1982 s. 3)

(e)the regulation of the use of any exhibit or facility in a museum;

(f)the regulation of the conduct of persons and the prevention of nuisances
in a museum; (Amended 66 of 1982 s. 3)

(g)the protection of a museum and the exhibits, fittings and furniture therein,
and any other contents thereof, from damage, destruction or loss;

(ga) the assessment and recovery of

(i) the amount to be paid by way of compensation for any damage or
loss sustained by the Government, the Urban Council or the Regional
Council by reason of the fact that any part of, or any fitting, furniture or
other thing in, a museum, or any exhibit, has been damaged, destroyed or
lost; and (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 12)

(ii) a surcharge not exceeding 20% of such amount; (Added 66 of 1982
s. 3)

(h)the circumstances in which the Authority may refuse any person the use
of any facility in a museum;

(i)the circumstances under which any person may be refused entry into a
museum or directed to leave a museum, or any part thereof, (Amended 66
of 1982 s. 3)

(j)the terms and conditions under which any article may be brought into or
used within a museum;

(ja) the terms and conditions under which articles may be deposited in a
museum for safe-keeping whilst any person is in the museum; (Added 66
of 1982 s. 3)

(k) the control of the movement and parking of vehicles within a museum;





(ka) the control (including prohibition) of trading, advertising, the bringing of
display material or the erection of structures in any museum; the removal,
storage and sale of any trading, advertising, display or construction
materials that are brought into or remain in a museum in contravention of
any regulations made under this section; the recovery of any costs
incurred in respect of such removal, storage and sale; and the forfeiture of
the proceeds of sale; (Added 66 of 1982s.3)

(l) the prevention of obstruction of the staff of a museum in the performance
of their duties;

(m) appeal against any decision, direction or requirement made or given by a
public officer in accordance with regulations made under this section;

(n) the general regulation and management of a museum.

Powers of Authority to fix fees

105J. (1) The Authority may fix the fees to be paid by the public for-

(a)admission to any part of a museum;

(b)admission to any special exhibition or function organized by the
Authority in a museum;

(c)the use of any facilities provided in a museum.

(1A) The Authority may impose charges to be paid for any trading or
advertising in a museum. (Added 66 of 1982 s. 4)

(2) The Authority may, in any particular case, reduce or waive any fees fixed
under this section.

Libraries

Provision for and management of libraries

105K. (1) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, designate any
building, or part of a building, as a library. (Amended9of1976 S. 10)

(2) The management and control of every library shall be vested in the
Authority.

(3) The Authority may establish and maintain mobile libraries for the use of the
public.

(4) The Authority may set aside and use any part of a library for the purposes
of study or research, the holding of classes or exhibitions, the viewing or hearing of
library material, or for other like purposes of an educational or cultural nature, and in
connection therewith may provide the requisite equipment and facilities. (Added 50
of 1979 s. 3)

Regulations relating to libraries

105L. (1) The Authority may make regulations for any of the following
purposes





(a)prescribing the powers, duties and functions of the librarian;

(b)fixing the hours during which any library shall be open to the public;

(c)regulating admission to any library or any part thereof or the use of any
library or any part thereof or any of the equipment, facilities or library
material provided in any library;

(d)regulating the lending and borrowing of library material in any library;

(e)requiring a guarantee or security to be given by any person borrowing
library material from a library;

(f)regulating the conduct of persons in any library;

(g)protecting any library and the fittings, furniture, equipment and library
material therein, and any other contents thereof, from damage;

(h)providing for the assessment and recovery of-

(i) the amount to be paid by way of compensation for the loss or
damage sustained by the Government, the Urban Council or the Regional
Council by reason of the fact that any fitting, furniture, equipment or
library material has been lost, damaged or destroyed; and (Amended 10 of
1986 s. 13)

(ii) a surcharge not exceeding 20% of such amount;

(i)enabling any person to be refused the use of any library or any of the
equipment, facilities or library material in any library and the removal from a
library of any person;

(j)stipulating the terms on which articles may be deposited in a library for
safe-keeping whilst any person is in the library;

(k)providing for the fees, charges and penalties to be paid by any person in
respect of the borrowing of library material from any library, the use or
reservation of library material in any library, the deposit of articles in a
library for safe-keeping and the use of rooms, equipment or facilities
provided in any part of any library;

(l)providing for the general regulation and management of any library.

(2) Regulations under subsection (1)(k) may authorize the Urban Council in
relation to libraries in the Urban Council area, or the Regional Council in relation to
libraries in the Regional Council area, to determine from time to time by notice in the
Gazette all or any of the fees, charges and penalties mentioned in that subsection.
(Amended L.N. 67/85; 10 of 1986 s. 13)

(3) Nothing in this section shall be taken to authorize the infringement of
copyright in any library material.

(4) For the purposes of this section and any regulations made hereunder,
unless the context otherwise requires, the expression 'library' includes a mobile
library.

(Replaced 50 of 1979 s. 4)





Civic Centres

Provision for civic centres

105M. (1) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, set aside
any premises and the grounds appurtenant thereto for use as a civic centre.

(2) The premises specified in the Thirteenth Schedule shall be deemed to
have been set aside under subsection (1) for use as a civic centre.

(3) The Authority shall, as soon as practicable, arrange for the
preparation by the Director of Buildings and Lands of a plan of every
civic centre and the grounds appurtenant thereto. (Amended L.N. 76/82;
L.N. 94/86)

(4) Every plan prepared in accordance with subsection (3) shall be
deposited in the appropriate Land Office.

(5) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, amend, add to
or delete from, the Thirteenth Schedule.
(Amended 9 of 1976 s. 10)

Management of civic centres

105N. (1) The management and control of every civic centre and the right
to provide therein facilities of any kind shall be vested in the Authority.

(2) The Authority may enter into contracts for the purpose of the
management of any civic centre and the provision of facilities therein.

(3) The Authority may specify the purposes for which any civic centre, or
any part thereof, may be used.
(Replaced 45 of 1981 s. 3)

Regulations relating to civic centres

105O. The Authority may make regulations for any of the following
matters-

(a) the fixing of the days of the week and the hours of the day during
which any civic centre or any part thereof may be open to members of
the public;

(b) the regulation of the conduct of persons admitted to any civic centre
or any part thereof and for the removal therefrom of any person who
infringes any of the provisions of any regulation made pursuant to this
section;

(ba) the control (including prohibition) of trading, advertising or the
erection of structures in any civic centre; the removal, storage and sale
of any trading, advertising or construction materials that are brought
.into or remain in a civic centre in contravention of any regulations
made under this section; the recovery of any costs incurred in respect
of such removal, storage and sale; and the forfeiture of the proceeds of
sale;(Added 45 of 1981 s. 4)





(c)the general regulation and management of civic centres and any facilities
provided therein.

Powers of Authority to fix fees for civic centres

105P. (1) The Authority may

(a)fix the fees to be paid for, and specify the conditions to be observed in,
the use of all or any of the facilities provided in any civic centre or the use
of any part of a civic centre;

(b)fix the fees to be paid by the public for admission to any part of a
civic centre or to any function organized by the Authority in a civic
centre;

(c)impose charges to be paid for any trading or advertising in any civic
centre. (Added 45 of 1981 s. 5)

(2) The Authority may, in any particular case, reduce or waive any fees fixed
under subsection (1). (Added 45 of 1981 s.5)

Grant of use of civic centres

105Q. Notwithstanding any power to make regulations under section 1050 or
to specify conditions conferred by section 105P, the Authority may grant, either
gratuitously or for payment, to any person the exclusive use of any part of a civic
centre for such period or periods and for such purposes as the Authority may
consider fit in each case; and admission by the public to any such part, the
exclusive use of which has been so granted, shall be either with or without payment
as may be directed either by the Authority or, with the consent of the Authority, by
the person to whom the use thereof has been so granted.

Public meetings

105R. For the purposes of sections 105S and 105T, 'public meeting'
means

(a)any gathering or assembly of persons convened or organized for any
purpose; and

(b)any gathering or assembly of persons, whether or not previously
convened or organized, at which any person assumes or attempts to
assume control or leadership thereof,

but does not include any gathering or assembly of persons convened or
organized exclusively-

(i) for the purposes of any public body; or

(ii)for the purposes of carrying out any duty or exercising any power
imposed or conferred by any Ordinance.

Consent of Chief Secretary

105S. (1) Notwithstanding any grant made under section 105Q, if any
person uses any part of a civic centre for the purpose of any public meeting without
having obtained the prior consent thereto in writing of the Chief Secretary he shall
be guilty of an offence.





(2) Any consent of the Chief Secretary granted in pursuance of subsection
(1) may be withdrawn or granted subject to such conditions or restrictions as the
Chief Secretary may think fit.

(3) If, after the consent of the Chief Secretary has been obtained for the
holding of any public meeting to which the provisions of this section apply, any
of the purposes of such meeting in respect of which the consent was obtained is
materially altered or any new purpose is added thereto or if any condition or
restriction subject to which the consent was granted is not complied with, such
meeting shall be deemed to be held without the consent of the Chief Secretary as
required by subsection (1).

(4) The provisions of this section are in addition to and not in derogation
from the provisions of any other law requiring the licensing of public meetings.
(Amended L.N. 226/76)

Prevention of unauthorized public meetings in civic centres
105T. (1) Any public officer, or any duly appointed manager of a civic
centre, having reasonable grounds to believe that any public meeting has been
convened or is about to be convened in contravention of any of the provisions
of section 105S forthwith may-
(a)order any person who appears to him to be taking part in the
convening of such meeting, not to convene the meeting; or

(b)where such meeting has already been convened, order any persons
present at the meeting to disperse.

(2) Any person who refuses or fails to comply with any order given in
pursuance of subsection (1) may forthwith be removed from the precincts of the
civic centre.
(Part IXB added 21 of 1973 s. 8)

PART X

PUBLIC PLEASURE GROUNDS

Provision of public pleasure grounds

106. (1) The Authority may, from time to time, by order set aside places
for use as public pleasure grounds, and may by the same or any subsequent
order specify the purpose for which such grounds or any part thereof shall be
used.
(2) The places specified in the Fourth Schedule shall be deemed to have
been set aside under the provisions of subsection (1) for use as public pleasure
grounds.

(3) The Authority shall, as soon as practicable, prepare a plan of every
public pleasure ground.
(4) Where the boundaries of any public pleasure ground are so varied, or
such pleasure ground is otherwise so changed, as to render any plan deposited
in accordance with the provisions of subsection (5) no longer accurate, the
Authority shall withdraw the plan so deposited and shall, as soon as practicable,
prepare an amended plan or a new plan of such pleasure ground.





(5) Every plan prepared in accordance with the provisions of subsec-
tion (3) or (4) shall be deposited in the appropriate Land Office.

(6) The Authority may by order amend, or add to or delete from, the
Fourth Schedule.
(Amended 9 of 1976 s. 10)

Management and control of public pleasure grounds

107. (1) The general management and control of public pleasure grounds,
including the exclusive right to provide amenities of any kind, shall be vested in
the Authority.

(2) The Authority may demarcate playing fields and playing pitches for
the conduct of organized games and sports, construct tennis courts and make
such provision for other facilities for physical and other recreation as it may
consider fit.

(3) Subject to the provisions of section 106(1) and of subsection (4) the
Authority may, from time to time, specify the purpose for which any public
pleasure ground or any part of any such ground may be used, whether for the
provision of facilities for physical or other recreation or otherwise.

(4) The Governor, where he considers it necessary or desirable, may
require the Authority to refrain from using, or permitting the use of, any public
pleasure grounds or any part of any public pleasure grounds for any purposes
which may have been specified by it under the provisions of subsection (3).
(Replaced 32 of 1963 s. 13)

Temporary closure of public pleasure grounds, etc.

108. (1) The Authority may, from time to time and for any purpose,
temporarily close to the public the whole or any part of any public pleasure
ground.

(2) The Authority may, on the application of any school, club or
association or of any individual person, allocate to the same, either gratuitously
or on payment of a fee and on such days or for such periods as may be specified,
the exclusive use of-

(a)any playing field or playing pitch demarcated under the provisions of
section 107 for the conduct of organized games and sports;

(b)any tennis court in any public pleasure ground, any facilities provided
under the provisions of section 107 for physical or other recreation or
any other part of any public pleasure ground, other than a playing
field or playing pitch demarcated under the provisions of that section
for the conduct of organized games and sports.

Regulations relating to public pleasure grounds

109. The Authority may in relation to public pleasure grounds, make
regulations prescribing or providing for-

(a)proper management and control, including closure or partial closure;





(b)preservation of good order and prevention of abuses and nuisances;

(c)the control (including prohibition) of building, trading or advertising;

(d)the control (including prohibition) of fishing at any beach;

(e)the control (including prohibition) of the use of vessels, boats or other
means of water transport, including water-skis and models, at any beach;

(f)the fees or charges payable in connection with the use of any public
pleasure ground or any part thereof or in connection with the use of any
facilities provided therein;

(g)the seizure and disposal of any vehicle, vessel, animal or other article or
thing in respect of which any regulation made under this section is
contravened.

Public pleasure ground rules

110. (1) The Director of Urban Services, or such other public officer as the Governor
may authorize by notice published in the Gazette, may in relation to public pleasure
grounds in the Urban Council area, and the Director of Regional Services or such
other public officer as the Governor may so authorize may in relation to public
pleasure grounds in the Regional Council area, make rules for the better control,
direction and information of persons resorting to such public pleasure grounds:
(Amended L.N. 67/85; 10 of 1986 s. 14)

Provided that such rules shall not be inconsistent with any of the provisions of
this Ordinance or of any regulations made under section 109.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any rule made under the provisions of
subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

Appointment and powers of keepers

111. (1) The Authority may appoint keepers for public pleasure grounds.

(2) Where any person is found by a keeper of any public pleasure ground to be
contravening the provisions of any regulation, rule or order relating to such public
pleasure ground, such keeper may arrest such person and deliver him into the
custody of a police officer or take him to the nearest police station, whereupon the
provisions of sections 51 and 52 of the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232) or of
section 52 of that Ordinance, as the case may be, shall apply

PART XA

STREET NAMES

Interpretation of this Part

111A. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires---

'private street' means a street on land held under Crown lease, licence or otherwise
from the Crown or on land over which the Crown has granted or reserved a
right of way;





'street' includes a private street and any area of land declared to be a street by

the Director of Highways. (AmendedL.N. 76/82; L.N. 127/86)

Proposal of private street name

111B. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a person may propose

(a) a name of a private street that has not been named; or

(b) a change of name of a private street that has been named, by notice in
writing sent to the Authority.

(2) No person other than the owner of the land that is held under or by virtue
of a Crown lease and on which the private street is situated may make a proposal
under subsection (1) in connection with that private street.

(3) The Authority shall, after the receipt of a proposal under subsection (1),
consider the application and shall

(a) make a declaration under section 11 1C(1)(a) or (b), as the case maybe; or

(b) refuse to make a declaration.

(4) Where the Authority under subsection (3) has refused to make a
declaration, the Authority shall serve notice of its decision, setting out reasons for
its decision, upon the person who made application under subsection (1).

(5) A person upon whom a notice under subsection (4) has been served
may, within 30 days of the date of that notice, appeal against the decision of the
Authority by way of petition to the Governor in Council whose decision shall be
final.

Declaration of street name

111C. (1) Notwithstanding section 111B, the Authority, by declaration in the
Gazette, may--

(a) assign a name to a street that has not been named; or

(b) change the name of a street that has been named.

(2) The Authority shall, not less than 30 days prior to a declaration under
subsection (1)(b), give notice of its intention to change the street name.

(3) A notice under subsection (2) shall--

(a) contain a brief description of the proposal to change the street name;

(b) specify an address for service of objections to the proposal;

(c) specify the time within which objections may be lodged; and

(d) be published--

(i) in the Gazette; and

(ii) by posting it in both the English and Chinese languages in a
prominent place in or near the street or part of the street which will be
affected by the proposed declaration.





(4) A person may, within 30 days of the date of publication in the Gazette of the
notice under subsection (2), object, in writing to the Authority, against the
proposed declaration under subsection (1)(b).

(5) The Authority shall consider an objection under subsection (4) and shall,
before a declaration is made under subsection (1)(b), serve notice of its decision,
setting out reasons for its decision, upon the person who made an objection.

(6) A person upon whom a notice under subsection (5) has been served
may, within 30 days of the date of that notice, appeal against the decision of the Authority by
way of petition to the Governor in Council whose decision shall be final.

Penalty for marking or displaying other street name

111D. Where the Authority has declared a street name under section 111 C(1),
any person who marks or displays any other street name other than that street name
so declared on a building or erection in the street commits an offence.

(Part XA added 40 of 1980 s. 2)

PART XI

DISPOSAL OF THE DEAD

General

Restriction upon the keeping of dead bodies in domestic
premises

112. (1) Any person who keeps, or causes or permits to be kept, for a longer
period than 48 hours the dead body of any person in premises used for the purpose
of human habitation shall, unless such dead body is encoffined in a hermetically
sealed coffin, be guilty of an offence.

(2) Any person who, without the permission in writing of the Authority, keeps,
or causes or permits to be kept, for a longer period than 7 days (inclusive of the
period of 48 hours referred to in subsection (1)) any encoffined dead body,
notwithstanding that the coffin be hermetically sealed, in any premises used for the
purpose of human habitation shall be guilty of an offence.

Authority may order human remains to he buried or
cremated

112A. (1) The Authority may

(a)subject to the provisions of section' 16(1) of the Births and Deaths
Registration Ordinance (Cap. 174), cause a notice in the form of Form E
specified in the Seventh Schedule to be served on a person who has the
right to effect the disposal of any human remains, requiring him to cause
them to be lawfully buried or cremated within such period as may be
specified in the notice; and





(b)if the human remains referred to in the notice are not lawfully buried
or cremated within the period specified in the notice, take possession
of the human remains and arrange for their disposal in any manner it
may think fit.

(2) The Authority may take possession of any human remains and
arrange for their disposal in any manner it may think fit, if it is satisfied that-

(a)no person who has the right to dispose of the human remains is in
Hong Kong or can be readily ascertained or found; or (Amended 10
of 1986 s. 24)

(b)every person who has the right to dispose of the human remains is
under disability.

(3)Any person who-

(a)fails to comply with a notice served on him under subsection (1)(a); or

(b)after the expiration of any period specified in a notice under sub-
section (1)(a), has in his possession without the written permission of
the Authority any human remains to which the notice relates,

shall be guilty of an offence.

(4) For the purposes of this section, 'human remains' does not include
skeletal remains.

(5) Nothing in this section shall derogate from any provision in any
enactment which permits the use of any human remains or the removal and use
of part of any human remains for therapeutic purposes or for purposes of
medical education or research.
(Added 48 of 1969 s. 7)

Cemeteries

Public and private cemeteries

113. (1) The places specified in Parts 1 and 111 of the Fifth Schedule shall
be places set apart for use as public cemeteries.

(2) The places specified in Parts 11 and IV of the Fifth Schedule shall be
places set apart for use as private cemeteries.

(2A) The places specified in Part IVA of the Fifth Schedule shall be places
set apart for use by the Commonwealth War Graves Commission as Common-
wealth War Graves Commission Cemeteries. (Added 69 of 1976 s. 2)

(3) The Governor in Council may by order amend, or add any cemetery
to or delete any cemetery from, the Fifth Schedule.

Plans and demarcation of cemeteries

114. (1) The Authority shall, as soon as practicable, prepare a plan of
every cemetery and mark the boundaries thereof in such manner as it may
think fit.





(2) Where the boundaries of any cemetery are so varied, or any cemetery is
otherwise so changed, as to render any plan deposited in accordance with the
provisions of subsection (3) no longer accurate, the Authority shall withdraw the
plan so deposited and shall, as soon as practicable, prepare an amended plan or a
new plan of such cemetery and, where necessary, further mark the boundaries
thereof in such manner as it may think fit.

(3) Every plan prepared in accordance with the provisions of subsection (1) or
(2) shall be deposited in the appropriate Land Office.

General management and closure of public cemeteries and
Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemeteries

115. (1) The general management and control of public cemeteries and
Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemeteries shall be vested in the
Authority. (Amended 69 of 1976 s. 3)

(2) The Authority may by notification in the Gazette declare any public
cemetery or any Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemetery, or any part of
such a cemetery, to be closed. (Replaced 69 of 1976 s. 3)

(3) Any person who buries, or causes or permits to be buried, any human
remains, or deposits, or causes or permits to be deposited, any urn containing any
human remains, in any cemetery or any part of any cemetery which has been
declared to be closed under the provisions of subsection (2) shall be guilty of an
offence.

Regulations relating to cemeteries

116. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any deed of appropriation, deed
of grant or other instrument relating to any cemetery, the Authority may make
regulations prescribing or providing for

(a)the marking or otherwise identifying of graves, vaults and urns, and the
provision, custody, maintenance and inspection of registers of burials
therein;

(b)the control of the number of dead bodies which may be buried in any one
grave or vault;

(c)the interspace between graves and between vaults;

(d)the manner of closing, turfing or covering of graves, the materials to be
used therefor and the period within which any grave must so closed,
turfed or covered;

(e)the re-opening of graves and vaults and the removal of human remains
therefrom;

(f)the prevention and abatement of nuisances in connection with any
cemetery, grave, vault, urn or the burial of any human remains;

(g)the entry and inspection of cemeteries and vaults;

(h)the proper management of cemeteries;

(i)the depth and size of graves and vaults;





(j)fees or charges payable in relation to the burial of any human remains;

(k)such other matters as, in the opinion of the Authority, are necessary for
the proper regulation and control of cemeteries in the public interest.

(2) In addition to the purposes specified in subsection (1), the Authority may
in relation to any public cemetery make regulations prescribing or providing for

(a)the lay-out and use of any such cemetery or any part thereof and matters
ancillary thereto;

(b)the exhumation of human remains from any grave and the disposal of the
same in a decent manner;

(c)the size of any monument or enclosure over or round any grave, vault or
urn;

(d)the orderly and decent conduct of any burial, exhumation or removal of any
human remains and the performance of any ceremony, rite, custom or
religious practice connected therewith in any such cemetery or in any part
of any such cemetery and the orderly and decent conduct of persons
resorting to any such cemetery;

(e)fees or charges payable in relation to the setting up of any monument or
enclosure over or round any grave, and construction of any vault or urn
and matters connected therewith.

(Amended 48 of 1969 s. 8; 49 of 1972 s. 2)

Public cemetery and Commonwealth War Graves
Commission Cemetery rules

117. (1) The Director of Urban Services, or such other public officer as the
Governor may authorize by notice published in the Gazette, may in relation to any
public cemetery or any Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemetery in the
Urban Council area, and the Director of Regional Services or such other public
officer as the Governor may so authorize may in relation to any public cemetery or
any Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemetery in the Regional Council area,
from time to time make rules for the better control, direction and information of
persons resorting thereto: (Amended 69 of 1976 s. 4; L.N. 67/85; 10 of 1986 s. 15)

Provided that such rules shall not be inconsistent with any of the provisions of
this Ordinance or of any regulations made under section 116.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any rule made under subsection (1)
shall be guilty of an offence.

Prohibition of unauthorized burials and exhumations

118. (1) Any person who, without the permission in writing of the Authority,
buries any human remains, or deposits any urn or other receptacle containing any
human remains, or scatters the ashes of any human remains after cremation,
otherwise than in a cemetery, shall be guilty of an offence.





(2) Save in accordance with the provisions of this Part, any person who,
without the permission in writing of the Authority, exhumes any human remains or
any part of any human remains or any article interred therewith, or removes any
human remains, or any part of any human remains, or any article from any urn or
other receptacle, or removes or carries away any urn or other receptacle containing
any human remains from any place, shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) No permission under subsection (1) or (2) shall be granted to any person
other than the legal personal representative or next of kin of the person whose
remains are to be buried, deposited, exhumed or removed, as the case may be, or the
duly authorized agent of such legal personal representative or next of kin, or failing
any such legal personal representative or next of kin or any such agent thereof, a
person who, in the opinion of the Authority, has a proper interest in the disposal of
the human remains in respect of which such permission is granted:

Provided that the Authority may permit the removal of any human remains from
one part of a private cemetery to another part of such private cemetery at the
request of the management of such cemetery.

(4) Any human remains buried, or any urn or other receptacle containing
any human remains deposited, otherwise than in accordance with the provisions
of subsection (1) or of the provisions of section 119, outside a cemetery may
be removed by the Authority and buried or deposited inside a cemetery or
otherwise disposed of in such decent manner as the Authority may think
fit: (Amended L.N. 18/83)

Provided that the consent of the Secretary for District Administration shall be obtained before such
remains are, or such urn or other receptacle is, removed. (Replaced L.N. 18/83)

(5) The Authority may by regulations prescribe fees for the grant of permission
under subsection (2) to exhume human remains. (Added 49 of 1972 s.3)

Power of Governor in Council to direct removal and
disposal of human remains

119. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Part, the Governor in Council
may by order direct the removal of any human remains from any grave, urn or other
receptacle or of any urn or other receptacle containing any human remains, whether
situated within or without a cemetery, and may direct the disposal thereof in such
decent manner as he may think fit:

Provided that no such order shall be made until 1 month's notice of intention to
make such order has been published in the Gazette.

Power of Authority to direct removal and disposal of
human remains

119A. The Authority may by order direct the removal, from any grave situated
within a public cemetery, of any human remains or any urn or other receptacle
containing any human remains, which have been interred therein for a period of not
less than 6 years, and may direct the disposal thereof in such decent manner as he
may think fit:





Provided that no such order shall be made until 1 month's notice of intention to
make such order has been published in the Gazette.

(Added 9 of 1976 s. 11)

Removal of coffins, etc.

120. When any human remains are moved under the provisions of this Part, it
shall be lawful to move also any coffin, urn or other receptacle in which such human
remains are contained and any monument or enclosure over or surrounding the
same.

Disposal of exhumed bodies

121. Where any body, or part of any body, has been exhumed under section 18
of the Coroners Ordinance (Cap. 14), the Authority shall provide for the reburial or
other disposal of such body in such manner as it may think fit.

(Replaced 57 of 1967 Schedule)

Defrayal of expenses of reburial, etc.

122. Whenever, pursuant to any powers conferred by this Part, the Governor in
Council, or the Authority, or a magistrate, has caused any human remains to be
exhumed or removed, the expenses of exhumation or removal, and of reburial or
disposal, shall be defrayed-

(a)if ordered by-

(i) the Governor in Council under section 119; or

(ii) a magistrate or a coroner under section 18 of the Coroners
Ordinance (Cap. 14),

out of the general revenue;

(b)if ordered by the Urban Council as the Authority under section 118(4) or 1
19A, out of the funds of the Urban Council; and

(c)if ordered by the Regional Council as the Authority under section 118(4) or
119A. out of funds of the Regional Council. (Added 10 of 1986s.16)

(Replaced 9 of 1976 s. 12. Amended 10 of 1986 s. 16)

Mortuaries

Regulations in relation to mortuaries

123. (1) The Authority may make regulations in relation to mortuaries
prescribing or providing for

(a)registration or licensing and inspection and control (including
prohibition) of mortuaries;

(b)the reception, treatment and custody of human remains;

(c)the maintenance, inspection and custody of registers of human remains
received into mortuaries;





(d)the regulation and control of the transportation of human remains to
or from any mortuary or to or from any other place;

(e)fees and charges payable in connection with the registration or
licensing of mortuaries.

(2) Regulations made under subsection (1) may be of general application
or limited to any class or type of mortuary or to any place, district or area.

Public funeral halls

123A. The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, designate any
mortuary operated by the Authority as a public funeral hall.
(Added 3 of 1978 s. 2)

Management of public funeral halls

123B. The management and control of every public funeral hall shall be
vested in the Authority.
(Added 3 of 1978 s. 2)

Regulations as to public funeral halls

123C. The Authority may make regulations in relation to public funeral
halls prescribing or providing for-

(a)the reception, treatment and custody of human remains;

(b)the management and operation of public funeral halls including the
exclusion or removal of persons therefrom;

(c)the payment of fees or charges for the use of any public funeral hall or
for the use of any services provided therein or in connection therewith
and any waiver thereof;

(d)the persons by whom and the conditions upon which the facilities of
public funeral halls may be used;

(e)the maintenance of good order in public funeral halls.
(Added 3 of 1978 s. 2)

Right of Authority to dispose of unclaimed dead bodies

124. (1) Where a person who has the right to effect the disposal of the
human remains of any person-

(a)within the period of 48 hours after the human remains are received
into any mortuary-
(i) has not made to the person having the management or control
of the mortuary a claim to possession thereof, or
(ii) abandons the right to effect the disposal thereof, or

(b)having made a claim to possession of the human remains within such
period of 48 hours, does not take possession of the human remains
and remove them from the mortuary within 48 hours after he has
made the claim,





the right to effect the disposal of the human remains shall vest in the Authority,
and the Authority may arrange for the disposal of them in any manner it may
think fit. (Replaced 48 of 1969 s. 9)

(2) Any person who knowingly disposes of the human remains, or any
part of the human remains, of any person from any mortuary otherwise than in
accordance with a claim made by a person having a right to make the same or in
accordance with a direction, or with the consent, of the Authority shall be guilty
of an offence:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall make it an offence to transfer
the human remains of a person into a mortuary belonging to the Government
from a mortuary not so belonging.

Cremation and crematoria

Government and private crematoria

124A. (1) The places specified in Part V of the Fifth Schedule shall be
Government crematoria.

(2) The places specified in Part VI of the Fifth Schedule shall be
authorized private crematoria.

(3) The places specified in Part VII of the Fifth Schedule shall be Gardens
of Remembrance.

(4) The Authority may, by order published in the Gazette, amend, add to
or delete from Parts V, VI and VII of the Fifth Schedule. (Amended 9 of 1976
s.13)
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Management of Government crematoria and Gardens of
Remembrance

124B. The management and control of Government crematoria and
Gardens of Remembrance shall be vested in the Authority.
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Use of crematoria

124C. No building or place shall be used as a crematorium other than-

(a)a Government crematorium;

(b)an authorized private crematorium; or

(c)a building or place in respect of which the Authority shall have
granted special and written permission, upon such terms and
conditions as it thinks fit, to some person, society or institution to use
the same for the cremation of the human remains or class of human
remains specified in such permit.
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)





Provision for bearing objections where application for
crematorium in certain locations

124D. (1) Where application is made under section 124C(c) for the permission of
the Authority to use for the burning of human remains any building or place nearer
to any dwelling house than 200 m or within 50 m of any public highway, the
Authority shall cause notice of the application specifying the site to be published,
at the expense of the applicant, in English and Chinese in 3 successive numbers of
the Gazette. (AmendedL.N. 89/79)

(2) If any person objects to the grant of permission, in any case to which
subsection (1) is applicable, objection must be sent in writing to the Authority to
reach its office not later than 1 week after the publication of the last of such notices.

(3) Every such objection together with any evidence that may be tendered by
the objector and the applicant or their representatives shall be considered by the
Authority before deciding whether or not to grant the application.

(4) Any such decision shall be subject to appeal to the Governor in
Council by the applicant or any such objector.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Regulations relating to cremation and crematoria

124E. (1) The Authority may make regulations for any of the following matters--

(a)the maintenance and inspection of crematoria;

(b)the cases in which and conditions under which the burning of any human
remains may take place;

(c)the disposal or interment of the ashes resulting from any such burning;

(d)the forms of the notices, certificates and declarations to be given or made
before any such burning is permitted to take place, such declarations to
be made under and by virtue of the Oaths and Declarations Ordinance
(Cap. 11);

(e)the fees and charges to be taken and made-

(i) for the cremation of human remains in any crematorium;

(ii) for the disposal or interment of the ashes resulting from any such
cremation;

(iii) for the placing in any crematorium or garden of remembrance of any
monument, tablet, inscription, receptacle for flowers or other ornament;

(iv) for the planting in any crematorium or garden of remembrance of
any tree, shrub or plant of any kind; (Replaced 61 of 1974 s. 10)

(f)the registration of the burnings;

(g)closing of crematoria, other than Government crematoria, and delegation
of authority to order such closure.





(2) Any provisions relating to the destruction and falsification of registers of
burials contained in any enactment, and the admissibility of extracts therefrom as
evidence in courts and otherwise, shall apply to the registers of burnings directed
by such regulations to be kept.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Offences

124F. (1) Any person who knowingly carries out or procures or takes part in the
burning of any human remains, except in accordance with the provisions of this Part
and the regulations made hereunder, shall (in addition to any liability or penalty
which he may otherwise incur) be guilty of an offence.

(2) Any person who wilfully makes any false declaration or representation, or
signs or utters any false certificate, with a view to procuring the burning of any
human remains, shall (in addition to any penalty or liability which he may otherwise
incur) be guilty of an offence.

(3) Any person who, with intent to conceal the commission or impede the
prosecution of any offence, procures or attempts to procure the cremation of any
body, or, with such intent, makes any declaration or gives any certificate under this
Part, shall be guilty of an offence.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Fees and charges to be part of funeral expenses

124G. The prescribed fees, and charges and expenses properly incurred in or in
connection with the cremation of a deceased person, shall be deemed to be part of
the funeral expenses of the deceased.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

Saying for coroner

124H. Nothing in this Part shall interfere with any jurisdiction or power of any
coroner to order the cremation of a body, and nothing in this Part shall authorize
any person to create or permit a nuisance.

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 9)

PART XII

MISCELLANEOUS

General provisions as to licences, etc.

125. (1) Where, under the provisions of this Ordinance, any public officer or
public body (referred to in this section as the licensing authority) is empowered to
require registration or to grant any licence or permit, such registration, licence or
permit, as the case may be, shall, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and
any regulations made thereunder--

(a)be made, granted or renewed subject to such requirements, conditions or
restrictions as the licensing authority may think fit to impose for the
purpose of carrying out the objects of this Ordinance, and may, for the like
purpose, include a declaration by the licensing authority waiving the
application of any of the provisions of any regulation made under
thisOrdinance; (Amended 9 of 1976s. 14; 69 of 1985 s.2)

(b)be refused, suspended or cancelled at the sole discretion of the licensing
authority for the purpose of carrying out the objects of this





Ordinance, but no registration, licence or permit shall be suspended or
cancelled for any cause other than the contravention of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance or of any requirement, condition or
restriction to which such registration, licence or permit was subject.
(Amended 69 of 1985 s. 2)

(1A) Except where the licensing authority is the Urban Council or the Regional
Council, subsection (1)(a) shall not authorize a licensing authority to include in any
registration, licence or permit a declaration waiving any provision relating to the
payment of fees in a regulation made under this Ordinance. (Added 9 of 1976 s. 14.
Amended 10 of 1986 s. 17)

(1B) (a) The renewal of any registration, licence or permit, if application therefor
is made by the lawful holder on or before the date of expiry thereof
accompanied by the fee or charge (if any) prescribed therefor, shall not be

(i) refused unless notice in writing of its intention to refuse the same
has been served by the licensing authority upon such holder not less
than 90 days preceding the date of expiry of such registration, licence or
permit, except where any of the requirements, conditions or restrictions to
which such registration, licence or permit was subject has been
contravened within the period of 90 days immediately preceding such date
of expiry, in which case no such notice shall be required;

(ii) subject to additional or alternative conditions to those imposed in
the registration, licence or permit in respect of which the application for
renewal is made unless notice in writing of its intention to impose
additional or alternative conditions has been served by the licensing
authority upon such holder not less than 90 days preceding the date of
expiry of such registration, licence or permit.

(b)Where application for renewal of any registration, licence or permit is not
made or any fee or charge prescribed in respect thereof is not paid on or
before the date of expiry thereof, renewal of the same may be refused
without notice. (Added 69 of 1985 s. 2)

(2) Save where the licensing authority thinks fit, no registration, licence or
permit shall be made or granted in the name of more than one person:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prevent the
making of any registration or the granting of any licence or permit in the name of a
corporation.

(3) Subject to the provisions of any regulations made under this Ordinance,
every registration, licence or permit shall be transferable.

(4) On any transfer of a registration, licence or permit under the provisions of
subsection (3), the person to whom the transfer is made shall, within 7 days after the
transfer is effected, deliver to the licensing authority a notice, in such form (if any)
as may be prescribed by the licensing authority signed by the transferor or by some
person authorized in writing in that behalf by him and signed by the person to whom
the transfer was made or by some person authorized in writing in that behalf by him.





(5) If any person fails to give notice of the transfer of any registration, licence
or permit as required by subsection (4)

(a)such person shall be guilty of an offence; and

(b)the licensing authority may, without notice, cancel such registration,
licence or permit.

(6) Where any person who is registered, or who is the grantee of any licence or
permit issued, under the provisions of this Ordinance absents himself from Hong
Kong for a period exceeding 30 days without giving notice in writing to the licensing
authority, or, in the opinion of the licensing authority, is not, or has ceased to be,
ordinarily resident in Hong Kong, the licensing authority may, without notice,
cancel such registration, licence or permit, and, in the case of a corporation which is
registered under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32), the licensing authority may
also cancel such registration, licence or permit if the corporation has ceased to be so
registered. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(6A) Where any person who is registered, or who is the grantee of any licence
or permit issued, under the provisions of this Ordinance is not, in the opinion of the
licensing authority, carrying on the business or activity to which such registration,
licence or permit relates, the licensing authority may cancel the same without notice.
(Added 57 of 1978 s.4)

(7) Where any person who is registered, or who is the grantee of any licence or
permit issued, under the provisions of this Ordinance intends to absent himself from
Hong Kong for a longer period than 30 days, the licensing authority may require him
to appoint a delegate for such period not exceeding 6 months as the licensing
authority may consider reasonable, and such delegate shall, during that period, be
deemed for all purposes under this Ordinance to be the person in whose name such
registration was made or to whom such licence or permit was granted, and failure to
appoint such delegate if so required under this subsection shall be a ground for
cancellation of such registration, licence or permit. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 24)

(8) Where any registration, licence or permit is cancelled or suspended, or any
application for the grant or renewal thereof is refused, by the licensing authority, the
licensing authority shall forthwith serve a notice in writing upon the holder thereof
or applicant therefor, as the case may be, declaring its decision.

(9)(a) If any person is dissatisfied with any decision referred to in subsection
(8), he may, within 14 days after the service upon him of the notice
declaring the same, apply in writing to the licensing authority for review,
and the licensing authority may before determining the application-
(Amended 69 of 1985 s.2)

(i) cause such investigation to be made as may in the circumstances
appear to be necessary; and

(ii) if it thinks fit, appoint a place, time and day for hearing the
application.

(b)The applicant may, if he so desires, be present at the hearing (if any) of an
application under this subsection and be heard in its support either in
person or by his representative:





Provided that, if he elects to be heard by his representative, he shall
not himself be heard except by leave of the licensing authority.

(c)On determining the application, the licensing authority may confirm, vary,
suspend or cancel the decision in question, or may extend any time
specified for compliance ' with the requirements of any notice issued, or
order made, by it under any of the provisions of this Ordinance relevant to
such decision.

(d)Pending the determination of any application made under this subsection
or any appeal under subsection (10), the licensing authority may, in its
discretion, suspend the operation of the decision in respect of which such
application or appeal is made.

(10)If any person is dissatisfied with the determination of the licensing
authority upon review under the provisions of subsection (9), he may, within 14
days after notification by the licensing authority of such determination, appeal
to the Governor in Council by way of petition, and the decision of the Governor
in Council shall be final.

(11) No registration, licence or permit granted under the provisions of this
Ordinance shall be taken to exempt or excuse any person from compliance with any
of the provisions of any other enactment.

General powers of entry

126. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, any public officer authorized in
writing by a public officer or public body (referred to in this section as the
authorizing authority), shall, on producing, if so required, some duly authenticated
document showing his authority, have a right to enter any premises, vehicle, vessel
or aircraft at any time between the hours of 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., and, in the case of any
workplace or any premises or vessel used for business purposes, at any time during
which work or business is carried on--

(a)for the purpose of ascertaining whether there is, or has been, on or in
connection with the premises, vehicle, vessel or aircraft any contravention
of the provisions of this Ordinance, being provisions which it is the duty
of the authorizing authority to enforce;

(b)for the purpose of ascertaining whether or not circumstances exist which
would authorize or require the authorizing authority to take any action, or
execute any work, under the provisions of this Ordinance, and for this
purpose, such officer may take and carry away samples of any article or
thing, including water, found there;

(c)for the purpose of taking any action, or executing any work, authorized or
required by the provisions of this Ordinance to be taken or executed by
the authorizing authority;

(d)for the purpose of carrying out any tests the carrying out of which is
authorized under the provisions of this Ordinance;

(e)generally, for the purpose of the performance by the authorizing authority
of his or its functions under the provisions of this Ordinance:











Provided that admission to any premises or vessel, not being premises or a
vessel used for business purposes or as a workplace, shall not be demanded as of
right unless not less than 2 hours' notice in writing of the intended entry has been
given to the occupier of such premises or the person in charge of such vessel, or, in
the absence of such person, posted in some conspicuous place on such premises or
vessel, as the case may be.

(2) If it is shown to the satisfaction of a magistrate or justice of the peace on
sworn information in writing--

(a)that admission to any premises or vessel has been refused or that refusal
is apprehended, or that such premises are unoccupied or such vessel
unattended, as the case may be, or that the occupier or attendant is
temporarily absent, or that the case is one of urgency, or that an
application for admission would defeat the object of the entry, or that it is
reasonable for the purposes of this Ordinance in the circumstances of the
case that entry be effected between the hours of 7 p.m. and 7 a.m.; and

(b)that there is reasonable ground for entry into the premises or vessel for
any such purpose as aforesaid,

the magistrate or justice of the peace may by warrant in the form of Form B
prescribed in the Seventh Schedule authorize any public officer authorized in that
behalf by the public officer or public body for whose purposes such entry is
necessary to effect entry, if need be by force:

Provided that such warrant shall not be issued unless the magistrate or justice
of the peace is satisfied either that notice of the intention to apply for a warrant has
been given to the occupier of the premises or to the person in charge of the vessel,
as the case may be, or that the premises are unoccupied or the vessel unattended, or
that the occupier or attendant is temporarily absent, or that the case is one of
urgency, or that the giving of such notice would defeat the object of the entry, or
that it is reasonable for the purposes of this Ordinance in the circumstances of the
case that entry be effected between the hours of 7 p.m. and 7 a.m.

(3) Any public officer entering any premises or vessel by virtue of the
provisions of subsection (1) or of a warrant issued under subsection (2) may take
with him such persons as may be necessary, and, on leaving any unoccupied
premises or any unattended vessel which he has entered by virtue of such
provisions or such warrant, shall leave such premises or vessel as effectually
secured against trespassers as he found the same to be at the time of entry.

(4) Every warrant granted under the provisions of subsection (2) shall continue
in force until the purpose for which the entry is necessary has been satisfied.

Provisions for securing abatement of nuisances which may
he dealt with summarily

127. (1) The Authority, if satisfied of the existence of a nuisance to which this
section applies, may cause a notice in the form of Form C specified in the Seventh
Schedule (referred to in this section as a 'nuisance notice') to be served





on the person by reason of whose act, default or sufferance the nuisance arose or
continues, or, if that person cannot be found, on the occupier or owner of the
premises or vessel on which the nuisance exists, requiring him to abate the nuisance
within the period specified in the notice, and to do such things as may be necessary
for that purpose, and the notice may, if the Authority thinks fit, specify any works
to be executed for the purpose aforesaid:

Provided that, where the nuisance arises from any want or defect in any
premises or vessel of a structural character and where the premises or vessel are or
is unoccupied, the nuisance notice shall be served on the owner thereof.

The Authority may also, by notice under the foregoing provisions of this
subsection or by further notice, require the person on whom the notice is served to
do what is necessary for preventing the recurrence of the nuisance to which the
notice relates and, if the Authority thinks it desirable, specify any works to be
executed for that purpose, and a notice containing such a requirement may,
notwithstanding that the nuisance to which it relates may for the time being have
been abated, be served if the Authority considers that the nuisance is likely to recur
on the same premises or in the same vessel.

(2)Where-

(a)the person by reason of whose act, default or sufferance the nuisance
arose or continues; and

(b)the owner and the occupier of the premises or vessel on which. the
nuisance exists,

cannot be found or ascertained, the Authority may abate the nuisance and do what
is necessary to prevent a recurrence thereof, and may recover the cost from any
such person who may thereafter be found or ascertained. (Replaced 58 of 1973 s.5)

(3)Where a nuisance notice is served on any person, then if either-

(a)the nuisance to which the notice relates arose by reason of the wilful act
or default of that person; or

(b)that person fails to comply with any of the requirements of the notice
within the period specified therein,

he shall (whether or not an order under the provisions of subsection (4) has been
made in respect of him) be guilty of an offence.

(4)Where a nuisance notice is served on any person, then if-

(a)that person fails to comply with any of the requirements of the notice
within the period specified therein; or

(b)the nuisance to which the order relates, although abated since the service
of the notice, is, in the opinion of the Authority, likely to recur on the
same premises or vessel,

the Authority may make a complaint to the court and the court hearing the
complaint may make a summary order in the form of Form D prescribed in the
Seventh Schedule (in this section referred to as a 'nuisance order').

(5) A nuisance order may be an abatement order, prohibition order or a closing
order or a combination of such orders.





An abatement order may require a person to comply with all or any of the
requirements of a nuisance notice in connection with which the order is made,
or otherwise to abate the nuisance or to do what may be necessary to prevent
the recurrence of the nuisance within the period specified in the order.

A prohibition order may prohibit the recurrence of a nuisance.

A closing order may prohibit the use of any premises or vessel for human
habitation, but shall only be made if it is proved to the satisfaction of the court
that, by reason of a nuisance, the premises or vessel are or is unfit for human
habitation.

(6) An abatement order or a prohibition order shall, if the person in
respect of whom the order is made so requires or the court considers it desirable,
specify the works to be executed by the said person for the purpose of abating,
or preventing the recurrence of, the nuisance to which the order relates.

A court, if satisfied that any premises or vessel in respect of which a closing
order is in force have or has been rendered fit for human habitation, may
declare that it is so satisfied and revoke the closing order.

(7)(a) Any person who fails without reasonable excuse to comply with,
or knowingly contravenes, a nuisance order shall be guilty of an
offence.

(b)Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (a), where a
nuisance order has not been complied with, the Authority may abate
the nuisance and may do whatever may be necessary in execution of
the order, and may recover any expenses reasonably incurred thereby
from the person against whom the order was made.

(8) The provisions of Part VII (Appeals) of the Magistrates Ordinance
(Cap. 227) shall apply to proceedings under this section subject to the following
provisions-

(a)in the event of an appeal against a nuisance order which is or includes
a prohibition order or a closing order or requires the execution of
structural works, no person shall, by reason of any contravention of,
or failure to comply with, the order, be liable to any penalty until after
the determination or abandonment of the appeal:

Provided that, if the appeal is dismissed or abandoned, the
appellant shall be liable to the fine specified in the third column of the
Ninth Schedule in respect of an offence under subsection (7) for every
day during which he has contravened or failed to comply with such
nuisance order, unless he satisfies the court before which proceedings
are taken for the recovery of such fine that there was substantial
ground for the appeal and that the appeal was not brought merely for
the purpose of delay, and, if the appeal is dismissed, the court hearing
the appeal may itself impose such fine as if it were a court before which
proceedings could be taken for the recovery of such fine;

(b)in the event of an appeal against a nuisance order which requires the
execution of structural work, no work shall, save as hereinafter
mentioned, be done under the order until after the determination or
abandonment of the appeal:





Provided that, if the court by which the order was made is of opinion
that the continuance of the nuisance to which it relates will be injurious or
dangerous to health and that the immediate abatement thereof will not
cause any injury which cannot be compensated by damages, the court
may, notwithstanding that the appeal is pending, authorize the Authority
immediately to abate the nuisance, so, however, that--

(i) if the appeal is allowed, the Authority shall pay to the person against
whom the order was made the amount of any damage sustained by him by
reason of the abatement of the nuisance by the Authority; and

(ii) if the appeal is dismissed or abandoned, the Authority may recover
from the said person the expenses incurred by it in abating the nuisance.

(9) Any matter or thing removed by the Authority in abating, or doing what is
necessary to prevent the recurrence of, a nuisance to which this section applies may
be sold by public auction, or, if the Authority thinks the circumstances of the case
require it, may be otherwise sold, or may be disposed of without sale.

The money arising from the sale of any matter or thing under this subsection
may be retained by the Authority and applied in payment of the expenses incurred
by it in connection with the nuisance and the surplus (if any) shall be paid, on
demand, to the owner of the matter or thing.

Power to close premises used in contravention of
provisions of Ordinance

128. (1) Where, under this Ordinance, the use of any premises or vessel requires
to be registered, licensed or permitted, the court, on application being made by the
public officer or public body by whom or by which the use of the same is required to
be registered, licensed or permitted and on proof that such premises or vessel are or
is used without registration, licence or permit or, being registered, licensed or
permitted, are or is used in contravention of any suspension thereof or in
contravention of any of the provisions of this Ordinance, shall, subject to
subsection (5), make an order in Form F in the Seventh Schedule (in this section
referred to as a Prohibition Order') prohibiting the use of such premises or vessel, or
any specified part thereof (in this section referred to as the 'specified part'), for all
purposes, or for any purpose specified in the order, with effect from the 8th day after
copies of the order have been served under subsection (6): (Amended 76 of 1988 s. 3)

Provided that, where, at the date of the issue of a summons in respect of an
application under this subsection, the premises or vessel are or is used for the
purpose of human habitation, no such order shall be made so as to prevent such
habitation by reason only of the user being without registration, licence or permit or
in contravention of any of the requirements thereof or any suspension thereof.
(Amended 61 of 1974 s.11)

(IA) For the purposes of subsection (1), human habitation of premises or a
vessel does not include habitation by a servant, watchman or caretaker employed by
the person having the management or control of such premises or vessel. (Added 61
of 1974 s.11)





(2) Any order made under the provisions of subsection (1) shall remain in
force in respect of such premises or vessel until, on application by such public
officer or public body or by any person having an interest in such premises or
vessel, the court is satisfied that either the use of such premises or vessel has been
registered, licensed or permitted or such suspension has been cancelled or the
provisions of this Ordinance have been complied with, as the case may be, or
that such premises or vessel will be used in future for some other purpose.

(3) Any person who contravenes any order of the court made under the
provisions of subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

(4) Where a Prohibition Order in respect of premises, a vessel or a
specified part to which regulations made under section 56 apply has been served
under subsection (6) but has not been continuously complied with from the 8th
day after such service, the court, upon application by the public officer or public
body upon whose application the order was made shall, without prejudice to
any penalty which may be imposed under this section, but subject to subsection
(5), make an order in Form G in the Seventh Schedule (in this section referred to
as a 'Closure Order'). (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(5) A court shall not make a Prohibition Order or a Closure Order unless
satisfied-

(a)that at least 14 days' notice of intention to apply for the order has been
served under subsection (6);

(b)that such notice stated the time and place set for the hearing of the
application and advised that any person having reasonable cause to be
heard upon the application might request to be so heard; and

(c)that every person having reasonable cause to be heard upon the
application and requesting to be so has had an opportunity to be
heard. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(6) Notice of intention to apply for a Prohibition Order or Closure Order
in respect of any premises, vessel or specified part, and a copy of every such
order when made, shall be in both English and Chinese and shall be served by
affixing it to a conspicuous part of those premises, that vessel or that specified
part. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(7) A Closure Order made in respect of any premises, vessel or specified
part shall come into force on the 8th day after it has been served under
subsection (6) and shall remain in force for as long as the Prohibition Order
made in respect of those premises. that vessel or that specified part remains in
force. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(8) Upon the coming into force of a Closure Order in respect of any
premises, vessel or specified part, the public officer or public body upon whose
application the order was made shall lock or seal, or cause to be locked or
sealed, all or any of the entrances to or exits from the premises, vessel or
specified part and may disconnect or cause to be disconnected all gas, water and
electricity supplies thereto. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(9) While a Closure Order is in force in respect of any premises, vessel or
specified part-





(a)no person, except with the written permission of the public officer or
public body upon whose application the order was made, shall enter or
remain in those premises, on that vessel or in or on that specified part;

(b)a person carrying written authority from the public officer or public body
to whom the order was directed may remove from the premises, vessel or
specified part any person who fails to comply with paragraph (a), and in
doing so may, with such assistance from police officers as may be
necessary, use such force as is reasonably necessary. (Added 76 of 1988
s. 3)

(10) Any person who, without lawful authority or excuse

(a)enters or remains in any premises, on any vessel or in or on any specified
part in contravention of subsection (9)(a);

(b)breaks or interferes with any lock or seal placed on any premises, vessel
or specified part under subsection (8); or

(c)removes or defaces a document affixed to any premises, vessel or
specified part for the purposes of this section,

shall be guilty of an offence. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(11) Where, immediately before any premises, vessel or specified part are or is
closed under subsection (8), there is found therein or thereon any food, or any
article or thing likely to create a fire hazard or constitute a danger to life or health if
left in or on the premises, vessel or specified part, the public officer or public body
upon whose application the Closure Order was made shall

(a)take possession of such food, article or thing;

(b)dispose as he or it thinks fit of any perishable food and of any article or
thing which requires to be immediately disposed of, and

(c)affix a notice in both English and Chinese to a conspicuous part of the
premises, vessel or specified part setting out details of any food, article or
thing still in his or its possession and calling upon persons to submit any
claim for the return of such food, article or thing within 7 days after the
day on which the noice was posted. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(12) Where a claim is made under subsection (1 1)(c) for the return of any food,
article or thing, the public officer or public body in possession thereof may--

(a)refuse to return it unless satisfied that the claimant is the owner or
otherwise entitled to possession of the food, article or thing; and

(b)recover as a civil debt from a claimant to whom any food, article or thing is
returned, any expenses incurred in the removal and storage of such food,
article or thing. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(13) Any food, article or thing taken into the possession of a public officer or
public body under subsection (1 1)(a) and not claimed within the time referred to in
subsection (1 1)(c), or which the public officer or public body refuses to return in
accordance with subsection (12)(a), may be sold by public auction or, upon the
order of a magistrate, otherwise sold or disposed of as the court thinks





fit, and the money arising from the sale thereof shall be retained by the public officer
or public body and applied in payment of expenses incurred in connection with the
enforcement of the Closure Order and the surplus (if any) paid, on demand, to the
owner of the food, article or thing. (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(14) A public officer or public body upon whose application a Closure Order is
made in respect of any premises, vessel or specified part may recover as a civil debt
from the occupier of the premises, master of the vessel, or occupier of the specified
part the cost of any work carried out under subsection (8) and of taking possession
of any food, article or thing under subsection (11) which is not met out of the
proceeds of any sale under subsection (13). (Added 76 of 1988 s. 3)

(15) An order made under subsection (1) before 1 October 1988 and in force on
that date shall remain in force after that date subject to subsection (2). (76 of 1988
s. 8(1) incorporated)

(16) If an order made under subsection (1) before 1 October 1988

(a)is in respect of premises, a vessel or a specified part to which regulations
made under section 56 apply;

(b)is served on or after 1 October 1988 under subsection (6) as added by the
Public Health and Municipal Services (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance
1988 (76 of 1988); and

(c)has not been continuously complied with from the 8th day after such
service,

the public officer or public body upon whose application the order was made may
apply for a Closure Order to be made in respect of those premises, that vessel or
that specified part under subsection (4) as added by that Ordinance, whereupon the
provisions of subsections (5) to (14) as so added shall apply. (76 of 1988 s. 8(2)
incorporated)

Authority may render services, etc., on request

129. Save as otherwise expressly provided by this or some other enactment,
where it appears to any public officer or public body who or which is an Authority
for the purposes of any of the provisions of this Ordinance expedient for carrying
out the purposes of this Ordinance, such public officer or public body may in his or
its discretion and at the request of any person, undertake on behalf of such person
any work or render any service, and may recover the cost thereof from such person
in the manner provided by section 130.

Recovery of cost of works done or services rendered by
public officers or public bodies

130. (1) In any case where under the provisions of this Ordinance any public
officer or public body is entitled to recover the cost of any works done or any fee or
any charge for any service rendered, such officer or body may certify the sum which
is due and the names of the persons liable therefor, and may by such certificate
apportion such sum between such persons:

Provided that, where the public body is the Urban Council, such certificate
shall be signed by the Director of Urban Services or a public officer duly authorized
by him in that behalf and, where the public body is the Regional Council, such
certificate shall be signed by the Director of Regional Services or a

public officer duly authorized by him in that behalf.(Amended 10 of 1986 s. 18)





(2) In the case of any works done or services rendered, such sum may include--

(a)the cost of labour, transport or materials supplied by or at the request of
such public officer or public body for the purpose of carrying out such
works or rendering such services; and

(b)supervision and departmental charges.

(3) A copy of any such certificate shall be served upon each person named
therein.

(4) Where the payment of any sum claimed is in default, such public officer or
public body, and, where the public body is the Urban Council, the Director of Urban
Services, and, where the public body is the Regional Council, the Director of
Regional Services, may in his or its discretion order that the following amounts shall
be added to the sum claimed and recovered therewith- (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 18)

(a)in the case of default exceeding 30 days, 5% of the amount in default;

(b)in the case of default exceeding 60 days, 10% of the amount in default.

(5) The payment of such sum of any person shall be without prejudice to any
right to recover the same, or any part thereof, from any person otherwise liable in
respect of the matter in relation to which such certificate was issued.

(6) Any sum which any public officer or public body is entitled to recover
under the provisions of this Ordinance may be recovered by such officer or body
summarily as a civil debt due to the Crown or as a simple contract debt due to the
Crown in any court of competent jurisdiction. (Amended 21 of 1973 s. 10)

(6A) Any sum which the Urban Council is entitled to recover under the
provisions of this Ordinance may be recovered by the Director of Urban Services
summarily as a civil debt due to the Urban Council or as a simple contract debt due
to the Urban Council in any court of competent jurisdiction. (Added 21 of 1973 s. 10)

(6B) Any sum which the Regional Council is entitled to recover under the
provisions of this Ordinance may be recovered by the Director of Regional Services
summarily as a civil debt due to the Regional Council or as a simple contract debt
due to the Regional Council in any court of competent jurisdiction. (Added 10 of
1986 s. 18)

(7) Any summons or writ issued in connection with the recovery of any such
sum shall be taken to have been duly served if it appears, to the satisfaction of the
court, that it was left at the defendant's last known address or place of business, or,
if the same is unknown to the public officer or public body concerned, that it was
delivered to an adult occupier of the premises or place in relation to which such
recovery is sought or was posted thereon in a conspicuous place.

(8) A certificate purporting to be made in accordance with the provisions of
subsection (1) and setting forth that the amount claimed is due and that the person
named therein is liable for the payment- thereof, and specifying the. nature and
particulars of the claim, shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein and
of the correctness of the signature thereto.





(9) Where any sum the recovery of which is claimed under the provisions of
this section arose in respect of any building works within the meaning of the
Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123), the public officer or public body concemed may, at
any time before such sum has been wholly recovered, register in the Land Office
against the title of any property in respect of which such sum arose a memorial of
the certificate issued under the provisions of subsection (1), and in such event such
sum shall be a charge upon the land recoverable in accordance with the provisions
of subsection (6) from any person who from the Land Office register then or
thereafter appears to be the owner thereof.

Provided that a charge shall not be deemed to arise solely by virtue of this
subsection in respect of any person whose interest was registered before the
registration of the memorial of such certificate.

(10) Upon the recovery of any sum under the provisions of this section, the
public officer or public body concerned shall lodge in the Land Office an
appropriate memorial of satisfaction against any memorial lodged there under the
provisions of subsection (9).

(11) Where 2 or more sums are claimed from any person as being due under the
provisions of this Ordinance, any writ, complaint, summons or warrant issued for
the purposes of the Ordinance in respect of that person may contain in the body
thereof, or in a schedule thereto, all or any of the sums so claimed.

Name in which certain proceedings may he brought

131. (1) Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Ordinance, or to the
provisions of any other enactment, relating to the prosecution of criminal offences,
prosecutions for an offence under the sections of this Ordinance specified in the
first column of the Sixth Schedule may be brought

(a)where the offence was committed in the Urban Council area or in the other
cases specified in the second column of that Schedule, in the name of the
public officer or public body specified in relation thereto in the said
second column of that Schedule; and (Amended 10 of 1986s.19)

(b)save where otherwise provided in the third column of that Schedule,
where the offence was committed in the Regional Council area, in the name
of the public officer or public body specified in relation thereto in the said
third column of that Schedule. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 19)

(2) Nothing in this section or in section 132 shall be deemed to derogate from
the powers of the Attorney General in relation to the prosecution of criminal
offences.

(3) Every complaint made or information laid in respect of an offence under any
of the provisions of this Ordinance or the regulations made thereunder shall be
made or laid in the manner prescribed by the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227).

(4) The Governor in Council may by order amend, add to or delete from the
Sixth Schedule.





Institution and conduct of certain proceedings
132. Any public officer or public body in whose name proceedings for an
offence under any of the provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations made
thereunder may be brought may authorize in writing, either generally or in any
particular case, any public officer to institute on behalf of such public officer or
public body any such proceedings before any court or to conduct on behalf of
such public officer or public body any such proceedings before any court, and
any public officer so authorized may institute such proceedings and may
conduct them before any court notwithstanding the provisions of the Legal
Practitioners Ordinance (Cap. 159).

Disposal of property coming into possession of certain
public officers and public bodies
133. Where, under any of the provisions of this Ordinance, any public
officer or public body who or which is an Authority for the purposes of any of
the provisions of this Ordinance comes into possession of any property, section
102 of the Criminal Procedure Ordinance (Cap. 221) shall, unless the manner of
disposal of the same is otherwise expressly provided, apply as if such public
officer or public body were the police within the meaning of that section and
such property were property which had come into the possession of the police in
connection with a criminal offence.

Service of notices
134. Unless otherwise expressly provided, any order, notice, demand,
certificate or other document required to be served under the provisions of this
Ordinance may be served either-

(a)by delivering it to the person on whom it is to be served;
(b)by sending it by registered post addressed to the last known place of
business or residence of the person to be served;
(c)by leaving it with an adult occupier of the premises or place to which
the notice relates or by posting it upon a conspicuous part of such
premises or place:
Provided that, in addition to or in substitution for any such method of
service, publication in the Gazette of any such order, notice, demand, certificate
or other document, together with such particulars of the person to whom it is
addressed as may be available, shall be deemed to be good service.

Authentication and production in evidence of documents
135. (1) Save where otherwise expressly provided, any order, notice,
demand, certificate or other document made by any public officer or public
body under the provisions of this Ordinance shall be signed by such public
officer or by a public officer authorized in writing in that behalf by such public
officer or public body. (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 20)
(2) Any document purporting to be an order, notice, demand, certificate
or other document made under the provisions of this Ordinance by a public
officer or public body and signed in the manner provided in subsection (1) shall
be received in evidence, and shall, unless the contrary is shown, be deemed to be
such an order, notice, demand, certificate or other document without further
proof.





Presumption as to employment of servants

136. Any person who appears to be employed in or about any premises, or
any part of any premises, in respect of which any licence or permit is granted
under this Ordinance shall be deemed, until the contrary is shown, to be a
servant of the person to whom such licence or permit was granted.

Offences by corporations

137. Where an offence under this Ordinance, or any regulations or order
made under this Ordinance, which has been committed by a corporation is
proved to have been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be
attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or
other similar officer of the corporation, or of any person who was purporting to
act in any such capacity, he, as well as the corporation, shall be deemed to be
guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished
accordingly.

Application of Summary Offences Ordinance and Public
Order Ordinance

137A. Any part of a stadium, museum, library or civic centre to which from
time to time the public has access, whether on payment or otherwise, shall,
during such time, be deemed to be a public place for the purposes of the
Summary Offences Ordinance (Cap. 228) and the Public Order Ordinance
(Cap. 245).
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 11)

Protection for public servants acting in good faith

138. A public officer shall not be personally liable in respect of any act done
by him in the execution or purported execution of this Ordinance and within the
scope of his employment, if he did that act in the honest belief that his duty
under this Ordinance required or entitled him to do it:

Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the
Crown from liability in respect of the acts of its servants.

Obstruction of officers in the exercise of their duty

139. Any person who wilfully obstructs, resists, or uses abusive language
to, any person acting in the execution of his duties under this Ordinance, or
under any order or warrant made or issued thereunder, shall, in any case for
which no other provision is made by this Ordinance, be guilty of an offence.

Onus of proving vaccination or inoculation

140. Where, under the provisions of this Ordinance, any person is required
to be vaccinated, inoculated or otherwise immunized against disease, the onus
of proving that such vaccination, inoculation or immunization has been per-
formed shall rest upon the person required to be so vaccinated, inoculated or
immunized, as the case may be.





Proceedings against several persons

141. (1) Where proceedings under this Ordinance are competent against
several persons in respect of the joint act or default of such persons, it shall be
sufficient to proceed against one or more of them without proceeding against
the others.

(2) Where an offence consists of a failure to comply with any of the
requirements of a notice served by any public officer or public body who or
which is an Authority for the purposes of any of the provisions of this
Ordinance and a similar notice was served upon several persons in respect of
such matter---

(a)it shall be sufficient to proceed against one or more of such persons
without proceeding against the others; and

(b)where more than one such person is proceeded against, the court may
treat such persons for all purposes as though they were joint offenders.

Delegation of powers

142. Any public officer or public body may delegate any power, function,
authority or discretion conferred upon him or it by the provisions of this
Ordinance, other than a power to make regulations, to any public officer or
class of public officers:

Provided that, where the public body is the Urban Council, such delegation
shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Urban Council
Ordinance (Cap. 101) and, where the public body is the Regional Council, such
delegation shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the
Regional Council Ordinance (Cap. 385). (Amended 10 of 1986 s. 21)

General powers relating to regulations

143. Regulations made under this Ordinance may provide-

(a)that contravention of any of the provisions of such regulations shall
constitute an offence and may prescribe penalties therefor not ex-
ceeding a fine of $25,000 and imprison-ment for 6 months, and, in the
case of a continuing offence, a daily penalty of $600, and, in the case of
an offence in respect of any premises, trade or business, for the closing
of such premises or the discontinuance of such trade or business;
(Amended 57 of 1978 s. 5; 37 of 1987 s. 3)

(b)for the name in which proceedings for an offence against any of such
regulations may be brought; and

(c)for appeal by way of petition to the Governor or to the Governor in
Council.

Use of premises by the Government

144. The Governor in Council may direct that any premises the manage-
ment and control of which is vested in the Urban Council or the Regional
Council by this Ordinance be made available for use by the Government
on any ceremonial or other public occasion.
(Replaced 21 of 1973 s. 12. Amended 10 of 1986 s. 22)





Restriction on certain powers

144A. The Authority shall not exercise the powers conferred by sections 42A(1),
76A(1), 79(3), IO5A(1), 105G, 105K(1), 105M(1), 106(1), and 124A(4) in relation to any
premises which are the subject of a Crown lease without the consent of the lessee
thereof.

(Added 21 of 1973s. 12. Amended 70 of 1977 s. 3)

Fees

145. Any rents, fees or other charges whatsoever, including the proceeds of any
sale, collected under any provision of this Ordinance, shall be paid

(a)to the Urban Council where the Urban Council is the Authority for the
purposes of such provision;

(aa)to the Regional Council where the Regional Council is the Authority for
the purposes of such provision; and (Added 10 of 1986 s. 23)

(b)to the general revenue in any other case.

(Replaced 21 of 1973s. 13. Amended 10of 1986s.23)

Governor in Council empowered in any appeal to state
case for opinion of Court of Appeal on question of law

146. (1) In any appeal to him under the provisions of this Ordinance, the
Governor in Council may, at any time in his discretion, direct a case to be stated for
the opinion of the Court of Appeal on any question of law involved in such appeal.
The terms of such case shall be agreed upon by the parties concerned, or, in the
event of their failure to agree, shall be settled by the Court of Appeal. The Court of
Appeal shall hear and determine the question of law arising on any case stated as
aforesaid, and shall remit the matter to the Governor in Council who shall give effect
by order to the finding of the court. The costs of such hearing shall be in the
discretion of the court.

(2) Any party to the appeal shall be entitled to be heard by counsel on the
hearing of any case so stated.

(3) The Clerk of Councils shall give the appellant 7 days' notice of the hearing
of the appeal, and shall, at the same time, furnish the appellant with a copy of the
evidence and documents submitted by the respondent for the consideration of the
Governor in Council.

(4) The decision of the Governor in Council upon any appeal under the
provisions of this Ordinance shall be final and may be enforced by the High Court
as if it had been an order of that court.

(5) Nothing contained in this Ordinance shall be construed to prevent any
person from applying to the High Court for a mandamus, injunction, prohibition or
other order, should he elect so to do in lieu of appealing to the Governor in Council.

(Amended 92 of 1975 s. 59)





Forms

147. (1) Wherever under the provisions of this Ordinance the use of a form
prescribed in the Seventh Schedule is required, there shall be used the appropriate
form prescribed in that Schedule or a form to the like effect subject to such variation
as circumstances may require.

(2) The Governor in Council may by order amend any form for the time being
prescribed in the Seventh Schedule and may, in like manner, add any form to that
Schedule or delete any form therefrom.

Transitional provisions with respect to offences and
certain notices

148. (1) Where an offence (being an offence for the continuance of which a
penalty was provided) has been committed under any enactment revoked or
cancelled and re-enacted, with or without amendment, by any regulations made
under this Ordinance, proceedings may be taken under such regulations in respect
of the continuance of the offence after the commencement of such regulations in the
same manner as if the offence had been committed under the corresponding
provisions of such regulations.

(2) Where an enactment revoked or cancelled by any regulations made under
this Ordinance relates to the giving of notices

(a) not less than a specified period before; or

(b) within a specified period after,

the doing of some act or the happening of some event, and the commencement of
such regulations falls within the period applicable under that enactment to any
particular act done or to any particular event, the revocation or cancellation and re-
enactment shall be deemed to have taken effect in relation to that act or event, in the
first mentioned case, at a date sufficiently early to enable the required notice to be
given under the corresponding provisions of such regulations, and, in the secondly
mentioned case, immediately before the doing of the act or the happening of the
event in question.

(3) Where, under any enactment revoked or cancelled and re-enacted, with or
without amendment, by any regulations made under this Ordinance, any notice has
been served relating to the doing of some act or the happening of some event, such
notice shall be deemed to have been served under the corresponding provisions of
such regulations.

Saving of certain regulations

149. (1) For the avoidance of doubt, is it hereby declared that, notwithstanding
the repeal of the Public Health (Sanitation) Ordinance 1935 (15 of 1935), the
Advertisements Regulation Ordinance (Cap. 52, 1950 Ed.), the Public Health (Food)
Ordinance (Cap. 140, 1950 Ed.) and of section 4(2) of the New Territories Ordinance
(Cap. 97), the regulations made under these enactments which are specified in the
third column of the Eighth Schedule shall, save in so far as they are inconsistent
with any of the provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder,
continue in operation until such time as they are replaced by regulations made
under this Ordinance which are





expressed to be in substitution for those regulations, and shall be deemed for all
purposes to have been made or prescribed under the section of this Ordinance
specified in relation thereto in the fourth column of that Schedule and to be liable to
amendment thereby or thereunder.

(2) The Governor in Council may by regulation amend the Duplicate Permits
and Licences (New Territories) Rules (Cap. 97, sub. leg.).

Penalties

150. Any person who is guilty of an offence under any of the provisions of this
Ordinance specified in the first column of the Ninth Schedule shall be liable on
summary conviction to the penalty specified in relation thereto in the second column
of that Schedule, and, where the offence is a continuing offence, shall be liable, in
addition, to the fine specified in relation thereto in the third column of that Schedule
for each day during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the
offence has continued.

Penalty for contravention of certain by-laws

151. (1) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of the by-laws
mentioned in item 1 of the Eighth Schedule shall be liable on summary conviction to
a fine of $500.

(2) (Repealed 48 of 1969 s. 10)

(3) This section shall continue in force until it is replaced or repealed by

regulations made under this Ordinance.
(15 of 1935 ss. 3 & 81 incorporated.Amended 23 of 1949 s. 6)

Consequential and other amendments

152. (1) (Amendments incorporated)

(2) (Amendments incorporated)

(3) There shall be substituted for the title of the enactments listed in the first
column of the Fifteenth Schedule the new title specified opposite thereto in the
second column thereof, wherever occurring

(a)in any Ordinance other than the Public Health and Urban Services
(Amendment) Ordinance 1986 (10 of 1986) or this ordinances and

(b)in any instrument, notice, form, contract or legal proceeding made or
commenced before 1 April 1986.

(10 of 1986 s. 32 incorporated)

Transitional provisions concerning agreements

153. (1) Any agreement in force immediately before 1 April 1986 which was
entered into by the Director of Regional Services on behalf of the Government as
the Authority

(a)under section 79A and which relates to the renting of a stall in a market;
or





(b)under section 107 and which relates to the right to operate an amenity at a
public pleasure ground,

shall be deemed to have been entered into on behalf of the Regional Council
accordingly.

(2) In this section 'amenity' includes the sale of refreshments, the erection of
tents for hire to the public, the erection of a temporary bathing structure for use as
changing rooms, the sale or hire of recreational equipment and the hire of chairs.

(10 of 1986 s. 33 incorporated)

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 84]


SCHEDULED OFFENCES

Section 51A(4) and (5)
Section 54(1)
Regulations made under section 55, 56, 80(1) or 83A
Section 83B
Section 128(3)
Section 128(10)(a)
Section 139
Sections 4A and 5 of the Summary Offences Ordinance (Cap. 228)
(Replaced L.N. 276178. Amended L.N. 264/86; 76 of1988 s.4)

SECOND SCHEDULE [ss. 2, 93 & 102]

SCHEDULED PREMISES

No. of cubic metres per hour
Class of premises for each person who may be
accommodated in the premises
Restaurants 17
Dancing establishments 17
Theatres 13
Cinemas 13
Funeral parlours 17

(Amended 61 of 1974 s. 12; L.N.
89/79)

Factory canteens 17 (L.N. 366 of 1989)

THIRD SCHEDULE [s. 3]

DESIGNATED AUTHORITIES

Section Urban Council AreaRegional Council Area
4 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
5 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
6 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

7 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
9 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
10 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
13 Urban Council Regional Council
14 Urban Council Regional Council
15 Urban Council Regional Council
20 Urban Council Regional Council
22 Urban Council Regional Council
22A Urban Council Regional Council
23 Urban Council Regional Council
23A Urban Council Regional Council
24 Urban Council Regional Council
26 Urban Council Regional Council
27 Urban Council Regional Council
28 Urban Council Regional Council
29 Urban Council Regional Council
30 Urban Council Regional Council
32 Urban Council Regional Council
33 Urban Council Regional Council
34 Urban Council Regional Council
35 Urban Council Regional Council
36 Urban Council Regional Council
37 Urban Council Regional Council
38 Urban Council Regional Council
40 Urban Council Regional Council
41 Urban Council Regional Council
42 Urban Council Regional Council
42A Urban Council Regional Council
42B Urban Council Regional Council
44 Urban Council Regional Council
46 Urban Council Regional Council
47 Urban Council Regional Council
48 Urban Council Regional Council
49 Urban Council Regional Council
51A Urban Council Regional Council
56 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical Health
Services Services
58 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
Services Services





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

59 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
Services Services
62 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
Services Services
69 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
Services Services
70 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
Service Services
75 Urban Council, but in respect of Regional Council, but in respect of
drugs, Director of Medical and Health drugs, Director of Medical and Health
services Services
76A Urban Council Regional Council
76B Urban Council Regional Council
77 Urban Council Regional Council
78 Urban Council Regional Council
79(1),(3)Urban Council Regional Council
and (5)
79(2) ----- Regional Council
79A Urban Council Regional Council
80 Urban Council Regional Council
82 Urban Council Regional Council
83A Urban Council Regional Council
83B Urban Council Regional Council
84 Urban Council Regional Council
86 Urban Council Regional Council
86B Urban Council Regional Council
88 Urban Council Regional Council
89 Urban Council Regional Council
90 Urban Council Regional Council
91 Urban Council Regional Council
92A Urban Council Regional Council
92B Urban Council Regional Council
93 Urban Council Regional Council
94 Urban Council Regional Council
94A Urban Council Regional Council
100 Urban Council Regional Council
101 Urban Council Regional Council
104(1)Governor in Council Governor in Council
104(3)Director of Buildings and Lands Director of Buildings and Lands
105 Director of Buildings and Lands Director of Buildings and Lands





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

105A Urban Council Regional Council
105B Urban Council Regional Council
105C Urban Council Regional Council
105D Urban Council Regional Council
105E Urban Council Regional Council
105F Urban Council Regional Council
105G Urban Council Regional Council
105H Urban Council Regional Council
1051 Urban Council Regional Council
105J Urban Council Regional Council
105K Urban Council Regional Council
105L Urban Council Regional Council
105M Urban Council Regional Council
105N Urban Council Regional Council
1050 Urban Council Regional Council
105P Urban Council Regional Council
105Q Urban Council Regional Council
106(1) and Urban Council Regional Council
(6)
106(3) and Director of Buildings and Lands Director of Buildings and Lands
(4)
107 Urban Council Regional Council
108 Urban Council Regional Council
109 Urban Council Regional Council
ill Urban Council Regional Council
M11 Urban Council Director of Buildings and Lands
111C Urban Council Director of Buildings and Lands
112 Urban Council Regional Council
112A Urban Council Regional Council
114 Director of Buildings and Lands in Director of Buildings and Lands in
respect of cemeteries specified in Parts respect of cemeteries specified in Parts
1, 11 and IVA of the Fifth Schedule 111 and IV of the Fifth Schedule
115 Urban Council in respect of Regional Council in respect of
cemeteries specified in Part 1 of the cemeteries specified in Part III of the
Fifth Schedule and Director of Urban Fifth Schedule
Services in respect of cemeteries
specified in Part IVA of the Fifth
Schedule
116 Urban Council in respect of Regional Council in respect of
cemeteries specified in Parts 1 and 11 cemeteries specified in Parts 111 and
of the Fifth Schedule and Director of IV of the Fifth Schedule
Urban Services in respect of
cemeteries specified in Part IVA of the
Fifth Schedule
118(1),(4) Urban Council Regional Council
and (5)





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

118(2)Urban Council in respect of any place Regional Council in respect of any
in a cemetery specified in Parts I and place in a cemetery specified in Parts
II of the Fifth Schedule and Director III and IV of the Fifth Schedule
of Urban Services in respect of any
place in a cemetery specified in Part
IVA of the Fifth Schedule
119A Urban Council in respect of Regional Council in respect of
cemeteries specified in Part 1 of the cemeteries specified in Part III of the
Fifth Schedule Fifth Schedule
121 Urban Council Regional Council
123 Urban Council Regional Council
123A Urban Council Regional Council
123B Urban Council Regional Council
123C Urban Council Regional Council
124 Urban Council Regional Council
124A Urban Council Regional Council
124B Urban Council Regional Council
124C Urban Council Regional Council
124D Urban Council Regional Council
124E Urban Council Regional Council
127 Urban Council Regional Council

(Replaced 10 of 1986s. 25.Amended L.N. 94/86; L.N. 127/86; L.N. 194/86; L.N.
318/88)

FOURTH SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 106]

PUBLIC PLEASURE GROUNDS

Public pleasure grounds (other than bathing beaches)

Urban Council Area

The Island of Hong Kong

Aberdeen Boulder's Corner Rest Garden
Aberdeen Complex Indoor Games Hall
Aberdeen Indoor Games Hall
Aberdeen Praya Road Sitting-out Area
Aberdeen Reservoir Road Sitting-out Area
Aberdeen Sports Ground
Aberdeen Waterfront Garden
Admiralty Garden
Aldrich Bay Children's Playground
Aldrich Street Playground
Amoy Street Sitting-out Area
Ap Lei Chau Bridge Road Playground
Apleichau Bridge (North) Children's Playground
Ap Lei Chau Playground
Basel Road Playground
Beaconsfield House Sitting-out Area
Big Wave Bay Picnic Area
Blake Gardens
Blake Pier Roof-top Garden
Blue Pool Road Sitting-out Area





The Island of Hong Kong (Contd.)

Bonham Road Rest Garden
Bowen Road Garden
Bowen Road Lovers' Stone Garden
Bowen Road Tennis Courts
Bowrington Road Market Roof-top Children's Playground
Braemar Hill Road Sitting-out Area
Brewin Path Temporary Playground
Bridges Street Market Children's Playground
Broadwood Road Rest Garden
Caine Road Garden
Caine Road Sitting-out Area
Canal Road Flyover Sitting-out Area
Causeway Bay Promenade
Cenotaph, the
Central Promenade
Centre Street Roof-top Children's Playground
Chai Wan Bus Terminus Rest Garden
Chai Wan Park
Chai Wan Pool-side Garden
Chai Wan Road Children's Playground
Chai Wan Road Rest Garden No. 1
Chai Wan Road Rest Garden No. 2
Chai Wan Road Rest Garden No. 3
Chai Wan Road Rest Garden No. 4
Chai Wan Road Rest Garden No. 5
Chai Wan Road Roundabout Garden
Chai Wan Road Sitting-out Area No. 1
Chai Wan Road Sitting-out Area No. 2
Chater Garden
Chater Road Sitting-out Area
Cheung Man Road Rest Garden
Ching Wah Street Sitting-out Area
Choi Sai Woo Park
Chung Hom Kok Park
Chung Wo Lane Sitting-out Area
Chung Hom Kok Beach Children's Playground
Church Street Sitting-out Area
Clarence Terrace Children's Playground
Cloud View Road Service Reservoir Playground
Comfort Terrace Sitting-out Area
Conduit Road Children's Playground
Conduit Road Rest Garden
Conduit Road Service Reservoir Playground
Eastern Hospital Road Sitting-out Area
Electric Road Temporary Playground
Elgin Street Children's Playground
Factory Street Playground
Fat hing Street Temporary Playground
Fei Tsui Road Sitting-out Area
Forbes Street Temporary Playground
Fortress Hill Playground
Fortress Hill Road Garden
George's Lane Sitting-out Area
Gloucester Road/Cannon Street Sitting-out Area
Gloucester Road/Fleming Road Sitting-out Area
Gough Hill Path Children's Playground
Guildford Road Rest Garden
Happy Valley Sports Ground
Harbour Road Garden
Harbour Road Indoor Games Hall
Hatton Road Sitting-out Area
Headland Road/Repulse Bay Road Garden
Healthy Village Playground
Hennessy Road/Johnston Road Sitting-out Area
Hennessy Road Playground
Heung Yip Road Sitting-out Area
High West Picnic Area (temporary)
Hill Road Garden





The Island of Hong Kong (Contd.)

Hing Wah Estate Playground No. 1
Hollywood Road Children's Playground
Hong Cheung Street Children's Playground No. 1
Hong Cheung Street Children's Playground No. 2
Hong Cheung Street Sitting-out Area
Hong Fu Playground
Hong Kong Squash Centre
Hong Kong Zoological and Botanical Gardens
Ka Ning Path Garden
Ka Wai Man Road Sitting-out Area
Kam Wah Street Rest Garden
Kau U Fong Children's Playground
Kennedy Road Playground
Kennedy Road Sitting-out Area
Kennedy Street Sitting-out Area
Kennedy Town Playground
Kennedy Town Service Reservoir Playground
Kennedy Town Temporary Recreation Ground
Ying George V Memorial Park, Hong Kong
King's Road Playground
Kotewall Road Sitting-out Area
Lambeth Walk Rest Garden
Lan Kwai Fong Sitting-out Area
Lei Yue Mun Park
Lin Fa Kung Garden
Lin Fa Kung Street East Sitting-out Area
Lockhart Road Indoor Games Hall
Lockhart Road Playground
Lok Hing Lane Temporary Sitting-out Area
Lok Man Road Sitting-out Area
Lower Albert Road Sitting-out Area
Magazine Gap Road Garden
Magazine Gap Service Reservoir Playground
Marble Road Temporary Playground
Mong Lung Street Sitting-out Area
Monmouth Park
Monmouth Terrace Playground
Monmouth Terrace Sitting-out Area
Morrison Hill Road Temporary Pleasure Ground
Mount Austin Playground
Mount Austin Road Rest Garden
Mount Butler Sitting-out Area
Mount Davis Cottage Area Children's Playground
Mui Fong Street Sitting-out Area
Nam Fung Road Rest Garden
Nam Long Shan Road Children's Playground and Rest Garden
Nam Long Shan Road Sitting-out Area
Nam Ning Street Sitting-out Area
Nam On Street Sitting-out Area
North Point Ferry Concourse Promenade
North Point Market Roof-top Children's Playground
North Point Service Reservoir Playground
North Point Vehicular Ferry Pier Playground
Oaklands Avenue Sitting-out Area
Old Main Street Rest Garden
Old Peak Road Rest Garden
Pak Fuk Road Playground
Peak Firing Range Picnic Area
Peel Rise Rest Garden
Perkins Road Sitting-out Area
Pinewood Picnic Area (temporary)
Plantation Road Garden
Pok Fu Lam Road Playground
Polefield Road Sitting-out Area
Provident Garden
Queen Street Sitting-out Area
Queen's Road East Garden
Queen's Road East/Hennessy Road Sitting-out Area





The Island of Hong Kong (Contd.)

Repulse Bay Beach Children's Playground
Repulse Bay Gardens
Rock Hill Street Children's Playground
Rose Lane Children's Playground
Sai On Lane Children's Playground
Sai Ying Pun Post Office Building Children's Playground
Sam Ka Lane Children's Playground
San Ha Street Sitting-out Area
Sassoon Road Rest Garden
Shaukiwan Road Children's Playground
Shaukiwan Road Sitting-out Area
Shau Kei Wan Market Building Sitting-out Area
Shau Kei Wan Market Roof-top Children's Playground
Shau Kei Wan Road Rest Garden
Shau Kei Wan Service Reservoir Playground
Shek 0 Headland Picnic Area
Shek 0 Road Lookout
Shek 0 Village Children's Playground
Shek 0 Village Sitting-out Area
Shek Pai Wan Estate Playground No. 1
Shek Pai Wan Road Playground
Shek Tong Tsui Market Roof-top Children's Playground
Shing On Village Sitting-out Area
Ship Street Playground
Shu Kuk Street Playground
Sitting-out Area at Aberdeen Main Road/Ap Lei Chau Bridge Flyover
Sitting-out Area under Flyover in Bonham Road
Sitting-out Area under Flyover in Hill Road
Sitting-out Area under Flyover in Pok Fu Lam Road
Smithfield Road Children's Playground
South Bay Road Garden
South Bay Road Rest Garden
Southorn Playground
Spring Garden Lane Sitting-out Area
Stanley Beach Road Children's Playground
Stanley Beach Road Sitting-out Area
Stanley Main Street Sea-front Sitting-out Area
Stanley New Street/Stanley Village Road Sitting-out Area
Stanley Playground
Stanley Village Road Garden
Star Ferry Concourse Sitting-out Area
Statue Square Gardens
Stone Nullah Lane Garden
Stubbs Road Garden
Stubbs Road Lookout
Stubbs Road Sitting-out Area
Sugar Street Sitting-out Area
Sung Hing Lane Children's Playground
Tai Hang Drive Playground
Tai Hang Drive Sitting-out Area
Tai Hang Road/Blue Pool Road Children's Playground
Tai Hang Road Children's Playground
Tai Hang Road Rest Garden
Tai Ping Shan Lions View Point Pavilion
Tai Tam Reservoir Road Sitting-out Area
Tak Yan Street Children's Playground
Telegraph Bay Playground
Tin Chiu Street Children's Playground
Tin Chiu Street Playground
Tin Hau Temple Garden
Tin Hau Temple Road Garden No. 1
Tin Hau Temple Road Garden No. 2
Tin Hau Temple Road Garden No. 3
Tin Hau Temple Road/Fortress Hill Road Garden
Tin Hau Temple Road Park
Tin Hau Temple Road Sitting-out Area (Adjacent to No. 8 Tin Hau Temple Road)
Tin Wan Estate Playground No. 3
Tin Wan Market Roof-top Children's Playground





The Island of Hong Kong (Contd.)

Tit Hong Lane Sitting-out Area
Tsung Sau Lane Temporary Sitting-out Area
Tung Lo Wan Garden
Tung Wah Centenary Square Garden
Tunnel Approach Rest Garden
Upper Station Street Sitting-out Area
Urban Council Chambers Rest Garden
Urban Council Quarry Bay Complex Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Sheung Wan Complex Indoor Games Hall
Ventris Road Garden
Victoria Gap Children's Playground
Victoria Park
Victoria Peak Garden
Wa On Lane Sitting-out Area
Wan Chai Gap Park
Wan Chai Gap Road Playground
Wan Chai Interchange Flyover Children's Playground mind
Wan Chai Market Roof-top Playground
Wan Chai Reclamation Rest Garden
Wan Chai Sports Ground
Wan Tsui Lane Sitting-out Area
Waterfall Bay Park
Watson Road Rest Garden
West End Park
Wing Lee Street Rest Garden
Wing Lee Street Sitting-out Area
Wing Ning Street Sitting-out Area
Wing Wo Street Temporary Playground
Wong Chuk Hang Service Reservoir Rest Garden
Wong Chuk Hang Temporary Cycling Area
Wong Lung Street Sitting-out Area
Wong Ma Kok Road Playground
Wong Nai Chung Gap Sitting-out Area
Wong Nai Chung Reservoir Park
Wong Nai Chung Reservoir Park Fitness Trail
Wong Nai Chung Road Children's Playground
Wong Nai Chung Road Indoor Games Hall
Wong Nai Chung Road Rest Garden
Wong Nai Chung Road Sitting-out Area
Wun Sha Street Children's Playground
Yue Kwong Road Indoor Games Hall
Yue Wan Estate Sitting-out Area

Kowloon and New Kowloon

Anchor Street Playground
Argyle Street Playground
Arran Street Sitting-out Area
Arthur Street Temporary Playground
Berwick Street Sitting-out Area
Boundary Street Indoor Games Hall No. 1
Boundary Street Indoor Games Hall No. 2
Boundary Street Rest Garden (opposite Tai Hang Tung Road)
Boundary Street Sports Ground
Broadcast Drive Garden
Broadcast Drive Playground
Canton Road/Nelson Street Sitting-out Area
Canton Road Playground
Carpenter Road Park
Castle Peak Road/Ching Cheung Road Rest Garden
Castle Peak Road Sitting-out Area
Changsha Street Sitting-out Area
Chatharn Chatham Road/Winslow Street Sitting-out Area
Cheung Sha Wan Indoor Games Hall
Cheung Sha Wan Playground
Cheung Sha Wan Road/Cheung Shun Street Playground
Cheung Sha Wan Road/Lai Chi Kok Road Flyover Amenity Plot
Cherry Street Playground





Kowloon and New Kowloon (Contd.)

Ching Cheung Road Extension Amenity Plot
Choi Hung Bus Terminus Sitting-out Area
Choi Hung Road Badminton Centre
Choi Hung Road Indoor Games Hall
Choi Hung Road Playground
Choi Hung Road Rest Garden
Clear Water Bay Road Central Strip
Cornwall Street Children's Playground
Cornwall Street/Ede Road Garden
Cox's Road Children's Playground
Diamond Hill MTR Station Amenity Plot
Diocesan Boys' School Approach Road Garden
Dorset Crescent Rest Garden
Dundas Street Sitting-out Area
East Kowloon Way Flyover Rest Garden
Essex Crescent Rest Garden
Fa Hui Park
Fa Yuen Street Rest Garden
Fan Wa Street Sitting-out Area
Fat Kwong Street Garden No. 1
Fat Kwong Street Garden No. 2
Fat Kwong Street Playground
Fat Kwong Street Sitting-out Area
Fei Fung Street Sitting-out Area
Ferry Street Playground
Ferry Street Rest Garden
Foo Kwai Street Sitting-out Area
Fook Wah Tsuen Playground
Fortune Street Playground
Fuk Tsun Street Temporary Sittng-out Area
Fuk Wah Street Rest Garden
Fuk Wing Street Rest Garden
Fung Mo Interchange Amenity Plot
Gascoigne Road/Nathan Road Rest Garden (Stage 1)
Gascoigne Road/Nathan Road Rest Garden (Stage 11)
Gascoigne Road Rest Garden
Hamilton Street Rest Garden
Hang On Street Garden
Hau Wong Temple Rest Garden
Hip Wo Street/Mut Wah Street Sitting-out Area
Hip Wo Street Rest Garden
Hiu Kwong Street Children's Playground
Hiu Kwong Street Indoor Games Hall
Hiu Kwong Street Park Strip
Hiu Kwong Street Recreation Ground
Hiu Kwong Street Rest Garden
Hiu Ming Street Playground
Ho Man Tin East Service Reservoir Playground
Ho Man Tin High Level Service Reservoir Playground
Ho Man Tin Hill Road Rest Garden
Hoi Bun Road Sitting-out Area
Hoi King Street Sitting-out Area
Hoi Sham Park
Hong Keung Street Rest Garden
Hong Lee Road Rest Garden
Hong Ning Road Children's Playground
Hong Ning Road Garden No. 1
Hong Ning Road Garden No. 2
Hong Ning Road Recreation Ground
Hong Tat Path Garden
Inverness Road Garden
Jordan Valley Temporary Playground
Junction Road Park
Kai Tak East Playground
Kam Fung Street Sitting-out Area
Kam Shing Road Cleansing Depot Sitting-out Area
Kam Shing Road Recreation Ground
Kau Pui Lung Road Playground





Kowloon and New Kowloon (Contd.)

Kent Road Garden
King Fuk Street Playground
King Fuk Street Sitting-out Area
King George V Memorial Park, Kowloon
King's Park High Level Service Reservoir Playground
King Wan Street Playground
King's Park Hockey Ground
King's Park Rest Garden
King's Park Rise Garden
King's Park Sports Ground
Ko Chiu Road Rest Garden
Ko Shan Road Park
Kowloon Bay Indoor Games Hall
Kowloon Bay Playground
Kowloon Bay Sports Ground
Kowloon City Road Flyover Sitting-out Area
Kowloon Park
Kowloon Park Drive Children's Playground
Kowloon Park Drive Rest Garden
Kowloon Tsai Park
Kun Yam Street Rest Garden
Kung Lok Road Amenity Plot
Kung Lok Road Playground
Kwai Chung Road Flyover Amenity Plot
Kwei Chow Street/Yuk Yat Street Sitting-out Area
Kwong Lee Road Playground
Kwun Tong Ferry Pier Square
Kwun Tong High Level Service Reservoir Temporary Sitting-out Area
Kwun Tong Recreation Ground (South of Kwun Tong (Tsui Ping Road) Housing Estate)
Kwun Tong Road Amenity Plot (outside Kai Yip Estate)
Kwun Tong Road/Hip Wo Street Rest Garden
Kwun Tong Road/Ngau Tau Kok Road Amenity Plot
Kwun Tong Road Rest Garden
Kwun Tong Road Sitting-out Area
Lai Chi Kok Garden
Lai Chi Kok Interchange Amenity Plot
Lai Chi Kok Park Indoor Games Hall
Lai Chi Kok Road/Canton Road Garden
Lai Chi Kok Road Interchange Flyover Amenity Plot
Lai Chi Kok Read/Nam Cheong street Sitting-out Area
Lai Chi Kok Road/Tai Nam Street Sitting-out Area
Lai Yip Street Sitting-out Area
Lam Tin Bus Terminus Sitting-out Area
Lam Tin Service Reservoir Playground
Lei Cheng Uk Garden
Lei Cheng Uk Swimming Pool Rest Garden
Lei Cheng Uk Swimming Pool Sitting-out Area (No. 1)
Lei Cheng Uk Swimming Pool Sitting-out Area (No. 2)
Lei Yue Mun Playground
Lei Yue Mun Rest Garden
Lei Yue Mun Road Playground
Lion Rock Park
Lok Fu Park
Lok Fu Service Reservoir Rest Garden
Lok Shan Road Playground
Lok Sin Road/Choi Hung Road Sitting-out Area
Lok Wah Street Playground
Lomond Road Garden
Lower Ngan Tau Kok Estate Playground No. 7
Lower Ngau Tau Kok Estate Playground No. 8
Lung Cheung Road Lookout
Lung Cheung Road North/Po Kong Village Road Sitting-out Area
Lung Cheung Road Park
Lung Cheung Road Playground
Lung Cheung Road/Tai Po Road Garden
Ma Tau Wai Road Playground
Ma Tau Wai Road/Ma Hang Chung Road Rest Garden





Kowloon and New Kowloon (Contd.)

Ma Tau Wai Road/San Lau Street Sitting-out Area
Ma Tau Wai Road/Sheung Heung Road Garden
Ma Tau Wai Road/Tai Wan Road Sitting-out Area
Ma Tau Wai Road/To Kwa Wan Road Garden
Ma Tau Wai Service Reservoir Playground
MacPherson Playground
Magnolia Road Rest Garden (inside Yau Yat Chuen Estate, N.K.I.L. 3594)
Man Cheong Street Rest Garden
Man Fuk Road Garden
Man Ming Lane Rest Garden
Maple Street Playground
Mei Foo Sun Chuen Bus Terminus Amenity Plot
Middle Road Children's Playground
Mody Road Garden
Mong Kok Market Children's Playground
Moray Road Children's Playground
Morse Park
Mut Wah Street Playground
Nam Cheong Street Rest Garden
Nam Cheong Street Sitting-out Area
Nam Cheong Street/Tai Po Road Rest Garden
Nathan Road/Boundary Street Sitting-out Area
Nathan Road Temporary Sitting-out Area
Nga Tsin Wai Road Sitting-out Area
Ngan Chi Wan Indoor Games Hall
Ngan Chi Wan Market Roof Top Children's Playground
Ngan Chi Wan Village Playground
Ngan Tau Kok Road Children's Playground
Ngau Tau Kok Road Flyover Rest Garden
Ngan Tau Kok Road Indoor Games Hall
Ngan Tau Kok Road Rest Garden
Ning Po Street/Shanghai Street Rest Garden
Nullah Road Sitting-out Area
Olympic Garden
On Tak Road Playground
Osmanthus Road Rest Garden (inside Yau Yat Chuen Estate, N.K.I.L. 3594)
Oxford Road Playground
Pak Kung Street Garden
Pak Tin Sitting-out Area
Peace Avenue Playground
Peking Road Sitting-out Area
Pentland Street Garden
Perth Street Sports Ground
Po Kong Interchange Rest Garden
Po Kong Village Road Playground
Po On Road Playground
Poplar Street Children's Playground
Portland Street Rest Garden
Portland Street Sitting-out Area
Prince Edward Road/Nullah Road Garden
Princess Margaret Road Children's Playground
Princess Margaret Road Garden
Public Square Street Children's Playground and Rest Garden
Public Square Street/Cliff Road Sitting-out Area
Public Square Street/Kansu Street Rest Garden
Pui Ching Road Playground
Pui Ching Road Rest Garden
Reclamation Street/Nelson Street Sitting-out Area
Reclamation Street Sitting-out Area
Reclamation Street/Soy Street Sitting-out Area
Rutland Quadrant Children's Playground
Saigon Street Playground
Salisbury Road Garden
Sam Chuk Street Sitting-out Area
Sam Ka Tsuen Typhoon Shelter Breakwater Sitting-out Area
San Po Kong Interchange Rest Garden
San Po Kong Sitting-out Area
San Man Ping Bus Terminus Amenity Plot





Kowloon and New Kowloon (Contd.)

Sau Man Ping Estate (Stage 1) Playground No. 3
Sau Man Ping Estate (Stage 11) Playground No. 10
Sau Man Ping Estate (Stage 11) Playground No. 15
Sau Man Ping Memorial Park
Sau Man Ping Road/Hiu Kwong Street Sitting-out Area
Sau Nga Road Playground
Sau Yan Path Amenity Plot
Sha Tin Pass Road/Lung Cheung Road Playground
Sha Tin Pass Road Playground
Sham Shui Po Ferry Concourse Amenity Plot
Sham Shui Po Park
Sham Shui Po Sports Ground
Shanghai Street/Dundas Street Sitting-out Area
Shanghai Street/Market Street Playground
Shanghai Street/Shangtung Street Sitting-out Area
Shantung Street Sitting-out Area
Shek Kip Mei Central Playground
Shek Kip Mei Park
Shek Kip Mei Service Reservoir Playground
Shek Kip Mei Street Rest Garden
Shek Ku Lung Road Playground
Shek Ku Lung Road Rest Garden
Sheung Li Uk Garden
Sheung Shing Street Park
Shing Tak Street Sitting-out Area
Shun Lee Tsuen Road Lookout
Shun Lee Tsuen Road Playground
Shun Ning Road Recreation Ground
Shung Ling Street Playground
Shung Ling Street Temporary Playground
Signal Hill Garden
Star Ferry Concourse Fountain
Station Lane Sitting-out Area
Sung Wong Toi Garden
Sung Wong Toi Playground
Sycamore Street Playground
Sycamore Street Rest Garden
Tai Hang Sai Street Sitting-out Area
Tai Hang Tung Estate Playground No. 1
Tai Hang Tung Estate Playground No. 2
Tai Hang Tung Recreation Ground
Tai Hang Tung Sitting-out Area
Tai Kok Tsui Road/Larch Street Sitting-out Area
Tai Kok Tsui Road/Maple Street Garden
Tai Nam Street Temporary Sitting-out Area
Tai Po Road/Castle Peak Road Amenity Plot
Tai Po Road/Castle Peak Road Rest Garden
Tai Po Road/Pak Tin Street Playground
Tai Wan Shan Park
Tai Wan Road Playground
Tai Yip Street Sitting-out Area
Tak Cheong Street Playground
Tak Ku Ling Road Rest Garden
Temple Street/Kansu Street Temporary Rest Garden
Thistle Street Rest Garden
Tin Kwong Road Playground
Ting Fu Street Sitting-out Area
Ting On Street Playground
Ting Yu Square Temporary Sitting-out Area
To Kwa Wan Complex Playground
To Kwa Wan Indoor Games Hall
To Kwa Wan Recreation Ground
To Yuen Street Playground
Tong Mei Road Children's Playground (part temporary)
Tong Mei Road Sitting-out Area
Tseuk Kin Street Sitting-out Area
Tsing Chau Street Playground
Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade





Kowloon and New Kowloon (Contd.)

Tsun Yip Cooked Food Market Roof Top Rest Garden

Tsun Yip Street Playground
Tsz Wan Shan Bus Terminus Sitting-out Area
Tsz Wan Shan Estate Central Playground
Tsz Wan Shan Estate Service Reservoir Playground
Tsz Wan Shan Road Playground
Tsz Wan Shan Road Rest Garden
Tsz Wan Shan Road Sitting-out Area
Tung On Street Rest Garden
Tung Tsing Road Sitting-out Area
Un Chau Street Estate Playground No. 2
Urban Council Centenary Garden
Urban Council Chuk Yuen Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Chun Wah Road Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Fa Yuen Street Complex Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Kowloon City Complex Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Po On Road Complex Indoor Games Hall
Urban Council Shui Wo Street Complex Indoor Games Hall
Wai Chi Street Playground
Wai Chi Street Rest Garden
Wai Yip Street Flyover Amenity Plot
Wai Yip Street/Lai Yip Street Amenity Plot
Wai Yip Street Sitting-out Area
Wan Fung Street Sitting-out Area
Wan Hon Street/Hip Wo Street Rest Garden
Wan Hon Street Rest Garden
Waterloo Road/Canton Road Rest Garden
Waterloo Road/Wylie Road Garden
Waterloo Road/Wylie Road Sitting-out Area
Willow Street Playground
Wing Hong Street Rest Garden
Wing On Plaza Garden
Wong Tai Sin Service Reservoir Playground
Wuhu Street Temporary Playground
Yan Fung Street Rest Garden
Yan Oi Court Garden
Yan Oi Street Playground
Yau Ma Tei Community Centre Rest Garden
Yau Tong Centre Rest Garden
Yau Tong Playground
Yau Tong Service Reservoir Playground
Yin Hing Street Recreation Ground
Yue Man Square Rest Garden
Yuen Po Street Garden
Yuen Po Street/Prince Edward Road Garden
Yuet Wah Street Playground

Regional Council Area

Castle Peak Road Garden (6 M.S.)
Central Kwai Chung Park
Chai Wan Kok Rest Garden
Che Kung Miu Road Playground
Cheung Chau Sports Ground
Cheung Chau Tung Wan Children's Playground
Cheung Po Chai Cave Picnic Area
Cheung Tat Road Sitting-out Area
Chi Tong Tsuen Sitting-out Area
Chik Fu Street Rest Garden
Chik Fuk Street Sitting-out Area
Chik Wan Street Rest Garden
Ching Hong Road Playground
Ching Wah Temporary Playground
Chung Hing Pun Shan Road Sitting-out Area, Cheung Chau
Chung Sing Path Playground
Chung Uk Tsuen Playground
Circle Park
Deacon Chiu Park





Regional Council Area (Contd.)

Fan Leng Lau Pleasure Ground
Fan Ling Wai Playground
Fanling New Town Squash Courts
Fanling Recreation Ground (Stage 1)
Fanling Temporary Tennis Courts
Finger Hill Sitting-out Area, Peng Chau
Fu Shin Indoor Recreation Centre
Fu Tei Chung Tsuen Children's Playground
Fung Kam Street Indoor Recreation Centre
Fung Kwan Street Garden
Hang Ping Street Playground
Hang Mei Tsuen Playground
Heng On Indoor Recreation Centre
Hin Keng Indoor Recreation Centre
Hing Fong Road Playground
Ho Sheung Heung Playground
Hung Cheung Road Playground
Hung Mui Kuk Road Playground
Hung Shing Temple Children's Playground, Cheung Chau
Jockey Club Cheung Chau Tung Wan Children's Playground
Kak Tin Children's Playground
Kam Tsin Village Children's Playground
Kat Hing Wai Playground
Kat 0 Playground
Kei Lun Wai Children's Playground
Ki Lung Kong Public Park
Kin Yip Street Playground
Ko Po Sitting-out Area
Kwai Chung Asbury Village Rest Garden
Kwai Chung Sports Ground
Kwai Hei Street Sitting-out Area
Kwai Hop Street Playground
Kwai Shing Circuit Garden
Kwai Shing Circuit Playground
Kwai Shing Playground
Kwai Tak Street Rest Garden
Kwai Yi Road Playground
Kwan Tei Children's Playground
Kwan Tei Sitting-out Area
Kwei Tei Street Garden
Kwok Shui Road Park
Kwong Choi Market Roof-top Garden, Tuen Mun
Kwong Fai Circuit Playground
Kwong Fuk Football Ground
Kwu Tung Grass Soccer Pitch
Kwu Tung Playground
Lai King Children's Playground
Lai King Rest Garden
Lau Fan Shan Playground
Lek Yuen Street Rest Garden
Leung Uk Children's Playground, Tai 0
Loi Tung Sitting-out Area
Lok Fung Path Rest Garden
Lok Kwei Path Rest Garden
Lok Lin Path Sitting-out Area
Lok Ma Chau Garden
Lok Shun Path Barbecue Area
Lok Yuen Path Children's Playground
Lower Cheung Sha Village Children's Playground
Luen Wo Hui Playground
Luk Keng Sitting-out Area
Luk Keng Village Playground
Lutheran Village Children's Playground, Cheung Chau
Ma Ling Path Rest Garden
Ma Tin Road 5-a-side Football Pitch
Ma Wan Children's Playground
Ma Wat Wai Children's Playground
Ma Ying Path Rest Garden





Regional Council Area (Contd.)

Man Mo Temple Garden
Man Uk Bin Children's Playground
Man Yee Playground
Mang Kung Uk Rest Garden
Mei Lam Indoor Recreation Centre
Miu Kong Street Sitting-out Area
Mui Wo Ferry Concourse Rest Garden
Mui Wo Playground, Lantau
Nam Chung Children's Playground
Nam Wan Road Sitting-out Area
Ngau Pei Sha Street Playground
North Kwai Chung Tang Shiu Kin Indoor Recreation Centre
On Lok Tsuen (No. 1) Sitting-out Area
On Lok Tsuen (No. 2) Sitting-out Area
On Lok Tsuen (No. 3) Sitting-out Area
On Lok Tsuen (No. 4) Sitting-out Area
On Lok Tsuen (No. 5) Sitting-out Area
On Lok Tsuen Playground
On Pong Road Sitting-out Area
Osman Ramju Sadick Memorial Games Hall, Kwai Chung
Pak Kok Village Rain-shelter, North Lamma
Pak She Cheung Lee Playground, Cheung Chau
Pak Tai Temple Playground, Cheung Chau
Pau Cheung Square Playground
Peng Chau Mini-soccer Pitch
Peng Chau Playground
Peng Chau Sitting-out Area
Peninsula Lions Garden, Sha Tin Pass
Ping Che Mini-soccer Pitch
Ping Long Playground
Ping Wui Street Rest Garden
Plover Cove Road Mini-soccer Pitch
Plover Cove Villagers' Playground, Tai Po
Po Heung Bridge Sitting-out Area
Po Lam Indoor Recreation Centre
Pui 0 Playground, Lantau
Pui To Road (South) Rest Garden
Queen's Hill Sitting-out Area
Regional Council Long Ping Indoor Recreation Centre
The Royal Hong Kong Jockey Club Public Squash Court
Royal Hong Kong Jockey Club Tuen Mun Butterfly Beach Indoor Recreation Centre
Sai Ching Street Children's Playground
Sai Ching Street Tennis Court
Sai Kung Park
Sai Kung Tang Shiu Kin Sports Ground
Sam Pei Square Playground
Sam Tung Uk Garden
San Hui Playground
San Hui Rest Garden
San Mei Street Basketball Court
San Mei Street Children's Playground
San Mei Street Playground
San Mei Street Sitting-out Area
San Pok Pavilion
San Uk Leng Playground
San Uk Ling Basketball Court
Sha Kok Mei Playground and Garden
Sha Tau Kok Recreation Ground
Sha Tin Central Park
Sha Tin Jockey Club Public Squash Courts
Sha Tin Jockey Club Temporary Public Tennis Courts
Sha Tin North Fresh Water Services Reservoir Archery Ground
Sha Tin Road Safety Park
Sha Tin Sports Ground
Sha Tin Temporary Playground
Sha Tsui Playground
Sha Tsui Road/Kwu Hang Road Sitting-out Area
Sha Tsui Road Playground





Regional Council Area (Contd.)

She Shan Tsuen Children's Playground
Shek Lei Adventure Playground
Shek Lei Street Playground
Shek Pai Street Playground
Shek Pai Tau Playground
Shek Pik Reservoir Garden, Lantau
Shek Pik Resettlers' Playground, Tsuen Wan
Shek Wu Hui Playground
Shek Wu Hui Sitting-out Area
Shek Yam Road Rest Garden
Shek Yam Road Rest Garden No. 3
Shek Yam Road Rest Garden No. 4
Sheun Wan Tung Tsz Children's Playground
Sheung Kwai Chung Children's Playground
Sheung Shui Heung Basketball Court
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 1
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 2
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 3
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 4
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 5
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 6
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 7
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 8
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 9
Sheung Shui Heung Sitting-out Area No. 10
Sheung Shui Playground
Sheung Tsuen Park
Shing Fong Street Rest Garden
Shing Mun River Promenade Garden No. 1
Shing Mun River Promenade Garden No. 2
Shing Mun River Promenade Garden No. 3
Shui Mei Village Playground
Shui Mun Tau Rest Garden
Shui Pin Tsuen Playground
Silver Cape Road Sitting-out Area
Sing Ping San Tsuen Children's Playground
Sir Denys Roberts Squash Courts, Yuen Long
Siu Hang Tsuen Sitting-out Area
Sok Kwu Wan Playground
South Lantau Road/Tung Chung Road Pavilion
Ta Kwu Ling Playground
Tai Hing Indoor Recreation Centre
Tai Kiu Market Sitting-out Area
Tai Kiu Market Squash Courts
Tai Lam Chung Road Children's Playground
Tai Lam Chung Tsuen Children's Playground
Tai Lin Pai Road Playground
Tai Loong Street Playground
Tai Loong Street Rest Garden
Tai Ming Lane Square
Tai Mong Tsai Picnic Area and Pavilion
Tai 0 Recreation Ground, Lantau
Tai Pei Square Playground
Tai Pei Tau Rest Garden
Tai Peng San Chuen Rainshelter, North Lamma
Tai Peng San Chuen Sitting-out Area, North Lamma
Tai Po Central Town Square
Tai Po Contour Sitting-out Area
Tai Po Kau Garden
Tai Po Kau Park
Tai Po Market Rest Garden
Tai Po Old Market Playground
Tai Po Playground
Tai Po Road Look-out
7 1/2 M.S. Tai Po Road Rest Garden
Tai Tau Leng Sitting-out Area
Tai Wai Playground
Tai Wo Hau Park


Regional Council Area (Contd.)

Tai Wo Hau Road Playground
Tai Wo Indoor Recreation Centre
Tap Mun Playground
Tin Fuk Sitting-out Area, Cheung Chau
Tin Hau Temple Fung Shui Square
Tin Ping Indoor Recreation Centre
Ting Kau Village Playground
Ting Kok Village Children's Playground
Tong Fong Sitting-out Area
Tong Fuk Playground, Lantau
Tsang Tai Uk Recreation Ground
Tsing Ho Rest Garden
Tsing Hoi Playground
Tsing Shan Children's Playground
Tsing Shan Keuk Look-out
Tsing Wah Soccer Pitch
Tsing Wu Sitting-out Area
Tsing Yeung Rest Garden, Tuen Mun
Tsuen Fu Street Garden
Tsuen King Circuit Children's Playground
Tsuen King Circuit Playground
Tsuen King Circuit Recreation Ground and Rest Garden
Tsuen Kwai Street Sitting-out Area
Tsuen Wan Market Roof-top Playground
Tsuen Wan Sports Ground
Tsuen Wan Tin Hau Temple Garden
Tsuen Wan Town Square
Tsuen Wing Street Playground
Tsui Lam Indoor Recreation Centre
Tsung Pak Long Children's Playground
Tuen Mun Hung Cheung Road Sitting-out Area
Tuen Mun Playground
Tuen Mun Promenade
Tuen Mun San Hui Market Roof-top Playground
Tuen Mun Swimming Pool Squash Courts
Tuen Mun Tang Shiu Kin Sports Ground
Tuen Mun Town Park
Tung Chung Fort Sitting-out Area
Tung Lo Wan Playground, Sha Tin
Tung Tai Street Rest Garden
Tung Tau Industrial Area Playground
Wan Tau Kok Playground
Wan Tau Kok Road Sitting-out Area
Wang Toi Shan Playground
Wing Ling Basketball Court
Wo Liu Hang Playground
Wo Liu Hang Rest Garden
Wo Yi Hop Road Sports Ground
Wong Ka Wai Sitting-out Area, Tung Chung
Wu Kai Sha Children's Playground
Yan Oi Market Roof-top Playground
Yan Oi Town Square
Yi Pei Square Playground
Yim Tin Tsai Lookout
Yuen Long Children's Playground
Yuen Long Jockey Club Squash Courts
Yuen Long Jockey Club Town Square
Yuen Long Main Road Rest Garden
Yuen Long Stadium
Yuen Long Tai Yuk Road Rest Garden
Yuen Long Western Roundabout Amenity Plot
Yuen Wo Playground
Yuen Wo Road Indoor Recreation Centre
Yung Shue Wan Basketball Court, North Lamma
Yung Shue Wan Playground





Bathing beaches

Urban Council Area

Big Wave Bay
Chung Hom Kok Beach
Deep Water Bay
Hairpin
Middle Bay
Repulse Bay
Shek 0
South Bay
St. Stephen's
Turtle Cove
Stanley Main Beach
Rocky Bay Beach, Shek 0

Regional Council Area

Islands District

Cheung Sha Beach, Lantau Island
Hung Shing Yeh, Lamma Island
Kwun Yam (Afternoon) Beach, Cheung Chau
Lo So Shing, Lamma Island
Pui 0 Beach, Lantau Island
Silver Mine Bay, Lantau Island
Tong Fuk Beach, Lantau Island
Tung Wan Beach, Cheung Chau

Sai Kung District

Campers Beach
Clear Water Bay First Beach, Tai Wan Tau, Clear Water Bay Road
Clear Water Bay Second Beach, Tai 0 Mun Road
Hap Mun Bay, Sharp Island
Kiu Tsui, Sharp Island
Pak Sha Chau
Silverstrand, Clear Water Bay Road
Trio (Hebehaven)

Tuen Mun District

Butterfly Beach, Lung Mun Road
Cafeteria New Beach, 18 1/2 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Cafeteria Old Beach, 18 3/4 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Castle Peak Beach, 19 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Kadoorie Beach, 18 3/4 milestone, Castle Peak Road

Tsuen Wan District

Anglers'Beach, 13 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Approach Beach, 10 1/2 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Casam Beach, 11 1/2 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Gemini Beaches, 12 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Hoi Mei Wan, 11 3/4 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Lido Beach, 11 1/2 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Ting Kau Beach, 11 milestone, Castle Peak Road
Tung Wan Beach, Ma Wan

(Amended G.N.A. 135/60 G.N.A. 114/61; G.N.A. 4/62; L.N. 27/67; L.N. 155/67; L.N. 121/68; L.N. 38/69;
L.N. 38/70; L.N. 179/70; L.N. 38/72; L.N. 84/73; L.N. 1/75; L.N, 67/75; L.N. 10/77; L.N. 50/77; L.N.
226/77; L.N. 283/77; L.N. 24/78; L.N. 110/78; L.N. 143/78; L.N. 221/78; L.N. 261/78; L.N. 267/78; L.N.
142/79; L.N. 162/79; L.N. 206/79; L.N. 302/79; L.N. 303/79; L.N. 50/80; L.N. 88/80; L.N. 162/80; L.N.
193/80; L.N. 382/80; L.N. 180/81; L.N. 265/81; L.N. 399/81; L.N. 23/82; L.N. 38/82; L.N. 84/82; L.N.
95/82; L.N. 96/82; L.N. 138/82; L.N. 168/82; L.N. 319/82; L.N. 324/82; L.N. 336/82; L.N. 338/82; L.N.
348/82; L.N. 381/82; L.N. 396/82; L.N. 34/83; L.N. 41/83; L.N. 120/83; L.N. 308/83; L.N. 394/83; L.N.
207/84; L.N. 359/84; L.N. 407/84; L.N. 191/85; L.N. 276/85; L.N. 326/85; L.N. 356/85; L.N. 68/86; L.N.
77/86; 10 of 1986 s. 26; L.N. 164/86; L.N. 279/86; L.N. 321/86; L.N. 109/87; L.N. 212/87; L.N. 244/87;
L.N. 283/87; L.N. 352/87; L.N. 410/87 L.N. 425/87; L.N. 91/88; L.N. 120/88; L.N. 170/88; L.N. 180/88;
L.N. 271/88; L.N. 277/88; L.N. 359/88)





FIFTH SCHEDULE [ss. 2, 113 & 124A]

CEMETERIES, CREMATORIA AND GARDENS OF REMEMBRANCE

PART I

Public cemeteries

Name of Cemetery Location

Hong Kong Cemetery Happy Valley
Garden of Remembrance Cape Collinson
*Mount Caroline Cemetery So Kon Po
*New Kowloon Cemetery No. 8 Kowloon
(Diamond Hill Urn Cemetery)
Prison Cemetery Stanley

(Amended G.N.A. 152/60; 21 of 1973 s. 15; L.N.
269/77)

PART II

Private cemeteries

Buddhist Cemetery Cape Collinson
Carmelite Cemetery Stanley
Chinese Permanent Cemetery Aberdeen
Chinese Permanent Cemetery Cape Collinson
Chiu Yuen Cemetery Mount Davis
Christian Chinese Cemetery Pok Fu Lam Road
Hindu Cemetery Happy Valley
Jewish Cemetery Happy Valley
Military Cemetery Cape Collinson
Muslim Cemetery Cape Collinson
Muslim Cemetery Happy Valley
New Kowloon Cemetery No. 1 (Christian Grampian Road, Kowloon
Chinese Cemetery)
New Kowloon Cemetery No. 2 (Little Clear Water Bay Road, Kowloon
Sisters of the Poor Cemetery)
New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 2662 Castle Peak Road, Kowloon
Cemetery (Roman Catholic Cemetery)
Race Course Fire Memorial and So Kon Po
Roman Catholic Cemetery Cape Collinson
Roman Catholic Cemetery Happy Valley
Zoroastrian Cemetery Happy Valley

(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 15; L.N. 61/70; L.N. 193/75; 69 of 1976 s. 6; L.N.
146/83)

PART 111

Public cemeteries

Cheung Chau Cemetery Cheung Chau, New Territories
Lai Chi Yuen Cemetery Lantau, New Territories
Sandy Ridge Cemetery Lo Wu, New Territories
Sandy Ridge Urn Cemetery Lo Wu, New Territories
Tai 0 Cemetery Lantau, New Territories
Wo Hop Shek Cemetery Fanling, New Territories
(Amended21 of 1973s. 15; L.N. 40188)

PART IV

Private cemeteries

Castle Peak Christian Cemetery Tuen Mun, New Territories
Cheung Chau Christian Cemetery Cheung Chau, New Territories

* Declared closed G.N.A. 18/61.





Name of Cemetery Location

Cheung Chau Catholic Cemetery Cheung Chau, New Territories
Chuen Yuen Church Cemetery Chuen Lung, Tsuen Wan, New Territories
Junk Bay Chinese Permanent Cemetery Junk Bay, New Territories
Sai Kung Catholic Cemetery Sai Kung, New Territories
Sung Him Tong Sung Chan Wui Kei Tuk New Territories
Kau Fan Cheung
Tao Fong Shan Christian Cemetery New Territories
Tsuen Wan Chinese Permanent Cemetery Tsuen Wan, New Territories
(Amended L.N. 219/79; L.N. 71/83; L.N. 40/88)

PART IVA

Commonwealth War Graves Commission Cemeteries

Sai Wan War Cemetery Cape Collinson Road
Stanley Military Cemetery Stanley
(Part IVA added 69 of 1976 s. 6)

PART V

Government crematoria

Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

Diamond Hill Wo Hop Shek
Cape Collinson Kwai Chung
Fu Shan
(Part V added 21 of 1973 s.15. Amended L.N. 160/79; L.N. 358/84; 10 of 1986 s. 27)

PART VI

Private crematoria

Chuk Lam Sim Yuen, Tsuen Wan
Kwun Yam Temple, Keung Shan, Tai 0,
Lantau
Ling Yan Monastery, Keung Shan,
Lantau
Po Lam Monastery, Lantau
Po Lin Monastery, Ngong Ping, Lantau
Sai Chuk Lam Temple, Tsuen Wan
(Part VI added 21 of 1973 s. 15. Amended L.N. 160/79; L.N. 146/80; L.N. 250/80;
L.N. 251/80; L.N. 281/82; L.N. 409/82; L.N. 103/84; 10 of 1986 s. 27)

PART VII

Gardens of Remembrance

Cape Collinson Kwai Chung
Diamond Hill Fu Shan

(Part VII added 21 of 1973 s. 15. Amended L.N. 160/79; L.N. 161/79; L.N. 358/84; 10
of 1986 s.27)





SIXTH SCHEDULE

NAME IN WHICH PROCEEDINGS FOR OFFENCES MAY BE BROUGHT

Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

6 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
7 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
9 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
10 Director of Civil Engineering Services Director of Civil Engineering Services
13 Urban Council Regional Council
14 Urban Council Regional Council
20 Urban Council Regional Council
22 Urban Council Regional Council
22A Urban Council Regional Council
24 Urban Council Regional Council
25 Urban Council Regional Council
27 Urban Council or Director of Medical Regional Council or Director of
and Health Services Medical and Health Services
30 Urban Council Regional Council
31 Urban Council Regional Council
32 Urban Council Regional Council
33 Urban Council Regional Council
34 Urban Council Regional Council
36 Urban Council Regional Council
43 Urban Council Regional Council
47 Urban Council Regional Council
50 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the offence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs.
51 Urban Council Regional Council
51A Urban Council Regional Council
52 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the offence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs.
54 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the ofrence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs.
59 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the offence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs.





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area

61 Urban Council where the ofrence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the offence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs-

62 Urban Council where the demand or Regional Council where the demand or
requisition relates to food. requisition relates to food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the demand or Service where the demand or
requisition relates to drugs. requisition relates to drugs.

63 Urban Council where the certificate Regional Council where the certificate
relates to food. relates to food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the certificate relates to Services where the certificate relates to
drugs. drugs.

68 Urban Council or Director of Medical Regional Council or Director of
and Health Services. Medical and Health Services.

69 Urban Council where the direction is Regional Council where the direction
given by a public officer authorized by is given by a public officer authorized
the Council and where the notification by the Council and where the
is given in relation to food. notification is given in relation to food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the direction is given by Services where the direction is given by
a public officer authorized by him and a public officer authorized by him and
where the notification is given in where the notification is given in
relation to drugs. relation to drugs.

72 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council where the offence is
committed in respect of food. committed in respect of food.
Director of Medical and Health Director of Medical and Health
Services where the offence is Services where the offence is
committed in respect of drugs. committed in respect of drugs.

81 Urban Council Regional Council

83B Urban Council Regional Council

92C Urban Council Regional Council

93 Urban Council Regional Council

94 Urban Council Regional Council

101 Urban Council Regional Council

105 Urban Council Regional Council

105F Urban Council Regional Council

105S Urban Council Regional Council

110 Urban Council Regional Council

111D Urban Council Director of Buildings and Lands

112 Urban Council Regional Council

112A Urban Council Regional Council

115 Urban Council Regional Council

117 Urban Council where the ofrence is Regional Council
committed in a cemetery specified in
Part I of the Fifth Schedule and
Director of Urban Services where the
offence is committed in a cemetery
specified in Part IVA of the Fifth
Schedule.





Section Urban Council Area Regional Council Area
l18 Urban Council where the offence is Regional Council
committed in any place in a cemetery
specified in Part I or II of the Fifth
Schedule and Director of Urban
Services where the offence is
committed in any place in a cemetery
specified in Part IVA of the Fifth
Schedule.

124 Urban Council Regional Council

124F Urban Council Regional Council

127 Urban Council Regional Council

128 Urban Council Regional Council
(Replaced 10 of 1986 s. 28. Amended L.N. 127/86; 76 of 1988 s. 5; L.N. 319/88)

SEVENTH SCHEDULE

FORMS

FORM A [ss. 64(1) & 65(1)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

(Chapter 132)

Certificate of analysis

To ...................................

I, the undersigned, being a public analyst for the purposes of the Public Health and Municipal

Services Ordinance, do hereby certify that I received on the ....................................

day of ..........................., 19 ........ from .....................a scaled packed marked

.................................................. said to contain a sample of ............., that

I found the seals intact and have analysed the contents of the said packet and declare the result of

my analysis to be as follows.

I am of opinion that the same is a genuine sample of ..............................................

or

I am of opinion that the said sample contained the parts as under or the foreign ingredients as

under ...............................................................................................

Observations

.....................................................................................................
.......................... As witness my hand this ................day of ....., 19..................






Signature ............

Government Chemist.

(or as case may be).




Note:All percentages given in definitions or standards prescribed are, unless otherwise specified, percentages by
weight.

FORM B [s. 126(2)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

(Chapter 132)

(section 126(2))

Warrant to effect entry into premises

WHEREAS application has been made by A.B. to me, C.D., a magistrate/justice of the peace

of Hong Kong, to authorize the said A.B. to enter certain premises ...........................

(here insert description of premises), and whereas I, C.D., am satisfied by information on oath that

there is reasonable ground for entry to such premises and that .................................

..................... .(here insert ground on which warrant is issued).

Now, therefore, 1, the said C.D., do hereby authorize the said A.B. to enter the said premises, if need be by force,

with such assistants as he may require, and there execute his duties under the said Ordinance.

Dated this .................. day of ..........., 19............

[L.S.]

(Signed)
..........................................................

Magistrate/Justice of the Peace.


FORM C [s. 127(1)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL
SERVICES ORDINANCE

(Chapter 132)
(section 127(1))

Nuisance notice

To .......................................... (person by reason of whose act,
default or sufferance the nuisance arose or exists, or owner or occupier of the premises at which the nuisance
exists, as the case may be).

1. Take notice that under the provisions of the Public Health and Municipal Services

Ordinance, the ..............................(specify the Authority),

being satisfied of the existence at .................................................................................

....................(describe premises where nuisance exists)

of a nuisance, being .................................................................................................

...................................................................... (describe the nuisance), do hereby require

you, within .............................. (specify the time) from the service of

this notice, to abate the nuisance, and for that purpose to ..........................................................

.................................................................





(specify any works to be executed) [and the said .................................. (Authority) do

hereby require you within the said period to do what is necessary for preventing the recurrence of

the nuisance and for this purpose to ..................................................

............................(specify any works to be executed)].

Where the nuisance has been abated but is likely to recur, say ...............................

..... being satisfied that at ....................................................................

(describe premises where nuisances existed) there existed recently, namely, on or about the

................................................... (specify the date), the following nuisance,

namely, ............................................(describe the nuisance), and that

although the said nuisance has since the last mentioned day been abated, the nuisance is likely to

recur at the said premises, do hereby require you, within
.......................................

(specify the time) from the service of this notice, to do what is necessary for preventing the
recurrence of the nuisance, and for that purpose to
...........................................................................

..... ...................(specify any works to be executed).

2. If you make default in complying with the requirements of this notice (or if the said
nuisance, though abated, is likely to recur) application will be made to a Magistrate's Court for a
summons to be issued requiring your attendance before such court to answer a complaint which
will be made for the purpose of enforcing the abatement of the nuisance and/or prohibiting the
recurrence thereof, or both, and for recovering the costs and penalties that may be incurred
thereby.

Dated this ..day of ....... , 19

Signature
.........................................................
....

FORM D [s. 127(4)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE
(Chapter 132)
(section 127(4))

Nuisance Order

To A.B., of ..............................................................................
(or to the owner or occupier of) (describe premises) situated (insert such description of the situation
as may he sufficient to identify the premises), WHEREAS the said A.B. (or the owner or occupier,
namely ....................................
of the said premises within the meaning of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance has
this day appeared before me (or us, describing the court) to answer the matter of a complaint made
by &c. that at &c. (follow the words of complaint in summons) (or in case the party charged do not
appear, say WHEREAS it has been now proved to my (or our) satisfaction that a summons has
been duly served according to the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance, requiring the
said A.B. (or the owner or occupier of the said premises) to appear this day before me (or us) to
answer the matter of a complaint made by &c. that at &c.):

(Any of the following orders may be made or a combination of any of them, as the case
seems to require).

Abatement order

Now on proof here had before me (or us) that the nuisance so complained of does exist at
the said premises (add, where the order is made on the person causing the nuisance, and that the
nuisance is caused by the act, default or suffering of A.B.), 1 (or we), in pursuance of the Public





Health and Municipal Services Ordinance, do order the said A.B. (or the said owner or occupier) within (specify the
time) from the service of this order according to the said Ordinance to (here specify the nuisance to be abated).

Prohibition Order No. 1

And I (or we) being satisfied that, notwithstanding that the said nuisance may be temporarily abated under this
order, the nuisance is likely to recur, do therefore prohibit the said A.B. (or the said owner or occupier) from allowing
the recurrence of the said or like nuisance (and for that purpose I or we direct the. said A.B. or the said owner or
occupier [here specify any works to be executed]).

Prohibition Order No. 2

Now, on proof here had before me (or us) that at or recently before the time of making the said
complaint, to wit, on .............................................................................
the nuisance so complained of did exist at the said premises, but that the nuisance has since been abated (add where
the order is made on the person causing the nuisance, and that the nuisance was caused by the act, default or
sufference of A.B.), yet, notwithstanding the abatement, 1 (or we) being satisfied that it is likely that the same or the
like nuisance will recur at the said premises, do therefore prohibit (continue as in Prohibition Order No. 1).

Closing order

Now, on proof here had before me (or us) that the nuisance is such as to render the dwelling-house (describe the
house) situated at (insert such a description of the situation as may be sufficient to identify the dwelling-house) unfit
in my (or our) judgment for human habitation, I (or we) in pursuance of the Public Health and Municipal Services
Ordinance, do hereby prohibit the use of the said dwelling-house for human habitation.

Dated this ..day of ........... 19

[L.S.]

(Signed) ...............................................................

Magistrate/Justice of the Peace.

(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 17)

FORM E [s. 112A(1)(a)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE
(Chapter 132)
(section 112A(1))

Notice to bury or cremate human remains

To ........................................................................................

(person who has the right to effect the disposal of the remains of the deceased).

WHEREAS ..........................................................................................

(specify name of deceased), hereinafter referred to as 'the deceased', died

at .........................................................................................................

(specify place of death) ...............on or

about the ......day of ...............19 .......

(specify date of death):





AND WHEREAS-
(a) a certificate of registration of such death was issued under section 17(1) of the Births and

Deaths Registration Ordinance (Cap. 174) on the ...............................................

day of ................. 19 .... (specify date of issue); or

(b) an order under section 17(1) of the Births and Deaths Registration Ordinance to bury or

cremate the body of the deceased was obtained from ......................................................

.......................................................................................................

(specify name of person making order), a coroner, on the .................................................

day of ................ 19 .............. (specify date of order); or

(c) written sanction/direction* to bury the body of the deceased was given under section 16(1)

of the Births and Deaths Registration Ordinance by .......................................................

..........................................................................................................

(specify name of person making order), Registrar of Births and Deaths/deputy registrar of

births and deaths/district registrar of births and deaths*, on the
.........................................

day of ................19 ...(specify date of order); or

(d) a permit to bury the body of deceased was issued under section 16(1) of the Births and

Deaths Registration Ordinance by
.................

(specify name of inspector or other officer in charge the issued permit) of the

.................

police station (specify name of police station at which the application for a permit was

made) on the ............ day of ........... 19 .............

(specify date of issue):

(complete whichever of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) is applicable and delete other paragraphs)
NOW TAKE NOTICE that under the provisions of the Public Health and Municipal Services

Ordinance, the
...........................................................................................................
...............

(specify the Authority) hereby requires you to cause the remains of the deceased to be
lawfully

buried or cremated within
........................................................................................................

(specify period) from the date of service of this notice on you.



IF you fail to comply with the requirements of this notice, the .........................................

........................................................................... (specify the Authority)

may take possession of such remains and arrange for their disposal in any manner it/he* may

think fit. You will also be guilty of an offence.

THIS notice does not exempt you from any provision in any other enactment governing the
burial or cremation of human remains. In particular, if you wish to cremate the remains of
the deceased, you must comply with the provisions of sections 124C, 124D, 124E and
124F.

Dated this .................................... day of ............ 19 .................

Signature .............................................................

Note: * Delete whichever is inapplicable.

(Added 48 of 1969 s.12. Amended 21 of 1973 s. 17, 10 of 1986s. 29)





FORM F [s. 128(1)]

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

(Chapter 132)

(section 128(1))

Prohibition Order

CONCERNING the premises/vessel known as .................................................................................

...................................... situated at ............................................

TO the occupier of the said premises/master of the said vessel OR to the occupier of part thereof,

namely .....................................................................

(specify part the subject of the application).

WHEREAS application has been made to me by ...............

...........................................

(public officer or public body making the Application) for an order prohibiting the use of the
above

premises/vessel/specified part as
.......................................................................................................

(specify use to be prohibited) on the grounds that the said premises arelvessel is/specified part is
being used without registration/licence/permit OR in contravention of a suspension of
registration/ licence/permit OR in contravention of the provisions of the Public Health and
Municipal Services

Ordinance, namely .....................................................(specify the contravention):

NOW on proof to my satisfaction of the said grounds and that at least 14 days' notice of
intention to apply for this Order has been given as required by law, 1 DO, in exercise of my
powers under section 128(1) of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance--

(a) order that a copy of this Order, in English and Chinese, be served by affixing it to a

conspicuous part of the said premises/vessel/specified part;

(b) prohibit the use of the said premises/vessel/specified part thereof as/for

...................................................................... (specify use prohibited)

from the 8th day after copies of this Order have been so served until such time as
this
Order may be rescinded in accordance with section 128(2) of the Public Health and
Municipal Services Ordinance.

Dated this ......... day of ........... 19 ............







[L.S.]

(Signed)
......................................
........................
Magistrate.

Note: 1.The penalties for a breach of this Order are a fine of $60,000 and imprisonment for 12
months and a fine of $1,000 for each day during which the offence continues.
2.If this Order relates to premises, a vessel or a specified part to which regulations made
under section 56 of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance apply, failure
to comply with it continuously from the 8th day after service of this Order may result
in a Closure Order being made in respect of the premises/vessel/specified part.
3.The penalty for removing or defacing a copy of this Order affixed to any premises,
vessel or specified part is a fine of $10,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.






1988




FORM G

PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 132)
(section 128(4))

Closure Order

TO ....................................................................................
(public officer or public body making the application).

WHEREAS a Prohibition Order was made by me
....................................................................

....................... (OR specify the person who made the order) on

the ..day of .....19 .. in respect of the premises/vessel/specified part

known as .....................................................
............................ situated at
........ prohibiting the use of those premises/that vessel/that part as
........ (specify use prohibited);

AND WHEREAS application has been made to me for a Closure Order in respect of those
premises/that vessel/that part, being premises/a vessel/a part to which regulations made under
section 56 of the above Ordinance apply:

NOW on proof to my satisfaction that the Prohibition Order has not been continuously
complied with from the 8th day after it was served and that at least 14 days' notice of intention
to apply for this Order has been given as required by law, 1 DO, in exercise of my powers under
section 128(4) of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance, authorize you .
................................

..............................................

(public officer or public body applying for the Closure Order)---

(a)to serve a copy of this Order by affixing it to a conspicuous part of the said
premises/vessel/specified part;

(b)on the 8th day thereafter to close the said premises/vessel/specified part in the manner
prescribed by law.

Dated this ............................. day of ..........., 19 .....................

[L.S.]

(Signed)
.......................................
........................
Magistrate.
Note: 1.It is an ofrence for any unauthorized person to enter or remain in or on the premises,
vessel or specified part to which this Order relates after it has been served. The
penalties are a fine of $60,000 and imprisonment for 12 months and a fine of
$1,000 for each day during which the offence continues.

2.The penalty for removing or defacing a copy of this Order affixed to any premises,
vessel or specified part or for breaking or interfering with any lock or seal placed on
any premises, vessel or specified part is a fine of $10,000 and imprisonment for 6
months.




1988




EIGHTH SCHEDULE [ss. 149(1) & 151]

REGULATIONS CONTINUED IN
OPERATION

Section of Ordinance
under which deemed
Reference Citation to have been made
or prescribed

1.Cap. 132, sub. leg. (15 Mosquito Prevention (Urban Council) Section 28
of 1935, Schedule A) By-laws

2.Cap. 132, sub. leg. Advertisements By-laws Section 104
(G.N. 342/20)
3.Cap. 97, sub. leg. Duplicate Permits and Licences (New
(G.N. 119/31) Territories) Rules
4.Cap. 132, sub. leg. Offensive Trades (Regional Council) Section 49
(G.N.A. 223/48) By-laws
5.Cap. 132, sub. leg. Slaughter-houses (Regional Council) Section 77
(G.N.A. 86/52) By-laws
6.Cap. 132, sub. leg. Public Swimming Pools (Urban Section 42
(G.N.A. 79/57) Council) By-laws (Citation amended
G.N.A. 55/62)

(Amended 32 of 1963 s. 18; 48 of 1969 s. 13; 21 of 1973 s. 17)

NINTH SCHEDULE [s. 150]

PENALTIES

Section Penalty Daily penalty

6(1)(a), (b) or (e) $ 1,250 fine -
6(1)(d) or (e) $ 2,500 fine -
7(2) $ 1,250 fine -
9(a) or (b) $ 500 fine -
10(3) $ 500 fine -
13(2)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
13(5) $ 500 fine $ 15 fine
14(2)(a) $ 1,500 fine $ 25 fine
20(3)(b) $ 2,500 fine $ 150 fine
22(1)(a) $ 1,500 fine $ 25 fine
22A(I)(b) $ 1,500 fine $ 50 fine
24(2)(a) $ 1,500 fine $ 25 fine
25(a) $ 500 fine -
25(b) $ 1,500 fine -
27(2)(a) or (3)$10,000 fine $ 250 fine
30(2)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
31 $ 500 fine -
32(2)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
33(3)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
34(a) or (b) $ 500 fine -
36(2) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
43(2) $ 20 fine -





Section Penalty Daily penalty

47(2)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
47(5) $ 500 fine -
50(4) $ 5, 000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
51(5) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
5 1 A(4) or (5) $5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
52(1) or (2) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
54(1) or (2) $25,000 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
58(4) or (5) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
59(1 A) or (3) $25,000 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
61(1) or (2) 25,000 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
62(4) $ 2,500 fine -
63(9) $ 2,500 fine -
68(3) $ 500 fine -
69(2) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
72(1) or (2) $25,000 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
81(2) $ 50 fine -
83B(3) $ 2,500 fine and 1 month $ 150 fine
imprisonment (first conviction)
$ 5,000 fine and 6 months $ 150 fine
imprisonment (second or subsequent
conviction)
92C(1) $ 2,500 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
92C(2) 510,000 fine and 6 months $ 250 fine
imprisonment
93(4) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months $ 250 fine
imprisonment
94(3) $ 2,500 fine -
94(3A)or (3B) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
101(3) $ 5,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
104A(2) $ 5,000 fine $150 fine
104B(2) $ 5,000 fine $150 fine
105(2)(a) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
105F(3) $ 500 fine -
105S(1) $ 1,000 fine and 3 months -
imprisonment
110(2) $ 20 fine -
HID $ 5,000 fine -
112(1) or (2) $ 500 fine $ 15 fine
112A(3)(a) $ 2,500 fine -
11 2A(3)(b) $ 2,500 fine $ 50 fine
115(3) $ 2,500 fine -
117(2) $ 250 fine -
118(1) or (2) $ 2,500 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
124(2) $ 2,500 fine -





Section Penalty Daily penalty

124F(1) $ 2,500 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
124F(2) 2 years imprisonment -
124F(3) 5 years imprisonment -
125(5) $ 1,500 fine -
127(3)(a) or (b) $ 5,000 fine $ 100 fine
127(7)(a) $10,000 fine $ 250 fine
128(3) $60,000 fine and 12 months $1,000 fine
imprisonment
128(10)(a) $60,000 fine and 12 months $1,000 fine
imprisonment
128(10)(b) or (c) $10,000 fine and 6 months -
imprisonment
139 $ 10,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment
(Replaced 37 of 1987 s. 4. Amended 76 of 1988 s. 7)

TENTH SCHEDULE [s. 79]

PART 1

URBAN COUNCIL AREA

PUBLIC MARKETS IN HONG
KONG

Name of Market Name in Chinese

Aberdeen Market
Ap, Lei Chau Market
Bowrington Road Market
Bridges Street Market
Causeway Bay Market
Central Market
Centre Street Market
Chai Wan Temporary Market
Hollywood Road Market
Kennedy Town Wholesale Market
Kut Shing Street Cooked Food Market
Lee Chung Street Cooked Food Market
Lockhart Road Market
Nam Long Shan Road Cooked Food Market
North Point Market
North Street Market Kennedy Town
Quarry Bay Market
Sai Wan Ho Market
Sai Wan Ho Temporary Cooked Food Market
Sai Ying Pun Market
Shau Kei Wan Market
Shek Tong Tsui Market
Smithfield Road Temporary Market
Stanley Market





Name of Market Name in Chinese

Tang Lung Chau Market
Tin Wan Market
Wan Chai Market
Western Market, North Block
Wong Nai Chung Market
Yue Kwong Road Market
Yue Wan Market

PUBLIC MARKETS IN KOWLOON AND NEW KOWLOON

Name of Market Name in Chinese
Boundary Street Market
Cha Kwo Ling Market
Cheung Sha Wan Cooked Food Market
Choi Hung Road Market
Fat Kwong Street Temporary Cooked Food
Market

Haiphong Road Temporary Market
Hung Hom Market
Kowloon City Market
Kwun Chung Market
Kwun Tong Ferry Concourse Cooked Food
Market

Mong Kok Market
Mong Kok Road Temporary Market
Ngau Chi Wan Market
Ngau Tau Kok Market
On Ching Road Flower Market
Po On Road Market
Sham Shui Po Market
Shui Wo Street Market
Sze Shan Street Cooked Food Market
Tai Kok Tsui Temporary Market
Tai Shing Street Temporary Market
To Kwa Wan Market
Tong Mei Road Temporary Market
Tsun Yip Cooked Food Market
Tung Yuen Street Cooked Food Market
Yau Ma Tei Market
Yuen Ling Market

PART 11

REGIONAL COUNCIL
AREA

PUBLIC MARKET IN THE REGIONAL COUNCIL
AREA

Name of Market Name in Chinese

Chai Wan Kok Cooked Food Market
Cheung Tat Road Cooked Food Market
Fo Tan Cooked Food Market (East)





Name of Market Name in Chinese

Fo Tan Cooked Food Market (West)
Heung Che Street Market
Heung Che Street Temporary Market
Hung Cheung Cooked Food Market
Hung Shui Yiu Temporary Market
Ka Ting Cooked Food Market
Kam Tin Market
Kik Yeung Road Cooked Food Market
Kin Wing Cooked Food Market
Kin Yip Street Cooked Food Market
Kwai Shun Street Cooked Food Market
Kwong Choi Market
Kwu Tung Market Shopping Centre
Lam Tei Market
Lau Fau Shan Market
Mui Wo Cooked Food Market
North Kwai Chung Market
Peng Chau (South) Market
Sai Kung Market
San Hui Market
Sha Tau Kok Market
Sha Tin Market
Sham Tseng Temporary Market
Shek Wu Hui Market
Shek Wu Hui Temporary Market I
Shek Wu Hui Temporary Market II
Tai Kiu Market
Tai 0 (Lantau) Market
Tai Po Kuk Teng Market
Tai Po Market
Tai Po Temporary Market
Tai Tong Road Cooked Food Market
Tai Wai Market
Tai Yuen Street Cooked Food Market
Tak Wah Street Temporary Market
Tsing Yeung Cooked Food Market
Tsuen King Circuit Market
Tsuen Wan Market
Tui Min Hoi Market
Wing Fong Street Market
Wo Yi Hop Road Cooked Food Market
Yan Oi Market

(Added 21 of 1973 s. 19. Amended L.N. 179/73; L.N. 181/73; L.N. 258/73; L.N. 206/74;
L.N. 198/75; L.N. 213/75; L.N. 132/76; L.N. 103/79; L.N. 141/79; L.N. 179/79; L.N. 241/79;
L.N. 301/79; L.N. 31/80; L.N. 49/80; L.N. 60/80; L.N. 117/80; L.N. 138/80; L.N. 183/80;
L.N. 206/80; L.N. 155/81; L.N. 167/81; L.N. 186/81; L.N. 205/81; L.N. 338/81; L.N. 346/81;
L.N. 63/82; L.N, 93/82; L.N. 94/82; L.N. 125/82; L.N. 212/82; L.N. 280/82; L.N. 382/82;
L.N. 389/82; L.N. 398/82; L.N. 399/82; L.N. 45/83; L.N. 62/83; L.N. 91/83; L.N. 151/83;
L.N. 169/83; L.N. 347/83; L.N. 48/84; L.N. 61/84; L.N. 111/84; L.N. 159/84; L.N. 287/84;
L.N. 351/84; L.N. 396/84; L.N. 421/84; L.N. 30/85; L.N. 54/85; L.N. 149/85; L.N. 204/85;
L.N. 275/85; L.N. 355/85; L.N. 10/86; 10 of 1986 s. 30; L.N. 103/86; L.N. 289/86;
L.N. 314/86; L.N. 94/87; L.N. 169/87; L.N. 372/87; L.N. 387/87; L.N. 197/88; L.N. 342/88;
L.N. 343/88)





ELEVENTH SCHEDULE [s. 92A]

LICENSED ACTIVITIES

Public billiard saloon
Public bowling-alley
Public skating rink
Public table tennis saloon
Undertaker of burials
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 19)

TWELFTH SCHEDULE [s. 105A]
STADIA
Hong Kong Stadium at So Kun Po
Mong Kok Stadium
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 19. Amended L.N. 19/74; L.N. 195/74; L.N. 190/85; L.N. 353/87)

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE [s. 105M]

CIVIC CENTRES

The City Hall at Connaught Road Central
The Hong Kong Coliseum at Cheong Wan Road, Hung Hom
The Hong Kong Cultural Centre, not including the marriage registry and any building or part of a
building designated under section 105G as a museum or under section 105K as a library, at
Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui
The Ko Shan Theatre at the Ko Shan Road Park, Hung Hom
The Lut Sau Hall at the Chiu Lut Sau Memorial Secondary School at Tai Yuk Road, Yuen Long
The Ngau Chi Wan Civic Centre at the junction of Clear Water Bay Road and
Lung Cheung Road, Kowloon
The North District Town Hall at the North District Community Centre, Sheung Shui
The Queen Elizabeth Stadium at Oi Kwan Road, Wan Chai
The Sha Tin Town Hall at Yuen Wo Road, Sha Tin
The Sheung Wan Civic Centre at Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong
The Tai Po Civic Centre at the Tai Po Government Secondary School at On Pong Road, Tai Po
The Tsuen Wan Town Hall at Tai Ho Road, Tsuen Wan
The Tuen Mun Town Hall at Tuen Hi Road, Tuen Mun
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 19. Amended L.N. 30/80; L.N. 87/80; L.N. 203/81; L.N. 223/81; L.N.
53/82; L.N. 194/82; L.N. 46/83; L.N. 90/83; L.N. 74/85; L.N. 126/86; L.N. 272/86; L.N.
139/87; L.N. 89/88; L.N. 90/88; L.N. 119/88)

FOURTEENTH SCHEDULE

PUBLIC SWIMMING POOLS

Urban Council Area

Chai Wan Swimming Pool
Kennedy Town Swimming Pool
Kowloon Tsai Swimming Pool
Kwun Tong Swimming Pool
Lai Chi Kok Park Swimming Pool
Lei Cheng Uk Swimming Pool





Morrison Hill Swimming Pool
Morse Park Swimming Pool
Pao Yue Kong Swimming Pool Complex
Sham Shui Po Park Swimming Pool
Tai Wan Shan Swimming Pool
Victoria Park Swimming Pool
Wan Chai Training Pool
(Added 21 of 1973 s. 19. Amended L.N. 199/75; L.N. 129/77; L.N. 248/77; L.N. 255/80;
L.N. 360/84; L.N. 277/85; L.N. 328/85; 10 of 1986 s. 31)

Regional Council Area

Fanling Swimming Pool
Kwai Shing Swimming Pool
North Kwai Chung Jockey Club Public Swimming Pool c Royal
The Royal Hong Kong Jockey Club Yan Oi Tong Swimming Pool
ShaTin Jockey Club Public Swimming Pool
Tsuen King Circuit Wu Chung Public Swimming Pool
Tuen Mun Swimming Pool
Yuen Long Public Swimming Pool
(Added L.N. 199/75. Amended L.N. 25/78; L.N. 285/78; L.N. 179/81; L.N. 40/83; L.N.
208/84; L.N. 239/84; 10 of 1986 s. 31; L.N. 322/86; L.N. 360/88)

FIFTEENTH SCHEDULE [s. 152(3)]

SUBSTITUTION OF TITLES OF SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION

Old title New title

Abattoirs By-laws Abattoirs (Urban Council) By-laws
Basements By-laws Basements (Urban Council) By-laws
Bathing Beach By-laws Bathing Beach (Urban Council) By-laws
Bathing Beach (New Territories) Regulations Bathing Beach (Regional Council) By-laws
Commercial Bathhouses By-laws Commercial Bathhouses (Urban Council)
By-laws
Conservancy By-laws Conservancy (Urban Council) By-laws
Food Business By-laws Food Business (Urban Council) By-laws
Food Business (New Territories) Regulations Food Business (Regional Council) By-laws
Frozen Confections By-laws Frozen Confections (Urban Council) By-laws
Frozen Confections (New Territories) Frozen Confections (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws
Funeral Parlour By-laws Funeral Parlour (Urban Council) By-laws
Hawker By-laws Hawker (Urban Council) By-laws
Hawker (New Territories) Regulations Hawker (Regional Council) By-laws
Restriction of Hawking in Special Areas Restriction of Hawking in Special Areas
(New Territories) (Consolidation) (Regional Council Area) (Consolidation)
Notification Notification
Public Funeral Hall By-laws Public Funeral Hall (Urban Council) By-laws
Declaration of Markets in the Urban Areas Declaration of Markets in the Urban Council
Area
Declaration of Markets in the New Declaration of Markets in the Regional
Territories Council Area
Milk By-laws Milk (Urban Council) By-laws
Milk (New Territories) Regulations Milk (Regional Council) By-laws





Old title New title

Mosquito Prevention By-laws Mosquito Prevention (Urban Council)
By-laws

Offensive Trades By-laws Offensive Trades (Urban Council) By-laws

Declaration of Offensive Trades in the Urban Declaration of Offensive Trades in the Urban
Areas Council Area

Offensive Trades (New Territories) Offensive Trades (Regional Council) By-laws
Regulations

Declaration of Offensive Trades in the New Declaration of Offensive Trades in the
Territories Regional Council Area

Pleasure Grounds By-laws Pleasure Grounds (Urban Council) Bylaws

Private Cemeteries By-laws Private Cemeteries (Urban Council) By-laws

Private Cemeteries (New Territories) Private Cemeteries (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws

Private Markets (New Territories) Private Markets (Regional Council) By-laws
Regulations

Public Cemeteries By-laws Public Cemeteries (Urban Council) By-laws

Public Cemeteries (New Territories) Public Cemeteries (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws

Public Cleansing and Prevention of Public Cleansing and Prevention of
Nuisances By-laws Nuisances (Urban Council) By-laws

Public Cleansing and Prevention of Public Cleansing and Prevention of
Nuisances (New Territories) Regulations Nuisances (Regional Council) By-laws

Public Conveniences (Conduct and Public Conveniences (Conduct and
Behaviour) By-laws Behaviour) (Urban Council) By-laws

Public Conveniences (New Territories) Public Conveniences (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws

Public Market By-laws Public Market (Urban Council) By-laws

Public Market (New Territories) Regulations Public Market (Regional Council) By-laws

Public Swimming Pools By-laws Public Swimming Pools (Urban Council)
By-laws

Sanitation and Conservancy (New Sanitation and Conservancy (Regional
Territories) Regulations Council) By-laws

Public Swimming Pools (New Territories) Public Swimming Pools (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws

Slaughter-houses (New Territories) Slaughter-houses (Regional Council) By-laws
Regulations

Swimming Pools By-laws Swimming Pools (Urban Council) By-laws

Swimming Pools (New Territories) Swimming Pools (Regional Council) By-laws
Regulations

Ventilation By-laws Ventilation (Urban Council) By-laws

Wells and Water Storage By-laws Wells and Water Storage (Urban Council)
By-laws

Library (New Territories) (Listening Areas) Library (Regional Council) (Listening Areas)
Fees Notice Fees Notice

Exhumation (Fees) By-laws Exhumation (Fees) (Urban Council) By-laws

Exhumation (Fees) (New Territories) Exhumation (Fees) (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws

Stadia By-laws Stadia (Urban Council) By-laws

Stadia (New Territories) Regulations Stadia (Regional Council) By-laws

Library By-laws Library (Urban Council) By-laws

Library (New Territories) Regulations Library (Regional Council) By-laws

Museums (Urban Areas) By-laws Museums (Urban Council) By-laws





Old title New title

Pleasure Grounds (New Territories) Pleasure Grounds (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws
Library (Listening Areas and Viewing Areas) Library (Listening Areas and Viewing Areas)
Fees Notice (Urban Council) Fees Notice
Cremation and Gardens of Remembrance Cremation and Gardens of Remembrance
By-laws (Urban Council) By-laws
Cremation and Gardens of Remembrance Cremation and Gardens of Remembrance
(New Territories) Regulations (Regional Council) By-laws
Undertakers of Burials By-laws Undertakers of Burials (Urban Council)
By-laws
Undertakers of Burials (New Territories) Undertakers of Burials (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws
Hawker (Permitted Place) (Consolidation) Hawker (Permitted Place) (Urban Council)
Declaration (Consolidation) Declaration
Places of Amusement By-laws Places of Amusement (Urban Council)
By-laws
Places of Amusement (New Territories) Places of Amusement (Regional Council)
Regulations By-laws
Ventilation of Scheduled Premises (New Ventilation of Scheduled Premises (Regional
Territories) Regulations Council) By-laws
Ventilation of Scheduled Premises By-laws Ventilation of Scheduled Premises (Urban
Council) By-laws
Food Business By-laws (Exemption from Food Business (Urban Council) By-laws
By-law 32(1)) (Consolidation) Notice (Exemption from By-law 32(1))
(Consolidation) Notice
Food Business (New Territories) Regulations Food Business (Regional Council) By-laws
(Exemption from Regulation 31(1)) (Exemption from By-law 31(1))
(Consolidation) Notice (Consolidation) Notice
Civic Centres By-laws Civic Centres (Urban Council) By-laws
Civic Centres (New Territories) Regulations Civic Centres (Regional Council) By-laws
Funeral Parlour (New Territories) Funeral Parlour (Regional Council) By-laws
Regulations
Museums (New Territories) Regulations Museums (Regional Council) By-laws

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2561

Edition

1964

Volume

v10

Subsequent Cap No.

132

Number of Pages

158
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:35 +0800
<![CDATA[TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2560

Title

TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS

Description






TOWN PLANNING REGULATIONS

(Cap. 131, section 14)

[26 March 1954.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Town Planning
Regulations.

2. (1) The Chairman of the Board may require the Director
of Buildings and Lands to prepare any plan or sketch under the
direction of the Board which in the Chairman's opinion is required
for the carrying out of the duties of the Board in relation to any area
which is subject to a direction of the Governor under section 3.

(2) The Director of Buildings and Lands shall cause to be
prepared all such plans and sketches as the Chairman of the Board
shall require under paragraph (1),
G.N.A. 35/54. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86. Citation. Preparation of plans for Board. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86.

Abstract

G.N.A. 35/54. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86. Citation. Preparation of plans for Board. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2560

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

131

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:34 +0800
<![CDATA[TOWN PLANNING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2559

Title

TOWN PLANNING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TOWN PLANNING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 131





CHAPTER 131

TOWN PLANNING ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ..........................2
2. Appointment of Town Planning Board ...2
3. Functions of the Board ...............2

4. Contents of lay-out plans and powers of the Board ........................ 2

4A. Comprehensive development areas .....--- ... .................................... 3
5. Exhibition of draft plans ............ 3
6. Consideration of objections .......... ........................ 4

7. Amendment of draft plan by Board otherwise than consequent upon an

objection ..................................
...........................5

8. Submission of considered draft plan to Governor in Council 5
9. Powers of Governor in Council upon submission 5
10. Refusal to approve plan .............6
11. Deposit of copies of approved plan ..6
12. Revocation, replacement and amendment of approved plans 6
13. Approved plans to serve as standards 7
13A. Works etc. authorized under Roads (Works, Use and Compensation)

Ordinance ............................................ 7
14. Power to make regulations ........... 7
15. Expenses of the Board ...............7
16. Applications for permission in respect of plans 7
17. Right of review .....................8
18. Amendment of diagrams, etc .......... 8
19. Comprehensive development area validation ............................... 9





CHAPTER 131

TOWN PLANNING

To promote the health, safety, convenience and general welfare of the com-
munity by making provision for the systematic preparation and approval
of plans for the future lay-out of existing and potential urban areas as well
as for the types of building suitable for erection therein.

[23 June 19391

Originally 20 of 1939 (Cap. 131, 1950) - 26 of 1956, 3 of 1958, 59 of 1969, 59 of 1974, 37 of 1982,
2 of 1988

Short title

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Town Planning Ordinance.

Appointment of Town Planning Board

2. (1) The Governor may appoint a Town Planning Board consisting of
such official and unofficial members as he may nominate, and may appoint any
member of the Board, either ex officio or personally, as chairman or vice-
chairman and any public officer as secretary thereof.

(2) 5 members of the Board, one of whom must be the chairman or
vice-chairman, shall form a quorum at any meeting of the Board.

Functions of the Board

3. With a view to the promotion of the health, safety, convenience and
general welfare of the community, the Board shall undertake the systematic
preparation of draft plans for the future lay-out of such existing and potential
urban areas as the Governor may direct as well as for the types of building
suitable for erection therein. In the course of preparation of such plans the
Board shall make such inquiries and arrangements (including, if it thinks fit, the
taking of any census of the occupants of any buildings or of the users of any
thoroughfares or spaces) as it may consider necessary for the preparation of
such drafts.

4. (1) The Board's draft plans for the lay-out of any such area may
show or make provision for-

(a) streets, railways and other main communications;

(b)zones or districts set apart for use for residential, commercial, indus-
trial or other specified uses;

(c) reserves for Government, institution or community purposes;

(d) parks, recreation grounds and similar open spaces;





(e) zones or districts set apart for undetermined uses;

(f) comprehensive development areas, (Added, 2 of 1988, s. 2)

and any matter whatsoever may be shown or provided for or specified in or in
respect of the plans by means of such diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive
matter as the Board thinks appropriate; and any such diagrams, illustrations, notes
and descriptive matter shall be part of the plans. (Replaced, 59 of 1974,s.2)

(2) The Board may recommend to the Governor in Council the resumption of
any land that interferes with the lay-out of an area shown on a draft or approved
plan or on a master lay-out plan approved under section 4A; and resumption to
avoid such interference shall be deemed to be resumption for a public purpose
within the meaning of the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance (Cap. 124).
(Amended, 2 of 1988, s. 2)

(3) Except in the case of resumption under the said Ordinance no compensation
shall be paid to the proprietor or any person interested in any holding by reason of
the fact that it lies within or is affected by any zone or district set apart under
subsection (1)(b).

Comprehensive development areas

4A. (1) Without restricting what the Board may, under sections 3 and 4, show
or make provision for in a plan, the Board may, by a note on the plan, in respect of a
comprehensive development area, prohibit the undertaking of any building works,
as defined in the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123), except

(a) as specified in the note; or

(b)with the permission of the Board, which permission may be granted by
reference to a plan approved by the Board under subsection (2).

(2) An applicant for the Board's permission under subsection (1)(b) may be
required by the Board

(a)to prepare a master lay-out plan and submit it to the Board for approval;
and

(b)to include information in the master lay-out plan respecting building
dimensions, floor area for each use, building development programmes and
any other matter the Board considers appropriate.

(3) A copy of the approved master lay-out plan, certified by the Chairman of
the Board, shall be deposited in the Land Office and shall be available for inspection
without payment of a fee.

(Added, 2 of 1988, s. 3)

Exhibition of draft plans

5. Any draft plan, prepared under sections 3 and 4 under the direction of the
Board, which the Board deems suitable for publication, shall be exhibited by the
Board for public inspection at reasonable hours for a period of 2 months. During
such period the Board shall advertise once a week in a local newspaper and shall
notify in each issue of the Gazette the place and hours at which such





plan may be inspected. The Board shall supply a copy of such plan to any person
on payment of such fee as the Board may determine.

(Amended, 26 of 1956, s. 2; 59 of 1969, s. 3 and 2 of 1988, s. 4)

Consideration of objections

6. (1) Any person affected by the draft plan so exhibited may within the said
period of 2 months send to the Board a written statement of his objections to
anything appearing in the draft plan.

(2) Such written statement shall set out-

(a) the nature of and reasons for the objection;

(b)if the objection would be removed by an alteration of the draft plan, any
alteration proposed.

(3) Upon receipt of a written statement of objection under subsection (1), the
Board may give preliminary consideration to an objection in the absence of the
objector and may propose amendments to the draft plan to meet the objection.

(4) If the Board proposes an amendment to the draft plan pursuant to
subsection (3), it shall give notice in writing of the amendment proposed to the
objector by registered post and may invite the objector to withdraw his objection on
the condition that the amendment is made as proposed.

(5) An objector may notify the Board in writing within 14 days after service of
notice under subsection (4) that his objection is withdrawn on the condition that the
amendment is made as proposed but if no such notification is received the objection
shall continue in force.

(6) Where-

(a) the Board does not propose amendments under subsection (3); or

(b)an objector does not notify the Board under subsection (5) that his
objection is withdrawn; or

(e)an objector was conditionally withdrawn under subsection (5) and the
Board does not proceed with the amendment proposed,

the Board shall consider the written statement of objection at a meeting of which the
objector is given reasonable notice, and the objector or his authorized
representative may attend such meeting and if he desires shall be heard.

(7) In any case where an amendment made by the Board to meet an objection
appears to the Board to affect any land, other than that of the objector, held under
lease, tenancy or permit from the Crown for a term exceeding 5 years, the Board shall
give such notice by service, advertisement or otherwise as it deems desirable and
practicable to the owner of the land in question.

(8) Any written objection received within 14 days after the giving of notice
under subsection (7) shall be considered at a meeting of the Board of which the
original objector and the objector to the amendment are given reasonable notice,
and the objectors or their authorized representatives may attend such meeting and if
he or they so desire shall be heard.





(9) Upon consideration of an objection in accordance with subsection (6)
or (8) the Board may reject the objection in whole or in part or may make
amendments to the draft plan to meet such objection.
(Amended, 59 of 1969, s. 4)

Amendment of draft plan by Board otherwise than
consequent upon an objection

7. (1) In addition to the power of amendment contained in section 6, the
Board may, at any time after exhibition of a draft plan under section 5 and
before approval by the Governor in Council under section 9, make amendments
to a draft plan.

(2) Every amendment to a draft plan made under this section shall be
exhibited by the Board for public inspection at reasonable hours for a period of
3 weeks and during such period the Board shall advertise twice a week in a local
newspaper and shall notify in each issue of the Gazette the amendment to the
draft plan and the hours at which such amendment may he inspected.

(3) The Board shall supply a copy of an amendment to a draft plan made
under this section to any person on payment of such fee as the Board may
determine.

(4) Any person affected by an amendment to a draft plan made under this
section may object within the said period of 3 weeks in manner provided by
section 6(1) and (2) and the provisions of section 6(3) to (9) shall thereupon
apply.
(Added, 59 of 1969, s. 5)

Submission of considered draft plan to Governor in Council

8. After consideration of all objections, the Board shall submit the draft
plan, with or without amendments, to the Governor in Council for approval,
and shall submit therewith-

(a)a schedule of the objections (if any) made under section 6 and not
withdrawn;

(b)a schedule of the amendments (if any) made by the Board with a view
to meeting such objections. (Amended, 59 of 1969, s. 6)

Powers of Governor in Council upon submission

9. (1) Upon submission of a draft plan the Governor in Council may-

(a) approve it;

(b) refuse to approve it;

(c) refer it to the Board for further consideration and amendment.

(2) The Governor in Council may approve a draft plan notwithstanding
that any requirements of this Ordinance applicable thereto have not been
complied with.

(3) A draft plan approved as aforesaid is hereinafter referred to as an
'approved plan'.





(4) The Governor in Council may by notification in the Gazette correct any
omission from or error in any approved plan.

(5) On such approval being given. the approved plan shall be printed and
exhibited for public inspection at such place as the Board may consider suitable and
the fact of such approval and exhibition shall be notified in the Gazette.

(6) The Board shall supply a copy of any approved plan to any person on
payment of such fee as the Board may determine.

Refusal to approve plan

10. If the Governor in Council refuses to approve a draft plan such refusal shall
be notified in the Gazette; but any such refusal shall be without prejudice to the
preparation of a new draft plan and the submission of the same.

Deposit of copies of approved plan

11. A copy of the approved plan, certified by the Chairman of the Board shall
be deposited in the Land Office and shall be available for inspection without
payment of any fee. The Land Officer shall cause to be posted and prominently
displayed in the Land Office notices in English and Chinese directing attention
thereto.

(Amended, 26 of 1956, s. 3)

Revocation, replacement and amendment of approved plans

12. (1) The Governor in Council may

(a) revoke in whole or in part any approved plan; or

(b) refer any approved plan to the Board for-
(i) replacement by a new plan, or

(ii) amendment.

(2) Notification of any revocation or reference under subsection (1) shall be
published in the Gazette and noted by the Land Officer on the copy of the plan
deposited under section 11.

(3) Upon any reference under subsection (1)(b), a new plan in replacement of
the plan referred or any amendment to the plan referred, as the case may be, shall be
prepared, exhibited, considered, submitted, approved and deposited in accordance
with the foregoing provisions of this Ordinance in like manner as the plan it replaces
or amends and to this intent where the reference is under subsection (1)(b)(ii), the
word 'plan' in section 4, except as regards the master lay-out plan, and in sections 5
to 11, shall be construed as referring to the plan showing the amendment.
(Amended, 2 of 1988, s. 5)

(4) A plan referred to the Board shall be replaced by the new approved plan or
read as one with any approved amendment, as the case may be. The Land Officer
shall endorse accordingly the copy of the plan deposited under section 11 which
has been replaced or amended.

(5) Any draft amendment prepared under subsection (3) shall be deemed to be
a draft plan for the purposes of section 16(1)(d) of the Buildings Ordinance (Cap.
123).

(Replaced, 3 of 1958, s. 2)





Approved plans to serve as standards

13. Approved plans shall be used by all public officers and bodies as
standards for guidance in the exercise of any powers vested in them.

(Amended, 3 of 1958, s. 3)

Works etc. authorized under Roads (Works, Use and
Compensation) Ordinance

13A. Any works or use authorized under the Roads (Works, Use and
Compensation) Ordinance (Cap. 370) shall be deemed to be approved under this
Ordinance, whether or not those works or that use form part of a plan approved by
the Governor in Council under section 9.

(Added, 37 of 1982, s. 39)

Power to make regulations

14. The Governor in Council may make regulations for the purpose of
facilitating the work of the Board and generally for the purpose of carrying the
provisions of this Ordinance into effect.

Expenses of the Board

15. Any expense incurred with the sanction of the Governor by the Board in
connection with the exercise of its powers or the performance of its duties under
this Ordinance or the regulations made thereunder shall be met from moneys voted
by the Legislative Council.

Applications for permission in respect of plans

16. (1) Where a draft plan or approved plan, whether prepared or approved
before or after the commencement of the Town Planning (Amendment and
Validation) Ordinance 1974 (59 of 1974), provides for the grant of permission for any
purpose, an application for the grant of such permission shall be made to the Board.

(2) Any such application shall be addressed in writing to the secretary to the
Board and shall be in such form and include such particulars as the Board thinks fit.

(3) The Board shall within 2 months of the receipt of the application, consider
the same in the absence of the applicant and, subject to subsection (4), may grant or
refuse to grant the permission applied for.

(4) The Board may grant permission under subsection (3) only to the extent
shown or provided for or specified in the plan.

(5) Any permission granted under subsection (3) may be subject to such
conditions as the Board thinks fit.

(6) The secretary to the Board shall notify the applicant in writing of the
Board's decision on an application under this section, and where the Board refused
to grant permission shall also notify the applicant of his right to a review under
section 17.





(7) For the purposes of section 16(1)(d) and (da) of the Buildings
Ordinance (Cap. 123), anything permitted by the Board under this section shall
not be a contravention of any approved plan or draft plan prepared under this
Ordinance. (Amended, 2 of 1988, s. 6)
(Added, 59 of 1974, s. 3)

Right of review

17. (1) Where the Board refused to grant permission under section 16,
the applicant may, within 21 days of being notified of the decision of the Board,
apply in writing to the secretary to the Board for a review of the Board's
decision.

(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the secretary to the
Board shall fix a time and place for the review, which shall be a day not more
than 3 months of the receipt of the application, and shall give 14 days' notice
thereof to the applicant.

(3) On a review under this section the applicant or his authorized
representative may attend before the Board and shall be given an opportunity to
make representations.-

(4) If the applicant or an authorized representative does not attend at the
time and place fixed for the review, the Board may proceed with the review or
adjourn it.

(5) On a review under this section the Board shall consider any written
representations submitted by the applicant.

(6) On a review under this section, the Board may, subject to section
16(4), grant or refuse to grant the permission applied for and may exercise the
powers conferred by section 16(5).

(7) Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Board on a review under
this section may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council whose
decision on such appeal shall be final.
(Added, 59 of 1974, s. 3)

Amendment of diagrams, etc.

18. (1) Where a draft plan prepared before the commencement of the
Town Planning (Amendment and Validation) Ordinance 1974 (59 of 1974),
whether it has been approved under section 9 or not, contains, or is accom-
panied by, diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter, the Board may,
for the purpose of removing any uncertainty,-

(a) amend such diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter; or

(b)replace such diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter with
such other diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter as it
thinks fit,

and the amended or new diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter
shall be, and shall be deemed always validly to have been, part of the plan.





(2) Where, pursuant to subsection (1), the Board amends or replaces any
diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter contained in, or accompany-
ing, a draft plan which has been approved under section 9, the Board shall
notify the Land Officer of the amendment or replacement and the Land Officer
shall make such amendment of the copy of the plan deposited with him under
section 11 as may be necessary.

(3) Where the Board has amended or replaced any diagrams, illustrations,
notes or descriptive matter under subsection (1), the Board shall make such
amended or new diagrams, illustrations, notes or descriptive matter available
for public inspection and shall publish in the Gazette a notice of the place and
time at which the same may be inspected.

(4) Notwithstanding any provision of this Ordinance, no objection shall
be allowed to any amendment or replacement made by the Board under
subsection (1).
(Added, 59 of 1974, s. 3)

Comprehensive development area validation

19. The inclusion in a plan of an area described as '(Other Specified Uses)
Comprehensive Development Area' or '(Other Specified Uses) Comprehensive
Redevelopment Area', and all decisions of the Board and of the Building
Authority under the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123) in relation to the area, that
could have validly been included or made under this Ordinance or the Buildings
Ordinance had the amendments made by the Town Planning (Amendment)
Ordinance 1988 (2 of 1988) been in operation at the time of the inclusion or
decisions, shall not be held to be invalid by reason only that those amendments
were not then in operation.
(Added, 2 of 1988, s. 7)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2559

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

131

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:34 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND ACQUISITION (POSSESSORY TITLE) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2558

Title

LAND ACQUISITION (POSSESSORY TITLE) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LAND ACQUISITION (POSSESSORY TITLE)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 130





CHAPTER 130

LAND ACQUISITION (POSSESSORY TITLE)

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ........................................................................... 2
2. Interpretation ....................... 2
3. Acquisition of land for a public purpose 3
4. Notices and plans ....................3
5. Vesting of land in the Crown, and right to enter and take possession 4
6. Claim of ownership of land acquired ..4
7. Entitlement to compensation and claims therefor 5
8. Rules for assessing compensation .....6
9. Provisional payment pending determination of compensation 7
10. Payment of compensation and interest 8
11. Payment when person entitled cannot be found, etc . 9
12. Barring actions against the Crown ...9
13. Evidence, notices, etc . ............9





CHAPTER 130

LAND ACQUISITION (POSSESSORY TITLE)

To provide for the acquisition of land, held under a possessory title by virtue of the
Limitation Ordinance (Cap. 347), required for public purposes, the
compensation for such acquisition, and for matters incidental thereto and
connected therewith.

[15 July 1983]

Originally 41 of 1983 - R. Ed, 1983, 64 of 1985, L.N. 94 of 1986, 2 of 1988

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Land Acquisition (Possessory Title)

Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,acquisition for a public purpose' includes

(a)acquisition of insanitary property for the purpose of securing the
erection of improved dwellings or buildings thereon or the sanitary
improvement of such property;

(b)acquisition of any land upon which any building is erected which, by
reason of its proximity to or contact with any other buildings,
seriously interferes with ventilation or otherwise makes or conduces
to make such other buildings to be in a condition unfit for human
habitation or dangerous or injurious to health;

(c)acquisition for any purpose connected with the naval, military or air
forces of the Crown, including the volunteer forces in Hong Kong;
and

(d)acquisition for any purpose of whatsoever description, whether
ejusdem generis with any of the above purposes or not, which the
Governor in Council may decide to be a public purpose;

,,acquisition order' means an acquisition order made under section 3(1) or (2);

'claim of ownership' means a claim of possessory title;

'compensation' means compensation under this Ordinance;

'date of vesting' means the date on which land acquired under this Ordinance vests
in the Crown under section 5;

'Director' means the Director of Buildings and Lands; (Amended L.N. 94 of 1986)





'land' means immovable property;
,,owner' means a person who has a possessory title to land;

'possessory title' means a possessory title against the Crown to land by virtue

of sections 7(1) and 17 of the Limitation Ordinance (Cap. 347).

3. Acquisition of land for a public purpose

(1) Whenever the Governor in Council decides that the acquisition of any land
is required for a public purpose, the Director may make an acquisition order for the
acquisition of it under this Ordinance if it appears to the Director that any person
claims, or may claim, that the land is held under a possessory title.

(2) Whenever the Governor in Council decides, under section 3 of the Crown
Lands Resumption Ordinance (Cap. 124), that the resumption of any land is required
for a public purpose, the Director may make an acquisition order for the acquisition
of that land or any part of it under this Ordinance if it appears to the Director that
any person claims, or may claim, that the land or that part is held under a possessory
title.

4. Notices and plans

(1) Where an acquisition order has been made in respect of any land, a notice
thereof

(a) shall be served by the Director

(i)on every person who appears to the Director to be a person
who may make a claim of ownership in respect of the land or any
part thereof, and

(ii)on every person who appears to the Director to be an occupier
of the land or any part thereof,

if such person can be found;

(b) shall be published by the Director

(i) in one issue of the Gazette in both the English and Chinese
languages;

(ii) in one issue of an English language newspaper;

(iii) in one issue of a Chinese language newspaper; and

(iv)by affixing a copy in the English and Chinese languages upon a
conspicuous part of the land; and

(c) shall be made available by the Director for inspection by the

public free of charge at such offices of the Government as the
Director may direct, during the hours when those offices are normally
open to the public.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall

(a) be in such form as the Director may from time to time determine;





(b)describe the land to be acquired and state that an acquisition order
has been made in respect thereof;

(c)state where and at what times a copy of the acquisition order and,
where appropriate, a plan of the land may be inspected in pursuance
of subsection (1)(c);

(d) state the day on which the notice was affixed upon the land;

(e)declare that the land described in the notice shall, on the expiration of
1 month from the date stated under paragraph (d) or on the expiration
of a longer period determined by the Director and stated in the
notice, by virtue of section 5 vest in the Crown and that every
interest, right or easement of any person in or over the land shall be
extinguished;

(f)state that every person making a claim of ownership to the land
described in the notice or to any part thereof, or claiming any interest,
right or easement in or over it, shall, in accordance with section 6(1),
submit to the Director a written notice of his claim together with such
evidence as he may possess to substantiate it, before the date of
vesting or within such further period, if any, as the Director may
permit.

(3) A notice served and published under this section shall be deemed to be
notice to every person who has a claim of ownership in respect of the land, and
every other person having any interest, right or easement in or over the land.

5. Vesting of land in the Crown, and right

to enter and take possession

Upon the expiry of the period stated under section 4(2)(e) in a notice under that
section, the land described in the notice, together with the right to enter upon and
take possession of it, shall vest in the Crown free of all interests, rights or easements
of any kind.

6. Claim of ownership of land acquired

(1) Where a person

(a) has a claim of ownership; or

(b) claims to have any interest, right or easement, in respect of land
described in the notice under section 4 or any part thereof, he shall, before the date
of vesting or within such further period as the Director may allow in any case,
submit to the Director written notice of his claim, together with such evidence as he
may possess to substantiate it.

(2) The Director may in his absolute discretion accept or reject a claim
submitted under subsection (1).

(3) If the Director





(a) rejects a claim submitted under subsection (1); or
(b)refuses to allow a further period beyond the date of vesting for
the submission of a claim under subsection (1),
the claimant may apply to the High Court for the determination of his claim
and in any such proceedings the Director shall be the defendant.
(4) An application under subsection (3) shall be made within 1 year from
the date of vesting or within such further period as the High Court may allow in
any case.

7. Entitlement to compensation and claims therefor

(1) Where-
(a)a claim by a person of ownership of any land, or to any right,
interest or easement in or over any land, that has been acquired
under this Ordinance, is accepted by the Director under sec-
tion 6(2); or
(b)the High Court, on application made under section 6(3), declares
that a person-
(i) was, immediately prior to the date of vesting, the owner,
within the meaning of this Ordinance, of any land that has
been acquired under this Ordinance;
(ii) had, immediately prior to the date of vesting, any interest,
right or easement in or over, any land that has been acquired
under this Ordinance,
that person shall be entitled to compensation.
(2) Any person who is entitled to compensation under subsection (1) may
submit his claim for compensation in a form specified by the Director and shall
furnish to the Director such accounts, documents and particulars as the
Director may reasonably require in support of the claim.
(3) A claim for compensation submitted under subsection (2) may include
a claim for any costs or remuneration reasonably incurred or paid by the owner
or person entitled to compensation in employing persons to act in a pro-
fessional capacity in connection with his claim to compensation.
(4) Where the Director and the person who has submitted a claim for
compensation under subsection (2) do not agree as to the amount of the
compensation (if any), either party may refer the claim to the Lands Tribunal
for determination, in accordance with this Ordinance and the Lands Tribunal
Ordinance (Cap. 17), of the amount of compensation (if any) to be paid.
(5) A reference under subsection (4) shall be made within 1 year from the
date of vesting or within such further period as the Lands Tribunal may allow
in any case, but the total period for the purposes of this subsection shall not
exceed 6 years from the date of vesting.





8. Rules for assessing compensation

(1) The Lands Tribunal shall determine the amount of compensation (if any)
payable in respect of a claim referred to it under section 7 on the basis of the loss or
damage suffered by the claimant due to the acquisition of the land specified in the
claim.

(2) The Lands Tribunal shall determine the compensation (if any) payable under
subsection (1) on the basis of

(a)the value of the land acquired together with any buildings erected
thereon at the date of vesting;

(b)the value of any interest, right or easement in or over the land
acquired, owned, held or enjoyed by the claimant at the date of
vesting;

(c)the amount of loss or damage suffered by the claimant due to the
severance of the land acquired or any building erected thereon from
any other land of the claimant, or building erected thereon,
contiguous or adjacent thereto;

(d)the amount of loss or damage to a business conducted by the
claimant at the date of vesting on the land acquired or in any building
erected thereon, due to the removal of the business from that land or
building as a result of the acquisition;

(e)the amount of any expenses reasonably incurred by the claimant in
moving from any premises owned or occupied by him on the land
acquired to, or in connection with the acquisition of, alternative land
or land and buildings, but excluding any amount to which paragraph
(d) applies.

(3) In the determination of the compensation (if any) payable under subsection
(1)

(a)no allowance shall be made on account of the acquisition being
compulsory;

(b)no account shall be taken of the fact that the land lies within or is
affected by any area, zone or district reserved or set apart for the
purposes specified in section 4(1)(a), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of the Town
Planning Ordinance(Cap. 131); (Amended 2 of 1988s. 8)

(c)subject to subsection (4), the value of the land acquired shall be
taken to be the amount which the land if sold in the open market by a
willing seller might be expected to realize.

(4) When any land is acquired, the Lands Tribunal in determining the
compensation (if any) payable under subsection (1) and in estimating the value of
the land acquired together with any buildings erected thereon, may

(a)take into consideration the nature and existing condition of the land
and the probable duration of the buildings in their existing state, and
the state of repair thereof, and





(b)decline to make any compensation for any addition to or
improvement of the land made after the date of publication in the
Gazette of the notice under section 4, or any notice of intended
resumption under the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance
(Cap. 124) (unless such addition or improvement was necessary
for the maintenance of the property in a proper state of repair):
Provided that, in the case of any interest, right or easement acquired after
the date of such publication, no separate estimate of the value thereof shall be
made so as to increase the amount of compensation.
(5) The Lands Tribunal may also receive evidence to prove that-
(a)the rental of the buildings or premises was enhanced by reason of
the same being used as a brothel, or as a gaming house, or for
any illegal purpose;
(b)the buildings or premises are in such a condition as to be a
nuisance within the meaning of any Ordinance relating to
buildings or to public health, or are not in reasonably good
repair; or
(e)the buildings or premises are unfit, and not reasonably capable of
being made fit, for human habitation.
(6) If the Lands Tribunal is satisfied by such evidence, then the com-
pensation shall-
(a)in the first case, so far as it is based on rental, be based on the
rental which would have been obtainable if the buildings or
premises had not been occupied as a brothel, or as a gaming
house, or for an illegal purpose;
(b)in the second case, be the amount estimated as the value of the
buildings or premises if the nuisance had been abated or if they
had been put into reasonably good repair, after deducting the
estimated expense of abating the nuisance or putting them into
such repair, as the case may be; and
(c)in the third case, be the value of the land and of the materials of
the buildings thereon.

9. Provisional payment pending determination
of compensation

(1) The Director may, pending the determination by the Lands Tribunal
of the compensation (if any) payable under this Ordinance in respect of the
acquisition of any land, pay-
(a)an amount as a provisional payment of the amount (if any)
payable by virtue of such determination; and
(b)interest on any payment made under paragraph (a), for the
period from the date of vesting, until the date when the payment





is made, calculated having regard to the lowest rate payable from time
to time by members of The Hong Kong Association of Banks on time
deposits. (Amended 64 of 1985 s. 2)

(2) Any payment made by the Director under subsection (1) in respect of any
acquisition of land shall be without prejudice to the claim for compensation under
this Ordinance or the submission under this Ordinance of the matter to the Lands
Tribunal for determination of the amount of compensation (if any) to be paid, or the
determination thereof by it under this Ordinance; but the amount of compensation
payable by virtue of such determination in respect of the acquisition shall be
reduced by the amount of such payment. (Amended64 of 1985 s. 2)

(3) Where the amount of compensation payable by virtue of a determination of
the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance in respect of any acquisition of land is
reduced under subsection (2) by the amount of any payment made under subsection
(1), such compensation shall not as from the date on which the payment is made bear
interest except on the amount thereof as so reduced. (Replaced 64 of 1985 s. 2)

(4) Where the amount of any payment made by the Director under subsection
(1) in respect of any acquisition of land exceeds the amount of the compensation
payable by virtue of a determination by the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance in
respect of such acquisition, the amount of the excess shall be recoverable by the
Director as a civil debt. (Amended64 of 1985 s.2)

10. Payment of compensation and interest

(1) All sums of money agreed or determined as compensation (together with
interest thereon as hereinafter mentioned), and all costs and remuneration awarded
against the Crown, shall be paid out of the general revenue.

(2) At any time after agreement or determination by the Lands Tribunal of the
amount of compensation payable under this Ordinance, the Director may by notice
published in the Gazette require the person entitled to the compensation to collect it
within the time and at the place specified in the notice.

(3) Subject to section 9(3), any sum of money payable as compensation by
virtue of an agreement or determination of the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance
shall bear interest from the date of vesting until the expiration of the time specified in
the notice published under subsection (2). No interest shall be payable on any costs
or remuneration.

(4) The rate of interest for the purposes of subsection (3) shall be such rate as
the Lands Tribunal may fix having regard to the lowest rate payable from time to time
by members of The Hong Kong Association of Banks on time deposits.





(5) If no claim be made for the compensation money at the place, and within the
time, specified in the notice published under subsection (2), the Director shall pay
such money into the Treasury.

(6) The money thus paid into the Treasury or any part of it may, within a period
of 5 years from the expiration of the time specified in the notice published under
subsection (2), be claimed by the person entitled thereto and upon such claim being
substantiated shall be paid to the person so entitled.

(7) At the expiration of the said period of 5 years the money or such part of it as
remains unpaid shall be transferred to the general revenue.

11. Payment when person entitled cannot be found, etc.

When the person entitled to compensation in respect of any land which has
been acquired is absent from Hong Kong or cannot be found, or within 6 months
after the date when the amount of compensation shall have been agreed or
determined by the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance makes no claim to the same,
or is in the opinion of the Director unable to give an effectual discharge for the same,
the Director may direct payment of the compensation to be made to such other
person on behalf of the person entitled as he shall think proper, subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit, and the receipt of such other person shall be a valid and
effectual discharge for the same in the same manner as if payment had been made to
the person entitled.

(Amended 64 of 1985 s. 3)

12. Barring actions against the Crown

Except as provided by this Ordinance, no action or suit shall lie against the
Crown or against any other person for any loss or damage suffered by any person
as the result of the acquisition of any land under this Ordinance.

13. Evidence, notices, etc.

(1) In any acquisition order or notice under section 4, it shall be sufficient to
state that the acquisition of the land is required for a public purpose, without stating
the particular purpose for which the land is required; and a notice containing such
statement shall be conclusive evidence that the acquisition is for a public purpose.

(2) Where, under this Ordinance, notice is required to be served on any person

(a)that notice shall be in writing and in both the English and Chinese
languages;

(b)it shall be served on that person by delivering it to him by hand or by
registered post.





(3) The Director shall not be obliged to serve any notice on any person
whose address is unknown and cannot reasonably be ascertained.
(4) A certificate purporting to be signed by a public officer shall be prima
facie evidence of the facts stated therein relating to the service, giving,
publication or affixing of any notice.
(5) The acquisition or vesting of. any land under this Ordinance shall not
be affected by-
(a) any defect in a notice required under this Ordinance; or
(b)any failure to serve, publish or affix any notice under this
Ordinance.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2558

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

130

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:33 +0800
<![CDATA[DECEASED'S FAMILY MAINTENANCE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2557

Title

DECEASED'S FAMILY MAINTENANCE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

DECEASED'S FAMILY MAINTENANCE

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 129





CHAPTER 129.

DECEASED'S FAMILY MAINTENANCE ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section. Page

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3. Valid marriage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... 3

4.Power for court to order payment out of net estate of deceased for benefit
of dependant ... ... . ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 3

5.Orders for maintenance of surviving party to void marriage from estate
of other party ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... 4

6. Time within which application must be made ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

7. Matters to be considered by the court ...
... ... ... 4

8. Effect and form of order ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

9. Liability for payment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

10. Power of court to release part of estate ... . ... ... ... ... ... 6

11. Interim orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

1 Discharge and variation of orders and additional provision ... ... ... ... 7

13. Restrictions on dealings with provisions for maintenance ...
8

14. Additional provisions as to orders under this Ordinance ...
... 8

15.Dependant to be deemed a person interested for purposes of grant of
administration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

16. Rules, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ...

... ... ... 8

17. Transitional provisions for concubinage ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9





CHAPTER 129.

DECEASED'S FAMILY MAINTENANCE.

To provide for maintenance of certain dependants out of the estates of
deceased persons.

[7th October, 1971.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Deceased's Family
Maintenance Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

.,court' means the Supreme Court;

'death duties- means estate duty under the Estate Duty Ordinance and
every other duty leviable or payable on death;

'dependant', in relation to a deceased person, means

(a) a wife or husband of the deceased by a valid marriage;

(b)a daughter of the deceased by a valid marriage who has not
been married;

(c) an infant son of the deceased by a valid marriage;

(d)a son of the deceased by a valid marriage who is. by reason of
some mental or physical disability, incapable of maintaining
himself; and

(e)a parent of the deceased substantially maintained by him
immediately before his death:

---son-and 'daughter' respectively, in relation to a deceased person,
mean

(a)a male or female child of a valid marriage to which the deceased
was a party;

(b) a male or female child adopted by the deceased-

(i) in pursuance of an adoption order made under the
Adoption Ordinance; or

(ii) by an adoption to which section 17 of the Adoption
Ordinance applies;

(c) a male or female child of the deceased by a valid marriage
c

en ventre sa mere at the time of the death of the deceased;

---will-includes codicil and any other testamentary document.

(2) In this Ordinance 'net estate' means all the property of which a
deceased person had power to dispose of by his will (otherwise than by
virtue of a special power of appointment) less the amount of his funeral,
testamentary and administration expenses, debts and liabilities and
death duties payable out of his estate on his death, but does not include
land to which Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance applies and which
has not been exempted by the Governor under subsection (2) or (3) of
section 7 of that Ordinance from the provisions of that Ordinance.





3. For the purpose of this Ordinance, 'valid marriage' means

(a)a marriage celebrated or contracted in accordance with the provisions
of the Marriage Ordinance;

(b)a modern marriage validated by the Marriage Reform Ordinance,

(c)a customary marriage declared to be valid by the Marriage Reform
Ordinance;

(d)a marriage celebrated or contracted outside Hong Kong in accordance
with. the law in force at the time and in the place where the marriage
was performed.

4. (1) Where, after the commencement of this Ordinance, a person dies
leaving a dependant and the court on application made by or on behalf of that
dependant is of opinion that the disposition of the deceased's estate effected by
his will, or the law relating to intestacy, or the combination of his will and that
law, is not such as to make reasonable provision for the maintenance of that
dependant, the court may order that such reasonable provision as the court
thinks fit shall, subject to such conditions or restrictions, if any, as the court
may impose, be made out of the deceased's net estate for the maintenance of that
dependant:

Provided that no application shall be made to the court by or on behalf of
any person in any case where the disposition of the deceased's estate effected as
aforesaid is such that the surviving spouse is entitled to not less than two-thirds
of the income of the net estate and where the only other dependant or
dependants, if any, is or are a child or children of the surviving spouse.

(2) The provision for maintenance to be made by an order shall, subject to
the provisions of subsection (4), be made by way of periodical payments and
the order shall provide for their termination not later than

(a) in the case of a wife or husband, her or his remarriage;

(b)in the case of a daughter who has not been married, her marriage;

(c) in the case of an infant son, his attaining the
age of twenty-one years

(d)in the case of a son under disability, the cesser of his disability;

(e) in the case of a parent, her or his subsequent marriage,

or, in any case, his or her earlier death.

(3) Periodical payments made under subsection (2) to any one dependant
shall not be at an annual rate which exceeds the annual income of the net estate,
and, where payments are so made to more than one dependant in respect of the
same period, the aggregate of the annual rates at which those payments are made
shall not exceed the annual income of the net estate.





(4) The court may, if it sees fit, make an order providing for maintenance
to be made wholly or in part by way of a lump sum payment.

5. (1) Where a person dies in Hong Kong after the 6th October 1971 and is
survived by someone (hereafter referred to as 'the survivor') who, whether
before or after that date, had in good faith entered into a void marriage with the
deceased, then subject to subsections (2) and (3) the survivor shall be treated
for purposes of this Ordinance as a dependant of the deceased.

(2) An order shall not be made under this Ordinance in favour of the
survivor unless the court is satisfied that it would have been reasonable for the
deceased to make provision for the survivor's maintenance; and if an order 'is so
made requiring provision for the survivor's maintenance by .vay of periodical
payments, the order shall provide for their termination not later than the
survivor's death and, if the survivor remarries, not later than the remarriage.

(3) This section shall not apply if the marriage of the deceased and the
survivor was dissolved or annulled during the deceased's lifetime and the
dissolution or annulment is recognized by the law of Hong Kong, or if the
survivor has before the making of the order entered into a later marriage.

(4) It is hereby, declared that the reference in subsection (2) to remarriage
and the reference in subsection (3) to a later marriage include references to a
marriage which is by la,,\ void or voidable. (Added, 35 of 1971. Schedule)

6. Except as provided by section 12, an application under this Ordinance
shall not. without the permission of the court, be made after the end of the
period of six months from the date on which representation in regard to the
estate of the deceased is first taken out.

7. (1) On an application made- tinder this Ordinance the court shall have
regard

(a)to any past, present, or future capital of the dependant to whom the
application relates and to any income of that dependant from any
source;

(b)to the conduct of that dependant in\ relation to the deceased and
otherwise.

(e) to the interests of other dependants; and

(d)to any other matter or thing which, in the circumstances of the case,
the court may consider relevant or material in relation to that
dependant or to persons interested in the estate of the deceased, or
otherwise.

(2) The court shall also, on any such application, have regard to the
deceased's reasons, so far as ascertainable, for making the dispositions made by
his will, if any, or for refraining from dis





posing by will of his estate or part of his estate, or for not making any
provision, or any further provision,' as the case may be, for a dependant,
and the court may accept such evidence of those reasons as it considers
sufficient including any statement in writing signed by the deceased and
dated, so, however, that in estimating the weight, if any, to be attached
to any such statement the court shall have regard to all the
circumstances from which any inference can reasonably be drawn as to
the accuracy or otherwise of the statement.

(3) In determining whether, and in what way, and as from what date,
provision for maintenance ought to be made by an order the court shall
have regard to the nature of the property representing the net estate of
the deceased and shall not order any such provision to be made as
would necessitate a realization that would be improvident having regard
to the interests of the dependants of the deceased and of the person
who, apart from the order, would be entitled to that property or to be
maintained out of the deceased's estate.

(4) The court in considering for the purposes of section 4 whether
the disposition of the deceased's estate effected by the law relating to
intestacy, or by the combination of the deceased's will and that law,
makes reasonable provision for the maintenance of a dependant shall
not be bound to assume that the law relating to intestacy makes
reasonable provision in all cases.

8. (1) Where an order is made under this Ordinance, then for all
purposes, including the purposes of the enactments relating to death
duties, the will or the law relating to intestacy, or both the will and the
law relating to intestacy, as the case may be, shall have effect, and shall
be deemed to have had effect as from the date of the deceased's death,
subject to such variations as may be specified in the order for the
purpose of giving effect to the provision for maintenance thereby made.

(2) An order made under this Ordinance providing for maintenance
by way of periodical payments may provide for payments of a specified
amount, or for payments equal to the whole or part of the income of the
net estate or of the income of any part to be set aside or appropriated
under this Ordinance of the net estate, or may provide for the amount of
the payments or any of them to be determined in any other way which
the court thinks fit.

(3) The court may give such consequential directions as it thinks fit
for the purpose of giving effect to an order made under this Ordinance,
but no larger part of the net estate shall be set aside or appropriated to
answer by the income thereof the provision for maintenance thereby
made than such a part as, at the date of the order, is sufficient to
produce by the income thereof the amount of the said provision.





9. (1) If a deceased person dies leaving net estate situate in the
Colony such net estate shall, whether the deceased at the time of his
death was domiciled in the Colony or outside the Colony, be liable in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance for the payment of any
provision for maintenance ordered to be made under this Ordinance out
of the net estate of the deceased as if the deceased at the time of his
death had been domiciled in the Colony.

(2) The liability for the payment of any provision for maintenance
ordered to be made under this Ordinance shall, unless the court
otherwise orders, fall rateably upon the net estate of the deceased.

(3) The court may exonerate any part of the deceased's net estate
from liability for the payment or payments for maintenance ordered to be
made under this Ordinance after hearing such of the parties who may be
affected by the exoneration as it thinks necessary, and may for that
purpose direct any personal representative to represent, or appoint any
person to represent, any such party.

10. (1) On application at any time by or on behalf of a person
interested, whether beneficially or as trustee, in any property set
aside or appropriated to answer by the income thereof any provision
for maintenance ordered to be made under this Ordinance. the court
may fix a periodical or lump sum which that person may pay to
represent, or in commutation of, such proportion of the provision
as falls upon that property, and may order that on such security as
the court thinks fit being given for the payment of the periodical
sum or on payment of the lump sum, as the case may be, that
property shall be freed from all liability for the provision for
maintenance.

(2) The court may give such consequential directions as it thinks fit
for the purpose of giving effect to an order made under this section,
including directions as to whom the lump sum shall be paid and as to
the manner in which it shall be invested for the benefit of the person to
whom the commuted payment was payable.

11. (1) Where on an application for maintenance under this
Ordinance it appears to the court

(a)that the applicant is in immediate need of financial assistance,
but it is not yet possible to determine what order, if any,
should be made on the application for the provision of
maintenance for the applicant; and

(b)that property forming part of the net estate of the deceased is
or can be made available to meet the needs of the applicant,





the court may order, subject to such conditions or restrictions, if
any, as the court may impose and to any further order of the court,
that there shall be paid to or for the benefit of the applicant out of
the net estate of the deceased such sum or sums and, if more than
one, at such intervals as the court thinks reasonable.

(2) In determining what order, if any, should be made under
this section the court shall, so far as the urgency of the case admits,
take account of the same considerations as would be relevant in
determining what order should be made on the application for the
provision of maintenance for the applicant; and any subsequent
order for the provision of maintenance may provide that sums paid
to or for the benefit of the applicant by virtue of this section shall
be treated to such extent, if any, and in such manner as may be
provided by that order as having been paid on account of the
maintenance provided for by that order.

(3) Subject to subsection (2), section 8 shall apply in relation
to an order under this section as it applies in relation to an order
providing for maintenance under section 4.

(4) Where the personal representative of the deceased pays
any sum directed by an order under this section to be paid out of
the net estate of the deceased, he shall not be under any liability
by reason of that estate not being sufficient to make the payment,
unless at the time of making the payment he has reasonable cause
to believe that estate is not sufficient.

12. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, where an
order (in this section referred to as 'the original order') has been
made under section 4, the court may by order at any time and
from time to time, on an application made under this section, dis-
charge or vary the original order or suspend any provision of it
temporarily or revive the operation of any provision so suspended
and may reduce or increase the amount of the provision so made
by the original order for any dependant, or make such other order
as is just in the circumstances.

(2) An application under this section may be made by any
of the following persons, that is to say-
(a)the dependant on whose application the original order was
made;
(b) any other dependant of the deceased,
(c) the trustees of any relevant property;
(d)any person who, under the will of the deceased or under
the law relating to intestacy, is beneficially interested in
any relevant property.

(3) In exercising the powers conferred by this section, the
court shall have regard to all the circumstances of the case, including
any change in the circumstances to which the court was required to
have regard in determining the application for the original order.





(4) In this section 'relevant property' means property the
income of which is at the date of the application applicable under
an order made under this Ordinance for the maintenance of a
dependant of the deceased.

13. (1) No mortgage or assignment of or charge on, or agree-
ment to mortgage, assign or charge, a provision for maintenance
in anticipation of the court ordering that provision to be made
shall have effect until approved by the court.

(2) No mortgage or assignment of or charge on, or agreement
to mortgage, assign or charge, a provision for maintenance which
the court has ordered to be made, other than a provision by way
of a lump sum payment, shall have effect until approved by the
court.

14. (1) The provisions of this Ordinance shall not render the
personal representatives of the deceased liable for having distributed
any part of the estate of the deceased after the expiration of the
period of six months mentioned in section 6 on the ground that they
ought to have taken into account the possibility that the court
might permit an application under this Ordinance after the end of
that period or that an application might be made under section 12,
but this section shall not prejudice any power to recover any part
of the estate so distributed arising by virtue of the making of an
order under this Ordinance.

(2) In considering for the purposes of this section or section
6 the question when representation was first taken out, a grant
limited to part only of the estate of the deceased shall be left out
of account unless a grant limited to the remainder of the estate
has previously been made or is made at the same time.

15. For the purposes of any law which relates to the discretion
of the court as to the persons to whom administration is to be
granted, a dependant of a deceased person by whom or on whose
behalf an application under this Ordinance is proposed to be
made shall be deemed to be a person interested in the deceased's
estate.

16. The Chief Justice may make rules for the better carrying
out of the purposes and provisions of this Ordinance and in partic-
ular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing-
(a)as to all matters of practice and procedure and incidental
matters arising out of this Ordinance;
(b)prescribing the forms to be used under this Ordinance,
and
(c)prescribing the fees and costs to be paid, charged or
allowed under this Ordinance.





17. (1) The provisions of the Schedule shall have effect with regard
to a union of concubinage entered before the appointed day under the
Marriage Reform Ordinance.

(2) In this section and in the Schedule,---unionof concubinage'
means a union of concubinage, entered by a male partner and a female
partner before the appointed day under the Marriage Reform Ordinance,
under which union the female partner has, during the lifetime of the male
partner, been accepted by his wife as his concubine and recognized as
such by his family generally.

SCHEDULE. [s. 17.]

1. In this Schedule-

'dependant' in relation to a deceased person, means

(a) a tsip or male partner of the deceased by a union of concubinage;

(b) a daughter of the deceased by such a union who has not been married;

(e) an infant son of the deceased by such a union;

(d)a son of the deceased by such a union who is, by reason of sonic mental or
physical disability, incapable of maintaining himself; and

(e)a parent of the deceased substantially maintained by him immediately
before his death;
'party to a union of concubinage' means a tsip or a male partner of such a union;

'tsip' means the female partner of a union of concubinage.

2. Subject to paragraph 3, the Ordinance shall apply to a dependant, as defined
in paragraph 1, as it does to a dependant as defined in section 2 and all references in
the Ordinance (other than in this Schedule) to a dependant shall be construed
accordingly.

3. (1) Notwithstanding paragraph 2, the following provisions shall have effect
with regard to a union of concubinage.

(2) An order for the maintenance of a tsip shall not be made if she has married
or committed an act of sexual intercourse.

(3) An order under section 4 providing for the maintenance of a tsip by way of
periodical payments shall provide for their termination thereupon if she marries or
commits an act of sexual intercourse.

(4) Nothing in this Schedule shall authorize the court to make an order
providing for maintenance to be made wholly or in part by way of a lump sum
payment, in accordance with subsection (4) of section 4, to a party to a union of
concubinage.
Originally 12 of 1971. 35 of 1971. L.N. 91/71. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 111.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 97.) Valid marriage. (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 178.) Power for court to order payment out of net estate of deceased for benefit of dependant. 1938 c. 45, s. 1(1), (2), (3) & (4). Orders for maintenance of surviving party to void marriage from estate of other party. 1970 c. 33, s. 6. Time within which application must be made. 1938 c. 48, s. 2(1). Matters to be considered by the court. 1938 c. 45, s. 1(5), (6), (7) & (8). Effect and form of order. 1938 c. 45, s. 3. Liability for payment. Power of court to release part of estate. Interim orders. 1938 c. 45, s. 4A. Discharge and variation of orders and additional provision. 1965 c. 72, s. 27. Restrictions on dealings with provisions for maintenance. Additional provisions as to orders under this Ordinance. 1938 c. 45, s. 2(1B), (1C). Dependant to be deemed a person interested for purposes of grant of administration. 1938 c. 45, s. 2(2). Rules, etc. Transitional provisions for concubinage. Schedule. (Cap. 178.) Interpretation. Application of Ordinance to dependants by union of concubinage. Special provisions relating to maintenance orders.

Abstract

Originally 12 of 1971. 35 of 1971. L.N. 91/71. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 111.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 97.) Valid marriage. (Cap. 181.) (Cap. 178.) Power for court to order payment out of net estate of deceased for benefit of dependant. 1938 c. 45, s. 1(1), (2), (3) & (4). Orders for maintenance of surviving party to void marriage from estate of other party. 1970 c. 33, s. 6. Time within which application must be made. 1938 c. 48, s. 2(1). Matters to be considered by the court. 1938 c. 45, s. 1(5), (6), (7) & (8). Effect and form of order. 1938 c. 45, s. 3. Liability for payment. Power of court to release part of estate. Interim orders. 1938 c. 45, s. 4A. Discharge and variation of orders and additional provision. 1965 c. 72, s. 27. Restrictions on dealings with provisions for maintenance. Additional provisions as to orders under this Ordinance. 1938 c. 45, s. 2(1B), (1C). Dependant to be deemed a person interested for purposes of grant of administration. 1938 c. 45, s. 2(2). Rules, etc. Transitional provisions for concubinage. Schedule. (Cap. 178.) Interpretation. Application of Ordinance to dependants by union of concubinage. Special provisions relating to maintenance orders.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2557

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

129

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:32 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND REGISTRATION (NEW TERRITORIES) FEES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2556

Title

LAND REGISTRATION (NEW TERRITORIES) FEES REGULATIONS

Description






LAND REGISTRATION (NEW TERRITORIES) FEES
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 128, section 27)

[19 May 1967.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Land Registration (New
Territories) Fees Regulations.

2. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the fees set forth in the Schedule
shall be taken in District Land Offices for the matters therein mentioned.

(2) Where any deed or instrument which is tendered for registration in a
District Land Office has been registered in any other District Land Office on
payment of the registration fee set forth in the Schedule, the fee for registering
such deed or instrument in the first-mentioned District Land Office shall be the
fee set forth in the Schedule or $30, whichever is the less.

(3) Where any mortgage or charge, or any reassignment, discharge, release,
transfer or certificate of satisfaction of any mortgage or charge, which is
tendered for registration in any District Land Office relates to other property as
well as to land to which Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance applies and
has been registered in the Land Office in Victoria on payment of the registration
fee prescribed in the Land Registration Fees Regulations, the fee for registering
such deed or instrument in the District Land Office shall be the fee set forth in
the Schedule or $30. whichever is the less.

3. The Land Officer may waive any fee required to be taken in respect of
any of the matters mentioned in the Schedule if he is satisfied that the fee
would, if charged, be paid out of the public funds of Hong Kong.

4. The Land Officer shall waive the fee required to be taken under item
8(1) of the Schedule in respect of supplying a photostatic copy of any folio of
a District Land Office register if he is satisfied that information contained on
that folio is required in connexion with a proposed incorporation of owners
under the Multi-storey Buildings (Owners Incorporation) Ordinance.

SCHEDULE [reg. 2.1

1 Registration of any deed or instrument (except as hereinafter specifically
mentioned) whereby the legal or equitable estate in any property, or in any share
or interest in any property, is assigned, conveyed, settled, partitioned, mortgaged,
charged, reassigned, discharged, released or other-wise transferred, including a
certificate of satisfaction of any mortgage or charge,





Where the amount or value of the consideration or value of the property or
share

or interest affected-
(a) does not exceed $1,000 ........5 5;
(b) exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000 5 10;
(c) exceeds $5,000 but does not exceed 520.000 5 30;
(d) exceeds $20,000 but does not exceed $100.000 60;
(e) exceeds SI 00,000 but does not exceed $500,000 5120;
(f) exceeds $500,000 ..............$240:
Provided that the maximum fee payable for any deed or instrument
exempted from stamp duty under the provisions of section 46 of the Stamp
Duty Ordinance shall be ...........5 30.

2. Registration of any agreement for sale and purchase or for mortgage

Where the amount or value of the consideration or principal sum secured, or
the value of the property or share or interest therein to which the instrument
relates

(a) does not exceed $1,000 ........S 5:
(b) exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $20,000 S 1 0;
(c) exceeds $20,000 ...............S 30.
3. Registration of any lease, agreement for a lease, or renewal or
surrender of a lease ..............S 30:

Provided that where the annual rent does not exceed $2,400 and it is
shown to the satisfaction of the Land Officer that the value of the
premises

leased does not exceed $20,000. the fee shall be ................................
S 10.

4. Registration of any will, probate, letters of administration, deed of
appointment of new trustees, lis pendens, writ of foreign attachment, judgment,
decree, prohibitory order, or other order of Court, certificate of satisfaction of a
judgment or of dissolution of a writ of foreign attachment, or any other deed or
instrument whatsoever not otherwise specifically mentioned in this Schedule

(a) Where not more than 5 lots or sections of lots are affected 30;

(b) And in addition for each lot or section of a lot affected in excess

of 5 ..... ...................5 5:

Provided that where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Land Officer that
the total value of all the lots or sections of lots or shares or interests therein
affected is less than $20,000 the fees shall be as fellows

(i) Where not more than 5 lots or sections of lots are affected 10;

(ii) And in addition for each lot or section of a lot affected in excess

of 5 ........................................
................................ 5.

5. Receiving any instrument for safe custody S 30:

Provided that where 2 or more instruments relating to the same property are

deposited at the same time the fees shall be as fellows-
(i) For the first instrument ............. 30;
(ii) For each additional instrument ... 5,

and the Land Officer's decision as to whether instruments relate to the same






property shall be final.

6. Supplying a manuscript copy of or extract from any instrument or
memorial or pages of a District Land Office register

(a) Per folio of 723 words (excluding printed words forming part of any

form used for the purpose) ......$1.50;
(b) Plus for any printed form used $1.00.
7. Certifying any such copy, and for every other certificate S 65.

8. (1) Supply a photostatic copy of any instrument or memorial or folio of a
District Land Office register- 1

For each sheet (or portion of a sheet) of photostatic reproduction

supplied
....................................................................................
................................S 3:





Provided that where the folio of a District Land Office register is a record
card the fee shall be as follows

For photostatic reproduction of either one side or both sides of

the same register card ........................... S
5.

(2) Supplying a photostatic copy of a plan attached to a Crown lease
or other document, per plan .......$ 3.

(3) Colouring or indicating colours upon any such plan, such additional fee,
not being less than $2 and not more than S50 as the District Officer shall direct,
having regard to the time spent on such colouring or indicating of colours:

Provided that where any photostatic copy supplied under paragraph (1) or (2)
exceeds in size 2 10 x 297 mm, such additional fee, not exceeding $3.00 as the
District Officer shall direct, shall be payable.

9. Certifying a photostatic copy ..........................................
.................$ 65.

10. Fees for and incidental to-

(a) the preparation, signature and issue of a Crown lease and
counterpart............ .....................
....................................... ........... $200:

(b) the preparation of a surrender (when it is at the lessee's expense)
of a Crown lease or other tenancy from the Crown $ 50.

11. Plans attached to a Crown lease counterpart, or other
document, or copies (other than photostatic copies) thereof per plan $ 50.

12. For the survey when a new Crown lease is issued for the whole or
any portion of a lot formerly held under Crown lease $150.
L.N. 76/67. L.N. 239/74. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 5/80. 56 of 1980. 31 of 1981. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 397/84. L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86. Citation. Fees payable. Schedule. L.N. 239/74. (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 239/74. Power to grant exemption. L.N. 76/82. 56 of 1980, s. 12. Duty to grant exemption. L.N. 249/86. (Cap. 344.) L.N. 239/74. L.N. 76/82. 31 of 1981, s. 65. (Cap. 117.) L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86. L.N. 5/80. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 397/84. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86.

Abstract

L.N. 76/67. L.N. 239/74. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 5/80. 56 of 1980. 31 of 1981. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 397/84. L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86. Citation. Fees payable. Schedule. L.N. 239/74. (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 239/74. Power to grant exemption. L.N. 76/82. 56 of 1980, s. 12. Duty to grant exemption. L.N. 249/86. (Cap. 344.) L.N. 239/74. L.N. 76/82. 31 of 1981, s. 65. (Cap. 117.) L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86. L.N. 5/80. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 397/84. L.N. 257/78. L.N. 109/85. L.N. 249/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2556

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

128

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:32 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND REGISTRATION FEES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2555

Title

LAND REGISTRATION FEES REGULATIONS

Description






LAND REGISTRATION FEES REGULATIONS

(Cap. 128, section 27)

[1 April 1958.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Land Registration Fees
Regulations.

1A. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'computer printout' has the meaning assigned by regulation 2 of the Land
Registration Regulations;

'instrument' includes any deed, conveyance, will, judgment or other instrument
in writing.

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the fees set forth in the Schedule shall be
taken in the Land Office in Victoria for the matters therein mentioned.

(2) Where any mortgage or charge, or any reassignment, discharge, release,
transfer or certificate of satisfaction of any mortgage or charge, which is
tendered for registration in the Land Office in Victoria relates to land to which
Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance applies as well as to other property
and has been registered in any District Land Office on payment of the
registration fee prescribed in the Land Registration (New Territories) Fees
Regulations, the fee for registering such instrument in the Land Office in
Victoria shall be the fee set forth in the Schedule or $60, whichever is the less.

(3) A fee to be taken pursuant to this regulation in respect of any
instrument delivered or redelivered for registration shall be paid by the person
for whose benefit or on whose behalf the instrument is so delivered or
redelivered.

3. The Land Officer may waive any fee required to be taken in respect of
any of the matters mentioned in the Schedule if he is satisfied that the fee
would, if charged, be paid out of the public funds of Hong Kong.

4. The Land Officer shall waive the fee required to be taken under

(a)item 10(1A) of the Schedule for supplying a photocopy of any
register card; or

(b) item 15 of the Schedule,

if he is satisfied that information contained on the card or computer printout, as
the case may be, is required in connexion with a proposed incorporation of
owners under the Multi-storey Buildings (Owners Incorporation) Ordinance.





SCHEDULE [reg. 2.1

1 Registration of any instrument (except as hereinafter specifically
mentioned) whereby the legal or equitable estate in any property, or in any share
or interest in any property, is assigned, conveyed, settled, partitioned, mortgaged,
charged, reassigned, discharged, released or otherwise transferred

Where the amount or value of the consideration or value of the property or
share or interest affected

(a) does not exceed S 100,000 ........... S 60;

(b) exceeds $100,000 but does not exceed $750,000 $250;

(c) exceeds $750,000 .................... 5500:

Provided that the maximum fee payable for any instrument exempted
from stamp duty under section 46 of the Stamp Duty Ordinance shall be ... 5
60.

2. Registration of any agreement for sale and purchase or for

mortgage ............................................................... S 60.

3. Registration of any lease, agreement for a lease, or renewal or

surrender of a lease ........................ ........
S 60.

4. Registration of any will, probate, letters of administration, deed of
appointment of new trustees, lis pendens, writ of foreign attachment, judgment,
decree, prohibitory order, or other order of Court certificate of satisfaction of a
judgment or of dissolution of a writ of foreign attachment, or any other
instrument whatsoever not otherwise specifically mentioned in this Schedule

(a) Where not more than 5 lots or sections of lots are affected S 60;

(b) And in addition for each lot or section of a lot affected in

excess of 5 ....................... 5 10:

Provided that where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Land Officer that
the total value of all the lots or sections of lots or shares or interests therein
affected is less than $50,000 the fees shall be as follows

(i) Where not more than 5 lots or sections of lots are affected
30;

(ii) And in addition for each lot or section of a tot affected in

excess of 5 ..................S 10.

5. Receiving for registration any instrument withheld from registration and
subsequently redelivered for registration. whether for the first or any subsequent
time,

in addition to the fees already paid under item 1, 2, 3 or 4-
For each period of 28 days or any part thereof during which
the instrument is not so redelivered. the first such period com-
mencing on the day upon which the instrument is collected
under regulation 15(3) of the Land Registration Regulations or,
where notice in writing is given by the Land Officer under
regulation 17 of those regulations, on the day upon which such
notice is given ...................$120.







6..............................Receiving any instrument for safe custody 5 60:

Provided that where 2 or more instruments relating to the same property

are deposited at the same lime the fees shall be as follows-

(i) For the first instrument ..1 60;

(ii) For each additional instrument ........................ S 10,

and the Land Officer's decision as to whether instruments relate to the same
property shall be final.

7. A search in the Land Office

For each memorial, Crown lease, Memorial Day Book, plan or

diazo copy produced or supplied . 5 5.
8-9. [Deleted, L.N. 248/86]

10. (1) Supplying a photocopy, or a hard copy from a microfilm, of any
instrument, memorial, or Crown lease

For each sheet or portion of a sheet supplied 5 3;

(IA) Supplying a photocopy of one side or both sides of a register

card.................
............................................................................................ S 10.





(2) Supplying a photocopy of a plan attached to a Crown lease
or other document, per plan .......S 3.

(3) Colouring or indicating colours upon any such plan, such additional fee, not being less
than $10 and not more than S200 as the Land Officer shall direct, having regard to the time spent
thereon:

Provided that where any photocopy or hard copy supplied under paragraph (1) or (2) exceeds
in size 216 mm by 330 mm, such additional fee. not exceeding $3 as the

Land Officer shall direct, shall be payable.
11. Certifying a photocopy ............................ $ 65.
12. Fees for and incidental to-

(a) the preparation signature and issue of a Crown lease and
counterpart ................... ...... $1.000;

(b) the preparation of a surrender (when it is at the lessee's expense)
of a Crown lease or other tenaney from the Crown $500.

13. Plans attached to a Crown lease and counterpart, or other
document, or copies (other than photocopies) thereof, per plan ................ $1,000.

14. For the survey when a new Crown lease is issued for the whole
or any portion of a lot formerly held under Crown lease ....... .......$5,000

15. Supplying a computer printout containing

(a) current particulars of a property .................... $10;

(b) historical and current particulars of a property $ 20.
G.N.A. 104/57. L.N. 31/63. L.N. 77/67. L.N. 238/74. L.N. 256/78. L.N. 4/80. 56 of 1980. L.N. 139/81. 31 of 1981. L.N. 108/85. L.N. 248/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 139/86. L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) Fees payable. Schedule. (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 238/74. L.N. 139/81. L.N. 139/81. Power to grant exemption. 56 of 1980, s. 12. Duty to grant exemption. L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 344.) L.N. 139/81. L.N. 108/85. L.N. 248/86. 31 of 1981, s. 65. (Cap. 117.) L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 248/86.

Abstract

G.N.A. 104/57. L.N. 31/63. L.N. 77/67. L.N. 238/74. L.N. 256/78. L.N. 4/80. 56 of 1980. L.N. 139/81. 31 of 1981. L.N. 108/85. L.N. 248/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 139/86. L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) Fees payable. Schedule. (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 238/74. L.N. 139/81. L.N. 139/81. Power to grant exemption. 56 of 1980, s. 12. Duty to grant exemption. L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 344.) L.N. 139/81. L.N. 108/85. L.N. 248/86. 31 of 1981, s. 65. (Cap. 117.) L.N. 248/86. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 248/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2555

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

128

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:31 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND REGISTRATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2554

Title

LAND REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

Description






LAND REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

2. Interpretation........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2
3. Application .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

4. Opening of Land Office to the public ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
5. Delivery and form of memorial .......... ... ... ... ... ... A 3
6. Particulars to be contained in memorial ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

7. Verification of memorial .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

8. Plans ..................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

9. Size and form of instruments .............. ... ... ... ... ... A 5

10......................Numbering of and receipt for memorial ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5
11......................Temporary index of land and premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

12.............Memorial Day Book ................ ... ... ... ... ... A 6

13......................Scrutiny of instrument and memorial ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

14.............................Procedure where memorial complies with regulations ... ... ... ... ... A 6
15.............................Procedure where instrument is withheld from registration ... ... ... ... A 7

16.............Date of registration .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

17...........................Notice of instruments available for collection ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

18..................Microfilming of old memorials ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

19........................Disposal of memorials when microfilmed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

20................Correction of memorials .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

21...............................Supply of copies and inspection of Land Office records ... ... ... ... A 9
22. Conduct in the Land Office A10

23. Power to prohibit entry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11
24. Offences and penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

First Schedule. Form of Memorial ... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

Second Schedule. Colour Markings on Plans ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12





LAND REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 128, section 28)

[8 June 198 L]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Land Registration

Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'M size' means a size measuring 210 mm by 297 mm;

'computer' has the meaning assigned by section 50 of the Evidence

Ordinance;

'computer printout means any document produced by a register

computer;

'foolscap size' means a size measuring approximately 216 mm by

330 mm;

'instrument' includes any deed, conveyance, will 11, judgment or other

instrument in writing;

'lot' includes a section and subsection of a lot;

'lot number' means

(a)in the case of a lot, the designation and number by which the
lot is described in the Crown lease under which it is held from
the Crown; or

(b)in the case of a section or subsection of a lot, the designation
and number by which the section or subsection is described
in the instrument by which it came into existence as such;

'memorial' means a memorial required to be delivered under

regulation 5(1);

'memorial number' means the number assigned to a memorial

under regulation 10;

'register card' means a register card referred to in regulation 14(1);

'register computer' means a computer forming part of a system of

recording the particulars referred to in regulation 14(1).

3. These regulations shall not apply to-

(a)any office specified in the Second Schedule to the Ordinance;
and

(b)any place approved under section 11 of the New Territories
Ordinance,

or to the registration of any instrument in any such office or place.











4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), such part of the Land Office as may be set
aside for the purpose by the Land Officer shall be open to the public

(a)between 10 a.m. and 12 noon and between 2 p.m. and 3 p.m. on a
weekday and between 10 a.m. and 12 noon on a Saturday (not being a
public holiday in either case) for the purpose of delivering
instruments for registration; and

(b) between 9 a.m. and 12.30 p.m. and between 2 p.m. and 4

p.m. on a weekday and between 9 a.m. and 12.30 p.m. on
a Saturday (not being a public holiday in either case) for
other purposes.

(2) The Land Officer may in his discretion vary the hours of opening
under paragraph (1).

(3) Except as provided by and in accordance with this regulation no part
of the Land Office shall be open to the public.

(4) The Land Officer shall place and maintain a notice at or near the
entrance to the Land Office indicating the part or parts of the Land Office open
to the public and the hours during which such part or parts are open.

5. (1) Registration of an instrument under the Ordinance shall be effected
by delivering into the Land Office such instrument together with a memorial
thereof in the form prescribed in the First Schedule and by compliance with the
Ordinance and these regulations.

(2) A memorial shall, unless the Land Officer otherwise permits, be on
paper of A4 size or foolscap size.

6. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a memorial shall contain the following
particulars

(a) the date of the instrument;

(b) the nature and object thereof,

(c)the names of the parties or other relevant persons and their respective
shares in, and capacities in relation to, the land and premises affected
or intended to be affected;

(d)a de scription of the land and premises affected or intended to be
affected, including the lot number and address;

(e) the consideration (if any);
the memorial number of-

(i) any mortgage or charge being reassigned or discharged;

(ii) any agreement being cancelled or the rights under which are
being assigned;

(iii) any lease, sublease or tenancy agreement being cancelled,
surrendered or assigned;





(iv) any agreement pursuant to which the assignment
the subject of the memorial has been effected; and
(v) any other instrument being discharged, cancelled or
otherwise satisfied by the instrument the subject of the
memorial; and

(g) the solicitors code.

(2) A memorial of an instrument being a judgment or order
shall contain the following particulars-
(a) the date of the instrument;
(b) the nature and action number thereof,

(e)the names of the parties and their respective shares in, and
capacities in relation to, the land and premises affected or
intended to be affected;
(d) the sum (if any) thereby recovered or secured;

(e)a description of the land and premises affected or intended
to be affected, including the lot number and address;

the memorial number of the judgment or charging order
being satisfied or discharged by the instrument the subject
of the memorial; and

(g) the solicitors code.

(3) Where there are more instruments than one for perfecting
a conveyance or security affecting the same land and premises, all
such instruments shall be stated in one and the same memorial, in
which it shall be sufficient to describe such land and premises only
once.
(4) In this regulation-

'address' includes the name of the street and the number of the
premises;

,,solicitors code' means the code assigned by the Land Officer to a
solicitor or firm of solicitors for the purpose of this regulation.

7. Every memorial shall be verified-

(a)by the oath of some competent person taken before a
justice of the peace;

(b) by the certificate of a solicitor,. or
(c)where the memorial has been prepared in the Land Office,
by the certificate of the Land Officer,

in such form, respectively, as the Land Officer may specify or
approve.

8. (1) Any plan mentioned in and attached to or endorsed
on an instrument delivered for registration shall be so coloured,
hatched or cross-hatched that such colouring, hatching or cross-
hatching may be identified, in the manner provided by this regula-
tion, on 16 mm black and white microfilm.





(2) A copy of any such plan shall be attached to the memorial of
the instrument to which it relates.

(3) Any colour, other than black and white, on any such plan and
copy thereof shall be identified by the marking specified in respect of
such colour in the Second Schedule.

(4) Unless the Land Officer otherwise permits, any such plan and
copy thereof shall be of A4 size or foolscap size.

(5) Every copy plan referred to in paragraph (2) shall be deposited
and kept by the Land Officer in a secure place in the Land Office for
future reference when required.

9. (1) An instrument delivered for registration shall-

(a)unless the Land Officer otherwise permits, be on paper of A4
size or foolscap size;

(b)contain, where practicable, the identity card number or
numbers of the person or persons signing the instrument; and

(e)be bound, to the satisfaction of the Land Officer, in such a
manner as to enable the instrument to be satisfactorily
recorded on microfilm in accordance with regulation 14(2).

(2) The type or other writing in an instrument delivered for
registration shall be of such quality as to enable the contents thereof to
be satisfactorily recorded on microfilm in accordance with regulation
14(2).

(3) In this regulation-

'identity card' means an identity card issued under the Registration of
Persons Ordinance; and

'identity card number means the reference number appearing on an
identity card.

10. Upon the delivery of an instrument and memorial under and in
accordance with regulation 5 the Land Officer shall

(a)number the memorial according to the order of time in which it
is delivered;

(b)give a receipt for the instrument and memorial specifying the
date of such delivery and the memorial number; and

(c)record on the instrument and memorial the date of such
delivery and the memorial number.

11. (1) The Land Officer shall maintain an index of the land and
premises mentioned in the memorial of every instrument delivered for
registration with accurate references to the date of delivery thereof and
the memorial number.

(2) Until such time as particulars of the instrument are entered on a
register computer or register card in accordance with regulation





14, the index referred to in paragraph (1) shall be kept by the Land
Officer in a secure place in the Land Office for future reference when
required.

12. (1) The following particulars of every memorial shall as
soon as practicable be entered by the Land Officer, in regular
succession according to the memorial number, in a book kept for the
purpose to be known as a Memorial Day Book, that is to say-

(a) the memorial number;

(b) the date of the instrument to which the memorial relates;

(c) the date of delivery;

(d) the nature of the instrument;

(e) the lot number of the land;

(f) the share or interest therein affected;

(g) the names of the parties or other relevant persons;

(h)the name and description of the place where the land and
premises are situate;

(i) the consideration (if any);

(j) the stamp duty (if any); and

(k)any other matters that may seem to the Land Officer to be
relevant.

(2) Until such time as all instruments recorded therein are
registered under regulation 14, the Memorial Day Book shall be
kept by the Land Officer in a secure place in the Land Office for
future reference when required.

13. The Land Officer shall scrutinize every instrument de-
livered for registration and the memorial thereof, and shall ensure
that the particulars required by regulation 6 are accurately con-
tained in the memorial.

14. (1) Subject to regulation 15, the Land Officer shall in
respect of every memorial, as soon as practicable enter the following
particulars on a register computer or on a register card kept by him
for the land and premises affected by the instrument to which the
memorial relates, that is to say-

(a) the memorial number;

(b) the date of the instrument to which the memorial relates;

(c) the date of registration;

(d) the consideration (if any);

(e)the name or names of the party or parties in whose favour
the instrument is made;





(f)in the case of an instrument particulars of which are
entered as an encumbrance, the nature of the instrument;
and
(g)any other matters that may seem to the Land Officer to be
relevant.

(2) When the requirements of paragraph (1) have been com-
plied with the Land Officer shall sign a certificate of registration
on the instrument, whereupon registration shall be deemed to be
completed, and the instrument together with the memorial thereof
shall then be recorded by him on 16 mm black and white microfilm.
(3) When the requirements of paragraph (2) have been com-
plied with, the Land Officer shall give notice in the manner provided
by regulation 17 that registration of the instrument to which the
memorial relates has been completed and that such instrument is
available for collection by the person by whom it was delivered.
(4) A microfilm record referred to in paragraph (2) shall be
placed in a micro-jacket and shall be kept by the Land Officer in a
secure place in the Land Office for future reference when required.

(5) Any person who collects a registered instrument shall sign
for the instrument in a book to be kept in the Land Office by the
Land Officer for the purpose.

15. (1) Where, in respect of any memorial, plan or instrument
delivered for registration, the Land Officer is not satisfied as to any
of the matters specified in section 23 of the Ordinance, he shall
withhold the instrument from registration.

(2) Where under paragraph (1) an instrument is withheld from
registration, the Land Officer shall-
(a)enter on a docket in duplicate, the reasons why such
instrument has been withheld, and such entry shall be
signed by him; and
(b)give notice in the manner provided by regulation 17 that
the instrument has been withheld from registration and is
available for collection.

(3) Any person who collects an instrument withheld from
registration shall-
(a)at the same time collect the memorial and plans (if any)
relating thereto;
(b)acknowledge receipt of such instrument, memorial and
plans (if any) by signing and dating, as of the date of
collection, one copy of the docket referred to in para-
graph (2)(a); and
(c) collect and retain one copy of the docket.
(4) If an instrument collected under paragraph (3) is re-
delivered for registration, such instrument, together with the memo-
rial and plans (if any) relating thereto shall be scrutinized by the
Land Officer, and the Land Officer shall-





(a)if he is then satisfied in respect of such instrument, memorial and
plans (if any) as to the matters specified in section 23 of the
Ordinance, proceed to register the instrument in accordance with
regulation 14; or

(b)if he is not so satisfied, again withhold the instrument from
registration.

(5) Paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) shall apply in respect of any instrument
withheld under paragraph (4)(b).

16. Registration of an instrument when completed shall take effect from
the date recorded on the memorial thereof under regulation 10(c), and such
record together with the certificate of registration referred to in regulation 14(2)
shall be evidence of the registration of such instrument, and of the date of
registration.

17. Notice under regulation 14(3) or regulation 15(2)(b) that an
instrument is available for collection shall be given by placing the name of the
person who delivered the instrument on a notice board maintained for the
purpose in a conspicuous place in the Land Office; but the Land Officer may, in
a particular case, give notice in such further or other manner as may appear to
him to be practicable.

18. (1) The Land Officer shall, as soon as practicable after the
commencement of these regulations, record on 16 mm black and white microfilm
the memorial of every instrument registered prior to the commencement of these
regulations.

(2) The microfilm record of every memorial referred to in paragraph (1)
shall be deposited and kept by the Land Officer in a secure place in the Land
Office for future reference when required.

19. The Land Officer may, where any memorial has been recorded on
microfilm in accordance with regulation 14(2) or 18(1), destroy or otherwise
dispose of such memorial or part thereof in such manner as he thinks fit.

20. (1) Any correction by erasure, interlineation or otherwise in any
memorial of an instrument registered under the Ordinance shall

(a)in the case of any such memorial recorded on microfilm, be noted and
set forth at length on a copy thereof in the form generally known as a
reader-printer hard copy, together with the reasons for making the
same;

(b)in the case of any other such memorial, be noted and set forth at
length in red ink on the margin thereof, together with the reasons for
making the same,

and shall be attested and verified by the signature of the Land Officer.





(2) The Land Officer shall-

(a)record on 16 mm black and white microfilm the duly corrected
copy of any memorial referred to in paragraph (1)(a); and

(b)remove the microfilm record of the memorial from the micro-
jacket in which it is contained, substituting therefor the
microfilm record of the corrected copy,

and may thereafter destroy or otherwise dispose of the microfilm record
so removed in such manner as he thinks fit.

21. (1) The Land Officer shall, upon request by any person and
upon payment of the fees prescribed under the Land Registration Fees
Regulations, make available to such person as soon as practicable and
during the hours specified for the purpose by or under regulation 4,
records of the Land Office as follows

(a)in the case of a memorial or instrument recorded on microfilm,
by supplying a copy thereof either

(i) in the form generally known as a diazo copy of the micro-
jacket containing the microfilm record of such memorial or
instrument; or

(ii) in the form generally known as a reader-printer hard
copy;

(b)in the case of the memorial of an instrument registered prior to
the commencement of these regulations, until such memorial is
recorded on microfilm, by producing the same for inspection in
the Land Office;

(c)in the case of the index of land and premises kept under
regulation 11, by making it available for inspection in the Land
Office;

(d)in the case of an entry in a Memorial Day Book kept under
regulation 12, by producing the Book for inspection in the Land
Office;

(e) in the case of a register card kept under regulation 14, by-

(i) supplying a photocopy thereof, or

(ii) producing the card for inspection in the Land Office;

(ea) in the case of records on a register computer, by supplying a
computer printout therefrom containing

(i) historical and current information; or

(ii) current information only;
in the case of a copy plan attached to a memorial, by-

(i) supplying a photocopy thereof,

(ii) supplying a copy thereof in the form generally known
as a diazo copy;





(iii) supplying a copy thereof in the form generally
known as a reader-printer hard copy; or
(iv) producing the copy plan for inspection in the Land
Office;

(g)in the case of a plan deposited in the Land Office under the
provisions of any Ordinance, by producing such plan for
inspection in the Land Office;

(h)in the case of a plan referred to but not contained in a
Crown lease and deposited in the Land Office under the
provisions of such. lease, by-
(i) supplying a photocopy of the plan; or
(ii) producing the plan for inspection in the Land
Office; and

(i)in the case of a Crown lease by supplying a copy thereof
either-
(i) in the form generally known as a diazo copy; or
(ii) in the form generally known as a reader-printer
hard copy.

(2) The Land Officer shall not be obliged to make available
any book, register, index or other record referred to in paragraph (1)
other than in the way prescribed by that paragraph or, where more
than one way is so prescribed, in any one such way as he may, in his
discretion, decide.

(3) The Land Officer shall not be obliged to make available
any book, register, index or other record of the Land Office other
than a record referred to in paragraph (1).

22. (1) Except with the permission of the Land Officer, no
person shall enter or remain in any part of the Land Office not open
to the public.

(2) No person shall-

(a) smoke in any part of the Land Office open to the public; or

(b)write upon, mark in any way, or alter or interfere with the
sequence of, any Land Office record.

(3) The Land Officer, or any member of the Land Office staff
authorized by him in that behalf, may require any person to leave
the Land Office or any part thereof---

(a)who he has reason to believe has contravened or is about to
contravene regulation 22(1) or (2);

(b) who is behaving in a noisy or disorderly manner;

(e)who appears to him to be under the influence of drink or
drugs; or

(d)who refuses or fails to comply with any reasonable re-
quirement of the Land Officer in furtherance of the proper
management of the Land Office.





(4) Any person who refuses or fails to leave the Land Office or any
part thereof when required to do so under paragraph (3) may be forcibly
removed from the Land Office.

23. (1) The Land Officer may prohibit any person who has
contravened regulation 22(1) or (2) or who has been required to leave
the Land Office under regulation 22(3) from entering the Land Office.

(2) Except with the permission of the Land Officer, no person who
has been prohibited from entering the Land Office under paragraph (1)
shall enter the Land Office.

24. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 22(1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3
months.

(2) Any person who-

(a)contravenes regulation 22(2)(a) or (b), or regulation 23(2); or

(b)refuses or fails to leave the Land Office or any part thereof
when required to do so under regulation 22(3),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment
for 1 month.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 5(1).]

FORM OF MEMORIAL

Serial

Stamp Duty 5 NO.

Memorial No . ...............................

1S

MEMORIAL of an instrument to be registered in the Land Office under the Land
Registration Ordinance.

Nature and object of the Solicitors
instrument to which the Code
memorial relates
Date of instrument FORLAND
OFFICE USE
ONLY
Consideration Nature of
Instrument Code
Memorial number of
transaction satisfied
[Regs. 6(1)(f) and
6(2)(f)]





Names of parties, their Consideration
respective shares in, and Code
capacities in relation to,
the premises
Capacity Code

Premises affected by the
instrument including lot
number and address (with
premises number and
street name)

Received at the Land Office
and registered as Memorial
No. on
for Land Officer.

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 8(3).]

COLOUR MARKINGS ON PLANS

COLOUR MARKING*
Brown B
Green G
Indigo 1
Orange 0
Pink p
Red R
Violet v
Yellow Y
Grey GY

*The prefix 'L' shall be used before any marking to indicate a light shade of
the colour to which the marking refers.
L.N. 138/81. L.N. 211/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 211/86. (Cap. 8.) L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. Application. (Cap. 97.) Opening of Land Office to the public. Delivery and form of memorial. First Schedule. L.N. 211/86. Particulars to be contained in memorial. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. Verification of memorial. Plans. Second Schedule. Size and form of instruments. (Cap. 177.) Numbering of and receipt for memorial. Temporary index of land and premises. L.N. 211/86. Memorial Day Book. Scrutiny of instrument and memorial. Procedure where memorial complies with regulations. L.N. 211/86. Procedure where instrument is withheld from registration. Date of registration. Notice of instruments available for collection. Microfilming of old memorials. Disposal of memorials when microfilmed. Correction of memorials. Supply of copies and inspection of Land Office records. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 211/86. Conduct in the Land Office. Power to prohibit entry. Offences and penalties. L.N. 211/86.

Abstract

L.N. 138/81. L.N. 211/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 211/86. (Cap. 8.) L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. Application. (Cap. 97.) Opening of Land Office to the public. Delivery and form of memorial. First Schedule. L.N. 211/86. Particulars to be contained in memorial. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. L.N. 211/86. Verification of memorial. Plans. Second Schedule. Size and form of instruments. (Cap. 177.) Numbering of and receipt for memorial. Temporary index of land and premises. L.N. 211/86. Memorial Day Book. Scrutiny of instrument and memorial. Procedure where memorial complies with regulations. L.N. 211/86. Procedure where instrument is withheld from registration. Date of registration. Notice of instruments available for collection. Microfilming of old memorials. Disposal of memorials when microfilmed. Correction of memorials. Supply of copies and inspection of Land Office records. (Cap. 128, sub. leg.) L.N. 211/86. Conduct in the Land Office. Power to prohibit entry. Offences and penalties. L.N. 211/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2554

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

128

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:30 +0800
<![CDATA[LAND REGISTRATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2553

Title

LAND REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

Description






CHAPTER 128

LAND REGISTRATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
1. Short title ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

1A. Interpretation... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

REGISTRATION OF INSTRUMENTS
AFFECTING LAND

2. Establishment of Land Office for registration of instruments affecting land ... ... 2
2A. Floating charge ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
3. Priority of registered instruments; effect of non-registration ... ... ... ... ... 3
4. Notice of unregistered instrument not to affect registered instrument ... ... ... 4
5. Period within which instruments to be registered after execution ... ... ... ... 4
5A. Priority of registered charging orders and lites pendentes ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
6-13. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

REGISTRATION OF LIS
PENDENS

14. Application to lis pendens ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... 4
-15.Particulars to be contained in memorial ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
16. Case of lis pendens not registered ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
17. Extension of Acts regarding re-registration ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
18. Effect of registry and re-registry and extension of 1855 c. 15, s. 11 ... ... ... 5

VACATION OF REGISTRATION OF LIS
PENDENS

19. Power to the court to order vacation of lis pendens ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
20. Mode of making application to the court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
21. Entry of discharge by Land Officer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

MISCELLANEOU
S

22. Deposit of deeds, etc., in Land Office for safe custody ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

23. Obligation of Land Officer to register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
23A. Liability of Land Officer and others ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
24. Dishonest destruction etc., of memorials and other documents ... ... ... ... 7
25. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
26. Duties and powers of assistant land officer ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... 7
26A. Copies of documents etc. admissible in evidence ... ... ... ... ... 7
27. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
28. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... 8
29. Effect of memorials recorded on microfilm ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... 9
30. Saving in respect of New Territories Land Offices. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12





CHAPTER 128

LAND REGISTRATION

To provide for the registration of deeds, conveyances, wills, judgments and
other instruments affecting real or immovable property, the keeping of
Land Office records, and for other matters relating to land registration.

(Replaced, 56 of 1980, s. 2)

[28 February 1844.1

WHEREAS it is expedient to prevent secret and fraudulent conveyances, and to
provide means whereby the title to real and immovable property may be
easily traced and ascertained:

(Amended, 5 of 1911, s. 4)

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Land Registration Ordinance.

(Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 6)

1A. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'document' includes, in addition to a document in writing

(a) any map, plan or drawing;

(b)any disc, tape or other device in which data other than visual images
are embodied so as to be capable, with or without the aid of some
other equipment, of being reproduced therefrom; and

(c)any film, tape or other device in which visual images are embodied so
as to be capable, with or without the aid of some other equipment, of
being reproduced therefrom;

'record' includes not only a written record but any record conveying
information or instructions by any other means whatsoever. (Added, 49 of
1986, s. 2)

REGISTRATION OF INSTRUMENTS AFFECTING
LAND

2. (1) The Land Office shall be a public office for the registration of deeds,
conveyances, and other instruments in writing. and wills and judgments; and all
deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and all
judgments, by which deeds,





conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and judgments,
any parcels of ground, tenements, or premises in Hong Kong may be
affected, may be entered and registered in the said office in the
prescribed manner. (Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4 and Schedule; 10 of
1953, s. 2 and 56 of 1980, s. 3 and s. 72)

(2) For the purpose of this Ordinance, 'Judgments' includes
judgments and orders of the High Court, the District Court and the
Lands Tribunal. (Added, 10 of 1953, s. 2. Amended, 29 of 1983, s. 48)

2A. (1) A document effecting a charge over all or part of the
property which may, from time to time, be owned by the chargor
(commonly called 'a floating charge'), whether or not it specifically
identifies any land charged, is not, for the purposes of section 2, a deed,
conveyance or other instrument in writing by which any parcel of
ground, tenement or premises in Hong Kong may be affected.

(2) A document effecting a floating charge created before or after 1
November 1984

(a)becomes a fixed charge on the land intended to be affected,
and

(b)for the purposes of section 2, is a deed, conveyance or other
instrument in writing by which any parcel of ground, tenement
or premises in Hong Kong may be affected,

upon crystallization of that charge after 1 November 1984 as evidenced
by a certificate signed by or on behalf of the chargee.

(3) For the purposes of section 5, the time of execution of a charge
mentioned in subsection (2) is the time of signature of the certificate
mentioned in that subsection.

(Added, 62 qf 1984, s. 57)

3. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, all such deeds. conveyances, and
other instruments in writing, and wills and judgments, made, executed,
or obtained, and registered in pursuance hereof, shall have priority one
over the other according to the priority of their respective dates of
registration, which dates shall be determined in accordance with
regulations made under this Ordinance. (Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule; 34 of 19 78, s. 2 and 56 of 1980, s. 4)

(2) All such deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing,
and wills and judgments, as last aforesaid, which are not registered
shall, as against any subsequent bona fide purchaser or mortgagee for
valuable consideration of the same parcels of ground, tenements, or
premises, be absolutely null and void to all intents and purposes:

Provided that nothing herein contained shall extend to bona fide
leases at rack rent for any term not exceeding 3 years. (Amended, 50 of
1911, Schedule)





4. No notice whatsoever, either actual or constructive, of any prior
unregistered deed, conveyance, or other instrument in writing, or will or
judgment, shall affect the priority of any such instrument as aforesaid as I's duly
registered.

(Amended, 50 qf191 1, Schedule)

5. All deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and
judgments, which are duly registered within the respective times next
mentioned, that is to say, all deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in
writing (except wills) which are registered within one month after the time of
execution thereof respectively, and all wills which are registered within one
month after the decease of every devisor respectively, and all judgments which
are registered within one month after the entering up or recording thereof, shall
severally be in like manner entitled to priority, and shall take effect respectively
by relation to the date thereof only in the same manner as if this Ordinance had
not been passed.

(Amended, 50 of 1911 1, Schedule, and 34 of 1978, s. 3)

5A. Notwithstanding section 3 or section 5 a charging order or lis pendens
which is duly registered shall have priority from the commencement of the day
following the date of its registration.

(Added, 34 of 1978, s. 4)

6-13. [Repealed, 56 of 1980, s. 51

REGISTRATION OF LIS
KN13ENS

14. The provisions of this Ordinance relating to judgments (subject to the
provisions hereinafter contained) shall extend to lites pendentes within the intent
and meaning of the Judgments Act 1839, and the Act of 13 and 14 Victoria,
chapter 35: (10 of 1856, s. 1, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911, Schedule, and
20 of 1948, s.4)

Provided that any cause or matter in the District Court which in the High
Court would be a lis pendens within the meaning of the said Acts shall be
deemed to be a lis pendens for the purpose of this Ordinance. (Added, 10 of
1953, s. 3)

15. The memorial of any such lis pendens shall be sufficient if it is signed
by the plaintiff or person claiming to be plaintiff to the said lis pendens, and
contains the names and additions of the said person and of the defendant or
person whose estate is intended to be affected thereby, and the day when the
bill, information, or special case was filed, and the sum of money thereby
claimed or in controversy; but the said memorial shall be verified in all other
respects as is provided in the case of judgments.

(10 of 1856, s. 2, incorporated. Amended, 50 qf 1911,
Schedule; 27 of'1937, Schedule, and 20 of 1948, s. 4)





16. Notwithstanding the said Acts of Parliament, no lis pendens
shall be registered in the Registry of the Supreme Court, or elsewhere
than in the Land Office; and a lis pendens not registered in the said
office shall not bind any purchaser or mortgagee of the estate intended
to be thereby affected.

(10 of 1856, s. 3, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule)

17. So much of the said Acts of Parliament and of the Judgments
Act 1840, and the Judgments Act 1855, as requires the re-registering of
judgments and lites pendentes after every successive period of 5 years,
beginning from the entry thereof respectively, shall extend to all
judgments, lites pendentes and orders, registered in the Land Office,
and by which it is intended to affect any estate.

(10 of 1856, s. 4, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule, and 20 of 1948, s. 4)

18. Subject to the provisions of section 11 of the Judgments Act
1855, for the relief of purchasers and mortgagees for valuable
consideration against the judgments, Crown debts, and liabilities of paid-
off mortgagees (which provisions are hereby extended to Hong Kong),
every lis pendens registered or re-registered, and also every judgment or
order re-registered in manner aforesaid, shall have the same force and
effect as a judgment registered and not further or otherwise.

(10 of 1856, s. 5, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule; 20 of 1948, s. 4 and 56 of 1980, s. 12)

VACATION OF REGISTRATION OF LIS PENDENS

19. The court or judge before whom any property sought to be
bound is in litigation, may on the determination of the lis pendens, or
during the pendency thereof, where the said court or judge is satisfied
that the litigation is not prosecuted bona fide, or for other good cause
shown, make an order for the vacating of the registration in the Land
Office of such lis pendens without the consent of the party who
registered it, and may direct the party on whose behalf the registration
was made to pay all the costs and expenses occasioned by the
registration or the vacating thereof, including the costs of the
application to vacate, or may make such other order as to such costs or
any of them as to the said court or judge may seem just.

(2 of 1896, s. 1, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule)

20. The application to vacate a lis pendens under section 19 may be
in a summary way by petition or motion in court or by summons in
chambers, and may be made by any person interested in the property
against which the lis pendens has been registered, whether such person
is a party to the lis pendens or not.

(2 of 1896, s. 2, incorporated.Amended, 5 of 1924, s. 8)





21. If an order is made for vacating any such registration, the
Land Officer shall, on the filing with him of a memorial and an office
copy of such order, enter a discharge of such lis pendens on the
register, and may issue certificates of such entry.
(2 of 1896, s. 3, incorporated. Amended, 50 of 1911,
Schedule)

MISCELLANEOUS

22. It shall be lawful for any person to deposit in the Land
Office for safe custody any deed, conveyance, power of attorney, or
other instrument in writing whatsoever, or his last will and testa-
ment, of which deeds, conveyances, powers of attorney, or other
instruments, wills, and testaments the Land Officer shall (first giving
a receipt for the same) immediately make an entry in a book to be
kept for that purpose, to which book he shall keep an accurate
alphabetical index having reference as well to the name of the
testator or parties to each such deed or instrument as to the person
depositing the same; and the Land Officer shall carefully and
securely keep all such deeds, conveyances, powers of attorney, or
other instruments, wills, and testaments in his office until required
by the party depositing the same to deliver them back again:

Provided that every such will or testament shall be enclosed
within a cover or envelope, sealed with the seal of the testator, whose
name shall be endorsed by the Land Officer thereon, and every such
will or testament shall remain in the said office until the decease of
the testator, unless he previously requires the same to be delivered
back, and on the death of the testator the Land Officer shall (after
examining such will or testament) deliver the same to the executor
first named therein, or to such other person as may be duly
authorized to receive the same.
(Amended, 50 of 1911, s. 4 and Schedule, and 51 of 1911,
Schedule)

23. The Land Officer shall register, in the manner prescribed
by or under this Ordinance, any deed, conveyance or other instru-
ment in writing, or will or judgment, delivered into the Land Office
for registration if, but only if, he is satisfied that-

(a)the deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing, or will
or judgment, may be, or is under any other Ordinance
required to be, registered under this Ordinance;

(b)the provisions of this Ordinance and of any regulations
made thereunder, and of any other Ordinance relating to
the registration of an instrument under this Ordinance
have been complied with; and

(c) the prescribed fees have been paid.
(Replaced, 56 of 1980, s. 6)





23A. If the Land Officer or any other person employed in the
Land Office wilfully or negligently fails to comply with section 23, he
shall be liable for any loss or damage thereby caused, but he shall
not be liable in damages-

(a)for registering, in good faith, any deed, conveyance or
other instrument in writing, or will or judgment, notwith-
standing any error, omission or defect therein;

(b)for registering, in good faith, any deed, conveyance, or
other instrument in writing, or will or judgment, which
does not affect any parcels of ground, tenements or pre-
mises in Hong Kong; or

(e)for any damage to or loss or destruction of any memorial
or any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing, or
will or judgment, registered or delivered for registration or
any document in his custody unless such damage, loss or
destruction was due to his act and such act-
(i) was not authorized by or under this Ordinance; and
(ii) was done negligently or with intent to cause such
damage, loss or destruction.
(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 6)

24. Any person who dishonestly, with a view to gain for
himself or another, or with intent to cause loss to another, destroys,
removes, alters, defaces or conceals-

(a)any memorial, or any deed, conveyance or other instru-
ment in writing, or will or judgment, belonging to, or filed
or deposited in, the Land Office, or any part thereof or
endorsement thereon or any microfilm or other record
thereof., or

(b)any register, book, index, receipt, docket or other docu-
ment belonging to, or filed or deposited in, the Land Office,
or any part thereof or any microfilm or other record
thereof,

commits an offence and is liable on conviction upon indictment to
imprisonment for 14 years.
(Replaced, 56 of 1980, s. 7)

25. [Repealed, 56 of 1980, s. 81

26. Any assistant land officer acting in the place or on behalf of
the Land Officer shall have the same duties and powers as are given
by this or any other Ordinance to the Land Officer.
(Added, 23 of 1938, s. 2)

26A. (1) A document purporting to be a copy, print or
extract-





(a) of or from-

(i) any memorial or any deed, conveyance or other
instrument in writing, or will or judgment, belonging to, or
filed or deposited in, the Land Office, or any part thereof or
endorsement thereon or any microfilm or other record thereof,
or

(ii) any register, book, index, receipt, docket or other
document belonging to, or filed or deposited in, the Land
Office, or any part thereof or any microfilm or other record
thereof, and

(b)signed and certified as a true copy, print or extract by the Land
Officer or any person authorized by him in that behalf,

shall, subject to the Stamp Duty Ordinance, be admissible in evidence in
criminal or civil proceedings before any court on its production without
further proof and, until the contrary is proved, the court shall presume
that

(A)the signature and certification to the document is that of the
Land Officer or a person authorized by him in that behalf, and

(B) the document is a true and correct copy, print or extract.

(2) Nothing in this section shall prejudice the admissibility of any
evidence which would be admissible apart from the provisions of this
section.

(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 9)

27. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe the
fees to be taken in the Land Office. (Amended, 20 of 1948, s. 4; 9 of
1950, Schedule, and 37 of 1950, Schedule)

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3), the true
consideration shall be stated in all documents registered in the Land
Office. (Replaced, 28 of 1931, s. 2)

(3) Where the amount or value of the consideration money is not
stated in any deed, assignment, mortgage or other instrument tendered
for registration in the Land Office, or where no consideration money or
merely nominal consideration money passes thereunder, the value of the
property, to which such deed, assignment, mortgage or other instrument
relates, shall be determined by the Land Officer and the like fees shall be
paid as if the value so determined were the amount or value of the
consideration money. (Replaced, 28 of 1931, s. 2. Amended, 20 of
1948, s. 4)

28. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any
of the following matters

(a)the manner in which entry and registration of memorials, deeds,
conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and
judgments, and other documents in the Land





Office shall be effected, and the withdrawal of any me-
modal, deed, conveyance, or other instrument in writing,
or will or judgment, or other document from registration;

(b)determining the date of registration of registered instru-
ments and the proof thereof,

(e)particulars and documents to be furnished for the purposes
of registration;

(d)the method by which and the form in which memorials,
deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing,
and wills and judgments, and other documents are to
be recorded and the manner in which they are to be
maintained;

(e)the correction and amendment of any memorial or other
document;

(f)the keeping of indexes, registers and other records of the
Land Office;

(g)the use of microfilm or any other material or method for
the recording of memorials, deeds, conveyances, and other
instruments in writing, and wills and judgments, and other
documents, including records of the Land Office;

(h)the destruction or disposal of memorials and other docu-
ments, including records of the Land Office, recorded on
microfilm or on other material;

(i)fixing the hours during which the Land Office or any part
thereof shall be open to the public and empowering the
Land Officer to vary such hours;

(j)regulating admission to the Land Office or any part thereof
and the use of any equipment, facilities or material therein
by members of the public;

(k) regulating the conduct of persons in the Land Office;

(1)enabling any person to be refused entry to the Land Office
and the removal from the Land Office of any person;

(m)prescribing anything that is required or permitted to be
prescribed under this Ordinance.

(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of any specified provision of any such regulation shall
be an offence and may provide penalties therefor not exceeding a fine
of $10,000 and imprisonment for 2 years.
(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 10)

29. Where pursuant to regulations made under section 28 the
memorial of any deed, conveyance or other instrument in writing, or
will or judgment, is recorded on microfilm-

(a)the microfilm record of the memorial shall be treated for
all purposes as the original memorial; and





(b)the registration of any such deed, conveyance or other
instrument in writing, or will or judgment, registered prior
to the date* of commencement of the Land Registration
(Amendment) Ordinance 1980, shall not be affected.
(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 10)

30. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordin-
ance, sections 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 25 and the Schedule in
force immediately before the date* of commencement of the Land
Registration (Amendment) Ordinance 1980 and which are set out
for convenience in the First Schedule shall continue to apply to the
registration of deeds, conveyances, wills, judgments and other
instruments affecting real or immovable property in-
(a) any office specified in the Second Schedule; and
(b)any place approved under section 11 of the New Terri-
tories Ordinance,
and a reference in any enactment to a section of this Ordinance
referred to in this subsection shall be construed accordingly.
(2) The Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Gazette, amend the Second Schedule.
(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 10)

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 30.1

PROVISIONS OF THE ORDINANCE IN FORCE IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE DATE OF
COMMENCEMENT OF THE LAND REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1980
WHICH SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SET OUT IN SECTION 30

2. (1) The Land Office shall be a public office for the registration of deeds,
conveyances, and other instruments in writing. and wills and judgments; and all
deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and all judgments, by
which deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and judgments,
any parcels of ground, tenements, or premises in the Colony may be affected, may he
entered and registered in the said office in the manner hereinafter directed.
(2) For the purpose of this Ordinance, 'judgments' includes judgments and
orders both of the High Court and of the District Court.

3. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, all such deeds, conveyances, and other
instruments in writing, and wills and judgments, made, executed, or obtained, and
registered in pursuance hereof, shall have priority one over the other according to the
priority of their respective dates of registration.
(2) All such deeds, conveyances, and other instruments in writing, and wills and
judgments, as last aforesaid, which are not registered shall, as against any subsequent
bona fide purchaser or mortgagee for valuable consideration of the same parcels of
ground, tenements, or premises, be absolutely null and void to all intents and
purposes:
Provided that nothing herein contained shall extend to bona fide leases at rack
rent for any term not exceeding 3 years.

6. The registration intended by this Ordinance shall be made in manner
following, that is to say, a memorial containing the particulars hereinafter specified
shall be delivered into the Land Office, signed, in the case of a deed, conveyance, or
other instrument in writing, except a will, by some or one of the parties to the original
instrument, or, if such parties are dead or absent from the Colony, then by one or
more of the witnesses to such instrument, and in the case of a will by some or one of
the devisees or his guardian or trustees, and in the case of a judgment by a party to the
action in which such judgment is delivered or by his agent or by a person claiming
under or through such party.





7. Every such memorial shall contain a just and true account of the several
particulars therein set forth and shall be verified-
(a)by the oath of some competent person taken before any justice of the peace;
or
(b)by the certificate of a person admitted and enrolled as a solicitor in the
Colony; or
(c)where the memorial has been prepared in the Land Office, by the certificate
of the Land Officer.

8. (1) The memorial of any deed, conveyance, or other instrument in writing,
and of any will, shall contain the date of such deed, conveyance, or other instrument,
or of such will, and the particular nature and object thereof, the names and additions
of all the parties to such deed, conveyance, or other instrument, and of the devisor
and devisee or devisees of such will, and the names and additions of all the witnesses
thereto and shall especially particularize and express the parcels of ground, tenements
and premises affected or intended to be affected by such deed, conveyance, or other
instrument, or by such will, and the proper and ordinary or accustomed names of the
places where the same are situate, and (except in the case of a will) the pecuniary or
other consideration for the same, in the form or to the effect of the form in the
Schedule.
(2) The memorial of any judgment shall contain the names and additions of the
plaintiff and defendant, the sum thereby recovered or secured, if any, the time of
entering up or recording the same, and the sum of money bona fide due thereon, if
any.
(3) Provided always that when there are more writings than one for perfecting
the same conveyance, devise or security affecting the same parcels of ground,
tenements, and premises, all such writings shall be stated in one and the same
memorial, in which it shall be sufficient to particularize such parcels, tenements and
premises only once.

9. (1) On the delivery of any such memorial as aforesaid, the Land Officer
shall number the memorial according to the order of time in which it has been so
delivered, and shall give a receipt for it, in which receipt shall be specified the certain
day and time of day when the memorial was so delivered, and the proper number
thereof in the register of the Land Office.
(2) The Land Officer shall also in like manner immediately endorse on the back
of the memorial a certificate containing the day and the time of day when the
memorial was so delivered, and the name and place of abode of the person verifying
it, and shall sign the certificate when so endorsed.
(3) Such certificate shall be taken and allowed as evidence of the registration,
and of the time of registration, of the deed, conveyance, or other instrument, or of the
will or judgment, of which the memorial has been so made.

10. Every such memorial shall, as soon after the receipt thereof as practicable,
be carefully registered by the Land Officer, in regular succession as received,
according to its proper number, in a particular book to be kept by him for that
purpose, and shall afterwards be deposited by him in some secure place in his office,
and there kept for future reference when required-

11. The Land Officer shall also keep an index of the parcels of ground,
tenements, and premises mentioned in every such memorial and also a like index or
indices of the names of the several parties to deeds, conveyances, and other
instruments in writing, and of the devisors and devisees in the case of wills, and of the
plaintiffs and defendants in the case of judgments, with accurate references in all such
indices respectively to the number and page of registry of the memorial to which any
entry in such indices relates.

12. In the case of any mortgage or judgment registered, if at any time afterwards
such verified certificate as is hereinafter next mentioned is brought to the Land
Officer, signed by the mortgagor and mortgagee or plaintiff and defendant or their
agents as the case may be, and attested by 2 credible witnesses, whereby it appears
that the whole of the moneys due on such mortgage or judgment have been fully paid,
or that such mortgage or judgment is otherwise satisfied, then the Land Officer shall
make a short entry or memorandum thereof on the memorial and on the margin of
the registry of such mortgage or judgment, and shall afterwards carefully register the






certificate in one of the registry books of his office, and the Land Officer shall make an
entry thereof in his indices referring accurately to the page of registry of the certificate.





13. (1) Every such certificate shall contain the following particulars, that is to
say, in the case of a mortgage the names and additions of the original parties, the
date of the instrument, the sum thereby secured, and the time of payment or other
satisfaction thereof, and in the case of a judgment the names and additions of the
plaintiff and defendant, the time of entering up or recording the same, the sum
thereby recovered, if any, and the date of payment or other satisfaction of the
amount bona fide due thereon, if any.

(2) Every such certificate shall contain a just and true account of the several
particulars therein set forth and shall be verified

(a)by the oath of some competent person taken before any justice of the
peace, or

(b)by the certificate of a person admitted and enrolled as a solicitor in the
Colony.

(3) On the back of such verified certificate the Land Officer shall immediately
endorse the date when the same was received by him, and the name and place of
abode of the person verifying the same, and the certificate shall, after being so
endorsed and entered as aforesaid, be safely kept in his office for future reference
when required.

25. Any correction by erasure, interlineation, or otherwise in any memorial of
the registry of any document shall be noted and set forth at length in red ink in the
margin of the memorial wherein it is made, together with the reasons for making
the same, and shall be attested and verified by the signature of the Land Officer.

SCHEDULE [s. 8.1

PARTICULARS TO BE CONTAINED IN MEMORIAL

1. Date of instrument or will.

2. Nature and object thereof.

3. Names and additions of the parties or of the devisors or devisees.

4. Names and additions of the witnesses thereto.

5. Description of the land or premises conveyed in or affected by the
instrument or will.

6. Name and description of the place where situate.

7. Consideration and to whom and how paid.

8. Any other particulars which the case may require.

(Replaced, 56 of 1980, s. 11)

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 30.1

OFFICES SPECIFIED FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION 30

1 The District Land Office, Yuen Long.

2. The District Land Office, Tsuen Wan.

3. The District Land Office, Sai Kung.

4. The District Land Office, Islands.

5. The District Land Office, Sha Tin.







6, The District Land Office, Tuen Mun.

7. The District Land Office, Tai Po.

8. The District Land Office, North.

(Added, 56 of 1980, s. 11)
Originally 3 of 1844. 10 of 1856. 2 of 1896. (Cap. 128, 1950.) 36 of 1902. 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 8 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 24 of 1915. 5 of 1924. 28 of 1931. 27 of 1937. 23 of 1938. 20 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 37 of 1950. 10 of 1953. 24 of 1965. 34 of 1978. 56 of 1980. 29 of 1983. 62 of 1984. 49 of 1986. Preamble. Short title. Interpretation. Establishment of Land Office for registration of instruments affecting land. Floating charge. Priority of registered instruments; effect of non-registration. Notice of unregistered instrument not to affect registered instrument. Period within which instruments to be registered after execution. Priority of registered charging orders and lites pendentes. Application to lis pendens. (1839 c. 11.) Particulars to be contained in memorial. Case of lis pendens not registered. Extension of Acts regarding re-registration. (1840 c. 82.) (1855 c. 15.) Effect of registry and re-registry and extension of 1855 c. 15, s. 11. Power to the court to order vacation of lis pendens. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Mode of making application to the court. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Entry of discharge by Land Officer. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Deposit of deeds, etc., in Land Office for safe custody. Obligation of Land Officer to register. Liability of Land Officer and others. Dishonest destruction etc., of memorials and other documents. Duties and powers of assistant land officer. Copies of documents etc. admissible in evidence. (Cap. 117.) Fees. Regulations. Effect of memorials recorded on microfilm. (56 of 1980.) [*8.6.81.] Saving in respect of New Territories Land Offices, etc. (56 of 1980.) [*8.6.81.] First Schedule. Second Schedule. (Cap. 97.) Establishment of Land Office for registration of instruments affecting land. Priority of registered instruments; effect of non-registration. Delivery into Land Office of memorial of instrument to be registered. Verification of memorial. Particulars to be contained in memorial. Schedule. Numbering, receipt for, and endorsement of certificate on memorial. Registration and custody of memorial. Indices of land registered and of parties to instruments. Entry of satisfaction of mortgage or judgment and registration of certificate of satisfaction. Contents, verification, and custody of certificate of satisfaction of mortgage or judgment. Verification of correction in memorial of registry.

Abstract

Originally 3 of 1844. 10 of 1856. 2 of 1896. (Cap. 128, 1950.) 36 of 1902. 30 of 1911. 50 of 1911. 51 of 1911. 8 of 1912. 43 of 1912. 24 of 1915. 5 of 1924. 28 of 1931. 27 of 1937. 23 of 1938. 20 of 1948. 9 of 1950. 37 of 1950. 10 of 1953. 24 of 1965. 34 of 1978. 56 of 1980. 29 of 1983. 62 of 1984. 49 of 1986. Preamble. Short title. Interpretation. Establishment of Land Office for registration of instruments affecting land. Floating charge. Priority of registered instruments; effect of non-registration. Notice of unregistered instrument not to affect registered instrument. Period within which instruments to be registered after execution. Priority of registered charging orders and lites pendentes. Application to lis pendens. (1839 c. 11.) Particulars to be contained in memorial. Case of lis pendens not registered. Extension of Acts regarding re-registration. (1840 c. 82.) (1855 c. 15.) Effect of registry and re-registry and extension of 1855 c. 15, s. 11. Power to the court to order vacation of lis pendens. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Mode of making application to the court. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Entry of discharge by Land Officer. 1867 c. 47, s. 2. Deposit of deeds, etc., in Land Office for safe custody. Obligation of Land Officer to register. Liability of Land Officer and others. Dishonest destruction etc., of memorials and other documents. Duties and powers of assistant land officer. Copies of documents etc. admissible in evidence. (Cap. 117.) Fees. Regulations. Effect of memorials recorded on microfilm. (56 of 1980.) [*8.6.81.] Saving in respect of New Territories Land Offices, etc. (56 of 1980.) [*8.6.81.] First Schedule. Second Schedule. (Cap. 97.) Establishment of Land Office for registration of instruments affecting land. Priority of registered instruments; effect of non-registration. Delivery into Land Office of memorial of instrument to be registered. Verification of memorial. Particulars to be contained in memorial. Schedule. Numbering, receipt for, and endorsement of certificate on memorial. Registration and custody of memorial. Indices of land registered and of parties to instruments. Entry of satisfaction of mortgage or judgment and registration of certificate of satisfaction. Contents, verification, and custody of certificate of satisfaction of mortgage or judgment. Verification of correction in memorial of registry.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2553

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

128

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:30 +0800
<![CDATA[FORESHORE AND SEA-BED (RECLAMATIONS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2552

Title

FORESHORE AND SEA-BED (RECLAMATIONS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

FORESHORE AND SEA-BED (RECLAMATIONS)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 127





CHAPTER 127

FORESHORE AND SEA-BED (RECLAMATIONS) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
3. Plans relating to reclamations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1
4. Availability for public inspection . ... ... 1 .. ... ... ... 2
5. Publication ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
6. Objections ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
7. Authorization procedure if no objection made ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
8. Authorization procedure if objection made ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

9. Notice of authorization and invitation to claim for compensation ... ... ... 4
10. Extinguishment of rights upon publication of notice of authorization .. ... 4

11. No claim for money except under this Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

12. Claims for compensation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
13- Settlement of claim ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ...

14. Provisional payment pending determination of compensation ... 6

15. Payment of compensation and interest ... ... ... ... ... ...

16. Payment when person entitled cannot be found. etc.

17. Saving of rights of Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
18. Service of notices by Director ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
19. Repeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
20. Transitional... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 127

FORESHORE AND SEA-BED (RECLAMATIONS)

To provide for the publication of proposals in respect of reclamations
over and upon any foreshore and sea-bed; to make provision in
respect of objections to the proposals, the payment of
compensation and connected matters; and to repeal the Public
Reclaniations and Works Ordinance and the Foreshores and Sea
Bed Ordinance.

[9 August 1985.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Foreshore and Sea-bed
(Reclamations) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Director' means the Director of Lands;

'foreshore and sea-bed- means the shore and bed of the sea and of any
tidal water within Hong Kong, below the line of the high water
mark; and

'reclamation' includes any work over and upon any foreshore and sea-
bed.

3. Where a reclamation is proposed in relation to any foreshore and
sea-bed, the Director shall prepare a plan delineating and describing the
proposed reclamation and the foreshore and sea-bed intended to be
affected thereby.

4. A copy of a plan prepared under section 3 shall, upon the
publication of a notice under section 5, be available for inspection by
the public free of charge at such offices of the Government as the
Director may direct. during the hours when those offices are open to
the public.

5. (1) Upon completion of the preparation of a plan under section 3,
the Director shall cause notice of the plan to be published

(a)in 2 issues of the Gazette in both the Chinese and English
languages;

(b) in 2 issues of a Chinese language newspaper;

(e) in 2 issues of an English language newspaper; and

(d)by affixing copies in the Chinese and English languages in
such prominent positions within or near the foreshore and sea-
bed affected by the notice, as may be appropriate for the
purposes of drawing the notice to the attention of the public.

(2) The notice referred to in subsection (1) shall-





(a)describe the foreshore and sea-bed affected and describe the
manner in which it will be affected by the proposed
reclamation,

(b)either be published together with a copy of the plan to which it
relates, or state where and at what times a copy of the plan
may be inspected, and

(c)state that any person who considers that he has an interest,
right or easement in or over the foreshore and sea-bed so
described, may object to the proposal under section 6.

(3) A notice published under this section shall be deemed to be
notice to every person who has an interest, right or easement in or over
the foreshore and sea-bed described therein.

6. (1) Any person who considers that he has an interest. right or
easement in or over the foreshore and sea-bed described in a notice
published under section 5 may. by notice in writing delivered to the
Director before the expiration of such time being not less than 2 months
as shall be specified in the notice, object to the proposed reclamation.

(2) A notice of objection shall describe the interest. right or
easement of the objector and the manner in which he alleges he will be
affected.

(3) An objection delivered under subsection (1 may be amended
or withdrawn in writing at any time before the proposed reclamation is
considered under section 7 or 8; and if Withdrawn. shall be treated for
the purposes of those sections as not having been made.

7. When the time for the making of objections under section 6 in
respect of a proposed reclamation has expired and no objection has
been delivered to the Director, or if any objections made have all been
withdrawn, the Governor may authorize the proposed reclamation.

8. (1) Where at the expiry of the time for the making of objections
under section 6 in respect of a proposed reclamation any objection has
been delivered under that section, the Governor in Council shall
consider the proposed reclamation and every objection and may

(a) decline to authorize the reclamation;

(b)authorize the reclamation in part only and defer for further
consideration at such future time as the Governor in Council
shall specify, any objection which relates to the remaining part
of the reclamation not so authorized.. or

(c) authorize the whole of the reclamation.

(2) Where a reclamation is authorized under subsection (1)(b) or
(c), the plan relating to such reclamation shall be subject to such
modifications and conditions as the Governor in Council thinks fit.





9. (1) Where a reclamation is authorized under section 7, 8(1)(b) or
8(1)(c) notice thereof shall, at any time before the commencement of
the reclamation, be

(a)served by the Director on every person who has made an
objection under section 6;

(b)published in one issue of the Gazette in both the Chinese and
English languages; and

(c)made available for inspection by the public free of charge at
such offices of the Government as the Director may direct,
during the hours when those offices are open to the public.

(2) The notice referred to in subsection (1) shall-

(a) describe the foreshore and sea-bed affected thereby;

(b)be served by the Director and published either with a copy of
the plan to which it relates prepared under section 3, or if
modified by the Governor in Council, with a copy of the plan
as so modified, or state where and at what times a copy of any
such plan may be inspected;

(c)state that any person who considers that he has an interest,
right or easement in or over such foreshore and sea-bed that
will be injuriously affected by the reclamation may deliver a
written claim for compensation under section 12 for the
injurious affection to the Director, before the expiry of such
time being not less than 1 year from the date when it is
published in the Gazette, as shall be specified in the notice.

(3) A notice served by the Director and published under this
section shall be deemed to be* notice to every person who has an
interest, right or easement in or over the foreshore and sea-bed so
affected.

10. (1) Subject to section 17, upon the publication of a notice of
authorization in the Gazette under section 9(1)(b)

(a)all public and private rights in relation to the foreshore and
sea-bed affected thereby shall be extinguished and cease to
exist; and

(b)no person shall have any right against the Crown or any other
person to compel or restrain anything authorized under
section 7, 8(1)(b) or 8(1)(c).

(2) No action shall be brought or continued in respect of the
extinguishment under subsection (1), in whole or in part, of any public
or private right.

11. No person shall have any right against the Crown or any other
person to claim any money in respect of anything authorized under
section 7, 8(1)(b) or 8(1)(c) except to the extent of the entitlement to
claim compensation under section 12.





12. (1) Any person who claims that his interest, right or easement in
or over such foreshore and sea-bed will be injuriously affected by the
reclamation may deliver to the Director a written claim stating the sum of
money which he is willing to accept in full and final settlement of his
claim together with such particulars as he may possess to substantiate
the claim and shall furnish to the Director such accounts, documents
and further particulars as the Director may request him to furnish, in
support of the claim.

(2) A claim under subsection (1) shall be made before the expiry of
the time specified in the notice served by the Director and published
under section 9(1) in respect of the reclamation.

(3) Where any costs or remuneration are reasonably incurred or
paid by a claimant in employing persons to act in a professional
capacity in connexion with a claim under subsection (1), such claim may
include a claim for such costs or remuneration.

13. (1) In relation to every reclamation the Director shall before the
expiry of 6 months from the date when the written claim is delivered to
him or, if he has requested further particulars under section 12(1), before
the expiry of 6 months from the date when they are furnished under that
section, consider whether or not the claimant is a person having an
interest, right or easement in or over any foreshore and sea-bed that will
be injuriously affected by the reclamation and shall serve notice on the
claimant in writing stating that he

(a) admits the whole claim; or

(b) rejects the whole claim; or

(e) admits a specified part and rejects the remainder,

and shall where he rejects the whole claim, or admits a specified part and
rejects the remainder, as the case may be, give an adequate statement of
his reasons for the rejection.

(2) If the Director admits the whole claim, or admits a specified part
and rejects the remainder, he may agree with the claimant as to the
amount of compensation to be paid to the claimant in full and final
settlement of the whole claim or a specified part, as the case may be.

(3) Where-

(a) the Director rejects the claim in whole or in part; or

(b)after the expiry of 7 months from the date when the written
claim is delivered to the Director or, if he has requested further
particulars under section 12(1), after the expiry of 7 months
from the date when they are furnished under that section, the
Director and the claimant do not agree as to the amount of
compensation,

the Director or the claimant may refer the claim to the Lands Tribunal to
determine in accordance with this Ordinance and the Lands Tribunal
Ordinance, the amount of compensation to be paid.





(4) In determining a claim referred to it under subsection (3) in
respect of a reclamation, the Lands Tribunal shall

(a)hear any evidence which the Director or the claimant may wish
to tender and, if so requested, hear counsel or a solicitor on
behalf of the party making the request., and

(b)determine the amount of compensation payable by the
Government to the claimant in respect of any interest, right or
easement of the claimant in or over any foreshore or sea-bed
injuriously affected by the reclamation in full and final
settlement of the claim.

(5) Notice of a reference under subsection (3) shall be served by
the Director or the claimant, as the case may be, on the other party to
the proceedings, before the expiry of 7 days from the date when it is
referred.

(6) A claim shall not be referred to the Lands Tribunal under
subsection (3), unless it is referred before the expiry of 1 year from the
date of the notice served under subsection (1) or within such longer
period as the Lands Tribunal may in any case allow, but the total period
for the purposes of this subsection shall not exceed 6 years from that
date.

14. (1) The Director may, pending the determination by the Lands
Tribunal of the compensation payable under this Ordinance. pay

(a)an amount as a provisional payment of the amount payable by
virtue of such determination, and

(b)interest on any payment made under paragraph (a), for the
period from the date of publication of the notice of
authorization in the Gazette under section 9(1)(b) relating to
the reclamation in question. until the date on which the
payment is made, calculated having regard to the lowest rate
payable from time to time by members of The Hong Kong
Association of Banks on time deposits.

(2) Any payment made by the Director under subsection (1) shall
be without prejudice to the claim for compensation under this Ordinance
or the submission under this Ordinance of the matter to the Lands
Tribunal for determination of the amount of compensation to be paid, or
the determination thereof by it under this Ordinance but the amount of
compensation payable by virtue of such determination shall be reduced
by the amount of such payment.

(3) Where the amount of compensation payable by virtue of a
determination of the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance is reduced
under subsection (2) by the amount of any payment made under
subsection (1), such compensation shall not as from the date on which
the payment is made, bear interest except on the amount thereof as so
reduced.





(4) Where the amount of any payment made by the Director
under subsection (1) exceeds the amount of the compensation
payable by virtue of a determination by the Lands Tribunal, the
amount of the excess shall be recoverable by the Director as a civil
debt.

15. (1) All sums of money payable as compensation under
this Ordinance together with interest thereon and all costs and
remuneration awarded against the Crown, shall be paid out of the
general revenue.

(2) At any time after an agreement under section 13(2) or a
determination by the Lands Tribunal of the amount of compensa-
tion payable under this Ordinance, the Director may by notice
published in the Gazette require the person entitled to the compensa-
tion to collect it by the date and at the place specified in the notice.

(3) Subject to section 14(3), any sum of money payable as
compensation by virtue of an agreement under section 13(2) or a
determination of the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance shall
bear interest from the date of publication of the notice of authoriza-
tion in the Gazette under section 9(1)(b) relating to the reclamation
in question, until the date specified in the notice published under
subsection (2) of this section but no interest shall be payable in
respect of the amount of any costs or remuneration.

(4) The rate of interest for the purposes of subsection (3) shall
be such rate as the Lands Tribunal may fix having regard to the
lowest rate payable from time to time by members of The Hong
Kong Association of Banks on time deposits.

(5) If no claim is made for the payment out of the compensa-
tion money at the place and by the date specified in the notice
published under subsection (2), the Director shall pay such money to
the Director of Accounting Services.

(6) The money paid to the Director of Accounting Services
under subsection (5) or any part of it may, before the expiry of 5
years from the date specified in the notice published under subsec-
tion (2), be claimed by the person entitled thereto and upon such
claim being substantiated shall be paid to the person so entitled.

(7) On the expiry of the period of 5 years referred to in
subsection (6) the money or such part of it as remains unpaid shall
be transferred to the general revenue.

16. When the person entitled to compensation is absent from
Hong Kong or cannot be found or, before the expiry of 6 months
from the date when the amount of compensation is agreed under
section 13(2) or determined by the Lands Tribunal under this
Ordinance, makes no claim to the same, or is in the opinion of the
Director unable to give an effectual discharge for the same, the
Director may direct that payment of the compensation shall be
made to such other person on behalf of the person entitled as he





shall think proper, subject to such conditions as he thinks fit, and the
receipt of such other person shall be a valid and effectual discharge
for the same in the same manner as if payment had been made to the
person entitled.

17. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to be in
derogation of any of the powers or rights of the Crown in respect of
the foreshore and sea-bed or of the waters of Hong Kong.

18. Any notice required to be served by the Director upon any
person under this Ordinance may be served by serving a copy
personally or by registered post addressed to the last known place of
business or residence of the person to be served.

19. (1) The Public Reclarnations and Works Ordinance is
repealed.

(2) The Foreshores and Sea Bed Ordinance is repealed.

20. (1) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Public Reclama-
tions and Works Ordinance, that Ordinance shall continue to apply
to any reclamation or proposed reclamation or other works of a
public nature in respect of which a notice had been published under
section 2 of that Ordinance before the commencement of this
Ordinance.

(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Foreshores and Sea Bed
Ordinance, that Ordinance shall continue to apply to any Crown
lease in respect of which a notice had been published under section 4
of that Ordinance before the commencement of this Ordinance.
Originally 63 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. Plans relating to reclamations. Availability for public inspection. Publication. Objections. Authorization procedure if no objection made. Authorization procedure if objection made. Notice of authorization and invitation to claim for compensation. Extinguishment of rights upon publication of notice of authorization. No claim for money except under this Ordinance. Claims for compensation. Settlement of claim. (Cap. 17.) Provisional payment pending determination of compensation. Payment of compensation and interest. Payment when person entitled cannot be found, etc. Saving of rights of Crown. Service of notices by Director. Repeals. (Cap. 113, 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 127, 1984 Ed.) Transitional. (Cap. 113, 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 127, 1984 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 63 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. Plans relating to reclamations. Availability for public inspection. Publication. Objections. Authorization procedure if no objection made. Authorization procedure if objection made. Notice of authorization and invitation to claim for compensation. Extinguishment of rights upon publication of notice of authorization. No claim for money except under this Ordinance. Claims for compensation. Settlement of claim. (Cap. 17.) Provisional payment pending determination of compensation. Payment of compensation and interest. Payment when person entitled cannot be found, etc. Saving of rights of Crown. Service of notices by Director. Repeals. (Cap. 113, 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 127, 1984 Ed.) Transitional. (Cap. 113, 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 127, 1984 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2552

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

127

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:29 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN RIGHTS (RE-ENTRY AND VESTING REMEDIES) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2551

Title

CROWN RIGHTS (RE-ENTRY AND VESTING REMEDIES) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN RIGHTS (RE-ENTRY AND VESTING

REMEDIES) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 126





CHAPTER 126

CROWN RIGHTS (RE-ENTRY AND VESTING REMEDIES) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART 11

EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF RE-
ENTRY

3. Exercise of right of re-entry by the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
4. Memorial of re-entry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
5. Notice of registration of memorial ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6. Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry or forfeiture ... 3

PART III

VESTING OF RELEVANT INTEREST IN THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY
INCORPORATED

7. Power to vest relevant interest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated ... ... 4

PART IV

RELIEF AGAINST RE-ENTRY UPON LANDS OR
TENEMENTS OR
VESTING OF RELEVANT INTEREST

8. Right to apply for relief against re-entry or vesting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

9. Power of Governor or Governor in Council to order cancellation of memorial of
re-entry or vesting notice ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
10. Powers of High Court in respect of application for relief ... ... ... ... ... 6
11. Cancellation of memorial of re-entry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
12. Cancellation of vesting notice ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

13. Service ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
14. Ordinance not in derogation of other remedies .. ... .. ... ... ... ... ... 7

15. Saving.................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 126

CROWN RIGHTS (RE-ENTRY AND VESTING REMEDIES)

To make provisions enabling certain interests in land and connected
rights and obligations to be vested in The Financial Secretary v
Incorporated in circumstances where the Crown is entitled to
exercise a right of re-entry under a Crown lease or default is
made
in the payment qf Crown rent or premium, and to consolidate
those provisions with the provisions set forth in the repealed
Crown Rights (Re-entry) Ordinance, and for connected or
incidental purposes.

(Amended, L.N. 180,185)

[1 June 1970.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Rights (Re-entry and
Vesting Remedies) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'determined annual instalment of premium' means the sum determined by the
Land Officer under section 12 of the Crown Rent and Premium
(Apportionment) Ordinance as the annual instalment of premium payable
in respect of a relevant interest;

'determined Crown rent' means the sum determined by the Land Officer under
section 12 of the Crown Rent and Premium (Apportionment) Ordinance
as the Crown rent payable in respect of a relevant interest;

'former owner' in relation to a lot or relevant interest means the owner of that
lot or interest immediately before the time of registration in the Land
Office of a memorial of re-entry or a vesting notice, as the case may be;

'lot' means any piece or parcel of ground the subject of a Crown lease and also
means a section which by virtue of section 8(3) or 27(2) of the Crown
Rent and Premium (Apportionment) Ordinance is deemed to be a lot for
the purposes of that Ordinance;

new Crown lease' means such a lease as is deemed to be granted under Part 11
of the Crown Leases Ordinance; (Added, 68 of 1977,s.2)





,,owner' means

(a)the person whose name is registered in the Land Office as that of the
owner or one of the owners of the lot or relevant interest, as the case
may be;

(b)a mortgagee under a mortgage which is registered in the Land Office;
and

(c)the executors, administrators assigns, and a successor in title of an
owner as defined in paragraph (a) or (b);

.,relevant interest' means the undivided share in the lot on which a building
stands, the owner of which share, as between himself and the owners of
the other undivided shares in that lot, is entitled under the terms of an
instrument registered in the Land Office to exclusive possession of
premises in that building;

'The Financial Secretary Incorporated' means the corporation incorporated
under that name by the Financial Secretary Incorporation Ordinance;
(Amended, L.N. 180/85)

,'vesting notice' means a vesting notice registered in the Land Office under
section 7.

PART 11

EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF RE-ENTRY

3. When a right of re-entry upon lands or tenements has accrued to the
Crown, such right may be exercised or enforced without any actual re-entry
being made on the premises.

4. (1) Whenever it is necessary to enforce a right of re-entry by the Crown
upon any lands or tenements for the breach of any covenant in the Crown lease
thereof, or for the breach of any condition or stipulation of any tenancy thereof,
a memorial of an instrument of re-entry, under the hand of any public officer
authorized by the Governor to sign such instruments, may be registered in the
Land Office.

(2) Immediately on the registration of such a memorial, the Crown shall be
deemed to have re-entered upon the lands or tenements described therein and in
respect of which the right of re-entry has accrued, and the said lands and
tenements shall thereby become re-vested in the Crown as fully as if the Crown
lease thereof had determined, or, as fully as if the tenancy had determined, as the
case may be.

5. Notice of the registration of a memorial of re-entry by the Crown shall
be published in the Gazette.

6. The acceptance of rent by or on behalf of the Crown shall not operate
as a waiver by the Crown of any right of re-entry accruing or of any forfeiture
incurred by reason of either the breach of any covenant in a Crown lease or the
breach of any condition or stipulation in any tenancy of land held of the
Crown.





PART III

VESTING OF RELEVANT INTEREST IN THE FINANCIAL
SECRETARY INCORPORATED

(Amended, L.N. 180185)

7. (1) Where-

(a)a right of re-entry upon land accures to the Crown in
consequence of the breach of a covenant, condition or
stipulation in a Crown lease, a new Crown lease or tenancy
thereof--- (Amended, 68 qf 1977, s. 3)

(i) by the owner of a relevant interest, or a tenant or other
person occupying premises, the entitlement to exclusive
possession of which is attached to the ownership of the
relevant interest; or

(ii) in respect of a relevant interest; or

(b)default is made in the payment of determined Crown rent or
determined annual instalment of premium in respect of a
relevant interest,

a vesting notice, under the hand of any public officer authorized by the
Governor to sign such instruments, may be registered in the Land
Office.

(IA) Where default is made in the payment of a demand under
section 13(1) of the Crown Leases Ordinance a vesting notice, under the
hand of any public officer authorized by the Governor to sign such
instruments, may be registered in the Land Office against the relevant
interest of which the tenement to which the demand relates forms a part.
(Added, 68 of 1977, s. 3)

(2) Upon the registration of a vesting notice in the Land Office

(a)the relevant interest against which the Crown is entitled to
proceed; and

(b)the rights and obligations of the former owner of that relevant
interest under any instrument registered in the Land Office and
relating to the occupation of premises and connected matters,

shall vest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated absolutely and free
from- (Amended, L.N. 180/85)

(i)any mortgage or charge, whether legal or equitable and
whether registered in the Land Office or not;

(ii) any lien;

(iii)any right vested in any person by which the relevant interest is
or might become security for the payment or repayment of
money; and

(iv)any right or obligation contained in any instrument not
registered in the Land Office.





(3) The Land Officer shall cause a copy of every vesting notice
registered in the Land Office under subsection (1) or (IA)(Amended,
68 of 1977, s. 3)

(a)to be served, in the manner provided by section 13, on the
former owner of the relevant interest; and

(b) to be published in the Gazette.

PART IV

RELIEF AGAINST RE-ENTRY UPON LANDS OR TENEMENTS
OR
VESTING OF RELEVANT INTEREST

8. (1) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), where a memorial of re-
entry has been registered under section 4 in the Land Office, the former
owner may

(a)petition the Governor to grant him relief against the re-entry;

(b)apply to the High Court in its equitable jurisdiction for relief
against the re-entry

(i) if he disputes the right of the Crown to re-enter,' or

(ii) if the circumstances are such that he would have been
entitled to apply for relief against re-entry had the lessor been
a private party and exercised his right of re-entry.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), where a vesting notice has
been registered under section 7 in the Land Office, the former owner of a
relevant interest which is the subject of the vesting notice may

(a)petition the Governor to grant him relief against the vesting;

(b)apply to the High Court in its equitable jurisdiction for relief
against the vesting

(1) if he disputes the right of the Crown to proceed under
section 7; or

(ii) if the circumstances are such that he would have been
entitled to apply for relief against re-entry had the lessor been
a private party and exercised his right of re-entry.

(3) A petition or application under subsection (1) or (2) may be
made within 6 months from the registration of the memorial of re-entry or
vesting notice, as the case may be. but in the case of a petition to the
Governor the Governor may extend this period where he considers it
just.

(4) A petition to the Governor under subsection (])(a) or (2)(a) shall
be a bar to any subsequent application to the High Court under
subsection (1)(b) or (2)(b).





9. (1) Upon consideration of a petition under section 8, the
Governor may

(a)order the cancellation of the memorial of re-entry so far as it
affects the lands and tenements in respect of which the
petition was made or the cancellation of the vesting notice so
far as it affects the relevant interest in respect of which the
petition was made, upon such terms as to costs, expenses,
damages, compensation., penalty or otherwise as he shall in
his discretion think fit; or

(b)direct that the petition be referred to the Governor in Council.

(2) The Governor in Council, upon considering a petition referred
to him under subsection (1), may

(a)order the cancellation of the memorial of re-entry so far as it
affects the lands and tenements in respect of which the
petition was made or the cancellation of the vesting notice so
far as it affects the relevant interest in respect of which the
petition was made, upon such terms as to costs, expenses,
damages, compensation, penalty or otherwise as he shall in
his discretion think fit, or

(b) dismiss the petition.

10. On the hearing of an application to the High Court under
section 8, the Court may exercise the same powers and make the same
decree or order as in an action between private parties for the same relief
and may order the cancellation of the memorial of re-entry so far as it
affects the lands and tenements in respect of which the application was
made or the cancellation of the vesting notice so far as 'It affects the
relevant interest in respect of which the application was made.

11. (1) A memorial of re-entry by the Crown shall be taken to be
cancelled in respect of the whole or part of the lands and tenements
affected by it if a memorandum to the effect that the memorial is
cancelled in respect of the whole or part of such lands and tenements by
order of the Governor or Governor in Council or of the High Court, as
the case may be, is written on the memorial and signed by the Land
Officer.

(2) Immediately on cancellation in accordance with subsection (1),
a memorial of re-entry, so far as it affects the lands and tenements
specified in the memorandum, shall become void to all intents and
purposes as if it had never been registered, and the lands and tenements
described in the memorandum shall be ipso facto revested in the former
owner for all his previous estate or interest therein; and the Crown lease
thereof, and every mortgage, charge, lien or other right or obligation
previously existing in relation thereto shall be deemed to be as valid and
subsisting in every respect as if no re-entry had been effected by the
Crown.





(3) Notice of the cancellation of a memorial under subsection (1)
shall, within 30 days thereof, be served upon the former owner by the
Land Officer and be published in the Gazette.

12. (1) A vesting notice shall be taken to be cancelled in respect of
the whole or part of the relevant interest affected by such notice if a
memorandum to the effect that the vesting notice is cancelled in respect
of the whole or part of such relevant interest by order of the Governor or
Governor in Council or of the High Court, as the case may be, is written
on the memorial of the vesting notice and signed by the Land Officer.

(2) Immediately on cancellation in accordance with subsection (1),
a vesting notice so far as it affects the relevant interest specified in the
memorandum shall become void to all intents and purposes as if the
same had never been made or registered and the relevant interest and
the rights and obligations specified in the memorandum shall be
revested ipso facto in the former owner for all his previous estate or
interest therein; and every mortgage, charge, lien or other right or
obligation previously existing in relation thereto shall be deemed to be
as valid and subsisting in every respect as if no vesting notice had been
registered at the Land Office.

(3) Notice of the cancellation of a vesting notice under subsection
(1) shall, within 30 days thereof, be served upon the former owner by the
Land Officer and be published in the Gazette.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

13. For the purposes of this Ordinance, service of any notice may
be effected

(a) personally; or

(b) by registered post; or

(e) in the case of a notice under section 7(3) or 12(3)

(i) by leaving the notice with an adult person who appears
to be an occupier of the premises the entitlement to the
exclusive possession of which is attached to the relevant
interest affected by the notice; or

(ii) by posting the notice upon a conspicuous part of such
premises.

14. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed so as to take away
or affect any other remedies of the Crown for the enforcement of rights
of re-entry upon any lands or buildings.





15. Notwithstanding the repeal of the Crown Rights (Re-
entry) Ordinance, that Ordinance, in this section referred to as the
repealed Ordinance, shall continue to have effect for the purpose
of-

(a)enabling any person who, immediately before the
commencement of this Ordinance, has a right to apply for
relief under the provisos to section 3 or under section 4 of
the repealed Ordinance, to apply for relief in all respects
and subject to the same limitations, as if the repealed
Ordinance had not been repealed; and

(b)enabling any application for relief under the provisos to
section 3 or under section 4 of the repealed Ordinance,
pending at the time of commencement of this Ordinance or
made after the commencement of this Ordinance by virtue
of paragraph (a) to proceed and be determined in all
respects as if the repealed Ordinance had not been
repealed.
Originally 44 of 1970. 68 of 1977. L.N. 180/85. L.N. 73/70. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 125.) (Cap. 40.) (Cap. 1015.) Exercise of right of re-entry by the Crown. 1859, c. 21, s. 25. (22 & 23 Vict.) Memorial of re-entry. Notice of registration of memorial. Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry or forfeiture. Power to vest relevant interest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated. (Cap. 40.) Right to apply for relief against re-entry or vesting. Power of Governor or Governor in Council to order cancellation of memorial of re-entry or vesting notice. Powers of High Court in respect of application for relief. Cancellation of memorial of re-entry. Cancellation of vesting notice. Service. Ordinance not in derogation of other remedies. Saving. (Cap. 126, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 44 of 1970. 68 of 1977. L.N. 180/85. L.N. 73/70. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 125.) (Cap. 40.) (Cap. 1015.) Exercise of right of re-entry by the Crown. 1859, c. 21, s. 25. (22 & 23 Vict.) Memorial of re-entry. Notice of registration of memorial. Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry or forfeiture. Power to vest relevant interest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated. (Cap. 40.) Right to apply for relief against re-entry or vesting. Power of Governor or Governor in Council to order cancellation of memorial of re-entry or vesting notice. Powers of High Court in respect of application for relief. Cancellation of memorial of re-entry. Cancellation of vesting notice. Service. Ordinance not in derogation of other remedies. Saving. (Cap. 126, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2551

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

126

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:28 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN RENT AND PREMIUM (APPORTIONMENT) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2550

Title

CROWN RENT AND PREMIUM (APPORTIONMENT) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN RENT AND PREMIUM (APPORTIONMENT)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 125





CHAPTER 125

CROWN RENT AND PREMIUM (APPOR17ONMENT) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMIENT OF SECrIONS
Section Page
PART I

PRELIMINARY
1...........Short title ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2...........Interpretation .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3...........Application ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
4. Power of Governor to give directions to Land Officer ... ... ... ... 3

PARTII
AppoRTioNmENT ON sEcTioNs

5....................Power to apportion on section ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
6....................Apportionment of Crown rent ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7.........................Apportionment of premium on section ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
8.......................Effect of apportionment on section ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
9....................Saving of Crown lease of lot ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
10...............Area of lot or section ....... ... ... ... ......... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART III
AppoRlio~NT ON RELEVANT INTERESTS

11. Cases in which Crown rent or premium to be treated as apportioned in
registered instrument .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
12........................Power to apportion on relevant interest ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
13.............................Apportionment of Crown rent on relevant interest ... ... ... ... ... 6
14.............................Apportionment of premium on relevant interest ... ... ... ... ... 7
14A. Apportionment of Crown rent and premium on relevant interest in respect of
an existing building ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
15..........................Effect of apportionment on relevant interest ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
16. Liability for payment of determined Crown rent and premium where relevant
interests formed part of another relevant interest ... ... ... ... 9
17...............Saving of Crown lease ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

PART IV
APPORTIONMENT PROCEDURE
18...............................Notice of intention to apportion on relevant interests ... ... ... ... 9
19....................................Objection to exercise of Land Officer's powers under section 12 ... ... 10
20........................Land Officer to have regard to objections ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
21..........................................Appeal in certain cases where Land Officer decides not to exercise powers 10
22. Notice of determined Crown rent and determined annual instalment of
premium .................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS
23. Cancellation of apportionment where divided building demolished or
destroyed ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
24....................Correction of clerical errors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
25..........................Covenants between owners not to be affected ... ... ... ... ... 1 12
26.................Delegation by Land Officer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
27.................Transitional provisions .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12





CHAPTER 125

CROWN RENT AND PREMIUM (APPORTIONMENT)

To provide for the apportionment of Crown rent and premium.

[8 May 1970.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Rent and
Premium (Apportionment) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'determined Crown rent' means the sum determined by the Land
Officer under section 5 or 12 as the Crown rent payable in
respect of a section or a relevant interest;

'determined annual instalment of premium' means the sum deter-
mined by the Land Officer under section 5 or 12 as the annual
instalment of premium payable in respect of a section or a
relevant interest;

'existing building' mcans a building standing on a lot or section-
(a)the Crown lease of which has been renewed in accordance
with a proviso for renewal contained therein or pursuant
to a statutory provision, or has been regranted subject to
payment of a premium by instalments;
(b)a relevant interest in which was created or agreed to be
created under an instrument registered in the Land Office
before 1 August 1970; and
(c)in respect of which no instrument containing a basis of
apportionment of the principal Crown rent reserved under
the new Crown lease or of the annual instalment of
premium payable in respect of that relevant interest has
been registered in the Land Office; (Added, 29 of 1973,
s.2)

'lot' means-
(a)any piece or parcel of ground the subject of a Crown lease;
and
(b)a section which, by virtue of section 8(3) or 27(2), is deemed
to be a lot;

Ccowner', in relation to a section or a relevant interest, means-
(a)the person whose name is registered in the Land Office as
that of the owner or one of the owners of the section or
relevant interest; and
(b)a mortgagee under a mortgage which is registered in the
Land Office;





.&premium' means any sum, other than Crown rent, required to be
paid to the Crown as a condition or in consideration of-
(a) the grant, renewal or continuance of a Crown lease;
(b)consent to the assignment of a Crown lease or of any
rights under a Crown lease; or
(c) the extension or variation of a Crown lease;
'principal Crown rent' means the Crown rent payable in respect
of a lot;
6tprincipal premium' means the premium payable in respect of a
lot;
'relevant interest' means the undivided share in the lot on which
a building stands, the owner of which share, as between him-
self and the owners of the other undivided shares in that lot,
is entitled under the terms of an instrument registered in the
Land Office to exclusive *possession of prenfises in that
building;
$,section' means any portion or division of a lot, which portion or
division has been assigned, alienated or retained for the whole
of the term or interest created by the Crown lease of the lot
by or under an instrument which is registered in the Land
Office.

3. (1) This Ordinance does not apply to land in the New
Territories unless the land-
(a)has been exempted from Part 11 of the New Territories
Ordinance under section 7 thereof; or
(b)is declared to be subject to this Ordinance by the
Governor by notice in the Gazette.

(2) A notice under subsection (1)(b) may specify the date from
which the land shall be subject to this Ordinance.

4. (1) The Governor may give to the Land Officer and any
public officer such directions as he thinks fit with respect to the
exercise or performance of their powers, functions and duties
under this Ordinance, either generally or in any particular case.

(2) The Land Officer and every public officer shall, in the
exercise or performance of his powers, functions and duties under
this Ordinance, comply with any directions given by the Governor
under subsection (1).

PART 11

AppoRTioNmENT ON SECTIONS

5. Subject to any directions given by the Governor under
section 4, the Land Officer may, if he thinks fit, either of his
own motion or on the application of the owner, determine in
accordance with this Ordinance-
(a) the Crown rent payable in respect of a section; and





(b)where the principal premium is payable by instalments,
the annual instalment of that premium payable in respect
of a section.

6. (1) If the Land Officer decides in accordance with
section 5 to determine the Crown rent payable in respect of a
section, then, subject to subsection (2), the Crown rent payable
in respect of that section shall be determined by the Land Officer
in the following manner, that is to say-

(a)in accordance with any apportionment of the principal
Crown rent appearing in the Crown Rent Roll; or
(b)in accordance with any apportionment of the principal
Crown rent made in an instrument which is registered in
the Land Office; or
(c)if there is no such apportionment as is referred to in
paragraph (a) or (b), so that it bears the same proportion
to the principal Crown rent as the area of the section
bears to the area of the lot.

(2) The Land Officer shall add to the Crown rent determined
in accordance with subsection (1)-

(a)such sum as may be necessary to, make the same an even
number of dollars; and
(b) a further sum of $2,
and the determined Crown rent payable in respect of the section
shall be the sum so ascertained.

7. (1) If the Land Officer decides in accordance with
section 5 to determine the annual instalment of premium payable
in respect of a section, then, subject to subsection (2), the annual
instalment of premium payable in respect of that section shall
be determined by the Land Officer in the following manner, that
is to say-
(a)in accordance with any apportionment of the annual
instalment of the principal premium made in an instru-
ment which is registered in the Land Office; or
(b)if there is no such apportionment as is referred to in
paragraph (a), so that it bears the same proportion to the
annual instalment of the principal premium as the area
of the section bears to the area of the lot.

(2) The Land Officer shall add to the annual instalment of
premium determined in accordance with subsection (1~-
(a)such sum as may be necessary to make the same an even
number of dollars; and
(b) a further sum of $10,
and the determined annual instalment of premium payable in
respect of the section shall be the sum so ascertained.





8. (1) With effect from the publication in the Gazette of
notice under section 22(1), the owner of the section shall hold the
same as if there had been granted to him a separate Crown lease
of the section for the residue of the term of years created by the
Crown lease of the lot, containing, so far as they are applicable
thereto, the covenants (other than the covenants to pay the Crown
rent and the premium, if any), stipulations, exceptions, reservations,
provisos, powers and conditions contained in the said Crown lease
of the lot.

(2) There shall be deemed to be included in such separate
Crown lease of the section-

(a)a covenant to pay the determined Crown rent to the
Crown as from the day up to which the principal Crown
rent has been paid; and

(b)a covenant to pay the determined annual instalment of
premium, if any, to the Crown as from the day when the
last annual instalment of the principal premium which
has been paid became due.

(3) A section which is by Witue of subsection (1) held as if
a separate Crown lease thereof had been granted shall be deemed
to be a lot for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(4) Nothing in this section shall affect any right or liability
acquired or incurred by the Crown or the owner of the section
under the Crown lease of the lot prior to the publication in the
Gazette of notice under section 22(1), save that as from the day
referred to in subsection QXa) or (b), as the case may be, any such
liability of the owner of the section to pay the principal Crown
rent or the principal premium, if any, to the Crown shall determine.

9. Save in so far as the same is necessarily affected by the
fact that a section is by virtue of section 8 held as if the separate
Crown lease referred to in that section had been granted and save
as otherwise provided in this Ordinance, the Crown lease of the
lot shall continue in full force and effect in respect of any part of
the lot which continues to be held thereunder.

10. (1) For the purpose of determining the area of any lot
or section, the Land Officer may accept any statement as to such
area contained in a Crown lease or other instrument which is regis-
tered in the Land - Office or in any plan annexed to or endorsed
on any such Crown lease or instrument.

(2) If the Land Officer considers that the area of a lot or
section which requires to be ascertained for the purpose of deter-
mining the Crown rent payable in respect of a section is uncertain,
he may require the Director of Pubbe-AV~ to have such lot or
section surveyed.





(3) A certificate-
(a)purporting to be signed by the Director of Lands, Survey
and Town Planning or a public officer authorized by him
for the purposes of this section; and
(b)specifying the area of a lot or section ascertained by a
survey pursuant to a requirement under subsection (2),
shall be conclusive evidence for the purposes of this Ordinance of
the area of the lot or section.

PART III

APPORTIONMENT ON RELEVANT INTERESTS

11. For the purposes of this Part-
(a)the principal Crown rent shall be treated as apportioned
in an instrument which is registered in the Land Office
only if-
(i) a sum is specified in such instrument as the share
of the principal Crown rent which is payable in respect of
the relevant interest; or
(ii) the share of the principal Crown rent which is pay-
able in respect of the relevant interest is expressed in such
instrument to be a specified fraction of the principal
Crown rent or such share is otherwise ascertainable from
the terms of such instrument; and
(b)the annual instalment of the principal premium shall be
treated as apportioned in an instrument which is registered
in the Land Office only if-
(i) a sum is specified in such instrument as the share
of the annual instalment of the principal premium which
is payable in respect of the relevant interest; or
(ii) the share of the annual instalment of the principal
premium which is payable in respect of the relevant
interest is expressed in such instrument to be a specified
fraction of the annual instalment of the principal premium
or such share is otherwise ascertainable from the terms of
such instrument.

12. Subject to any directions given by the Governor under
section 4, the Land Officer may, if he thinks fit, either of his own
motion or on the application of the owner, determine in accord-
ance with this Ordinance-
(a) the Crown rent payable in respect of a relevant interest;
(b)where the principal premium is payable by instalments,
the annual instalment of that premium payable in respect
of a relevant interest.

13. (1) If the Land Officer decides in accordance with
section 12 to determine the Crown rent payable in respect of a
relevant interest, then, subject to subsection (2), and section 14A,





the Crown rent payable in respect of that relevant interest shall be
determined by the Land Officer in the following manner, that is to
say- (Amended, 29 of 1973, s. 3)
(a)in accordance with any apportionment of the principal
Crown rent made in an instrument which is registered in
the Land Office; or
(b)if there is no such apportionment as is referred to in
paragraph (a), so that it bears the same proportion to
the principal Crown rent as the relevant interest bears to
the aggregate of the relevant interests.

(2) The Land Officer shall add to the Crown rent determined
in accordance with subsection (1)-
(a)such sum as may be necessary to make the same an even
number of dollars; and
(b) a further sum of $2,

and the determined Crown rent payable in respect of the relevant
interest shall be the sum so ascertained.

14. (1) If the Land Officer decides in accordance with
section 12 to determine the annual instalment of premium payable
in respect of a relevant interest, then, subject to subsection (2),
and section 14A, the annual instalment of premium payable in
respect of that relevant interest shall be determined by the Land
Officer in the following manner, that is to say- (Amended, 29 of
1973,s.4)
(a)in accordance with any apportionment of the annual
instalment of the principal premium made in an instru-
ment which is registered in the Land Office; or
(b)if there is no such apportionment as is referred to in
paragraph (a), so that it bears the same proportion to the
annual instalment of the principal premium as the relevant
interest bears to the aggregate of the relevant interests.

(2) The Land Officer shall add to the annual instalment of
premium determined in accordance with subsection (1)-
(a)such sum as may be necessary to make the same an even
number of dollars; and
(b) a further sum of 510,

and the determined annual instalment of premium payable in
respect of the relevant interest shall be the sum so ascertained.

14A. (1) If the Land Officer decides in accordance with
section 12 to determine the Crown rent or the annual instalment
of premium payable in respect of a relevant interest in a lot or
section on which an existing building stands, section 13 or 14 shall
not apply, and the Crown rent, or the annual instalment of premium
if any, payable in respect of that relevant interest shall be determined





by the Land Officer so that it bears the same proportion to the
principal Crown rent, or to the annual instalment of the principal
premium if any, as the value of the relevant interest bears to the
value of the aggregate of the relevant interests.

(2) The value of a relevant interest for the purpose of this
section shall be such value as may be determined by the Director
of Public Works and notified by him to the Land Officer.

(3) The Land Officer shall add to the Crown rent or the
annual instalment of premium determined in accordance with
subsection (1)-
(a)such sum as may be necessary to make the same an even
number of dollars; and
(b)a further sum of $10 or, if the Crown rent which is deter-
mined in accordance with subsection (1) is in respect of
a regranted Crown lease, a further sum of $2,
and the determined Crown rent, or the determined annual instal-
ment of premium if any, payable in respect of the relevant interest
shall be the sum or sums so ascertained.
(Added, 29 of 1973, s. 5)

15. (1) With effect from the publication in the Gazette of
notice under section 22(2)--

(a)the owner of the relevant interest shall be liable to pay
the determined Crown rent to the Crown-
(i) as from the day up to which the principal Crown
rent has been paid; or
(ii) where the Crown rent payable in respect of another
relevant interest of which the relevant interest at some
time formed part has been determined under this Ordin-
ance, as from the day up to which the determined Crown
rent payable in respect of that other relevant interest has
been paid; and
(b) any liability of the owner of the relevant interest in
respect of the payment of the principal Crown rent to the
--Crown shall determine.

(2) Wlith effect from the publication in the Gazette of notice
under section 22(2)-
(a)the owner of the relevant interest shall be liable to pay
the determined annual instalment of premium to the
Crown-
(i) as from the day on which the last annual instalment
of the principal premium which has been paid became
due; or
(ii) where the annual instalment of the principal
premium payable in respect of another relevant interest
of which the relevant interest at some time formed part





has been determined under this Ordinance, as from the
day on which the last determined annual instalment of
premium which has been paid became due; and
(b)any liability of the owner of the relevant interest in
respect of the payment of the principal premium to the
Crown shall determine.

16. (1) Where-
(a)a relevant interest at some time formed part of another
relevant interest; and
(b)the Crown rent payable in respect of that other relevant
interest has been determined under this Ordinance,
then, until the Crown rent payable in respect of the relevant interest
is determined under this Ordinance, the owner thereof shall be
liable to the Crown, jointly and severally with the owner of each
other relevant interest which at some time formed part of such
other relevant interest, for the payment of the determined Crown
rent payable in respect of such other relevant interest.

(2) Where-
(a)a relevant interest at some time formed part of another
relevant interest; and
(b)the annual instalment of the principal premium payable
in respect of that other relevant interest has been deter-
mined under this Ordinance,
then, until the annual instalment of the principal premium payable
in respect of the relevant interest is determined under this Ordin-
ance, the owner thereof shall be liable to the Crown, jointly and
severally with the owner of each other relevant interest which at
some time formed part of such other relevant interest, for the pay-
ment of the determined annual instalment of premium payable in
respect of such other relevant interest.

17. Save'in so far as the same is necessarily affected by the
operation of section 15 or 16, the Crown lease of the lot shall
continue in full force and effect.

PART IV

AppoRTioNwNT PROCEDURE

18. Where the Land Officer proposes to exercise his powers
under section 12, he shall cause to be published in the Gazette and
affixed in a conspicuous position in or on the building a notice
specifying---
(a)the relevant interests in relation to which he proposes to
exercise those powers; and
(b)a provisional determination of the Crown rent, and of the
annual instalment of premium if any, payable in respect
of each of the relevant interests.





19. (1) The owner of any relevant interest specified in the
notice published in the Gazette under section 18 may object that
the Land Officer ought not to exercise his powers under section 12.

(2) An objection under subsection (1)-

(a)shall be in writing and shall be lodged at the Land Office
within 3 months after the notice was published in the
Gazette under section 18; and

(b)shall contain particulars of the grounds on which the
objection is made.

(3) The owners of not less than 75 per cent of the aggregate
of the relevant interests specified in the notice published in the
Gazette under section 18 may object that the Land Officer ought
not to exercise his powers under section 13(1)(b) or section 14(1)(b)
or section 14A. (Amended, 29 of 1973, s. 6)

(4) An objection under subsection (3) shall be in writing and
shall be lodged at the Land Office within 3 months after the notice
was published in the Gazette under section 18.

20. (1) In deciding whether or not to exercise his powers
under section 12, the Land Officer shall have regard to any relevant
objection made under section 19(1).

(2) Where an objection has been made under section 19(3),
the Land Officer shall not, except in the manner provided by section
13(1)(a) or 14(1)(a), exercise his powers underi section 12 until
after the expiration of 6 months from the day of publication of the
notice in the Gazette under section 18.

21. (1) Where the Land Officer decides not to exercise his
powers under section 5 or 12 following an application by the owner
of a section or relevant interest, he shall give by post to the applicant
notice of the ground on which he decided not to exercise those
powers.

(2) Where the Land Officer decides not to exercise his powers
under section 12 after notice has been published in the Gazette
under section 18, he shall cause to be published in the Gazette
and affixed in a conspicuous position in or on the building notice
of the ground on which he decided not to exercise those powers.

(3) Within 3 months after the giving of notice under sub-
section (1), the applicant may appeal by way of petition to the
Governor in Council.

(4) Within 3 months after the publication in the Gazette
of notice under subsection (2), the owner of any relevant interest
may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council.





22. (1) Where, under section 5, the Land Officer has deter-
m_ined the Crown rent, and the annual instalment of premium if
any, payable in respect of a section, he shall-
(a)cause notice of the determined Crown rent, and deter-
mined annual instalment of premium if any, to be pub-
lished in the Gazette; and
(b)cause particulars of the determined Crown rent, and
determined annual instalment of premium if any, to be
noted in the Land Office records against the section.

(2) Where, under section 12, the Land Officer has determined
the Crown rent, and the annual instalment of premium if any,
payable in respect of a relevant interest, he shall-
(a)cause notice of the determined Crown rent, and the
determined annual instalment of premium if any, to be
published in the Gazette; and
(b)cause particulars of the determined Crown rent, and the
determined annual instalment of premium if any, to be
noted in the Land Office records against the relevant
interest.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

23. (1) Where the building is wholly or partly demolished
or destroyed, the Land Officer may, if he thinks fit, cancel any
determination under section 12 of the Crown rent, and the annual
instalment of premium if any, payable in respect of a relevant
interest.

(2) The Land Officer shall cause notice of the cancellation of
any such determination to be published in the Gazette.

(3) With effect from the publication in the Gazette of notice
under subsection (2), the Crown rent, and the premium if any,
payable in respect of the lot shall be paid-
(a)in the case of a lot, other than a section which by virtue
of section 8(3) or 27(2) is deemed to be a lot, in accordance
with the Crown lease of the lot; and
(b)in the case of a section which by virtue of section 8(3) or
27(2) is deemed to be a lot, in accordance with the covenant
for the payment thereof deemed by virtue of section 8(2)
of this Ordinance or section 9(1) of the repealed Crown
Rents (Apportionment) Ordinance, as the case may be,
to be included in the separate Crown lease of the section.

(4) A certificate-
(a) purporting to be signed by the Director of
or a public officer authorized by him for the purposes of
this section; and





(b)specifying that a building has been wholly or partly de-
molished or destroyed,
shall be conclusive evidence for the purposes of this Ordinance that
the building has been wholly or partly demolished or destroyed.

24. The Land Officer may at any time correct clerical or
arithmetical errors in a determination under section 5 or 12.

25. Neither section 8 nor section 15 shall affect any covenant
or agreement with respect to the payment of Crown rent or
premium, or both, contained in an instrument which is registered
in the Land Office, but where the owner of a section or a relevant
interest pays the determined Crown rent or the determined annual
instalment of premium to the Crown his liability under such
covenant or agreement shall be discharged to the extent of such
payment.

26. The powers, functions and duties conferred or imposed
by this Ordinance on the Land Officer may be exercised or
performed by any public officer authorized in writing by the Land
Officer for the purposes of this Ordinance.

27. (1) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Crown Rents
(Apportionment) Ordinance, a determination thereunder of the
Crown rent payable in respect of a section shall, if it has been
registered and notified in accordance with that Ordinance, continue
to have effect as if that Ordinance had not been repealed.

(2) A section which by virtue of section 9 of the repealed
Crown Rents (Apportionment) Ordinance is held as if a separate
Crown lease thereof had been granted shall be deemed to be a lot
for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(3) For the purposes of section 24, a determination under the
repealed Crown Rents (Apportionment) Ordinance of the Crown
rent payable in respect of a section shall be deemed to have been
made under section 5.
Originally 43 of 1970. 29 of 1973. Short title. Interpretation. Application. (Cap. 97.) Power of Governor to give directions to Land Officer. Power to apportion on section. Apportionment of Crown rent. Apportionment of premium on section. Effect of apportionment on section. Saving of Crown lease of lot. Area of lot or section. Cases in which Crown rent or premium to be treated as apportioned in registered instrument. Power to apportion on relevant interest. Apportionment of Crown rent on relevant interest. Apportionment of premium on relevant interest. Apportionment of Crown rent and premium on relevant interest in respect of an existing building. Effect of apportionment on relevant interest. Liability for payment of determined Crown rent and premium where relevant interests formed part of another relevant interest. Saving of Crown lease. Notice of intention to apportion on relevant interests. Objection to exercise of Land Officer's powers under section 12. Land Officer to have regard to objections. Appeal in certain cases where Land Officer decides not to exercise powers. Notice of determined Crown rent and determined annual instalment of premium. Cancellation of apportionment where divided building demolished or destroyed. (Cap. 125, 1964 Ed.) Correction of clerical errors. Covenants between owners not to be affected. Delegation by Land Officer. Transitional provisions. (Cap. 125, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 43 of 1970. 29 of 1973. Short title. Interpretation. Application. (Cap. 97.) Power of Governor to give directions to Land Officer. Power to apportion on section. Apportionment of Crown rent. Apportionment of premium on section. Effect of apportionment on section. Saving of Crown lease of lot. Area of lot or section. Cases in which Crown rent or premium to be treated as apportioned in registered instrument. Power to apportion on relevant interest. Apportionment of Crown rent on relevant interest. Apportionment of premium on relevant interest. Apportionment of Crown rent and premium on relevant interest in respect of an existing building. Effect of apportionment on relevant interest. Liability for payment of determined Crown rent and premium where relevant interests formed part of another relevant interest. Saving of Crown lease. Notice of intention to apportion on relevant interests. Objection to exercise of Land Officer's powers under section 12. Land Officer to have regard to objections. Appeal in certain cases where Land Officer decides not to exercise powers. Notice of determined Crown rent and determined annual instalment of premium. Cancellation of apportionment where divided building demolished or destroyed. (Cap. 125, 1964 Ed.) Correction of clerical errors. Covenants between owners not to be affected. Delegation by Land Officer. Transitional provisions. (Cap. 125, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2550

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

125

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:28 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTION OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2549

Title

RESOLUTION OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council under
section 17(3A) of the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance on the
27th July 1977.

REsoLvED that the rate of interest for the purposes of section
17(3) of the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance shall be
the lowest rate paid from time to time by members of the
Exchange Banks Association on time deposits.
L.N. 183/77.

Abstract

L.N. 183/77.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2549

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

124

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:27 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2548

Title

CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 124





CHAPTER 124

CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
1. Short title ................................................................ 2
2. Interpretation ........................2
3. Resumption of land for public purpose . 3
4. Notices ...............................3
4A. Purchase by agreement ......................................... 3
5. Reversion of ownership to the Crown ... 4
6. Compensation ..........................4
7. Power of entry ........................5
8. Claims for compensation ............... 5
9. Barring of actions against the Crown .. 6
10. Determination by Tribunal of compensation payable by Crown 6
11. Principles of assessment of compensation ..................................... 6
12. Additional rules for determining compensation 7
13-15. (Repealed) ........................8
16. Power to demise or grant land resumed 8
16A. Provisional payment pending determination of compensation 8
17. Payment of compensation and interest .9
18. Payment when owner absent, etc . .....10
19. Effect as evidence of notice of resumption 10
20. Arrangement with owner of buildings or dwellings to reconstruct them 10
21. (Repealed) ...........................10
22. Saving of power of resumption under Crown lease 10





CHAPTER 124

CROWN LANDS RESUMPTION

To facilitate the resumption of Crown lands required for public purposes.
(Amended50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

[ 14 November 19001

Originally 32 of 1900 (Cap. 124, 1950) - 18 of 1910, 28 of 1911, 30 of 1911, 50 of 1911, 51 of 1911,
1 of 1912, 2 of 1912, 21 of 1912, 22 of 1912, 43 of 1912, 14 of 1921, 9 of 1922, 5 of 1924, 33 of
1929, 25 of 1930, 27 of 1930, 27 of 1937, 20 of 1948, 24 of 1950, 37 of 1950, 29 of 1963, 71 of
1971, 32 of 1973, 63 of 1974, L.N. 183177, L.N. 107178, L.N. 370181, L.N. 76182, 5 of 1984,
R. Ed. 1984, 62 of 1985, L.N. 94186, 71 of 1987, 2 of 1988

Short title

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance.
(Amended 5 of 1924 s. 6)

Interpretation

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Authority' means-

(a)in relation to land to which Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance
(Cap. 97) does not apply, the Director of Buildings and Lands;
and (AmendedL.N. 107178; L.N. 76182; L.N. 94186)

(b)in relation to land to which Part 11 of the New Territories Ordinance
applies, the Director of Buildings and Lands; (Added63 of 1974s. 2.
AmendedL.N. 370181; L.N. 76182; L.N. 94186)

'former owner' means, in relation to land resumed by the Crown, the person
who was the owner of the land immediately before the land reverted to the
Crown under section 5; (Added 63 of 1974 s. 2)

'land' means Crown land of whatever description (whether held under Crown
lease or other title recognized by the Crown), or any part or section thereof,
in Hong Kong and the New Territories, and includes buildings erected
thereon; (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; ]of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912
Schedule)

,,owner' means the person registered or entitled to be registered in the Land
Office in respect of any land sought to be resumed, or, if such person is
absent from the Colony, or cannot be found, or is bankrupt or dead, his
agent or representative in the Colony; (Amended50 of 1911 s. 4; 51 of
1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912 Schedule; 21 of 1912 s. 2)

'resumption for a public purpose' includes-

(a)resumption of insanitary property for the purpose of securing the
erection of improved dwellings or buildings thereon or the sanitary
improvement of such property; and (Amended51 of 1911; 2 of 1912
Schedule)





(b)resumption of any land upon which any building is erected which, by
reason of its proximity to or contact with any other buildings,
seriously interferes with ventilation or otherwise makes or conduces to
make such other buildings to be in a condition unfit for human
habitation or dangerous or injurious to health; and (Amended51of
1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule)

(c)resumption for any purpose connected with the naval, military or air
forces of the Crown, including the volunteer forces in the Colony;
and (Amended 51 of 1911; 2 of 19,12 Schedule; 27 of 1937 Schedule)

(d)resumption for any purpose of whatsoever description whether
ejusdem generis with any of the above purposes or not, which the
Governor in Council may decide to be a public purpose. (Amended
51 of 1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule)
(Amended50 of 1911 s. 4)

Resumption of land for public purpose

3. Whenever the Governor in Council decides that the resumption of any
land is required for a public purpose, the Governor may order the resumption
thereof under this Ordinance.
(Replaced 27 of 1930 s. 2. Amended63of 1974s. 3)

Notices

4. (1) Where resumption is ordered a notice that the land is required for
a public purpose and will be resumed shall be published in the Gazette in
English and Chinese. (Amended 63 of 1974 s. 4)

(2) A copy of such notice shall be served on the owner, if he can be found,
and a further notice shall be affixed upon a conspicuous part of the land to be
resumed or, where the land is divided into lots, sections or subsections, if
practicable, upon each lot, section or subsection alTected.

(3) The notice affixed to the land shall state the date on which it has been
so affixed. It shall also state that the land will be resumed on the expiration of
1 month from such date, unless the Governor shall have authorized the giving
of a longer period of notice, in which case the longer period shall be stated.

(4) A notice published and served or affixed under this section shall be
deemed to be notice to the owner of the land and every person interested in the
land or having any right or easement therein.
(Replaced 27 of 1930 s. 2)

Purchase by agreement

4A. Where an order has been made for the resumption of any land under
section 3, the Authority may, before the land reverts to the Crown under section
5, agree with the owner and any person having an estate or an interest in such
land under an instrument registered in the Land Office on the purchase of the
land and of any such estate or interest therein, and any such agreement relating
to land in respect of which an order under section 3 is made on or after the
commencement of the Crown Lands Resumption (Amendment) Ordinance





1984 (5 of 1984) may provide for the payment by the Authority to the owner or
such person of any costs or remuneration reasonably incurred or paid by him in
employing persons to act in a professional capacity in connection with the
purchase.
(Added63of 1974s. 5. Amended5of 1984s. 2)

Reversion of ownership to the Crown

5. On the expiration of 1 month, or any longer period authorized under
section 4(3), the land other than any land purchased by agreement under
section 4A shall-

(a)where it is an undivided share in land, vest in The Financial Secretary
Incorporated together with such rights to the use and occupation of
any building or part thereof as may be appurtenant to the ownership
of that share; and

(b) in all other cases, revert to the Crown,

and all the rights of the owner, his assigns or representatives and of any other
person in or over the land or any part thereof shall absolutely cease.
(Replaced 71 of 1987 s. 20)

Compensation

6. (1) Within a period of 28 days from the date on which land reverts to
the Crown under section 5, the Authority shall-

(a)write to the former owner and to any person having an estate or
interest in the land immediately before reversion under an instrument
registered in the Land Office, making an offer of compensation in
respect of the resumption of the land; or (Amended5 of 1984s.3)

(b)serve on any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) a notice in
such form as the Authority may specify, requiring him to submit his
claim for compensation within the time stipulated in such notice.

(2) Where a notice is served on a person under subsection (1)(b) he shall
submit his claim in a form specified by the Authority and shall furnish to the
Authority such accounts, documents and particulars as the Authority may
reasonably require in support of such claim.

(2A) Where, in the case of land resumed under an order made under
section 3 on or after the commencement of the Crown Lands Resumption
(Amendment) Ordinance 1984 (5 of 1984), an offer of compensation is made or
a claim for compensation is submitted to or by any person under this section,
such offer may provide for the payment by the Authority to that person of, or
such claim may include a. claim for, any costs or remuneration reasonably
incurred or paid by him in employing persons to act in a professional capacity in
connection with such offeror claim. (Added5of 1984s.3)

(3) If-

(a)a person to whom an offer has been made under subsection (1)(a) does
not accept the offer within 28 days from the date thereof, or





(b) a person on whom a notice has been served under subsection (1)(b)-
(i) does not submit his claim within the time stipulated therein; or
(ii) submits his claim but he and the Authority do not agree as to
the amount of compensation,

such person or the Authority may then refer the matter to the Lands Tribunal
for determination of the amount of compensation to be paid. (Amended 5 of
1984s.3)
(Replaced 63 of 19 74 s. 7)

Power of entry

7. (1) In any case where notice of intended resumption has been given it
shall be lawful for the Governor and all other persons authorized by him and
without the consent of the owner or occupier thereof to enter into and upon any
land intended to be resumed for the purpose of surveying and taking levels of
such land and doing all necessary acts for setting out the line of works. (18 of
1910 s. 6 incorporated. Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6(c); 51 of 1911; 2 of 1912
Schedule; 63 of 1974 s. 8)

(2) If any damage is caused by reason of the entry into and upon the land
or of any works performed under subsection (1) either the owner or occupier
may submit to the Authority a claim for compensation in respect of such
damage. (Added 63 of 1974 s. 8)

(3) The Authority may compromise or settle any claim submitted under
subsection (2), or failing agreement, either party may refer the matter to the
Lands Tribunal for determination of the amount of compensation to be
paid. (Added 63 of 1974 s. 8)

Claims for compensation

8. (1) Any person claiming compensation by reason of the resumption
of any land under this Ordinance, and being a person who has not been offered
in writing compensation under section 6(1)(a), or has not been served with a
notice under section 6(1)(b), may submit a claim in writing to the Authority
stating the nature of his estate or interest in the land and the amount which he
seeks to recover.

(2) If any such person and the Authority do not agree as to the amount of
compensation (if any) to be paid either party may submit the claim to the Lands
Tribunal for determination of the amount of compensation (if any) to be paid.

(3) A person claiming compensation under subsection (1) shall submit his
claim to the Authority within a period of 1 year from the date on which the land
reverted to the Crown under section 5 or within such further period as the
Governor may allow in any case. (Amended 5 of 1984 s. 4)

(4) A claim submitted by a person under subsection (1), in respect of land
resumed under an order made under section 3 on or after the commencement of
the Crown Lands Resumption (Amendment) Ordinance 1984 (5 of 1984), may
include a claim for any costs or remuneration reasonably incurred or paid by
that person in employing persons to act in a professional capacity in connection
with such claim. (Added 5 of 1984 s. 4)
(Replaced 63 of 1974 s. 9)





Barring of actions against the Crown

9. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, no action or suit shall lie
against the Crown or against any other person for any loss or damage suffered
by any person as the result of the resumption of any land under this Ordinance.
(Replaced 63 of 19 74 s. 10)

Determination by Tribunal of compensation payable
by Crown

10. (1) The Tribunal shall determine the amount of compensation (if
any) payable in respect of a claim submitted to it under section 6(3) or 8(2) on
the basis of the loss or damage suffered by the claimant due to the resumption of
the land specified in the claim.

(2) The Tribunal shall determine the compensation (if any) payable under
subsection (1) on the basis of-

(a)the value of the land resumed and any buildings erected thereon at the
date of resumption;

(b)the value of any easement or other right in the land resumed, owned,
held or enjoyed by a claimant at the date of resumption;

(c)the amount of loss or damage suffered by any claimant due to the
severance of the land resumed or any building erected thereon from
any other land of the claimant, or building erected thereon, con-
tiguous or adjacent thereto;

(d)the amount of loss or damage to a business conducted by a claimant at
the date of resumption on the land resumed or in any building erected
thereon, due to the removal of the business from that land or building
as a result of the resumption;

(e)in the case of land resurned under an order made under section 3 on or
after the commencement of the Crown Lands Resumption (Amend-
ment) Ordinance 1984 (5 of 1984)--
(i) the amount of any expenses reasonably incurred by him in
moving from any premises owned or occupied by him on the land
resumed to, or in connection with the acquisition of, alternative land
or land and buildings, but excluding any amount to which para-
graph (d) applies;
(ii) the amount of any costs or remuneration mentioned in sec-
tions 6(2A) and 8(4). (Added5of 1984s. 5)
(Replaced 63 of 1974 s. 10)

Principles of assessment of compensation

11. (1) When any property is resumed, the Lands Tribunal in determin-
ing the compensation to be paid and in estimating the value of the land resumed
and of any buildings thereon, may- (Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6(i); 50 of
1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

(a)take into consideration the nature and existing condition of the
property, and the probable duration of the buildings in their existing
state, and the state of repair thereof; and





(b)decline to make any compensation for any addition to or improve-
ment of the property made after the date of the publication in the
Gazette of the notice of intended resumption (unless such addition or
improvement was necessary for the maintenance of the property in a
proper state of repair): (Amended 27 of 1937 Schedule)
Provided that, in the case of any interest acquired after the date of such
publication, no separate estimate of the value thereof shall be made so as to
increase the amount of compensation.
(2) The Lands Tribunal may also receive evidence to prove- (Amended
28 of 1911 s. 6(i) )
(a)that the rental of the buildings or premises was enhanced by reason of
the same being used as a brothel, or as a gaming house, or for any
illegal purpose; or
(b)that the buildings or premises are in such a condition as to be a
nuisance within the meaning of any Ordinance relating to buildings or
to public health, or are not in reasonably good repair; or (Amended
50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule; 2 of 1912 Schedule; 20 of
1948s.4)
(c)that the buildings or premises are unfit, and not reasonably capable of
being made fit, for human habitation. (Amended 51 of 1911; 2 of
1912 Schedule)
(3) If the Lands Tribunal is satisfied by such evidence, then the corn-
pensation-
(a)shall, in the first case, so far as it is based on rental, be based on the
rental which would have been obtainable if the building or premises
had not been occupied as a brothel, or as a gaming house, or for an
illegal purpose; and (Amended 51 of 1911; 2 of 1912 Schedule)
(b)shall, in the second case, be the amount estimated as the value of the
building or premises if the nuisance had been abated or if they had
been put into reasonably good repair, after deducting the estimated
expense of abating the nuisance or putting them into such repair, as
the case may be; and (Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 1 of 1912;
Schedule; 2 of 1912, Schedule)

(c)shall, in the third case, be the value of the land and of the materials of
the buildings thereon.
(Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6 (d); 14 of 1921 s. 7; 63 of 1974 s. 11)

Additional rules for determining compensation
12. In the determination of the compensation to be paid under this
Ordinance- (Amended 5 of 1924 s. 30)
(a)no allowance shall be made on account of the resumption being
compulsory;

(aa) no account shall be taken of the fact that the land lies within or is
affected by any area, zone or district reserved or set apart for the
purposes specified in section 4(1)(a), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of the Town
Planning Ordinance(Cap. 131); (Added32of 1973s. 2. Amended2
of 1988 s. 8 (2) )





(b)no compensation shall be given in respect of any use of the land which
is not in accordance with the terms of the Crown lease under which the
land is held;

(c)no compensation shall be given in respect of any expectancy or
probability of the grant or renewal or continuance, by the Crown or
by any person, of any licence, permission, lease or permit whatsoever:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to any case in which
the grant or renewal or continuance of any licence, permission, lease
or permit could have been enforced as of right if the land in question
had not been resumed; and

(d)subject to the provisions of section 11 and to the provisions of
paragraphs (aa), (b) and (c) of this section, the value of the land
resumed shall be taken to be the amount which the land if sold by a
willing seller in the open market might be expected to realize.
(Amended 5 of 1924 s. 30; 32 of 1973 s. 2; 5 of 1984 s. 6)
(Replaced 9 of 1922 s. 2)
[cf. U.K. 1919 c. 57 s. 2(1) & (2)]

13-15. (Repealed 63 of 1974 s. 12)

Power to demise or grant land resumed

16. Any land resumed under the provisions of this Ordinance may be
demised and granted by the Governor on such terms and conditions and at such
price, whether by way of rent, premium or otherwise, and either by public
auction or private contract, as the Governor may determine.
(Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6(d)

Provisional payment pending determination of
compensation

16A. (1) Where, in the case of land resumed under an order made under
section 3 on or after the commencement of the Crown Lands Resumption
(Amendment) Ordinance 1984 (5 of 1984), any offer of compensation made by
the Authority to any person under this Ordinance in respect of any claim is not
accepted, the Authority may, pending the determination by the Lands Tribunal
of the compensation, if any, payable in respect of such claim under this
Ordinance, pay-

(a)an amount as a provisional payment of the amount payable by virtue
of such determination; and

(b)interest on any payment made under paragraph (a), for the period
from the date on which the land reverts to the Crown under section 5,
until the date on which the payment is made, calculated having regard
to the lowest rate payable from time to time by members of The Hong
Kong Association of Banks on time deposits. (Amended 62 of 1985
s.2)





(2) Any payment made by the Authority under subsection (1) in respect of
any claim shall be without prejudice to the claim or the submission thereof to, or
the determination thereof by, the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance; but the
amount of compensation payable by virtue of such determination in respect of
such claim shall be reduced by the amount of such payment. (Amended 62 of
1985s.2)
(3) Where the amount of compensation payable by virtue of a determina-
tion of the Lands Tribunal under this Ordinance is reduced under subsection (2)
by the amount of any payment made under subsection (1), such compensation
shall not as from the date on which the payment is made bear interest except on
the amount thereof as so reduced. (Replaced 62 of 1985 s. 2)
(4) Where the amount of any payment made by the Authority under
subsection (1) in respect of any claim exceeds the amount of the compensation
determined by the Lands Tribunal in respect of such claim, the amount of the
excess shall be recoverable by the Authority as a civil debt. (Amended 62 of
1985s.2)
(Added 5 of 1984 s. 7)

Payment of compensation and interest
17. (1) All sums of money agreed or determined as compensation
(together with interest thereon as hereinafter mentioned), and all costs and
remuneration awarded against the Crown, shall be paid out of the general
revenue. (Amended 63 of 1974s. 13)
(2) At any time after agreement or determination by the Lands Tribunal
of the amount of compensation to be paid under this Ordinance, the Authority
may by notice published in the Gazette require the person entitled to such
compensation to collect the same within the time and at the place specified in the
notice. (Replaced 63 of 1974 s. 13)
(3) Subject to section 16A(3), any sum of money payable as compensation
by virtue of a determination of the Lands Tribunal or an agreement under this
Ordinance shall bear interest from the date of resumption of the land until the
expiration of the time specified in the notice referred to in subsection (2). No
interest shall be payable on any costs or remuneration. (Replaced 63 of 1974
s. 13. Amended 5 of 1984 s. 8)
(3A) The rate of interest for the purposes of subsection (3) shall be such
rate as the Lands Tribunal may fix having regard to the lowest rate payable
from time to time by members of The Hong Kong Association of Banks on time
deposits. (Replaced 5 of 1984 s. 8)
(4) If no claim be made for the compensation money at the place, and
within the time appointed, the officer appointed as aforesaid shall cause such
money to be paid into the Treasury.
(5) The money thus paid into the Treasury or any part of it may, within a
period of 5 years from the expiration of the time referred to in subsection (2), be
claimed by the person entitled thereto and upon such claim being substantiated
shall be paid to the person so entitled.
(6) At the expiration of the said period of 5 years the money or such part
of it as remains unpaid shall be transferred to the general revenue of the
Colony. (Amended 71 of 1971 s. 3)
(Replaced 33 of 1929 s. 2)





Payment when owner absent, etc.

18. When the owner of any land which has been resumed is absent from
the Colony or cannot be found, or within 6 months from the date when the
amount of compensation shall have been determined makes no claim to the
same, or is in the opinion of the Governor unable to give an effectual discharge
for the same, the Governor may direct payment of the compensation to be made
to such other person on behalf of the owner as he shall think proper, subject to
such conditions as he thinks fit, and the receipt of such person shall be a valid
and effectual discharge for the same in the same manner as if payment had been
made to the owner.
(18 of 1910 s. 7 incorporated. Amended28 of 1911 s. 6(e); 50 of 1911; 1
of 1912 Schedule; 62 of 1985 s. 3)

Effect as evidence of notice of resumption

19. In any notice to resume any land, it shall be sufficient to state that the
resumption of such land is required for a public purpose, without stating the
particular purpose for which the land is required; and a notice containing such
statement shall be conclusive evidence that the resumption is for a public
purpose.
(Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6(f)

Arrangement with owner of buildings or dwellings to
reconstruct them

20. Whenever the buildings or dwellings on any land are of insanitary
construction as regards conditions of light and air, the Governor may, notwith-
standing any of the powers of resumption herein contained or prior to the
exercise of any such powers, permit the owner of such buildings or dwellings to
reconstruct or rebuild the same or any part thereof, on such terms and
conditions and subject to such security being given for the proper carrying out
of such reconstruction or rebuilding as the Governor may think fit.
(Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6 (f); 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

21. (Repeated 63 of 1974 s.14)

Saving of power of resumption under Crown lease

22. This Ordinance shall not be deemed to prevent the exercise by Her
Majesty of any power of resumption contained in any Crown lease.
(Amended 28 of 1911 s. 6 (f); 50 of 1911; 1 of 1912 Schedule)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2548

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

124

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:26 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2547

Title

BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATION) REGULATIONS

Description






B 7 LDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS)
REGULATIONS

RY
ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation.................................. Page
PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1........Citation ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 2
2........Interpretation....................... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... . K 2

PART 11

DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND STANDING ADVISORY COMMITTEE

3. Oil storage installations to be designed and constructed to minimise risks of
pollution .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... , - - K 3

4. Standing Advisory Committee ............ ... ... ... . . ... ... ... K 3

PART 111

LICENSING, OPERATION, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Licensing of oil storage installations .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4

6. Procedure for granting or refusing licences - ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4

6A................Operation of installations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 5
7. Expiry and renewal of licences ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 5
8. Inspection of tanks ....... 1 . ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 5

9. Restriction on use of tanks found to be defective ... ... ... ... ... ... K 6

10.....................Restriction on repairing of tanks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 7
11.....................Leaking tanks to be reported ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... K 7

PART IV

EXISTING OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND OFFENCES

12...................Existing oil storage installations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 7

13......................................Special provisions relating to licensing of existing oil storage installations ... K
8
14.......Offences ......................... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 8

Schedule........................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 9





BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 May 1978.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Oil Storage
Installations) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

'associated structures', in relation to an oil storage installation,
includes the foundations of such installation, its bunded area
and drainage system and any pipe-lines within the bunded area,
together with any receipt and issue pipe-lines to related jetties,
and any surface water or soil drainage system related to the
installation;

'bunded area' means an area completely surrounded by bund walls
or embankments for the retention of spillage from any tank
within the area;

'Code of Practice' means the Code of Practice for the Design,
Construction and Maintenance of Oil and Petroleum Feedstock
Installations published from time to time by the Building
Authority;

'existing oil storage installation' means an oil storage installation
and its associated structures being used for the storage of
oil and petroleum products at the commencement of these
regulations;

'licence' means a licence granted or renewed under these regula-
tions;

1icensee' means the holder of a licence;

,,oil and petroleum products' means crude petroleum or petroleum
feed-stock, and includes semi-refined petroleum and wholly
refined petroleum which is liquid or solid at ambient tempera-
tures and pressures;

,,oilstorage installation' means any tank having a capacity of
not less than 110,000 litres, or a group of tanks any one of
which is a tank having a capacity of not less than 110,000 litres,
constructed above ground level for the purpose of storing oil
and petroleum products;





,,operation instructions' means instructions relating to oil pollution
control in the operation and management of an oil storage
installation and its associated structures;

'permeability testing' includes laboratory and in situ tests for the
permeability of the materials used for the construction of the
floor of a bunded area;

'Standing Advisory Committee' means the Standing Advisory
Committee established by regulation 4;

'tank' means any static tank or reservoir used for the storage of oil
and petroleum products.

(2) The provisions of these regulations relating to any matter
shall be construed as being in addition to and not in derogation of
the provisions of any Ordinance or regulation relating to that
matter.

PART II

DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND STANDING ADVISORY COMMITTEE

3. (1) Every oil storage installation and its associated struc-
tures, and any alterations or additions thereto, shall be designed and
constructed to the satisfaction of the Building Authority so as to
minimise the risks of environmental pollution arising from or
associated with the storage of oil and petroleum products.

(2) An oil storage installation and its associated structures,
and any alterations or additions thereto, shall be deemed to be
designed and constructed in accordance with paragraph (1) if the
design and construction thereof comply with the Code of Practice.

4. (1) There is hereby established a Standing Advisory Com-
mittee to advise the Building Authority on such matters relating to
oil storage installations and associated structures as the Building
Authority may from time to time refer to the Committee, including
any of the following matters-

(a)matters relating to the prevention of environmental pollu-
tion arising from or associated with the operation of oil
storage installations and associated structures;

(b)the remedial work or other measures required to reduce the
risk of such pollution at any oil storage installation;

(c)the period, if any, in excess of 12 months for which an
existing oil storage installation may be used under regula-
tion 12 for the storage of oil and petroleum products
without a licence;

(d) the regular review of the Code of Practice.





(2) The Standing Advisory Committee shall consist of such
number of persons as the Building Authority may appoint to be
members thereof, and each member shall hold office for such period
as the Building Authority may in his discretion determine:

Provided that a member may resign at any time by notice in
writing addressed to the Building Authority.

(3) The Standing Advisory Committee shall meet as often as
may be necessary for the consideration of matters referred to the
Committee under this regulation or as the Building Authority may,
be notice in writing to each member, direct.

(4) The procedure of the Standing Advisory Committee shall
by such as the Building Authority may determine.

PART 111

LICENSING, OPERATION, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

5. No person shall store or cause or permit to be stored any
oil and petroleum products in any oil storage installation without a
licence in respect thereof or otherwise than in accordance with the
terms or conditions of such licence.

6. (1) Application for a licence in respect of any oil storage
installation shall be made to the Building Authority in Form A
in the Schedule hereto and shall be accompanied by one copy of
the operation instructions for the installation and its associated
structures.

(2) Every licence shall be in Form B in the Schedule hereto.

(3) Subject to paragrah (4), the Building Authority may, upon
payment of a fee of $2,000, grant a licence to the applicant and may
impose such terms and conditions in respect thereof as he thinks fit.

(4) The Building Authority shall not grant a licence in respect
of an oil storage installation unless-

(a)the construction of the installation and its associated struc-
tures has been carried out in accordance with the Ordinance
and conforms to plans approved by the Building Authority
under the Ordinance;

(b)the installation and its associated structures have been
constructed in accordance with regulation 3 and tests have
been carried out in relation thereto to the satisfaction of
the Building Authority;

(c)permeability testing in respect of the installation and its
associated structures has been properly carried out in
accordance with the Code of Practice; and





(d)the operation instructions for the installation and its
associated structures are satisfactory to the Building
Authority.

6A. Every oil storage installation and its associated structures
shall be operated in accordance with the operation instructions
accepted as satisfactory by the Building Authority under regulations
6 and 7.

7. (1) A licence shall expire on the expiration of a period of
12 months from the date on which it is granted or renewed.

(2) Subject to paragraph (4), a licence may be renewed by the
Building Authority upon payment of a fee of $2,000.

(3) Application for renewal of a licence shall be made to the
Building Authority in Form A in the Schedule hereto not less than 2
months prior to the expiry of the licence, and shall be accompanied
by the documents referred to in paragraph ffl(c).

(3A) Every renewal of a licence shall be in Form B in the
Schedule hereto.

(4) Unless-

(a)any alterations or additions to the installation or its
associated structures carried out during the period for
which the licence is in force have been carried out in
accordance with the Ordinance;

(b)the Building Authority is satisfied with any change in
the operation instructions for the installation and its
associated structures; and

(c)there is submitted to the Building Authority in respect of
the application for renewal-
(i) a statement setting out the findings and recommen-
dations in each case from a registered structural engineer
that he has examined the records relating to the settlement
of all tanks in the installation during the 12 months
preceding the application; and
(ii) a record satisfactory to the Building Authority
relating to the settlement of all tanks in the installation
and its foundation during the 12 months preceding the
application,

the Building Authority may, after taking the advice of the Standing
Advisory Committee, refuse to renew a licence in respect of an oil
storage installation.

8. (1) The licensee of any oil storage installation shall cause
each tank in the installation to be inspected by or under the super-
vision of a registered structural engineer as follows-





(a)a general inspection shall be carried out internally not later
than the tenth year in the life of the tank, and thereafter an
inspection shall be carried out once in every fifth year after
the year in which such first-mentioned inspection is carried
out;

(b)an inspection of the external shell of the tank and of the
external joint between the tank shell and the bottom plates
thereof shall be carried out annually,

and, on completion of any such inspection, the registered structural
engineer concerned shall issue to the licensee a certificate of inspec-
tion, in such form as the Building Authority may determine, signed
by the engineer and setting out the results of the inspection and the
recommendations of the engineer, if any, as to the necessity for
repairs and the nature and extent thereof or whether the tank
inspected is in his opinion fit for continued use or as the case may
require.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Building Authority
may by notice in writing require any licensee to cause any inspection
referred to in paragraph (1) to be carried out at any time specified in
the notice.

(3) Every certificate of inspection issued to a licensee under
this regulation shall be delivered forthwith by the licensee to the
Building Authority.

9. (1) Where it appears to the Building Authority that a tank
in any oil storage installation is unfit for use or ought not in his
opinion to be used for the storage of oil and petroleum products, he
may serve or cause to be served upon the licensee a notice in
writing-

(a) requiring the licensee to empty the tank;

(b)prohibiting the continued use of the tank or restricting the
use thereof subject to any conditions specified in the notice.

(2) A notice under this regulation may contain such directions
and other requirements relating to the storage of oil and petroleum
products in the oil storage installation specified in the notice as the
Building Authority may think fit.

(3) In the event of a failure to comply with a notice given
under paragraph (1) the Building Authority may seize, remove and
detain any oil and petroleum products stored in the oil storage
installation.

(4) For the purpose of giving effect to any of the powers
conferred by this regulation, the Building Authority, and any
person authorized by him in writing may-

(a)enter, inspect and examine any place, building or oil
storage installation, and any part thereof, at all times by
day and by night;





(b)if he is of the opinion that an emergency exists or upon
giving notice in writing of an intention to enter, forcibly
enter any place, building or oil storage installation in order
to seize and remove any oil and petroleum products stored
in an oil storage installation.

10. (1) Except in the case of emergency, no person shall repair
or cause or permit the repair of any tank in an oil storage installation
without the written authorization of the Building Authority.

(2) In the case of emergency, the licensee of an oil storage
installation may cause any repairs necessary to reduce the risk of oil
pollution to be carried out on any tank in the installation without
the authorization of the Building Authority and shall, in any such
case, give written notice thereof to the Building Authority as soon as
possible after the commencement of the repairs.

11. Where the licensee of any oil storage installation has
reason to believe that any tank in the installation is leaking, he
shall-

(a)report the circumstances to the Building Authority in
writing; or

(b)in the case of emergency, take suitable remedial measures
forthwith to prevent oil spillage and to reduce the risk of
pollution and immediately report the circumstances to the
Building Authority in writing.

PART IV

ExISTING OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS AND OFFENCES

12. (1) Every existing oil storage installation may, notwith-
standing regulation 5, continue to be operated without a licence for
a period of 12 months from the commencement of these regulations
or, where the matter is referred to the Standing Advisory Committee
under regulation 4, for such extended period and subject to. such
conditions as the Standing Advisory Committee may recommend.

(2) Where it appears to the Building Authority that there is a
risk of pollution by oil spillage arising out of the operation of an
existing oil storage installation during the period or extended period
referred to in paragraph (1), he may, by notice in writing addressed
to the operator, direct that the remedial work or other measures
specified in the notice shall be carried out by the operator within the
period so specified.

(3) Where the operator of any existing oil storage installation
fails to carry out remedial work or other measures specified in a
notice under paragraph (2) in respect of that installation within the
period so specified, the provisions of paragraph (1) shall cease to





apply in relation to that installation until the remedial work or other
measures are carried out in accordance with the notice.

13. Notwithstanding regulation 6(4), the Building Authority
may grant a licence in respect of an existing oil storage installation
if-

(a)any remedial works or other measures specified in a
notice under regulation 12(2) in respect of the installation
have been carried out to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority;

(b)any tests or inspections required to be carried out in respect
of the installation have been carried out to the satisfaction
of the Building Authority and the results thereof are, in his
opinion, satisfactory; and

(c)there are submitted to the Building Authority record plans
and operating instructions in respect of the installation and
such plans and instructions are, in his opinion, satis-
factory.

14. (1) Any person who-

(a) contravenes any of the provisions of regulation 5;

(b)being a licensee, fails to cause to be carried out any
inspection required to be carried out by regulation 8 or
fails to deliver to the Building Authority any certificate of
inspection required to be delivered to him by regulation 8;

(c)being a licensee, fails to take suitable remedial measures in
compliance with regulation 11(b);

(d)fails to comply with any notice served on him by the
Building Authority under these regulations or to do or
omit to do any act required by such notice to be done or
omitted by such person with the time specified in that
behalf in the notice;

(e)wilfully causes or permits to be caused any oil spillage at
any oil storage installation which pollutes or is likely to
pollute the environment outside the perimeter of such
installation and its associated structures;

knowingly misrepresents any material fact, or supplies any
particulars which he knows or has reason to believe are
false, in respect of any plan, form, notice or operating
instructions under these regulations;

(g) fails to comply with the provisions of regulation 6A;

(h) negligently operates an oil storage installation,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine of
$100,000 and imprisonment for 2 years.





SCHEDULE [regs. 6 & 7.1
FORM A

BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS) REGULATIONS
Regulations 6(1) and 7(3)
Application for grant/renewal* of licence
............. 1 19
To the Building Authority,
IlWe* .................................. in accordance with

the provisions ' of the Building (Oil Storage Installations) Regulations hereby apply
for the grant/renewal* of a licence for storage of oil and petroleum products in the
oil storage installation at:
Lot No./Permit Area No.: ..........................................................................................
Address/Location: ......................................................................................................
2..........................(a) Name and address of the owner: ................... ............
*and operator: ..1 ......................
(b) Name and address of the operator: .......................................................
(if different from the owner) .......................................................
(e) Details of the tanks and class of contents:

TANK Year TANK Ye r
NUMBER Capacity Class NUMBER C'Pafi'y Class
BA- m 3 Built BA m Built

*The list is continued overleaf Total number of tanks:

(including any listed overleaf)
3. *The current licence will expire on ...............................................................

..........
Signature of Operator

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.





FORM A (Overleaf)

Section 2(c) (Continued)

TANK Capacity Year TANK Capacity Year
NUMBER MIClass Built NUMBER M'Class Built
BA- BA-





FORM B

BUILDING (OIL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS) REGULATIONS

Regulations 6(3) and 7(2)

Grant,'renewal* of licence

To: .......................................................... Office of the Building Authority
........................................................... Ref. No.: .........................................
........................................................... Date: ---------
In accordance with the provisions of the Building (Oil Storage Installa-
tions) Regulations 1 hereby permit the storage of oil and petroleum products in the
oil storage installation at:
Lot No./Pertnit Area No.: Installation No.: BA-
Address/Location: ......................................................................................................
2..........................(a) Name and address of the owner: ................................
*and operator: .........................
(b) Name and address of the operator: ........ ................................
(if difflerent from the owner) 1 ................. ..............
(c) Details of the tanks and class of contents:

TANK TANK
NUMBER Capacity Year Year
M~Class Built NUMBER C1nc'y Class Built
BA- BA-

*The list is continued overleaf Total number of tanks:

(including any listed overleaf)

3. This licence is granted/renewed* subject to the conditions stated in Building
Authority reference: ....................................................................................................
4. This licence is valid until ..............................................................................

.............. ...... 1
pro Building Authority.

c.c. D. of F.S.
- Delete whichever is inapplicable.





FORM B (Overleaf)

Section 2(c) (Continued)

TANK Year TANK ---~C~apacity
NUMBER Capacity Class NUMBER Class Year
BA- Built BA- M' Built
L.N. 75/78. L.N. 37/83. Citation. Interpretation. Oil storage installations to be designed and constructed to minimise risks of pollution. Standing Advisory Committee. L.N. 37/83. Licensing of oil storage installations. Procedure for granting or refusing licences. Schedule, Form A. Schedule, Form B. Operation of installations. L.N. 37/83. Exprity and renewal of licences. Schedule, Form A. L.N. 37/83. L.N. 37/83. Inspection of tanks. L.N. 37/83. Restriction on use of tanks found to be defective. L.N. 37/83. Restriction on repairing of tanks. Leaking tanks to be reported. Existing oil storage installations. Special provisions relating to licensing of existing oil storage installations. L.N. 37/83. Offences. L.N. 37/83.

Abstract

L.N. 75/78. L.N. 37/83. Citation. Interpretation. Oil storage installations to be designed and constructed to minimise risks of pollution. Standing Advisory Committee. L.N. 37/83. Licensing of oil storage installations. Procedure for granting or refusing licences. Schedule, Form A. Schedule, Form B. Operation of installations. L.N. 37/83. Exprity and renewal of licences. Schedule, Form A. L.N. 37/83. L.N. 37/83. Inspection of tanks. L.N. 37/83. Restriction on use of tanks found to be defective. L.N. 37/83. Restriction on repairing of tanks. Leaking tanks to be reported. Existing oil storage installations. Special provisions relating to licensing of existing oil storage installations. L.N. 37/83. Offences. L.N. 37/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2547

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:26 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (VENTILATING SYSTEMS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2546

Title

BUILDING (VENTILATING SYSTEMS) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (VENTILATING SYSTEMS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)


[23 October 1964.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Ventilating
Systems) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

'Director' means the Director of Fire Services.

3. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2) of this regulation
and in regulation 7, these regulations shall apply to every ventilating
system that embodies the use of ducting or trunking, which passes
through any wall, floor or ceiling of the building in which the
ventilating system is installed, from one compartment of such
building to another.

(2) These regulations shall not apply to any ventilating system
in buildings which are scheduled premises for the purposes of the
Public Health and Urban Services Ordinance.

4. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2) of this regulation
and in regulation 7, every ventilating system, to which these regula-
tions apply, shall comply with the following provisions-

(a) all moving parts thereof shall be securely fenced;

(b)every part thereof shall be accessible for the purposes of
inspection, and, in particular-
(i) the spindle of every fan shall be so sited that its
guard may be removed and a tachometer applied thereto;
and
(ii) every air intake and exhaust shall be accessible for
the purposes of measurement;

(c)no air intake for the ventilating system shall be sited in any
place-
(i) which in the opinion of the Director constitutes a
fire hazard; or
(ii) where waste or rubbish is likely to accumulate;

(d)the opening of every air intake shall be fitted with a screen
constructed of corrosion-resistant material having a mesh
not greater than 12 mm;

(e) every duct shall-
(i) be wholly constructed of non-combustible material
having a strength and durability not less than that of
galvanized sheet-iron or steel;





(ii) be accessible for the purposes of cleaning through-
out its entire length;
(iii) where its size is sufficient to allow any person to
enter therein, be fitted with access openings to allow a
person to enter the same and shall be constructed to bear
the weight of any person who has so entered;
(iv) at the point where it passes through any floor, wall
or ceiling, be fitted with a damper which shall be operated
by fusible links of a type approved by the Director, and
designed to operate up to a temperature of 69 -C., and be
so constructed or protected as to resist the action of fire for
a period not less than the period for which the floor, wall
or ceiling through which it passes is designed to resist the
action of fire;

no duct shall serve more than one building;

(g)every filter shall be wholly constructed of non-combustible
material. other than steel wool; and

(h)every electrostatic filter or precipitator shall be of a type
approved by the Director.

(2) Where he thinks fit and subject to such conditions as he
may specify. the Director may by notice in writing exempt any
ventilating system in respect of which application in writing in that
'behalf is made from compliance with all or any of the provisions of
paragraph (1).

5. (1) The owner of any building in which there is installed a
ventilating system to which these regulations apply shall-

(a)keep such ventilating system in safe and efficient working
order at all times; and

(b)cause every damper, filter and precipitator in such ventilat-
ing system to be inspected by a registered ventilation con-
tractor at intervals not exceeding 12 months.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 52,000.

SA. (1) A registered ventilation contractor who inspects any
ventilating system shall within 14 days of such inspection issue
to the person on whose instructions the inspection was carried out a
certificate and send a copy thereof to the Director.

(2) A certificate issued under paragraph (1) shall state-

(a) the address at which the inspection was carried out;

(b)whether or not the dampers, filters and precipitators are in
safe and efficient working order; and

(c)the name and address of the registered ventilation contrac-
tor who carried out the inspection.





(3) Any person who-

(a) contravenes paragraph (1); or

(b)makes or causes to be made in a certificate issued under
paragraph (1) a statement which he knows or reasonably
ought to know to be false in a material particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

6. For the purposes of these regulations, any officer of the
Fire Services Department authorized in writing by the Director may
carry out such tests of any ventilating system to which these
regulations apply, as may be necessary to ascertain whether or not
the same is in safe and efficient working order.

7. Where a ventilating system to which these regulations
apply has been installed in any building before the commencement
of these regulations there shall be no requirement to comply with
the provisions of regulation 4 unless and until-

(a)the ventilating system has been removed or is altered in any
way; or

(b)the Director is of the opinion that the ventilating system
constitutes a fire hazard.
L.N. 144/64. L.N. 60/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 362/80. L.N. 235/82. Citation. Interpretation. Ventilating systems to which regulations apply. (Cap. 132.) Requirements with respect to ventilating systems. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 235/82. Duty of owners of ventilating systems. L.N. 60/71. L.N. 362/80. Issue of certificates by registered ventilation contractors. L.N. 60/71. Power of authorized officer. Existing ventilating systems.

Abstract

L.N. 144/64. L.N. 60/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 362/80. L.N. 235/82. Citation. Interpretation. Ventilating systems to which regulations apply. (Cap. 132.) Requirements with respect to ventilating systems. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 235/82. Duty of owners of ventilating systems. L.N. 60/71. L.N. 362/80. Issue of certificates by registered ventilation contractors. L.N. 60/71. Power of authorized officer. Existing ventilating systems.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2546

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:25 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (STANDARDS OF SANITARY FITMENTS, PLUMBING, DRAINAGE WORKS AND LATRINES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2545

Title

BUILDING (STANDARDS OF SANITARY FITMENTS, PLUMBING, DRAINAGE WORKS AND LATRINES) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (STANDARDS OF SANITARY FITMENTS, PLUMBING,
DRAINAGE WORKS AND LATRINES) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation.................................. pap
PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation.................................. ... ... ... ... ... `p 5
2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

PART 11

STANDARDS OF SANITAR~ FITMENTS

3...............Interpretation of Part 11 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

4.............Residential buildings ........ ... ... ... ... ... --- ... ... ... 17

5...............................Offices, industrial undertakings and other places of work ... ... ... 1 10
6..................Places of public entertainment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 12

7.........Cinemas ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 1 13

8...........Restaurants .................. ... ... .1 . ... ... ... ... ... 1 14
8A.....................Watercloset cubicles for the disabled ... . ... ... ... ... 1 14

9. Where soil fitments prohibited latrine fitments, etc. to be provided in lieu thereof,
etc . ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 is
10...................................Sanitary fitments for persons employed in residential buildings, etc. ... ... 1 15

1 OA........Supply of water .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 15

PART 111

PLUMBING

Soil.flinients and waste fitinenis

11..........Disposal of soil ............. ... ... ... ... --- --- ... ... 1 16
12..........Waste pipes ...............-..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 17

13.................Materials for soil fitments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 17
14. Construction of watercloset fitments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 17
15. Construction of trough waterclosets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 17

16...................Construction of urinal channels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - 1 17

17...............Flushing water supply ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... 1 17
is..........Flushing rim ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 is
19. Flushing cisterns... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 18

20. Pressure valves - . 1 18





Regulafion Page
21. Flushing pipes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 18
22. Storage tanks for Rushing Water ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 18
23. Overflow pipes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 19
24. Traps for soil fitments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1------... ... ... 1 19
25. Traps for waste fitments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 19

Pipes and eaves gutiers

26........Soil pipes ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 120
27.............Waste pipes --- .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 120
28.................Bends in soil and waste pipes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- 121
29.................Access to soil and Waste pipes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 121
30...............Anti-syphonage pipes .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 121
31...............Ventilating pipes .......... ... ... ... ... ... ---. ... ... ... 122
32...............Rain water pipes ........ ... ... ... ---. ... ... .. ... ... 122
33........................Rain water pipes for verandahs or balconies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 123
34.............Materials for pipes .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 123
35.............Connexions of pipes. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 123
36...........Fixing of pipes ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 124
37...........Pipes in ducts --- ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 124
38...........Eaves gutters .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 124
38A................................British Standard Specification and other national standards ... ... ... 124

PART IV

DRAINAMF WORKS

39...............Drainage or buildings ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 124
40...............Disposal of foul water ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- ... 124
41...............Disposal of surface water ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 125
42.....................................Pipes carrying surface water not to discharge across surface of footpath ... 125
43.................Disposal of sub-soil water ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 125
44...............Materials for drains. etc . ... ... --- --- . 1 . ... ... ... .. ... 125
45...............Sub-soil water drains ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 126
46...........Size of drains .............. ... ... ... ... ... --- ... ... ... 126
47. Laying ofdrains and sewers 126
47A.............................Drains and sewers in gathering grounds to be watertight ... ... ... ... 126
48. Fall of drains 1217
49. Junction of drains ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 127
50. Joints ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 128
51. Inlets to drains ... ... --- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 128
52. Ventilation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 128





Regulmion Pc~ge
53. No traps between ventilated points ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 128
54. Drains and sewers under buildings, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 129
55. Manholes apd cleaning eyes to be provided ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 29
56. Construction of manholes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 129
57. Disconnecting traps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 130

58. Gullies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... ... - 130
59. Cleaning eyes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 130
60. Filling in of drainage trenches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 130
61. Surface water channels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 131

PART V

SEPTIC TA\KS

62.............Disposal of effluent ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 131
63.............Situation of septic tank .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 31

64........Design ......................... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... 1 31
65........Capacity ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9 11
66...........Construction ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 32

67........Dip pipes ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 32
68........Ventilation ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 32

PART VI

CESSPOOLS

69. Situation of cesspools ...
70.............Disposal of contents ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 133

71........Capacity ....................... --- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 133
72........Construction .............

PART VII

TESTING OF DRAINAGE WORKS

73............................Testing of drainage works and procedure thereupon ... ... ... 9 ~4

74.....................................Power of Building Authority to require drainage trenches to be opened ... 1 ~4

PART VIII

CERIAIN WORK fO BE CARRIED 01 T M THE Bi iLDi,,G AL THOR11
AM) RECOVERY OF (OST MFREOF

75. Building Authority required to make every connexion of'drain and private selk er
to public sewer or nullah and recovery of cost thereof ... ... ... ... 135
76. Building Authority required to fix every disconnecting trap. etc. and recovery of
cost..................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 135





Regulation Page
77. Building Authority required to carry out any work to be carried out on unleased
Crownland ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 136

78.....................................Powers of Building Authority in event of contravention of regulations ... 136

PART IX

LATRINES

79...........Interpretation .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 136
80...................Latrines be provided with doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 136
81...................Doors to open into open air. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 136
82...............Lighting and ventilation ... ... ... ... .. : ... ... ... ... ... 136
83........Floors .. ~ ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 137

84.............1 nternal surfaces ........ .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 137
85......................Walls of and access to latrine fitments ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 137
86. Design and construction of latrine fitment in relation to receptacle for excrement
137
87.................Receptacles for excrement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 137
88. Power of Building Authority to permit door of latrine to open onto or opening
required by regulation 82 to communicate with unenclosed verandah. etc. 138

PART X

MISCELLANEMS

89...................................Power of Building Authority to prohibit installation of soil fitments ... ... 138
90........................................Power of Building Authority to require provision of neutralizing tanks. etc. 138

91. Certain regulations not to apply to soil fitments flushed with water from
waterworks........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 139





BUILDING (STANDARDS OF SANITARY FITMENTS,
PLUMBING, DRAINAGE WORKS AND LATRINES)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 January 1960.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Standards
of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations. unless the context otherwise
requires -

anti-syphonage pipe- means a pipe used or constructed to be used
for the purpose of preventing loss of water seal from the trap of
a soil fitment or waste fitment.

-approved- means approved by the Building Authority..

cesspool- means an underground chamber constructed to be used
for the reception and storage of foul water;

-chemical closet fitmenC means a latrine fitment in which the
contents of the receptacle for excrement are treated by means of
chemicals;

cleaning eye' means an access opening in a pipe;

-foul water- means any water contaminated by soil. waste or trade
effluent,

'latrine' means a room used or intended to be used for the housing
of latrine fitments;

1atrine fitmenC means a fitment containing a receptacle for excre-
ment, which is removable,

manhole' means a chamber constructed on a drain or sewer to
provide access thereto for inspection, testing and the clearance
of obstructions;

nullah- includes any trained streamcourse..

'private sewer- means a sewer which is not a public sewer;

public channeF' means a channel vested in and maintained by the
Government;

public sewer' means a sewer vested in and maintained by the
Government;





---rainwater pipe' means a pipe used or constructed to be used
for carrying off surface water directly from roof surfaces,
verandahs and balconies;

'septic tank' means a tank, for the reception of soil and waste
from a building, in which the liquification of solid organic
matter occurs;

',slop sink- means a sink used or constructed to be used for receiving
solid or liquid excrement;

-sludge- means the layer.of material settled to the bottom of a septic
tank where reduction by anaerobic decomposition occurs;

soil- means the dischange from a soil fitment;

---soilfitment- means a watercloset fitment, trough watercloset,
urinal, slop sink, bidet or any similar fitment,

-soil pipe- means a pipe used or constructed to be used for carrying
ofT soil;

,.sub-soil water' means water occurring naturally below the surface
of the ground.

---surfacewater--- means rain water from any part of a building
including any paved.area or ground. whether paved or not.
appurtenant to any building,

---tradeeffluenC means any liquid, either with or without particles of
matter in suspension therein, which is wholly or in part pro-
duced in the course of any trade or industry;

---waste-means used water from a waste fitment or similar fitment..

'waste fitment- means a bath, lavatory basin or sink, other than a
slop sink:

-waste pipe' means a pipe used or constructed to be used for
carrying off waste.

'water authority- and -waterworks- have the meaning assigned to
them by section 2 of the Waterworks Ordinance.

PART 11

STANDARDS OF SANITARY FITMENTS

3. In the regulations in this Part. unless the context otherwise
requires-

,,entertainment- includes any concert, stage play, stage performance
or other musical, dramatic or theatrical entertainment, or any
part thereof, and the provision of facilities for the playing of
any game, but does not include any cinematographic display,





---factory-,'mine' and 'industrial undertaking- have the meaning
assigned to them by section 2 of the Factories and Industrial
Undertakings Ordinance;

'habitable space' means the aggregate of the areas of the floors in
a building, excluding kitchens, staircases, staircase halls. lift
landings, the space used in providing the watercloset fitments.
urinals and lavatory basins, required, by this regulation, to be
provided, and any space occupied by machinery for any lift;

1iving room' means any room intended or adapted as a place for
cooking or sleeping;

'place of public entertainment' means any building constructed or
adapted to be used for any public entertainment;

-public dance hall- means any place opened, kept or used for the
purpose of dancing, to which the general public is admitted.
with or without payment for admission..

-public entertainment- means any entertainment to which the
general public is admitted, with or without payment for
admission;

-residential building- means a domestic building. but does not
include any hostel, dormitory or other room or premises pro-
vided for housing or lodging some or all of the pupils of any
school out of school hours, whether such hostel dormitory or
other room or premises is in or is part of the same building
or group of buildings as the classrooms in the school or not;

',school- has the meaning assigned to it by section 3 of the
Education Ordinance;

'tenement house' means a building in the domestic part of which
any living room is intended or adapted for the use of more than
one tenant or sub-tenant;

'usable floor space' means the aggregate of the areas of the floors in
a building, excluding any staircases, staircase halls, lift landings,
the space used in providing the watercloset fitments, urinals and
lavatory basins required, by this regulation, to be provided, and
any space occupied by machinery for any lift, air-conditioning
system or similar service provided for the building.

4. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2). in every residential
building-

(a)where separate waterclosets are not provided for male
persons and for female persons. the number of watercloset
fitments provided shall be not less than the number
specified in Table I;

(b)where separate waterclosets are provided for male persons
and for female persons, the number of watercloset fitments





provided for female persons shall be not less than the
number specified in Table 11 and the number of watercloset
fitments provided for male persons shall, save as provided
in paragraph (c), be not less than the number specified in
Table 111;

(c)where separate waterclosets are provided for male persons
and for female persons and urinals are installed for the use
of male persons, the number of watercloset fitments and
urinals for male persons shall be not less than the number
specified in Table IV;

(d)the number of lavatory basins and baths or showers
provided shall not be less than the number specified in
Table V.

TABLE 1

No. of persons residing
or likely to reside in No. ofivatercloset fitments
the building
More than 8 2 and 1 additional watercloset fitment
forevery 15 such persons. or part
thereof. o~er 20.

TABLE 11

No. of female persons residing
or likely to reside inNo. of svatercloset fitments
the building
1-8 inclusive 1
More than 8 and 1 additional watercloset fitment
for every 15 such persons. or part
thereof. over 20.

TABLE Ill

No. of male persons residing
or likely to reside inNo. of watercloset fitments
the building
1 -8 inclusive
More than 8 2 and 1 additional such fitment for
every 15 such persons. or part thereof.
o,,.e~20.





TABLE IV

No. of male persons residing N f i& ater-
or likely to reside in 1 0. cNo. of urinals
i closet fitments
the building
1-12 inclusive 1
More than 12 2 and 1 additional2 and 1 additional
watercloset fit-orinal for every
ment for ex cry20 such persons.
20 such persons,or part thereof.
or part thereof,over 25.
over 25.

TABLE V

No. of person, residing
or likel~ to reside in No. (t'ia\~ttor~ No. of bath., or
thc'building basinssho~%crs

1-8 inclusive
More than 8 2 and 1 additional2 and 1 additional
lavatory basinbath or shower
for c,~ ers 15 such for ex cry 15 such
persons. or partpersons. or part
thereof. o~er 20.thereof. o~cr 20.

(2) (a) In the case ' of a tenement house, water supply points
may, subject to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (b) and
(c), be provided in lieu of lavatory basins and baths or
showers and, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(d), the
provision of one water supply point shall be deemed to
be the provision of one lavatory basin and one bath
or shower.

(b)The number of water supply points so provided shall be
not less than the number of lavatory basins required. by
paragraph (1)(d), to be provided in tiIc tenement house.

(c.)Such water supply points shall be provided in a separate
compartment, not less than 0.75 M2 in area. or in a
watercloset.

(d)For the purposes of this paragraph. any supply of water
provided for a sink in any kitchen shall not ~e a water
supply point,

(3) The watercloset fitments or the watercloset fitments and
urinals, as the case may be, provided in any residential building in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1). and. where. in
accordance with regulation 9, latrine fitments or latrine fitments and
bucket urinals, as the case may be. are provided in any residential
building, the same shall be situated in the building to the satisfaction
of the Building Authority.





(4) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)the number of persons residing or likely to reside in any
residential building shall be determined by the Building
Authority. and, in the case of tenement houses and barrack
and dormitory accommodation, shall be so determined at
the rate of one person for every 3.25 m' of habitable space;
and

(b)where separate waterclosets are provided for male persons
and for female persons, the proportion of male persons to
female persons residing or likely to reside in the building
shall, unless the Building Authority is satisfied that the
proportion is or will be otherwise. be deemed to be 1: 1.

5. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (3), in every building
used or intended to be used for the purpose of an office and in every
industrial undertaking and other place of work-

(a)the number of watercloset fitments and urinals provided
for male persons employed or likely to be employed therein
shall be not less than t~e number specified in Table VI:

(b)the number of watercloset fitments provided for female
persons employed or likely to be employed therein shall be
not less than the number specified in Table VII, and

(c)the number of lavatory basins provided for persons em-
ployed or likely to be employed therein shall not be less
than the number specified in Table VIII.

TABLE VI
No. of male persons employed or likely
Type of fliment to he employed and No. of fitments
to he provided therefor
Watercloset !t Less than 100. 1 such fitment for everv 25 such
fitments persons. or part thereof.
More than 100. 5 such fitments and 1 additional
such filment for every 50 such persons. or part
thereof. oicr 150~

Urinals 10 -50 inclusise. 1 such fitment.
More than 4~0. 2 such fitments and 1 additional such
fitment for every 50 such persons. or part thereof.
over 100.





TABLE VII

No. of females employed
or likely to be employed No. of 'atercloset fitments
1-10 inclusive 1
11-25 inclusive
More than 25 3 and 1 additional x& atercloset fitment for ever~
25 such persons. or part thereof, o~cr 50._

TABLE VIII

No. of male No. of female
persons persons
employed or 'o. of lavatory i No. ot'las.ator~
employed or
basins
likely to be likeR to he basins
employed employed
Less than 100 1 for every 25 Less than 100 1 for exer~. 25
such per- such pe'rsons.
sons. or part or part
thereof. thereof.
More than 100 5 and 1 addi- More than 100 -5 and 1 addi-
tional la,. a- tional lava-
tory basin tors basin
for every 50 for'everx SO
such per- such per-
sons, or part sons. or part
thereof. mer thereof, ol CF
150. ]so.

(2) Baths or showers shall be provided in any industrial
undertaking or other place of work (other than in a building used or
intended to be used for the purpose of an office) as required for the
trade or industry carried on therein.

(3) Where, in any building used or intended to be used for the
purpose of an office or in any industrial undertaking or other place
of work, the number of persons, whether the same are or will be
male persons or female persons. or both, employed or likely to be
employed does not or will not exceed 10, there shall be provided not
less than one watercloset fitment and one lavatory basin.

(4) In every building used or intended to be used for the
purpose of an office and in every industrial undertaking and other
place or work, the watercloset fitments, urinals and lavatory basins
for male persons and the watercloset fitments and lavatory basins
for female persons shall be provided in separate rooms exclusively
for the use of male persons and female persons respectively.

(5) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)the number of persons employed or likely to be employed
in any building used or intended to be used for the purpose
of an office or in any other place of work (other than in an
industrial undertaking) shall be determined by the Build-
ing Authority, and, in the case of a building used or





intended to be used for the purpose of an office, shall be so
determined at the rate of one person for every 9 m' of
usable floor space;

(b)the number of persons employed or likely to be employed
in any industrial undertaking shall be determined by the
Commissioner for Labour. and

(c)in the case of a building used or intended to be used for the
purpose of an office, the proportion of male persons to
female persons employed or likely to be employed therein
shall be deemed to be 11, and. in any other case, shall be
determined by the Building Authority or, in the case of an
industrial undertaking, by the Commissioner for Labour.

6. (1) In every place of public entertainment and in every
public dance hall, the number of watercloset fitments, urinals and
lavatory basins provided shall be not less than the number specified
in Table IX.

TABLE IX

No. of male persons and No. of female persons and
Type offitment No. of fitments to be No. offitments to be
provided therefor provided therefor
Watercloset Less than 400. 1 such fitment Less than 200. 2 such fitments
fitments for cv cry 100 such persons. for every 100 such persons.
or part thereof. or part thereof.
More than 400. 5 such fitments More than 200. 5 such fitments
and 1 additional such fit- and f additional such fit-
i ment for every 250 such ment for every 100 such
persons. or part thereof. persons. or part thereof.
over 650. over 300.
Urinals 1 such fitment for every 50
such persons. or part
thereof.

Lavatory basins 1 such fitment for every 1001 such fitment for every 100
such persons. or part such persons. or part
thereof. thereof.

(2) In every place of public entertainment and in every public
dance hall, the watercloset fitments, urinals and lavatory basins for
male persons and the watercloset fitments and lavatory basins for
female persons shall be provided in separate rooms exclusively for
the use of male persons and female persons respectively.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)the number of persons shall be determined by the Building
Authority. and shall be based on the maximum capacity of
the place of public entertainment or public dance hall. as
the case may be, and





(b)the proportion of male persons to female persons shall be
deernd to be 1: 1.

7. (1) In every cinema, the number of watercloset fitments,
urinals and lavatory basins provided shall be not less than the
number specified in Table X.

TABLE X

No. of male persons and i No. of female persons and
Type of fitmentNo. of fitments to beNo. of fitments to be
provided therefor provided therefor

Watercloset 1-200 inclusive, 1 such tit- 1 1-100 inclusive, 1 such fitment.
fitments 1
ment. 1
201-500 inclusive, 2 such101-250 inclusive, 2 such
fitments. fitments.
501-1000 inclusive, 3 such251-500 inclusive. 3 such
fitments, fitments.
More than 1 000. 4 such fit-More than 500, 4 such fitments
menis and 1 additional suchand 1 additional such fitment
fitment for every 500 such 'ifor every 400 such persons.
persons. or part thereof.or part thereof, over 900.
over] 500.

Urinals1 such fitment for every 100
such persons. or part
thereof.
Lavatory basins1-200 inclusive. 1 such fit- 1! 1-200 inclusive. 1 such fitment.
ment.
201-500 inclusive. 2 such 201-500 inclusive. 2 such
fitments. fitments.
501-1 000 inclusive. 3 such 501-1000 inclusive. 3 such
fitments. fitments.
More than 1 OW 4 such fit-More than 1 000, 4 such fit-
mentsand 1 additional suchments and 1 additional such
fitment for every 500 suchfitment for every 500 such
persons, or part thereof.persons. or part thereof.
overl 500. overl 500.

(2) In every cinema, the watercloset fitments. urinals and
lavatory basins for male persons and the watercloset fitments and
lavatory basins for female persons shall be provided in separate
rooms exclusively for the use of male persons and female persons
respectively.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)the number of persons shall be determined by the Building
Authority, and shall be based on the maximum capacity of
the cinema; and

(b)the proportion of male persons to female persons shall be
deemed to be 1: 1.





8. (1) In every restaurant, except a restaurant provided in
any hotel or boarding house for the use exclusively of persons
resident in the hotel or boarding house, the number of watercloset
fitments, urinals and lavatory basins provided shall not be less than
the number specified in Table Xl.

TABLE Xl

No. of male persons andNo. of female persons and
Type of fitment No. of fitments to be No. of fitments to be
provided therefor provided therefor
Waterclosei Less than 400. 1 such fitment Less than 200. 2 such fitments
fitments for every 100 such persons.for every 100 such persons,
or part thereof.or part thereof.
More than 400. 5 such fit-More than 200.5 such fitments
ments and 1 additional suchand 1 additional such fit-
fitment for every 250 suchment for every 100 such
persons. or part thereof.persons. or part thereof.
over 650. over 300.
Urinals 1 such fitment for every so
such persons. or part there-
Lavatory basins Less than 100, f such fitment Less than 100. 1 such fitment
for every 50 such persons.for exe' 50 such persons.
or part ~hcreoi'.or part thereof
More than 100. 3 such fitments More than 100. 3 such fitments
and 1 additional such fit-and 1 additional such fit-
1 ment for everv 100 suchment for every )00 such
persons. or part thereof.persons. or part thereof.
oi er 150. oi er 150.

(2) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)the number of persons shall be determined by the Building
Authority, and shall be based on the maximum capacity of
the restaurant and determined at the rate of one person for
every 1.5 m' of the area therein used for dining; and

(b)the proportion of male persons to female persons shall be
deemed to be 1: 1.

8A. Where any watercloset cubicle for disabled persons is
provided in accordance with regulation 72* of the Building (Plan-
ning) Regulations that watercloset cubicle shall be not less than
1.5 m by 1.75 m in area and-

(a)the cubicle shall have in it a watercloset and a wash basin
both suitable for use by the disabled,

(b) no coin box shall be affixed to the door of the cubicle.

(c)any door fastening shall be capable of being operated from
the outside in the event of an emergency;





(d)where high-level cisterns are used, the chain shall extend to
not more than 1.35 m above floor level.,

(e)there shall be not less than 3 grab bars which shall be not
less than 25 mm nor more than 50 mm in external diameter
and shall be fixed not less than 30 mm clear of the walls;
and

the grab bars and wash basin shall be capable of carrying a
static load of 150 kg.

9. (1) Where, in any case, the installation of soil fitments is.
under regulation 89, prohibited-

(a)latrine fitments shall be provided in lieu of watercloset
fitments, and the number thereof shall be not less than the
number of watercloset fitments required by regulation 4. 5,
6, 7 or 8, as the case may be; and

(b)bucket urinals shall be provided in lieu of urinals, and,
likewise, the number thereof shall be not less than the
number of urinals required by regulation 4, 5. 6. 7 or 8, as
the case may be.

(2) Where, by regulation 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8, the provision of
watercloset fitments is required, trough waterclosets may be pro-
vided and, for the purposes of those regulations, every metre of
trough watercloset shall he deemed to be the equivalent of one
watercloset fitment.

(3) Where, by regulation 4, 5, 6. 7 or 8. the provision of urinals
is required, and trough urinals are installed. every 0.5 m of trough
urinals shall, for the purposes of those regulations. be deemed to be
the equivalent of one urinal.

10. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that the
provision in a residential building, place of public entertainment,
cinema or restaurant of the watercloset fitments, urinals and lava-
tory basins required, by the regulations in this Part, to be provided
therein shall not exempt any person from providing, in accordance
with regulation 5, such watercloset fitments, urinals and lavatory
basins as are required thereby to be provided for persons employed
or likely to be employed in the residential building, place of public
entertainment, cinema or restaurant, as the case may be.

10A. (1) Where under these regulations there is required to be
provided in any building any watercloset fitment, trough water-
closet, latrine fitment or urinal, there shall be a permanent con-
nexion to such building of a supply of water which is satisfactory
and sufficient in all respects for the purpose of flushing every such
watercloset fitment, trough watercloset, latrine fitment or urinal and
for all other purposes for which such supply is to be used.





(2) Where under these regulations there is required to be
provided in any building any waste fitment or shower, there shall be
a permanent connexion to such building of a supply of water which
is satisfactory and sufficient in all respects for all the purposes for
which every such waste fitment or shower is to be used and for all
other purposes for which such supply. is to be used.

(3) The connexion of a supply of water for the purposes of
paragraph (1) or (2) shall be-

(a) of a supply of water from the waterworks; or

(b)if the Building Authority gives his permission in writing, of
a supply of water from a well within the site of the
building, or

(c.)if in all the circumstances of the case the Building Author-
ity is satisfied that it is not reasonable that the connexion
be of a supply of water from the waterworks or from a well
within the site of the building, of a supply of water from
such other source as the Building Authority may permit or
direct.

(4) In determining whether a supply of water is satisfactory
and sufficient under this regulation, regard shall be had to the
nature, type and size of the building. the purpose for which it was
constructed or is intended to be or is used and all the purposes for
which the supply of water is or is likely to be used.

(5) Before the Building Authority gives his permission undel
paragraph (3)(b) for the connexion to a building of a supply of water
from a well within the site of the building or before the Building
Authority under paragraph (3)(c) permits or directs the connexion
to a building of a supply of water from a source other than the
waterworks or a well witiiin the site of the building. there shall be
produced to the Building Authority by the building owner a certific-
ate from the water authority as to whether or not a supply of water
from the waterworks is available for the purposes for which such
connexion is made or to be made.

(6) The water authority shall issue the certificate required
under paragraph (5) within 10 days of receiving an application in
writing therefor.

PART Ill

PLUMBING

Soil.fitments and waste fittnents

11. All soil shall be properly conducted, by means of suitable
soil pipes, to drains provided for the carriage of foul water.





12. (1) Save as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) waste pipes
shall discharge in the open air-

(a)over or into a suitable channel within 1 m of a properly
trapped gully;

(b) into a gully, above the level of the water therein; or

(c) into a suitable hopper head.

(2) Waste pipes from lavatory basins may discharge-

(a)into a suitable drainage channel immediately below the
lavatory basins, if such drainage channel discharges into a
trapped gully. or

(b)into a common waste pipe. if the common waste pipe
discharges through a trap and has adequate means of
access for cleaning.

(3) Subject to the provisions of regulation 25(3). waste pipes
may be connected to a soil pipe.

13. Every soil fitment shall be constructed of glazed earthen-
ware, enamelled fire clay or other approved material.

14. (1) Every watercloset fitment, other than a squatting type
fitment, shall be of such shape, capacity and mode of construction
as to retain a sufficient quantity of water and to receive normal
deposits of excrement into such water without undue soiling of the
sides of the fitment.

(2) Every watercloset fitment, other than a squatting type
fitment, shall be provided with a hinged seat or a suitable seat ~im
or inset.

15. The channel of a trough watercloset shall be not longer
than 5 m and shall have an even fall towards the outlet trap of not
less than 1 in 30.

16. The channels of every stall and trough urinal shall have an
even fall towards the outlet trap of not less than 1 in 120 and no part
of any such channel shall be more than 6 m from the trap to which it
discharges.

17. (1) A system of plumbing shall be provided for the supply
of water for flushing purposes to every watercloset fitment. trough
watercloset, urinal and slop sink.

(2) Every part of any such system of plumbing (Including
any storage tank for water solely for flushing purposes) shall be
constructed of material that is suitable for use with salt water.





18. Every watercloset fitment, bidet, basin-type urinal and slop
sink shall be provided with a suitable flushing rim for the effectual
flushing of the fitting.

19. (1) Save as provided in regulation 20, every watercloset
fitment, trough watercloset. urinal and slop sink shall be provided
with a flushing cistern.

(2) Such flushing cistern shall-

(a) in the case of watercloset fitments and slop sinks-
(i) discharge to the watercloset fitment of slop sink, on
each occasion such fitment is used, not less than 9 1 and not
more than 14 1 of water; and
(ii) be provided with a ball valve so arranged as to
re-fill the cistern within 2 minutes,

(b)in the case of trough waterclosets, be fitted with automatic
discharging apparatus so arranged as to discharge-
(i) at the highest point of the channel;
(ii) at such intervals as may be necessary of ensure
adequate cleaning of the closet,

not less than 9 1 of water for every metre of the channel;

(c)in the case of urinals, be fitted with automatic discharging
apparatus so arranged as to discharge-
(i) into every basin or stall or, in the case of a trough
urinal. every metre thereof.,
(ii) at such intervals as may be necessary to ensure
adequate cleaning of the urinal,

not less than 4.5 1 of water.

20. Save in the case of trough waterclosets and urinals, pres-
sure valves may, where there is a suitable head of water, be installed
for flushing purposes without the provision of a flushing cistern.

21. The internal diameter of flushing pipes shall-

(a)in the case of watercloset fitments, trough waterclosets and
slop sinks. be not less than 32 mm;

(b)in the case of urinals (other than trough urinals), be not
less than 15 mm for each basin or stall; and

(c)in the case of trough urinals. be not less than 15 mm for
every metre thereof.

r 22. (1) Storage tanks for water solely for flushing purposes
shall be provided in every building in which watercloset fitments,
trough waterclosets, urinals or slop sinks are installed.





(2) Every such tank shall-

(a)at a position above the level of the highest fitment or on a
suitable water tower;

(b) fitted with a suitable close fitting cover, and

(c)provided with adequate access to enable the tank to be
entered and cleaned.

23. (1) Every flushing cistern and water storage tank shall be
provided with an overflow pipe.

(2) The overflow pipe from a water storage tank shall-

(a)have an internal diameter of one commercial size larger
than the supply pipe to the cistern or tank.,

(h)dip down, inside the tank, so as to terminate in a position
not more than 150 mm above the bottom of the tank, and

(c) discharge in a conspicuous position.

24. (1) Every soil fitment shall be provided with a suitable
trap with a water seal of not less than 50 mm.

(2) The internal diameter of every such trap shall be not less
than-

(a)80 mm, in the case of a watercloset fitment. slop sink. or
urinal with more than 3 basins or stalls or with a channel
longer than 2 m;

(b)50 mm, in the case of a urinal with more than one and not
more than 3 basins or stalls or with a channel not longer
than 2 m,

(c)40 mm, in the case of a bidet or urinal with a single basin or
stall; and

(d) 100 mm, in the case of a trough watercloset.

25. (1) Every waste fitment shall be provided immediately
under the fitment with a suitable trap:

Provided that a trap shall not be required-

(a) where the waste pipe from such fitment-
(i) does not exceed 1 m in length; and
(ii) discharges over or into a suitable trapped gully;

(b)in respect of lavatory basins, where the waste pipes there-
from discharge in the manner provided by regulation 12(2);

(c)in respect of a range of shower baths, where the drainage
channel provided therefor is provided, at its lowest point,
with a trap.





(2) Save as provided in paragraph (3), every trap provided for
a waste fitment shall have-

(a) an internal diameter of not less than 32 mm; and

(b) a water seal of not less than 40 mm.

(3) Where the waste pipe from a waste fitment is, under the
provisions of regulation 12(3), connected to a soil pipe, the trap
provided for the waste fitment shall-

(a) have an internal diameter of not less than 32 mm;

(b) have a water seal of not less than 80 mm; and

(e) be-
(i) adequately ventilated; or
(ii) constructed to prevent loss of water seal.

Pipes and eaves gutters

26. (1) The internal diameter of every soil pipe from a water-
closet fitment or slop sink shall be not less than-

(a) 80 mm; or

(b)the internal diameter of the outlet pipe of the trap of any
fitment to which the soil pipe is connected,

whichever is the greater.

(2) The internal diameter of every soil pipe from a urinal or
bidet shall be not less than the internal diameter of the outlet pipe of
the trap of any fitment to which the soil pipe is connected.

(3) Every soij pipe shall be properly connected to a covered
drain without the intervention of any trap.

27. (1) Waste pipes to which the waste from one waste fitment
is discharge shall have an internal diameter of not less than-

(a) 32 mm; or

(b)the internal diameter of the outlet of the trap to which the
waste pipe is connected,

whichever is the greater.

(2) Waste pipes to which the waste from more than one
fitment is discharged shall be of adequate diameter to convey all
such waste.

(3) Every waste pipe shall terminate at its lower end not more
than 150 mm above the channel or trapped gully over or into which
it discharges.





28. (1) Soil pipes and waste pipes shall not have bends
therein, except where unavoidable.

(2) Whenever a bend is unavoidable-

(a) the bend shall-
(i) have an obtuse angle;
(ii) have the largest practicable radius of curvature; and
(iii) not change in any way the cross section of the pipe;
and

(b)a cleaning eye or other suitable means of access shall be
provided at or near the bend.

29. (1) Sufficient access shall be provided. by means of clean-
ing eyes or other approved method, to enable soil pipes and waste
pipes to be cleared of any obstruction.

(2) Such access points shall be so sited as to allow clearance
for the easy entry of cleaning rods.

30. (1) Where-

(a)more than one trap of a watercloset fitment. urinal, slop
sink or waste fitment is connected with one soil pipe. or

(b)more than one trap of a waste fitment is connected with
one waste pipe,

the traps shall be ventilated by means of anti-syphonage pipes:

Provided that if, in the case of waste fitments, the traps to such
fitments are constructed to prevent loss of water seal. it shall not be
necessary to provide an anti-syphonage pipe, unless the Building
Authority so requires.

(2) Every anti-syphonage pipe shall be connected with-

(a)the trap, if the connexion with the anti-syphonage pipe is
an integral part of the trap; or

(b) the branch soil pipe or branch waste pipe-
(i) on the side of the water seal nearest the main soil
pipe or waste pipe; and
(ii) at a point not more than 300 mm from the trap
outlet.

(3) The internal diameter of every anti-syphonage pipe shall-

(a)if the diameter of the soil pipe or waste pipe to which it is
connected is 80 mm or more, be not less than 50 mm;

(b)if the diameter of such soil pipe or waste pipe is less than
80 mm, be not less than-





(i) two-thirds of the internal diameter of such soil pipe
or waste pipe; or
(ii) 32 mm,

whichever is the greater.

(4)(a) The main anti-syphonage pipe may be connected to
a soil pipe which, under regulation 31(3), is acting as a
ventilating pipe;

(b)every such connexion shall be made at a point above the
flood level of the highest fitment connected to the soil pipe.

31. (1) Every ventilating pipe for any drain or sewer shall be
carried up to a height not less than 1 m above the roof of the
building to which it is fixed or, where such building has a pitched
roof, above the eaves of such building.

(2) No ventilating pipe shall be so fixed as to permit the escape
of foul air from any drain, sewer, soil pipe or waste pipe into any
building.

(3) Soil pipes or waste pipes may be carried up to a suitable
height above the building to which they are fixed to act as ventilating
pipes for any drain or sewer.

(4) The internal diameter of every ventilating pipe and of
every soil pipe or waste pipe which. under paragraph (3), is acting
as a ventilating pipe, shall be not less than 80 mm.

(5) The open end of every ventilating pipe shall be provided
with a suitable grating having apertures of an aggregate area not less
than the sectional area of the pipe.

(6) Ventilating pipes shall not be used for the carriage of
surface water.

32.(1) (a) Every rain water pipe which discharges to a drain
which is connected to a public sewer provided for the
carriage of surface water shall-
(i) in the case of a rain water pipe situated outside a
building, discharge either not more than 150 mm above the
level of the ground over a suitably trapped gully or into a
trapped gully below the level of the grating but above the
level of the water in the trap; and
(ii) in the case of a rain water pipe situated inside a
building (other than a rain water pipe used solely for the
conveyance of rain water from a roof), be properly trapped
with an efficient trap which shall be so formed and fixed as
to maintain a water seal of not less than 75 mm.

(b)Every rain water pipe which discharges to a channel shall
discharge at a height not more than 150 mm above the level
of the top of the channel.





(c)Every rain water pipe which discharges. through a cast
iron conductor, to the side channel in a street shall be
provided, at the foot thereof, with a shoe so as to ensure
that any surface water discharged from the pipe will
discharge directly into the conductor.

(2) The number and size of rain water pipes provided for any
building shall be calculated at the rate of 700 MM2 Of pipe to every
10 m' of horizontal roofed-over surface.

(3) Save as provided in regulation 33, the diameter of every
rain water pipe shall be not less than 65 mm.

(4) Rain water pipes shall not be connected with any soil pipe.
waste pipe or ventilating pipe.

(5) Where a rain water pipe discharges, across any footpath.
to the side channel of a street, it shall discharee through a cast iron
conductor.

33. (1) Any rain water pipe provided for the carriage of
surface water from a verandah or balcony shall, where there is, at a
suitable position. a rain water pipe provided for the carriage of
surface water from the roof of the building. be connected to such
pipe.

(2) Where a rain water pipe provided for the carriage of
surface water from a verandah or balcony discharges to the side
channel in a street or is, in accordance with paragraph (1), connected
to a rain water pipe which so discharges, the internal diameter of
the rain water pipe from the verandah or balcony shall be not
more than 40 mm.

34. (1) Every soil pipe, waste pipe, anti-syphonage pipe,
ventilating pipe, overflow pipe and every pipe connected with any
drain provided for the carriage of foul water shall be---

(a) circular in shape; and

(b)constructed of cast iron, steel, copper or other approved
material.

(2) Every rain water pipe shall be constructed of cast iron.
copper, aabesfes-e~t or other approved material.

(3) All such materials shall be sound and free from defects.

35. Every connexion of a soil pipe, waste pipe. anti-syphonage
pipe, ventilating pipe, rain water pipe or overflow pipe with any
other pipe, or with a trap, gutter or other fitting, as the case may be.
shall be made in a manner suitable to the nature of the materials of
which such pipe and such other pipe or trap, gutter or other fitting
are constructed, and so as to be watertight.





36. (1) Every soil pipe, waste pipe and rain water pipe shall be
securely fixed to the wall of the building for which it is provided.

(2) Any hole which is made in any floor or wall in order to
admit any such pipe shall be properly filled in and sealed round
the pipe.

37. Where a soil pipe, waste pipe, anti-syphonage pipe,
ventilating pipe, or rain water pipe is fixed in a duct within a
building, access panels shall be provided of such size and so situated
that adequate access is available to all pipe connexions within the
duct.

38. (1 ) Eaves gutters shall be-

(a) made of cast iron or other approved material;

(b) fixed at a gradient not less than 1 in 100; and

'(e) properly connected to rain water pipes.

(2) The size of eaves gutters shall be calculated at the rate of
700 MM2 of cross sectional area of gutter to every 7 M2 of horizontal
roofed-over surface.

38A. The Building Authority may permit, in writing and
subject to such conditions as he may endorse thereon. the use of
materials or the carrying out of any works that are subject to this
Part in accordance with a relevant British Standard Specification,
British Standard Code of Practice or other national standard
accepted by the Building Authority and that prescribes the quality
of material or standards of workmanship.

PART IV

DRAINAGE WORKS

39. Every building shall be provided with such pipes, drains
and channels as are necessary for the disposal of all foul water and
surface water from the building.

40. (1) Drains and private sewers, provided for the carriage
of foul water, shall, where there is a public sewer provided for the
carriage of foul water at a suitable level and position within 30 m of
the boundary of the lot on which the building, for which such drains
or private sewers are provided, is erected, be connected to such
public sewer.

(2) Where there is no such public sewer, the Building
Authority may, by order in writing, require the owner of any
building to provide a septic tank. a cesspool or other approved
facility.





41. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2), all surface water
from a building shall, if there is a public sewer, provided for the
carriage of surface water, at a suitable level and position within 30 m
of the building, be conducted, by means of rain water pipes and
drains provided for the carriage of surface water. to such public
sewer or, where there is no such public sewer, shall be conducted, to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority, to a public channel
provided for the carriage of surface water or to the side channel in a
street.

(2) Where there is no such public sewer and no public channel
or side channel in a street, such surface water shall be conducted. to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority, to a stream course or
nullah.

42. No pipe provided for the carriage of surface water from a
building shall discharge across the surface of any footpath in a
street.

43. Drains provided for the carriage of sub-soil water may be
connected to a private or public sewer provided for the carriage of
surface water or to a drain provided therefor.

44. (1) Covered drains (except covered drains provided for
the carriage of sub-soil water) and covered sewers shall be made with
good sound pipes of glazed earthenware. stone ware, concrete, cast
iron or other approved material.

(2) Drains and sewers above the ground shall be laid with cast
iron pipes or other approved materials.

(3) All pipes used in the construction of any drain or sewer
shall-

(a) be of true bore;

(b) have smooth internal surfaces; and

(e) be impervious.

(4) Cast iron sewage pipes shall be protected against rust and
corrosion by a suitable asphaltic coating.

(5) Earthenware, stone ware and concrete pipes shall-

(a)in the case of pipes with a diameter not exceeding 150 mm,
have a thickness equal to not less than one-ninth of the
diameter of the pipe; and

(b)in the case of pipes with a diameter exceeding 150 mrn.
have a thickness equal to not less than one-twelfth of the
diameter of the pipe.





45. Drains provided for the carriage of sub-soil water shall be
constructed with clay field pipes or other suitable pipes and shall be
laid to adequate falls.

46. All drains and sewers shall be of adequate, but not
excessive, size for the purpose for which they are provided:

Provided that no covered drain shall have an internal diameter
of less than 100 mm.

47. (1) All drains and sewers. (except drains provided for the
carriage of sub-soil water) and traps shall be firmly laid on a bed of
concrete not less than 100 mm in thickness and at least 150 mm
wider than the diameter of the pipe or trap, and shall be haunched
with concrete so that the full width of the bed is carried up to the
level of the horizontal diameter of the pipe and from that point
splayed up on both sides of the pipe from the full width of the bed to
meet the pipe barrel tangentially.

(2) All drains and sewers shall be supported along the full
length of the barrels and not by the sockets.

(3) Where any drain or sewer is laid in soft and yielding
ground---

(a)adequate support shall be provided for such drain or
sewer, and

(b)save where the same are provided for the carriage of
sub-soil water, the pipes shall be completely surrounded by
at least 100 mm of concrete.

(4) Cast iron pipes above the ground may be carried on
adequate piers or other sufficient supports, if such support is
provided at each joint.

47A. (1) Every drain or sewer provided for the carriage of
foul water from any building which lies within a gathering ground
shall be watertight and shall-

(a)be laid in pipes of cast iron or other approved material and
be of such design and construction as to be capable of
resisting the pressure to which it is likely to be subjected;

(b)have any hatch box constructed on the drain or sewer so
that the hatch box is capable of resisting the pressure to
which it is likely to be subjected; and

(e)have every joint in the drain or sewer made in lead. or
other approved material so as to render the drain or sewer
capable of resisting the pressure to which the drain or
sewer is likely to be subjected.





(2) Every joint in a drain or sewer referred to in paragraph (1)
shall be made by bolting the flanges together securely with suitable
metallic or asbestos gaskets or shall be of such other approved
construction so as to render the drain or sewer capable of resisting
the pressures to which the drain or sewer is likely to be subjected.

(3) Hatch boxes shall be provided to a drain or sewer referred
to in paragraph (1)-

(a) at intervals not exceeding 30 m in the drain or sewer;

(b)at changes of gradient, if the Building Authority so
requires; and

(c) at every change in direction in the drain or sewer:

Provided that no hatch box is required where the
change in direction does not exceed 10 and is made by
means of a purpose-made bend.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), not more than one man-
hole shall be permitted in each drain or sewer.

(5) Every hatch box shall be constructed of cast iron or other
approved material and shall have a hatch or door securely bolted at
the top thereof.

(6) In this regulation ---

gathering ground- has the same meaning as in the Waterworks
Ordinance;

'hatch box' means a chamber of such a size and form as readily
allows inspection and testing of the drain or sewer on which it is
constructed and the clearance of obstructions from the drain or
sewer.

48. Every drain or private sewer shall be laid with a minimum
fall from its highest inlet to its connexion with a public sewer or
other outlet in accordance with Table XII below.

TABLE XII

Diameter of pipe Fall
10OMM 1 in 40
150 mm 1 in 70
225 mm 1 in 100
300 mm 1 in 150

49. (1) The junction of a single branch drain with another
drain at an angle of not more than 45 in the direction of flow may
be made by means of a purpose-made Y junction.
(2) The junction of every other branch drain with another
drain shall be made within a manhole, obliquely at an angle of not
more than 60' in the direction of flow of such other drain, and shall
be above the invert of such other drain.





50. (1) Every joint in a drain or sewer shall be made in a
proper and efficient manner so as to render the drain or sewer
watertight and capable of resisting a pressure of a head of water of-

(a) 1.5 m; or

(b)the vertical distance between the invert level of the pipe
joint and the level of the top of the manhole immediately
preceding the joint,

whichever is the greater, and no material forming any such joint
shall project into the interior of any pipe in such manner as to cause
any obstruction in the drain or sewer.

(2) The joints of cast iron socketed pipes shall be made with a
gasket of hemp or yarn, and shall be properly caulked with metallic
lead or other approved material.

(3) The joints of cast iron flanged pipes shall be made by
bolting the flanges together securely with a suitable metallic or
asbestos gasket.

(4) The joints of earthenware, stone ware or concrete pipes
shall be made with a gasket of hemp or yarn, and cement mortar or
other approved material.

51. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every inlet to a drain or
sewer shall be properly trapped by an efficient trap, which shall be so
formed and fixed as to maintain a water seal of not less than 75 mm.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply-

(a) to an inlet for a soil pipe or a ventilating pipe;

(b) to an inlet for the carriage of any trade effluent;

(c) where no other means of connexion is practicable; or

(d)to an inlet to a drain used solely for the conveyance of rain
water from a roof.

52. (1) Every drain provided for the carriage of foul water
shall be ventilated at its highest point by means of a ventilating pipe
having an internal diameter of not less than 50 mm.

(2) Every manhole in which a disconnecting trap is fixed shall
be adequately ventilated.

(3) Branch drains shall be ventilated at their highest point, if
the Building Authority so requires.

53. No trap or other obstruction to the free circulation of air
shall be placed between the ventilation openings at the lower and
higher ends of any drain or sewer.





54. (1) All drains and sewers under a building shall be laid in
straight lines and shall be laid with cast iron sewage pipes.

(2) Where any drain or sewer is laid through any building, or
where any building is constructed over any drain or sewer, relieving
arches or beams shall be provided to protect such drain or sewer and
to prevent any load from the building being transmitted to such
drain or sewer.

55. (1) Manholes shall be provided-

(a)at every change in direction in any drain or sewer except
where-
(1) the change in direction does not exceed 45
(ii) the internal radius of the bend is not less than
6 times the internal diameter of the drain or sewer. and
(iii) the change in direction is made by means of a
purpose-made pipe; and

(b)at changes of gradient. if the Building Authority so
requires.

(2) Manholes or cleaning eyes shall be provided at intervals
not exceeding 60 m in every drain and sewer.

56. (1) Every manhole shall be of such size and form as to
allow ready access for rodding and shall be constructed of-

(a) brickwork in cement mortar at least 215 mm in thickness,

(b) concrete grade III at least 125 mm in thickness; or

(c) other approved impervious material.

(2) The foundation of every manhole shall be constructed of
concrete not less than 150 mm in thickness.

(3) Benchings shall be formed above the level of every drain-
age channel in a manhole to fall towards such channel at a gradient
of 1 in 2.

(4) The benchings and all the internal faces of every manhole
shall be rendered with cement mortar so as to provide a smooth
and impervious surface.

(5) Every drainage channel in a manhole shall be not less than
half round glazed earthenware or cement rendered, and shall have a
diameter not less than that of the largest drainage inlet into and not
more than that of the outlet from the manhole.

(6) Every drainage inlet to a manhole shall discharge into the
drainage channel therein with properly made bends constructed
within the benching of the manhole.





(7) Every manhole shall be fitted, on a level with the ground
surface, with a cast iron airtight cover of adequate strength and
approved design:

Provided that every manhole inside or under a building shall be
fitted with a double-sealed cast iron airtight cover.

57. (1) A suitable and efficient disconnecting trap shall be
provided for every drain and sewer provided for the carriage of foul
water, and for every drain and sewer provided for the carriage of
surface water except where such drain or sewer is connected to a
stream course or an open nullah.

(2) Except under and in accordance with a permit issued under
the Crown Land Ordinance to occupy Crown land thereby, every
such trap and the manhole in which it is fixed shall be situated on
land owned by the owner or owners of the building or buildings for
which the drain or sewer is provided, at a position as near as
practicable to the place at which such drain or sewer is connected to
a public sewer or, in the case of a drain or sewer, provided for the
carriage of surface water, which is connected to a covered nullah, at
a position as near as practicable to the nullah.

(3) Every such trap shall be-

(a) fixed within a manhole;

(b)so formed and fixed as to have a water seal of not less than
75 mm; and

(c)provided. as an integral part of the trap. with a cleaning
eye.

58. (1) Open trapped gullies shall be covered with a suitable
grating having openings equal to an area not less than the cross
sectional area of the outlet of the trap.

(2) Where sealed trapped gullies are used, adequate provision
shall be made for the ventilation of the space above the water level of
the trap.

59. Every cleaning eye shall be-

(a)fitted with a cover, in order to make the cleaning eye
airtight and watertight; and

(b) of such size as to allow easy entry for cleaning rods.

60. (1) All trenches in which drains or sewers have been laid
shall be carefully filled in, around and above the drains or sewers,
with earth which shall be carefully rammed and consolidated.





(2) No stones or other material which will not pass through a
50 mm ring shall be deposited in any such trench within 300 mm of
the top of any drain or sewer.

61. (1) Channels provided for the carriage of surface water
shall be of adequate size, constructed of approved impervious material.
finished off smooth and laid to a gradient of not less than 1 in 100.

(2) Suitable grilles shall be provided to prevent sand. silt and
other debris from entering any public sewer. public channel. nullah
or stream course.

*(3) A cover in a foot-path to a channel for the carriage of
surface water shall be flush with the path surface and any hole in
such cover or between such cover and another shall not exceed
20 mm in one dimension.

PART V

SEPTIC TANKS

62. (1) The owner of any building who is about to install a
septic tank shall submit to the Building Authority for his appro~al
the methods by which it is intended to dispose of the effluent and
sludge from the septic tank.

(2) The Building Authority shall not give his approval thereof
if, in his opinion, the method or methods proposed is or are likely
to cause a nuisance or injury to health.

63. (1) No septic tank shall be situated within 18 m of any
spring, stream of water or well, the water from which is used or
likely to be used for drinking or domestic purposes or for the
manufacture or preparation of articles of food or drink for human
consumption or for the cleansing of vessels used in the manufacture
or preparation of such articles.

(2) Every septic tank shall be so situated that the removal of
sludge can be carried out by an approved method.

64. Save insofar as provision is made therefor in these regula-
tions, every septic tank together with any ancillary installation for
the disposal of septic tank effluent shall be of such design as the
Building Authority may approve.

65. (1) Every septic tank shall have such minimum capacity
as shall be determined by the Building Authority in the manner
prescribed by paragraph (2):





Provided that no septic tank shall have a capacity of less than
2.3 m3 or more than 41 m3.

(2)(a) The septic tank shall be of such capacity as to be
capable of storing the quantity of soil and waste dis-
charged thereto during any one day.

(b)The quantity of soil and waste discharged shall be calcu-
lated according to the rate of consumption of potable and
flushing water which, in the opinion of the Building
Authority, is appropriate to the type, size and use of the
building.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, the number of persons
using or likely to use the soil and waste fitments installed in any,
building shall be determined by the Building Authority.

66. (1) Every septic tank shall-

(a)have a depth of at least 1.2 m but not more than 1.8 m from
the invert of the inlet to the floor of the tank;

(b)have a length not less than 3 times but not more than 4
times its width.

(c)be provided with adequate means of access for the inspec-
tion and cleansing of each chamber.

(2) The sides of every septic tank shall be constructed of-

(a) brickwork in cement mortar not less than 215 mm thick,

(b) concrete grade III not less than 125 mm thick; or

(c) other approved material.

(3) The foundation and floor of every septic tank shall be
constructed of concrete grade III not less than 150 mm thick.

(4) All internal faces (including the floor) of every septic tank
shall be-

(a) rendered in cement mortar; or

(b) faced with other approved material.

so as to provide a smooth, impervious surface.

67. The inlet to and the outlet from every septic tank shall be
by means of dip pipes of such depth as to avoid disturbance of the
top scum.

68. In every septic tank the space between the top of the water
level and the underside of the cover shall be-

(a) adequately ventilated, or

(b) provided with adequate means for drawing off gases.





PART VI

CESSPOOLS

69. No cesspool shall be situated-

(a) within 20 m of any spring, stream of water or well. the
water from which is used, or likely to be used, for drinking
or domestic purposes or for the manufacture or prepara-
tion of articles of food or drink for human consumption or
for the cleansing of vessels used in the manufacture or the
preparation of such articles; or

(b)within 15 m of any building in which any person resides or
works.

70. Every cesspool shall be so situated that there shall be
adequate means for removing its contents without carrying them
through any building in which any person resides or works.

71. (1) Every cesspool shall have such minimum capacity as
shall be determined by the Building Authority in the manner
prescribed by paragraph (2).

(2)(a) The cesspool shall be of such capacity as to be capable
of storing the quantity of soil and waste iischarized thereto
during a period of one month.

(b)The quantity of soil and waste discharged shall be calculated
at the rate of 135 1 thereof for each day for each person
using or likely to use the soil fitments or waste fitments
installed in the building for which the cesspool is provided.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation. the number of persons
using or likely to use the soil fitments or waste fitments installed in
any building shall be determined by the Building Authority.

72. (1) Every cesspool shall be-

(a) constructed of-
(i) brickwork in cement mortar;
(ii) concrete grade III, or
(Iii) other approved material,

(b)so constructed and finished as to be impervious to liquid
either from the inside or the outside;

(c) covered with a reinforced concrete cover..

(d) provided with adequate access for cleaning purposes, and

(e) adequately ventilated.

(2) The internal faces of every cesspool shall be rendered with
cement mortar.





PART VII

TESTING OF DRAINAGE WORKS

73. (1) The registered contractor appointed in respect of any
drainage works shall, on the completion of such works, but before any
trenches in which drains or sewers have been laid are filled in, apply,
in writing, to the Building Authority for such works to be tested.
(2) On such application the Building Authority may inspect
and test the drainage works and shall-

(a)if he is satisfied with the result of such test, notify the
registered contractor appointed in respect thereof accord-
ingly; or
(b)if he is not so satisfied, order such work to be carried out as
may be necessary to cause such works to comply with these
regulations.
(3) An order made under paragraph (2)(b) shall be in writing
and shall specify-

(a) the work to be carried out, and

(b)the period of time within Which such work must be carried
out.

(4) After the expiry of the period specified in any such order.
the Building Authority shall again inspect and test the drainage
works and, where, by reason of any failure to comply with such
order. more than one further inspection and test is necessary,
shall inspect and test such works such number of times as may be
necessary and, when he is satisfied with the results of any test, shall
notify the registered contractor appointed in respect of such works
accordingly.

(5) In respect of every inspection and test made in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (4), the registered contractor
appointed in respect of the drainage works shall pay the pre-
scribed fee.

(6) If the Building Authority does not test any drainage work
within 4 days of the receipt Of an application therefor under
paragraph (1), the trenches in which any drains and sewers have
been laid may be filled in.

74. Save where a trench in which drains or sewers have been
laid is filled in pursuant to the provisions of regulation 73(6), if a
trench in which drains or sewers have been laid is filled in before the
Building Authority has, under regulation 73, notified the registered
contractor appointed in respect of the drainage works that he is
satisfied with the result of a test, the Building Authority may require
such registered contractor to open and uncover the drainage works
in order to enable him to carry out an inspection and test.





PART VIII

CERTAIN WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT BY THE BuILDIM; AUTHORITY
AND RECOVERY OF COST THEREOF

75. (1) The connexion of every drain or private sewer to a
public sewer or nullah shall be made by the Building Authority who
may recover the cost thereof as provided in paragraph (3).

(2) The Building Authority shall not make any such con-
nexion until he is satisfied that the drainage work, of which such
drain or private sewer forms part, have been carried out in
accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and regulations
made thereunder.

(3)(a) Where a drain is so connected to a public sewer. the
Building Authority may recover the cost of making the
connexion from the owner of the building for which the
drain is provided.

(b)Where a private sewer is so connected to a public sewer,
the Building Authority---
(i) may, where the buildings for which the private sewer
is provided are owned by the same person, recover the cost
of making the connexion from such person; or
(ii) shall, where such buildings are owned by difrerent
persons, apportion the cost of making the connexion
equally among such persons and may recover from each of
such persons his portion of the cost.

76. (1) Every disconnecting trap, required. by regulation 57,
to be provided, shall be fixed, and the manhole in which such trap is
fixed shall be constructed, by the Building Authority who may
recover the cost of such work as provided in paragraph (2).

(2)(a) Where the trap and manhole so fixed and constructed.
respectively, are provided for a drain, the Building
Authority may recover the cost thereof from the owner of
the building for which such drain is provided.

(b) Where the trap and manhole so fixed and constructed.
respectively, are provided for a private sewer, the Building
Authority-
(i) may, where the buildings for which the private sewer
is provided are owned by the same person, recover the cost
thereof from such person, or
(ii) shall, where such buildings are owned by difrcrent
persons, apportion the cost thereof equally among such
persons and may recover from each of such persons his
portion of the cost.





77. Without prejudice to the provisions of regulations 75 and
76, where, in order to comply with these regulations, any work has
to be carried out on unleased Crown land, the work shall be carried
out by the Building Authority who may recover the cost of the work
from the person for whom it is carried out.

78. Where, in contravention of regulation 75, 76 or 77, any
work has been carried out otherwise than by the Building Authority
the Building Authority may demolish, remove or alter such work
and may carry out such other work as he considers necessary and
may recover the cost of such work, in accordance with the provisions
of regulation 75, 76 or 77, as the case may be, as if such work had
been carried out pursuant to the provisions of such regulation.

PART IX

LATRINES

79. In the regulations in this Part,---openair' means a space
which-

(a) is vertically uncovered and unobstructed;

(b) is not less, in any dimension, than 1.5 m, and

(c)where such space is enclosed on four sides, has a horizontal
area of not less than 1 m' for every 6 m of the mean height
of the walls enclosing the space.

80. Every latrine. except a latrine fitted with a chemical closet
fitment, shall be provided with a self-closing door to the full height
of the opening.

81. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2), the door of every
latrine shall open directly into the open air.

(2) Where the latrine fitment in any latrine is a chemical closet
fitment, the door of the latrine need not open into the open air, but
shall not open into any room used or intended to be used for the
manufacture, preparation or storage of food for human con-
sumption.

82. (1) Every latrine shall be provided with an opening for
light and ventilation.

(2) Every such opening shall-

(a)be such that the part thereof which is permanently open or
designed to open, as the case may be. is not less in area
than 0.2 m',

(b) be situated as near the ceiling of the latrine as practicable;





(e) communicate directly with the open air, and

(d) be covered with a metal or other approved mcsh flyscreen.

83. The floor of every latrine shall be not less than 150 mm
above the level of the ground outside the latrine and shall---

(a)be constructed of non-absorbent material and finished
with a smooth surface; and

(b)have a fall towards an outlet of not less than 1:25, save
that, in the case of a latrine designed for a squatting type
latrine fitment, the surface surrounding the aperture to the
receptacle for excrement shall have a fall towards the
aperture of not less than 1: 10.

84. The internal surfaces of every latrine shall be-

(a) faced with tiles, or

(b) rendered in-
(i) cement mortar, not less than 12.5 mm thick, or
(ii) other non-absorbent material,

to a height of not less than 1.2 m from the level of the floor of the
latrine.

85. In every latrine fitment-

(a)the walls of the space in which the receptacle for excrement
is placed shall, except the opening provided, in accordance
with sub-paragraph (b), to give access to such space, be
constructed of non-absorbent material; and

(b)adequate access, which shall be so covered as to prevent
flies from entering the space, shall be provided to enable
the space in which the receptacle for excrement is placed to
be cleaned and to enable such receptacle to be placed in the
fitment and removed therefrom.

86. Every latrine fitment shall be so designed and constructed
that, when the receptacle for excrement is placed therein, it is
retained in such a position as to prevent, so far as possible, the
deposit of excrement elsewhere than in the receptacle.

87. The receptacle for excrement shall be-

(a)constructed of galvanized metal or other non-absorbent
material;

(b)so constructed as to prevent the escape, by leakage or in
any other way, of its contents; and

(c) have a capacity not exceeding 50 1.





88. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), the Build-
ing Authority may, where he thinks fit. permit the door of a latrine
not fitted with a chemical closet fitment or the opening required by
regulation 82, to open onto or communicate with. as the case may
be, an unenclosed verandah or balcony or any other unenclosed
space, if such verandah, balcony or other space-

(a)in the case of the door of a latrine, opens directly to the
open air, and

(b)in the case of the opening required by regulation 82,
communicates with the open air,

and, in any such case, such door or opening shall, for the purposes of
regulations 81 and 82, respectively, be deemed to open directly into
or communicate with the open air.

(2) The Building Authority shall not give his permission under
this regulation unless he is satisfied that to do so will not be to the
prejudice of the standard of lighting or ventilation or the health of
the occupiers of the building for which the latrine is provided.

PART X

M ISCEITANE01 S

89. In any case where he considers that the drains or private
sewers or other means provided for the disposal of soil from any
building are unsatisfactory, the Building Authority may. by order in
writing, prohibit the installation of soil fitments in the building.

90. Where. from any building it is intended to discharge. or
there may be discharged. into any drain or sewer-

(a) any trade effluent,

(b)any chemical refuse or waste steam or any liquid of a
temperature higher than 40 C being refuse or steam which.
or a liquid which when so heated, is either alone or in
combination with the contents of a drain or sewer.
dangerous, or the cause of a nuisance, or prejudicial to
health;

(e)any petroleum spirit, carbide of calcium, acid, grease or
oil; or

(d)any matter likely to injure any drain or sewer or to interfere
with the free flow of its contents or to affect prejudicially
the treatment or disposal of its contents.

the Building Authority may require the owner of the building to
provide neutralizing tanks, cooling tanks, petrol intercepting traps.
grease traps or other suitable provision.





91. Regulations 19, 20. 21, 22 and 23 shall not apply to any soil
fitment which, with the consent of the Water Authority granted
under regulation 18 of the Waterworks Regulations is flushed with
water from the waterworks.
G.N.A. 76/59. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 113/64. L.N. 62/66. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. 73 of 1983. L.N. 366/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 62/66. (Cap. 102) Interpretation of Part II. (Cap. 59.) 73 of 1983, s. 3. (Cap. 279.) Residential buildings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Offices, industrial undertakings and other places of work. L.N. 294/76. Places of public entertainment. Cinemas. Restaurants. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 294/76. Watercloset cubicles for the disabled. L.N. 366/84. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Where soil fitments prohibited latrine fitments, etc. to be provided in lieu thereof, etc. L.N. 294/76. Sanitary fitments for persons employed in residential buildings, etc. Supply of water. L.N. 62/66. Disposal of soil. G.N.A. 107/59. Waste pipes. L.N. 294/76. Materials for soil fitments. Construction of watercloset fitments. L.N. 361/80. Construction of trough waterclosets. L.N. 294/76. Construction of urinal channels. L.N. 294/76. Flushing water supply. L.N. 113/64. Flushing rim. Flushing cisterns. L.N. 294/76. Pressure valves. Flushing pipes. L.N. 294/76. Storage tanks for flushing water. Overflow pipes. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. Traps for soil fitments. L.N. 194/76. Traps for waste fitments. L.N. 294/76. Soil pipes. L.N. 284/76. Waste pipes. L.N. 294/76. Bends in soil and waste pipes. Access to soil and waste pipes. Anti-syphonage pipes. L.N. 294/76. Ventilating pipes. L.N. 294/76. Rain water pipes. L.N. 62/66. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Rain water pipes for verandahs or balconies. L.N. 294/76. Materials for pipes. Connexions of pipes, etc. G.N.A. 107/59. Fixing of pipes. Pipes in ducts. Eaves gutters. L.N. 294/76. British Standard Specification and other national standards. L.N. 361/80. Drainage of buildings. Disposal of foul water. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Disposal of surface water. L.N. 294/76. Pipes carrying surface water not to discharge across surface of footpath. Disposal of sub-soil water. Materials for drains, etc. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. Sub-soil water drains. Size of drains. L.N. 294/76. Laying of drains and sewers. L.N. 294/76. Drains and sewers in gathering grounds to be watertight. L.N. 361/80. (Cap. 102.) Fall of drains. L.N. 294/76. Junction of drains. Joints. L.N. 294/76. L.N . 361/80. Inlets to drains. L.N. 361/80. Ventilation. L.N. 294/76. No traps between ventilated points. Drains and sewers under buildings, etc. Manholes and cleaning eyes to be provided. L.N. 294/76. Construction of manholes. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Disconnecting traps. L.N. 361/80. (Cap. 28.) L.N. 294/76. Gullies. Cleaning eyes. Filling in of drainage trenches. L.N. 294/76. Surface water channels. L.N. 366/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Disposal of effluent. L.N. 361/80. Situation of septic tank. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 361/80. Design. L.N. 361/80. Capacity. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Construction. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Dip pipes. Ventilation. Situation of cesspools. L.N. 294/76. Disposal of contents. Capacity. L.N. 294/76. Construction. Testing of drainage works and procedure thereupon. Power of Building Authority to require drainage trenches to be opened. Building Authority required to make every connexion of drain and private sewer to public sewer or nullah and recovery of cost thereof. Building Authority required to fix every disconnecting trap, etc. and recovery of cost. Building Authority required to carry out any work to be carried out on unleased Crown land. Powers of Building Authority in event of contravention of regulations. Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. Latrines be provided with doors. Doors to open into open air, etc. Lighting and ventilation. L.N. 294/76. Floors. L.N. 294/76. Internal surfaces. L.N. 294/76. Walls of and access to latrine fitments. Design and construction of latrine fitment in relation to receptacle for excrement. Receptacles for excrement. L.N. 294/76. Power of Building Authority to permit door of latrine to open onto or opening required by regulation 82 to communicate with unenclosed verandah, etc. Power of Building Authority to prohibit installation of soil fitments. Power of Building Authority to require provision of neutralizing tanks, etc. L.N. 294/76. Certain regulations not to apply to soil fitments flushed with water from waterworks. (Cap. 102, sub. leg.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 76/59. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 113/64. L.N. 62/66. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. 73 of 1983. L.N. 366/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 62/66. (Cap. 102) Interpretation of Part II. (Cap. 59.) 73 of 1983, s. 3. (Cap. 279.) Residential buildings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Offices, industrial undertakings and other places of work. L.N. 294/76. Places of public entertainment. Cinemas. Restaurants. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 294/76. Watercloset cubicles for the disabled. L.N. 366/84. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Where soil fitments prohibited latrine fitments, etc. to be provided in lieu thereof, etc. L.N. 294/76. Sanitary fitments for persons employed in residential buildings, etc. Supply of water. L.N. 62/66. Disposal of soil. G.N.A. 107/59. Waste pipes. L.N. 294/76. Materials for soil fitments. Construction of watercloset fitments. L.N. 361/80. Construction of trough waterclosets. L.N. 294/76. Construction of urinal channels. L.N. 294/76. Flushing water supply. L.N. 113/64. Flushing rim. Flushing cisterns. L.N. 294/76. Pressure valves. Flushing pipes. L.N. 294/76. Storage tanks for flushing water. Overflow pipes. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. Traps for soil fitments. L.N. 194/76. Traps for waste fitments. L.N. 294/76. Soil pipes. L.N. 284/76. Waste pipes. L.N. 294/76. Bends in soil and waste pipes. Access to soil and waste pipes. Anti-syphonage pipes. L.N. 294/76. Ventilating pipes. L.N. 294/76. Rain water pipes. L.N. 62/66. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Rain water pipes for verandahs or balconies. L.N. 294/76. Materials for pipes. Connexions of pipes, etc. G.N.A. 107/59. Fixing of pipes. Pipes in ducts. Eaves gutters. L.N. 294/76. British Standard Specification and other national standards. L.N. 361/80. Drainage of buildings. Disposal of foul water. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Disposal of surface water. L.N. 294/76. Pipes carrying surface water not to discharge across surface of footpath. Disposal of sub-soil water. Materials for drains, etc. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. Sub-soil water drains. Size of drains. L.N. 294/76. Laying of drains and sewers. L.N. 294/76. Drains and sewers in gathering grounds to be watertight. L.N. 361/80. (Cap. 102.) Fall of drains. L.N. 294/76. Junction of drains. Joints. L.N. 294/76. L.N . 361/80. Inlets to drains. L.N. 361/80. Ventilation. L.N. 294/76. No traps between ventilated points. Drains and sewers under buildings, etc. Manholes and cleaning eyes to be provided. L.N. 294/76. Construction of manholes. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Disconnecting traps. L.N. 361/80. (Cap. 28.) L.N. 294/76. Gullies. Cleaning eyes. Filling in of drainage trenches. L.N. 294/76. Surface water channels. L.N. 366/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Disposal of effluent. L.N. 361/80. Situation of septic tank. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 361/80. Design. L.N. 361/80. Capacity. L.N. 361/80. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Construction. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 361/80. Dip pipes. Ventilation. Situation of cesspools. L.N. 294/76. Disposal of contents. Capacity. L.N. 294/76. Construction. Testing of drainage works and procedure thereupon. Power of Building Authority to require drainage trenches to be opened. Building Authority required to make every connexion of drain and private sewer to public sewer or nullah and recovery of cost thereof. Building Authority required to fix every disconnecting trap, etc. and recovery of cost. Building Authority required to carry out any work to be carried out on unleased Crown land. Powers of Building Authority in event of contravention of regulations. Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. Latrines be provided with doors. Doors to open into open air, etc. Lighting and ventilation. L.N. 294/76. Floors. L.N. 294/76. Internal surfaces. L.N. 294/76. Walls of and access to latrine fitments. Design and construction of latrine fitment in relation to receptacle for excrement. Receptacles for excrement. L.N. 294/76. Power of Building Authority to permit door of latrine to open onto or opening required by regulation 82 to communicate with unenclosed verandah, etc. Power of Building Authority to prohibit installation of soil fitments. Power of Building Authority to require provision of neutralizing tanks, etc. L.N. 294/76. Certain regulations not to apply to soil fitments flushed with water from waterworks. (Cap. 102, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2545

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

39
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:24 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (REFUSE STORAGE CHAMBERS AND CHUTES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2544

Title

BUILDING (REFUSE STORAGE CHAMBERS AND CHUTES) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (REFUSE STORAGE CHAMBERS AND CHUTES)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 2
3. Storage chambers to be provided for in plans relating to buildings specified
in the Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 3
4. Storage chambers to comply with regulations 5 to 12 ... ... ... ... ... ... H 3
5, Access to storage chambers for emptying refuse containers ... ... ... ... H 3

6. Storage chambers to be fully enclosed save for door etc . ... ... ... ... ... H 4
7. Storage chambers to have one external wall ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4

8. Minimum dimensions of storage chambers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4
9. Construction of storage chambers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 4
10. Access door to storage chambers and construction thereof ... ... ... ... H 4
11. Drainage of storage chambers... ... . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5
12. Storage chambers to have water supply point ... ... ... ... ... - ... H 5
13. Refuse chutes to comply with regulations 14 to 25 ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

14. Bends or offset in any refuse chute prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5
15. Minimum height of top of refuse chutes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5
16. Lining and internal size of refuse chutes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5
17. Walls of refuse chutes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5
18. Refuse chute to be provided with shutter... ... ... ... - - - ... H 6
19. Ventilating pipe for refuse chute ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6

20. Inspection and cleansing of refuse chute... 1 .. ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6
21. Construction of internal surface of refuse chute ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6
22. Situation of hopper ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6
23. Construction of hopper ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6

24. Hopper recess ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7
25. Junction of hopper with refuse chute ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 117
Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7





BUILDING (REFUSE STORAGE CHAMBERS AND CHUTES)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 January 1985.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Refuse
Storage Chambers and Chutes) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires---
,,aggregate usable floor space' in relation to a composite building
means the aggregate of the usable floor space of the domestic
building component of that composite building and one third of
the usable floor space of the non-domestic building component
of that composite building;

'approved' means approved by the Building Authority;

'church' means a building constructed or intended to be used
principally for the purpose of religious worship;
'collection authority' means-

(a) in respect of the urban areas, the Urban Council; and
(b)in respect of the New Territories (excluding New Kowloon),
the Director of Urban Services;

'external wall' means an outer wall of a building not being a party
wall, even though adjoining a wall of another building;
'floor area' means-

(a)in relation to a composite building, the aggregate usable
floor space; or
(b) in relation to any other building, the usable floor space;
'foul wate?' has the meaning assigned to it by the Building
(Standards of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing, Drainage Works
and Latrines) Regulations;
'hopper' means the fitment on a refuse chute into which refuse is
placed and from which it is projected into the chute;
'industrial building' means-

(a) a godown; or

(b)a building in which articles are manufactured, altered,
cleaned, repaired, ornamented, finished, adapted for sale,
broken up or demolished, or in which materials are trans-
formed;

,,open air' has the meaning assigned to it by the Building (Planning)
Regulations;
'plan' means a plan submitted to the Building Authority for
approval under section 14 of the Ordinance;





'refuse container- means a receptacle in which refuse is intended to
be stored;
',school' means a building constructed or intended to be used
principally for the purpose of primary, secondary or tertiary
education and includes a building used wholly for the provision
of a day nursery, kindergarten, play group, play school or
otherwise for the day-time care and education of children and a
building used principally for other full-time education;
,,soil fitment' has the meaning assigned to it by the Building
(Standards of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing, Drainage Works
and Latrines) Regulations;
',storage chamber' means a chamber in which a refuse container is
stored;
-storage chamber with vehicular access' means a storage chamber
to which vehicular access is provided adequate for the ingress
and egress of a refuse collection vehicle of a type customarily
used by the collection authority;

,,usable floor space' means any floor space other than staircases,
staircase halls, lift landings, the space used in providing water
closet fitments, urinals and lavatory basins and the space
occupied by machinery for any lift, air-conditioning system or
similar service.

3. (1) Every plan relating to a building of a description, or 2
or more buildings both or all of which are of the same description,
specified in the first column of the Schedule with a total floor area
specified opposite that description of building in the second column
thereof shall show provision for a storage chamber of the description
specified opposite that floor area in the third column and such storage
chamber shall have a total floor space of not less than that specified
opposite that storage chamber in the fourth column thereof.

(2) In the case of a plan relating to 2 or more buildings falling
within 2 or more of the descriptions specified in the first column of
the Schedule, paragraph (1) shall apply as if those buildings were
comprised in a single composite building and the plan related to that
composite building.

(3) This regulation shall not apply to a building constructed or
adapted for use principally as a church, a school, an industrial
building or a car park.

4. Where a storage chamber is provided in any building it
shall be so designed as to comply with the requirements of regula-
tions 5 to 12.

5. (1) Every storage chamber shall be of a design approved by
the Building Authority and in such location approved by the Building
Authority as to provide ready access thereto for the purpose of
removing any refuse container stored in such storage chamber.





(2) Where access to any storage chamber other than a storage
chamber with vehicular access is obtained along a passage or alley or
similar way, the passage, alley or other way shall be not less than
1.5 m in width, shall be without steps and paved and shall have a
longitudinal gradient not greater than 1 in 20.

6. Save for the access door provided in accordance with
regulation 10, the opening for any refuse chute and any opening for
a hopper, there shall be no openings in any storage chamber.

7. Not less than one of the walls of every storage chamber
shall be an external wall.

8. (1) No storage chamber shall have any dimension less
than 1.5 m.

(2) The height, measured to the ceiling, of every storage
chamber shall, throughout the chamber, be not less than 2 m.

9. (1) Every storage chamber shall be constructed of brick-
work, concrete or other approved material.

(2) The whole of the internal faces of the walls of every storage
chamber shall be lined with glazed bricks, glazed tiles or other
approved material.
(3) The ceiling of every storage chamber shall be rendered in
cement and finished with a smooth surface.

(4) The floor of every storage chamber shall be-

(a)constructed of concrete tfiN~ not less than 100 mm
thick;
(b)laid to fall towards the gully provided in acceordance with
regulation 11, and

(c)finished with quarry tiles or other approved hard impervi-
ous material.

(5) In every storage chamber the junction of the floor with the
walls shall be coved.

10. (1) Every storage chamber shall be provided with a close-
fitting steel door.

(2) Every such door shall-

(a) be situated in an external wall of the storage chamber;
(b) have a height of not less than 1.8 m;

(c) have a width of not less than 1.25 m; and

(d)be provided with a lock or other means of preventing
unauthorized persons obtaining access to the storage
chamber.

(3) The internal surface of the door shall be without projections.





11. (1) Every storage chamber shall be provided, in the floor
thereof, with an outlet drain.

(2) Every such drain shall be-

(a) provided with a grating; and

(b)connected, by means of a pipe having an internal diameter
of not less than 100 mm, to a back inlet trapped gully.

(3) Every such gully shall be-

(a)situated in a position immediately outside the storage
chamber;

(b)fitted with an airtight cover to provide access to the gully
for inspection and cleaning; and

(c) connected to a drain provided for the carriage of foul water.

12. (1) For the purpose of cleaning the same, there shall be
provided, in every storage chamber, a water supply point.

(2) Such water supply point shall be connected to the supply of
water provided for flushing the soil fitments in the building for which
the storage chamber is provided.

13. Where a refuse chute is provided in any building it shall be
so designed as to-

(a) be vertical save as provided in regulation 14;

(b) terminate at its lower level in a storage chamber; and

(c) comply with the requirements of regulations 14 to 25.

14. (1) No refuse chute shall have a bend or of[set in it except
at its foot or above the level of the highest hopper.

(2) Where any refuse chute has an offset at the foot thereof,
such offset shall-

(a) have a slope of not less than 60` to the horizontal; and

(b)be constructed of replaceable galvanized or stainless steel
of not less than 3 mm thickness.

15. The top of every refuse chute shall be not less than 300 mm
above the top of the highest hopper.

16. Every refuse chute shall-

(a) be lined with glazed ware or other impervious tubes; and

(b) have an internal diameter of not less than 450 mm.

17. The walls of every refuse chute shall be constructed of solid
brick or concrete, and shall be not less than 100 mm thick, exclusive
of any lining.





18. Every refuse chute shall be provided at its lower end with a
galvanized or stainless steel shutter so constructed as to enable the
chute to be closed when necessary.

19. (1) Every refuse chute shall be provided at the top thereof
with a ventilating pipe.

(2) Every such ventilating pipe shall-

(a) have an internal area of not less than 0.05 m'; and

(b)be carried up from the top of the refuse chute to a height,
above the roof of the building, of not less than 1 m.

(3)(a) The end of every such ventilating pipe shall be pro-
vided with a grating or grille having apertures of an
aggregate area not less than the sectional area of the pipe.
(b)The least dimension of every such aperture shall be not
more than 10 mm.

20. (1) Every refuse chute shall be provided, above the level
of the highest hopper, with an access opening, not less than 225 rnm
in diameter, for the inspection and cleansing of the chute.

(2) Every such access opening shall be provided with a close
fitting metal cover.

21. (1) The internal surface of every refuse chute shall be
smooth and impervious and shall be formed of or lined with glazed
ware or other approved material.

(2) Where such surfaces are formed of or lined with pipes, the
pipes shall be-

(a) jointed in-
(i) cement mortar in the proportion of one volume of
cement to one volume of sand; or
(ii) other approved material; and
(b) securely and solidly bedded into the walls of the chute.

22. Every hopper shall be situated in a place permanently
ventilated to the open air.

23. (1) The mouth of every hopper shall have a clear opening
having dimensions not less than 250 x 150 mm and not more than
350 x 250 mm.

(2) Every hopper shall be so constructed-

(a)that it will remain only in a completely closed or completely
open position and will not open of its own accord; and

(b)as to prevent the escape of dust or fumes both when it is
closed and when it is open.

(3) Every hopper and frame shall be so constructed as to
prevent refuse becoming lodged therein.





(4) Every hopper and frame shall be constructed of galvanized
or stainless mild steel plate, of not less than 3 mm thickness, or other
approved material.

(5) The inner plate of every hopper shall project downward at
an angle of not less than 45' to the horizontal when the hopper is
closed.

24. The recess into which any hopper is fitted shall be of a size
adequate to house the frame and the moving parts of the hopper so
that no part of the frame or hopper projects into the refuse chute.

25. The junction of every hopper with the refuse chute shall be
so made as to provide a continuous smooth and impervious surface.

SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

Description Total floor area as Description of Minimum floor space
of building shown on plan storage chamber of storage chamber
Domestic (a) Usable floor space Storage chamber Total usable flOOT space
Building 1 320 m' or more in m' divided by 440
but less than
13 200 m'
(b) Usable floor space Storage chamber Total usable floor space
13 200 m' or more with vehicular in m' divided by 440
access
Non- (a) Usable floor space Storage chamber Total usable floor space
domestic 3 960 m' or more in m' divided by 1 320
Building but less than
39 600 m'
(b) Usable floor space Storage chamber Total usable floor space
39 600 m' or more with vehicular in m' divided by 1 320
access
Composite (a) Aggregate usable Storage chamber Aggregate of-
Building floor space (a) the total usable
1 320 m' or more floor space of the
but less than domestic buildin
13 200 m' component in my
divided by 440; and
(b) the total usable
floor space of the
non-domestic
building component
in m' divided
by 1 320
(b) Aggregate usable Storage chamber Aggregate of-
floor space with vehicular (a) the total usable
13 200 m' or more access floor space of the
domestic buildine
component in m~y
divided by 440~ and
(b) the total usable
floor space of the
non-domestic
building component
in m' divided
by 1 320
L.N. 154/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Storage chambers to be provided for in plans relating to buildings specified in the Schedule. Schedule. Storage chambers to comply with regulations 5 to 12. Access to storage chambers for emptying refuse containers. Storage chambers to be fully enclosed save for door etc. Storage chambers to have on external wall. Minimum dimensions of storage chambers. Construction of storage chambers. Access door to storage chambers and construction thereof. Drainage of storage chambers. Storage chambers to have water supply point. Refuse chutes to comply with regulations 14 to 25. Bends or offset in any refuse chute prohibited. Minimum height of top of refuse chutes. Lining and internal size of refuse chutes. Walls of refuse chutes. Refuse chute to be provided with shutter. Ventilating pipe for refuse chute. Inspection and cleansing of refuse chute. Construction of internal surface of refuse chute. Situation of hopper. Construction of hopper. Hooper recess. Junction of hopper with refuse chute.

Abstract

L.N. 154/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Storage chambers to be provided for in plans relating to buildings specified in the Schedule. Schedule. Storage chambers to comply with regulations 5 to 12. Access to storage chambers for emptying refuse containers. Storage chambers to be fully enclosed save for door etc. Storage chambers to have on external wall. Minimum dimensions of storage chambers. Construction of storage chambers. Access door to storage chambers and construction thereof. Drainage of storage chambers. Storage chambers to have water supply point. Refuse chutes to comply with regulations 14 to 25. Bends or offset in any refuse chute prohibited. Minimum height of top of refuse chutes. Lining and internal size of refuse chutes. Walls of refuse chutes. Refuse chute to be provided with shutter. Ventilating pipe for refuse chute. Inspection and cleansing of refuse chute. Construction of internal surface of refuse chute. Situation of hopper. Construction of hopper. Hooper recess. Junction of hopper with refuse chute.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2544

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:23 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2543

Title

BUILDING (PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation PART 1 Page

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... G 2

PART 11

PLANNING OF PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS

3. New streets, etc. to be accessible from existing street. etc . ... ... ... ... ... G 2
4. Footpaths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... ... G 2
5. Width of private streets and cut-de-saes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 3
6. Width of access roads ... ... ... . 1. - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 4
7. Pedestrian ways ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... - ... ... G 4
8. Kerb radius ... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 4
9. Junctions to be at right angles, etc . ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... G 4
10. No undulation on major street ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - G 5
11. Gradients ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... G 5
12. Horizontal curves ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... G 5
13. Vertical curves .. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 5
14. Widening of private streets and cul-de-sacs on curve in certain cases ... ... ... G 5
15. Turning space for vehicles in cul-de-sacs and access roads .. . ... ... ... . G 6

PART All

CONSTRUCTION OF PRIVATE STREETS, ACCESS ROADS AND SERVICE LANES

16. Surfacing of private streets, cul-de-sacs and access roads ... ... ... ... ... G 6
17. Surfacing of pedestrian ways and service lanes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 6
18. Surfacing of footpaths ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 6
19. Kerbstones ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 6
20. Height of kerbs ... ... - - . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G7
21. Camber at crossfall ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... G 7
22. Grade of manhole covers and gratings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - G 7
23. Shape of manhole covers ... .. ~ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 7
24. Drainage of private streets, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 7
25. Channels ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... G 7

PART IV

MISCELLANEOUS

26. Any work in public street to be carried out by Building Authority ... ... ... G 8
27. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulations 9, 11, 12 and
13 and to require other work to be carried out in lieu thereof ... ... ... ... G 8
28. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulation 16 ... ... G 9





BUILDING (PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

(1 January 1960.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Private
Streets and Access Roads) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
,,area of mixed usage' means an area developed or to be developed
with buildings used or to be used wholly or partly for purposes
of habitation and with buildings used or to be used wholly or
partly for the purposes of industrial undertakings or of offices
or of other commercial uses, not being a residential area or an
industrial area;
,,carriageway' means that part of a private street, cul-de-sac or
access road used or intended for use by vehicular traffic;
'cul-de-sac' means a private street which is closed at one end;
'footpath' means that part of a private street. cul-de-sac or access
road used or intended for use only by pedestrian traffic;
'industrial area' means an area developed or to be developed
primarily with buildings used or to be used wholly or mainly for
the purposes of industrial undertakings or of offices or of other
commercial uses;
-pedestrian way' means a private street used or intended for use
only by pedestrian traffic;
'public streeC means a street vested in and maintained by the
Government;
'residential area' means an area developed or to be developed
primarily with buildings used or to be used wholly or mainly for
purposes of habitation.

PART 11

PLANNING OF PRIVATE STREETS AND ACCESS ROADS

3. Every new private street, cul-de-sac and access road shall
be accessible from an existing street or another new street.

4. (1) Every private street and cul-de-sac shall have a foot-
path on each side thereof.





(2) Every access road shall have a footpath on at least one side
thereof.

5. (1) (a) In every residential area-
(i) the width of the carriageway of and of each footpath
in any private street shail be not less than the width
specified in Table I; and
(ii) the width of the carriageway of any cul-de-sac shall
be not less than 5 m and the width of each footpath therein
shall be not less than 2.75 m.

TABLEI

Type of streetWidth of carriageway Width of footpath
Major 7.3 m 3,7 m
Minor 5.5 m 2. 7 5 m

(b) In every industrial area and in every area of mixed usage- -
(i) the width of the carriageway of and of each footpath
in any private street shall be not less than the width
specified in Table 11; and
(ii) the width of the carriageway of any cul-de-sac shall
be not less than 7.3 m and the width of each footpath
therein shall be not less than 2.75 m.

TABLE II

Type of streetWidth of carriageway Width of footpath
Major 10.5 m 3.7 m
Minor 7.3 m 2.75 m

(2) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a) the Building Authority shall determine---
(i) whether any area is a residential area. an industrial
area or an area of mixed usage; and
(ii) whether a street is a major or a minor street, and

(b)any cul-de-sac which is more than 120 m in length
measured along the centre line of the carriageway thereof
from the junction of the cul-de-sac with a street which is a
thoroughfare, shall be deemed to be a private street.





6. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2), the width of the
carriageway of every access road shall be not less than 5 m and the
width of tl~e footpath therein shall be not less than 1.6 m.

(2) Where-

(a)an access road provides or will provide access to not more
than 12 separate buildings or not more than 24 flats,
whether such flats are in the same building or not, and

(b)the aggregate of the areas of the floors in all the buildings
or flats does not exceed 3 500 M2 ; and

(c)spaces, to enable vehicles to pass, are provided at distances
along the access road not exceeding 60 m in length,

the width of the carriageway of the access road may be not less than
2.75 m and the width of the footpath not less than 1.5 m.

7. Every pedestrian way shall be-

(a) not less than 3.5 m wide., and

(b) so protected as to prevent vehicles entering therein.

8. At every junction of a private street. cul-de-sac or access
road with any street. the radius of the kerb line shall

(a) where the footpaths in the streets or in the or
access road and the street, as the case may be, are of the
same width. be not less than the width of such footpaths:
or

(b)where such footpaths are of difTerent widths, be not less
than the width of the wider footpath.

9. The junction of any private street. cul-de-sac or access road
with any street shall be made at right angles, and

(a)where the junction is of a new private street or cul-tie-sa(,
with an existing street, the line of the carriageway of the
new private street or cul-de-sac shall continue at such angle
for a distance of not less than 30 m from the place at which
such street or cul-de-sac enters the junction;

(b)where the junction is of 2 or more new private streets. the
line of the carriageway or each such street shall continue at
such angle for a distance of not less than 30 m from the
place at which each street enters the junction: and

(c)where the junction is of an access road with a street, the
line of the carriageway of the access road shall continue at
such angle for a distance of not less than 7.5 m from the
place at which such access road enters the junction.





10. The carriageway of any minor street shall, at the junction
of such carriageway with the carriageway of a major street, be
graded into the carriageway of such major street in such a manner as
to avoid undulation on the major street.

11. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3), no
private street, cul-de-sac or access road shall have a gradient greater
than 1 in 6.
(2) In every private street and cul-de-sac, the gradient shall,
for a distance of 30 m from the junction of the private street or
cul-de-sac with any street, not exceed 1 in 30.
(3) In every access road, the gradient shall, for a distance of
7.5 m from the junction of the access road with any street, not exceed
1 in 30.

12. (1) The radius of any horizontal curve in any private
street or cul-de-sac shall be not less than 30 m measured to the centre
line of the carriageway of the street or cul-de-sac.
(2) The radius of any horizontal curve in an access road shall
be not less than 9 m, measured to the centre line of the carriageway
of the access road.

13. Any vertical curve in a private street, cul-de-sac or access
road shall be such that from a point 1 m above any part of the
carriageway thereof a clear view can be obtained of the top of an
object 1 m high at all distances along the carriageway up to 40 m
from such point.

14. Where, under regulation 27, the Building Authority per-
mits the radius of a horizontal curve in any private street or
cul-de-sac to be less than 30 m, the carriageway thereof shall be
gradually widened, on the outer edge of the curve, from the tangent
points to the middle point of the curve so that. at the middle
point of the curve, the widening is not less than that specified in
Table 111.

TABLE 111

Width ofPermitted radius of curveMinimum
Carriagewayat centre line widening
6 m or less Lessthan 18 m 1.2 m
18 m to 24 m inclusive1.0 m
Over 24 m 0.6 m
More than 6 m Less than 18 m 1.0 m
18 m to 24 m inclusive0.6 m
Over 24 m 0.3 m





15. (1) There shall be provided, at the closed end of every
cul-de-sac, adequate space to enable vehicles to turn.

(2) Where any access road is not a thoroughfare, there shall be
provided, at that end of the access road furthest from its junction
with a street, adequate space to enable vehicles to turn.

PART III

CONSTRUCTION OF PRIVATE STREETS, ACCESS ROADS AND SERVICE LANES

16. The carriageway of every private street, cul-de-sac and
access road shall be surfaced with-

(a)concrete, of a grade not less than Grade III not less than
150 mm thick, laid on rolled hardcore not less than 75 mm
thick; or

(b)bitumen macadam not less than 75 mm thick, laid on
rolled hardcore not less than 200 mm thick, and covered
with a layer of fine bitumen macadam not less than 25 mm
thick; or

(c) other approved material.

17. Every pedestrian way and service lane shall be surfaced
with-

(a) concrete, of a grade net less than Grade IV, not less than
100 mm thick laid on rolled hardcore not less than
75 mm thick; or

(b)bitumen macadam not less than 50 mm thick, laid on
rolled hardcore not less than 75 mm thick, and covered
with a layer of fine bitumen macadam not less than 25 mm
thick; or

(c) other approved material.

18. Every footpath shall be surfaced with-

(a) concrete, of a grade not less than Grade III; not less than
50 mm thick, and covered with granolithic paving not less
than 12.5 mm thick; or

(b) other approved material.

19. (1) Every kerbstone shall be 150 mm in width, 300 mm in
height and not less than 750 mm in length.

(2) Every kerbstone in a private street or cul-de-sac shall be
constructed of granite and every kerbstone in an access road shall
be constructed of granite or concrete of a grade not less than
Grade III.




20. The top of every kerb shall be not less than 75 mm nor
more than 175 mm above the level of the channel adjacent thereto.

21. (1) Save where a bend in any private street, cul-de-sac or
access road is super-elevated, the carriageway therein shall have a
camber of 1 in 40.

(2) Every footpath shall have a crossfall towards the kerb of 1
in 48.

22. (1) Any manhole cover or grating situated in the carriage-
way of any private street, cul-de-sac or access road shall be of a
grade equal to Grade A as specified in the current relevant British
Standard Specification.

(2) Any manhole cover or grating in any footpath, pedestrian
way or service lane shall be of a grade equal to Grade B as specified
in the current relevant British Standard Specification.

23. (1) The cover of every manhole, in a private street,
cul-de-sac. access road, pedestrian way or service lane, provided for
a drain or sewer provided for the carriage of foul water shall be
rectangular on plan.

(2) The cover of every such manhole provided for a drain or
sewer provided for the carriage of surface water shall be rounded on
plan.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, the expressions---foul
water' and 'surface water- shall have the meaning assigned to them
by regulation 2 of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments,
Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations.

24. (1) Every private street, cul-de-sac, access road, pedes-
trian way and service lane shall be provided with channels and
drains and sewers for the carriage of rain-water and surface water.

(2) The size and gradient of every such channel, drain or sewer
shall be adequate to carry off all rain-water falling on and surface
water draining to the private street, cul-de-sac, access road, pedes-
trian way or service lane.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, the intensity of rainfall
shall be calculated-

(a)where the Time of Concentration is less than 30 minutes, at
the rate of not less than 150 mm/h; and

(b)where the Time of Concentration is 30 minutes or more
than 30 minutes, at the rate of not less than 100 mm,,h.

25. (1) Every channel in any private street, cul-de-sac, access
road and pedestrian way shall be---





(a) constructed of concrete, of a grade not less than Grade III,
not less than 150 mm in thickness nor less than 300 mm in
width;

(b)laid to a fall of 1 in 30 towards the kerb in cross-section;
and

(c) save as provided in paragraph (2), laid to a fall of not less
than 1 in 100 in longitudinal section.

(2) Where the Building Authority is satisfied that . it is
impracticable to lay any channel to a fall of not less than 1 in 100 in
longitudinal section, he may permit the channel to be laid to a fall of
not less than 1 in 250.

PARTIV

MISCELLANEOUS

26. (1) Where-

(a)the forming or laying out of any private street.
access road or pedestrian way; or

(b)the provision of any means of access to a building fronting
or abutting on a public street,

necessitates the carrying out of any work in or the alteration of any
public street, such work or alteration shall be carried out by the
Building Authority who may recover the cost thereof from the
owner of the private street, cul-de-sue, access road, pedestrian way
or building, as the case may be.

(2) Where, in contravention of this regulation, any work has
been carried out otherwise than by the Building Authority, the
Building Authority 'May remove, alter or demolish such work and
may carry out such other work as he considers necessary. and may
recover the cost of any work carried out under this paragraph as if
such work had been carried out pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph (1).

27. Where, in any case, the Building Authority is satisfied that,
owing to the nature of the ground or for other sufficient reason.
compliance with the requirements of regulation 9, 11. 12 or 13 is
impracticable, he may waive such requirement and, upon any such
waiver may, by order in writing, require such street works to be
carried out, in lieu of compliance with such requirement, as he
considers necessary.





28. Where adequate tests have been carried out to determine
the bearing capacity of the ground forming the foundation of any
carriageway and the results thereof have been submitted to the
Building Authority, the Building Authority may, if he is satisfied
with the tests and the results thereof, waive the requirements of
regulation 16 and, upon such waiver may, by order in writing,
require materials used in the surfacing of the carriageway to be
based on the results of such tests.
G.N.A. 77/59. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 156/77. Citation. Interpretation. New streets, etc. to be accessible from existing street, etc. Footpaths. Width of private streets and cul-de-sacs. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Width of access roads. L.N. 294/76. Pedestrian ways. L.N. 294/76. Kerb radius. Junctions to be at right angles, etc. L.N. 294/76. No undulation on major street. Gradients. L.N. 294/76. Horizontal curves. L.N. 294/76. Vertical curves. L.N. 294/76. Widening of private streets and cul-de-sacs on curve in certain cases. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Turning space for vehicles in cul-de-sacs and access roads. L.N. 152/71. Surfacing of private streets, cul-de-sacs and access roads. L.N. 156/77. Surfacing of pedestrian ways and service lanes. L.N. 156/77. Surfacing of footpaths. L.N. 294/76. Kerbstones. L.N. 294/76. Height of kerbs. L.N. 294/76. Camber at crossfall. Grade of manhole covers and gratings. Shape of manhole covers. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Drainage of private streets, etc. L.N. 294/76. Channels. L.N. 294/76. Any work in public street to be carried out by Building Authority. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulations 9, 11, 12 and 13 and to require other work to be carried out in lieu thereof. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulation 16.

Abstract

G.N.A. 77/59. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 156/77. Citation. Interpretation. New streets, etc. to be accessible from existing street, etc. Footpaths. Width of private streets and cul-de-sacs. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Width of access roads. L.N. 294/76. Pedestrian ways. L.N. 294/76. Kerb radius. Junctions to be at right angles, etc. L.N. 294/76. No undulation on major street. Gradients. L.N. 294/76. Horizontal curves. L.N. 294/76. Vertical curves. L.N. 294/76. Widening of private streets and cul-de-sacs on curve in certain cases. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Turning space for vehicles in cul-de-sacs and access roads. L.N. 152/71. Surfacing of private streets, cul-de-sacs and access roads. L.N. 156/77. Surfacing of pedestrian ways and service lanes. L.N. 156/77. Surfacing of footpaths. L.N. 294/76. Kerbstones. L.N. 294/76. Height of kerbs. L.N. 294/76. Camber at crossfall. Grade of manhole covers and gratings. Shape of manhole covers. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Drainage of private streets, etc. L.N. 294/76. Channels. L.N. 294/76. Any work in public street to be carried out by Building Authority. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulations 9, 11, 12 and 13 and to require other work to be carried out in lieu thereof. Power of Building Authority to waive requirements of regulation 16.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2543

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:23 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2542

Title

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

E.MENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation PART I Page

GENERAL

1. Citat ... ... ... ... F4
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F4
3. Verandahs and balconies within lot boundaries and permit areas ... ... F 6
4. Buildings not to obstruct. endanger or cause nuisances ... ... ... ... F 6
5. Access to buildings and provision of access lanes. etc.. on site of new building F 6
6. Building Authority to determine width of road or street ... ... ... ... ... F 6

PART II

PROJECTIONS

7. Eaves. cornices and mouldings ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 7
8. No verandahs over streets ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 7
9. No balconies over roads .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 7
10. Balconies and canopies over streets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 7
11.................Front and sides of balconies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... F 7
12.................No doorways on to canopy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... F 8
13.................Use of verandahs or balconies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 8

14........[Revoked] ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 8
15......................Doors. etc. not to open over streets ... ... ... F 8

PART III

HEIGHTS. SITE COVERAGE. PLOT RATIO. OPEN SPACES AND LANES

16......................Height of buildings adjacent to street ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 8
17........[Revoked] ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 9

18........[Revoked] ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 9
19. Building Authority to determine height of, an site coverage and plot ratio for
building in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
19A. Restriction on depth of certain buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 10
20. Permitted site coverage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 10
21.............Permitted plot ratio ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 11
22. Permitted site coverage and plot ratio may be exceeded in certain cases ... ... F 11
23. Provision supplementary to regulations 19, 20. 21 and 22 ... ... ... ... ... F 13
24. Height of storeys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... F 14
25. Space about domestic buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 14
26. New buildings on existing street less than 4.5 m wide to be set back from centre
line of street ...................... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... F 15





Regulation Page

27. Cuttings... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 15
28. Service lanes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 15

PART IV

LIGHTING AND VENTILATION

29. Lighting and ventilation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 15
30. Lighting and ventilation of rooms used or intended to be used for habitation or
as an office or kitchen ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 16
31. Minimum requirements of window ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 16
32. Restriction on distance any part of room may be from prescribed window ... F 17
33. Windows opening on to enclosed verandah, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 18
34. Mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting of offices ... ... ... ... ... F 18
35. Additional vent may be required ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 18
35A. Provision for room-sealed gas water heater in bathrooms ... ... ... ... ... F 19
36. Rooms containing soil fitments... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 19
37. Light and air not to be diminished ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 20

PART V

STAIRCASES AND FIRE ESCAPES

38. Staircases to be fire resisting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...F20
39. Staircases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
40. Staircases in buildings intended for separate occupation ... ... ... ... ... F 21
41. Means of escape... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 21
42. Landings, lobbies and passages... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 21
43. Distance from staircase ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 21
44. Revolving doors and turnstiles ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... F 21

PART VI

DOMESTIC BUILDINGS

45. Kitchens ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 21
46.Tenement house ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 22
Building abutting on retaining wall ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 22
48. Retaining wall forming part of a building... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 23
49. Building not to be used for domestic purposes and for dangerous trade ... ... F 23

PART VII

TEMPORARY BUILDINGS

50. Definition of temporary buildings and short lived materials ... ... ... ... F 23
51. Application to be made ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 24
52. Siting to temporary building ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 24





Regulation Page

53. Contractor's sheds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 25
54. Kitchens, latrines and drainage required ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... F 25
55. Live wire or cable to be made safe ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 25
56. Building Authority may erect sheds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F25
57. Deposit of security ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 25
58. Cancellation of permit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F25

PART VIII

TimBER YARDS

59. Fences or walls to enclose timber yards ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
60. Fences not to be within 2 m of other premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
61. Storage of timber ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
62. Exemptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
63. Penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26

PART IX

HOARDINGS, COVERED WALKWAYS AND GANTRIES

64. Plans of hoardings, etc. to be submitted ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 26
65. Form of permit and power of Building Authority to make requirements ... ... F 27
66. Maintenance of hoardings, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 27
67. Liability of permittee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 27
68. Live wire or cable to be made safe ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 27
69. Deposit of security ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 27
70. Cancellation of permit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 28

PART X

MISCELLANEOUS

71. Power of Building Authority to permit windows, etc. to face or ventilate into
unenclosed verandah, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 28
72. Buildings to be planned for use by disabled persons ... ... ... ... ... ... F 28

First Schedule. Percentage site coverages and plot ratios ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 29
Second Schedule. Open space about domestic buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 29
Third Schedule. Disabled Persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... F 29





BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

j ~:2,
~7 [1 June 1956.]

PART 1

GENERAL

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Planning)
Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise re-
quires. words and expression have the meaning attributed to them
by the Buildings Ordinance. and-

-balcony- means any structure projecting from any wall of any
building to carry a floor or roof load either cantilevered or
supported by brackets;

---canopy-means any structure which projects.more than 750 mm
from any wall of any building to provide protection from rain
or sun. not carrying any floor load. either cantilevered or
supported by brackets.

'class A site' means a site, not being a class B site or class C site. that
abuts on one street not less than 4.5 m wide or on more than
one such street;

-class B site' means a corner site that abuts on 2 streets neither of
which is less than 4.5 m wide;

-class C site- means a corner site that abuts on 3 streets none of
which is less than 4.5 m wide.

-detached building- means any building which is not connected to
any other building and has a clear and unobstructed open
space-

(a)extending the entire depth of the building of not less than
2.3 m measured at right angles to the external surface of
the building.

(b)in the rear of the building of a depth of 2.3 m measured at
right angles to the external surface of the building and
extending for the full width of the site.





*-disabled persons' means persons who, on account of injury,
disease, or congenital deformity, are substantially handicapped
in walking;

,,external wall' means an outer wall of a building not being a party
wall, even though adjoining a wall of another building;

'Tactory- means any building or place in which any machinery,
other than machinery worked entirely by hand. is used in aid of
any industrial undertaking carried on in such building or place;

'floor' means any structure forming the base of any storey and
every joist, board, timber, brick, concrete or other substance
connected with and forming part of such structure,

'latrine' means a privy, commode or earth closet but does not
include a water closet or a water flushed urinal.

---openair- means a space which-

(a) is vertically uncovered and unobstructed;

(b) is not less, in any horizontal dimension. than 1.5 m, and

(c)where such space is enclosed on 4 sides. has a horizontal
area of not less than 1 m' for every 6 m of the mean height
of the walls enclosing the space.

-Ordinance- means the Buildings Ordinance:

---permittedplot ratio- means the maximum plot ratio permitted
under paragraph (1) or (2), as the case may be. of regulation 2 1;

*'place of public entertainment- means a place of public entertain-
ment within the meaning of the Places of Public Entertainment
Ordinance;

-prescribed- means prescribed by or under the Ordinance:

'road' means a street not including any footpath,

'room' means any portion of a building which has been subdivided
by the erection of partition walls from floor to ceiling,

'semi-detached building' means any one of a pair of buildings
connected to each other by a party wall and has a clear and
unobstructed open space-

(a)extending the entire depth of the building of not less than
2.3 m measured at right angles to the external surface of
the building;

(b)in the rear of the building of a depth of 2.3 m measured at
right angles to the external surface of the building and
extending for the full width of the site;

',site coveragC means the area of the site that is covered by the
building that is erected thereon and, when used in relation to a
part of a composite building, means the area of the site on
which the building is erected that is covered by that part of the
building;





',storey' means the space between the upper surface of every floor
and the upper surface of the floor next above it where such a
floor exists and in the case of a top storey the space between the
upper surface of that floor and the mean height of the ceiling or
roof,

'streeC includes any footpath and private and public street;

'usable floor space' means any floor space other than staircases,
staircase halls, lift landings, the space used in providing water-
closet fitments, urinals and lavatory basins and the space
occupied by machinery for any lift, air-conditioning system or
similar service;

'verandah' means any structure projecting from any wall of any
building and supported by piers or columns.

(2) For the purposes of these regulations-

(a)a corner site shall not be regarded as abutting on 2 streets
unless at least 40 per centum of the boundary of the site
abuts on the streets; and

(b)a corner site shall not be regarded as abutting on 3 streets
unless at least 60 per centum of the boundary of the site
abuts on the streets.

3. Every verandah more than 600 mm above ground level and
everyl balcony shall have a parapet or railing along its outer edge or
edges~

4. No building or fixture thereon shall be so constructed
that it-

(a) (i) obstructs; or

(ii) endangers the users of any adjacent footpath or
street; or

(b) creates any nuisance; or

(c)permits the escape into or over any adjacent footpath or
street at a height of less than 2.5 m of any noxious gases or
exhaust from any ventilating system.

5. (1) Every building shall be provided with means of obtain-
ing access thereto from a street.

(2) The Building Authority may require the provision of an
access lane or access road within the site of any new building.

6. Where for the purposes of these regulations it is necessary
to determine the width of any road or street, the same shall be
determined by the Building Authority.





PARTII

PROJECTIONS

7. (1) Eaves, cornices and mouldings may, subject to the
provisions of paragraph (2), project over a street.

(2) No eaves, cornices or mouldings shall so project for a
distance of more than 750 mm or at a height of less than 2.5 m above
the level of the ground.

8. No verandah shall be erected, over or upon any street or
unleased Crown land.

9. No balcony shall be erected over-
(a) a road; or
(b) a street which is less than 11 m in width.

10. (1) Every canopy erected within 600 mm of the outer edge
of a footpath, or projecting over a road, shall have a clear space of
not less than 5 m beneath every part thereof.

(2) Every balcony or canopy erected over a footpath shall
have a clear space of not less than 3.5 m beneath every part thereof..

Provided that any balcony erected within 600 mm of the outer
edge of such footpath shall have a clear space of not less than 5 m
beneath every part thereof.

(3) Every balcony projected from an upper storey of a
building shall have a clear height upwards from the floor of such
balcony of not less than the clear height of the storey from which it
projects.
(4) The maximum projection of any balcony or canopy (in-
cluding cornices, mouldings or other features) erected over any
street shall be-

(a) one-tenth of the width of the street; or

(b) 3 m,
whichever is the less:

Provided that no portion of any such balcony or canopy shall
be within 4.5 m, measured horizontally, of a line drawn vertically
from a point in the centre line of the street nearest to such portion of
the balcony or canopy.
(5) No balcony which projects over a street, and no part of any
such balcony, shall be higher than the level at which the vertical
plane of maximum projection prescribed by paragraph (4) intersects
the plane formed by the angle of 76~ with the horizontal at the top of
every part of the wall from which the balcony projects.

11. Where any balcony is erected over a street-





(a)every such balcony shall have a parapet or railing along its
front and sides not less than 1 100 mm high, and the
lowermost 150 mm of such parapet or railing shall be built
solid,

(b)the front and sides of any such balcony may be enclosed
by-
(1) glazed windows of metal or hardwood;
(ii) glass blocks;
(iii) bricks or building-blocks;
(iv) concrete; or
(v) Such other materials as may be approved by the
Building Authority.

12. No doorway giving direct access to the top of any canopy
shall be made in the external wall of any building.

13. Where any verandah or balcony is or has been built over or
upon any street no such verandah or balcony shall be constructed to
be used or adapted to be used as a factory, workshop, storeroom,
kitchen, lavatory, bathroom, water-closet, urinal or latrine.

14. [Revoked by L.N. 57/65)

15. No door, gate, window or shutter opening on or over any
street shall be so hung or placed as to project over such street at a
height of less than 2.5 m above the ground:

Provided that emergency exit doors may open outwards over
such street.

PART III

HEIGHTS, SITE COVERAGE, PLOT RATIO, OPEN SPACES AND LANES

16. (I) Where a building abuts. fronts or projects over a
street, the height of such building shall be determined by reference to
the street shadow area thereof.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the street shadow area of a
building shall not exceed the area obtained by applying the
formula-

F x W / 2

in which-

F is the length of the frontage of the building; and W is the
width of the street upon or over which the building abuts, fronts
or projects.

(3) Where a building abuts, fronts or projects over 2 streets
forming a corner, the maximum street shadow areas of the building
permitted under paragraph (2) may be increased-





(a) by adding wholly in respect of one side of the building, or
partly one side and partly the other. an area obtained by
applying the formula-

W1 xW2/4
in which-

W1 and W2 are the widths of the 2 streets, respectively,
forming the corner; or
(b) where the 2 streets are not of equal width, by adding
wholly in respect of the side of the building abutting,
fronting or projecting over the narrower of the 2 streets, an
area obtained by applying the formula-
7 (WW - WN)
in which-

WW and WN are the widths of the wider and the
narrower, respectively, of the 2 streets forming the
corner.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation-

'corner' means an intersection of 2 streets where the angle of
intersection of lines drawn along the centre of such streets is less
than 140 measured on the side nearer to the building;

-frontage- in relation to a building, means that boundary of a site
upon which the building is erected which abuts or fronts a street
and includes any service lane or other opening within such
boundary;

'street' means a street or service lane at least 4.5 m wide;

'street shadow area' in relation to a building , means an area on the
surface of a street contained by-

(a)a line formed by the projection from very part of the side
of the building abutting, fronting or projecting over such
street of planes at an angle of 76 from the horizontal from
the highest point on such building or on any projection
therefrom of a permanent nature, from which such planes
could be drawn uninterrupted by any other part of that
building;

(b) a line formed by the frontage of the building; and

(c) lines drawn from each extremity of the frontage of the
building at right angles to the centre line of the street.

17. [Revoked, L.N. 54/69]

18. [Revoked, L.N. 54/69]





19. Where a site abuts on a street less than 4.5 m wide or does
not abut on a street, the height of a building on that site or of that
building, the site coverage for the building and any part thereof and
the plot ratio for the building shall be determined by the Building
Authority.

19A. (1) Where a building has a frontage of not more than
8.5 m, the depth of the building shall not exceed 3 times the length
of its frontage

(2) For the purposes of this regulation, 'frontage' has the
same meaning as that specified in regulation 16(4).

20. (1) Subject to regulations 19A and 22 and depending on
the height of the building-

(a)the site coverage for a domestic building, or for the
domestic part of a composite building, on a class A site
shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the second column of the First Schedule;

(b)the site coverage for a domestic building, or for the
domestic part of a composite building, on a class B site
shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the third column of the First Schedule; and

(c)the site coverage for a domestic building. or for the
domestic part of a composite building, on a class C site
shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the fourth column of the First Schedule.

(2) Subject to regulations 19A and 22 and paragraph (3) and
depending on the height of the building-

(a)the site coverage for a non-domestic building, or for the
non-domestic part of a composite building, on a class A
site shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the eighth column of the First Schedule;

(b)the site coverage for a non-domestic building, or for the
non-domestic part of a composite building, on a class B
site shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the ninth column of the First Schedule; and

(c)the site coverage for a non-domestic building, or for the
non-domestic part of a composite building, on a class C
site shall not exceed that percentage of the area of the site
specified in the tenth column of the First Schedule.

(3) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (4), the site cover-
age for a non-domestic building, or for the non-domestic part of a
composite building, on a class A, B or C site may, whatever the
height of the building, exceed the permitted percentage site coverage
to a height not exceeding 15 m above ground level.





(4) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that,
where pursuant to paragraph (3) the permitted percentage site
coverage is exceeded-

(a)above the level to which the permitted percentage site
coverage is exceeded, the site coverage for the building or
any part thereof shall not, subject to regulations 19A and
22, exceed the site coverage permitted under paragraph (1)
or (2), as the case may be; and

(b)the plot ratio for the whole building shall not, subject to
regulations 19A and 22, exceed the permitted plot ratio.

(5) In this regulation, the expression 'permitted percentage
site coveragC means the maximum site coverage permitted under
paragraph (2).

21. (1) Subject to regulations, 19 A and 22 and depending on
the height of the building-

(a)the plot ratio for a domestic building on a class A site shall
not exceed the plot ratio specified in the fifth column of the
First Schedule;

(b)the plot ratio for a domestic building on a class B site shall
not exceed the plot ratio specified in the sixth column of
the First Schedule;

(c)the plot ratio for a domestic building on a class C site shall
not exceed the plot ratio specified in the seventh column of
the First Schedule;

(d)the plot ratio for a non-domestic building on a class A site
shall not exceed the plot ratio specified in the eleventh
column of the First Schedule;

(e)the plot ratio for a non-domestic building on a class B site
shall not exceed the plot ratio specified in the twelfth
column of the First Schedule; and

the plot ratio for a non-domestic building on a class C site
shall not exceed the plot ratio specified in the thirteenth
column of the First Schedule.

(2) Subject to regulations 19A and 22, the plot ratio for the
domestic part of a composite building shall not exceed the product
of the diffierence between the permitted plot ratio for the building if
it were a non-domestic building and the actual plot ratio of the
non-domestic part of the building and the permitted plot ratio for
the building if it were a domestic building divided by the permitted
plot ratio for the building if it were a non-domestic building.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation and of regulations 19,
20 and 22, the plot ratio of a building shall be obtained by dividing
the gross floor area of the building by the area of the site on which
the building is erected.





22.(1) Where, between ground level and a height of not less
than 5m or, where the Building Authority is satisfied that there will
be no obstruction to vehicular traffic using the street. 3.3 m above
ground level. a building on a class A. B or C site is set back from a
boundary of the lot on which it is erected, being a boundary that
abuts on a street, and. with the consent of the Government, the part
of the lot that is thereby not build upon is dedicated to the public for
the purposes of passage-

(a)the site coverage for the building or for any one part of the
building may exceed the permitted percentage site cover-
age, so, however, that the site coverage therefor does not
exceed that percentage of the area of the site equal to the
sum of the permitted percentage site coverage for the build-
ing or for that part of the building. as the case may be. and
the figure obtained by dividing the product of 1 500 and
the area of the lot so dedicated to the public by the product
of the area of the site and the height of the building; and

(b)the plot ratio for the building or. if the building is a
composite building, for the domestic part of the building
may exceed the permitted plot ratio, so. however, that the
plot ratio therefor is not greater than the permitted plot
ratio for the building or for that part of the building. as the
case may be. by more than 20 per centum or does not
exceed 61e surn of the permitted plot ratio for the building
or for that part of the building. as the case may be. and the
figure obtained by dividing the product of 5 and the area of
the lot so dedicated to the public by the area of the site on
which the building is erected. whichever is the less.

(2) Where part of a lot, being a part that abuts on a street, is
acquired by the Crown. either by agreement or by resumption under
the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance. for the purpose of street
widening, the Building Authority may permit-

(a)the site coverage for a building erected on that lot. being a
class A. B or C site. or for any one part of the building to
exceed the permitted percentage site coverage, so, however.
that the site coverage therefor does not exceed that percent-
age of the area of the site equal to the sum of the permitted
percentage site coverage for the building or for that part of
the building. as the case may be. and the figure obtained by
dividing the product of 1 500 and the area of the part of the
lot so acquired by the Crown by the product of the area of
the site and the height of the building: and

(b)the permitted plot ratio for the building or. if the building
is a composite building. for the domestic part of the build-
ing to exceed the permitted plot ratio. so. however. that the
plot ratio therefor is not greater than the permitted plot
ratio for the building or for that part of the building. as the
case may be, by more than 20 per centum or does not ex-
ceed the sum of the permitted plot ratio for the building or





for that part of the building, as the case may be. and the fig-
ure obtained by dividing the product of 5 and the area of the
part of the lot so acquired by the Crown by the area of the
site on which the building is erected, whichever is the less.

(3) For the avoidance of doubt. it is hereby declared that-

(a)where under paragraph (1) or (2) the permitted percentage
site coverage is exceeded in relation to a part of a building.
the site coverage for any other part of the building shall not
exceed the permitted percentage site coverage;
(b)nothing in this regulation shall be taken or construed as
derogating from the provisions of regulation 25 as to the
amount of open space to be provided about a domestic
building.

(4) In this regulation, the expression ---permittedpercentage
site coverage- means the maximum site coverage permitted under
paragraph (1) or (2), as the case may be. of regulation 20.

23. For the purposes of regulations 19. 20, 21 and 22-

(a)the height of a building shall be measured from the mean
level of the street or streets on which it fronts or abuts or,
where the building fronts or abuts on streets having
different levels. from the mean level of the lower or lowest
of the streets to the mean height of the roof over the
highest usable floor space in the building;
(b)the gross floor area of a building shall be the area con-
tained within the external walls of the building measured at
each floor level (including any floor below the level of the
ground) to ther with the area of each balcony in the
building, which shall be calculated from the overall dimen-
sions of the balcony (including the thickness of the sides
thereof), and the thickness of the external walls of the
building; and

(c)a street that is less than 4.5 m shall be deemed not to be a
street.

(2) In determining for the purposes of regulation 20, 21 or 22
the area of the site on which a building is erected-

(a)no account shall be taken of any part of any street or
service lane; and

(b)there shall be included any area dedicated to the public for
the purposes of passage.

(3) In determining for the purposes of regualtion 20, 21 or 212
the gross floor area of a building, the Building Authority may take
no account of any floor space that he is satisfied is constructed or
intended to be used solely for the parking. or for the loading or
unloading, of motor vehicles or occupied solely by machinery or
equipment, for any lift, air-conditioning or heating system or any
similar service.





(4) For the purposes of regulations 19, 20. 21 and 22, the
Building Authority may treat as a non-domestic building a compos-
ite building in which the only domestic part of the building is a place
of residence, not having more than 50 m' of usable floor space, for a
caretaker or other person employed in connexion with the building
or a service provided therefor or a residence comprising the top
storey of the building, or both.

24. (1) Every room used or intended to be used for the
purpose of an office or for habitation in any building shall have a
height of-

(a) not less than 2.75 m measured from floor to ceiling;

(b)in the case of detached or semi-detached buildings not less
than 2.5 m measured aforesaid:

Provided that there shall be not less than 2.3 m measured from
the floor to the underside of any beam.

(2) In any such room having a sloping ceiling, the height shall
be measured to the mean height of such ceiling above floor level:

Provided that no portion of any room shall have a height of less
than 2 m.

(3) Kitchens, bathrooms. laundries. water-closets and latrines
forming part of any building may be erected with a height of 2.5 m
measured as described in paragraphs (1) and (2).

25.(1) (a) Every domestic building on a class A or B site or
on a class C site shall have within the site an open space at
the rear, or partly at the rear and partly at the side, at a
level of not less than 150 mm below the floor of the
lowermost storey in accordance with the Second Schedule:

Provided that where the Building Authority considers
it necessary for proper and equitable development or
redevelopment of an adjacent site, he may require the
provision of more open space than that specified in the
Second Schedule.

(b)The open space provided pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)
shall be such that no part of the building which bounds on
such open space at any level shall be within 1.5 in,
measured horizontally, of a line drawn vertically from a
point in the boundary of the open space immediately
opposite thereto.

(2) No part of any domestic building shall be erected within
1.5 m of the rear boundary of the site. The open space so provided
shall be counted as part of the open space required under this
regulation.

(3) No existing domestic building which has an open space of
equal or less area than that required by this regulation shall be altered
in such manner as to reduce the existing amount of open space.





(4) No existing domestic building which has a greater area of
open space than that required by this regulation shall be altered in
such a manner as to reduce the area of open space to less than that
required by this regulation.

(5) Where any open space or area is at a level more than 600
mm below an adjoining open space, safe parapet walls, railings or
fences shall be provided by the person creating the difference in
levels.

(6) Access shall be provided to every open space.

26. Where the width of an existing street in front of any new
building is less than 4.5 m, no part of such building shall be nearer to
the centre line of the street than 2.25 m.

27. (1) No building shall be built to abut against a cutting,
including a toe wall supporting a cutting.

(2) A clear intervening space or area of a width of not less than
-L of the height of the cutting shall be left between such building at
4
ground floor level and the toe of the cutting.

(3) Such intervening space or area shall in no case be less than
2.5 m in width.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation the height of the cutting
shall be deemed to be the height measured on a vertical line drawn
from the toe of such cutting, and extending from the finished ground
or concreted surface to a point where it meets a line drawn
downwards at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal from the
top of the cutting.

28. (1) In addition to any open space required under regula-
tion 25 every domestic building shall be provided with a service lane
at the rear or side of such building:

Provided that a service lane shall not be required-

(a)where a public lane not less than 3 m wide or a street
already exists;

(b) for detached and semi-detached buildings;

(c) where exempted by the Building Authority.

(2) Every such service lane shall be accessible from an existing
street but where such access is not immediately possible. this
regulation shall be deemed to have been complied with if access
would be obtained in the event of future development of redevelop-
ment of other lots within the block.
(3) The alignment, width and levels of every such lane shall be
decided by the Building Authority who may grant a modification of
regulation 25 when a lane exceeding 1.5 m in width is required.





PART IV

LiGHTING AND VENTILATION

29. Every storey of every building used or intended to be used
for the purpose of an office or for habitation shall be provided with
effectual means of lighting and ventilation.

30. (1) Every room used for habitation or for the purposes of
an office or as a kitchen shall be provided with natural lighting and
ventilation.

(2) Such natural lighting and ventilation shall be provided by
means of one or more windows which shall be-

(a) so constructed that-
(1) the aggregate superficial area of glass in the window
or windows is not less than one-tenth of the area of the
floor of the room, and
(ii) the windows can. to an extent at least equal in the
aggregate to one-sixteenth of the area of the floor of the
room. be opened in such manner that the top of the opening
of each window is at least 2 m above the level of the floor
or. in the case of detached and semi-detached buildings. at
least 1.9 m above the level of the floor: and

(b)such that not less than the area required by sub-paragraph
(
faces directly into the external air.

31. (1) No prescribed window shall, for the purposes of
regulation 30. be deemed to face into the external air unless-

(a) it faces into a street which is not less than 4.5 m wide. or

(b)it faces into a space uncovered and unobstructed above the
area delineated by the rectangular horizontal plane, and

(c) it is so placed that. if another rectangular plane, the base
whereof is equal to and common with the base of the rec-
tangular horizontal plane, is inclined, above the rectangular
horizontal plane, at an angle of 711 from the horizontal
2
where the window is in a room used for habitation or 761
from the horizontal where the window is in a room used
for the purposes of an office or as a kitchen, no part of the
building. or of any other building within the site on which
such building is erected. protrudes above such plane.. or

(d)where such window opens on to an area bounded on the
side opposite the window by a boundary of the site on
which the building is erected, such window is so placed
that. if the rectangular horizontal plane is projected to such
boundary and. from the position at which it first intersects
the boundary, another rectangular plane. the base whereof
is parallel and level with the sill of the window and has a
length equal to the length of the base of the rectangular





horizontal plane. is projected, towards the site and above
the rectangular horizonal plane, at an angle of 804 from
the horizontal where the window is in a room used for
habitation or 83 where the window is in a room used for
the purposes of an office or as a kitchen, no part of the
building, or of any other building within such site, pro-
trudes above such inclined plane:
Provided that, where there is a service lane or street less
than 4.5 m wide adjacent to and parallel with such boundary,
the boundary shall, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph be
deemed to be at a position 1.5 m beyond such boundary.
(2) The rectangular horizontal plane shall be such that-
(a) it has an area of not less than 21 m'; and
(b) the minimum length of the base is not less than 2.3 m, and
(c)the minimum length of the sides at right angles to the base.
between the wall in which the window is sited and any
other wall or building opposite thereto within the bound-
ary of the site on which the building is erected. is not less
than 4.5 m; or
(d)where the window opens on to an area bounded on the side
opposite to the window by a boundary of the site on which
the building is erected. the minimum length of the sides at
right angles to the base. between the wall in which the
window is sited and such boundary. is not less than 2.3 m,
or
(e)where the window opens on to an area bounded on the side
opposite to the window by a boundary or the site on which
the building is erected and there is a service lane or street
less than 4.5 m wide adjacent to and parallel with such
boundary, the minimum length of the sides at right angles
to the base, between the wall in which the window is sited
and a line 1.5 m beyond such boundary or, where such
service lane or street is less than 3 m wide, between the wall
in which the window is sited and a line drawn along the
centre line of the service lane or street, is not less than 2.3 m.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation(a) 'base', when used in relation to the rectangular horizontal
plane, means that side of the rectangular horizontal
plane common with the line of the sill of the window.
'rectangular horiziontal plane- means a rectangular plane
at the level of the sill of the window having the
minimum area and minimum dimensions prescribed
by paragraph (2);
'window' includes french window, and
(b)the sill of a prescribed window shall be deemed to be at a
level 1 m above the level of the floor of the room for which
the prescribed window is provided, whether or not the sill
is at such level.





32. No part of any room used for habitation shall be more
than 9 in, measured within the room, from a prescribed window
which faces directly into the external air or, where, under and in
accordance with regulation 33, a window opens on to an enclosed
verandah or balcony or on to a conservatory or on to any similar
enclosed place or is, under regulation 7 1, permitted to open on to an
unenclosed verandah or balcony or any other unenclosed place,
from the outer edge of the verandah, balcony, conservatory or
enclosed or unenclosed place, as the case may be.

33. Where any room used or intended to be used for habitation
or for the purposes of an office has a window which opens on to an
enclosed verandah or balcony or on to a conservatory or on to any
similar enclosed place, within, in each case, the boundary of the site
on which the building is erected, such window shall be deemed to
comply with the requirements of regulations 30 and 31 if-
(a)such verandah, balcony, conservatory or similar enclosed
place is provided with a window which would comply with
the requirements of regulations 30 and 31 if it were the
window of a room having a floor area equivalent to the
aggregate of the areas of the floors of such room and such
verandah, balcony, conservatory or similar enclosed place.
as the case may be; and
(b)the area of glass and the opening in the window of such
room is such that, to that extent, such window would
comply with the requirements of regulation 30(2)(a) if it
were likewise the window of a room having a floor area
equivalent to the aggregate of the areas of the floors of
such room and such verandah, balcony, conservatory or
similar enclosed place.

34. Where, owing to the position, level or unsuitable surround-
ings of any room used or intended to be used for the purposes of an
office, the provisions of regulation 31 cannot be complied with, in
respect of such room, to the satisfaction of the Building Authority,
there shall be provided-
(a)a mechanical means of ventilation which shall be capable
of supplying fresh air to all parts of such room at a rate of
not less than 5 changes of air per hour; and
(b)such artificial lighting as the Building Authority may
approve.

35. (1) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority com-
pliance with the provisions of these regulations will not secure
adequate ventilation for any room used for such purposes by reason
of its intended use, unsuitable surroundings or other cause he may
require that room to be provided with additional ventilation by
means of-
(a)an aperture or airshaft communicating direct with the
open air, having an unobstructed sectional area of not less
than 0.0 15 m'; or





(b) a fanlight which opens to a ventilated lobby or corridor; or

(e)such other means of ventilation as shall be approved by
him.

(2) For the purpose of regulations 29 to 35, a laundry being
part of or used in connexion with any building shall be deemed to be
used for the purpose of habitation.

35A. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3). suitable provision
shall be made for the installation of a room-scaled gas water heater
in every bathroom in a building.

(2) Where a room-sealed gas water heater to serve a bathroom
is, or is to be, installed in any place in a building other than in the
bathroom, suitable provision shall be made for the installation of
such room-sealed gas water heater.

(3) This regulation shall riot apply-

(a)to a building in respect of which the Building Authority
has, or is deemed to have, approved the plan of building
works under this Ordinance on or before 20 May 1983; or

(b)to a building which is designed, to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority, to have available therein a centralized
hot water supply.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation----

'room-sealed gas water heater- means a gas water heater which.
when in operation, has the combustion air inlet and the
combustion products outlet isolated from the room or place in
which the gas water heater is installed;

'suitable provision' means an adequate aperture in an external wall,
to the satisfaction of the Building Authority. to provide direct
access to the external air in respect of a room-scaled gas water
heater which is or may be installed, and which aperture is
capable of being sealed with a readily removable cover when a
room-sealed gas water heater is not installed.

36. (1) Every room containing a soil fitment or waste fitment
shall be provided with a window or lantern light.

(2) Every such window or lantern light shall be such that-

(a)the aggregate superficial area of glass therein is not less
than the equivalent of one-tenth of the area of the floor of
the room; and

(b)a part thereof, not less in area than the equivalent of
one-tenth of the area of the floor of the room. can be
opened directly into the open air.

(3) The top of that part of any such window which, in
accordance with paragraph (2), is designed to open shall be not less
than 2 m above the level of the floor of the room.





(4) No room containing a soil fitment shall open directly into a
room used or intended to be used for the manufacture, preparation
or storage of food for human consumption.

(5) For the purposes of this regulation. the expression, 'soil
fitment' means a water-closet fitment, a trough water-closet or
a urinal.

37. No building shall be erected in such a manner as to reduce
the quantity of light and air available to any other building, which
has been erected in accordance with these regulations, below that
required under these regulations.

PART V

STAIRCASES AND FIRE ESCAPES

38. Where any building exceeds 2 storeys in height, the main
staircase shall be constructed for its whole height of materials having
a fire-resistance period as defined in Part XVI of the Building
(Construction) Regulations, of not less than 1 hour.

39. (1) Every building which exceeds 1 storey in height shall
be provided with a staircase or staircases to give access to upper
floors unless there is separate access to such upper floors.
(2) The main staircase of every building which exceeds 4
storeys in height shall be continued to the roof of the building unless
a secondary staircase of fire escape is provided.
(3) The main staircase of every building which exceeds 1 storey
in height shall-
(a) have a clear height of not less than 2 m.,
(b) have a clear width of not less than 900 mm;

(c)be constructed with treads not less than 225 mm in width
(measured at the centre of the flight) from the face of one
riser to the face the next riser and with risers not exceeding
175 mm in height;

(d)have not more than 16 steps in any flight without the
introduction of a landing;
*(e)be provided on one or both sides with properly fixed
handrails which, in section, shall be---
(i) if tubular, not less than 38 mm and not greater than
50 mm in external diameter;
(ii) if rectangular, not less than 40 mm and not more
than 50 mm wide with an overall depth, or depth to a deep
groove, of not more than 50 min.
(iii) in any other case, such as to afford to the user
thereto a grip analogous to that specified in the case of
either tubular or rectangular handrails. whichever may be
the more appropriate having regard to the shape of the
section.





be so arranged as to provide access to a street or to an open
space leading thereto; and

(g)if continued to the roof of the building as a means of
escape in case of fire be provided with a door at this level,
such door to be glazed in the upper panels.

40. In any building intended for separate occupation by more
than 2 tenants, the staircase intended for common use shall-

(a)be constructed for its whole height of fire resisting materi-
als as provid d in Par XVI of the Building (Construction)
Regulations;

(b)be provided with natural lighting at each storey above the
ground floor and be ventilated at least at its highest point.

41. (1) Every building shall be provided with such means of
escape in case of emergency as may be required by the intended use
of the building.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1). every building which
exceeds 6 storeys in height or in which the level of the floor of the
uppermost storey is more than 17 m above the level of the ground at
the point of discharge of the main staircase shall, in addition to the
main staircase, be provided with a second staircase as means of
escape in case of emergency.

42. The minimum dimension of every landing, lobby or
passage shall not be less than the width of the staircase to which
it leads.

43. Every part of any building intended for habitation or of
any school or of any building used as a place of public assembly shall
be not more than 24 m from a staircase, passage or other normal
means of egress.

44. (1) Where revolving doors or turnstiles are used an alter-
native means of exit shall be provided in close proximity.

(2) In any place of public assembly turnstiles, if used, shall be
kept clear of the line of exit.

PART VI

DoMESTIC BUILDINGS

45. (1) Every domestic building, and unless exempted by the
Building Authority any part of a domestic building which is intend-
ed to be separately let for dwelling purposes. shall be provided with
kitchen accommodation.

(2) The internal surface of every kitchen to a height of at least
1.2 m from floor level shall be faced with tiles or rendered in cement
mortar, not less than 12.5 mm in thickness, or other non-absorbent
material.





(3) Every kitchen shall be provided with a-

(a)properly constructed fireplace or cooking slab unless the
cooking is to be done by gas, oil or electricity;

(b) sink and fittings for the supply of water.

46. (1) No tenement house shall be erected with a depth from
the front main wall or, if any balcony is projected from the front
main wall, from the front of every such balcony to the nearest rear
main wall exceeding 10 m unless exempted by the Building
Authority.

(2)(a) Save where exempted by the Building Authority, every
storey of every tenement house shall be provided with a
window in such rear main wall of such storey.

(b) Such window shall be so constructed that-
(i) the aggregate superficial area of the glass in the
window is at least 1.5 m';
(ii) the window can, to an extent of at least 1.5 M2 , be
opened into the open air in such a manner that the top of
the opening is at least 2 m above the level of the floor.

(3) No windows required under these regulations in any
tenement house shall be obstructed by the erection of any structure
either inside or outside the building.

(4)(a) The internal area of every kitchen in a tenement house
shall be-
(i) not less than 3.75 m' where the total area of the
domestic premises of which such kitchen forms part, does
not exceed 45 m';
(ii) not less than 4.5 m' where the total area of the
domestic premises of which such kitchen forms part,
exceeds 45 m' but does not exceed 70 m';
(Iii) not less than 5.5 m' where the total area of the
domestic premises of which such kitchen forms part,
exceeds 70 M2.

(b)In no case shall the smaller dimension of such kitchen be
less than 1.5 m.

(5) For the purpose of these regulations a tenement house
means any building in the domestic part of which any living room is
intended or adapted for the use of more than one tenant or
sub-tenant. In this regulation 1iving room' means any room
intended or adapted as a place for cooking or sleeping.

47. (1) No domestic building shall be erected against a retain-
ing wall which exceeds 4.5 m in height.

(2) A space not less than 1.5 m in width shall be left between
any domestic building and the bottom of any retaining wall ex-
ceeding 4.5 m in height.





(3) For the purposes of this regulation a massive rock face
shall be deemed to be a retaining wall.

48. Any retaining wall, which forms part of any domestic
building shall, subject to the provisions of regulation 27-

(a)be properly waterproofed to prevent dampness in the
building;

(b)be properly insulated to prevent condensation on the
internal face of any room intended for habitation within
the building.

49. (1) No building shall be used both-

(a) for domestic purposes; and

(b)for the manufacture or storage of such substances or
articles as are classified as dangerous goods under the
Dangerous Goods Ordinance, or

(e) as a motor repair shop; or

(d) as a vulcanizing shop; or

(e) for automobile or carriage painting; or

as a paint shop where paint or varnish is manufactured or
mixed; or

(g) as a dry cleaning establishment,

unless exempted by the Building Authority, who may prescribe such
structural and other requirements as in his opinion are necessary.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), where a
building is used for any of the purposes specified in sub-paragraphs
(b) to (g) thereof, any part of such building, not exceeding 50 m' in
area, may be used as a residence for a caretaker or other person
employed in connexion with the maintenance of or provision of
services for such building.

PART VII

TEMPORARY BUILDINGS

50.(1) (a) In these regulations temporary buildings shall
mean any building for which a permit is issued on a
temporary basis and is-
(i) required only for a short time,
(ii) constructed of short lived materials; or
(iii) constructed as a contractor's shed required in con-
nexion with the erection of permanent buildings.

(b)The Building Authority may, in his discretion, include any
building constructed on land held on licence.





(2) Short lived materials mean any building materials which
are, in the absence of special care. liable to rapid deterioration or are
otherwise unsuitable for use in the construction of permanent
buildings-

(a)so far as they are used wholly or principally for the
construction of the weather-resisting part of a roof or
external wall of a building-
(i) tongued and grooved boarding fixed horizontally,
and any boarding less than 16 mm in thickness, or in the
case of feather edge boarding less than 16 mm in thickness
at the thicker edge of the board.
(ii) sheets of fibre building board (except super hard-
board as defined in British Standard Specification 1142:
1953). wood chip board or compressed straw;
(iii) wood-wool building slabs;
(iv) plywood, except plywood suitable for external use.
(v) plaster board.
(vi) fibrous plaster.,
(vii) lime or gypsum plaster on wood or metal lath;
(viii) cement plaster not exceeding 40 mm in thickness
on wood or metal lath..
(ix) sheet iron or steel which is not galvanized. painted
or otherwise protected by a bituminous or other not less
suitable coating.
(x) organic-based felt. except where used, in bitumen
roof coverings constructed in accordance with Part VIII of
the Building (Construction) Regulations;
(xi) canvas or cloth:
(xii) palm leaves or matting.

(b)unprotected softwood boarding, so far as it is used wholly
or principally for the construction of the weather- resisting
part of the roof of a building;

(e) any other combustible material.

51. (1) On receipt of an application, in the prescribed form,
from a building owner together with such plans as the Building
Authority may require, he may. in the prescribed form. permit the
erection of a temporary building.

(2) A permit issued under this regulation may specify the
period for which such temporary building may exist, and such other
conditions as the Building Authority may deem necessary.

52. (1) No temporary building constructed of readily com-
bustible materials shall be erected within 3 m of-

(a) any other building; or

(b) the boundary of the site within which it is located.





(2) Such space of 3 m shall be kept clear.

53. (1) Notwithstanding regulation 51, every contractor
shall-

(a)submit an application, in the prescribed form, to the
Building Authority for permission to erect contractor's
sheds (other than sheds in contractors yards) during the
execution of building works;

(b)supply information regarding the situation, dimensions,
construction, the length of time for which such contrac-
tor's sheds are required and their intended use; and if
intended for habitation, the number of persons to be
accommodated shall be stated.

(2) Every permit issued by the Building Authority under this
regulation shall be in the prescribed form.

(3) The floor of every contractor's shed which is intended for
habitation, shall be properly concreted or raised at least 1 m above
ground level.

54. Every contractor carrying out building works shall
provide-

(a)adequate kitchens and latrines for the use of the workmen
employed on such works; and

(b)for the disposal of drainage, which shall be into a public
drain or sewer where the same exists on or near a site.

55. Where any contractor's shed is erected near to any live wire
or cable, the contractor shall arrange with the owners of such wire or
cable, to take the necessary precautions to render safe such wire or
cable.

56. (1) Where any contractor fails to comply with the pro-
visions of regulations 53 to 55 or causes damage to Government
property in the erection and maintenance of such contractor's shed,
the Building Authority may cause to be erected and maintained such
contractor's shed as he may deem necessary and may make good any
such damage.

(2) The Building Authority may recover the cost of such work
from the contractor.

57. The Building Authority may require any contractor, to
whom a permit is issued to erect temporary sheds, to make a deposit
in the Treasury of a sum not exceeding $500 in respect of each shed
as security for the fulfilment of all obligations of the permittee. The
amount of the deposit shall be fixed by the Building Authority who
shall consider the circumstances of each particular case.

58. The Building Authority may cancel any permit to erect a
temporary building if the permittee-





(a) contravenes any of these regulations; or

(b) fails to maintain the building in a satisfactory manner.

PART VIII

TIMBER YARDS

59. Every place used or adapted to be used as a timber yard
which is within 15 m of any building, shall be enclosed on all sides
for a height of at least 2 m by-

(a) fences constructed of incombustible materials; or

(b) walls of bricks or building blocks built in cement mortar-
(i) not less than 100 mm in thickness;
(ii) provided with buttresses or piers not less than 215
min square in horizontal section at all ends and angles of
such walls and not more than 3 m apart, centre to centre;
or

(e) walls of concrete not less than 150 mm in thickness.

60. (1) Unless exempted by the Building Authority the fences
or walls surrounding a timber yaid shall not be built nearer than 2 m
to the boundaries of any other premises.

(2) Such space of 2 m shall not be used for storage or
obstructed by the erection of any structure.

61. No pile, stack or store of timber shall-

(a) exceed 9 m in height;

(b)be formed so as to provide any room or other space to be
used for habitation or any other purpose except access or
ventilation.

62. Timber in baulk, with an average sectional area of not less
than 0.05 m' shall not be subject to these regulations.

63. Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with the
provisions of regulation 59, 60 or 61 shall be liable to a fine of 5500.

PART IX

HOARDINGS, COVERED WALKWAYS AND GANTRIES

64. (1) Every building owner who intends to-
(a) erect, alter, or demolish any building; or
(b) carry out any excavations,





shall submit to the Building Authority plans of such hoardings,
covered walkways and gantries as may be necessary for the safety
and convenience of passers-by in the street, occupiers of adjoining
premises, or any workmen employed on the work.

(2) Such plans shall be accompanied by an application in the
prescribed form, for a permit to erect such hoardings, covered
walkways and gantries.

65. (1) Every permit to erect hoardings, covered walkways, or
gantries shall be in the prescribed form.

(2) The Building Authority may, upon issuing any such per-
mit, make such requirements in relation to construction and light-
ing, and require such precautions to be taken, as he considers
necessary.

66. (1) Every building owner shall erect hoardings, covered
walkways and gantries in accordance with the permit issued under
regulation 65 prior to the commencement of the building works
specified in regulation 64, and shall maintain such hoardings,
covered walkways and gantries in good repair during the continu-
ance of the permit.

(2) Except on isolated sites, all hoardings. unless exempted by
the Building Authority, shall be close boarded.

(3) No hoarding, covered walkway. gantry or building
materials shall obstruct any drainage channel.

(4) No advertisement other than a description of the building
and the names of any persons concerned in its construction shall be
displayed on any such hoarding or covered walkway.

67. (1) Where any building owner fails to comply with any
requirement made, pursuant to the provisions of regulation 65, by
the Building Authority or with the provisions of regulation 66 or
causes any damage to Government property in the erection or
maintenance of such hoardings, covered walkways and gantries, the
Building Authority may cause to be erected and maintained such
hoardings, covered walkways and gantries as he may deem necessary
and may carry out any work necessary to secure compliance with
any requirement made pursuant to regulation 65, and may make
good any such damage.

(2) The Building Authority may recover the cost of such work
from the building owner.

68. Where any hoarding, covered walkway or gantry is erected
near to any live wire or cable, the permittee shall arrange with the
owners of such wire or cable, to take the necessary precautions to
render safe such wire or cable.

69. The Building Authority may require any person, to whom
a permit is issued to erect any hoarding, covered walkway or gantry
in, over or upon Crown land, to make a deposit in the Treasury of a





sum not exceeding $500 as security for the fulfilment of all obliga-
tions of the permittee. The amount of the deposit shall be fixed by
the Building Authority who shall consider the circumstances of each
particular case.

70. The Building Authority may in the public interest cancel
any permit to erect and require the removal of any hoarding,
covered walkway or gantry even if the permittee has fulfilled all his
obligations.

PART X

MISCELLANEOUS

71. (1) Where, by any of these regulations, any window or
vent or any other part of any building is required to face or to
ventilate, directly or otherwise, into the external air or into the
open air or any aperture or airshaft is required to communicate
with the open air, the Building Authority may, subject to the
provisions of paragraph (2), where he thinks fit, permit such
window, vent or other part of any building, as the case may be,
to face or to ventilate into, or such aperture or airshaft to com-
municate with, an unenclosed verandah or balcony or any other
unenclosed place.

(2) The Building Authority shall not give his permission under
this regulation unless he is satisfied that to do so will not be
to the prejudice of the standards of lighting or ventilation laid
down by these regulations or the health of the occupiers of the
building.

(3) Where he gives his permission under this regulation, the
Building Authority may, upon giving his approval of the plans
of the building works, impose such conditions as he considers
necessary.

*72. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), where a building is one
to which disabled persons have, or may reasonably be expected
to have, access, that building shall be designed to the satisfaction
of the Building Authority in such a manner as will facilitate the
access to, and use of, that building and its facilities by disabled
persons.

(2) A building shall be deemed to be designed in accordance
with paragraph (1) if its design complies with the requirements set
out in Part 1 of the Third Schedule.

(3) The provisions of this regulation shall apply to the cate-
gories of buildings specified in the first column of Part 11 of the
Third Schedule only to the extent specified in the second column
thereof.





FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 20 & 2 1.1

PERCENTAGE SITE COVERAGES AND PLOT RATIOS

Domestic buildings Non-domestic buildings

Percenutee site Percentaee sit
Height of building coverage plot Tallo co,erktge Plot ratio
in me,,
Class Class Class ClassClass Class Class Class Clas- Class Class Class
A B C A B C A B CIA B C
site site siteSite site site ile site site site site site
Not exceeding 15 m 66.6 75 so 3 3 3.75 4,0 M M 100 i 5 5
Over 15 m but not 60 67 72 3.6 4,0 4.3 9~.5 97~ 97.5 5.8 5.8 5,8
exceeding 18 m
Over 18 m but not 56 62 67
3-9 4,3 4.7 95 95 95 6.7 6.7 6.7
exceeding 21 m
Over 21 m but not 52 58 63 4.2 4.6 5.0 92 92 92 7.4 7.4 7.4
exceeding 24 m
Over 24 m but not 49 55 59 4.4 4.9 5.1
0 '~ 1
89 % 9(
exceeding 27 m
Over 27 m but not 46 52 55 4.6 5,2 i.5 hy 87 88
~.i8.78.8
exceeding 30 m 1
Over 30 m but not 42 471 50 5,0 5~7 6.0 80 82.~ 8~ 9,5 9.9 10,2
exceeding 36 m
O~ er 36 m but not 39 44 47 1 ~A 6,1 6 -,7,~ 80 to ~ 10.8 li~2
exceeding 43 m
0,er 43 m but not
37 41 44 5.9 6, i 7.0 1 69 721 75 11,0 11.6 12,0
eweedine 49 m i
Over 49 m but not 35 39 42 6,3 7.0 7. 5 64 67.~ 70 11.5 12. t 12.6
exceeding 5 5 in
O~er 55 m but not 14 38 41 6.8 7,6 8,0 60 62,~ 65 12,2 12.5 1 1~0
exceeding 61 in
Over 61 m 33.33 315 40 8.0 9.0 10.01 60 62,~ 6~ l5 1~ 15

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 25.1

OPEN SPACE A13OUT DOMESTIC BUILDINGS

1 1 -
Item Class of site Open space required

1 Class A site.Not less than one-half of the roofed-over area
of the building.
2. Class B site. Not less than one-third of the roofed-over area
of the building.
3. Class C site.Not less than one-quarter of the roofed-over
area of the building.

*THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 72.1

DISABLED PERSONS

PART 1

Initial Access
1. (1) Access shall be provided from a point or points on the lot boundary to
at least one entrance and to a lift complying with item 4.





(2) Such access shall be free from steps. kerbs other than dropped kerbs, steep
ramps, doors or doorways which would impede the passage of a wheel chair or other
form of barrier which would prevent access by the disabled.

(3) When car parking is provided, at least one car parking space shall be
accessible to the said entrance and lift.

Ramps
2. At changes in level other than when served by a lift or at kerbs there shall be
a ramp. Ramps shall be designed as follows-
(a) ramps shall be not less than 1.05 m wide;

(b)a space not less than 1.5 m square shall be provided at the head and foot of
every ramp~

(e)where a ramp is at a gradient of 1 in 20 or steeper, a landing 1,2 m long shall
be provided for each 10 m length of horizontal run or part thereof;

(d)any ramp with a rise greater than 200 mm, leading down towards an area
where vehicular traffic is possible. shall have a railing across the full width of
its lower end. not less than 1.5 m from the foot of the ramp;

(e) no ramp shall be at a gradient exceeding 1 in 12;
(f)all ramps shall be provided with handrails on both sides. Supports shall not
cause an obstruction to a height of 700 mm above ramp level.

Dropped Kerbs

3. Changes in level at kerbs shall be by a dropped kerb. Dropped kerbs shall be
provided at pedestrian crossings and at each end of the footpath of a private street or
access road. Kerbs separating footpaths or ramps from vehicular areas shall be
dropped kerbs. Dropped kerbs shall be constructed as follows-
(a) the length of dropped kerbs shall be not less than 1.2 m;
(b)the pavement at dropped kerbs shall be ramped at a gradient of less than 1
in 6 and there shall be a space of not less than 800 mm wide at the back of
the ramp.

(c)kerbs adjoining dropped kerbs shall be ramped at a gradient of less than 1
in 6.

Li(is

4. Access shall be provided to every floor of the building by at least one lift
having minimum internal car dimensions of 1.2 m bY, 1.1 m wide, with a clear door
width when opened of not less than 750 mm.

Corridors, Lobbies etc.

5. Space shall be allowed for manoeuvering wheel chairs in corridors, lobbies,
aths and similar areas as follows-

(a) areas shall have a clear width of not less than 1.05 m,
(b)a space not less than 1.5 m square shall be provided at or within 3.5 m of
every dead end..

(c)any lobby in a corridor shall be not less than 1.2 m long excluding space for
door swings;

(d)a level area, extending not less than 1.2 m beyond the swings of the doors
and not less than 1.5 m wide shall be provided on both sides of every
entrance which requires compliance:
Provided that this item shall not apply to lobbies which lead only to
staircases.

oors







6. Doors for use by the disabled shall comply with the following specifica-
ion-





(a)doors, including where applicable one leaf of a pair of double doors, shall
have a clear width of not less than 750 mm between the open door and
opposite jamb or other leaf.,
(b)the unobstructed area adjacent to the door handle on the leading face of a
single door shall not be less than 380 mm wide.

(e)doors, if less than 380 mm from the corner of a room. shall swing from the
side nearer that corner.

Number of Water Closet Cubicles

7. (1) The minimum number of water closet cubicles for use by the disabled
on each floor level, or on that part of a floor level which is designed for access by the
disabled, shall be one where the total number of water closets provided on that level is
20 or less and 2 where the number of water closets exceeds 20.

(2) When water closet cubicles-for use by the disabled are accessible from a
corridor, the number of such cubicles shall be based on the number of water closets on
the floor level or that part of a floor level which is designed for access by the disabled.

(3) When water closet cubicles for use by the disabled are accessible through a
room with multiple cubicles, the number of such cubicles for each sex shall be based
on the number of water closets for each sex on the floor level or that part of a floor
level which is designed for access by the disabled.

(4) The water closet cubicles required by this Schedule shall be regarded as
included of the number of soil fitments required under the Building (Standards of
Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations and Part
VII of the Education Regulations.

Location of Water Closet Cubicles

8. (1) Water closet cubicles which comply A ith this Schedule shall be situated
in those parts of a building which also compl~.

(2) Such cubicles shall be accessible-

(a) directly from a public corridor which complies with item 5: and
(b)when situated within a room containing cubicles. through a clear space not
less than 1.5 m square immediately in front of the cubicle to allow
manoeuvrability or by direct approach where no turning of the wheel chair
is necessary.

Handrails

9. (1) Handrails to ramps and steps shall be fixed not less than 30 mm and not
more than 50 mm clear of walls and additionally or alternatively other obstructions
and with a clear height of 70 mm from the top of the bracket to the top of the
handrail.
(2) The tops of handrails shall be at a height of not less than 850 mm or more
than 1 m above nosing, floor or landing level.
(3) Handrails shall extend horizontally not less than 300 mm beyond the first
and last nosings of every flight of steps or beyond the ends of a ramp.

Wheel chair spaces in concert halls etc.

10. (1) There shall be provided in the auditorium of every building which is a
place of public entertainment a spectator level with one wheel chair space for every
400 or part of 400 seats in the auditorium.
(2) For the purposes of this item a wheelchair space is a rectangle of 760 mm by
1.37 m with a side of 760 mm being toward the stage. podium or screen.

Roomsfor the disabled in hotels
11. An hotel with 100 guest rooms or more shall provide not less than 2 guest
rooms with full facilities for the disabled and a Further room for every complete 100






guest rooms in excess of 200.





PART 11
BUILDINGS WHERE LIMITED FACILITIES FOR THE DISABLED ARE TO BE PROVIDED

Caiegory of hitilding Extent ofthe application o.l'regitlatiopi 72
1. Domestic buildim~5 and the Regulation 72 does not apply.
domestic parts of composite
buildings.
2. Schools.Schools providing education for disabled.
persons.
3, Buildings which are a place 1. The area of the main foyer.
of public entertainment. 2. The spectator level in the auditorium
provided in accordance with item 10
of Part 1 and means of access thereto.
3. Toilets for the use of the public.
4. Public swimming pools. gymnasia. The games areas including any swimming
games halls and sports stadia. pool. changing rooms, toilets and other
facilities open to the public. and the means
of access thereto.
5. Hotels. 1 .Public areas and means of access to
them.
2. Rooms for disabled persons provided,
in accordance with item 11 of Part I
and means of access thereto.

6. Government aided housing. Those areas which are in common use by
the residents thereof. and the means of
access thereto.
G.N.A. 37/56. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 82/63. L.N. 57/65. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 78/70. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 13/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 156/77. L.N. 144/78. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 143/83. 73 of 1983. L.N. 365/84. Citation. Interpretation. 73 of 1983, s. 3. (Cap. 123.) G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123.) G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] (Cap. 172.) G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. Verandahs and balconies within lot boundaries and permit areas. L.N. 294/76. Buildings not to obstruct, endanger or cause nuisances. L.N. 294/76. Access to buildings and provision of access lanes, etc., on site of new building. G.N.A. 83/59. Building Authority to determine width of road or street. Eaves, cornices and mouldings. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. No verandahs over streets. No balconies over roads. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 294/76. Balconies and canopies over streets. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 33/66. Front and sides of balconies. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 33/66. No doorways on to canopy. Use of verandahs or balconies. Doors, etc. not to open over streets. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 54/69. Height of buildings adjacent to street. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 156/77. L.N. 294/76. Building Authority to determine height of, and site coverage and plot ratio for, building in certain cases. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Restriction on depth of certain buildings. L.N. 78/70. L.N. 294/76. Permitted site coverage. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 78/70. First Schedule. L.N. 294/76. Permitted plot ratio. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 78/70. First Schedule. Permitted site coverage and plot ratio may be exceeded in certain cases. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 124.) Provision supplementary to regulations 19, 20, 21 and 22. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Height of storeys. L.N. 294/76. Space about domestic buildings. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N.82/63. L.N. 294/76. Second Schedule. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 33/66. New buildings on existing street less than 4.5m wide to be set back from centre line of street. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 144/78. Cuttings. L.N. 294/76. Service lanes. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. Lighting and ventilation. G.N.A. 83/59. Lighting and ventilation of rooms used or intended to be used for habitation or as an office or kitchen. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Minimum requirements of window. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 54/69. Restriction on distance any part of room may be from prescribed window. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. Windows opening on to enclosed verandah, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. Mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting of offices. G.N.A. 83/59. Additional vent may be required. L.N. 294/76. Provision for room-sealed gas water heater in bathrooms. L.N. 143/83. Rooms containing soil fitments. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Light and air not to be diminished. Staircase to be fire resisting. L.N. 13/75. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Staircases. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Staircases in buildings intended for separate occupation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 13/75. Means of escape. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 294/75. Landings, lobbies and passages. Distance from staircase. L.N. 294/75. Revolving doors and turnstiles. Kitchens. L.N. 294/76. Tenement house. L.N. 33/66. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. Building abutting on retaining wall. L.N. 294/76. Retaining wall forming part of a building. Building not to be used for domestic purposes and for dangerous trade. L.N. 54/69. (Cap. 295.) L.N. 294/76. Definition of temporary buildings and short lived materials. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Application to be made. Form 31. Form 32. G.N.A. 83/59. Siting to temporary building. L.N. 294/76. Contractor's sheds. Form 33. G.N.A. 83/59. Form 34. L.N. 294/76. Kitchens, latrines and drainage required. Live wire or cable to be made safe. Building Authority may erect sheds. Deposit of security. Cancellation of permit. Fences or walls to enclose timber yards. L.N. 294/76. Fences not to be within 2m of other premises. L.N. 294/76. Exemptions. L.N. 294/76. Penalties. Plans of hoardings, etc. to be submitted. Form 35. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Form 35. Form of permit and power of Building Authority to make requirements. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Form 36. Maintenance of hoardings, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Liability of permittee. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Live wire or cable to be made safe. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Deposit of security. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Cancellation of permit. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Power of Building Authority to permit windows, etc. to face or ventilate into unenclosed verandah, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. Buildings to be planned for use by disabled persons. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Third Schedule. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 82/63. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 37/56. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 82/63. L.N. 57/65. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 78/70. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 13/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 156/77. L.N. 144/78. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 143/83. 73 of 1983. L.N. 365/84. Citation. Interpretation. 73 of 1983, s. 3. (Cap. 123.) G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 249/79. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123.) G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] (Cap. 172.) G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. Verandahs and balconies within lot boundaries and permit areas. L.N. 294/76. Buildings not to obstruct, endanger or cause nuisances. L.N. 294/76. Access to buildings and provision of access lanes, etc., on site of new building. G.N.A. 83/59. Building Authority to determine width of road or street. Eaves, cornices and mouldings. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. No verandahs over streets. No balconies over roads. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 294/76. Balconies and canopies over streets. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 33/66. Front and sides of balconies. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 33/66. No doorways on to canopy. Use of verandahs or balconies. Doors, etc. not to open over streets. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 54/69. Height of buildings adjacent to street. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 156/77. L.N. 294/76. Building Authority to determine height of, and site coverage and plot ratio for, building in certain cases. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Restriction on depth of certain buildings. L.N. 78/70. L.N. 294/76. Permitted site coverage. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 78/70. First Schedule. L.N. 294/76. Permitted plot ratio. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 78/70. First Schedule. Permitted site coverage and plot ratio may be exceeded in certain cases. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 124.) Provision supplementary to regulations 19, 20, 21 and 22. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Height of storeys. L.N. 294/76. Space about domestic buildings. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N.82/63. L.N. 294/76. Second Schedule. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 33/66. New buildings on existing street less than 4.5m wide to be set back from centre line of street. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 144/78. Cuttings. L.N. 294/76. Service lanes. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 294/76. Lighting and ventilation. G.N.A. 83/59. Lighting and ventilation of rooms used or intended to be used for habitation or as an office or kitchen. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Minimum requirements of window. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 54/69. L.N. 54/69. Restriction on distance any part of room may be from prescribed window. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. Windows opening on to enclosed verandah, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. Mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting of offices. G.N.A. 83/59. Additional vent may be required. L.N. 294/76. Provision for room-sealed gas water heater in bathrooms. L.N. 143/83. Rooms containing soil fitments. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 294/76. Light and air not to be diminished. Staircase to be fire resisting. L.N. 13/75. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Staircases. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Staircases in buildings intended for separate occupation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 13/75. Means of escape. L.N. 33/66. L.N. 294/75. Landings, lobbies and passages. Distance from staircase. L.N. 294/75. Revolving doors and turnstiles. Kitchens. L.N. 294/76. Tenement house. L.N. 33/66. G.N.A. 83/59. L.N. 294/76. Building abutting on retaining wall. L.N. 294/76. Retaining wall forming part of a building. Building not to be used for domestic purposes and for dangerous trade. L.N. 54/69. (Cap. 295.) L.N. 294/76. Definition of temporary buildings and short lived materials. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Application to be made. Form 31. Form 32. G.N.A. 83/59. Siting to temporary building. L.N. 294/76. Contractor's sheds. Form 33. G.N.A. 83/59. Form 34. L.N. 294/76. Kitchens, latrines and drainage required. Live wire or cable to be made safe. Building Authority may erect sheds. Deposit of security. Cancellation of permit. Fences or walls to enclose timber yards. L.N. 294/76. Fences not to be within 2m of other premises. L.N. 294/76. Exemptions. L.N. 294/76. Penalties. Plans of hoardings, etc. to be submitted. Form 35. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Form 35. Form of permit and power of Building Authority to make requirements. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Form 36. Maintenance of hoardings, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Liability of permittee. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Live wire or cable to be made safe. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Deposit of security. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Cancellation of permit. G.N.A. 83/59. G.N.A. 75/62. Power of Building Authority to permit windows, etc. to face or ventilate into unenclosed verandah, etc. G.N.A. 83/59. Buildings to be planned for use by disabled persons. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] Third Schedule. L.N. 294/76. G.N.A. 97/62. L.N. 82/63. L.N. 365/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.] (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2542

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

32
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:22 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (LIFTS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2541

Title

BUILDING (LIFTS) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (LIFTS) REGULATIONS


ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATION

Regulation
PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 3
2. Interpretation ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- E 3
3. Lifts to which Ordinance and regulations apply ... ... ... ... ... ... E 4
4. Application of British Standard Code of Practice or Specification ... E 5

PART II

GENERAL

5. Application of Part ii ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
6. Clearance for safe operation of lifts .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
7. Liftway exclusively for lift, machinery, installations and equipment ... ... E 5
8. Restriction of number of lifts in one liftway ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 5
9. Liftway to be enclosed etc. .................................... ... E 5
10.................................Wall of liftway facing car to be without projections or recesses ... ... ... E 5
11...............Ventilation of liftway ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 6
12. Liftway terminating elsewhere than on or in ground....................................E6
13. Special provisions for case where part of building below liftway is used or likely,
to be used by any person .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 6
14.................Lift pit to be provided, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 6
15.............................Illumination of lift pit and provision of stop switch ... ... ... ... ... E 7
16....................Access to lift pit in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 7
17 Partition to be provided in lift pit in certain cases ... ... ... ... --- E 8
18.................Counterweight to be screened --- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8
19.................Situation of counterweight ... ... ... ... ... E 8
20.........Guides ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 8
21.........Guide brackets ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E8
22.........Machine room ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 9
23..........................Penthouses, etc. for pulleys or similar machinery ... ... ... ... ... ... E 10
24.................................All equipment for lift to be supported to prevent displacement ... ... ... E 10
25. Strength of supporting beams and slabs and calculation of load to be supported E 10
26...........Landing doors ..................... ... ... ... ... ... . E10
27....................Rated load to be clearly marked ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11
28..................Load carrying unit to be a car ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11
29..................Every car to have doors, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... --- E 11
30..................Collapsible or folding doors ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... E 11
31..................Vision panels in car doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 11





Regulation Page
32. Height of car ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
33. Lighting and ventilation of car ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
34. Ventilating panels in cars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
35. Safety gear ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
35A. Every lift to have overload device ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
35B. Every car to have emergency light ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
36. Emergency signals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 12
37. Emergency push or switch to be provided in certain lifts ... ... ... ... ... E 13
38. Emergency exits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13
38A. Notice prohibiting use in case of fire ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13
38B. Emergency access to liftways ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 13
38C. Fireman's lift ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 1#

PART 111

LiFrs USED WHOLLY OR MAINLY FOR CARRYING PERSONS

39. Application of Part 111 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 14
40. Car to be completely enclosed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15
41. Doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15
42. Rated load ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15

PART IV

LIFTS USED WHOLLY OR MAINLY FOR CARRYING GOODS

43. Application of Part IV ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 15
44. Car to be enclosed ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16
45. Open work panels permitted above certain height ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16
46. Doors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16
47. Rated load ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16

PART V

LIFTS NOT DRIVEN BY MECHANICAL POWER

48. Application of Part V ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16
49. Exemptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 16
so. Lift, etc. to be designed, etc. to satisfaction of Building Authority ... ... ... E 16

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

51. Special power of Building Authority to exempt lifts of particular class or
description from these regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 17
52. Power of Building Authority in certain cases, to require work to be carried out
in respect of a lift ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E17
53. Application to service lifts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 17
54. Lifts for the disabled ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... E 17





BUILDING (LIFTS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 January 1960.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Lifts)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'approved' means approved by the Building Authority;

'counterweight' means a weight or series of weights provided to
counterbalance the weight of the car and part of the rated load
of a lift;

'F.R.P.' means the period for which the element of construction is
capable of resisting the action of fire when tested in accordance
with BS 476: Part 8 or a specified in the Third Schedule to the
Building (Construction) Regulations;

'governor' means an automatic device which operates the safety
gear in the event of a lift or counterweight exceeding a pre-
determined speed in the downward direction;

'lift' means a lifting machine or appliance having a car or platform,
the direction of movement of which is restricted by a guide or
guides;

,,open air' means a space which-

(a) is vertically uncovered and unobstructed;

(b) is not less, in any horizontal dimension, than 1.5 m; and

(c)where such space is enclosed on 4 sides, has a horizontal
area of not less than 1 m' for every 6 m of the mean height
of the walls enclosing the space;

'rated load' means the load which a lift is designed to carry at the
rated speed;

'rated speed' means the mean of the maximum speeds attained by a
lift in the upward and downward direction with full rated load;

',safety gea?' means a mechanical device which, when operated,
,r a S'
D 5 Re

offlat

stops the car of a lift, or a counterweight, and holds the car or
counterweight to the guides;

',safety rope' means a rope, attached to a car or counterweight,
which operates the safety gear provided for the lift or counter-
weight, in the event of a failure of all the suspension ropes or
their attachments;





,service lift' means a lift, used or intended to be used exclusively
for carrying goods, having a rated load of not more than 250 kg
and a car in which the area of the floor is not more than 1 m'
and whose height is not more than 1 200 min;

',stop push' and 'stop switch' means a push button or switch,
respectively, designed to open the control circuit of a lift and so
cause the lift to stop.

3. The Ordinance and regulations shall apply to every lift
other than-

(a)a lift installed in any building belonging to the Crown or to
the Government;

(aa) subject to section 18(2) and (3) of the Housing Ordinance,
a lift installed in any building upon any land vested in the
Housing Authority or over which the Housing Authority
has control and management;

(b)a lift installed in any building upon any land vested in any
person on behalf of Her Majesty's naval, military or air
force services;

(c)a lift installed in any building which belongs wholly to the
Government of a foreign country and which is used
exclusively or mainly for the purposes of the official
business of the consular officer of such government,

(d)a lift or hoist used solely for the carriage, stacking, loading
or unloading of goods or materials-
(i) which does not pass through any floor; and
(ii) the height of travel of which does not exceed 3.5 in,

(e) a lift or hoist used solely for the raising of motor vehicles-
(i) which does not pass through any floor; and
(ii) the height of travel of which does not exceed 3.5 in;

a skip hoist or hoist used mainly for charging furnaces or
similar appliances;

(g)a hoist used solely for lifting or feeding material directly
into a machine;

(h) a ramp connected with any wharf or pier;

(i) an amusement device;

(j) a stage or orchestra lift;

(k)a lift or hoist provided, in connexion with any building
which is being constructed, for the use solely of persons
employed in the construction thereof or for carrying mate-
rials used therein; and

(1)a belt, bucket, scoop or roller conveyor and any similar
machine.





4. Save insofar as provision is made therefor in these regula-
tions, every lift and any machinery, mechanism, electrical in-
stallation or equipment connected or associated therewith shall be
designed and installed or constructed as the case may be in accord-
ance with the current relevant British Standard Code of Practice or
Specification and any other national standard as may be approved.

PART II

GENERAL

5. Save as otherwise provided, the provisions of this Part of
these regulations shall apply to all lifts.

6. Every liftway and lift pit, the walls enclosing any lift well
and every room provided for housing the machinery and other
equipment for any lift shall be such as to provide adequate clearance
for the safe operation of the lift and the machinery and other
equipment provided therefor.

7. Nothing, other than a lift and such machinery, installation
and equipment connected or associated therewith as may be neces-
sary, shall be installed or accommodated in a liftway.

8. Not more than 4 lifts shall be accommodated in one
liftway.

9. (1) Every liftwa hall, except for the openings for doors
and ventilation, be completely enclosed.

(2) The walls so enclosing any liftway shall-

(a) be of sufficient strength to support the lift guides; and

(b) have an F.R.P of not less than 2 hours.

10. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2) and subject to the
provisions of paragraph (3), the inner surface of that wall, enclosing
a liftway, which faces the entrance to the car of the lift shall, so far as
practicable, form a smooth continuous surface, without projections
or recesses.

(2) Where a projection or recess is unavoidable, such projec-
tion or recess shall be splayed, on its underside, to an angle of 75~
from the horizontal.

(3) Where the lift installed in any liftway is fitted with a
levelling device, the inner surface of such wall shall, for a distance
not less than the aggregate of the depths of the levelling zone and the
distance which the lift is capable of travelling of its own momentum
when the power is cut off, without exception, form a smooth
continuous surface without projections or recesses.







11.(a) Every liftway shall be ventilated, at the top thereof,
by means of a vent to the open air.

(b) Every such vent shall be situated-
(i) in a position, in one of the walls enclosing the
liftway, above the level of the roof of the building and
directly below the floor at the top of the liftway; or
(ii) subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (c), in
the floor at the top of the liftway.

(c)Where any such vent is situated in the floor at the top of
the liftway, there shall be provided in the walls or roof of
the room provided for housing the machinery and other
equipment provided for the lift, openings having an area
not less than the area of such vent.

(d)The open area of every such vent shall be not less than
0. 15 m' for every lift installed in the liftway.

12. Where any liftway terminates elsewhere than on or in the
ground, the floor of the lift shall be of fire resisting construction
and shall have an F.R.P. of not less than 2 hours.

13. Where any part of any building below any lift pit is used or
likely to be used by any person-

(a)the floor of the lift pit shall be so designed and constructed
as to be capable of withstanding the greater of the follow-
ing stresses-
(i) (A)the impact of the car of the lift with full rated
load; or
(B) the impact of the counterweight,
descending at its rated speed or, where governor operated
safety gear is provided for the lift or counterweight, at the
governor tripping speed; and
(ii) an imposed load of 5 kPa; and

(b) (i) the counterweight and car shall be provided with a
safety gear; or
(ii) there shall be provided below the counterweight
buffer and extending from the ground, a pier of solid
construction and of adequate strength.

14. (1) There shall be provided, at the bottom of every
liftway, below the level of the lowest lift landing, a lift pit.

(2) Every such lift pit shall-

(a)be of such depth that, when the car of the lift has
completely depressed the buffers, there is an adequate
clearance between the lowest part of the car, and any
projections on the bottom of such car, and the floor of the
pit; and





(b) be of waterproof construction.

15. There shall be provided for every lift pit-
(a)adequate artificial illumination, which shall be operated by
a switch; and

(b) a stop switch, which shall be situated-
(i) so as to be accessible from the place at which access
to the lift pit is obtained; or
(ii) in such other position as the Building Authority
may approve.

16. (1) Where any lift pit is more than 1.6 m below the level of
the lowest lift landing, there shall be provided a means of access to
the lift pit.
(2) Such means of access shall be either a ladder or a door.
(3) In the case of a ladder, the ladder shall be-
(a) permanently fixed;
(b) readily accessible from the lowest lift landing;
(c) vertical; and
(d) constructed of incombustible material.
(4) In the case of a door, the door shall-
(a)have a minimum height of 1.4 m and a minimum width of
0.6 m;
(b) not open towards the interior of the liftway;
(c) be provided with a spring-type lock so designed as to-
(i) enable the door to be opened, without a key, from
inside the lift pit; and
(ii) be capable of being closed and locked without a
key;
(d)be fitted with efficient devices to secure that the lift above
the lift pit to which the door provides access cannot ~e set
or kept in motion unless the door is fully closed;
(e) have an F.R.P. of nut less than 1 hour; and
(f) bear on its outside face a permanent and conspicuous
notice in English and Chinese incised or embossed, of
metal, plastic or other suitable materials, in letters, figures
and characters not less than 25 mm. high, in the following
form-

'BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
DANGER
LIFTWAY
UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS PROHIBITED DOOR
TO BE KEPT LOCKED







(5) For the purpose of this regulation, a lift pit means-

(a)in the case where only one lift is installed in one liftway, a
lift pit provided in accordance with regulation 14; or

(b)in the case where 2 or more lifts are installed in one liftway,
the lift pit provided in accordance with regulation 14
immediately under each lift.

17. (1) Where 2 or more lifts are installed in one liftway, each
such lift shall be separated from an adjacent lift and its counter-
weight by a partition which complies with paragraph (2).

(2) The partition shall-

(a) be rigid;

(b)be erected from the floor of the lift pit to a minimum height
of 2.5 in;

(e) be erected across the whole depth of the liftway; and

(d)in the case where the distance measured in a horizontal line
between the edge of the car roof and any moving part of an
adjacent lift is less than 0.3 in, be erected from the floor of
the lift pit through the full height of the liftway.

18. Every counterweight shall, from a height of 300 mm above
the floor of the lift pit to a height not less than 2.1 m above such
floor, be enclosed by a screen.

19. Every counterweight shall be situated in the liftway in
which the lift for which it is provided, is installed.

20. (1) Guides shall be provided to guide the car of every lift
and every counterweight throughout its travel.

(2) Every such guide shall-

(a) be of adequate length and rigid construction;

(b) have machined guide surfaces; and

(c)be so jointed and fixed to the guide brackets that it cannot
deflect more than 6 mm in normal conditions.

21. (1) Guide brackets shall be provided at intervals of not
more than 3.5 m and shall be embedded into the walls enclosing the
liftway or fixed to such walls by bolts embedded into such walls.





(2) Wood or fibre blocks or plugs shall not be used for
securing any guide bracket.

22. (1) A room shall be provided in connexion with every lift
for housing the machinery and other equipment therefor.

(2) Every such room shall-

(a)save where it is provided in connexion with a service lift,
have a clear height of not less than 2.1 m;

(b) be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation; and

(c)be so constructed as to allow convenient access to the
machinery and other equipment housed therein and as
to enable such machinery or equipment to be removed
therefrom.

(3) Every part of the floor of every such room shall be of
adequate strength to support the heaviest unit of machinery or other
equipment housed therein.

(4) The floor of every such room shall have an F.R.P. of not
less than 2 hours.

(5) The walls and roof of every such room shall be con-
structed of-

(a) brick,
(b) concrete, or

(c) other approved material.

(6) Where, in any such room, there is a difference, exceeding
600 mm, in the level of the floor thereof, adequate guard rails and a
ladder shall be provided at any place where the level so changes.

(7) The door of every such room shall-

(a) be self-closing;
(b)be provided with a spring-type lock so designed as to
enable the doo to be opened, without a key, from inside
the room;
(c) have an F.R.P. of not less than half an hour; and
(d)bear on its outside face a permanent and conspicuous
notice in English and Chinese incised or en-kbossed, of
metal, plastic or other suitable materials, in letters, figures
and characters not less than 25 mm high, in the following
form-

'BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
NOTICE
DANGER
LIFT MACHINERY
UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS PROHIBITED DOOR
TO BE KEPT LOCKED





23. Any penthouse or similar room in which overhead pulleys
or similar rnachinery for any lift are housed shall-

(a) have a clear height of not less than 1.2 m; and
(b)be provided with safe and convenient means of access and
adequate artificial lighting.

24. Every machine, pulley, governor and similar equipment
connected with any lift shall be so supported and held as to prevent
it from becoming loose or being displaced.

25. (1) Every supporting beam or slab shall be of sufficient
strength to support a total load calculated in accordance with
paragraph (2).

(2) The total load shall be the aggregate of the weight of all
apparatus resting on the beam or slab and a weight equal to twice
the maximum resultant load suspended therefrom when the lift, with
full rated load, is at rest.

26. (1) Every opening in a wall enclosing a liftway provided,
at a lift landing, to give access to the car of a lift, shall, unless it is
provided with a door complying with regulation 38B(3). be provided
with a door.

(2) Every such door shall extend to the full height and width of
the opening and shall have an F.R.P. of not less than one hour.

(3) Every such door shall be fitted with a locking device of
such type that-

(a)the door cannot be opened unless the car is within the
levelling zone of the door; and

(b)the car cannot be kept in motion unless the door is fully
closed and locked.

(4)(a) Provision shall be made for the opening of any such
door in an emergency, whether or not the car is within the
levelling zone of the door.
(b)Such provision shall be protected against accidental or
malicious opening.

(5) Where a vision panel is provided in any such door-





(a)the size and shape of the vision panel shall be such that it
will not permit the passage of a sphere having a diameter of
100 mm;

(b)no part of the vision panel shall be at a height of less than
1 m above floor level of the lift landing;

(e)the vision panel shall be made of an approved material or
glass of a tempered or laminated type; and

(d)if such door is a sliding door, the panel shall be flush with
the surface of the door closest to the lift landing.

27. (1) There shall be marked conspicuously on every lift the
rated load thereof.

(2) In the case of a lift used or intended to be used wholly or
mainly for carrying persons, the rated load shall be so marked in
terms of the number of persons and in terms of mass.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, every person shall be
deemed to have a mass of 75 kg.

28. The load carrying unit of every lift shall be a car.

29. (1) The car of every lift shall be provided with a door or
doors which shall be of imperforate construction.

(2) Every such door shall be provided with efficient devices to
secure-

(a)that the car cannot be set or kept in motion unless the door
is fully closed; and

(b)that the door cannot be opened from inside the car unless
the car is within the levelling zone.

30. (1) Where collapsible or folding doors are provided each
such door shall be constructed with imperforate leaves connected in
such a way that no part of a person or his clothing may be jammed in
the hinges or any part of the door.

(2) No collapsible door shall be opened by mechanical power
for a distance of more than a quarter of the total width of the door.

31. Where a vision panel is provided in a door of the car of any
lift-

(a)the size and shape of the vision panel shall be such that it
will not permit the passage of a sphere having a diameter of
100 mm;

(b)no part of the vision panel shall be at a height of less than
1 m above the floor of the car;

(c)the vision panel shall be made of an approved material, or
glass of a tempered or laminated type; and





(d)the vision panel shall be flush with the surface of the door
closest to the car.

32. The clear internal height of the car of any lift shall be not
less than 2 m.

33. The car of every lift shall be-

(a) provided with adequate electric lighting; and

(b) adequately ventilated.

34. Where a ventilating panel is provided within 1.8 m of the
floor of the car of any lift, such panel shall be provided with a
backplate.

35. (1) Every lift shall be provided with a safety gear.

(2) Such safety gear shall be-

(a) attached to the car; and

(b)save as provided in paragraph (3), operated by a governor
which shall be so located as to allow ready access for the
purposes of maintenance and repair of the governor and to
effect any rescue from the lift.

(3) Where-

(a)the machinery for the lift is such that it will, in any
condition, prevent uncontrolled acceleration of the car;
and

(b) the normal speed of the lift does not exceed 0.5 mis,

the safety gear may be operated by a safety rope.

35A. (1) Every lift installed on or after 3 May 1969 shall be
provided with an overload device which shall operate when the load
in the car is 10per cent or more in excess of the rated load in respect
of such lift.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), 'overload device'
means a device that, when in operation-

(a) prevents any movement of the car; and

(b)prevents the closing of any power operated door whether
'fitted to the car or to the landing at which the car is resting.

35B. Every car installed on or after 3 May 1969 shall be
provided with an emergency light which shall be automatically
illuminated in the event of failure of the supply of power to the lift.

36. (1) Every lift shall be provided with an emergency signal,
which shall be a bell or other audible signal.

(2) The switch by which such bell or other signal is operated
shall be fitted in the car.





(3) Where any such bell or signal is electrically operated, the
power supply shall be from batteries.

37. (1) Any lift with open work panels or with a collapsible
door shall be provided with a push or switch which when activated
will cause the lift to stop forthwith.

(2) Such push or switch shall be fitted inside the car.

38. (1) The car of every lift shall be provided with an exit for
use on occasions of emergency.

(2) Every such exit shall be-

(a) formed in the roof of the car;

(b)fitted with a door or other means of closing the exit so
designed and constructed that it can be opened only from
outside the car; and

(c)of a size of not less than 350 mm by 500 mm or, where the
shape of the exit is not square or rectangular, be of a size
having a diameter measured in a horizontal plane of not
less than 400 mm.

(3) In connexion with every such exit, efficient devices shall be
provided to secure that the car cannot be set or kept in motion unless
the door or other means of closing the exit is fully closed.

38A. Every lift shall display on the inside of the car and on an
outside wall as near as practicable to the landing floor a permanent
and conspicuous notice in English and Chinese incised or embossed,
of metal, plastic or other suitable materials, in letters and characters
not less than 13 mm high in the following form-

WHEN THERE IS A FIRE
DO NOT USE THE LIFT

38B. (1) Where a liftway is greater than 11 m high, there shall
be provided at intervals not greater than 11 m, an access through the
wall enclosing the liftway for the purpose of evacuating passengers
in a lift in any emergency.

(2) Such access shall have a minimum height of 1.8 m and a
minimum width of 0.5 m and shall be fitted with a door capable of
closing the exit.

(3) Such door shall-

(b) not open towards the interior of the liftway;





(c) be located in a position readily accessible to rescuers;

(d) be provided with a spring type lock so designed as to-
(i) enable the door to be opened without a key from
inside the liftway; and
(ii) be capable of being closed and locked without a
key;

(e)be fitted with efficient devices to secure that the lift cannot
be set or kept in motion unless the door is fully closed;

bear on its outside face a permanent and conspicuous
notice in English and Chinese incised or embossed, of
metal, plastic or other suitable materials, in letters and
characters not less than 25 mm high in the following
form-

DANGER
RESCUE DOOR
NO UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY

(4) A landing door, without a vision panel, that normally
opens to give access to the car of a lift which complies with the
provisions of regulation 26 shall be deemed to comply with para-
graph (3) of this regulation.

(5) A landing door, without a vision panel, that does not
normally open to give access to the car of the lift which complies
with the provisions of regulation 26 shall be deemed to comply
with sub-paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of paragraph (3) of this
regulation.

38C. (1) In every building of more than 8 storeys and in every
building of a height greater than 24 m, which has any lift installed,
at least one lift shall be a fireman's lift which shall be designed and
installed in accordance with a Code of Practice published from time
to time by Director of Fire Services.

(2) Where more than one lift is installed in such a building the
lift which is to be the fireman's lift shall be that designated by the
Director of Fire Services.

PART III

LIFTS USED WHOLLY OR MAINLY FOR CARRYING PERSONS

39. The provisions of this Part of these regulations shall apply
only to lifts used or intended to be used wholly or mainly for
carrying persons.





40. The car of every lift to which this Part applies shall be
completely enclosed at the sides and on top and shall, save for any
opening affording access thereto or for ventilation, not have any
openings or open work panels in the sides.

41. The door or doors of the car of every lift to which this Part
applies shall extend to the full height and width of the opening.

42. (1) The minimum rated load of every lift to which this
Part applies shall be not less than that specified in Table I corre-
sponding to the net internal area of the floor of the car.

TABLE I

Net internal area Minimum rated load
of floor of car
in M2 in kg
0.40 100
0.50 180
0.90 300
1.10 375
1.17 400
1.30 450
1.45 525
1.60 600
1.66 630
1.75 675
1.90 750
2.00 800
2.05 825
2.20 900
2.35 925
2.40 1 000
2.50 1 050
2.65 1 125
2.80 1 200
2.90 1 250
2.95 1 275
3.10 1 350
3.25 1 425
3.40 1 500
3.56 1 600
3.88 1800
4.36 2 100
5.00 2500

(2) Where the net internal area of the floor of the car exceeds
5 M2, the minimum rated load of the lift shall be calculated by
adding to 2 500 kg a rated load calculated by deducting 5 from the
net internal area of the floor of the car in M2 and multiplying the
result by the result of dividing 100 by 0. 16.

PARTIV

LIFTS USED WHOLLY OR MAINLY FOR CARRYING GOODS

43. The provisions of this Part of these regulations shall apply
only to lifts used or intended to be used wholly or mainly for
carrying goods.





44. Save as provided in regulation 45, the car of every lift to
which this Part applies shall be completely enclosed at the sides and
on top and, save for any opening affording access thereto or for
ventilation, shall not have any openings or open work panels in the
sides or roof.

45. (1) Open work panels may, subject to the provisions of
paragraph (2), be provided in the sides of any such car above a
height not less than 1.8 m from the floor of the car and in the roof of
the car.

(2) Any opening in any such panel shall be of such size that it
will reject a sphere having a diameter of 40 mm.

46. The door of the car of every lift to which this Part applies
shall extend to the full height and width of the opening of the car.

47. (1) The minimum rated load of every lift to which this
Part applies, which is to be used for general freight loading, shall be
not less than 330 kg/ml of the internal area of the floor of the car.

(2) The rated load and the area of the floor of the car of every
lift to which this Part applies, which is to be used for any form of
loading other than general freight loading, shall be such as may be
approved by the Building Authority.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation, a lift shall be deemed
to be used for general freight loading only where-

(a)the loading in the lift will normally be evenly distributed
over the floor of the car;

(b)the weight of any single piece of freight, or the weight of
any single truck, which may be used in the loading of the
lift, and the load thereon, will be not more than a quarter
of the rated load of the lift; and

(c)the lift will be loaded only manually or by means of trucks
which are not driven by any form of power.

PART V

LIFTS NOT DRIVEN BY MECHANICAL POWER

48. The provisions of this Part of these regulations shall apply
only to lifts not driven by mechanical power.

49. The provisions of Parts 11, 111 and IV shall not apply to any
lift to which this Part applies.

50. Every lift to which this Part applies and the liftway and lift
pit shall be designed, protected and constructed to the satisfaction of
the Building Authority and shall be of sound material and adequate
strength.





PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

51. Without prejudice to the generality of section 42 of the
Ordinance, if it is shown to the satisfaction of the Building Author-
ity that it would be unreasonable in the special circumstances of the
case to enforce some or all of the requirements of these regulations
in relation to any class or description of lift, he may, upon applica-
tion in respect of any lift of that class or description, waive the
requirement and, upon any such waiver, may, by order in writing,
require such provision to be made in lieu of compliance therewith,
and impose such conditions, as he considers necessary.

52. Where any person is carrying out or intends to carry out
lift works in respect of an existing lift, the Building Authority may,
by order in writing, require such person to carry out such other
work, being work which is-

(a)connected with the lift works which are being or are to be
carried out; or

(b)in the opinion of the Building Authority, necessary, in
consequence of the carrying out of such lift works, to
ensure the safety of persons using or likely to use the lift
or the building in which the lift is installed,

as will cause the lift or the machinery or other equipment provided
therefor to comply with such of these regulations as the Building
Authority may prescribe.

53. In addition to the provisions of Part III, regulations 10. 11,
28 to 38C inclusive, 45, 46 and 47 shall not apply to any service lift.

54. Where any lift for disabled persons is provided in
accordance with regulation 72* of the Building (Planning)
Regulations-

(a)essential lift control buttons or switches shall be not
less than 900 trim and not more than 1.2 m above the
floor of the car; and

(b)handrails extending to within 150 mm of the corners
shall be provided at the rear and sides of the car
and such handrails shall be suitable for use by the
disabled.
G.N.A. 78/59. G.N.A. 80/59. L.N. 53/69. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 12/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 83/79.L.N. 367/83. L.N. 364/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 12/75. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) G.N.A. 80/59, r. 2. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Lifts to which Ordinance and regulations apply. G.N.A. 80/59, r. 3. L.N. 367/83. (Cap. 283.) L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. Application of British Standard Code of Practice or Specification. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part II. Clearance for safe operation of lifts. Liftway exclusively for lift, machinery, installations and equipment. L.N. 367/83. Restriction of number of lifts in one liftway. Liftway to be enclosed, etc. Wall of liftway facing car to be without projections or recesses. Ventilation of liftway. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. Liftway terminating elsewhere than on or in ground. Special provisions for case where part of building below liftway is used or likely to be used by any person. L.N. 367/83. Lift pit to be provided, etc. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Illumination of lift pit and provision of stop switch. Access to lift pit in certain cases. L.N. 367/83. Partition to be provided in lift pit in certain cases. L.N. 367/83. Counterweight to be screened. L.N. 294/76. Situation of counterweight. Guides. L.N. 367/83. Guide brackets. L.N. 294/76. Machine room. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. Penthouses, etc. for pulleys or similar machinery. L.N. 294/76. All equipment for lift to be supported to prevent displacement. Strength of supporting beams and slabs and calculation of load to be supported. Landing doors. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Rated load to be clearly marked. L.N. 294/76. Load carrying unit to be a car. Every car to have doors, etc. L.N. 367/83. Collapsible or folding doors. L.N. 367/83. Vision panels in car doors. L.N. 367/83. Height of car. L.N. 294/76. Lighting and ventilation of car. Ventilating panels in cars. L.N. 294/76. Safety gear. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. Every lift to have overload device. L.N. 53/69. Every car to have emergency light. L.N. 53/69. Emergency signals. Emergency push or switch to be provided in certain lifts. L.N. 367/83. Emergency exits. L.N. 367/83. Notice prohibiting use in case of fire. L.N. 367/83. Emergency access to liftways. L.N. 367/83. Fireman's lift. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part III. Car to be completely enclosed. Doors. L.N. 367/83. Rated load. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part IV. Car to be enclosed. Open work panels permitted above certain height. L.N. 294/76. Doors. L.N. 367/83. Rated load. L.N. 294/76. Application of Part V. Exemptions. Lift, etc. to be designed, etc. to satisfaction of Building Authority. Special power of Building Authority to exempt lifts of particular class or description from these regulations. L.N. 367/83. (Cap. 123.) Power of Building Authority in certain cases, to require work to be carried out in respect of a lift. Application to service lifts. L.N. 367/83. Lifts for the disabled. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 364/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.]

Abstract

G.N.A. 78/59. G.N.A. 80/59. L.N. 53/69. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 12/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 83/79.L.N. 367/83. L.N. 364/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 12/75. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) G.N.A. 80/59, r. 2. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Lifts to which Ordinance and regulations apply. G.N.A. 80/59, r. 3. L.N. 367/83. (Cap. 283.) L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. Application of British Standard Code of Practice or Specification. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part II. Clearance for safe operation of lifts. Liftway exclusively for lift, machinery, installations and equipment. L.N. 367/83. Restriction of number of lifts in one liftway. Liftway to be enclosed, etc. Wall of liftway facing car to be without projections or recesses. Ventilation of liftway. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. Liftway terminating elsewhere than on or in ground. Special provisions for case where part of building below liftway is used or likely to be used by any person. L.N. 367/83. Lift pit to be provided, etc. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Illumination of lift pit and provision of stop switch. Access to lift pit in certain cases. L.N. 367/83. Partition to be provided in lift pit in certain cases. L.N. 367/83. Counterweight to be screened. L.N. 294/76. Situation of counterweight. Guides. L.N. 367/83. Guide brackets. L.N. 294/76. Machine room. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. Penthouses, etc. for pulleys or similar machinery. L.N. 294/76. All equipment for lift to be supported to prevent displacement. Strength of supporting beams and slabs and calculation of load to be supported. Landing doors. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 367/83. Rated load to be clearly marked. L.N. 294/76. Load carrying unit to be a car. Every car to have doors, etc. L.N. 367/83. Collapsible or folding doors. L.N. 367/83. Vision panels in car doors. L.N. 367/83. Height of car. L.N. 294/76. Lighting and ventilation of car. Ventilating panels in cars. L.N. 294/76. Safety gear. L.N. 367/83. L.N. 294/76. Every lift to have overload device. L.N. 53/69. Every car to have emergency light. L.N. 53/69. Emergency signals. Emergency push or switch to be provided in certain lifts. L.N. 367/83. Emergency exits. L.N. 367/83. Notice prohibiting use in case of fire. L.N. 367/83. Emergency access to liftways. L.N. 367/83. Fireman's lift. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part III. Car to be completely enclosed. Doors. L.N. 367/83. Rated load. L.N. 367/83. Application of Part IV. Car to be enclosed. Open work panels permitted above certain height. L.N. 294/76. Doors. L.N. 367/83. Rated load. L.N. 294/76. Application of Part V. Exemptions. Lift, etc. to be designed, etc. to satisfaction of Building Authority. Special power of Building Authority to exempt lifts of particular class or description from these regulations. L.N. 367/83. (Cap. 123.) Power of Building Authority in certain cases, to require work to be carried out in respect of a lift. Application to service lifts. L.N. 367/83. Lifts for the disabled. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 364/84. [*In operation on 1.8.85.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2541

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

17
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:21 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (ESCALATORS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2540

Title

BUILDING (ESCALATORS) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (ESCALATORS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
1. Citation ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 2
3. Escalators to which Ordinance and regulations apply ... ... ... ... ... D 2
4. Certain escalators to be enclosed by walls. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
5. Doors in walls walls enclosing escalator ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 3
6. Borrowed lights in walls enclosing escalator D 3
7. Escalator and machinery space to be enclosed ... ... ... ...

8. Access to escalator machinery space for inspection and maintenance ... ... D 3
9. Access panel to be provided ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4
10. Truss and girders... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4
11. Tracks for wheels of stairs... ... ... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... D 4
12. Factors of safety... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...D 4
13. Ventilation of space in which driving machine. etc. installed ... ... ... ... D 4
14. Illumination of machinery space. ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... D 4
15. Escalator to have balustrade ... . ... ... ... ... D 4
16. Balustrade to have hand rails ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 4
17. Prohibition of glass panels in balustrade... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5
18. Width of escalator between balustrades ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5

19. Stairs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5
20. Illumination of stairs ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5
21. Tread surface of stairs to be slotted, etc. ... ... ... ... D 5
22. Combplates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5
23. Angle of inclination ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 5
24. Rated load ... .. ... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6
25. Rate of speed ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6
26. Starting switches ... ... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6
27. Machine brakes ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6

28. Governors ... ... ... ...---... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D6
29. Device to be provided in case step chain breaks ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6
30. Device to be provided in case drive chain breaks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... D 6
31. Emergency stop switches ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . D6
32. Escalator to be an addition to staircases or means of escape in case of the etc. D 7





BUILDING (ESCALATORS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 January 1960.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Escalators)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'compartment of a building' means any volume, or floor area in one
storey, in any building assessed as a unit for the purposes of
Table XVI in the Building (Construction) Regulations;

'elements of construction ' means any floor, beam or column;

'F.R.P.' means the period for which the element of construction is
capable of resisting the action of fire when tested in accordance
with British Standard Specification 476: 1932 or as specified in
the Third Schedule to the Building (Construction) Regulations;

-governor- means an automatic device which will cause the supply
of power to the driving machine of an escalator to be cut off in
the event of the escalator exceeding a predetermined safe speed;

-machine brake' means an automatic brake designed to stop an
escalator when a stop switch or the governor or the device
required by regulation 29 is operated,

-rated load' means the maximum load which an escalator is
designed to carry;

'rated speed- means the speed of an escalator measured along the
angle of inclination;

---stopswitch' means a switch so designed that, when operated, it will
cause the supply of power to the driving machine of an
escalator to be cut off.

3. The Ordinance and regulations shall apply to every escal-
ator other than-

(a)an escalator installed in any building belonging to the
Crown or to the Government;

(b)an escalator installed in any building upon any land vested
in any person on behalf of Her Majesty's naval. military or
air force services; and

(c)an escalator installed in any building which belongs wholly
to the government of a foreign country and which is used
exclusively or mainly for the purposes of the official
business of the consular officer of such government.





4.(1) (a) Save as provided in paragraph (2), every escal-
ator which serves more than one compartment of a buil-
ding or more than 2 floors of a building, shall be enclosed
by walls.

(b)Every such wall shall have an F.R.P. of not less than the
longer period required for the elements of construction in
any compartment of the building so served or for the
elements of construction of the compartment of the buil-
ding in which such floors are.

(2) Any such escalator need not be so enclosed where the
whole of the compartments or floors served thereby and the escal-
ator well are provided with an adequate sprinkler system.

5. Where a door is provided in any wall enclosing an escal-
ator, the door and the frame thereof shall have an F.R.P. of not less
than half an hour.

6. (1) Where borrowed lights are provided in any wall
enclosing an escalator-

(a)the area of such lights shall be not more than one-fifth of
the total area of the wall; and

(b)the lights shall be glazed with 6 mm wired glass or covered
with glass bricks or blocks.

(2) Where any such lights are glazed with wired glass-

(a)the area of any one pane of glass shall be not more than
0.35 m2; and

(b) the frame of the lights shall beconstructed of--
(i) hardwood, having no dimension, in section, less
than 44 mm; or
(ii) steel.

(3) Where any such lights are covered with glass bricks or
blocks-

(a) the area of the panels shall be not more than 3.5 m2 ; and

(b)there shall be provided, on eachside and on top thereof, an
expansion joint of not less than 10 mm.

7. The sides and undersides of every escalator and any space
in which machinery therefor is installed shall be enclosed by mater-
ials having an F.R.P. of not less than half an hour.

8. (1) A means of access shall be provided, for the purposes
of inspection and maintenance, to the interior of every escalator and
to any space in which machinery therefor is installed.

(2) Every such means of access shall be provided with a door
having an F.R.P. of not less than half an hour.





9. (1) There shall be provided, in the upper part of every
escalator, in a position approved by the Director of Fire Services, an
access panel.

(2) No dimension of any such panel shall be less than 225 mm.

10. The truss or girder of every escalator shall be-

(a)of sufficient strength to support the stairs and running gear
of the escalator when the same are in use; and

(b)such that, in the event of any failure of the track in which
the running gear operates, it will retain such gear in the
guides provided therefor.

11. The tracks, in which the wheels of the stairs of an escalator
run, shall be so designed as to prevent such stairs or the running gear
from becoming displaced in the event of the breaking of a step chain.

12. (1) The factor of safety for all structural members of
every escalator shall be not less than 5.

(2) The factor of safety for every part of the driving machine
of every escalator shall- VI

(a)if such part is constructed of steel or bronze, be not less
than 8; and

(b)if such part is constructed of cast iron or any other
material. be not less than 10.

(3) The factor of safety for the power transmission members
of every escalator shall be not less than 10.

(4) The factor of safety shall, in every case, be based on the
static load.

13. (1) Any space in which the driving machine or controls of
any escalator are installed shall be ventilated by means of a vent.

(2) The area of any such vent shall not exceed 0.2 M2.

14. (1) Any space in which any machinery provided for an
escalator 'Is installed shall be provided with adequate artificial
lighting.

(2) The switch by which such lighting is operated shall be
situated adjacent to the door provided to give access to such space.

15. Every escalator shall be provided, on each side of the stairs
thereof, with a solid balustrade which shall, on that side facing the
stairs of the escalator, be smooth and substantially without pro-
jections.

16. Every such balustrade shall be provided with a hand rail
which shall be so designed as to move in the same direction and at
substantially the same speed as the escalator.





17. No such balustrade shall have any glass panels therein
unless the glass is of a tempered or laminated type.

18. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), the width
between the balustrades of any escalator shall. at a level 700 mm
above the nose line of the tread surface of the stairs of the escalator,
be not less than 600 mm nor more than 1 250 mm.

(2) The width at such level shall not, in any case. exceed the
width between the balustrades, at the level of the tread surface of the
stairs, by more than 330 mm.

19. (1) Every stair of an escalator shall be such that the width,
in the direction of travel, from the face of one riser to the face of the
next riser, is not less than 400 mm.

(2) The rise of any such stair shall be not more than 215 mm.

(3) The width of any such stair shall be not less than 400 mm.

(4) The clearance between every 2 such stairs shall be such
that, on the horizontal run thereof, the distance between them is not
more than 4 mm.

20. (1) The stairs of every escalator shall be illuminated
throughout their travel.

(2) The intensity of the light on the tread surface of the stairs
shall be not less than 55 Ix.

21. (1) The tread surface of every stair of an escalator shall be
slotted in a direction parallel with the direction in which the
escalator travels.

(2) Every such slot shall be not more than 7 mm in width and
not less than 10 mm in depth, and the distance from centre to centre
of adjoining slots shall be not more than 10 mm.

22. (1) There shall be provided, at the entrance to and exit
from every escalator, a combplate.

(2) Every such combplate shall be such that-

(a) it is adjustable both horizontally and vertically. and

(b)sections forming the same are readily removable in case of
emergency.

(3) The teeth of every combplate shall be so meshed with and
set into the slots of the tread surface of the stairs of the escalator that
the points of such teeth are always below the upper surface of such
tread surface.

23. No escalator shall have an angle of inclination exceeding
302 from the horizontal.





24. The rated load of every escalator shall be calculated by
means of the formula herein set out where W= the width of the stair
tread in metres and A=the horizontal distance in metres between
the teeth of the upper and lower combplates.

Rated load = 290 WA kg

25. The rate of speed of any escalator shall be not more than
0.65 m/s measured along the angle of inclination.

26. The starting switch of every escalator shall be-

(a) operated by a key; and

(b)situated in such a position that any person operating the
same is able to see the escalator.

27. (1) Every escalator shall be provided with a machine
brake.

(2) Every such brake shall be capable of stopping the escalator
with full rated load thereon.

28. (1) Every escalator shall be provided with a governor.

(2) The speed of the escalator at which the governor is
designed to operate shall, in no case. be more than 40 pep. cepit
greater than the rated speed of the escalator.

29. Every escalator shall be provided with an automatic device
which will cause the supply of power to the driving machine of the
escalator to be cut ofT in the event of the breaking of a step chain.

30. Where the driving machine of an escalator is connected to
the main drive shaft by means of a chain, there shall be provided an
automatic device which will cause the brake provided for such shaft
to be applied in the event of the breaking of the chain.

31. (1) Every escalator shall be provided with stop switches
for use on occasions of emergency.

(2) One such stop switch shall be situated at or near the upper
landing of the escalator and the other at or near the lower landing
thereof.

(3) Every such stop switch shall-

(a) be operated by means of a button;

(h)be such that the driving machine of the escalator cannot be
started thereby; and

(e)have clearly marked thereon, in English and Chinese, the
words---STOPSWITCH---.





32. (1) Where an escalator is installed in any building, it shall
be in addition to-

(a)any staircase required by regulation 39 of the Building
(Planning) Regulations; and

(b)the means of escape in case of fire and second staircase
required by regulation 41 of the Building (Planning)
Regulations.

(2) An escalator shall not be a staircase, passage or other
normal means of egress for the purposes of regulation 43 of the
Building (Planning) Regulations.
G.N.A. 79/59. G.N.A. 80/59. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 11/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 359/80. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 152/71. L.N. 11/75. Escalators to which Ordinance and regulations apply. G.N.A. 80/59, r. 4. Certain escalators to be enclosed by walls, etc. Doors in walls enclosing escalator. Borrowed lights in walls enclosing escalator. L.N. 294/76. Escalator and machinery space to be enclosed. G.N.A. 107/59. Access to escalator machinery space for inspection and maintenance. Access panel to be provided. L.N. 294/76. Truss and girders. Tracks for wheels of stairs. Factors of safety. Ventilation of space in which driving machine, etc. installed. L.N. 294/76. Illumination of machinery space. Escalator to have balustrade. Balustrade to have hand rails. Prohibition of glass panels in balustrade. L.N. 359/80. Width of escalator between balustrades. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 259/80. Stairs. L.N. 294/76. Illumination of stairs. L.N. 294/76. Tread surface of stairs to be slotted, etc. L.N. 294/76. Combplates. Angle of inclination. Rated load. L.N. 294/76. Rate of speed. L.N. 294/76. Starting switches. Machine brakes. Governors. Device to be provided in case step chain breaks. Device to be provided in case drive chain breaks. Emergency stop switches. Escalator to be an addition to staircases or means of escape in case of fire, etc. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 79/59. G.N.A. 80/59. G.N.A. 107/59. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 11/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 359/80. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 152/71. L.N. 11/75. Escalators to which Ordinance and regulations apply. G.N.A. 80/59, r. 4. Certain escalators to be enclosed by walls, etc. Doors in walls enclosing escalator. Borrowed lights in walls enclosing escalator. L.N. 294/76. Escalator and machinery space to be enclosed. G.N.A. 107/59. Access to escalator machinery space for inspection and maintenance. Access panel to be provided. L.N. 294/76. Truss and girders. Tracks for wheels of stairs. Factors of safety. Ventilation of space in which driving machine, etc. installed. L.N. 294/76. Illumination of machinery space. Escalator to have balustrade. Balustrade to have hand rails. Prohibition of glass panels in balustrade. L.N. 359/80. Width of escalator between balustrades. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 259/80. Stairs. L.N. 294/76. Illumination of stairs. L.N. 294/76. Tread surface of stairs to be slotted, etc. L.N. 294/76. Combplates. Angle of inclination. Rated load. L.N. 294/76. Rate of speed. L.N. 294/76. Starting switches. Machine brakes. Governors. Device to be provided in case step chain breaks. Device to be provided in case drive chain breaks. Emergency stop switches. Escalator to be an addition to staircases or means of escape in case of fire, etc. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2540

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:20 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (DEMOLITION WORKS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2539

Title

BUILDING (DEMOLITION WORKS) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (DEMOLITION WORKS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulaflon Page

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C2

2. Application ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... C 2

3. Duties of authorized person and registered contractor prior to commencement of
demolition ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2

4...................Provisions as to shoring. etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 2

5.........................Electric cables. etc. not to remain charged ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 3

6.......................................Precautions to be taken to prevent danger from fire or explosion. etc. ... C 3

7..................................Provisions in relation to shutes for removal of materials. etc. ... ... ... C 3

8..........................................Demolition works to be carried out under supervision of experienced person C 3

9.......................................Certain operations to be carried out only under competent supervision ... C 4

10....................Floors, etc. not to be overloaded ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 4

11.................................Precautions to be taken in relation to cutting of steelwork. etc . ... ... ... C 4

12. Precautions to be taken in re~ine framine ... ... . ... ... ... ... C 5

13. Offences and penalties...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... C 5





BUILDING (DEMOLITION WORKS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 October 1962.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Demolition
Works) Regulations.

2. These regulations apply to the demolition of a building or
of any substantial or significant part of a building.

3. (1) Before the demolition is commenced, the authorized
person appointed in respect of the demolition works shall-

(a)cause all gas, electricity, water and other meters to be
removed from the building and, save in so far as the same
may be used in the demolition works, cause the supply of
gas and electricity to the building to be disconnected; and

(b)cause any fitting attached to the building in connexion with
any tramway service, system of street lighting, supply of
electricity or other service to be removed.

(2) Before commencing the demolition, the registered con-
tractor appointed in respect of the demolition works shall-
(a)where a wall of the building abuts or fronts upon a street,
service lane or other open area accessible to the public-
(i) erect along that wall, at the level of the first floor of
the building above the level of the street, fans or catch
platforms,
(ii) erect fans or catch platforms at the level of such
other floors of the building as may be necessary to prevent
any nuisance from dust or danger from debris or materials
but so that such fans or catch platforms are sited at vertical
intervals of not more than 10 m with the uppermost fan or
catch platform not more than 10 m below the working
level, and
(iii) erect dust screens to cover the whole of the wall so
as to prevent any nuisance from dust,

(b) seal all sewer and drainage connexions, and

(e) remove all glazed sashes and doors from the building.

4. (1) Save as provided in paragraph (2), before commenc-
ing the demolition and at such times during the carrying out of the
demolition works as may be necessary, such precautions as may be
necessary shall be taken, by the provision of adequate shoring or
otherwise, to prevent, so far as is practicable, the accidental collapse
of any part of the building, or of any adjoining or other building,
the collapse of which may endanger any person.





(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in relation to a person
actually engaged in placing shoring or other safeguards for the
purpose of compliance with paragraph (1), if such precautions as
are practicable are taken to ensure the safety of that person.

5. No electric cable or other apparatus, other than such a
cable or apparatus used in the demolition works, that is liable to be a
source of danger, shall, at any time during the carrying out of such
works, remain electrically charged.

6. At all times during the carrying out of any demolition
works-

(a)the registered contractor appointed in respect thereof shall
take all practicable steps to prevent danger to persons
employed therein-
(i) from risk of fire or explosion through the leakage or
accumulation of gas or vapour; and
(ii) from risk of flooding from water mains, sewers or
culverts; and
(b)all external openings to or from the building shall be so
protected as to prevent danger to persons employed in the
demolition works.

7. Where shutes are provided for the removal of materials or
debris, they shall be so situated and constructed as to avoid, so far as
practicable, any danger to persons employed in the demolition
works or to any other person.

8. (1) The demolition and all works incidental thereto shall
be specifically placed under the supervision of a person experienced
in the carrying out of demolition works and appointed for the
purpose.

(2) Where 2 or more registered contractors take part in the
demolition works, each such contractor shall appoint a person in
accordance with paragraph (1) and either the same person shall be
jointly appointed by all the contractors taking part or each such
contractor shall make arrangements to ensure that no operation in
the course of the demolition works is undertaken by his workmen
save after consultation between all the persons appointed in accord-
ance with paragraph (1) as to the method by which, and the time at
which, the operation'is to be carried out.

(3) A notice in the prescribed form specifying the name of the
person or persons appointed in accordance with paragraph (1) shall
be posted up in a prominent position on the site of the demolition
works.





9. (1) The operations specified in paragraph (2) shall be
carried out only-

(a)under the immediate supervision of a competent foreman
with adequate experience of the particular kind of works;
or

(b)by workmen experienced in the kind of work and under the
direction of a competent foreman with adequate experi-
ence of the particular kind of work.

(2) The following operations are specified for the purposes of
paragraph (1)-

(a)the actual demolition of the framework of a building or of
any floor, wall, roof or staircase, save where there is no risk
of a collapse of any part of a building in the course of, or as
a result of, the demolition works, so as to endanger any
person employed in the demolition works, other than a risk
which could not reasonably have been foreseen;

(b)the actual demolition of any part of a building where there
is a special risk of collapse. whether of that part of the
building or of any part of a building, in the course of, or as
a result of, the demolition works, so as to endanger any
person employed in the demolition works.

(e)the cutting or breaking up or dismantling of reinforced
concrete, steelwork or ironwork forming part of the struc-
ture of a building;

the use of any powered mechanical plant or equipment in
actual demolition work.

(3) Where powered mechanical plant or equipment is used in
demolition work, the operator of that plant or equipment shall be-

(a)experienced in the operation of the particular plant or
equipment, and

(b)under the immediate supervision of a competent foreman
with adequate experience in demolition work.

10. (1) No floor, roof or other part of a building that is being
demolished shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to
render it unsafe or liable to become unsafe.

(2) No debris or materials from demolition shall be permitted
to accumulate against any fence, hoarding or wall so as to render it
unsafe or liable to become unsafe.

11. Where. during the carrying out of any demolition works,
steelwork or ironwork is being cut or released or dismantled,
precautions shall be taken, so far as is practicable, to prevent any
danger from a sudden twist, spring or collapse.





12. Where, during the carrying out of any demolition works,
any part of the framing is being removed from a framed or partially
framed building, all practicable precautions shall be taken to pre-
vent danger from collapse of the structure.

13. (1) An. authorized person who contravenes regulation
3(1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of 525,000.

(2) A registered contractor who contravenes regulation 3(2)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of 525,000.

(3) A registered contractor who contravenes regulation 6(a) or
regulation 8(2) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of 5 100,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.

(4) In the event of a contravention of regulation 4(1), 5, 6(b),
7, 8(1) or (3), 9(1) or (3), 10, 11 or 12, the registered contractor
appointed in respect of the demolition works shall be guilty of an.
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of
$100,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.
G.N.A. 74/62. L.N. 112/64. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 170/79. L.N. 358/80. Citation. Application. L.N. 358/80. Duties of authorized person and registered contractor prior to commencement of demolition. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 358/80. Provisions as to shoring, etc. L.N. 112/64. Electric cables, etc. not to remain charged. Precautions to be taken to prevent danger from fire or explosion, etc. Provisions in relation to shutes for removal of materials, etc. Demolition works to be carried out under supervision of experienced person. Form 37. Certain operations to be carried out only under competent supervision. L.N. 358/80. L.N. 358/80. Floors, etc. not to be overloaded. L.N. 358/80. L.N. 358/80. Precautions to be taken in relation to cutting of steelwork, etc. Precautions to be taken in removing framing. Offences and penalties. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 170/79. L.N. 358/80.

Abstract

G.N.A. 74/62. L.N. 112/64. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 170/79. L.N. 358/80. Citation. Application. L.N. 358/80. Duties of authorized person and registered contractor prior to commencement of demolition. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 358/80. Provisions as to shoring, etc. L.N. 112/64. Electric cables, etc. not to remain charged. Precautions to be taken to prevent danger from fire or explosion, etc. Provisions in relation to shutes for removal of materials, etc. Demolition works to be carried out under supervision of experienced person. Form 37. Certain operations to be carried out only under competent supervision. L.N. 358/80. L.N. 358/80. Floors, etc. not to be overloaded. L.N. 358/80. L.N. 358/80. Precautions to be taken in relation to cutting of steelwork, etc. Precautions to be taken in removing framing. Offences and penalties. L.N. 190/74. L.N. 170/79. L.N. 358/80.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2539

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:20 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (CONSTRUCTION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2538

Title

BUILDING (CONSTRUCTION) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (CONSTRUCTION) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulalion PART I age

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation ................................. ... ... . ... 7
2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
3. Materials ................................ ... ... B 9
4. British Standard Specification or British Standard Code of Practice ... ... B 9
5. Permissible stresses not to be exceeded ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9
6. Dispersion of load ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10
7. Overloading ................... .......... ... ... B 10
8. Support for adjoining and other buildings ... ... ... ... B 10

PART II

MATERIALS

9. Bricks and building blocks..........11 ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10
10. Cement ...................................B 11
11. Lime ........................................
12. Sand .................................. B 121
13. Red earth ................................ ... ... ... ... ... B 12
14. Water .. ................................B 12
15. Cement mortar .............................. I B 12
.......................................... . ... ..
16. Cement-lime mortar .......................B 12
17. Lime mortar .............................. ... B 13
18. Aggregate .................................. ... ... ... ... ... B 13
19. Concrete . ............................ ... ... ... ... ... B 14
20. Reinforcement for concrete B 17
21. Structural and rivet steel
.......................................B 17
22. Timber ...................................B 18
2R. Materials for damp-proofing ................. ... ... . ... ... B 18

PART III

LOADS

24. Buildings to be designed for wind effects ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19
25. Design loads. ............................ ... ... . ... ... B 19
26. Test load ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . B 24
27. Notice as to load ........... . ... B 24

PART IIIA

SITE FORMATION WORKS

27A. Site formation works... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25





Regulation PART IIIB Page

BULK EXCAVATIONS

27B....................Bulk excavation in scheduled area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 25

PART IIIC
GROUND INVESTIGATION

27C......................Ground investigation in scheduled area ... . ... ... ... ... ... B 25

PART IV

FOUNDATIONS

28. Foundations ................................. ... ... ... B -2 6
29. Construction of foundations ............ . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13 26
30. Site investigation .................... ... ~ 1 . ... ... ... ... ... B 26
31. Settlement ............................... ... ... ... ... ... - ... B 27
32. Safe bearing capacity ..........-............ ... ... ... ... ... B 27
33. Allowable bearing pressure ............ .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... B 27
34. Permissible pressure on concrete......... ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... B 29
35. Piling ...................................... ... ... - - ... ... ... B 29
36. Pressure from adjacent ground.......... ... ... ... ... ... 8,11
37. Foolings ..................... ....... ... . 1 . ... ... ... 8,11
38. Caissons .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8 32
39. Grouting ................................. B 3-1

PART V

SITES AND FLOORS

40. Covering of sites .......................... ... ... B 3
41. Areas. etc. to be paid................. ... ... ... ... ... B 34
42. Certain floors to be impernicale -.... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 34
43. Lowest floor to be above ground level ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... B 3,4
44. Ventilation below wood floors ................. ... ... ... ... ... B 34
45. Construction of wood floors ......-.......... ... ... ... ... ... B 35
46. Skirting 11 . B35

PART VI

WALLS AND PIERS

47. Construction and bonding of walls ......... ... . ... ... ... ... B 35
48 Buildings over 4 storeys or 15 m in height B35
49. Application of regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 35
50. Rules for measuring height of storeys and height of walls ... ... ... ... ... B 36
51. Rules for measuring lenght of walls B 36
52. Thickness of external walls and party walls of buildings other than public
building or buildings ofthe waterhouse class..,,., ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 353. Thickness of external and party walls of public buildings and building of the
warehouse class ... - . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3.1
54. Thickness of internal load bearing walls ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 38





Regulation Page

55. Recesses and openings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 38
56. Loads on walls ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... B 39
57. Corbelling and overhanging work ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 39
58. Thickness ofwalls where difference in ground levels ... ... ... ... ... ... B 40
59. Thickness of external walls of certain small buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... B 40
60. Cavity walls... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...---B 40
61. Glass block walls ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 41
62. Parapet walls... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 41
63. Boundary walls and fences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 41
64. Definition of slenderness ratio ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 42
65. Maximum compressive stresses in walls or piers of bricks or building blocks ... B 42
66. Maximum compressive stresses in walls and piers of concrete ... ... ... ... B 43
67. Eccentric loads and lateral forces on slender walls ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4 5
68. Panel walls ...... ... ... ... ... ... .... . ... ... ... ... ... B 45
69. Cladding ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 46
70. Party walls to he carried up to roof B46
71. Timber not to be built into walls il .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 846
72. Damp-proof courses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 47
PART VII

FIREPLACES, FLUES AND CHIMNEYS

73. Fireplaces and stoves to have hearths ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B47
74. Fireplace openings ... ... ... ... ... ...------... ... ... B 47
75. Fireplaces to have chimneys an flues ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 48
76. Chimney stacks to he carried above roof ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 48
77. Combustible materials in proximity to chimneys ... ... ... ... ... ... B 49
78. Chimney shafts ... .. ... ... ... ... ... .. . ... ... ...---... ... B 49
79. Open cooking slabs to have hoods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 51
80. Ceilings over fireplaces to be protected ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 51

PART VIII

ROOFS

81. Roofs to be covered ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 51
82. Roofs to be weatherproof ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 52
83. Accessible roofs to have parapet or railings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 52
84. Hollow ceilings .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 852

PART IX

DUTIES OF REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN STRUCTURAL
USE OF TIMBER. STEEL AND REINFORCED CONCRETE


85. Steel framed a d reinforced concrete structures ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 52
PART X

STRUCTURAL USE OF TIMBER

86. Finished sizes of structural timber ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 53
87. Minimum load on ceiling joists and floor boards ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 853





Regulation Page

88. Maximum permissible stresses in structural timber ... ... ... ... ... ... B 53
89. Maximum permissible stresses for posts and struts - .11 ... ... ... ... B 54
90. Effective length of posts and struts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 55
91. Maximum deflexion ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... - -B 56
92. Stresses due to imposed load on pitched roof ... ... ... - ... ... ... B 56
93. Combined bending and axial stresses ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 56
94. Joints and connexions - ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... B 56

PART XI

STRUCTURAL USE OF STEEL

95. Cleaning and protection against corrosion B 56
96. Protection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 57
97. Stresses (steel other than columns and struts) ... .1 . ... ... ... ... . B 57
98. Stresses in columns and struts ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... .. ... B 61
99. Stress due to wind ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 63
100. Combined stresses . ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... B 63
101. Grillage beams ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 64
102. EfFective length of columns and struts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 64
103. Ends of columns ... ... .. ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... B 65
104. Buses for columns ... ... B 65
105, Joints in columns ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... ... ... B 66
106. Filler floor beams ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 66
107. Deflexion and span of beams ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 67
108. Thickness of steel ... ... B 67
109. Bolts - . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 68
110. Rivets and riveting ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... - ... - . B 68
111. Welding ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 69
112. Fabrication and erection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 69
113. Saving... - . ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 70

PART XII

STRUCTURAL USE OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

114. Reinforcement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 70
115. Minimum cover of reinforcement ... ... ... ... .... B 70
116. Stresses in reinforced concrete ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 71
117. Stresses in reinforcement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...B72
118. Stresses in reinforced conerete columns ... ... ... ... ... B 73
119. Effective length of columns .............. ... ... ... B 74
120. Stresses due to wind...................... ... ... B 74
121. Longitudinal reinforcement for columns ... ... . ... ... ... ...B 74
122. Transverse or helical reinforcement for columns ... ... . ... ... ... ... B 75
123. Diameter of reinforcements ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 76
124. Spacing of reinforcements ... ... ... ... ... - . 1 . ... ... ... ... B 76
125. Shear reinforcement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 76
126. Stirrups - ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 77





Regulation Page

127........................Reinforcement in solid slabs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 77

128 Compression reinforcement ............. --- ... ... ... ... ... B 77

129...............Reinforced concrete walls ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 78
130...............Welding of reinforcement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 79

131...........Basis of design ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 79
132...........Stiffness of members .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 80
133...........Effective span .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 81

134...............T-beams and L-beams ..... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 81

135.............Bending moments .............. .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . B 82

136........................Beams and slabs spanning in 1 direction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 882

137. Slabs spanning in 2 directions at right angles with uniformly distributed loads B83

138..........................Distribution of concentrated load on solid slabs ... ... ... ... ... ... B 88

139...............Trimming for openings ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 88

140.............Resistance to shear .......... ... ... B 88
141.............Bond and anchorage ........ B 89

142...............................Floors and roofs of ribbed and hollow block construction .. ... ... ... B 92

143....................Permissible loads on columns-- ... ... ... ,, --- *** ... ... B 94

144........Footings ............. ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 96

145........................Method of design for flat slab construction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 96

146............................Definitions and notation or flat slab construction ... ... ... ... ... B 96

147........................Division of panels in flat slab construction ... ... ... ... --- ... B 97

148....................Minimum thickness of flat slabs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 97

149.................Shearing stresses in flat slabs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 97

150............................Columns and column heads in flat slab construction ... ... ... ... ... B 98

151........................Openings in panels in flat slab construction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 99

152....................Drops in flat slab/Construction ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 100
153....................Reinforcement of flat slabs generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 100

154................................Panel with ma r linal beams or walls in flat slab construction . ... ... B 101

155. Design of flat slabs as continuous frames... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 101

156. Empirical design of flat slabs B 102

157.................................Maximum permissible stresses in special and designed mixes ... ... ... B 104
158. Increase in maximum permissible steel stresses B 106

159. Stresses in columns of special and designed mixes ... ... ... ... ... ... B 107







160. Stiffness of members with higher steel and concrete stresses ... ... ... ... B 107

161. Load factor method of design ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 107

162. Slender beams and long columns designed by. the load factor method ... ... B 108

163. Simplified formulae for rectangular beam and solid slab sections in load factor

method ... ... ... ... --- ~ .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 108
164. Simplified formulae for T-beams or L-beams in load factor method ... ... ... B 109


165. Formulae for short columns subject to both direct load and bending in load
factor method ... .... ... ... ... ... B 110

PART XIII

WHARVES, PIERS AND SEA-AALLS

166. Wharves, piers and sea-walls ... ... ... ... ... ...B112





Regulation Page
PART XIV

RETAINING WALLS

167. Materials and design...---... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 112
168. Foundations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 1 ... ... B 112
169. Brickwork ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 112
170. Masonry ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...---... ... B 112
171. Bond courses required ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 112
172. Weep holes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J ... ... ... ... ... ... B 113
173. Copings and parapets ... ... ... ... ... B 113
174. Surface channels ... ... B H3

PART XV

WELLS

175. Permission from Building Authority to sink or reopen wells ... .. 1 ... ... B 113
176. Wells prohibited in certain places B 114
177, Wells to be of sufficient depth and diameter ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 114
178. Wells to be lined and filter required ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 114
179. Access for cleaning and close-fitting cover required ... ... ... ... ... ... B 114
180. Channels and paving to ground surface adjoining top of wells required ... ... B 115
181. Parapet wall required where water is drawn by a bucket ... ... ... ... ... B 115

PART XVI

FIRE RESISTING CONSTRUCTION

182. Interpretation ...... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... B 115
183.............Adjacent buildings ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...B 115
184. Elements ofconstruction within buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 115
185. Adjoining compartments to he paraled ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 117
186. Staircases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 117
187. Topmost storeys ... ... . .. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 118
188 Openings in walls separating compartments or enclosing staircases ... ... ... B 118
189. Borrowed lights...---... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 118
190. Basements ... ...---... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 118

PART XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

191. Doors for the disabled.. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 118

First Schedule. Methods for deter ning the resistance to crushing of concrete ... ... B 119
Second Schedule. Design of concrete mixes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 122

Third Schedule. Minimum requirements for construction and materials to be capable of
resisting the action of fire for specified periods ... ... ... ... ... B 124






BUILDING (CONSTRUCTION) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[7 February 1975.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Construc-
tion) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'B.S.' means the relevant British Standard published by the British
Standards Institution;
in relation to a wall, means the under side of that part of the
wall which immediate rests on the footings or foundation or
other structure by which the wall is carried.,

'bulk excavation' means all excavation except excavation for
ground investigation, public utility trenches, drains, sewers,
piles or caissons;

'caisson' means a foundation structure achieved by sinking a shell
through ground or water for the purpose of placing the founda-
tion at the required depth and shall include deep piers and
bored piles exceeding 900 m in diameter..

'chimney' means a construction enclosing a flue and attached to or
forming part of a building,

-chimney shaft- means a contruction not bonded into a building,
enclosing a vertical flue extending to a height above its topmost
lateral support greater an 6 times its least horizontal dimen-
sion measured at-

(a)the base of the chimney shaft where it is not supported
above the base; or

(b) the level of the topmost lateral support.

'chimney stack' means such part of a chimney (or combination of 2
or more chimneys),as is not within a building;

'cladding' means a structure for the purpose of facing or architec-
tural decoration additional to the external walls of any building;

'C.P.' means the relevant British Standard Code of Practice pub-
lished by the British Standards Institution;

'dead load' means the weight of walls, floors, roofs, partitions and
other permanent construction;





'dividing wall' means a wall which is required to be taken into
account in pursuance of regulation 51 in deeming another wall
to be divided into distinct lengths:

-external wall- means an outer wall of a building not being a party
wall. even though adjoining a wall of another building;

'flue' means a duct through which smoke or other products of
combustion or fumes from any cooking apparatus or stove or
oven. or vitiated air, pass or are intended to pass for the
purpose of reaching the open air,'

'imposed load' means load other than dead load and includes wind
pressure,

'incombustible material- means a material which neither burns nor
gives off inflammable vapours in sufficient quantity to ignite at
a pilot flame when heated in the manner specified in the
appropriate provisions of B.S. 476:1932 and -combustible
material- shall be construed accordingly;

'lateral support- in relation to a wall or pier means support which
resists movement in the direction of the thickness of the wall or
in the direction of the thickness or width of a pier;

'load bearing' in relation to any part of a building (including the
foundation) means aoy such part bearing a load other than that
due to its own weight and to wind pressure on its own surface.

'load factor' means the ratio of ultimate load of a member to its
working load;
'partition wall' means any internal wall not being a dividing wall,
external wall or party wall:

'party wall' means a wall forming part of a building and used or
constructed to used for the separation of adjoining buildings
belonging to different owners or occupied or constructed or
adapted to be occupied by different persons:

'plain concrete' means concrete complying with the provisions of
regulation 19 in which no reinforcement is included for struc-
tural purposes but in which reinforcement may be provided for
the purpose of restraining shrinkage or other movement.

'prestressed concrete' means concrete in which predetermined
stresses are induced to counteract the stresses due'to dead and
imposed loads for the purpose of eliminating or decreasing the
tensile stresses in concrete due to bending and shear,

'public building' means a building used or intended to be used
either ordinarily or occasionally as-

(a)a plade of public worship or for instruction other than a
place so used and being part of a domestic building;

(b) a hospital.





(c)a restaurant having a seating capacity for more than 100
persons; and

(d)a place of public entertainment or assembly to which
persons are admitted by ticket or otherwise,

'reinforced concrete' means concrete not inferior to that designated
Grade 111 in regulation 19 and reinforced by reinforcement
which complies with the provisions of regulation 20;

',safe bearing capacity' means the intensity of the loading due to the
weight and imposed loads of any proposed building works
including earth works (if any) that the ground under a founda-
tion will safely carry without risk of shear failure irrespective of
any consolidation settlement that may result;

-shell lime' means lime formed by burning sea shells or other like
marine calcium deposits;

',storey-height' for the purposes of regulations 64 to 67 means the
height of that part of a walhor pier which is between the level of
one lateral support and the level of the lateral support next
above or (if there is no such lateral support above) the top of
such wall or pier;

'ultimate bearing capacity- means the value of the net loading
intensity in the ground on any horizontal plane at which the
ground fails in shear.

3. All materials used in the construction of any building
shall---

(a)be of a suitable nature and quality for the purposes for
which they are used;

(b) be adequately mixed or prepared; and

(c)be applied,, used or fixed so as adequately to perform the
functions,for which they are designed.

4. The Building Authority may permit in writing subject to
such conditions as he may endorse thereon the use of any type of
material or any method of mixing or preparing materials or of
applying, using or fixing materials which conforms with a British
Standard Specification or a British Standard Code of Practice
prescribing the quality of material or standards of workmanship:

Provided that in the event of more than one such Standard or
Code having been issued, the type of material or method used shall
conform with the latest edition and any published amendments
thereto unless in these regulations a specific edition of Standard or
Code is required to be adopted.

5. Every building shall be so designed and constructed as to
be capable of sustaining safely and transmitting all the dead and
imposed loads without exceeding the appropriate limitations of
permissible stresses.





6. Where load is transmitted through plain concrete, brick-
work or other similar material, the angle of dispersion of the load
through that material shall be taken as not more than 45 with the
direction of the load.

7. No building shall be subjected to load beyond its proper
bearing capacity:

Provided that this regulation shall not apply with respect to any
load which may be required or permitted by the Building Authority
for the purpose of testing.

8. Where demolitions or other building works are carried out
which may affect adversely any adjoining or other building or street.
such building or street shall be provided with adequate support.

PART II

MATERIALS

9. (1) Every brick and building block shall be composed of
hard well-burned clay, natural or cast stone, concrete or other
incombustible material of like hardness and durability and shall
possess resistance to crushing not less than those respectively
specified in Table I.

(2) Cast stone and concrete blocks shall be cured at normal
temperatures until they attain the strengths specified in Table I and
in any case for not less than 4 weeks.


(3) Every brick and building block shall be of such size, shape
and surface as to permit of proper bonding and jointing.

(4) Where bricks and building blocks are formed with cavities.
hollows or perforations-

(a)the volume of such cavities, hollows or perforations shall
not exceed 1/2 the total volume of the brick or building
block;

(b)such cavities, hollows or perforations shall be so disposed
that the aggregate width of solid material measured at
right angles horizontally to the face of such brick or
building block shall be not less than 1 of the width thereof
at any one place;

(c)no wall of any cavity, hollow or perforation shall be less
than 20 m;

(d) such bricks or building blocks shall be so laid as not to
provide harbourage for vermin;

(e)no chase or recess shall be formed in such bricks or
building blocks,





(f) such bricks or building blocks may be used in load bearing
walls only-
(i) in single storey buildings;
(ii) in 2-storey domestic buildings; or
(iii) for enclosing the top storey of a building.

TABLE I

Bricks and building blocks

Description of brick or building block 3

1 2
Resistance to crushing in MPa
of gross horizontal area
Whether solid or
Purpose hollow

External or internal solid 10
(load bearing)
External or internal hollow 5
(load bearing)
External (panel) solid or hollow 3.5
(non-load bearing)
Internal (partition) solid or hollow 1.5
(non-loading bearing)

10. Cement shall be-

(a) ordinary Portland cement in conformity with the appropri-
ate provisions of B.S. 12:Part 2:1971; or
(b) rapid hardening Portland cement in conformity with the
appropriate provisions of B.S. 12:Part 2:1971;or

(c)Portland blast-furnace cement in conformity with the
appropriate provisions of B.S. 146: Part 2:1973; or

(d) any other cement approved by the Building Authority.

11. Stone lime shall consists of-

(a) quicklime formed by burning a natural rock or other
suitable material at such a temperature that it will slake
when brought into contact with water., or

(b)dry hydrated lime in the form of a fine dry powder
produced by treating quicklime so as to produce a dry.
sound product:

Provided that the calcium and magnesium compounds
present in the lime as oxides shall be not less than 70 per
cent by weight.





12. (1) Sand shall-

(a)consist of naturally occurring sand, crushed stone or a
combination of both,

(b) be hard, clean and free from adherent coatings;

(c) contain no appreciable amount of clay balls or pellets;

(d)contain no greater proportion of fine clay, silt or fine dust
(being such clay, silt or dust as will pass through a 25 urn
sieve) than-
(i) 5 per cent by mass in the case of naturally occurring
sand;and
(ii) 10 percent by mass in the case of crushed stone.

(2) Sand shall contain no harmful material in sufficient quan-
tity adversely to affect the hardening strength or durability of the
mortar, plaster or concrete, or, in the case of reinforced concrete,
to attack the reinforcement.

13. Red earth shall consist of decomposed rock containing not
more than 15 per cent of clay. It shall contain no harmful material
in sufficient quantity adversely to affect the hardening strength or
durability of the mortar or plaster.

14. Water shall be clean fresh water free from harmful matter.

15. (1) Cement mortar shall be composed of cement and sand
in the proportion of one volume of cement to not less than 2 nor
more than 4 volumes of sand.

(2) Lime or red earth may be added to such cement mortar in
the proportion of no more than 25 per cent of the cement in volume.

16. Cement-lime mortar shall be composed of cement, sand
and stone lime or shell lime, mixed by volume in the proportions
shown in Table II.

TABLE II

Cement-lime mortar


Note:Not more than 25 per cem of the volume of sand maybe replaced by an equal
volume of red earth.





17. (1) Lime mortar shall be composed of stone lime or shell
lime, sand or red earth mixed by volume in the proportions shown in
Table 111.

(2) Lime mortar with a base of shell lime shall not be used in
the construction of any load bearing wall.

TABLE III

Lime mortar


Note: Not more than 25 per cent of the volume of sand may be replaced by an
equal volume of red earth.

18. (1) Aggregate for plain concrete shall consist of sand.
well-burnt brick, well-burnt tile, well-burnt clinker, stone or any
other material of which the Building Authority may approve. It
shall be so graded as to make a sound concrete.

(2) Aggregate for reinforced concrete shall-

(a) consist of sand and crushed stone;

(b)be hard, strong and durable and reasonably clean and free
from clay, organic or other harmful matter;

(c) being fine aggregate, be of such size that-
(i) at least 90 per cent by mass will pass a 5 mm mesh
screen; and
(ii) not more than 15 per cent by mass will pass a 150
um mesh;

(d) being coarse aggregate, be of such size that-
(i) not more than 10 per cent by mass will pass a 5 mm
mesh screen; and

(ii) at least 95 per cent by mass will pass a mesh of a size
6 mm less than the minimum lateral distance between
reinforcing bars, or 6 mm less than the minimum cover,
whichever is the smaller, or in the case of solid slabs will
pass a 20 mm mesh screen; and

(e) be so graded as to make a dense concrete.





(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) but subject to paragraph
(2)(d)(1i). aggregate for reinforced concrete shall conform with the
appropriate provisions of B.S. 881Part 2:1973:

Provided that fine aggregate of grading zone 4 as given in
Table II of B.S. 882:Part 2:1973 may be used only in special and
designed concrete mixes.

19. (1) Concrete shall be composed of aggregate mixed with
cement and water.

(2) The fine aggregate and coarse aggregate shall be measured
separately.

(3) The proportions of cement to aggregate shall be those
specified in Tables IV, V and VI for the appropriate grade of
concrete:

Provided that-

(a)the use of any admixture shall be subject to the approval of
the Building Authority.

(b)where the Buildingg Authority approves the use of a cement
under regulation 10(d) the proportions of cement of aggre-
gate shill be tbose approved by the Building Authority;
and

(c)where the Building Authority is of the opinion that in any
particular case other proportions will produce a suitable
grade of concrete, he may permit such proportions for that
case.

(4) (a) Concrete designated as Grades I-V in column 1 of
Table IV and having the resistance to crushing specified for
such grades in the last column of that Table shall be known
as---Ordinary--- concrete.

(b)Concrete designated as Grades IA-IIIA in column 1 of
Table V , and having the resistance to crushing specified for
such grades in the fast column of that Table shall be known
as 'Quality A- concrete.

(5) The quantity of water used for making concrete shall not
exceed that required to ensure that the concrete is uniformly mixed.
can be readily placed and worked into position. and will make a
sound concrete.

(6) Concretes shall

(a)be deposited before setting has commenced and without
segregation of the materials;

(b)be adequately consolidated by tamping or any other means.
including vibrating, approved by the Building Authority:





(c)remain undisturbed after consolidation until hardened
sufficiently to withstand safely any stresses to which it may
be subjected.. and

(d)be adequately protected from the weather, from premature
drying. or other causes of damage until it has hardened.

(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (3) but sub-
ject to the provisions of regulations 157 to 165 and the First and
Second Schedules, concrete mixes may be designed to possess a
resistance to crushing within the ranges specified/in Table VI subject
to the mix limitations in that Table beinQ complied with and such
mixes shall be known as special mixes or designed mixes.

(8) In the application of Tables IV and V-

(a) (i) cement shall be measured by weight,
(ii) aggregate may be measured by weight
(iii) the weight required shall be determined from the
volume given in the Tables and the mass per cubic metre of
the aggregate; and
(iv) the proportions given in the tables are for dry
aggregates and wehter the aggregates are moist due allow-
ance must be made for bulking; and

(b) (i) concrete shall satisfy the requirement for resistance
to crushing at 28 days after mixing:
(ii) the resistance to crushing at 7 days after mixing
may be used as a control but a sufficient number of tests at
28 days after mixing shall be made to confirm that the gain
in strength between 7 and 28 days is satisfactory; and
(iii) the respective ratio of resistances to crushing at 7
and 28 days shown in the Tables are appropriate for
ordinary Portland cement and where rapid hardening
Portland cement alters the ratio it is to be adjusted
accordingly.

(9) In the application of Table VI--

(a) the weights of aggregate given in the Table are based on
the density of crushed granite, and should be adjusted
accordingly for aggregate with a density different from
crushed granite, and

(b) the ratio of the resistance to crushing within 7 days after
mixing to the resistance to crushing within 28 days after
mixing shall be taken as 1:1.3 for intermediate resistances
within the limits specified in Table VI.

(10) High alumina cement concrete shall not be used in general
building works except with the written approval of the Building
Authority.





TABLE IV

Ordinary concrete: grades I to V


* Sum of oiumqs of line and coarse aggregates measured ~epdrutely.

TABLE V

Quality A concrete: grades IA to IIIA

* Sum of volumes of fine and coarse aggregates measured separately





TABLE VI

Special and design concrete mixes


20. Reinforcement for concrete shall be-

(a) hot rolled steel bars in conformity with the appropriate
provisions of B.S. 4449:1969;

(b)hard drawn mild steel wire in conformity with the appro-
priate provisions of B.S. 4482:1969;

(c) cold worked steel bars in conformity with the appropriate
provisions of B. S. 4461:1969,

(d)steel fabric in conformity with the provisions of B.S.
4483:1969;

(e)such othe reinforcement as the Building Authority may
approve as being suitable, having regard to the particular
circumstances of the case.

21. All structural and rivet steel used in building shall, before
fabrication-

(a) comply with either-
(i) Grade 43, B.S. 4360 relating to mild steel for general
structural purposes; or
(ii) Grade 50, B.S. 4360 relating to high yield stress
(welding quality) structural steel,

whichever is appropriate; or

(b)be such structural and rivet steel as the Building Authority
may approve.







22. (1) Structural timber shall be---
(a) (i) Oregon Douglas Fir (Pseutlot.~ug(i iax~folia (Poiret)
Britton);
(ii) Longleaf Pine or Pitch Pine (Pinus Palustris Miller);
(Iii) Shortleaf Pine or Pitch Pine (Pinus echinala Mil-
ler), or
(M Keruing (Dipterocarpus Spp.),
which for the purpose of these regulations shall be known
as Class A timber;
(b) (i) Canadian Spruce (Picea glauca (Moench) Voss);
(ii) European Larch (Larix decidua Miller), Red Pine
(Pinus resinosa Aiton);
(iii) Western Hemlock (T.,;ug(t hetep.opl~i,Iia (Refines-
que) Sargent), Common.Spruce or White Fir (Picea abies
(Litinacus) Karsten)., or
(iv) Red Meranti/Red Seraya/Red Luaun (Shorea Spp.),
which for the purpose of these regulations shall be known
as Class B timber, or

(c)such other timber as the Building Authority may approve
as beihg suitable, having regard to the particular circum-
stances of the case.

(2) The provisions of paragraphs A2-A17 inclusive of Appen-
dix A to C.P. A 112:Part 2:1971 shall apply to all timber to be used for
structural purposes and such timber shall comply with the minimum
requirements for 50 grade timber as required by Appendix A to C.P.
112:Part 2:1971.
(3) Structural timber (other than tiling battens) shall be
properly seasoned and when tested by the methods described in
Appendix A to C.P. 112: Part 2:1971 the moisture content shall
not exceed 22 per cent.

23. Materials for damp-proofing shall consist of---
(a) sheet lead or sheet copper;

(b) asphalt,

(c) self finished bitumen impregnated felt laid in bitumen,

(d)a core of sheet lead and bituminized hessian cloth between
2 layers or coats of bitumen surfaced with talc or other
suitable material;

(e)a core of sheet lead between 2 layers of bituminized felt
fibre coated with bitumen and surfaced with tale or other
suitable material; or

(f) any other suitable material or combination of materials.
which the Building Authority may approve as being dur-
able, impervious to moisture and in all other respects
suitable for their purpose. having regard to the particular
circumstances of the case.





PART III

LOADS

24. (1) Every building, including its foundations, shall be
designed to the satisfaction of the Building Authority to resist the
combined effects, as well as the separate effects, of dead and imposed
loads and wind loads on walls and roofs, including internal wind
pressures, for winds from any direction.

(2) A building shall be deemed to be designed in accordance
with paragraph (1) in respect of wind load if its design complies with
the Code of'Practice on Wind Effects published from time to time by
the Building Authority.

25. (1) In calculating dead load, the unit weights of the
materials shall be deemed to be-

(a)those specified in B.S. 648:1964 in the case of material
therein mentioned, and

(b) in the case of any otheV materials. such unit weights as may
be ascertained to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(2) The dead load of any partitions whereof the positions are
not definitely located in the design of the building, shall be deemed
to be a uniformly distributed load/m2 of the floor on which the
partitions are to be created of 30 per cent of the estimated dead
weight per metre run of those partitions but no less than 1 kPa/m2 if
that floor or part of a floor is used for office purposes.

(3) In all cases the imposed loads to be provided for shall be
ascertained to the satisfaction of the Building Authority but. subject
to the provisions of this regulation-

(a)the minimum imposed loads (not including induced wind
loads) for the floors, roofs, stairs and landings and corri-
dors and cantilever steps of the types specified in Table VII
and for slabs forming part of, and for beams supporting
such floors, roofs, stairs and landings and corridors and
cantilever steps, shall be-
(i) the loads specified in column 3 of Table VII; or
(ii) the loads specified in column 4 or 5, as the case may
be, of Table VII,

whichever shall be the heavier;

(b)for the purpose of ascertaining the reactions to be allowed
for in calculating the loads on columns. piers, walls or
foundations, the minimum imposed loads (not including
induced loads from wind effects) shall be either-
(i) the loads specified in column 3 of Table VII, or
(ii) as ascertained to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority,

whichever shall be the heavier; and





(c)the imposed loads to be provided for types of floors, roofs,
stairs and landings and corridors and cantilever steps not
mentioned in Table VII shall be ascertained to the satisfac-
tion of the Building Authority.

TABLE VII

Mininium imposed loads (not including induced wind loads)






1 2 3 4 5






1 2 3 4 5


Note: *Specified loading is applied vertically.

(4)(a) In calculating the total imposed load (not including
induced wind loads) on any column, pier, wall or founda-
tion, the minimum imposed loads for every floor carried
thereby may be deemed to be subject to the reductions
specified in Table VIII:

Provided that, in factories and workshops whereof the
minimum imposed load is more than 7.5 kPa, or is more
than 6.0 kPa but not more than 7.5 kPa, the total imposed
load shall be not less than that obtained if all the floors had
been designed for an imposed load of 7.5 kPa or 6.0 kPa
respectively without the reductions specified in Table VIII.











TABLE VIII

Reductions of minimum imposed loads

1 2

Number of floors carried by Percentage reduction of minimum
member under consideration imposed load on all floors above the
member under consideration
0
2 10
3 20
4 30
5 or more 40

(b)Where a single span of beam supports not less than 45 M2
of floor at any one level, the minimum imposed load (not
including induced wind load), for the purpose only of
determining the design of the beam, may be deemed to be
subject to a reduction of 5 per cent for each complete 45 m'
of that floor so supported but not more than 20 per cent in
all.
(c) The reduction specified in sub-paragraph (a) or (b), which-
ever is the greater, may be taken into account in calculating
the total load on ady column, pier, wall or foundation.

(d)The reductions spe'cified in sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)
shall not apply with respect to-
(i) the floors of factories and workshops whereof the
minimum imposed load per m2 is 6 kN or less;
(ii) the floors of warehouses, of garages, and floors used
for storage purposes; or
(iii) indued wind load.

(5) Parapets, handrails and balustrades, together with the
connexions and members which give them immediate structural
support, shall be, designed for the following minimum horizontal
static loads (which shall be assumed to act at handrail or coping
level) or for wind efFects (where applicable)-

(a)stairways, landings and balconies for domestic buildings in
single occupancy---0.35 kN/m;

(b)balustrades, parapets, handrails and barriers in places of
assembly or in garages-2.2 kN/m;

(c) all other stairways, landings and balconies and all para-
pets, handrails and balustrades to roofs and retaining
walls-0.75 kN/m.

(6) No building or part of a building shall be deemed to
comply with paragraph (5) with respect to any moving load or loads
from machinery inducing vibration unless adequate provision for all
dynamic eftets has been made to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority.





26. (1) The test load for any structure or part of a structure,
excepting for piles and foundations, shall be such that the total load
during the test includes the full dead load Plus 1 1/4 times the imposed
load (not including induced wind load) for which that structure or
that part thereof has or should have been designed. This load shall
be maintained for a period of 24 hours before removal.

(2) During the test adequate struts strong enough to take the
whole of the dead load and test load shall be placed in position
leaving a gap under the members to be tested. The test load shall not
be applied to a reinforced concrete structure until at least 28 days
after the date of concreting.

(3) The structure or that part thereof under test shall be
deemed to be satisfactory if all the following conditions are met
within their limits-

(a)no structural defects, signs of weakness or faulty construc-
tion can be observed; and

(b) the maximum deflexion during the test shall not exceed
1/360 of the span 1/180 of the span for cantilevered members);
and

(c) within 4 er removal of the applied test load, the
recovery of deformation shall be not less than-
i) in the case of a reinforced concrete or steel framed
structure, 75 per cent; and
(ii) in the case of a timber structure, 50 per cent,

of the maximum deflexion during the test.

(4) The Building Authority may require a re-test of a structure
or part of a structure to be carried out with the same loading, and
conditions where the recovery is-

(a) in the case of a reinforced concrete or steel framed struc-
ture, less than 75 per cent but not less than 50 per cent; or
(b) in the case of a timber structure, less than 50 per cent but
not less than 40 per cent.

(5) If on re-test of a structure or part of a structure under
paragraph (4) he recovery is at least-

(a)in th case of a reinforced concrete or steel framed struc-
ture, 75 per cent; or
(b) in th case of a timber structure, 50 per cent,

of the maxim m deflexion during the re-test, the structure or part
shall be deemed to be satisfactory.

27. (1) In every storey of every building with a designed
imposed load (not including wind load) of 5 kPa and over. there
shall be exhibited by the owner, at each staircase or at some other
appropriate place, permanently and conspicuously, a notice in





English and Chinese incised or embossed, of metal, plastic or other
suitable material, in letters and figures not less than 15 mm high,
stating the imposed load for which the floor has been designed, in
the following form-

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

NOTICE

The imposed load on this floor is not to exceed
........................... kilograms per square metre.

(2) Where floors of different room or different parts of floors
have been designed for difFerent imposed loads, a notice in the form
in paragraph (1) shall be suitably displayed in each room or on each
part of the floor, as the case may be, indicating the variations.

PART IIIA

SITE FORMAION WORKS

27A. (1) Site formation works shall be designed and con-
structed so that during Construction and thereafter there is an
adequate margin of safety of the works and the remainder of the site.

(2) The carrying out site formation works shall not render
inadequate the margin of safety of, or cause damage to, any
building, structure or land.

PART IIIB

BULK EXCAVATION

27B. Bulk excavation in the scheduled area shall not be carried
out below levels to be determined by the Building Authority.

PART IIIC

GROUND INVESTIGATION

27C. All groand investigation in the scheduled areas shall be
designed and carried out to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.





PART IV

FoUNDATIONS

28. The foundations of every building shall be designed and
constructed so as to be capable of sustaining and transmitting safely
all the dead and imposed loads to the ground without impairing the
stability of that or of any other building, street, hillside or slope,
nullah or service.

29. Foundations shall be-

(a) constructed of plain or reinforced concrete; and

(b) at a depth below the surface of the ground sufficient to-
(i) secure adequate bearing capacity of the ground;
(ii) avoid intederence with drains, nullahs, sewers or
other services in,ddjacent streets, roads or lanes;
(iii) avoid overloading the foundations of adjacent
buildings or the ground supporting such foundations; and
(iv) avoid creating unstable conditions in hillsides or
slopes;

(e)of such thinkness, not being less than 150 mm. and of such
width as ay be necessary to comply with the provisions of
regulations 5 and 6:

Provided that where the foundation rests on sound
hard rock the thickness of concrete need be no more than is
necessary to provide a suitable level surface on which to
construct the building. and

(d) symmertrically under the centre of action of the load:
provided that where the foundation is subjected to
bending moment or eccentric loading, it shall be so
designed, as to comply with regulations 5 and 33.

30. (1) Where foundations are proposed to be constructed an
investigation of the site shall be undertaken to establish, to the
satisfaction if the Building Authority, the type and character of the
ground on which the foundations are to be placed.

(2) Where the initial investigation does not established beyond
doubt that the ground is in all respects suitable for the purpose of
supporting the foundations without the risk of undue settlement
instability, further tests must be undertaken appropriate to the
ground conditions and the size and complexity of the building works
and to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(3) Soil tests carried out under paragraph (2) shall be con-
ducted in accordance with the relevant provisions of C.P.: 2001
(1957), Site Investigation.

(4) In all cases the data obtained from adjoining sites may be
used in support of the investigation undertaken.








31. (1) In the design of foundations, consideration shall be
given to-
(a) the probable differential settlement of the building; and
(b) the probable total settlement of the building.
(2) Where appreciable variations in ground conditions occur
on a site on which a new building or an extension to an existing
building is proposed to be erected special consideration shall be
given to probable differential settlement and, if the Building
Authority so requires, calculations of the estimated settlements shall
be provided.
(3) The estimated ditferential settlement shall in no case induce
an estimated angular distortion in excess of 1/300 in any part of the
proposed structure unless the Building Authority is satisfied that in
the special circumstances of the case an estimated angular distortion
in excess of 1/300 is acceptable.


32. (1) The safe bearing capacity of the ground shall have a
factor of safety of not less than 3 on the ultimate bearing capacity.
(2) Unless adequate tests are carried out to justify higher
values the safe bearing capacity adopted shall not exceed that
specified in Table IX for the appropriate type of ground.

33. (1) The pressure on the ground under any foundation
shall not exceed the allowable bearing pressure which shall be the
safe bearing capacity or such lesser value as may be necessary for the
control of settlement or for the safety of adjacent cuttings or slopes,
to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(2) Where it is proposed to exceed the values in Table IX, the
allowable bearing pressure for rock-

(a)shall be determined with due regard to all the circum-
stances, including the depth of foundations. the jointing of
the rock and the spacing, dip, thickness and degree of
weathering of the joints; and
(b)shall nof exceed the permissible bearing pressure of the
material of the foundation.
(3) For decomposed granite and decomposed volcanics where
approved tests show that the safe bearing capacity exceeds the values
specified in Table IX, the allowable bearing pressure for shallow
foundations shall not exceed 2 times the value specified in Table IX
or such lesser value as may be required under paragraph (1).
(4) For cohesive soils where approved tests show that the safe
bearing capacity exceeds the values specified in Table IX, the
allowable bearing pressure shall not exceed 1 1/2 times the value

specified in the Table IX or such lesser value as may be required
under paragraph (1).
(5) For non-cohesive soils-
(a)whenever there is a risk of the ground water level rising to
a depth below the base of the foundation of less than the





width of that foundation. the allowable bearing pressure
shall not exceed the submerged bearing capacity or such
lesser value as may be required under paragraph (1).
(b)where the foundation is less than 1 metre in width, the
allowable bearing pressure shall not exceed the safe bear-
ing capacity multiplied by the actual width of the founda-
tion measured as a decimal fraction of a metre or such
lesser value as may be required under paragraph (1).
(c)the allowable, bearine,pressure may be increased by 5 per
cent for each 0.3 m of depth below the lowest ground
surface adjacent to the foundation:
Provided that it shall not exceed 2 times the safe
bearing capacily specified in Table IX or such lesser value
as may be required under paragraph (1).
(6) The allowable bearing pressure used in the design of
foundations for resisting the combined effect of dead and imposed
loads may be increased by not more than 25 per cent where such
increase is solely due to wind loads.

TABLE IX

Safe bearing capacities of ground under foundations







Note: In the above table, the terms used shall be deemed to have the following
meanings-
compact - a soil which requires the use of a pick for removal;
loose - a soil which is readily removahie by shovelling only:
dry - that the ground-water level is at a depth of not less than 1 m
or the width of the foundation, whichever is the greater. below
the base of the foundation:
core
recovery
(rock) - the actual length of the core of rock. taken by means of rotary
drills fitted with a coring bit. expressed in percentage of ever~
1.5 m interval of depth the coring is advanced into the rock.

34. The pressure on plain reinforced concrete in founda-
tions shall not exceed those specified in Table X.

TABLE X

Pressure on concrete or reinforced concrete foundations

1 2

Designation as specified in regulation 19 Maximum pressure in kPa
Grade IA 7800
IIA 6500
IIIA 5300
Grade I 5400
II 4700
III 4200
IV 2 100
v 1 600

35. (1) All piling used in connexion with the foundations of
any building shall, to the satisfaction of the Building Authority, be
of adequate load bearing capacity and of an approved type and each
pile shall-

(a)be of material of such quality as to be durable and strong
enough to carry its load without exceeding the appropriate
limitations of permissible stresses and, where plain or
reinforced concrete piles are used. the average compressive
stress on the nominal cross sectional area shall not exceed 5
MPa;

(b)comply with regulation 5 and be designed so as to be
capable of sustaining the working load with a safety factor
appropriate to the type of pile and the method of design
adopted;





(c)be driven or constructed, in accordance with the design of
the foundation and type of pile, to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority and, in the case of driven piles. be
driven in such a manner so as not to damage the material
of the pile or any adjacent piles;

(d)be spaced from adjacent piles at not less than the perimeter
of the pile or 1 m, measuring in each case from centre to
centre, whichever is the greater:

Provided that-
(i) in the case of piles bearing on rock, the spacings may
be reduced to not less than 750 mm or 2 times the least
width of the pile, whichever is the greater; and
(ii) where any pile has been placed incorrectly, any
displacement of the pile exceeding 75 mm in plan from
the designed position shall be taken into account in the
foundation design;

(e)in the case of precast reinforced concrete piles. be designed
and constructed so that the handling stresses do not
exceed the permissible stress in bending for concrete and
reinforcement specified in Table XXVII and XXIX respec-
tively ar so that the driving stresses do not exceed 2 times
the permissible stress in direct compression specified in
Table XXVII,

(f) if of timber, be---
(i) stripped of bark and treated with an approved
preservative process. and
(ii) after driving and before the capping is placed, be
cut to sound wood at the topend so that the cut ofrlevel is
below the probable permanent ground water level.

(g)be capped with plain or reinforced concrete of quality not
inferior to that designated Grade III in regulation 19. and

(h)be adequately restrained against lateral movement at the
top of the pile.

(2) Piled foundations shall be designed and constructed so as
to carry safely all dead and imposed loads on the foundations and
any lateral loading to which the foundations may be subjected.

(3) Where 5 or more piles are placed in such proximity that the
capacity of the piles to sustain loading may be affected by other piles
a pile group shall be deemed to exist and the allowable load on any
group of piles shall not -
(a)exceed the sum of the safe bearing capacities of the piles in
the group multiplied by a group reduction factor of 0.85:

Provided that---
(i) in special circumstances and having regard to the
nature of the ground and the size of the group. the group
reduction factor may be increased with the approval of





the Building Authority, and the Building Authority may
require the group reduction factor to be decreased;
(ii) no group reduction factor shall be applied where the
piles bear on rock of category 1(a), (b) or (c) of Table IX; or
(b)cause the average vertical pressures in the ground pene-
trated by, or underlying the piles, to exceed the allowable
bearing pressures of such ground.
(4)(a) Where piles are driven through subsiding fills or other
subsiding strata and derive support from underlying firmer
materials, consideration shall be given to the downward
frictional forces which may be imposed on the piles by the
subsiding upper strata, and the bearing capacity of each
pile as determined by test or calculated by formula shall
be reduced by the amount of the total downward frictional
force.
(b)For the purposes of this paragraph, the total downward
frictional force may be estimated as the cohesion of
remoulded specimens of the soils multiplied by the surface
area of the pile or the full weight of the ground between
and around the piles in the subsiding strata. whichever is
the lesser.
(5) Where any doubt exists as to the capacity of any pile to
sustain adequately and without undue settlement the load for which
it has been designed the pile all be tested by means of the
imposition of a test load, which load shall be 2 times the load for
which the pile was designed and which shall be maintained for 72
hours and if the total settlement recorded exceeds 15 mm the pile
shall be deemed to be unsatisfactory:
Provided that in any partilcular case the Building Authority may
direct the pile to be tested by any other method to the satisfaction
of the Building Authority, in which case the standard of acceptance
shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.
(6) The authorized person or registered structural engineer
shall keep or cause to be kept accurate records of materials and
principal dimensions of each pile and other data relevant to the
particular type of pile used and shall submit 2 copies of such records
to the Building Authority.

36. Where the ground adjacent to any building exerts pressure
upon or causes the application of load to any part of that building.
such building shall be constructed so as to be capable of sustaining
safely and transmitting that pressure or load without exceeding the
appropriate limitations of permissible stresses.

37. Where footings are required to spread loads from walls to
fbundations, the bricks or building blocks below the base of such walls
shall increase downwards by regular offsets not exceeding 1/2 the thick-
ness of the brick or building block on 1 or both sides of such walls.
Such bricks or building blocks shall, where possible, be laid as headers.





38. (1) All caissons shall be constructed of plain or reinforced
concrete not inferior to that designated as Grade IIIA in regula-
tion 19.

(2) Where underground water is encountered during concret-
ing the permissible unit compressive stress under the maximum load
from the superstructure, and all other loads, including negative
frictional forces, shall not exceed 80 per cent of the permissible direct
compressive stresses of concrete as specified in regulation 116 or 157.

(3) Where dewatering is to be undertaken the procedure for
carrying out this operation and any precautionary measures to
avoid settlement of any adjoining buildings, streets or land shall be
to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(4) Excavation for caissons shall be carried out with due
precautions to prevent the migration of subsoil.

(5) Where any doubt exists as to the capacity of any caisson to
sustain, adequately and without undue settlement, the load for
which it has been designed the caisson shall be tested-

(a) by means of core drilling of the completed in-situ concrete,
in which case
(i) the core drilling shall be taken through the full depth
of the caisson;
(ii) the core drilling shall be carried down to not less
than 600 mm into the ground upon which the caisson is
founded.
(iii) the completed core so taken shall be properly
marked and arranged in order for inspection on site by
representatives of the Building Authority; and
(iv) the necessary crushing tests shall be carried out by
an independent testing authority; or

(b) by any other method to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority. in which case, the Building Authority shall
determine the standard of acceptance to be adopted.

(6) The authorized person or registered structural engineer
shall keep or use to be kept accurate records of-

(a)materials used in, and principal dimensions of, each cais-
son constructed;

(b) soil layers excavated; and

(e)all tests carried out on the bearing strata or the concrete
laid,

and shall submit 2 copies of such records to the Building Authority.

39. (1) Where improvement of ground bearing capacity under
the foundation is to be achieved by grouting the ground under the
foundation with cement or other mixtures, adequate proof of the
suitability of the method and materials to be used shall be given to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority.






(2) Where grouting treatment has been carried out, adequate
tests of the treated ground, to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority, shall be made.

(3) Where the grout or the pressure from the grout may affect
adjoining or nearby buildings, drainage, nullahs, sewers, streets,
slopes or hillsides adequate precautionary measures. to the satisfac-
tion of the Building Authority, shall be taken.

PART V

SITES AND FLOORS

40. (1) The ground surface within the external walls of every
building shall be covered with a layer of concrete, not inferior to that
designated Grade V concrete in regulation 19, finished smooth on
the upper surface. Such concrete shall have a thickness of-

(a)not less than 150 mm of Grade V concrete where the
concrete is laid on ground;

(b) not less than 100 mm where it is-

(i) not inferior to Grade V concrete and is laid on a
consolidated bed consisting of clinker, broken bricks or
other similar materials not less than 75 mm thick; or
(ii) not inferior to Grade III concrete; or
(iii) reinforced to comply with regulation 5.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any building which is-

(a) to be used solely~'
(i) as a foundry or blacksmith's shop;
(ii) for the milling or storage of timber;
(iii) for the storage of acids and chemicals which are
injurious to concrete;

(b) of 1 storey-
(i) open on 2 or more sides; or
(ii) intended to be used solely for the storage of builder's
materials or plant; or
(iii) intended to be used solely as a greenhouse, or tool
shed, and does not communicate by any door, window or
other opening with any building to which paragraph (1)
applies.

(3) Where in any part of a building the layer of concrete
required by paragraph (1) is also a floor of the building, that layer
shall be constructed of concrete not inferior to Grade Ill, not less
than 100 mm thick, and laid on a consolidated bed not less than 75
mm thick constructed of clinker, broken bricks or other similar
materials.





(4) Where in any part of a building the floor next above the
ground is constructed of plain or reinforced concrete. constructed so
as to leave between it and the ground an air space, ventilated in
accordance with paragraph (5) and enclosed so as to prevent its use
for any other purpose. such floor may be deemed to be the layer of
concrete required by paragraph (1).

(5)(a) An enclosed space under a floor shall be ventilated
on at least 2 sides with air-bricks or otherwise, having an
open area of not less than the equivalent of 4 000 mm',,m
of external wall. No single opening in any such air-brick
or ventilator shall exceed 5 mm in its least dimension.

(b)Where the flow of air may be obstructed in places by solid
construction, ducts of a total area equal to not less than 2
times the total area of the opening in the air-bricks or other
ventilator in the external walls shall be formed in such solid
construction.

41. (1) The ground surface of every area, back yard or
alleyway of every building (unless exempted as a garden) shall be
covered with-

(a)a layer of concrete not less than 100 mm thick and not
inferior to Grade V.

(b) stone or brick paying bedded and jointed in cement mortar;

(c) a layer of bituminous macadam 75 mm thick finished
mooth with a stopping of fine bituminous macadam 25
mm thick; or

(d)a layer of such other impervious material as the Building
Authority may approve.

(2) Such surface covering shall be laid to fall at a gradient of
not less than 1 in 80 to a gulley trap or drainage channels connected
to a surface water drain.

42. The floor of every room to which a water supply is
provided shall be constructed of concrete or such other impermeable
material as the Building Authority may approve.

43. The level of the floor next above the ground of every
building shall be not less than 150 mm above the level of the surface
of the external ground, paving or oversite concrete at the entrance to
that floor.

44. (1) Where in any part of a building the floor next above
the ground is constructed of wood, it shall be so constructed as to
leave an air-space not less than 225 mm deep between the level of the
underside of the joists and the level of the upper surface of the layer
of concrete required by regulation 40(1) and that space shall be so
ventilated as to comply with the requirements of regulation 40(5).





(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply where a
continuous damp-proof membrance complying with the require-
ments of regulation 23 is provided between the concrete and the
floor.

45. (1) Every wood floor shall be constructed of tongued and
grooved boards, strips or blocks and shall be-

(a)where of boards or strips, nailed or otherwise securely fixed
to floor joists; or

(b)where of blocks, fixed to a screeded concrete sub-floor with
asphaltic bitumen or coal tar or other adhesive as the
Building Authority may approve.
(2) Every wood block floor bedded on concrete in contact with
the ground shall be provided with a continuous damp-proof layer to
protect the timber against rising damp, and such damp-proof layer
shall not be inferior to a layer of hot bituminous adhesive of
sufficient thickness to prevent the wood from coming into contact
with the concrete.

46. Every skirting shall be solidly bedded against the wall to
which it is attached.

PART VI

WALLS AND PIERS
47. The walls of all buildings shall be constructed of-

(a)bricks or building blocks bonded and solidly put together
with mortar;

(b) concrete not inferior to Grade V;

(e) reinforced concrete; or

(d)any of the foregoing materials in combination with a
framework of steel or reinforced concrete.

48. Buildings which exceed 4 storeys or 15 m in height shall be
constructed-

(a) with a frame work of steel or reinforced concrete;

(b) with load bearing walls of reinforced concrete;

(e) with a combination of (a) and (b); or

(d)by any other method of construction approved by the
Building Authority.

49. (1) Except where paragraph (2) applies, walls constructed
of bricks, building blocks or plain concrete other than panel walls,
shall comply with the provisions of-





(a) regulations 71 and 72; and

(b) (i) regulations 50 to 63; or
(ii) regulations 64 to 67.

(2) In the case of a building where the imposed floor load
exceeds 7.5 kPa, the load bearing walls shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with regulation 129.


50. (1) For the purposes of regulations 52 and 53, the height
of the lowest or only storey shall be measured from the base of the
wall, and the height of any other storey shall be measured from the
level of the underside of the floor structure of the storey to the level
of the underside of the floor structure next above it or, if there is no
such storey, then to the highest part of the wall or, in a storey
comprising a gable to 1/2 the height of the gable.


(2) The height of a party wall comprising a gable shall be
measured from its base to the base of the gable; the height of any
other wall comprising a gable shall be measured from its base to 1.
the height of the gable; and the height of any wall not comprising a
gable shall be measured from its base to its highest part excluding
any parapet which does not exceed 1 200 min in height.


51. (1) For the purposes of regulations 52 and 53, walls shall
be deemed to be divided into distinct lengths by piers, buttresses.
chimneys or dividing walls. Such piers, buttresses, chimneys or
dividing walls shall be bonded into the walls, and-

(a) in the case of a pier or buttress shall-
(i) extend upwards from the base of the wall to the top
of the wall;
(ii)be, at any height, not less in thickness (measured so
a include the wall) than 3 times the thickness of the
wall; and
(iii) be not less in breadth than 2 times the thickness of
the wall;

(b)in th case of a chimney shall have a horizontal sectional
area excluding any fireplace opening or flue, of not less
than the area required for a pier or buttress and an overall
thickness of not less than 3 times the thickness of the wall it
is deemed to divide; and

(c)in the case of a dividing wall shall, if an internal load
bearing wall, comply with the requirements of regulation
54(1) and in any case be of a thickness of at least 1/2 of that
prescribed by regulation 52 or 53 in respect of the wall
which it is deemed to divide and shall have a length
measured at right angles to the buttressed wall equal to not
less than 1/6 of its height.





(2) All measurements of length of walls shall be made from the
centres of the return walls, dividing walls, piers. buttresses or
chimneys.

52. Except as provided in regulations 60 and 68 every external
and every party wall built of bricks or building blocks in a building
other than a public building or a building of the warehouse class
shall be-

(a) of not less thickness than that specified in Table XI;

(b)built in cement mortar or cement-lime mortar containing
not more than 6 volumes of sand to 1 volume of cement.

TABLE XI

Thickness of external and party walls of building other than public buildings or
buildings of the warehouses class


53. (1) Except as provided in regulation 68 every external and
every party wall built of bricks or building blocks in a public
building or a butIding of the warehouse class where the imposed
floor load does not exceed 7.5 kPa shall-

(a)be built in cement mortar or cement-lime mortar containing
not more than 6 volumes of sand to 1 volume of cement;





(b)have a thickness at the top and for 5 m below the top of not
less than 340 mm:

Provided that it may be not less than 225 mm for-
(i) a wall having 1 storey height not exceeding 3.5 m;
(ii) the topmost storey height of a wall where that wall
does not exceed 7 m in height.

(2) Every such wall being of the height and length specified in
Table XII shall have a thickness at the base not less than that
specified in that Table.

(3) The thickness of the intermediate parts of such wall
between the base and 5 m below the top shall be of not less thickness
than that obtained if the wall were to be built solid throughout the
space between straight lines drawn each side of the wall and
joining the thickness at the base to the thickness at 5 m below the
top.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(b), offisets shall not be
made in a wall between the base and the top thereof, except at the
level of lateral supports.

TABLE XII

Thickness of external and party walls of public buildings
and buildings of the warehouse class

54. (1) Every internal load bearing wall built of bricks or
building block (not being a party wall) shall have a thickness not
less than 1/2 that required under regulation 52 or 53, as the case may
be, for an external or party wall of the same height but 2 times the
length, and in any case not less than 225 mm.

(2) A non load-bearing partition wall, adequately restrained
laterally on all 4 edges may be of a thickness such that when 3 times
its height is added to its length the total does not exceed 200 times its
thickness.

55.(1) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 52,
53 and 54(1), openings and recesses may be formed in walls
to which the provisions of such regulations apply.





(h)No such recess shall reduce the width of any wall to less
than 225 mm.

(c)The aggregate width of all recesses and openings formed at
any 1 level shall not exceed 2/3 the length of the wall at that
level.

(d)Where the wall is a buttressing wall, every recess or opening
at any level shall be at a distance from the buttressed wall
of not less than ' the height of the buttressing wall.

(2) An arch or lintel sufficient to support the superstructure
shall be built of incombustible material over every recess or opening
in any wall.

(3)(a) Openings may be formed in party walls other than
those separating parts of the building in different owner-
ship.

(b) Such openings shall be fitted with self-closing doors in
frames, the whole so constructed as to be fire resisting for
at least 1/2 hour.

(c)In any row of houses or terrac exceeding 35 m in length or
consisting of more than 6 houses or tenements, party walls
without openings shall be provid at a distance apart not
exceeding 35 m, or 6 houses or tenements, whichever is the
less.

(d) Where opening in party walls are closed, bricks or solid
building blocks not less 225 mm in thickness or
reinforced concrete not less than 100 mm in thickness shall
be used.

(4) For the purpose of this regulation. the expression---recess-
shall include any chase or other reduction in the required thickness
of a wall.

56. (1) A wall shall not be subject to loads other than distri-
buted loads:
Provided that any wall may be subject to any concentrated load
which is transmitted to that wall by a beam, column, pier or other
structural member, having such bearing on the wall and such
additional support as shall be necessary to comply with the require-
ments of regulation 5.

(2) For the purp oses of this regulation, joists set at distances
apart not exceeding 1 m shall be deemed to compose a distributed
load.

57. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 55, where any
part of any wall overhangs any part beneath it, it shall-

(a) be in addition to the required thickness of that wall, and

(b)be corbelled out or otherwise supported to comply with
regulation 5.





(2) The projection of any corbelling shall not exceed 1/3 of the
thickness of the wall immediately below, that corbelling.

58. (1) Where the level of the ground or of the surface of the
site concrete is different on 1 side of a wall to that on the other, the
width of such wall in a building built of bricks or building blocks
shall be not less than 1/4 of such difference of level.

(2) If such difference in level exceeds 1.8 m. the wall shall be
designed and built as a retaining wall and in accordance with
regulation 48 of the Buildifig (Planning) Regulations.

59. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2)-

(a)a 1 -storey building, other than a domestic building, whose
width measured in the direction of the span of the roof
does not exceed 9 m and the height of whose walls does not
exceed 3 m or

(b) a garage, greenhouse, store. water-closet or other room
(attached to a domestic building) not intended to be used
for habit tion and not exceeding 3 m in height.

may have external walls not less than 100 mm thick.

(2)(a) W ere any such wall exceeds 2.5 m either in height or
lenght it shall be bonded into piers, 1 of which shall be
placed at each end of the wall, not less than 225 mm square
in horizontal section, or of such greater size as may be
required to give adequate stability.

(b)Wher any, such wall exceeds 3 m in length additional such
piers hall be placed in the wall so as to divide the same
into h ngths not exceeding 3 in.

(c)All bedding and Jointing in such walls and piers shall be in
cemeT t mortar.

(d)Such walls shall bear no load other than the distributed
load of the roof. which shall be so constructed that the
walls ire not subject to any lateral thrust therefrom.

60. (1) A load-bearing external or party wall not exceeding
7 m in height and 9 m in length in a building other than a public
building or a building of th e warehouse class. and, subject to the
provisions of regulation 68 a panel wall in any building, may be
constructed as a cavity wall.

(2) NO storey in a building of cavity wall construction shall
exceed a height f 3.5 m.

(3) Cavity walls shall be constructed of solid bricks or building
blocks properly bedded and jointed in cement mortar, and shall
comprise 2 leaves, each not less than 100 mm thick and an interven-
ing cavity not less than 50 mm and not more than 75 mm wide.





(4) The 2 leaves shall be united---

(a)by iron ties so shaped as not to transmit moisture across
the cavity and not less than 20 x 3 mm in cross-section,
well galvanized or otherwise protected from corrosion, or

(b) by ties of such other materials and cross-section as to
comply with the relevant current; British Standard Speci-
fication.

(5) Such ties shall be built into the horizontal bed joints during
erection and placed at distances apart not exceeding 900 mm
horizontally and 450 mm vertically.

(6) Such ties shall also be placed at distances apart not
exceeding 300 mm (measured vertically) within 150 mm of the sides
of all openings.

(7) The cavity shall during construction be kept free from
mortar droppings.

(8) In the case of load-bearing walls the cavity shall extend
downwards at least 150 mm below the level of the low~r damp-proof
course of the wall, and in all walls, wherever the cavity is bridged a
damp-proof course or flashing shall be provided to direct moisture
away from the inner leaf of the wall.

(9) Adequate drainage shall be provided to all cavities through
the outer leaf of the wall. The maximum width of any opening for
drainage purposes shall not exceed 5 mm.

61. Where glass block panels are built into walls other than
party walls-

(a)the opening into which the glass blocks are built shall be so
constructed that no load from the building is transferred to
the glass blocks,

(b)the maximum area of a single panel shall be 9 m' and the
maximum vertical dimension shall be 4.5 m in external
walls or 6 m in internal walls.

62. Every parapet to an external or party wall shall-

(a) where built of bricks or building blocks have-
(i) a thickness of not less than 225 mm. and
(ii) a height not more than 6 times its thickness;

(b)where built of reinforced concrete have a thickness of not
less than 100 mm.

63. (1) The boundary round the site of any building adjacent
to a street or scavenging lane shall be provided with a boundary wall
or fence not less than 1.8 m in height unless exempted by the
Building Authority.

(2) Every boundary wall of bricks or building blocks shall-

(a) be built in cement mortar or cement-lime mortar;





(b)if not exceeding 1.8 m in height, be not less than 100 mm
thick and built solid or honeycombed; and

(c)be provided with buttresses or piers not less than 225 mm
square in horizontal section and not more than 2 m apart
centre to centre which shall be placed-
(i) at all angles of such wall; and
(ii) at each end thereof unless such wall is bonded into
another wall not less in thickness than the buttresses or
piers required..

(d)if exceeding 1.8m in length but not exceeding 3 m in
height, be not less than 225 mm thick.

64.(a) The slenderness ratio of any wall or pier of any storey
height shall be-
(i) in the case of a wall. the ratio of the effective height
to the thickness of the wall, exclusive of plaster or
rendering.
(ii) in the case of a pier. the ratio of the effective height
to the least lateral dimension.

(b)The effective height of a storey height of a wall or pier shall
be as shown in column 2 below-

Support to Wall or Pier Effective Height

(i) Wall with lateral support at 3/4 of the storey height.
of that storey height

(ii) wall without lateral support 1 1/2 times the storey
top of that storey height.
height.

(iii) pier with lateral support at the storey height.
the top of that storey height
(iv) pier without lateral support 2 times the storey,
at the top of that storey height.
height

65. (1) Where, in the case of walls or piers built of bricks or
building blocks, the slenderness ratio of any storey height does not
exceed 1, the compressive stresses in such storey height shall not
exceed those specified in Table XIII for the designated bricks or
building blocks opposite the specified mixture of mortar.

(2) Where the slenderness ratio of such storey height exceeds 1,
the compressive stresses in that storey height shall not exceed the
appropriate stress specified in Table XIII multiplied by the factor
specified in Table XIV for the slenderness ratio of such storey height:

Provided that the slenderness ratio shall not exceed 18.

(3) The compressive stress shall be deemed to be the sum of
the dead and imposed loads distributed uniformly over the area
sustaining such load.





TABLE XIII

Maximum compressive stress in MPa in walls and piers of bricks or
building blocks when the slenderness ratio does not exceed 1



* In accordance with regulation 15 up to 1/4 part of lime may be added to
cement-mortar.

TABLE XIV

Reduction factor under paragraph (2) for slenderness ratio of
walls and piers of bricks and building blocks

Note:The factor for intermediate values of the slenderness ratio shall be determined
by interpolation.

66. (1 ) Where, in the case of walls or piers built of concrete,
the slenderness ratio of any storey height does not exceed 1, the
compressive stresses in such storey height shall not exceed those
specified in Table XV for the designated grade of concrete.

(2) Where the slenderness ratio of such storey height exceeds
1, the compressive stresses in that storey height ~hall not exceed
the appropriate stress specified in Table XV multiplied by the
factor specified in Table XV1 for the slenderness ratio of such
storey height:





Provided that the slenderness ratio shall not exceed-

(a) in the case of a pier, 18;

(b)in the case of a wall with the minimum reinforcement
specified in paragraph (4), 24.

(3) The compressive stress shall be deemed to be the sum of
the dead and imposed loads distributed uniformly over the area
sustaining such load.

(4)(a) Shrinkage reinforcement shall be provided in all con-
crete walls.

(b)The volume of that reinforcement shall be not less than 0.4
per cent of the volume of the concrete in the wall, and half
of that reinforcement shall be disposed vertically and half
horizontally.

(c) The reinforcernent all be disposed near the wall surface
and the spacing of bars shall not exceed 300 mm.

TABLE XV

Maximunt compressive stress in MPa on walls and piers of concrete,
when the slenderness ratio does not exceed 1

Maximum permissible
stress


TABLE XVI

Factor for slenderness ratio of walls and
piers built of concrete



mined by interpolation.





67. (1) The maximum stresses specified in regulations 65 and
66 may be exceeded by not more than 25 per cent where such excess
is caused solely by eccentricity of loading or to lateral forces or to a
combination of both.

(2) Additional stresses of a purely local nature as at girder
bearings, column bases and lintels or other concentrated loads. are
to be calculated and the maximum stress resultinu from these
combined with those provided for in regulations 65 and 66 and
paragraph (1) shall not exceed the permissible stress given in
regulations 65 and 66, as the case may be, by more than 50 per cent.

(3) In the case of walls of building blocks. no reliance
shall be placed on the tensile strength of the bricks or building
blocks.
68. (1) Where an external wall is constructed of materials
used in combination with a framework of steel or reinforced
concrete, any part of that wall which does not sustain and transmit
any load other than tha t due to its own weight and to wind pressure
on its own surface may be deemed to be a separate panel wall.

(2) In every panel wall constructed, otherwise than as a cavity
wall, of bricks, building blocks or plain concrete-

(a) the thickness shall be not less than 225 mm throuahout:

(b) the height shall not exceed 7 m.

(c)either the height or the length (whichever is the less) shall
not exceed 18 times the thickness. and

(d)the base shall not overhang the beam upon which it is
supported, to a greater extent than 1/3 of the thickness of the
panel.

(3) In every panel wall constructed as a cavity wall-

(a)the provisions of regulation 60 shall be complied with
except tlhat the inner leaf may be constructed of solid or
hollow bricks or blocks not less than 100 mm thick..

(b) the heigh shall not exceed 7 m;

(c) either the height or the length (whichever is the less) shall
not exceed 3.5 m;

(d) the base shall not exceed 20 m2; and


(e) the base shall not overhang the beam upon which it is
supported, to a greater extent than 1/3 of the thickness of
the overhanging leaf:

Provided that. if the bottom courses are built solid for
the full thickness of the panel wall to a height above its
base at least equal to that full thickness, the base may.
overhang the beam to an extent not exceeding 1/3 of that full
thickness.





(4) In everv panel wall constructed of reinforced concrete-

(a) the thickness shall be not less than 100 mm; and

(b)the volurne of that reinforcement shall be not less than 0.4
per cent of the volume of the concrete in the wall and of
that reinforcement shall be disposed vertically and half
horizontally.

69. (1) Cladding shall-

(a)be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials,
including the frames and sills of windows and doors;

(b) have its external face constructed of-
(1) glass;
(11) copper or aluminium alloy sheeting:
(iii) sheet iron or steel protected by vitreous enamel; or
(M such other materials as the Building Authority, may
approve.

(2) Cladding shall either--

(a) abut solidly against----
(i) the end of any wall partition or any column which
forms part of an enclosure to a compartment of the
building or which forms part of an enclosure to a staircase
or other vertical shaft; and
(ii) any floor or beam; or

(b)have any voids in these positions filled with non-combus-
tible material to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(3) Cladding shall be fixed to the main structure of the
building at intervals not exceeding 3.5 in apart vertically, and 1.5 m
apart horizontally.

(4) The strength, stiffness, stability, and durability of the
cladding shall be to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

(5) All fixings securing the cladding to the main structure shall
be of stainless steel. phospher bronze. aluminium bronze or other
materials to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

70. (1) Every party wall shall be carried up to the underside of
the roof.

(2) Where the roof is constructed of combustible materials

(a) no combustible part of such roof shall be carried across the
party wall; and

(b) the roof covering shall be solidly bedded in mortar direct
on the top of the party wall for its whole width and length.

71. No floor or roof joist bond timber or wood plate shall be
built into the thickness of any wall.





72. (1) Every wall built of bricks or building blocks shall
be constructed wA a damp-proof course complying with regula-
tion 23.

(2) Such damp-proof courses shall be constructed-

(a)horizontally through the wall at a height of not less than
150 mm above the highest finished level of the external
ground or paving or the surface of any oversite concrete on
either side of the wall;

(b) horizontally under the coping of a parapet wall,

(c) vertically on the outer face of a wall where the ground
surface on the outside of the wall is higher than any floor
of the building. together with a horizontal damp-proof
course under the floor;

Provided that such damp-proof course may be
omitted where the floor and wall are constructed of
properly water-proofed reinforced concrete of not less
than 200 mm in thickness;

(cl)horizontally through the whole area of the brickwork of a
chimney a6ove the roof and be connected to the apron
flashing.

PART VII

FIREPLACES, FLUES AND CHIMNEYS

73. (1) Where any fireplace or stove is built or placed on any
floor which is constructed of combustible material it shall be
provided with a hearth of concrete, stone or other like incombustible
material, level with the floor, under and before the fireplace or stove.

(2) Such hearth shall---
(a)be solid for a thickness of not less than 150 mm in every
part;
(b) extend not less than 150 mm beyond each side of the
fireplace or stove opening;

(c) extend not less than 450 mm in front of the fireplace or
stove opening;

(d) if of concrete, be reinforced with not less than 300 mm2 of
reinforcement per metre width in each direction; and

(e) be adequately supported.

74. (1) Any wall of bricks or building blocks at the back of a
fireplace shall be not less than 100 mm thick and in the case of an
external or party wall it shall be not less than 225 mm thick.

(2) Such minimum thickness shall be carried up from the level
of the hearth to the level of the ceiling of the room in which the
fireplace is situated:





Provided that where the flue from that fireplace is back to back
with another flue. such thickness shall be carried up to a height of
not less than 300 mm above the level of the top of the fireplace
opening.

(3) The jambs of every fireplace opening shall be not less than
225 mm wide on each side.

(4) The enclosure and breast of every fireplace opening shall
be supported by a lintel of reinforced concrete or steel or an arch of
brick or stone.

(5) Every fireplace shall be lined with refractory fire bricks or
slabs not less than 50 mm thick set in fireclay.

75. (1) Every fire ace shall be provided with a chimney.

(2) Where solid fuel or oil is burnt every fireplace shall have its
own flue.

(3) The flue in every such chimney shall-

(a)where used for a fireplace burning solid fuel or oil be not
less than 200 mm across in any direction;

(b)where used for an open domestic gas fire or other gas fire
appliance---
(i) be not less than 0.013 m2 in cross sectional area; and
(ii be encased in incombustible material not less than
25mm thick exclusive of plastering:

Provided that voids may be left in such material
enclosing the flue and not connected therewith.

(4) Every such chimney shall---

(a) be rendered or pargeted on the inside lined with fireclay.
stoneware or other like incombustible material; and

(b) where used for a fireplace burning solid fuel or oil be made
of solid bricks or building blocks, be properly bonded and
solidly put together with cement mortar, or of plain or
reinforced concrete, not less than 100 mm thick:

Provided that soot doors may be inserted in such
chimneys.

76. (1) Every chimney stack shall be carried up above the
level of the highest point of its intersection with the adjoining roof or
gutter to a height of at least---

(a)450 mm where used in connexion with a gas-fired appli-
ance, or

(b)900 mm where used in connexion with a fireplace burning
solid fuel or oil.





(2) The height of every chimney stack measured from the level
of the highest point of its intersection with the adjoining roof or
gutter to the top of the stack. shall not exceed 6 times the least
horizontal dimension of the stack unless it is adequately secured
against over-turning.

(3) The topmost 6 courses of every chimney stack constructed
of bricks or building blocks shall be laid in cement mortar, or
cement-lime mortar containing not less than 1 volume of cement to
every 6 volumes of sand.

(4)(a) Where the height of a chimney stack measured from
the level of the highest point of its intersection with the
adjoining roof or gutter exceeds 1.5m, the part of such
chimney stack above 1.5 m may be constructed of metal
pipes, adequately stayed to resist wind pressure. and with a
cross sectional area not less tha 3/4 of the cross sectional
area of the chimney stack belolw and in any case not less
than 150 mm in internal diameter.

(b) Such pipes shall be construct - -
(i) of cast iron, not less than 5 mm thick at any point, or
(ii) of mild steel plates not less than 5 mm thick, or
(iii) if used with a gas-fired appliance of steel metal of a
thickness not less than 1 mm.

(c) All metal in flue pipes shall be protected against corrosion.

77. (1) No timber (other than wood plugs) or other combus-
tible material shall be placed in any wall or chirmney within 225 mm
of any flue or the inside of any fireplace opening.

(2) No wood plugs shall be driven into any wall or chimney
within 150 mm of any flue or the inside of any fireplace opening.

(3) No woodwork or other combustible material of the sur-
round of any fireplace opening shall be fixed round that opening
unless it is-
(a)distant at least 150mm measured horizontally and 300 mm
measured vertically from that fireplace opening, and

(b) solidly backed with incombustible material.

78. (1) Every chimney shaft built of bricks shall comply with
the following provisions-

(a)it shall be constructed of suitable solid bricks jointed with
suitable mortar;

(b)it shall be square, circular, or of any regular polygonal
shape, and the outer face shall be built to a batter of at
least 20 mm in every 1 m of height;





(c)the height measured from the base to the top of the
chimney shaft, shall not exceed the least width of the base
multiplied by-
(i) 10 times if the shaft be square,
(ii) 12 times if the shaft be circular or polygonal;

(d)the thickness at its top and for 6 m below its top shall be at
least 225 mm and it shall be increased by 1, brick for every
additional 6 m, or part thereof. measured downwards:

Provided that-
(i) any cap, cornice, plinth, string course or other
departure from plain brickwork; and
(ii) any internal lining,

shall be additional to the thickness of the brickwork
required by this paragraph,

(e) any internal lining shall not be bonded with the brickwork.

(f) any metal used in connexion with the construction of the
shaft shall be properly protected against corrosion;

(g) any footing which may be provided at the base of the
shaft shall pread all round at base by regular offsets and
the space enclosed by, such footings shall be filled in solid
with concrete.

(2) Every chimney shaft built of reinforced concrete shall
comply with the relevant provisions ol' Part XII for the structural
use of reinforced concrete and shall comply with the following
provisions-
(a) the connerete shall be not inferior to that designated Grade
IIIA in regulation 19;

(b)the reinforcement shall be in accordance with the require-
ments of regulation 20 and the concrete cover shall be not
less than 40 mm thick;

(c) the concrete stresses shall not exceed the maximum permis-
sible stresses in regulation 116 or 157 if special or designed
mixes are used:

(d) the stresses in the reinforcement shall not exceed 60 per
cent of the maximum permissible stresses in regulation 117
or 58;

(e) due account shall be taken of the effect of temperature
stresses; and

(f) any lining which may be provided to the shaft shall not be
taken as contributing to the strength of the shaft.

(3) If built of mild steel shall be constructed of steel plates not
less than 5 mm thick and properly stayed and protected against
corrosion.





(4) The foundations of the shaft shall be so proportioned that
the resultant of all loads shall be within the middle third of the
foundations, or if on plied foundations shall cause no tension in
any pile.

(5) In paragraph (1)(g) 'base' means the underside of the
course immediately above the footings, if any, or if there are no
footings the bottom of the chimney shaft.

79. (1) Every open cooking slab (not being a fireplace and not
directly connected to a chimney) constructed or adapted for the use
of coal, charcoal or wood as fuel shall be provided with an
incombustible hood of sheet metal or other material as the Building
Authority may approve, connecting with a chimney.

(2) The bottom edge of such hood shall be not more than 2 m
above floor level and shall cover the area of the cooking slab.

80. No floor or roof of combustible material shall be con-
structed over any fireplace, heating appliance or oven, burning solid
fuel or oil fuel, within 1.5 m of the top of such fireplace, heating
appliance or oven, unless protected with a lining of incombustible
material not less than 5 mm thick, covering a horizontal area of not
less than 10 m2 and so arranged as to give the most eftetive
protection.

PART VIII

ROOFS

81. (1) The roof of every building and of any minor structure
placed above such rool except the doors, and frames of dormers or
sky lights shall be covered with tiles, glass, metal or other incom
bustible material:

Provided that where a roof is constructed entirely of incom-
bustible materials the external covering may consist of-

(a)rock asphalt containing not more than 17 per cent by
weight of bitumen; or

(b)a layer or layers of compressed and impervious felt mem-
brane roofing having an aggregate thickness of not more
than 10 mm bedded down solidly on the roof by viscous
materials.

(2) Where the roof is covered in a manner provided by pro-
viso (b) to paragraph (1) the external layer of such roofing shall
be surfaced with hard incombustible mineral matter incorporated
during manufacture.

Provided that asbestos based roofing felt need not be so
surfaced where the slope of the roof is not greater than 20 degrees
from the horizontal.





82. Every roof shall be-

(a) weatherproof; and

(b)provided with adequate gutters and rain water pipes to
prevent the direct discharge of water upon or over any
footpath or roadway.

83. Every part of a roof, to which access is provided, shall be
protected by parapet walls or railings not less than 1 100 mm in
height from finished roof lev ' cl and so constructed as to inhibit
climbing and the passage of articles more than 100 mm in their
smallest dimension. The lowermost 150 mm of such parapet walls
or railings shall be built solid.

84. Where a ceiling is constructed with a space between it and
the floor or roof above, such space shall be properly protected
against vermin and in the case of a timber floor or roof, such space
shall also be adequately ventilated.

PARTIX

DUTIES OF REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN STRUCTURAL
USE OF TIMIBE, STEEL AND REINFORCED CONCRETE

85.(1) (a) Where any steel framed or reinforced concrete
structure is designed in accordance with the provisions of
regulation 113 or regulations 157 to 165, the structural
details and calculations required by regulation 8(1)(i) of
the Building (Administration) Regulations shall be pre-
pared and signed by a registered structural engineer.

(b)The construction of any structure so designed shall be
supervised by a registered structural engineer in accord-
ance regulation 37 of the Building (Administration)
Regulations.

(2) Structures may be designed and constructed in prestressed
concrete, shall construction or any other methods and materials,
subject to-

(a) the production of proof to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority regarding the soundness of design; and
(b) the structural details and calculations required by regula-
tion 8(l)(i) of the Building (Administration) Regulations
being repared and signed by a registered structural engineer.


(3) Where the Building Authority is satisfied with the proof of
soundness of design of any structure under paragraph (2)(a), the
construction shall be supervised by a registered structural engineer
in accordance with regulation 37 of the Building (Administration)
Regulations.





PART X

STRUCTURAL USE OF TIMBER

86. (1) Every joist, binder, rafter and purlin shall have a
finished breadth of not less than 35 mm.

(2) Floor boards and boarding to flat roofs shall have a
finished thickness of not less than 16 mm.

87. (1) For the purpose of determings the sizes of ceiling
joists a total load shall be taken of not less than 1 kPa. but for the
purpose of designing the construction supporting those joists. the
total load may be taken as 0.5 kPa.

(2) For the purpose of determining the required thickness of
tongued and grooved floor-boards, an imposed load shall be taken
per meter width of the boarding of not less than the load for slabs
specified in column 4 of Table VII for the type of floor specified in
that Table.

(3) Where plain-edged floorboards are used, each floorboard
shall be capable of resisting, without exceeding the maximum
permissible stress specified in Table XVII. the load for slabs specified
in column 4 of Table VII for the type of floor specified in Table VII.
irrespective of the width of the floorboards.

(4) Subject to the provisions of regulation 86(2). the required
thickness of floorboards shall be not less than the thickness deter-
mined by calculation plus 3mm for wear.

88. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of regulation 92, the stresses
in structural timber, other than posts and struts. shall not exceed the
maximum permissible stresses specified in Table XVII.

TABLE XVII

Maximum permissible stresses instructural timber (other than
posts and struts) in M Pu
1 Class of timber

2 3
Kind of stresses
A B

Flexural stress in extreme fibre, (other than floor-
boards) with adequate lateral restraint against
winding or buckling ...................... .... 7.0 5.5
Flexural stress in extreme fibres of floorboards 5.5 5.5
Shear stress in direction of grain 0.7 0.7
Compressive stress perpendicular to grain 2.4 1.7
Tension in direction of grain 10.3 8.3

Modulus of elasticity (mean) ...... 11 000 8 300
Modulus of elasticity (minimum) .. . 7 000 5 200





(2) The mean value of the modulus of elasticity shall only be
used for rafters and floor and ceiling joists and, in all other cases, the
minimum value of the modulus of elasticity shall be used.

(3) Where the direction of the load is inclined to the direction
of the member, the permissible compressive stress for the inclined
surface shall be determined by the formula:

Cbi = CbtCb/Cb sin2 0 + Cbt cos2 0
where - Cb is the permissible compressive stress parallel to
the grain,

Cbi is the permissible compressive stress for the
inclined surface,

Cbt is the permissible compressive stress perpendi-
cular to the grain, and

0 is the angle between the direction of the load and
the direction of the grain.

(4) The shear strength at square cornered notches at the ends
of a flexural member shall be calculated by using the effective depth
(dc)shown in the following figure:

Beam notched at end

and also a permissible shear stress equal to that specified in Table
XVII multiplied by the reduction factor K where-
K= effective depth (de)/total depth (d)

(5) For the purpose of this regulation, adequate lateral restraint
to a flexural member against winding or buckling shall be deemed to
have been provided if the distance between the lateral restraints does
not exceed 50 times the breadth of the member.

89. (1) Subject to regulation 92, the compressive stress in the
direction of the grain of a post or strut shall not exceed the
maximum permissible stress specified in Table XVIII for the ratio of
effective length (l) to the least radius of gyration (k) (or the least
lateral dimension (b) in respect of solid members of rectangular
cross-section only) specified in that Table.





(2) In a post or strut the ratio of effective length (1) to-
(a) least radius of gyration (k), shall not exceed 200; or
(b) least lateral dimension (b), shall not exceed 58.
(3) No post or strut shall be so notched as to reduce its
dimensions below those found necessary by calculation.

TABLE XVIII

Maximurn permissible compressive stresses in posts and struts in MPa

Note: The maximum permissible compressive stress for intermediate values of l/k or
l/b shall be obtained by interpolation between the 2 nearest stresses for the
class of timber used.

90. For the purpose of regulation 89 the effective length of a
post or strut shall be that specified in Table XIX for the type of post
or strut specified in that Table.

TABLE M

Effective length of posts and struts

1 2

Effective length (L= length of
Type of post or strut post or strut between centres
or restraining members)

Properly restrained at both ends in position
and direction ...............0.7 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position
and at 1 end in direction ...0.85 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position
but not in direction ........L
Properly restrained at 1 end in position and
direction and at the other end partially
restrained in direction but not in position 1.5 L
Properly restrained at 1 end in position and
direction but not restrained at the other end 2.0 L

Note:The effective length of a post or strut of a type not specified in this Table
shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.





91. The calculated deflexion of any joist or binder shall not
exceed 1/333 of its length.


92. (1) The maximum permissible stresses specified in this
Part may be increased by 25 per cent for members forming part of
the roof construction of a pitched roof when the calculations are
based on all loads including imposed load.
(2) No increase in the maximum permissible stresses specified
in this Part shall be allowed when the calculations are based on all
loads other than imposed load.

93. Members subject to combined bending and axial compres-
sion shall be so proppftioned that the quantities
f/F + fb/Fb

shall not exceed--

(a) unity, or members with a ratio of effective length to least
radius of gyration not exceeding 20; and
(b) 0.91 for members where that ratio exceeds 20,
where-f =axial compressive stress,
F =maximum permissible compressive stress
in posts and struts,
fb =maximum compressive stress due to
bending, and
Fb =maximum permissible compressive flexural
stress in extreme fibres of beams.

94. (1) All framing, tenoning, spiking or nailing. bolting,
strapping and other jointing shall be so designed as safely to
transmit the load and stresses to which it will be subjected and the
execution of all such jointing shall be to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority.
(2) Where bolts are used, adequate plates or washers shall be
used to preserve the grain of the timber from crushing.

PART XI

STRUCTURAL USE OF STEEL

95. (1) Structural steel shall be cleaned of loose scale and rust
and, except where it is to be solidly encased with concrete, brickwork
or other similar non-combustible material, shall be either-

(a) thoroughly coated with at least 2 coats of paint or boiled
oil, 1 coat of which may be applied before erection; or
(b)provided with such other protection against corrosion as
the Building Authority may approve.
(2) The coatings of paint or boiled oil, or other protection
against corrosion, shall, in the case of all surfaces inaccessible after
erection (except surfaces held in direct contact by riveting or
intermittent welding) be applied before erection.





96. (1) Subject to the provisions of Part XVI (Fire Resisting
Construction). where a column or beam is situated wholly or partly
in an external wall or wholly or partly within a recess in a party wali,
that column or beam shall be solidly encased with bric~work,
concrete or other similar material not less than-
(i)100 mm thick where the encasement of a column is exposed
to the weather; and
(ii) 50 mm thick where not so exposed.

(2) Where structural steel may be adversely affected by mois-
ture from the adjoining earth. it shall be solidly encased with
concrete not less than 100 mm thick.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation any concrete used in the
encasement of steelwork shall be not in inferior to that designated
Grade III in regulation 19.

97. (1) Subject to the provisions/of regulations 97(3), (4) and
(5), 99, 101 and 106, the stresses on structural steel (other than
columns and struts), shall not exceed the maximum permissible
stresses specified in Table XX.

(2) In compound or built-up sections formed with different
thicknesses of high yield stress structural steel, the maximum permis-
sible stress for the whole of the section shall be taken as that for the
greatest thickness of material used, except that for shear on webs,
the maximum permissible stress shall be that specified for the
thickness of the web itself.

TABLE XX

Maximum permissble stresses on structural steel
(other than columns and struts) in MPa

1 2 High yield stress
2 structural steel
complying with the
appropriate provisions
of BS 4360: 1972
Mild steel
comphing
with the 3 4
Part of structure And appropriat
kind of stress appropriate prvisions
of B5
4360:1972
For material For material
not exceeding exceeding
25 mm in 25 mm in
thickness or thickness or
diameter diameter diameter

1. For parts in tension-
(a) on the net section for axial stress 140 190 170
(b) flexural stress in extreme fibres of slab
bases ... ...... 185 185 185
(c) flexural stress in extreme fibres on the
net section of-
(i) beams and girders (other than
plate girders) ..... 150 210 190
(ii) plate girders ... 145 200 185
(d) on shop rivets for axial stress 80 110 100
(e) on field rivets for axial stress 60 85 80
(f) on the net section of bolts for axial
stress ............... 80 110 100






Webs of beams shall possess or be provided with adequate stiffness to prevent
buckling.
(b) on shop rivets and turned bolts 90 130 115
(c) on field rivets 80 110 110
(d) on black bolts 60

The strength of rivets and bolts in double shear may be taken as 2 times that for
single shear.
(e) other than on webs, rivets and bolts 100 140 120
........................ ............................





Note. l is the length between effective lateral supports.
kyy is the least radius of gyration of the beam or girder section.
d is the clear distances between flange angles (or flange plates where there are
no flange angles) or web stiffeners, whichever is the lesser.
t is the thickness of the web.
ft,fa,fs are the maximum permissible tensile. compressive and shear stresses,
respectively, in the parent metal or in the weld metal, whichever is
the lesser.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), where a beam or girder is of
symmetrical section, the maximum permissible stresses specified in
item 2(b) of Table XX may be increased by the percentage specified
in Table XXI for the ratio (kxx /kyy) of the greatest to the least radius
of gyration of the section of that beam or girder.

TABLE XXI

Percentage increase for shape factor

1 2
kxx/kyy Percentage increase
5.0 5.0
4.5 15.0
4.0 30.0
3.5 or less 50.0

Note: (1) kxx is the greatest radius of gyration of the beam or girder section.
(2) The percentage increase for intermediate values of the ratio kxx/kyy shall
be obtained by linear interpolation between the 2 nearest values.





(4)(a) In no case shall the flexural stresses of a beam or
girder of symmetrical section exceed the appropriate stress
specified in column 2 of Table XXII.

(b)The percentage increase permitted by paragraph (3) shall
not be taken into account in regulation 100.

TABLE XXII

Maximum flexural stresses of a beam or girder
of symmetrical section

1 2

MPa

1. Steel complying with the ppro iate provisions of
BS 4360: 1972-
(a) beams or girders, other than plate girders 150
(b) plate girders ............................................ 145
2. High yield stress structural steel complying with the
appropriate provisions of BS 4360: 1972-
(a) beams and girders, other than plate girders-
(i) material not more than 25 mm thick 210
(ii) material more than 25 mm thick 190
(h) plate girders---
(i) material not more than 25 mm thick 200
(ii) material more than 25 mm thick 185

(5) Beams and girders with equal flanges may be designed as
cased beams provided the following conditions are fulfilled:

(a) the section is of single web and I-form or of double open
channel from with the webs not less than 40 mm apart;

(b) the beam is unpainted and is solidly encased in dense
concrete not inferior to that designated grade IIIA in
regulation 19;

(c)the minimum width of solid concrete encasing is at least
equal to (b + 100) mm, where b is the width of the steel
flange in mm,

(d)the surface and edges of the flanges of the beam have a
concrete cover of not less than 50 mm;

(e)the casing is effectively reinforced with wire to BS 4482:
1969. The wire shall be at least 5 mm diameter, and the
reinforcement shall be in the form of stirrups or binding at
not more than 150 mm pitch. and so arranged as to pass
through the centre of the covering to the edges and soffit of
the lower flange;

(f) the beam or girder has a depth not exceeding 750 mm (over
plating where used) and a width not exceeding 450 mm.

(g) the beam or girder is not of a box section. The least
radius of gyration (kyy) may be deemed to be equal to 0.2
(b+ 100) mm and the radius of gyration (kxx) shall be
deemed to be equal to that of the uncased section:





Provided that in no case shall the maximum flexural
stress in extreme fibres of the eased section exceed either---
(i) 1 ' times the maximum permissible stress on the
uncased section of that beam or girder; or
(ii) that specified in Table XXIII,
whichever is the lesser stress.

TABLE XXIII

Maximum flexural stresses in extreme fibres of the
cased section of a beam or girder

1 2

MPa

1. Steel complying with the appropriate prOxisions of
BS 4360: 1972-
(a) beams or girders other than plategirders 150
(b) plate girders ................................ 145

2. High Yield stress structural steel complying with the
appropriate provisions of BS 4360: 1972---
(a) beams and girders, other than plate girders-
(i) material not more than 25 mm thick 210
(ii) material more than 25 mm thick 190
(b) plate girders-
(i) material not more than 25 mm thick 200
(ii) material more than 25 mm thick

98. (1) The permissible ratio of effective column or strut
length (l) to least radius of gyration (k) shall not exceed the
following values:
(a) for any member carrying loads resulting from dead
and imposed loads ...................180
(b) for any member carrying loads resulting from wind
forces only, provided the deformation of such mem-
ber does not adversely affect the stress in any part of
the structure carrying loads resulting from dead
and imposed loads ...................250

(c) for any member normally acting as a tie in a roof
truss but subject to possible reversal of stress due to
the action of wind suction .........350

(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) and of regula-
tions 99 and 100 the axial stress on column and struts of steel
shall not exceed the maximum permissible axial stress specified in
Table XXIV for the ratio l/k specified in that Table.





TABLE XXIV

Maximum permissible axial stress on columns and struts in MPa

1 Steel complying with the ap priate provisions of-

2 BS 4360: 1972

Ratio
3 4
l/k
BS 4360: 1972
Grade 43 Not exceeding Exceeding 25 mm
25mm in thickness in thickness

0 140 190 170
10 130 180 160
20 120 170 150
30 115 160 140
40 110 145 130
50 100 135 120
60 95 120 110
70 85 110 00
so 80 100 95
90 70 85 80
100 65 75 70
110 60 65 60
100 50 55 55
120 45 50 50
140 40 45 40
150 15 40 35
160 31 35 32
170 29 31 29
180 26 27 26
190 53 25 25
200 21 28 22
210 20 20 20
220 19 19 19
23O 17 17 17
240 15 15 15
250 14 14 14
300 9 11 11
350 8 8 8


Note: The maximum permissible axial stress for intermediate values of l/k shall be
obtained by interpretation between the 2 nearest stresses for the kind of steel
used.

(3) For the purpose of calculating the maximum permissible
axial stress on column or strut where that column or strut-

(a) is of I-section;

(b) has a single web;

(c) does not exceed 750 mm in depth over plating where used;

(d) is solidly encased in concrete not inferior to that designated
Grade IIIA in regulation 19;

(e)the minimum width of solid concrete encasing is at least
equal to b+ 100 mm, where b is the width of the steel flange
in mm;





(f)the surface and edges of the flange of the steel section shall
have a concrete cover of not less than 50 mm; and
(g)the casing is effectively reinforced with wire to BS 4482:
1969 of at least 5 mm diameter, and the reinforcement shall
be in the form of stirrups or binding at not more than 150
nim pitch, and so arranged as to pass through the centre of
the concrete cover,
the least radius of gyration (kyy) may be deemed to be equal to 0.2
(b+ 100) mm and the radius of gyration (kxx) shall be deemed to be
equal to that of the uncased section:

Provided that in no case shall-

(i) the said stress exceed 1 1/2 times the ximum permissible
stress on the uncased section of that column or strut; and

(ii) the ratio (l/k) of that uncased sections exceed 250.

(4) In compound or built-up sections formed with different
thicknesses of high yield stress structural steel, the maximum permis-
sible stress for the whole of the section shall be taken as that for the
greatest thickness of material used.

99. The maximum permissible esses and the increases per-
mitted thereon specified in regulations 97, 98 and 100 for beams.
girders, columns and struts and all their connexions may be in-
creased by 25 per cent when the calculations are based on all loads
including wind load:

Provided that-

(a)the said stresses and increases are not exceeded when the
calculations are based on all loads other than wind load;
and

(b) the increase permitted by this regulation shall not apply to
the stresses specified in regulations 97 (in respect of slab
bases and parts in bearing only), 101 and 106.

100. (1) Members subject to both axial compression and bend-
ing stresses shall be so proportioned that the quantity

fa/Fa + fbc/Fbc

does not exceed unity at any point,
where fa = the calculated average axial compressive stress;
Fa = total permissible axial stress on columns and
struts;

fbc= the maximum resultant compressive stress due
to bending about both principal axes; and
Fbc= total permissible compressive flexural stress in
extreme fibres of beams and girders.

(2) Members subject to both axial tension and bending
stresses shall be so proportioned that the quantity





fl/Fl + fbt/Fbt

does not exceed unity at any point.
where ft= the calculated axial tensile stress;
Ft = total permissibe axial stress in tension;
fbt = the maximum resultant tensile stress due to
bending about both principal axes; and
Fl =total permissible tensile flexural stress in
extreme fibres of beams and girders.

(3) In paragraphs (1) and (2) 'total permissible' means, in
relation to any stress, the maximum permissible stress specified in
regulation 97 or 98 (as the case may be) plus, where applicable, the
increase on the maximum permissible stress permitted in respect of
wind load under regulation 99.

101. The maximum permissible stresses in grillage beams (other
than hollow compound girders) may exceed the stresses specified in
Table XX by 331/3 per cent where-
(a)the beams are entirely embedded in concrete not inferior to
that designated Grade IIIA in regulation 19; and
(b) the beams are spaced apart so that the distance between
the edges of adjacent flanges is not less than 75 mm; and
(c)the thickness of the concrete cover on the top of the upper
flanges and at the outer edges of the sides of the outermost
beams and at the ends is not less than 100 mm; and
(d) the concrete is properly compacted solid around all beams.

102. For the purpose of regulation 98, the effective length of a
column or strut shall be that specified in Table XXV for the type of
column or strut specified in that Table.

TABLE XXV

Effective length of columns and struts

1 2
Effective length (L= length
of column or strut
Type of column or strut between centres of
restraining members)

Properly restrained at both ends in position and
direction ............................................. 0.7 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position and
at 1 end in direction 0.85 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position but
not in direction ............... L
Properly restrained at 1 end in position and
direction and at the other end partially
restrained in direction but not in position 1.5 L

Properly restrained at 1 end in position and,
direction but not restrained at the other end. 2.0 L

Note: The effective length of a column or strut of a type not specified in this Table
shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.





103. (1) Both ends of each length of a column. other than a
column of solid round section with shouldered ends, shall be
properly prepared and dead square over the whole area of the ends.

(2) Column joints shall be close butted and the caps, base-
plates and joint seating plates shall be in effective contact over the
whole of the column end.

(3) This regulation shall not apply where sufficient gussets and
rivets are provided to transmit the entire load.

104. (1) The foot of every column, other than a column of
solid round section, shall have affixed thereto either a base-plate or a
slab or bloom base.

(2) Slab or bloom bases shall be properly machined over the
bearing surfaces and shall be in effective contact over the whole area
of the machined end of the column.

(3) Columns of solid round section shall be provided with caps
and bases, the bearing surfaces of which shall be properly machined.
Those caps and bases shall be not less than 1.5 (d+ 75) mm in length
or diameter, where d is the diameter of the column. or. where the
column has a reduced end. If those columns have shouldered ends,
the shoulders shall also be properly machined and the caps and bases
shall be properly machined after being shrunk or screwed on.

(4) A bearing surface which is to be grouted directly to a
foundation need not be machined if that bearing surface is true and
parallel to the machined upper face.
(5) Caps, bases, base-plates and slab or bloom bases shall be
of sufficient thickness to transmit and distribute load without
exceeding the maximum stresses specified in regulation 97.

(6) (a) When the slab alone will distribute the load uniformly,
the minimum thickness of a retangular slab shall be:

r= [3w/P (A 2- B 2/4)]

where- t is the slab thickness in mm;
w is the pressure or loading on the underside of
the base in M Pa;
p is the permissible flexural stress in extreme
fibres of slab bases in MPa.
A is the greater projection of the plate beyond
the column in mm, and
B is the lesser projection of the plate beyond the
column in mm.





(b)For solid round steel columns in cases where the loading
on the cap or under the base is uniformly distributed over
the whole area including the column shaft, the minimum
thickness, in mm, of a square cap or base shall be:

t = 9W/16p x D/D-d

where- t is the thickness of the plate in mm;
W is the total ~Xial load in kN;
p is the permissible flexural stress in extreme
fibres of slab bases in MPa,
D is the length of the side of cap or base in mm,
and
d is diameter, in mm, of the column or, where
the column has a reduced end, of the reduced
end.

(e)For other cases calculations shall be made, based on the
allowable stress of 185 MPa.

105. (1) All column joints shall be designed and constructed to
transmit safely all the forces to which they are subjected.

(2) (a) Column joints in which the resultant unit stress is
wholly compressive and which depend on contact for the
transmission of load shall be sufficiently spliced to retain
the members in place.

(b) Each splice plate shall extend above the joint to a distance
at least equal to the maximum breadth of the column
flange or 150 mm, whichever is the greater dimension, and
shall extend below the joint to a similar distance.

(c) Where the whole of the end of a superimposed column is
not in effective contact with the column beneath, a seating
plate of adequate thickness, which shall extend the full
depth and width of the lower column, shall be interposed
between the ends of the columns.

106. (1) The strength of filler floor beams solidly encased in a
concrete floor slab shall be calculated by either of the following
methods-

(a)on the basis of the combined moment of inertia of the steel
and the surrounding concrete (calculated as in reinforced
concrete neglecting the strength of concrete in tension), in
which case the flexural stress in extreme fibres shall not
exceed 150 M Pa.

(b) on the basis of the section modulus of the fillers alone, in
which case the flexural stress on extreme fibres may be
taken as (160+0.6t) MPa. where t is the number of mm,





not exceeding 75, of structural concrete cover to the
compression flanges of the filler joists:

Provided that where the underside of the slab is flush
with the bottom flanges of the filler joists. no allowance is
to be made for t in respect of support moments, but,
nevertheless, if the top flanges are covered, the allowance
for t may be made in respect of the midspan moments.

(2) The spacing of filler joists centre to centre shall not exceed
the minimum thickness of the structural concrete slab multiplied by
the value n specified in Table XXVI for the imposed load specified in
that Table, unless suitable transverse reinforcement is provided to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

TABLE XXVI

Value of n for the spacing of filler joists

1 2

Imposed load in kPa of floor area Value n

Not exceeding 2.5 .................... 10
Exceeding 2.5 but not exceeding 5.0 .......... 8
Exceeding 5.0 but not exceeding 7.5 7
Exceeding 7.5 but not exceeding 10.0 6
Exceeding 10.0 ...............5

107. (1) The calculated deflexion of any beam (other than a
filler floor beam) shall not exceed 1/325 of the span.

(2) The span of any filler floor beam solidly encased in
concrete shall not exceed 35 tinies the depth measured from the
bottom flange of the filler beam to the top surface of the structural
concrete or 12 times that depth in the case of cantilevering fillers.

(3) The span of any beam composed of steel (other than a filler
floor beam) carrying a uniformly distributed load only and comply-
ing with the appropriate provisions of-

(a) BS 4360:1972, Grade 43, shall not exceed 20 times its depth

(b) BS 4360:1972, Grade 50, shall not exceed 13 times its depth

unless the calculated deflexion does not exceed 1/325 of the span.


108. A flange plate or web plate of a column shall be not less
than 10 mm thick. In all other cases, structural steel shall be not
less than 6 mm thick, except-

(a)for standard rolled steel joists, standard rolled steel
channels and packings;





(b) where rust-resisting steels are used; and

(c)where galvanizing or other special provision is made
against corrosion.

109. (1) Bolts shall be provided with washers under the nuts so
that no part of the threaded portion of any bolt is within the
thickness of the parts bolted together.

(2) Shanks of bolts shall project at least 1 full thread beyond
the nuts which shall be so secured as to avoid the risk of their
becoming loose.

(3) The heads of nuts and bolts shall have a true bearing and
taper washers shall be provided where necessary to give that bearing.

(4) The provisions of regulation 110 relating to rivets shall
apply to bolts.

110. (1) The distance from the edge of a rivet hole to the edge
of the plate, bar or member shall be not less than-

(a) the diameter of the rivet, for rolled edges, and

(b) the diameter of the rivet plus 6 mm, for sheared edges.

(2) Rivets shall be so spaced that their centres shall not be
closer together than 3 times the diameter of the rivets.

(3) subject to the provisions of paragraph (7), straight line
pitch in riveted beams, columns or other members shall not exceed
16 times the thinkness of the thinnest outside plate, with a maximum
of 150 mm for parts in compression and 200 mm for parts in tension.

(4) Where 2 rows of staggered rivets occur in 1 flange of a
single angle, the straight line pitch in the direction of stress shall not
exceed 1 1/3 times the distance specified in paragraph (3) in each line.

(5) Where 2 or more flange plates are used, the edge distance,
from the centre line of the nearest rivets connecting the plates to the
web construction, shall not exceed 12 times the thickness of the
thinnest outside plate, and where that edge distance exceeds 9 times
that thickness, tacking rivets shall be introduced connecting those
flange plates together.

(6) Where a single flange plate is used, the edge distance
referred to in paragraph (5) shall not exceed 9 times the thickness of
that plate.

(7) Where tacking rivets are used, the straight line pitch shall
not exceed 24 times the thickness of the thinnest outside plate or 300
mm, whichever is the lesser dimension.

(8) Where a tension member is composed of 2 angles back to
back, the pitch of tacking rivets shall not exceed 1000 mm, and





where a compression member is similarly composed the pitch shall
not exceed 750 mm, or 40 times the least radius of gyration of either
angle, whichever be the lesser dimension:

Provided that tacking rivets on the connected legs of angles may
be staggered.

(9) In paragraphs (7) and (8) 'tacking rivets- means rivets
connecting flange plates together, but not being subject to calculated
stress.

111. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 103(3)
and 112(2), welded construction may be used a ' rid shall be carried
out in conformity with the appropriate provisions of BS 5135:1974.

(2) Due account shall be taken in the design of the effects of
any rigidity attributable to welding.

(3) The Building Authority may require the employment of
properly qualified welding supervisor and welders with approved
qualifications for the type of work required as specified in Chapter 6
BS 449:Part 2:1969 for the execution of welded construction.

(4) During construction, the Building Authority may require
from time to time non-destructive tests to be carried out on the
welded structure.

112. (1) As much of the work of fabrication of all steelwork as
is reasonably practicable shall be completed in the works where the
steelwork is fabricated.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4), rivets or
turned bolts of driving fit shall be used for all work of fabrication
and for field connexions.

(3) Black bolts may be used in cases where no adverse effects
on the structure would result from slipping of the bolts, and where
suitable dead bearings formed by seating plates, packings, brackets
or the like are provided to resist the whole of the shear forces
involved.

(4) The requirements of paragraph (3) as regards dead bear-
ings shall not apply to

(a) roof trusses;

(b) the end connexions of secondary floor beams; or

(c) where, having regard to the particular circumstances of the
case, the Building Authority is satisfied that dead bearings
may be omitted.

(5) Bedding of column bases and bearings of beams and
girders shall be.carried out with Portland cement grout or mortar, or
fine concrete in accordance with the requirements of clause 76 a BS
449: Part 2:1969.











(6) During erection the work shall be securely bolted or
otherwise fastened, and if necessary temporarily braced, so as to
make adequate provision for all erection stresses and conditions,
including those due to erection equipment and its operation. Neither
riveting, permanent bolting or welding shall be done until proper
alignment has been obtained.

(7) All structural steel at the site shall be stored and handled so
that members are not subjected, to excessive stresses and damage.

113. (1) Notwithstandinig the provisions of regulations 97, 98
and 100, steel framed structures may be designed and constructed in
accordance with the relevant provisions of BS 449:Part 2:1969:

Provided that the structural details and calculations required by
regulation 8(1)(i) of the Building (Administration) Regulations shall
be prepared and signed by a registered structural engineer.

(2)The registered structural engineer appointed for such
design or his successor under section 4(2) of the Ordinance shall be
responsible for the supervision of the structural work.

PART XII

STRUCTURAL USE OF REINFORCED CONCRETE

114. (1) Reinforcement shall be free from loose mill scale.
loose rust, oil and other matter which might affect adversely its
proper function with concrete.

(2) The effective diameter of a bar whose cross-section is
constant along its length shall be the diameter of a circle having the
same area as the cross-section of the bar.

(3)The effective diameter of a bar whose cross-section varies
along its length shall be the diameter of a circle having an area equal
to the least area of the bar. An allowance not exceeding 3 per cent
may be added to the least area of the cross-section for any non-
continuous ribs.
(4) Only one grade of deformed bars may be used on a site.
(5)(a) Mild steel and high-tensile or medium high-tensile
steel for main reinforcement shall not be used together in
the same member.

(b)For the purpose of this paragraph, 'member' means any
column, simple beam, continuous beam or slab.

115. (1) Subject to the provisions of Part XVI (Fire Resisting
Construction) the minimum thickness of concrete cover to reinforce-
ment (exclusive of plaster rendering or other applied covering or
decorative finish) shall be-

(a)for each end of a reinforcement. not less than 25 mm or 2
times the diameter of that reinforcement, whichever is the
greater;





(b)for a longitudinal reinforcement in a column, not less than
40 mm or the diameter of that reinforcement, whichever is
greater:

Provided that in a column whose least lateral dimen-
sion is 200 mm or less and whose reinforcement does not
exceed 15 mm in diameter the minimum cover shall be not
less than 25 mm;

(c)for a longitudinal reinforcement in a beam not less than 25
mm or the diameter of that reinforcement, whichever is the
greater;

(d)for any other reinforcement not less than 15 mm or the
diameter of that reinforcement, whichever is the greater.

(2) Where reinforced concrete is exposed to the weather the
minimum cover specified in paragraph (1) shall be increased by not
less than 15 mm

(3) Where reinforced concrete is cast in contact with earth the
minimum thickness of cover shall be 75mm.

(4) Where reinforced concrete (other than reinforced concrete
piling) is cast against formwork and subsequently may be in contact
with earth the minimum thickness of cover shall be 50 mm.

(5) The minimum cover to all reinforcement, including lateral
reinforcement, in concrete piling shall be 40 mm.

(6) The Building Authority may require the cover to be
increased in marine works or where the concrete is exposed to
particularly corrosive conditions.

116. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 118 and 120
the compressive, shear and bond stresses in reinforced concrete
shall not exceed the maximurn permissible stresses specified in
Table XXVII for the grade of concrete used.

TABLE XXVII

Maximum premissible stresses in ordinary and quality A
concretes in reinforced concrete in MPa

1 Compression 4 5 6

2 3
Designation Shear Average Local
due to bond bond
bending direct

Grade I .......6.7 5.1 0.7 0.8 1.2
Grade II ......5.9 4.4 0.6 0.7 1.1
Grade Ill .....5.2 3.9 0.5 0.6 0,9
Grade IA ......10.0 7.6 0.9 1.0 1.5
Grade IIA .....8.5 6.5 0.8 0.9 1.4
Grade IIIA ....7.0 5.3 0.7 0.8 1.2





(2) Where the length (L) of a beam between adequate lateral
restraints exceeds 20 times the breadth (B) of its compression flange,
the compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed the maximum
permissible stress specified in Table XXVII multiplied by the co-
efficient specified in Table XXVIll for the appropriate LIB ratio.

TABLE XXVIII

Stress reduction coefficients for beams

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Slenderness ratio L/B .....20 30 40 50 60
Coefficient ....1.00 0.75 0.50 0.25 0

Note: Intermediate values shall be found by linear interpolation.

117. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 118 and 120,
the tensile and cornpressive stresses in reinforcement shall not exceed
the maximum permissible stresses specified in Table XXIX for each
kind of stress.

TABLE XXIX

Maximum permissible stresses in reinforcement in reinforced concrete

1 Maximum permissible stresses in
reinforcement MPa

Mild steel complying 4
with BS 449:1969

2 3
Kind of stress
Not Steel with minimum
Exceeding Exceeding yield point fy MPa
40mm 40 mm


Tension other than tension in
shear reinforcement 125 110 0.5fy or 185 which-
.................. ever is the lesser
Tension in shear reinforcement 125 110 0.5.fy or 140 which-
.................. ever is the lesser
Compression in longitudinal rein-
forcemen in axially loaded
columns and in main reinforce-
ment in beams and slabs where
the compressive resistance of the
concrete is not taken into
account ......... 125 110 0.5fy or 140 which-
................. ever is the lesser

Compression in longitudinal rein- The calculated compressive stress in the sur-
forcement in columns other than rounding concrete multiplied by the modular
axially loaded columns and in ratio but not exceeding
main reinforcement in beams
and slabs where the compressive
resistance of the concrete is
taken into account 125 110 0.5 fy or 140 which-
................. ever is the lesser





(2) In a slender beam to which regulation 116(2) applies, the
stress in any compression steel shall not exceed the permissible stress
specified in Table XXIX for compression in main reinforcement
multiplied by the appropriate coefficient specified in Table XXVIII.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation the modular ratio shall
be taken as 15.

118. (1) Where a reinforced concret column has a ratio of
effective column length to least lateral dimension not exceeding 15,
the stresses in that column shall not exceed the maximum permis-
sible stresses specified in regulations 116 and 117.

(2) Where a reinforced concrete column has a ratio of effective
length to least lateral dimension exceeding 15 and not exceeding 36,
the stresses in that column shall not exceed the maximum permis-
sible stress specified in regulations 116 and 117 multiplied by the
coefficient specified in Table XXX for the appropriate ratio.
(3) The stress in a column due to a combination of direct load
and bending action shall not exceed the maximum permissible stress
for bending specified in regulations 116 and 117 multiplied by the
coefficient specified in Tabel XXX for the appropriate ratio of length
to least lateral dimension.

Provided that the direct stress shall not exceed the stress
specified in paragraph (2).

TABLE XXX

Stress reduction coefficients for slender columns
1 2

Ratio of effective column length Coefficient
to least lateral dimension
15 1.0
18 .9
21 .8
24 .7
27 .6
30 .5
33 .4
36 .3

Note:The coefficient for intermediate ratios of effective column length to least
lateral dimension shall be determined by interpolation.


(4) The ratio of effective column length to least lateral dimen-
sion for any reinforced concrete column or strut shall not exceed 36.





119. For the purpose of regulation 118 the effective length of a
column shall be-

(a)in the case of a column specified in Table XXXI, that
specified in column 2 of that Table, and

(b)in the case of a column not so specified. that determined to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

TABLE XXX1

Effective coumn length of reinforced concrete columns

1 2
Type of column Effective column length
(L = length of column between
centres of restraining members)

Properly restrained at both ends in position and
direction ...........; . .7 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position and
at 1 end in direction ........ 85 L
Properly restrained at both ends in position but
not in direction ............................ L
Properly restrained at l end in position and
direction and at the other end partially
restrained in direction but not in position . --- 1.5 L
Properly restrained at 1 end in position and
direction but not restrained at the other end 2.0 L

120. The siresses in reinforced concrete may exceed the per-
missible stresses specified in regulations 116, 117 and 118 by not
more than 25 Per cent:

Provided that--

(a)such excess is solely due to stresses induced by wind
loading, and

(b)except as provided in regulation 158(2) the maximum
stress in reinforcement shall in no case exceed 185 M Pa.

121. (1) The aggregate cross-sectional area of the longitudinal
reinforcements in a reinforced concrete column shall be not less than
0.8 per cent nor more than 4 per cent of the gross cross-sectional area
of that column required to transmit all the load.

(2) Where the longitudinal reinforcement in any column is
continuous without laps and where the least lateral dimension of the
column is not less than 375 mm, the maximum percentage of the
longitudinal reinforcement may be increased to 8 per cent.

(3) A reinforced concrete column having helical reinforcement
shall have not less than 6 longitudinal reinforcements placed
equidistantly around the inner circumference of, and in contact
with, the helical reinforcement.





(4) At each lap in each longitudinal reinforcement, the spliced
reinforcements shall over-lap longitudinally through a distance of
not less than-

(a) (1) 24 times the diameter of the smaller reinforcement
for compressive reinforcement: and
(11) 30 times the diameter of the smaller reinforcement
for tensile reinforcement; or

(b)a sufficient distance to develop the force in thOeinforce-
ment by bond. as calculated in accordance wi regulation
141,

whichever is the greater dimension.

122. (1) (a) A reinforced concrete column shall have trans-
verse or helical reinforcement so disposed as to provide all
necessary restraint against the buckling of each of the
longitudinal reinforcements. Every bar in a column near
the face should be properly link .

(b) The transverse or helical reinforcement shall be secured
to the longitudinal reinforcements and the ends of such
transverse or helical reinforcement shall be properly
anchored.

(2) The diameter of transverse reinforcement shall be not less
than 6 mm or 1/4 of the diameter of the longitudinal reinforcement.
whichever is the greater dimension.

(3) The pitch of the transverse reinforcement shall not exceed-

(a) the least lateral dimension of the column.

(b)12 times the diameter of the smallest longitudinal rein-
forcement in that column; or

(c) 300 mm,

whichever is the least dimension.

(4)(a) Helical reinforcement shall be of regular formation
with the turns of the helix spaced evenly.

(b)Where an increased load on the column on account of
the helical reinforcement is allowed for under regula-
tion 143(1)(b), the pitch of the helical turns shall be-
(i) not more than 75 mm or of the core-diameter of
the column, whichever is the lesser dimension; and
(ii) not less than 25 mm or 3 times the diameter of the
helical reinforcement, whichever is the greater dimension.

(c)Where an increased load on the column on account of the
helical reinforcement is not allowed for the requirements
of paragraphs (2) and (3) shall be complied with.





123. (1) The diameter of a longitudinal reinforcement in a
reinforced concrete column shall be not less than 12 mm.

(2) The diameter of the main reinforcement in a reinforced
concrete slab shall be not less than 10 mm and that in a reinforced
concrete beam not less than 12 mm.

(3) The diameter of a reinforcement in reinforced concrete
(other than a longitudinal reinforcement in a column or a main
reinforcement in a beam or slab) and the diameter of a link, helix.
stirrup or the like, shall be not less than 6 mm.

(4) The diameter of reinforcement forming a fabric reinforce-
ment for the purpose of resisting tension in reinforced concrete shall
be not less than 5 mm.

124. (1) The distance between 2 reinforcements in reinforced
concrete shall be not less than-

(a) the diameter of either bar if their diameters are equal;

(b) the diameter of the larger bar if their diameters are
unequal; or

(c) 5 mm more than the greatest size of coarse aggregate
comprised in the concrete.

whichever is the greatest dimension.

(2)(a) When immersion vibrators are used, sufficient space
shall be provided to enable the vibrator to be inserted.

(b) The vertical distance between 2 horizontal main reinforce-
ments and the corresponding distance at right angles to 2
inclined main reinforcements shall be not less than 15 mm
or the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. whichever is
the greater.

(3)The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply at a splice.
except for the distance between pairs of lapped bars, nor to bars
transverse to one another.

(4)The pitch of main reinforcements in a reinforced concrete
solid slab shall not be more than 3 times the effective depth of that
slab.

(5) The pitch of distributing reinforcements in a reinforced
concrete solid slab shall be not more than 4 times the effective depth
of that slab.

125. (1 ) Where at any cross-section the shear stress. as calcu-
lated from the equation given in regulation 140(1). exceeds the
maximum permissible shear stress specified in regulation 116 the
whole shearing force shall be provided for by the tensile resistance of
shear reinforcement acting in proper combination with the compres-
sive resistance in the concrete:





Provided that-

(a)the magnitude of the shear stress so calculated shall not
exceed 4 times the maximum permissible shear stress for
the concrete alone; and

(b)the local bond stress in the main reinforcement calculated
in accordance with regulation 141Q)(a) does not exceed
the maximum permissible local bond stress specified in
regulation 116.

(2) Tensile reinforcement which is ipclined and carried through
a depth of beam equal to the arm of the resistance moment may also
act as shear reinforcement provided it is anchored sufficiently.

126. (1) A stirrup in reinforced concrete shall pass round, or
otherwise be adequately secured to the appropriate tensile rein-
forcement and each end of that stirrup shall be properly anchored.

(2) Where at any cross-secyion the shear stress. as calculated
from the equation given in regulation 140(1) does not exceed the
permissible shear stress for the concrete nominal stirrups shall be
provided at a spacing not exceeding the arm of the resistance
moment, or 450 mm, whichever is the smaller. Such nominal
stirrups shall be not less than 6 mm in diameter for beams not more
than 450 mm in depth and not less than 10 mm in diameter for
beams more than 450 mm in depth:

Provided that in any event the cross-sectional area of such
stirrups shall be not less than 0.15 per cent of the horizontal
cross-sectional area of the beam.

127. In a reinforced concrete solid slab spanning in one
direction-

(a)distributing reinforcement shall be provided at right-angles
to the main tensile reinforcement of that slab; and

(b)the area of reinforcement in each direction shall be not less
than 0.15 per cent of the gross cross-sectional area of the
concrete at right-angles to the direction of the reinforcement.

128. (1) Where compression reinforcement is required in a
beam, it shall be effectively anchored against buckling by stirrups at
points not further apart, measured from centre to centre, than 12
times the diameter of that compression reinforcement or 300 mm,
whichever is the smaller.

(2) Where the area of the compression reinforcement in a
beam exceeds 4 per cent of the cross-sectional area of the beam, any
steel in excess of that percentage shall be ignored in calculating the
resistance moment of the beam.





(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) the cross-sectional area
of a rectangular beam shall be taken as the total depth multiplied by
the width and for a T or L beam shall be taken as the total depth
multiplied by the width of the rib.

129. (1) Where reinforced concrete walls are intended to carry
vertical loads. they shall. subject to the provisions of this regulation.
be in accordance with the appropriate provisions of regulations 114
to 123 for reinforced concrete columns-

(a)in the application of regulations 114 to 123 to reinforced
concrete walls, -effective height-, 'thickness- and -ver-
tical- shall respectively be substituted for---elTective column
length-. ---leastlateral dimension'* and -longitudinal-
wherever they occur in those regulations; and

(b)the provisions of regulation 122 relating to helical rein-
forcement shall not apply.

(2) In a reinforced concrete wall intended to carry vertical
loads-

(a)the aggregate cross-sectional area of the vertical reinforce-
merit shall be not less than 0.4 per cent of the gross
cross-sectional area of the wall.

(b)the aggregate cross-sectional area of the lateral reinforce-
ment shall be not less than 0.2 per cent of the gross
cross-sectional area of the wall;

(c)the diameter of a vertical reinforcement shall be not less
than 10 mm: and

(d)the distance between 2 vertical reinforcements shall not
exceed 300 mm.

(3) Where in a reinforced concrete wall. the stresses do not
exceed 75 per cent of the maximum permissible stresses specified in
regulation 116 -

(a)the provisions of regulation 122 relating to transverse
reinforcement shall not apply;

(b)the aggregate cross-sectional areas of the vertical and
lateral reinforcements shall each be not less than 0.2 per
cent of the gross cross-sectional area of the wall.

(4) The thickness of any load-bearing reinforced concrete wall
shall be not less than 125 mm.

(5) When tension occurs in a reinforced concrete wall.
adequate reinforcement shall be provided to resist such tension and
throughout the wall the reinforcement shall not in any section
thereof be less than 0.4 per cent of the gross cross-sectional area of
that section.





(6) Whenever the vertical reinforcement I's taken to assist in
resisting compression, transverse reinforcements in the form of
cross-ties shall be provided to prevent the vertical reinforcement
from buckling.

(7) The pitch of the tranverse reinforcement shall not exceed-

(a) 2 times the thickness of the reinforced concrete wall; or

(b)16 times the diameter of the smallest vertical reinforcement
in the wall; or

300 mm,

whichever is the least dimension.

(8) The effective width of a reinforced concrete wall subject to
concentrated loads, shall not exceed-

(a)the distance measured from centre to centre between
concentrated loads; or

(b) width of bearing plus 4 times the wall thickness on each
side of the concentrated load.

whichever is the smaller dimenson.

(9) A wall shall be effectively supported laterally by:

(a)horizontal reinforced concrete slabs of adequate thickness
to prevent buckling; or

(b)beams spaced with a clear spacing of not more than a
distance of 8 times the thickness of the wall. or

(c)reinforced concrete cross walls. where the wall is stiffened
by closely spaced cross walls such that the length of wall
between adjacent cross walls is less than the effective
height, the slenderness ratio shall be assumed to be the
ratio of this length to the wall thickness.

(10) In paragraphs (2) and (3) 'lateral reinforcement' means
reinforcements parallel to the length of the wall.

130. (1) Reinforcements shall not be connected by welding
without the approval of the Building Authority.

(2) When reinforcements are connected by welding. they shall
conform to the appropriate provisions of BS 693:1960. or BS
5135:1974.

131. (1) Computation of stresses shall accord with the laws of
mechanics and the recognized general principles relating to the
design of reinforced concrete.

(2) In the computation of stresses it shall be assumed that-





(a)both steel and concrete are elastic within the range of the
permissible stresses and the modular ratio is equal to 15,

(b) at any cross-section plane sections remain plane; and

(L.)all tensile stresses are taken by the reinforcement except
that the concrete may be assumed to resist diagonal
tension within the limits of shear stress specified for
concrete in regulation 116.

132. (1) Reinforced concrete members shall possess adequate
stiffness to prevent such deflexion or deformation as might impair
the strength or efficiency of the structure or produce cracks in
finishes or in partitions.

(2) For all normal cases it shall be assumed that the stiffness
will be satisfactory if-'

(a)in the case of members with steel stresses not more than
125 MPa, the ratio ofspan to overall depth does notexceed
the values, ~given in Table XXXII, and

(b)in the case of members with steel stresses greater than 125
MPa. the ratio of span to overall depth does not exceed 90
per cent of the values given in Table XXXII.

TABLE XXXII

Permissible values of ratio of spall to depth
of beams and slabs

(1) (2)

........BEAMS---..............Ratio of span to overall depth

Simply, supported ................................... 20

Continuous *** .****** ........... ** 25

Cantilever . ..................10

SLABS-
Spanning in 1 direction

(i) simply supported ........30

(ii) continuous ..............35

Spanning in 2 directions
(i) simply, supported ....................... 35
(ii) continuous ..............40

Cantilever ...................12

(3)(a) For the purposes of calculating bending moments in
continuous structures, the moment of inertia shall be
estimated by considering-





(i) the entire concrete section. ignoring the reinforce-
ment;
(ii) the entire concrete section, including the reinforce-
ment, on the basis of the modular ratio: or
(iii) t he compression area of the concrete section, com-
bined with the reinforcement on the basis of the modular
ratio.

(b)The same method shall be adopted for the beams and the
columns.

133. (1) The effective span of a beam or slab shall be taken
as-

(a) the distance between the centres of bearings~ or

(b)the clear distance between supports plus the effective depth
of the beam or slab.

whichever is the lesser.

(2) In paragraph (1)(b) 'effective depth' of a beam or slab is
the distance between the centre of tension and the edge of the
compression section.

134. (1) In T-beams the breadth of the flam-w assurned as
taking compression shall not exceed

(a)1/3 of the effective span of the T-beams:

(b)the distance between the centres of the ribs of the T-heams:
or

(c)the brandth of the rib plus 12 times the thickness of the
slab.

whichever is the least.

(2) In L-beams the breadth of the flange assumed as taking
compression shall not exceed-

(a) 1/6 of the effective span of the L-beams.


(b)the breadth of the rib plus ' of the clear distance between
ribs, or

(c) the breadth of the rib plus 4 times the thickness of the slab.

whichever is the least.

(3) When a part of a slab is considered as the flange of a
T-beam or L-beam-

(a) (i) the reinforcement in the slab transverse to the beam
shall cross the full breadth of the flange; and





(ii) where the slab is assumed to be spanning indepen-
dently in the same direction as the beam. such transverse
reinforcement shall be near the top surface of the slab: and

(b) the quantity of such reinforcement shall---
(i) be related to the shear stress in the slab produced by
its acting as the compression member of the T-beam or
L-beam; and

(ii) in no case be less than 0.3 per cent of the gross
cross-sectional area of the slab.

135. (1) Bending moments in beams and slabs shall be calcu-
lated for the effective span and all loading thereon.

(2) The bending moments to be provided for at a cross-section
of a continuous beam or slab shall be the maximum positive and
ncuative moments at such cross-section. allow ing in both cases. if so
desired. for the reduced moments due to the width of the supports.
for the following arrangements of super-imposed loadings---

(a) alternate spans loaded and all other spans unloaded:

(b) any 2 adjacent spans loaded and all other spans unloaded.

(3) Except where the approximate values for bending moments
assumed in regulation 136(1)(c) are used the negative moments at
the supports for any assumed arrangements of loading may each be
increased or decreased by not more than 15 per cent. in which case
the calculated simultaneous positive moments in the 2 adjacent
spans shall be decreased or increased. respectively by, the sanie
numerical value and the positive moments elsewhere in the span
adjusted accordingly.

136. (1) The bending moments in beams and slabs spanning in
1 direction shall be calculated on 1 of the following assumptions---

(a)beams shall be designed as members of a continuous
framework. with monolithic connexion between the beams
and columns, and the bending moments calculated taking
into account the resistance of the columns to bending.

(b) beams and slabs shall be designed as continuous over
supports and capable of free rotation about them. Never-
theless, where the supports to beams or slabs are mono-
lithic with them and stiff in relation to them, the beams or
slabs shall be designed with due regard to such stiffness: or

(c) unless more exact estimates are made. the bending moments
in uniformly loaded beams and slabs continuous over 3 or
more approximately equal spans shall be assumed to have
the values given in Table XXXIII.





TABLE XXXIII

Approximate values of bending moments in uniformly
loaded beams and slahs continuous ovre 3 or more
approximately equal spans


Nole: Wd is the total dead load per span.
Wx is the total superimposed load per an.
Spans may be considered as approximately equal when the shortest span
is not less than 85 per cent of the longest span.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1). where
beams are framed into external olumns they shall be designed to
resist bending moments in combination with the columns in con-
formity with regulation 143.

137. (1) The design of solid slabs spanning in 2 directions at
right angles shall be based on either of the methods given in
paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) In order to estimate the bending moments in a slab
spanning in 2 directions at right angles. the slab shall be assumed to
act as a perfectly elastic thin plate, Poisson's ratio being assumed
equal to zero.
(3) Where, in the case of a simply supported slab. adequate
provision is not made to resist torsion at the corners of the slab and
to prevent the corners from lifting, the bending moments at mid-
span shall be assumed to have the values given by the following
equations:

Mx=Xxwlx2
My=Xywlx2

where -Mx and My are the bending moments at mid-span
on strips of unit width and spans lx and ly
respectively:
W is the total load per unit area:
ly is the length of the longer side;
lx is the length of the shorter side., and
Xx and Xy, are coefficients shown in Table XXXIV.





TABLE XXXIV

Bending moment coeficients for slabs spanning in 2 directions
at right angles simply supported on 4 side



(4) In the case of slabs restrained on 4 sides-

(a)where the corners of a slab are prevented from lifting and
adequate provision for torsion in accordance with sub-
paragraph (e) js made, the bending moments shall be
assumed to have the values given in sub-paragraph (e);
(b) slabs are considered as being divided in each direction into
middle strips and edge strips as shown in Diagram 1, the
middle strip having a width of 3/4 of the width of the slab
and each edge strip having a width of 1/8, of the width of the
slab, except that, for slabs for which the ratio of the sides
ly/lx exceeds 4.0, the middle strip in the short direction shall
be taken to have a width of ly-lx, and each edge strip a width
of lx/2

DIAGRAM 1

Division of slabs into
middle and edge strips

FOR SPAN lx FOR SPAN ly



(c)the maximum bending moments per unit width in the
middle strip of a slab shall be calculated by the following
equations:

Mx=Bxwlx2
My=Bywlx2

where-Mx and My are the maximum bending moment
on strips of unit width in the direction of
spans lx and ly respectively..
W is the total load per unit area:
ly is the length of the longer side;
lx is the length of the shorter side;
Bx and By are coefficients given in Table XXV.





TABLE XXXV

Bending moment coefficients for rectangular panels supported
on 4 sides with provision for torsion at corners

1 Short span coefficients Bx 10




l
Short span coefficients Bx 10





(d)No reinforcement parallel to the adjacent edges of the slab
need be inserted in the edge strips above that required to
comply with sub-paragraph (e) and regulations 124 and
127(b).

(e) (i) Torsion reinforcement shall be provided at the
corners of a slab except at corners contained by edges over
both of which the slab is continuous.
(ii) At corners contained by edges over neither of which
the slab is continuous, top and bottom reinforcement shall
be provided for torsion at the corner of the slabs. Both
top and bottom reinforcement shall consist of 2 layers of
bars placed parallel to the sides of the slab and extending in
these directions for a distance of 1/5 of the shorter span.
The area of the bars in each of the 4 layers. per unit width
of the slab, shall be 3/4 of the area equired for the maximum
positive moment in the slab.
(iii) At corners contained edges over only 1 of which
the slab is contiuous the torsional reinforcement may be
reduced to 1/2 of that required by sub-sub-paragraph (ii).
(iv) Any reinforcement provided for the purpose of
complying with other regulations may be included as
part of the reinforcement required to comply with this
paragraph.

Where a stab ends and there is monolithic connexion
between the slab and the supporting beam or wall, provi-
sion shall be made for the negative moments that may
occur in the slab at such support. The negative moment
to be assumed in these cases depends on the degree of fixity
afforded to the edge of the slab, but for general purposes it
may be taken as 2/3 of the moment given in Table XXXV for
the mid-span of the slab.

(5) The loads on the supporting beams for a 2-way rectangular
slab shall be assumed to be in accordance with Diagram 2.

DIAGRAM 2

Diagram showing the load
carried by supporting booms





138. (1) Allowance shall be made for the bending moments
due to concentrated loads, using methods based on the elastic
theory.

(2)(a) If a solid slab is simply supported on 2 opposite edges
and carries 1 or more concentrated loads in a line in the
direction of the span, it shall be designed to resist the
maximum bending moment caused by the loading system.
Such bending moment shall be assumed to be resisted by
an effective width of slab (measured parallel to the sup-
ports)equal to the sum ofthe load width and 2.4x (l - X/l)
where X is the distance from the nearer support to the
section under consideration and l is the span.

(b)Where the concentrated load is near an unsupported edge
of a solid slab the effective width shall not exceed the value
in sub-paragraph (a). nor 1/2 that value plus the distance of
the centre of the load from the unsupported edge as shown
in Diagram 3.
RAM 3

Effective width of solid stab
carrying a concentrated toad
near an unsupported edge


(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 127, distri-
bution reinforcement of not less than 0.3 per cent of the gross
cross-sectional area of the slab shall be provided over the full
effiective width resisting the bending moment due to the concen-
trated load.

139. When openings in floors or roofs are required such open-
ings shall be trimmed where necessary by special beams or reinforce-
ment so that the designed strength of the surrounding floor is not
impaired by the opening, due regard being paid to the possibility of
diagonal cracks developing at the corners of openings.

140. (1) The shear stress q at any cross-section in a reinforced
concrete beam or slab shall be calculated from the following
equation:





q= Q/bla

where-Q is the total shearing force across the section;
b is the breadth of a rectangular beam or the
breadth of the rib of a T-beam or L-beam; and
la is the arm of the resistance moment.

(2) (a) Where 2 or more types of shear reinforcement are used
in conjunction, the total shearing resistance of the beam
may be assumed to be the sum of the shearing resistances
computed for each type separately.

(b)The spacing of stirrups when required to resist shear-
(i) shall be not less than 8 times the diameter of the
stirrups or 75 mm, whichever is the greater; and
(ii) shall not exceed a distance equal to the arm of the
resistance moment.

The resistance to shear Q shall then be calculated from the
following equation:

Q=PstAwla/ S

where-Pst is the permissible tensile stress in the shear
reinforcement;
Aw is the cross-sectional area of the stirrup,
la is the arm of the resistance moment; and
S is ffie spacing of stirrups.

(c) (i) The resistance to shear at any section of a beam,
reinforced with inclined bars, may be calculated on the
assumption that the inclined bars from the tension mem-
bers of 1 or more single systems of lattice girders in which
the concrete forms the compression members.
(ii) The shear resistance at any vertical section shall
then be taken as the sum of the vertical components of the
tension and compression forces cut by the section.
(iii) Care must be taken that such assumptions do not
involve greater stresses in the horizontal bars than the
permissible stresses.

a distance to the end of the bar such that the average bond
stress does not exceed the permissible average bond stress
given in regulation 116.

(b)The length measured from such section shall be not less
than-

the bar diameter x the tensile stress in the bear
4 times the permissible average bond stress.





(c)The bar shall extend at least 12 bar diameters beyond the
point at which it is no longer required to resist stress.

(d)For the purposes of this paragraph, the length of the bar so
determined may have deducted from it a length equivalent
to the value of the hook as given in paragraph (5) but no
deduction shall then be made for the length of the bar
contained in the hook.

(2) (a) The local bond stress calculated from the formula-

Q/lao

where- Q is the tal she force across the section;
la is the arm of the resistance moment; and
o is the sum the perimeters of the bars in the
tensile reinforcement,

shall not at any point exceed the permissible local bond
stress given in regulation 116.

(b)In members of variable depth the effect of the change in
depth shall be taken into account in calculating the bond
stress.

(3) Hooks and other anchorages of reinforcement shall be
of such form, dimensions and arrangement as will ensure their
adequacy without over-stressing the concrete or other anchorage
material.

(4)(a) A hook at the end of a mild steel bar shall be of the
form indicated in Diagram 4 with an internal radius of the
bend not less than 2 times the diameter of the bar, and a
length of straight bar beyond the end of the curve of at
least 4 times the diameter of the bar, except that where the
hook fits over a main reinforcing or other adequate anchor
bar, the radius of the bend may be reduced to that of the
main reinforcing or anchor bar.

DIAGRAM 4

Standard book for mild steel bars





(b) Where hooks are formed in high-yield bars---
(i) the internal radius of the bend shall be at least 3
times the diameter of the bar; and
(ii) the length of straight bar beyond the end of the
curve shall be at least 4 times the diameter of the bar.

(5) A bend in a reinforcement bar shall be assumed to have an
anchorage value equivalent to a length of bar equal to 4 times the
diameter of the bar for each 45 degrees through which the bar is
bent:

Provided that-

(a)the radius of the bend shall be not less than 2 times the
diameter of mild steel bars, or 3 times the diameter of
high-yield bars;
(b) the length of the straight part of the bar be ond the end of
the curve shall be at least 4 times the diameter of the bar;
and

(c)whatever be the angle through which the bar is bent. the
assumed anchorage value shall not be taken as more than
equivalent to a length of bar equal to 16 times the diameter
of the bar.

(6) In bends in reinforcing bars, the local stress on the concrete
shall not exceed 3 times the value permitted in regulation 116 for the
concrete in direct compression.

(7) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of paragraphs (1)
to (6), in the case of stir ups and transverse ties, complete bond
length and anchorage shall be deemed to have been provided when
the bar is-

(a) (i) bent through an angle of at least 90 degrees round a
bar of at least its own diameter, and
(ii) the stirrup or tie is continued beyond the end of the
curve for a length of at least 8 bar diameters: or

(b) (i) bent through an angle of 180 degrees; and
(ii) the stirrup or tie is continued beyond the end of the
curve for a length of at least 4 bar diameters.

(8)(a) A bar in compression shall extend from any section
for a distance such that the average bond stress does not
exceed. the permissible average bond stress given In regula-
tion 116 by more than 25 pet. cent.

(b)The length measured from such section shall be not less
than-

the bar diameter x the compressive stress in the bar
5 times the permissible average bond stress,





(c)The bar shall extend at least 12 bar diameters beyond the
point at which it is no longer required to resist stress.

(9)(a) Laps in bars in any member shall be staggered
wherever practicable.

(b) The length of lap in bars in tension shall be not less than-

the bar diameter x the tensile stress in the bar : or
4 times the permissible average bond stress

30 bar diameters,

whichever is the greater.

(c)The length of lap in bars in compression shall be not less
than-

the bar diameter x the compressive stress in the bar : or
5 times the permissible average bond stress

24 bar diameters,

whichever is the greater.

(10)(a) In the case of deformed bars, the bond stresses shall
not exceed those permitted in regulation 116 by more than
25 per cent

(b)For the purpose of this paragraph. a bar is deformed if its
bond strength exceeds that of a plain round bar by 25 per
cent or more

(11) All bent up bars acting as shear reinforcements shall be
fully anchored in both flanges of the beam, the anchorage length
being measured from the end of the sloping portion of the bar.

142. (1) In this regulation, a floor or roof of ribbed and hollow
block construction means a floor or roof which consists of a series of
reinforced concrete ribs cast-in-situ-

(a)between blocks which remain part of the completed floor
or roof, or

(b) on forms which may be removed after the concrete has set.

(2) Blocks and forms shall be of suitable material which will
retain its shape and dimensions and is strong enough to support the
concrete when placed.

(3) The tops of the ribs shall be connected by a topping of
concrete, of the same quality as the concrete used for the ribs and,
cast-in-situ, over the blocks or forms.

(4) The blocks shall be neglected in determining the bending
and shearing resistance of hollow block construction.





(5) Subject to the provisions of Part XVI (Fire Resisting
Construction), the thickness of topping. after allowance has been
made for the effect of wear if necessary. shall be not less than 50 mm
or A the clear distance between the ribs. whichever is the greater.
10

(6) (a) The width of the rib shall be not less than 75 mm.

(b)The depth, excluding any topping, shall be not more than 3
times the width.

(c)The spacing shall be not more than 750 mm measured from
centre to centre.

(7) At least 50 per cent of the total positive reinforcement in
ribs shall be carried through at the bottom on to the bearin and
effectively anchored.

(8) For the purpose of determining the positive reinforcement
in the span, floors continuous over soports may be treated as
simply supported, in which case, negative reinforcement shall-

(a) be provided over the support to prevent cracking.

(b) have a cross-sectional are of not less than 1/4 of the positive
reinforcement in the mi dle of the adjoining bays. and

(c.) extend at least 1/5 of th clear spans into the adjoining bays.

(9) Notwithstanding regulation 115 (minimum cover to rein-
forcement) and subject to the provisions of Part XVII (Fire
Resisting Construction), cover to reinforcement shall be not less
than 20 mm or the diameter of the bar, whichever is the greater,
exclusive of any finishing materials.

(10) Notwithstanding regulations 123, 124 and 125. the topping
slab shall be reinforced with-

(a)main reinforcement at right angles to the ribs, required for
flexure, but not less than 0.3 pep. cent of the gross cross-
sectional area of the concrete and spaced at a distance not
more than 4 times the total thickness of the topping, and

(b)distribution reinforcement at right angles to the main
reinforcement of an amount not less than 0. 15 per cent of
the gross cross-sectional area of the concrete and spaced at
a distance not more than 5 times the total thickness of the
topping:


Provided that the diameter of the main reinforcement shall be
not less than 6 mm where bars are used or 5 mm where fabric is used.

(11) Where blocks are used in between cast-in-situ ribs as part
of the completed floor or roof, they shall not be placed within 75 mm
from the walls or beams at right angles or parallel to the ribs.





(12) In floor or roof systems where the ribs run in one direction
only, stiffeners of minimum 75 mm width between ribs for the full
depth of the rib shall be provided for clear length of rib greater than
4 m and at intervals not exceeding 4 m.

forced with longitudinal bars and lateral ties shall not
exceed that given by the following equation:

Po=pccAc+pscAsc

where-pcc is the permissible stress for the concrete in
direct compression;
Ac is the cross-sectional area of concrete exclud-
ing reInfol cing steel;
Psc is the permissible compressive stress for
column bars; and
Asc is the cross-sectional area of the longitudinal
steel.

(b)Where helical reinforcement is used, the permissible axial
load Po on a column shall not exceed that given by the
equation in sub-paragraph (a). or the following equation.
whichever is the greater:

Po=PccAk+P Asc + 185Ab
where-Ak is the cross-sectional area of concrete in the
core excluding the area of longitudinal rein-
forcement; and
Ab is the equivalent area of helical reinforcement
(volume of helix per unit length of the
column), and
Pcc Ak + 185Ab shall not exceed 0.5uwAc where
uw is the works resistance to crushing of the
concrete at 28 days.

(c)The permissible combination of direct load and bending
moment to which a column may be subjected shall be
determined on the basis of the elastic theory, with a
modular ratio of 15 and the permissible stresses in bending
given in regulations 116 and 117.

(d)The load on a column subject to both direct load and
bending moment shall not exceed that permissible for an
axially load column.

(c) The permissible load on a reinforced concrete column,
having a ratio of effective length to least lateral dimension
between 15 and 36, shall not exceed the appropriate
permissible load in sub-paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d)
multiplied by the coefficient appropriate for each ratio of





effective column length to least lateral dimension shown in
Table XXX. When, in a column having helical reinforce-
ment, the permissible load is based on the core area, the
least lateral dimension shall be taken as the diameter of the
core.

(2)(a) Bending moments in internal columns supporting an
approximately symmetrical arrangement of beams and
loading shall not be required to be calculated except in the
case of flat slab construction.

(b)Bending moments in external columns and in internal
columns supporting an arrangement of beams and loading
not approximately symmetrical shall be calculated and
provided for. The expression given in Table XXXVI shall
be used for estimating moments-,

TABLE XXXVI

3 4

1 2 Moments for
Moments for frames of 2 or
frames of 1 bay. more bays


Note:-
(1) Me is the bending moment at the end of the beam framing into the
column, assuming fixity at both ends of the beam;
Mes is the maximum difference between the moments at the ends of the 2
beams framing into opposite sides of the column. each calculated on
the assumption that the ends of the beams are fixed and assuming
one of the beams unloaded;
Kb is the stiffness of the beam;
Kbl is the stiffness of the beam on 1 side of the column:
Kb2 isthe stiffness of the beam on the other side of the column:
Kl is the stiffness of the lower column:
Ku is the stiffness of the upper column.

(2)The stiffness of a member shall be obtained by dividing the moment of
inertia of a cross-section by the length of the member. provided that the
member is of constant cross-section throughout its length.





144. (1) The bending moments at any section ofa footing fora
reinforced concrete column or wall shall be taken to be the moment
of the forces over the entire area on 1 side of the section. The
critical section for bending in the footing shall be taken at the face of
the column or the wall.

(2)(a) Subject to sub-paragraph (b) the reinforcement pro-
vided to resist the bending moments specified in paragraph
(1) shall be distributed uniformly across the full width of
the section.

(b)In rectangular flootings for columns, the reinforcement
parallel to the hort edge should be more closely spaced
near the column.

(3) The critical sections for shear shall be taken to be at a
distance from the column face equal to the efFective depth of the
footing.

(4) The critical section for local bond stress shall be taken to
be the same section as the critical section for bending moment at the
face of the column or wall.

145. Flat slabs may be designed-

(a) as continuous frames analysed by the elastic theory in the
manner described in regulation 155; or

(b) by the empirical method described in regulation 156,
and shall comply with regulations 146 to 154.

146. (1) In regulations 147 to 156---

'flat slab' means a reinforced concrete slab with or without drops,
supp ted, generally without beams. by columns with or with-
out flared column heads;

'panel' means the rectangular part of a flat slab enclosed by the
Centre lines joining 4 adjacent columns,

'drop' means the part of a flat slab which is thickened throughout
an area surrounding the column or column head; and

'column head' means an enlargement at the top of a column which
is designed and built to act monolithically with the column and
flat slab.

(2) In regulations 147 to 156-
L1 is the length of the panel in the direction of the span.
L2 is the width of the panel at right angles to the span;
L is the average of L, and L2;
D is the diameter of the column head or column, where no
column head is provided;
ts is the thickness of the slab;
td is the thickness of the drop; and
w is the total load per unit area on the panel.





147. Flat slab panels shall be assumed to be divided into---

(a)a middle strip which shall run the full length of the panel
symmetrical about the centre line of the panel and ' the
width of the panel,

(b)a column strip which shall run the full length of the panel
and consist of 2 adjacent quarter panel widths, 1 on each
side of the column centre line,

as shown in Diagram 5.

DIAGRAM 5
Division of flat sab panels
into column and middle strips



148. The minimum thickness t2 of a flat slab shall be not less
than-

(a) 125 mm;

(b) L/32 for end panels without drops,


L/36 for fully continuous interior panels without drops and
for end panels with drops;

(d ) L/40 for fully continuous interior panels with drops,

whichever is the greatest.

149. (1) The critical sections for shear shall be assumed to be-

(a)at a distance from the column head or, when no column
head is provided, from the column of 1/2 the thickness of the
drop, or, where no drop is provided, 1/2 the thickness of the
slab; and





(b) at a distance from the drop of ' the thickness of the slab,

as shown in Diagrams 6, 7 and 8.

(2) The shearing stresses at the critical sections shall not
exceed the permissible values specified in regulation 116.

150. (1) Columns supporting flat slabs shall not be less than
300 mm in diameter.

(2) When column heads are provided, the interior column
heads and such part of the exterior column heads as will lie within
the building shall satisfy the following requirement-

(a)the angle of slope of the column head shall not exceed 45-
from the vertical;

(b)the diameter (D) of the column head shall be measured at a
distance 40 mm below the slab or drop; and

(c) the diameter (D) shall not exceed 4
as shown in iagrams 7 and 8.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2), where column and
column ad are not circular in cross-section the term diameter (D)
shall be cemed to mean the diameter of the largest circle which can
be draw within the actual section at a distance of 40 mm below the
slab or rop.

(4 No part of any column head which lies outside the en-
velope described in paragraph (2) shall be considered for structural
purposes.
DIAGRAM 6

Critical section for shearing stress in flat slabs
without drop and column without column hood






DIAGRAM 7

Critical section for shearing stress in flat
slabs without drop


DIAGRAM 8.

Critical sections for shearing stresses in
flat slabs with drop


151. (1) An opening shall not encroach on a column head or a
drop.

(2) Except where the aggregate length or width of openings
does not exceed any of the following-

(a)in the area common to 2 middle strips, 0.4L measured
parallel to the centre line;

(b) in the area common to a middle strip and a column strip, 1/4
the width of the strip;





(e)in the area common to 2 column strips, 1/10 of the width of
the strip,

openings shall be completely framed on all sides with beams capable
of carrying the loads to the columns.

(3) When framing capale of carrying the loads to the
columns is not provided for openings within the limitations of
paragraph (2), the remaining portions of the slab or strip shall be
designed to resist the total negative or positive moments and shear
so that the strength of the slab as a whole is not impaired by the
openings.

152. (1) Drops hall be rectangular in plan.

(2) The thickness of a drop shall be not less than 1 1/4, nor more
than 1 1/2, times the thickness of the slab.


(3) The overall width of a drop shall be not less than 1/3 the
panel width nor more than 1/2 the panel width in that direction.

(4) For exterior panels the width of the drop at right angles to
the discontinuous edge and measured from the column centre line
shall be 1/2 the width of drop for interior panels.

153. (1) The spacing of reinforcement at critical sections shall
not exceed 2 times the effective depth except in those portions of the
slab which may be of cellular or ribbed construction.

(2) When the drop, if provided, is less than the full width of
the column strip, the reinforcement in the thinner part of the column
strip shall be of the same diameter at the same spacing as the
reinforcement in the middle strip and the remainder of the reinforce
ment required to resist the maximum bending moments in the
column srip shall be placed within the width of the drop.

(3) When the diameter of the column head is less than 2 times
the diameter of the column, of the reinforcement required to resist
the negative moment in the column strip shall be placed in 1 the
width of the column strip and symmetrical about the line joining the
column centres.

(4) At all discontinuous edges all reinforcement shall extend to
within 75 mm of the edge of the panel and shall be hooked around a
bar of its own or greater diameter or shall be properly anchored in
the edge beam, if any.

(5) Splices-

(a) shall not be made at sections of maximum stress; and

(b) where required, should be staggered.





154. Where the slab is supported by a marginal beam of depth
greater than 1 1/2 times the thickness of the slabs, or by a wall-

(a)the load to be carried by the beam or wall shall be all loads
carried directly on the beam or wall plus a uniformly
distributed load equal to of the total load on the slab;

(b) the bending moment in the 1/2 column strip adjacent and

parallel to the beam or wall shall be 1/4 of the moments
specified in regulation 155 or 156.

155. Where flat slabs are designed as continuous frames and
analysed by the elastic theory-

(a)the structure shall be divided longitudinally and trans-
versely into frames each consisting of a row of columns
and a strip of slab bounded by the centre lines of the panels
on each side of the row of columns. both longitudinal and
transverse frames each being designed for the full load on
the floor area;

(b)each frame may be analysed in its entirety, or each strip of
floor or roof may be analysed separately assuming the
columns to be fixed at the floor above and below,

(c)the spans used in the analysis shall be to the centre lines of
supports except for a slab supported on a wall when the
span shall be taken to the face of the wall plus the depth
of the stab;

(d)the moment of inertia of the slab or column shall be
assumed to be that of the gross cross-section of the
concrete, variation of moment of inertia along the axes of
columns or slabs being taken into account;

(e)the joints between column and slab shall be considered
rigid and this rigidity (infinite moment of inertia) shall
extend in the slab from the column centre line to the edge
of the column or column head and in the column from the
top of the slab to the bottom of the column head if
provided;

(f) the maximum moments shall be calculated for the follow-
ing arrangement of the imposed loads-
(i) where alternate spans are loaded and all other spans
unloaded; and
(ii) where any 2 adjacent spans are loaded and all other
spans unloaded;

(g)the slab shall be designed for the bending moments as
determined in sub-paragraph (f), which shall be dis-
tributed between the column strip and middle strip in
accordance with Table XXXVII;





TABLE XXXVII

Distribution expressed as percentage of
total negative or positive moments

2 3

1

Column strip Middle strip

Negative moments ......75 25
Positive moments ......55 45

Note: Provision need not be made for greater negative moments than those at the
critical sections for shear immediately adjacent to the column as defined in
regulation 149(1)(a);

Provided that the sum of the Maximum Positive
bending moment and the average of the maximum nCga-
tive bending moments for the whole panel width used in
the design of any 1 span shall be not less than:
wL2/10 [L1 -2D/3]2

(i) where w is the total load per unit area on the panel;
(ii) where the diameters of the columns or column
heads supporting the panel are not equal, D shall be taken
as the average of the 2 diameters;

(h) columns shall be designed to resist the combination of
bending moment and direct load consistent therewith
which produces the greatest stresses in the column.

156. (1) Flat slabs designed by the empirical method shall
comply with the provisions of this regulation.

(2) The slabs shall comprise rectangular panels and there shall
be at least 3 continuous panels in both directions.

(3) The ratio of the length of a slab to its width shall not
exceed 4:3.

(4) The length or width of any 2 adjacent panels shall not
diffier by more than 10 per cent of the greater length or width. End
spans may be shorter but not longer than adjacent interior panels.

(5) Where adjacent spans differ the length of the longer span
shall be used in calculating the negative bending moments between
the 2 panels.

(6) For fully continuous interior panels the critical sections for
bending moment are-

(a) for positive moment, along the centre lines of the panels,





(b)for negative moments, along lines joining the centres of the
columns and around the perimeter of the column heads.

(7) The total bending moment in each direction for a panel
shall be:

Mo = wL2/10 [ L1 - 2D/3]2

and shall be distributed between the column strips and middle strip
by the percentage specified in Table XXX VIII.

TABLE XXXVIII

Distribution of bending moments in panels of flat
slabs designed by the empirical Ineihod

Distribution of moments
expressed as a percentage
of Mo

(8)(a) Slabs shall be reinforced in 2 directions and the
reinforcement shall be so disposed that each strip is rein-
forced over its full width.

(b)In each strip not less than 50 per cent of the positive
reinforcement shall extend in the lower part of the slab to
not less than 0.125L from the line joining the centres of the
columns.





(c)Not more than 50 per cent of the positive reinforcement
may be bent up at a distance of not less than 0.25L from
the centre line of the panel.
(d)Not less than 50 per cent of the negative reinforcement
shall extend not less than 0. 3L beyond the line joining the
centres of the columns.
(e)Negative reinforcement in the top of the slab shall not stop
or be bent down at a distance of less than 0.2L from the line
joining the centres of the columns as shown in Diagram 9.

(9)(a) Internal columns shall be designed to resist 50 percent
of the maximum negative moment in the column strip.
(b)External columns shall be designed to resist 90 per cent of
the maximum negative moment in the column strip.
(c)These moments shall be apportioned between the upper
and lower columns in proportion to their stiffnesses.
(d)When external columns carry portions of the floors and
walls as a cantilevered load the specified column moments
may be reduced by the moment due to dead load only on
the cantilever.

DIAGRAM 9

Details of Reinforcement


157. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 118 and 120
the compressive, shear and bond stresses in reinforced concrete
constructed of special or designed mixes shall not exceed the
maximum permissible stresses specified in Tables XXXIX and XL
for the appropriate mix.





(2) For the purpose of Tables XXXIX and XL, uw is the
works resistance to crushing of the concrete when tested in
accordance with the First Schedule within 28 days after mixing.

TABLE XXXIX

Maximum permissible conipressive stresses for special mixes
and designed mixes in MPa

Maximum permissible compressive stress

1 2 3

direct due to bending


Special mixes uw/4 but not more than 8.5 uw/3 but not more than 11

Designed mixes Uw/3.65 but not more than 11 uw/2.73 but not more than 15

TABLE XL

Maximum permissible shear and bond stresses for special and designed mixes in MPa






(3) Before adopting the higher stresses permitted for designed
mixes the registered structural engineer responsible for the design
shall give due consideration to the exactness of the method of design,
deflexions, site conditions which may affect adversely the control or
proper curing of the concrete, and such other factors as might
influence his selection of the appropriate strength of concrete for
the work.

(4) The requirements of regulation 116(2) shall apply to
special and designed mixes subject to the maximum permissible
stresses specified in Table XXXIX.

158. (1) Subject to regulation 118, the upper limit for the
maximum permissi e stresses specified in Table XXIX may be
increased to those specified in Table XLI.

TABLE XLI

Maximum permissible stresses in reinforcement in reinforced concrere






(2) The maximum stress specified in regulation 120(h) may be
increased from 185 to 230 MPa.

(3) In slender beams to which regulation 116(2) applies the
stress in any compression steel shall not exceed the permissible stress
specified in Table XLI for compression in main reinforcement
multiplied by the appropriate coefficient specified in Table XXVIII.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation the modular ratio shall
be taken as 15.

159. The provisions of regulation 118 shall apply to columns of
special and designed mixes subject to the maximum permissible
stresses specified in Table XXXII.

160. (1) It shall be assumed for all normal cases that the
stiffness of members will be satisfactory:

Provided that-

(a)where either the stress in the reinforcement exceeds 140
MPa or the stress in the concrete exceeds 10 M Pa the ratio
of span to overall depth does not exceed 90 per cent of the
value given in Table XXXII;

(b)where both the stress in the reinforcement exceeds 140
MPa and the stress in the concrete exceeds 10 MPa the
ratio of span to overall depth does not exceed 85 per cent
of the values given in Table XXXII.

(2) In the case of members designed by the load factor method,
the limiting stresses for the purposes of paragraph (])(a) and (b) shall
be the stresses at working loads.

161. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this regulation,
reinforced concrete members may be designed to have a load factor
of not less than 1.8 against crushing of the concrete and against
yielding of the steel.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) the resistance to crush-
ing of the concrete in the member shall, for beams and slabs, be
assumed to be-

(a)not more than 3/5 of the specified resistance to crushing of
the concrete for the works test at 28 days-
(i) for ordinary concretes in accordance with Table IV;
(ii) for Quality A concretes in accordance with Table V;
and
(iii) for special concrete mixes in accordance with Table
VI; and

(b) not more than 2/3 of the specified resistance to crushing of
the concrete for the works test at 28 days for designed
concrete mixes in accordance with Table VI.





(3) For the purposes of paragraph (1) the resistance to crush-
ing of the concrete in the member shall, for columns, be assumed
to be-

(a)not more than 0.68 times the specified resistance to crush-
ing of the concrete for the works test at 28 days-
(i) for ordinary concretes in accordance with Table IV;
(ii) for Quality A concretes in accordance with Table V;
and
(iii) for special concrete mixes in accordance with
Table VI; and

(b)not more than 0.76 times the specified resistance to crush-
ing of the concrete for the works test at 28 days for
designed concrete mixes in accordance with Table VI.

(4) For the purposes of paragraph (1)-

(a) the maximum stress in the concrete at failure shall be taken
as not more than 2/3 of its resistance to crushing as assumed
in paragraph (2) or (3) and considered as constant over the
depth of th the compression zone, which depth in the case of
beams and slabs shall not be taken as greater than 1 the
effective depth of the member,
(b) the yield point of the reinforcement shall be taken as not
greater an 1.8 times the appropriate maximum permis-
sible stress specified in Table XXIX and regulation 158.

(5) Paragraph (1) shall apply only where the stresses in the
members at working loads are not such as to cause excessive
cracking ore cessive deflexions.

162. (1) For a beam to which regulation 116(2) applies designed
by the load factor method, the maximum permissible load shall be
the maximum load calculated as for a normal beam and multiplied
by the coefficient specified in Table XXVIII for the appropriate
slenderness ratio.

(2) For a column to which regulation 118(2) applies designed
by the load factor method, the maximum permissible load, or
combination of direct load and bending moment, shall not exceed
the maximum load, or combination of direct load and bending
moment, calculated as for a short column and multiplied by the
coefficient specified in Table XXX for the appropriate ratio of
effective column length to least lateral dimension.

163. For beams and solid slabs of rectangular cross-section
without compressive reinforcement and for qualities of concrete and
steel within the range permitted by these regulations, the require-
ments of regulation 161 may be deemed to be satisfied if the resistance
moment (Mr) (corresponding to the working loads) is assumed to be
the lesser of the 2 values calculated from the following 2 equations:





(1) based on the tensile reinforcement,

Mr = Astpstla,
(2) based on the resistance to crushing of the concrete in
compression,
Mr = Pcb/4 bd1 2

where-la is the lever arm, which may be taken as
d1- 3Astpst/ 4bpcb

Ast is the area of tensile reinforcement,
Pst is the permissible tensile stress in the rein-
forcement;
Pc is the permissible compressive stress in the
concrete in /bending;
b is the breadth of the section., and
d1 is the effective depth to the tensile rein-
forcement;

(3) where it is necessary/ior the resistance moment to exceed

Pcb/4 bd12, compressive reinforcement should be provided
so that

M=Pcb/4 bd12 + AscPsc (d1 - d2)

where-Asc is the area of compressive reinforcement;
psc is the permissible compressive stress in the
steel, or
380(1 - d2/dn) M Pa,

whichever is the lesser,
dn is the depth of the concrete in compression.,
and
d2 is the depth to the compressive reinforce-
ment.

The area of tensile reinforcement shall be such that the stress in
the steel does not exceed the permissible stress.

164. (1) The resistance moment when compressive reinforce-
ent is not provided may be assumed to be the lesser of the 2 values
alculated from the following equations:

(a) based on the tensile reinforcement,

Mr = Astpst (d1 - ds/2)






(b)based on the resistance to crushing of the concrete in
compression.

Mr = pcb bd12

where ds is the depth of slab forming the flange and the factor
has the values given in Table XLII.

TABLE XLII

Values of for computing resistance nionient based on the resistance
to crushing of the concrete in compression

Values of for d1/ds

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
b/br 2 or less 3 4 5 6
1 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
2 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.185 0.175 0.125
4 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.062
6 0.25 0. l95 0.165 0.14 0.125 0.042
8 0.25 0.19 0.16 0.135 0.12 0.031
0.25 185 0.145 0.12 0.10 0

Note: br is the width of the rib.

(2) Where it is necessary for the resistance moment to exceed
pcb bd1 2 compressive reinforcement should be provided so that:

Mr = pcb bd1 2 + Asc psc(d1 - d2)

and the area of tensile reinforcement should be such that the stress in
this steel does not exceed the permissible stress.

(3) For in ermediate values of b/br and d1/ds, the value of can
be calculated from the following formula:

= br/4b + 1/3 [1-br/b][2ds/d1 - (ds/d)2]

165. (1) For columns of rectangular section with symmetrical
reinforcement, the section should be assumed to be controlled by
compression when the load exceeds Pb given by the following
equation:

Pb = pccbd1 X - Asc(pst - psc)

where pcc is the permissible stress for the concrete in direct
compression;
b is the breadth of the column.
d1 is the effective depth to the tensile reinforcement:
Asc is the area of the compressive reinforcement:
which for the conditions of bending to which
the above equation applies is equal to 1/2 of the
total area of reinforcement in the column;





psc and pst are the permissible stresses in the reinforcement
for compression and tension. respectively, and
X = 585/ 690 + 1.8 Pst

where cold worked reinforcement is used, the denominator
in the formula for X should be increased to:

690 + 375Pst x 103/ Es

in which Es is the secant modulus of elasticity of the steel at
a stress of 1.8Pst,

At the load Pb the corresponding eccentricity of load eh
relative to the centre of the section is given by the following
equation:

Pb (eb + d1-d2/2) = pcc bd1 2 X(1-1/2X) + AscPsc(d1-d2)

where d2 is the depth to the compressive reinforcement.

(2) When the section is controlled by compression. the permis-
sible load (P) on the column is related to the permissible load (P,)
for an axially loaded column, as given in regulation 143(])(a), and
the eccentricity (e) of the load (P) relative to the centre of the
section, according to the following equation:

P=Po/1 + [Po/Pb - 1] e/eb

(3) When h applied load is less than Pb the section is
controlled by tension and the permissible load is given by the
following

P= pcc bd (0.5 - e/d - Y)

+ (0.5 - e/d - Y)2 + psc/pcc (d1 - d2/d) + Y(2d1/d - Y)

where- Y = r/2 [ Pst - Psc/Pcc]

r = total area of reinforcement/bd; and

d is the overall depth of the column section.





PART XIII

WHARVES, PIERS AND SEA-WALLS

166. Every sea-wall, breakwater, jetty, mole, quay, wharf or
pier shall be designed and constructed to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority.

PAR XIV

RETNING WALLS

167. (1) Retaining walls may be constructed of masonry, brick-
work, or plain or reinfored concrete.

(2) Retaining walls shall be so designed and constructed as to
support safely the ground they retain and any loads and pressures
from any surcharge, traffic and footings of nearby structures on top
or at the back of the walls and any water pressures that may be im-
posed on the back face and on the base of the walls, and to provide
a safety factor of-
(a) 2.0 against overturning; and

(b) 1.5 against sliding depending on friction on ground only.
or 2.0 against sliding if passive ground resistance is added
to counteract sliding.

168. (1) A foundation of concrete shall be provided on solid,
undisturbed ground or on piles.

(2) Such foundation shall extend for the full thickness at the
base of the retaining wall, and shall be so designed that the
resultant of all forces acting on the wall shall be within the middle
third of the foundation, or if on piled foundation shall cause no
tension in any pile.

169. Retaining walls constructed of brickwork shall be properly
bonded and built solid throughout in cement mortar.

170. Retaining walls constructed of masonry may be built in
cement mortar or dry. In either case the wall shall be properly
bonded .

171. (1) Retaining walls constructed of brickwork or masonry
exceeding 4 m in height shall be provided with 1 or more bond
courses of concrete, in no respect inferior to Grade III and at least
300mm in depth;

Provided that bond courses of reinforced concrete may be less
than 300 mm in depth.

(2) The distance between the foundation and the first of such
bond courses and the distance between any 2 adjacent bond courses
shall not exceed 2 m measured vertically.





172. (1) A weep hole, with an internal diameter of not less than
75 mm, shall be provided to every 3 m2 of the face of every retaining
wall:

Provided that weep holes may be omitted in retaining walls-

(a) constructed of masonry built dry; or

(b)designed to withstand maximum potential hydraulic pres-
sure; or

(e)with adequate subsoil drainage behind such retaining wall
to carry away subsoil water.

(2) Where on or after the date* on which the Building (Con-
struction) (Amendment) Regulations 1981 come into operation a
drainage system is incorporated in a retaining wall to reduce any
water pressures that may be imposed on the back face and on the
base of the retaining wall, such drainage system shall be designed
and constructed so as not to be rendered ineffective during service by
the penetration of soil or due to any other cause.

173. (1) Every retaining wall shall be provided with a proper
coping of concrete or such other materials as the Building Authority
may approve.

(2)(a) Where the ground at the top of any retaining wall or
portion of the wall is accessible and is more than 600 mm
above the ground level at the foot of the walls or portion of
wall, parapet walls or railings not less than 1 100 mm in
height from top of coping level. shall be provided.

(b)Such parapet walls or railings shall be so constructed as to
inhibit-
(i) climbing; and
(ii) the passage of articles more than 100 mm in their
smallest dimension.

(c)The lowermost 150 mm of such parapet walls or railings
shall be built solid.

174. Adequate channels laid to suitable gradients, or paving in
accordance with the provisions of regulation 41 shall be formed at
the top and toe of every retaining wall to carry away stormwater.
seepage, or other surface water.

PART XV

WELLS

175. No well shall be sunk or reopened without the permission
of the Building Authority.





176. No well shall be sunk in the vicinity of any septic tank,
cesspool, sewage sump or in any foul ground and no well shall be
excavated near any foundations.

177. (1) Wells may be excavated or bored and shall be of
sufficient diameter and depth to provide an adequate water supply.

(2) For the purposes of this regulation, a supply of water shall
be adequate if in the opinion of the Building Authority the yield
of water from such well during the period from 1 December to
30 April next succeeding, as ascertained and certified in accordance
with this regulation, wuld be sufficient in all respects for all the
purposes for which the well is to be used.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation, the yield of water from
a well shall be ascertained by the authorized person in a manner and
by a method approved by the Building Authority-

(a) during the first such period as is referred to in paragraph
(2) after the first consent to the commencement of the
building works is given by the Building Authority in
respect of the building for which the well is required, or if
such first consent is given during such a period then during
such period. or

(b) if the Building Authority so directs. during any such period
as is referred to in paragraph (2) after the first consent to
the commencement of the building works is given by the
Building Authority in respect of the building for which the
well is required.

(4) The yield of water from the well ascertained in accordance
with paragraph (3) shall be certified by the authorized person to the
satisfaction of the Building Authority.

178. (1) Every excavated well except in solid rock shall be
properly lined for its entire depth with brickwork. or other suitable
material and such lining shall be provided with suitably fixed iron
rungs foot rests not more than 600 mm apart for the entire depth.

(2) The lining of every well shall be rendered impervious for a
depth of not less than 1 800 mm from the level of the adjoining
ground.

(3) A suitable filter of clean broken stone, gravel or sand shall
be provided at the bottom of every excavated well.

179. (1) Access for cleaning purposes must be provided for
every excavated well.

(2) An efficient close-fitting cover shall be fitted over every
well.





180. (1) The top of every well shall be suitably protected to
prevent the direct entry of any surface water or sullage water.

(2) The ground surface adjoining the top of every well shall be
paved with suitable impervious material for a distance of not less
than 1 m in every direction from the side of such well and so
constructed as to slope away from the well to a suitable channel.

181. A suitable parapet wall, not less than 750 mm in height,
shall be constructed around the top of every well from which water
is to be drawn by means of a bucket.

PART XVI

FIRE RESISTING CONSTRUCTION

182. In this Part--

'basement- means any storey of a building or any compartment
which is wholly below the level of the street or streets on which
such building abuts, or being partially below such level has no
access to such streets in the event of fire;

'compartment of a building' means any volume, or floor area in any
1 storey, in any building assessed as a unit for the purposes of
Table XLIII;

'elements of construction' means-

(a) any floor, beam, column or hanger.

(b) any load bearing wall or load bearing member; and

(c) any staircase and the landings and supports thereto;


---F.R.P.' means the period for which the element of construction is
capable of resisting the action of fire when tested in accordance
with BS 476:Part 8 or as specified in the Third Schedule;

'staircase' includes landings and lobbies attached thereto without
any intervening enclosure.

183. Every building shall be separated from any adjoining
building by a wall having an F.R.P. of not less than 4 hours.

184. (1) Each element of construction in a building or com-
partment of a building shall have an F.R.P. not less than that
specified in Table XLIII appropriate to the use and the volume, or
floor area in any one storey, as the case may be:

Provided that each element of construction in any building
which exceeds 3 storeys shall in no case have an F. R.P. of less than 1
hour.





TABLE XLITI






1 2 3

Volume, or floor area in any 1 storey Fire
Use (as the case may be) resistance
period

6 transformer In all cases. 2 hours.
chamber or
purpose
involving a
similar fire risk.
7 Garage (a) Not more than 45 m2 in floor area. 1/2 hour.
purposes. (b) More than 45 m2 but not more than 90 m2 1 hour.
in floor area.
(c) More than 90 m2 in floor area. 2 hours.

(2) Save with the consent of the Building Authority the floor
area of any 1 compartment used for btustorage or warehouse
purposes shall not exceed 700 m2.

(3 ) Where a single storey building does not exceed 7 000 m3 in
volume or 7.5 m in height, steel work therein other than columns
and beams in external or party walls may, subject to the provisions
of PART XI (Structural Use of Steel) be unprotected.

(4) The joints of and any elements of construction shall be
tight and proof against the passage of smoke or flame.

185. Every compartment of a building shall be separated from
any adjoining compartment by a wall or floor having an F.R.P. of
not less than 2 hours, and if 1 or both compartments demand a
longer period of fire resistance, the separating wall or floor between
the compartments shall have an F.R.P. of 4 hours:

Provided that where adjoining compartments are used solely
for domestic purposes the separating wall or floor between the
compartments shall have an F.R.P. of 1 hour.

186. (1) Each element of construction of a staircase shall have
an F.R.P. not less than the period required for each element of
construction of the building or compartment in which the staircase is
situated:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to staircases
enclosed in accordance with paragraph (2).

(2) Where a staircase serves more than 1 compartment of a
building-

(a) such staircase shall be enclosed by walls, and

(b)such walls shall have an F.R.P. not less than the longer
period required for the elements of construction in any
compartment so served:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to any external
staircases open to the weather on at least 2 sides.





187. Where compartments of a building to which the provisions
of regulation 185 apply are situated in the topmost storey of a
building, the walls required by that regulation shall be carried up to
the underside of the roof of the storey:
Provided that where the ceiling is formed beneath a pitched
roof, the walls need only be carried up to the underside of the roof so
as to form in the roof space vertical firechecks at a distance apart not
exceeding 35 m.

188. Walls separating compartments of a building or enclosing
staircases, in accordance with regulation 185 or 186 may have
openings where-
(a) the door and frame of such opening has an F. R.R-
(i) in the case of walls separating compartments, 1 hour,
or.
(ii) in the case of walls enclosing staircases, 1 the period
requried for such walls:
Provided that in no case shall the door have an F.R.P.
less that 1/2 hour; and
(b) such door is self-closing, except in the case of such a door
in a domestic building which does not lead from a staircase
to a corridor used in common.

189 (1) Borrowed lights may not be provided in walls separat-
ing compartments of buildings in accordance with regulation 185.
(2) Where borrowed lights are provided in any wall enclosing,
in accordance with regulation 186, a staircase-
(a) the area of such lights shall be not more than -g' of the total
area of the wall; and
(b) the lights shall be glazed with a 6 mm wired glass or
covered with glass bricks or blocks.

190. Each element of construction in a basement shall have an
F.R.P. of 4 hours.

PART XVII
MISCELLANEOUS

191. Where any doors for disabled persons are provided in
accordlince with regulation 72* of the Building (Planning) Regula-
tion
(a)double-action self-closing doors shall have a check mech-
anism to prevent the doors swinging beyond the closed
position and a transparent panel with a bottom edge not
more than one metre and the top edge not less than 1.5 m
above floor level;
(b)door handles shall be not less than 900 mm and not more
than 1.05 m above floor level, measured from the top sur-
face of the grip; and
(c) door thresholds shall not exceed 25 mm in height.





FIRST SCHEDULE

METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE RESISTANCE TO
CRUSHING OF CONCRETE

PART 1

GENERAL

1. (1) In this Schedule unless the contrary appears-

'average resistance to crushing' means the arithmetical mean of the resistances to
crushing of a stated number of cubes;

.,consecutive cubes- means cubes made from consecutive samples orconcrete as taken
during the work, and tested at the same age;

'designed mean resistance to crushing- means the mean resistance to crushing to be
aimed for in designing a mix to comply with a specified resistance to crushing:

-designed standard deviation- is the standard deviation adopted in designing a mix.,

.,mean resistance to crushing' means the arithmetical mean resistance to crushing of
all the concrete of a particular grade produced in a given period of time;

'preliminary test' means a test made in accordance with BS 188 1: Parts 3 and 4: 1970
both prior to the commencement of the work and subsequently whenever any
important change is to be made in the materials or in the proportions of the
materials to he used, to ascertain the suitability of the available materials or to
determine suitable mix proportions.

..range' means the difference between the highest and lowest value in a set.

'seC means a stated number of consecutive individual results;

'specified resistance to crushing' means for ordinary concretes and Quality A
concretes, the resistance to crushing specified in Tables IV and V for the
appropriate grade, for special mixes and designed mixes. the particular resistance
to crushing within the limits of Table VI appropriate to the permissible stresses
adopted for the structural design;

-standard deviation- means a measure of variability calculated from the resistances
to crushing of the individual cubes tested at a given age each representing a
different batch of concrete having the same specified resistance to crushing;

'works resistance to crushing' means the resistance to crushing obtained from works
tests,

'works test' means a test made in accordance with BS 1881: Parts 3 and 4: 1970
during the course of the work to assess or prove the quality of the concrete used
in the work.

(2) The mean resistance to crushing may be estimated from tests on such a
number of cubes of concrete as may be approved by the Building Authority generally
or for a particular grade of concrete or in a particular case.

(3) The standard deviation, may be calculated from either of the following
equations:







where- Ex is the sum of all the individual results;
E(x)2 is the sum of the,.squares of all the individual results;
E(x-x)2 - is the sum of tyel,,quares of the differences between the
average, x, of all the individual results and each in-
dividilal result, x, in turn; and
n is the number results. which should be not less than
40 for a reasonably accurate estimate of the standard
deviation.

2. The resistance to crushing of concrete shall be determined by testing
standard 150 mm cu of the appropriate age made. cured and tested in accordance
with the approprite provisions of BS 1881: Parts 3 and 4: 1970 and in accordance
with this Schedule.

3. (1) Samples of oncrete for making test cubes shall be taken in accordance
with BS 1881: Part 1: 19 .
(2) For the purpose of determining the resistance to crushing at a particular age
after mixing, each works cube shall be made from a difrerent batch of concrete.
(3) For the purpose of checking the ratio of resistances to crushing at different
ages 3 cubes shall be made from the same batch of concrete for each age for which the
ratio is required.

4. (1) The following information shall be recorded-
(a) identification mark of each cube..
(b) designation of concrete:
(c) brand and type of cement
(d ) types of aggregates:
(e) mix proportions;
(f) water/cement ratio;
(g) dates of moulding and testing;
(h) location after placing in the work of the concrete from which the sample was
taken;
(i) number of cubes and their marks:
(j) mixer from which sample was taken (if more than 1 mixer is used).
(k) weather conditions; and
(l) curing conditions.
(2) Copies of test reports for concretes of Quality A. special mixes and designed
mixes hall be submitted to the Building Authority within 21 days after testing.
(3) Test reports for concretes of ordinary quality shall be kept and made
avail e for inspection if necessary. until at least 6 months after the completion of the
building works.

PART II

CONCRETE OF ORDINARY QUALITY

5. (1) Preliminary tests are not required for concrete of ordinary quality.
(2) (a) The works resistance to crushing of concrete of ordinary quality shall
be determined from sets of 3 consecutive cubes from the same grade of
concrete tested at the same age.

(b)At least 1 cube should be made for each grade of concrete on each day that it
is used.

6. The specified resistance to crushing for the appropriate grade shall be
deemed to have been attained if the average resistance to crushing of each set of 3
consecutive cubes is not less than the specified resistance and no individual result is
less than 85 per cent of the specified resistance.





PART Ill

CONCRETES OF QUALITY A

7. (1) (a) Preliminary tests should be made for concrete of Quality A.

(b)6 cubes shall be made for each test and 3 of these cubes shall be tested at the
age of 7 days and the remaining 3 at 28 days.

(2)(a) The works resistance to crushing of Quality A concrete shall be
determined from sets of 3 consecutive cubes from the same grade ofconerete
tested at the same age.

(b)For each age at which the resistance to crushing is to be determined at least 3
cubes shall be made for each grade of concrete on each day it is used.

8. The specified resistance to crushing for the appropriate grade shall be
deemed to have been obtained if-

(a)none of the individual crushing resistances is less than the specified
resistance to crushing; or

(b) if the average resistance to crushing of eMh set of 3 consecutive cubes is not
less than the specified resistance and the difference between the greatest and
least result of the set is not more than 20 per cent of that average.

PART IV

CONCRETES OF SPECIAL MIXES

9. (1) (a) Preliminary tests shall be made for special mixes.

(b)For each preliminary test 6 cubes shall be made from each of 2 batches of
the same mix proportions.

(c) 3 cubes ofeach set of 6 cubes shall be tested at 7 days and the remaining 3 at
28 days.

(2)(a) The works resistance to crushing of concrete of special mixes shall be
determined from a set of 3 cubes tested at the same age.

(b)For each age at which the resistance to crushing is to be determined. at least
1 set of 3 cubes shall be made for each grade of concrete on each day it is
used and if more than 75 m3 of any grade is used in a day 1 set shall be
made for each 75 m3 or part thereof.

10. The specified resistance to crushing in accordance with Table VI shall be
deemed to have been attained if-
(a)none of the individual resistances to crushing is less than the specified
resistance to crushing, or

(b)the average resistance to crushing of each set of 3 consecutive cubes is not
less than the specified resistance to crushing and the difrerence between the
greatest and least result of the set is not more than 20 per cent of that
average, provided that ifindividual cubes from 2 consecutive sets fall below
the required resistance to crushing the mix shall be adjusted to give a higher
strength so that not more than 1 set in 3 consecutive sets shall contain
individual results lower than the specified resistance to crushing.

PART V

CONCRETES OF DESIGNED MIXES

11. (1) (a) Preliminary tests shall be made for designed mixes.



(b)For each test 6 cubes shall be made from each of 3 batches ofthe same mix
proportions.





(e)3 cubes of each set of 6 cubes shall be tested at 7 days and the remaining 3 at
28 days.
(2)(a) The works resistance to crushing of designed mixes shall he determined
from a statistical analysis of not less than 40 cube tests at the same age.
(b) A sample of concrete shall be taken on 8 separate occasions during each of
the first 5 days of usinreafter at least 3 samples shall be
taken on each day thatd if more than 120 m3 is used in a
day a sample shall be taken from each 40 m3 or part thereof.
(c) 1 cube from each sample taken under sub-paragraph (b) shall be tested at 7
days and 1 additional cube from at least every fourth sample taken under
sub-paragraph (b) shall be tested at 28 days.
12. The preliminary test under sub-paragraph 11 (1) shall be deemed to be
acceptable if the average of the resistances to crushing of the 3 sets of 3 cubes tested at
the specified age exceeds the specified resistance to crushing by not less than 2 times
the designed standard deviation. If the difference between the greatest and least
individual results for any set of 3 cubes is more than 20 per cent of the mean resistance
to crushing for which the mix has been designed an additional set of 3 cubes shall be
made and tested.

13. (1) The specified resistance to crushing of designed mixes shall be deemed
to have been attain if the works test results. when examined individually and in
consecutive (but not overlapping) sets of 4 cubes, satisfy each of the following
conditions-
(a)no individual result is less than 80 per cent of the specified resistance to
crushing;
(b)not more than 2 individual results of any 40 consecutive results fall below
the specified resistance to crushing
(c)the range of any set is not more than 4 times the designed standard
deviation;
(d) the average of any set is not less than the specified resistance to crushing plus
the designed standard deviation;

(e) the average of not more than 1 set in any 10 consecutive sets is less than the
specified resistance to crushing plus 1 1/3 times the designed standard devia-
tion; and

f) the overall average of not less than 40 consecutive individual resistances is
not less than the specified resistance to crushing plus 2 times the standard
deviation of those resistances.
(2) If sub-paragraph (1) (a) is not satisfied the parts of the structure made from
the batch of concrete from which the low test result was obtained shall be subjected to
individual inspection and testing.

(3) (i) If sub-paragraph (1)(b), (c). (d) or (e) is not satisfied in the first 10 sets
the mix shall be modified to increase the resistance to crushing.
(ii) If sub-paragraph (1) (b). (c). (d) or (e) is not satisfied in subsequent
sets, the overall average of the previous 40 consecutive results including the
non-complying set. shall be calculated and examined for compliance with
sub-paragraph (1) (f).

(iii) If sub-paragraph (1)(f)is not satisfied the mix shall be modified to
increase the resistance to crushing until it complies therewith.

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 19(7).]
DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIXES

1. (1) The proportions of concretes of special mixes and of design mixes shall
be selected within the limits of Table VI so that the designed mean resistance to
crushing of the concrete exceeds the specified resistance to crushing (as defined in the
First Schedule) by a suitable margin and so that the workability is adequate for the
means of compaction available on the site.
(2) In designing a mix to satisfy these requirements attention should be given to
the following factors-





(a) specified strength,
(b) durability;
(c) degree of control;
(d) age at which a particular resistance to crushing is required:
(e) size of members,
(1) type of cement:
(g) spacing of reinforcement;
(h) maximum size of aggregate;
(i) shape and grading of aggregates available.
(j) available means of compaction:
(k) ratio of water to cement ratio, and
(1) ratio of aggregate to cement ratio.
2. (1) The designed mean resistance to crushing of special mixes shall initially
exceed the specified resistance to crushing by a margin of not less than 14 MPa.
(2) Where the works tests show to the satisfaction of the Building Authority
that the standard of acceptance can be maintained with a smaller margin, the mix
may be redesigned with a margin of not less than 10 MPa.

3. (1) The designed mean resistance to crushing of designed mixes shall
exceed the specified resistance to crushing by a margin of not less than 2 times the
designed standard deviation.

(2) Where there is no previous information on the standard deviation which
may be expected under similar conditions, the designed standard deviation used
initially shall be not less than 7 MPa for the purpose of ensuring that the margin
initially taken shall be not less than 14 MPa.

(3) Where there is previous information on the standard deviation which can he
expected under similar conditions or where the standard deviation can be calculated
from the results of at least 40 works cube tests. such standard deviation ma% be used
as a basis for designing or redesigning the mix:
Provided that the standard deviation used in designing or redesigning a mix shall
be not less than 3.5 MPa.

4. (1) For concrete which is protected from the weather or from corrosive
conditions, the cement content and the ratio of water to cement will generally be
selected on the basis of the required resistance to crushing and workability.
(2) For exposed concrete the maximum ratio of water to cement maybe limited
by the requirements of durability rather than strength. The Table hereto 'sets out the
maximum ratio of water to cement for various types of exposure. The cement content
should be selected so that the required workability can be obtained without exceeding
the maximum ratios of water to cement.

TABLE

MAXIMUM RATIOS OF WATER TO CEMENT (BY MASS) FOR
DURABILITY OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF STRUCTURE UNDER VARIOUS
DEGREES OF EXPOSURE






THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 182.]
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
MATERIALS TO BE CAPABLE OF RESISTING THE ACTION
OF FIRE FOR SPECIFIED PERIODS
TABLE A
WALLS AND PARTITION'S

Construction and Materials Minimum thickness in mm
(excluding plaster)
for period of




In this Table:-
Class 1 Aggregate means foamed slag, pumice, blast furnace slag. crushed brick
and burnt clay products, well burned clinker. crushed limestone.
Class 2 Aggregate means flint, gravel. granite and all crushed natural stones
other than limestone.





TABLE B

FLOORS AND LANDINGS






TABLE C

STEEL COLUMNS AND BEAMS







In this Table:-
'Solid Protection' --- means casing which is bedded close up to the steel without
any intervening cavities and with all joints in that easing made full and solid.
'Hollow Protection' - means that there is a void between the protective material
and the steel. All hollow protection to columns shall be effectively scaled at
each floor level.

Reinforcement-where reinforcement is required in this Table. that reinforce-
ment shall consist of steel binding wire not less than 2.5 mm diameter. or a
steel mesh weighing not less than 0.5 kg M2. In the case of concrete
protection. the spacing of that reinforcement shall not exceed 300 mm in any
direction.





TABLE D

REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS AND REAMS
















TABLE E

STAIRS






TABLE F

GLAZING



TABLE G

DOORS L.N. 9/75. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 76/81. L.N. 234/82. L.N. 268/83. 73 of 1983. L.N. 363/84. Citation. Interpretation. 73 of 1983, s. 3. L.N. 234/82. L.N. 294/76. Materials. British Standard Specification or British Standard Code of Practice. Permissible stresses not to be exceeded. Dispersion of load. Overloading. Support for adjoining and other buildings. Bricks and building blocks. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Cement. L.N. 294/76. Lime. Sand. L.N. 294/76. Red earth. Water. Cement mortar. Cement-lime mortar. Lime mortar. Aggregate. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Concrete. First Schedule and Second Schedule. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 294/76. Reinforcement for concrete. L.N. 294/76. Structural and rivet steel. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 42/75. Timber. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Materials for damp-proofing. Buildings to be designed for wind effects. L.N. 268/83. Design loads. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Test load. Notice as to load. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 76/81. Site formation works. L.N. 234/82. Bulk excavation in scheduled area. L.N. 234/82. Ground investigation in scheduled area. Foundations. Construction of foundations. L.N. 294/76. Site investigation. Settlement. Safe bearing capacity. Allowable bearing pressure. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Permissible pressure on concrete. L.N. 294/76. Piling. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Pressure from adjacent ground. Footings. Caissons. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 294/76. Grouting. Covering of sites. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Areas, etc. to be paved. L.N. 294/76. Certain floors to be impermeable. Lowest floor to be above ground level. L.N. 294/76. Ventilation below wood floors. L.N. 294/76. Construction of wood floors. Skirting. Construction and bonding of walls. Buildings over 4 storeys or 15 m in height. L.N. 294/76. Application of regulations. L.N. 294/76. Rules for measuring height of storeys and height of walls. L.N. 294/76. Rules for measuring length of walls. Thickness of external walls and party walls of buildings other than public buildings or buildings of the warehouse class. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of external and party walls of public buildings and buildings of the warehouse class. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of internal load bearing walls. L.N. 294/76. Recesses and openings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Loads on walls. L.N. 294/76. Corbelling and overhanging work. Thickness of walls where difference in ground levels. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Thickness of external walls of certain small buildings. L.N. 294/76. Cavity walls. L.N. 294/76. Glass block walls. L.N. 294/76. Parapet walls. L.N. 294/76. Boundary walls and fences. L.N. 294/76. Definition of slenderness ratio. Maximum compressive stresses in walls or piers of bricks or building blocks. L.N. 294/76. Maximum compressive stresses in walls and piers of concrete. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Eccentric loads and lateral forces on slender walls. Panel walls. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 42/75. Cladding. L.N. 294/76. Party walls to be carried up to roof. Timber not to be built into walls. Damp-proof courses. L.N. 294/76. Fireplaces and stoves to have hearths. L.N. 294/76. Fireplace openings. L.N. 294/76. Fireplaces to have chimneys and flues. L.N. 294/76. Chimney stacks to be carried above roof. L.N. 294/76. Combustible materials in proximity to chimneys. L.N. 294/76. Chimney shafts. L.N. 294/76. Open cooking slabs to have hoods. L.N. 294/76. Ceilings over fireplaces to be protected. L.N. 294/76. Roofs to be covered. L.N. 294/76. Roofs to be weatherproof. Accessible roofs to have parapet or railings. L.N. 294/76. Hollow ceilings. Steel framed and reinforced concrete structures. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Finished sizes of structural timber. L.N. 294/76. Minimum load on ceiling joists and floor boards. L.N. 294/76. Maximum permissible stresses in structural timber. L.N. 294/76.* Maximum permissible stresses for posts and struts. L.N. 294/76. Effective length of posts and struts. Maximum deflexion. Stresses due to imposed load on pitched roof. Combined bending and axial stresses. Joints and connexions. Cleaning and protection against corrosion. Protection. L.N. 294/76. Stresses (steel other than columns and struts). L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in columns and struts. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stress due to wind. Combined stresses. Grillage beams. L.N. 294/76. Effective length of columns and struts. Ends of columns. Bases for columns. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Joints in columns. L.N. 294/76. Filler floor beams. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Deflexion and span of beams. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of steel. L.N. 294/76. Bolts. Rivets and riveting. L.N. 294/76. Welding. L.N. 294/76. Fabrication and erection. L.N. 294/76. Saving. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Reinforcement. Minimum cover of reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Stresses in reinforced concrete. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in reinforced concrete columns. Effective length of columns. Stresses due to wind. L.N. 294/76. Longitudinal reinforcement for columns. L.N. 294/76. Transverse or helical reinforcement for columns. L.N. 294/76. Diameter of reinforcements. L.N. 294/76. Spacing of reinforcements. L.N. 294/76. Shear reinforcement. Stirrups. L.N. 294/76. Reinforcement in solid slabs. Compression reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Reinforced concrete walls. L.N. 294/76. Welding of reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Basis of design. Stiffness of members. L.N. 294/76. Effective span. T-beams and L-beams. Bending moments. Beams and slabs spanning in 1 direction. Slabs spanning in 2 directions at right angles with uniformly distributed loads. Distribution of concentrated load on solid slabs. Trimming for openings. Resistance to shear. L.N. 294/76. Bond and anchorage. Floors and roofs of ribbed and hollow block construction. L.N. 294/76. Permissible loads on columns. L.N. 294/76. Footings. Method of design for flat slab construction. Definitions and notation for flab slab construction. Division of panels in flat slab construction. Minimum thickness of flat slabs. L.N. 294/76. Shearing stresses in flat slabs. Columns and column heads in flat slab construction. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Openings in panels in flab slab construction. Drops in flat slab construction. Reinforcement of flat slabs generally. L.N. 294/76. Panel with marginal beams or walls in flat slab construction. Design of flat slabs as continuous frames. Empirical design of flat slabs. Maximum permissible stresses in special and designed mixes. First Schedule. L.N. 294/76. Increase in maximum permissible steel stresses. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in columns of special and designed mixes. Stiffness of members with higher steel and concrete stresses. L.N. 294/76. Load factor method of design. Slender beams and long columns designed by the load factor method. Simplified formulae for rectangular beam and solid slab sections in load factor method. L.N. 294/76. Simplified formulae for T-beams or L-beams in load factor method. Formulae for short columns subject to both direct load and bending in load factor method. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 95/78. Wharves, piers and sea-walls. Materials and design. L.N. 76/81. Foundations. Brickwork. Masonry. Bond courses required. L.N. 294/76. Weep holes. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 76/81. [*10.4.81.] (L.N. 76/81.) Copings and parapets. L.N. 294/76. Surface channels. Permission from Building Authority to sink or reopen wells. Wells prohibited in certain places. Wells to be of sufficient depth and diameter. Wells to be lined and filter required. L.N. 294/76. Access for cleaning and close-fitting cover required. Channels and paving to ground surface adjoining top of wells required. L.N. 294/76. Parapet wall required where water is drawn by a bucket. L.N. 294/76. Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. Third Schedule. Adjacent buildings. Elements of construction within buildings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Adjoining compartments to be separated. Staircases. Topmost storeys. L.N. 294/76. Openings in walls separating compartments or enclosing staircases. Borrowed lights. L.N. 294/76. Basements. L.N. 363/84. Doors for the disabled. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85] [reg. 19(7).] Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Standard 150mm cubes. L.N. 294/76. Samples of concrete for making cubes. L.N. 294/76. Records. Number of cubes for ordinary quality concrete. Standard of acceptance for ordinary quality concrete. Number of cubes for Quality A concrete. Standard of acceptance for Quality A concrete. Number of cubes for concrete of special mixes. L.N. 294/76. Standard of acceptance for preliminary and works tests of concrete of special mixes. Number of cubes for concrete of designed mixes. L.N. 294/76. Standard of acceptance for preliminary tests of concrete of designed mixes. Standard of acceptance for works tests of concrete of designed mixes. General considerations. Criteria for special mixes. L.N. 294/76. Criteria for designed mixes. L.N. 294/76. Durability. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76.

Abstract

L.N. 9/75. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 76/81. L.N. 234/82. L.N. 268/83. 73 of 1983. L.N. 363/84. Citation. Interpretation. 73 of 1983, s. 3. L.N. 234/82. L.N. 294/76. Materials. British Standard Specification or British Standard Code of Practice. Permissible stresses not to be exceeded. Dispersion of load. Overloading. Support for adjoining and other buildings. Bricks and building blocks. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Cement. L.N. 294/76. Lime. Sand. L.N. 294/76. Red earth. Water. Cement mortar. Cement-lime mortar. Lime mortar. Aggregate. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Concrete. First Schedule and Second Schedule. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 294/76. Reinforcement for concrete. L.N. 294/76. Structural and rivet steel. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 42/75. Timber. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Materials for damp-proofing. Buildings to be designed for wind effects. L.N. 268/83. Design loads. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Test load. Notice as to load. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 76/81. Site formation works. L.N. 234/82. Bulk excavation in scheduled area. L.N. 234/82. Ground investigation in scheduled area. Foundations. Construction of foundations. L.N. 294/76. Site investigation. Settlement. Safe bearing capacity. Allowable bearing pressure. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Permissible pressure on concrete. L.N. 294/76. Piling. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Pressure from adjacent ground. Footings. Caissons. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 42/75. L.N. 294/76. Grouting. Covering of sites. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Areas, etc. to be paved. L.N. 294/76. Certain floors to be impermeable. Lowest floor to be above ground level. L.N. 294/76. Ventilation below wood floors. L.N. 294/76. Construction of wood floors. Skirting. Construction and bonding of walls. Buildings over 4 storeys or 15 m in height. L.N. 294/76. Application of regulations. L.N. 294/76. Rules for measuring height of storeys and height of walls. L.N. 294/76. Rules for measuring length of walls. Thickness of external walls and party walls of buildings other than public buildings or buildings of the warehouse class. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of external and party walls of public buildings and buildings of the warehouse class. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of internal load bearing walls. L.N. 294/76. Recesses and openings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Loads on walls. L.N. 294/76. Corbelling and overhanging work. Thickness of walls where difference in ground levels. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Thickness of external walls of certain small buildings. L.N. 294/76. Cavity walls. L.N. 294/76. Glass block walls. L.N. 294/76. Parapet walls. L.N. 294/76. Boundary walls and fences. L.N. 294/76. Definition of slenderness ratio. Maximum compressive stresses in walls or piers of bricks or building blocks. L.N. 294/76. Maximum compressive stresses in walls and piers of concrete. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Eccentric loads and lateral forces on slender walls. Panel walls. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 42/75. Cladding. L.N. 294/76. Party walls to be carried up to roof. Timber not to be built into walls. Damp-proof courses. L.N. 294/76. Fireplaces and stoves to have hearths. L.N. 294/76. Fireplace openings. L.N. 294/76. Fireplaces to have chimneys and flues. L.N. 294/76. Chimney stacks to be carried above roof. L.N. 294/76. Combustible materials in proximity to chimneys. L.N. 294/76. Chimney shafts. L.N. 294/76. Open cooking slabs to have hoods. L.N. 294/76. Ceilings over fireplaces to be protected. L.N. 294/76. Roofs to be covered. L.N. 294/76. Roofs to be weatherproof. Accessible roofs to have parapet or railings. L.N. 294/76. Hollow ceilings. Steel framed and reinforced concrete structures. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Finished sizes of structural timber. L.N. 294/76. Minimum load on ceiling joists and floor boards. L.N. 294/76. Maximum permissible stresses in structural timber. L.N. 294/76.* Maximum permissible stresses for posts and struts. L.N. 294/76. Effective length of posts and struts. Maximum deflexion. Stresses due to imposed load on pitched roof. Combined bending and axial stresses. Joints and connexions. Cleaning and protection against corrosion. Protection. L.N. 294/76. Stresses (steel other than columns and struts). L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in columns and struts. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stress due to wind. Combined stresses. Grillage beams. L.N. 294/76. Effective length of columns and struts. Ends of columns. Bases for columns. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Joints in columns. L.N. 294/76. Filler floor beams. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Deflexion and span of beams. L.N. 294/76. Thickness of steel. L.N. 294/76. Bolts. Rivets and riveting. L.N. 294/76. Welding. L.N. 294/76. Fabrication and erection. L.N. 294/76. Saving. L.N. 294/76. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) Reinforcement. Minimum cover of reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. Stresses in reinforced concrete. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in reinforced concrete columns. Effective length of columns. Stresses due to wind. L.N. 294/76. Longitudinal reinforcement for columns. L.N. 294/76. Transverse or helical reinforcement for columns. L.N. 294/76. Diameter of reinforcements. L.N. 294/76. Spacing of reinforcements. L.N. 294/76. Shear reinforcement. Stirrups. L.N. 294/76. Reinforcement in solid slabs. Compression reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Reinforced concrete walls. L.N. 294/76. Welding of reinforcement. L.N. 294/76. Basis of design. Stiffness of members. L.N. 294/76. Effective span. T-beams and L-beams. Bending moments. Beams and slabs spanning in 1 direction. Slabs spanning in 2 directions at right angles with uniformly distributed loads. Distribution of concentrated load on solid slabs. Trimming for openings. Resistance to shear. L.N. 294/76. Bond and anchorage. Floors and roofs of ribbed and hollow block construction. L.N. 294/76. Permissible loads on columns. L.N. 294/76. Footings. Method of design for flat slab construction. Definitions and notation for flab slab construction. Division of panels in flat slab construction. Minimum thickness of flat slabs. L.N. 294/76. Shearing stresses in flat slabs. Columns and column heads in flat slab construction. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Openings in panels in flab slab construction. Drops in flat slab construction. Reinforcement of flat slabs generally. L.N. 294/76. Panel with marginal beams or walls in flat slab construction. Design of flat slabs as continuous frames. Empirical design of flat slabs. Maximum permissible stresses in special and designed mixes. First Schedule. L.N. 294/76. Increase in maximum permissible steel stresses. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Stresses in columns of special and designed mixes. Stiffness of members with higher steel and concrete stresses. L.N. 294/76. Load factor method of design. Slender beams and long columns designed by the load factor method. Simplified formulae for rectangular beam and solid slab sections in load factor method. L.N. 294/76. Simplified formulae for T-beams or L-beams in load factor method. Formulae for short columns subject to both direct load and bending in load factor method. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 95/78. L.N. 95/78. Wharves, piers and sea-walls. Materials and design. L.N. 76/81. Foundations. Brickwork. Masonry. Bond courses required. L.N. 294/76. Weep holes. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 76/81. [*10.4.81.] (L.N. 76/81.) Copings and parapets. L.N. 294/76. Surface channels. Permission from Building Authority to sink or reopen wells. Wells prohibited in certain places. Wells to be of sufficient depth and diameter. Wells to be lined and filter required. L.N. 294/76. Access for cleaning and close-fitting cover required. Channels and paving to ground surface adjoining top of wells required. L.N. 294/76. Parapet wall required where water is drawn by a bucket. L.N. 294/76. Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. Third Schedule. Adjacent buildings. Elements of construction within buildings. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Adjoining compartments to be separated. Staircases. Topmost storeys. L.N. 294/76. Openings in walls separating compartments or enclosing staircases. Borrowed lights. L.N. 294/76. Basements. L.N. 363/84. Doors for the disabled. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85] [reg. 19(7).] Interpretation. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76. Standard 150mm cubes. L.N. 294/76. Samples of concrete for making cubes. L.N. 294/76. Records. Number of cubes for ordinary quality concrete. Standard of acceptance for ordinary quality concrete. Number of cubes for Quality A concrete. Standard of acceptance for Quality A concrete. Number of cubes for concrete of special mixes. L.N. 294/76. Standard of acceptance for preliminary and works tests of concrete of special mixes. Number of cubes for concrete of designed mixes. L.N. 294/76. Standard of acceptance for preliminary tests of concrete of designed mixes. Standard of acceptance for works tests of concrete of designed mixes. General considerations. Criteria for special mixes. L.N. 294/76. Criteria for designed mixes. L.N. 294/76. Durability. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 294/76.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2538

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

130
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:19 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2537

Title

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Description






BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation.................................. page

PART 1

PRF.LIMI\AR~

1. Citation.......................... ... ... - . ... ... ... ... ... ... A4

2...........Interpretation .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A4

PART 11

AUTHORIZED PERSONS AND REGISTERED STRI ( Tt RAL E\.NGINEERS

3......................Qualification for inclusion in register ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

4...............................Requirements upon application for inclusion in rei-fister ... ... ... ... A 7

5. Authorized person or registered structural engineer not to act as contract t
without disclosure to client ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..

PART Ill

PLANS. ERTIVI(ATES AND NOTK ES

General
6....................Delivery of notices, plans. etc. ... ... ... . ... ... ... .

7. Completion of notices, etc. and signature thereon . ... ... ... ... .... .

plans

8...........................Prescribed plans in respect of building works ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

9.........................Prescribed plans in respect of street works ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

10. Power of Building Authority to require additional plans. etc. - ... ... ... A 11

11.....................Plans to be submitted in duplicate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 11

11A..............................Foundation plan to be submitted with site formation plan ... ... ... A 12
12. .....Plans to be signed by person who prepared them..........A12

13..........Ratio of plans ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

14.....................Plans to be clear and material thereof ... - ... ... ... ... ... A 13

15..............................Power of Building Authority to refuse to accept plans ... ... ... A 13

16........[Revoked] ............................ ... ... ... ... .. ... ... A 13

Cerlificates

......... ...

17. Certificate to be submitted together with structural details ..........A13
18............Stabilitv certificate ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13

18A. Certificate by authorized person to be submitted with plans ... ... A 14






Nolices

19. Authorized person or registered structural engineer 'ho has prepared plans
submitted to Building Authority to notify Building Authority if he ceases to
be engaged .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14

20. Notification to Building Authority before commencement of building works or
street works............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14





Regulation page
21. Building Authority to be notified of appointment of recistered lift contractor or
registered escalator contractor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..

22. Buildine Authority to be notified on chanbzc of authorized person. registered
structural engineer. etc. ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15

23. Authorized person or registered structural engineer to notify Building Authority
if he ceases to be appoi nied. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15

24. Duties of registered contractor m ho ceascs to be appointed ... ... ... ... A 15

25. Certificate to be given by registered contractor and authorized architect on
completion of building m orks ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15

25A. Certificates as to supply of water ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16

26. Certificate to be given by registered contraclor and authorized person on
completion of street works ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... A 18

27. Certificate to be given by reistered lift contractor or reeistered escalator
contractor on completion of lift works...........A 18

28. Certificate to he given by authorized person and registered contractor engaged
in respect ofemerbency work ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

PART IV

PROCEDURE IN CONNECTION WITH APPROVAL OF PLANS AND CONSENT
FOR COMMENCEMENT OF BUILDING WORKS AND STREET WORKS

29. Application for approval ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... A 18

30. Approval of plans ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

31. Application for consent to commence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

32. Consent to commencement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... A 19

32A. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

33. Alterations or additions to building works and street works ... ... ... ... A 20

34, Consent to the resumplion ofsuspended work ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

PART V

DUTIES OF AUTHORIZED PERSON OR REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND
REGISTERED CONTRACTORS APPOINTED IN REPSECT OF BUILDING WORKS
OR STREET WORKS

35. Duties imposed by this Part not to prejudice any. other duties imposed by
Ordinance or other regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

Authorized person or registered structural engineer

36. Duly of authorized person to supply copy of plans of building works or street
works to registered contractor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

37. Duty ofauthorized person to supervise and inspect ... ... ... ... ... ... A -2 1

38. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer to submit to
Building Authority notice under regulation 24 ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

39. Fees in respect of additional inspection upon completion of building works or
street works ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

Registered contractors

40. Duty of registered contractor to keep approved plans on site ... ... ... ... A 22

41. Duly of registered contractor to supervisc ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22





Regulation Page

PART VI

FEES AND FORMS

42. Fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

43........Forms ............................. ... ... ... ... ... A 23

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

44. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer who has prepared
plans to supply to Building Authority such information as he may require A 23

45. Duty ofauthorized person, registered structural engineer. reeistered contractor.
etc. to notify Building Authority of change of business address ... ... A 21

46...................................Power of Building Authority to require new plans in certain cases ... A 24

47...................................Notice under section 25 of Ordinance to be accompanied by plan ... ... A 214

Schedule. Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... ... ... ... A 24





BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 123, section 38)

[1 January 1960.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Building (Adminis-
tration) Regulations.

2. In these regulations. unless the context otherwise
requires ---

-authorized persons' register--- means the register kept under section
3(1) of the Ordinance;

---bulk excavation' means all excavation except excavation for
ground investigation, public utility trenches. drains. sewers.
piles or caissons;

---geotechnical design assumption- means an assumption
regarding---
(a) geological conditions'.
(b) groundwater and surfacewater conditions;
(c) site history;
(d) location and nature of services. utilities, drains and sewers;
(c) existing site formation;
foundations of existing buildings (whether on the site or
adjacent or nearby):
(g) shear strength of materials;
(h) effect of the proposed works; and
(i) any other geotechnical matters,

on the basis of which the margin of safety of any building, street
or natural, formed or man-made land is demonstrated to be
adequate in a submission to the Building Authority:





-Registration Committee' means the Authorized Persons' and
Structural Engineers' Registration Committee appointed under
section 3(5) of the Ordinance;

..site formation plans' means the site formation plans prescribed in
regulation 8;

-structural engineers register' means the register kept under section
3(3) of the Ordinance,

-water authority' and -waterworks- have the meaning assigned to
them by section 2 of the Waterworks Ordinance.

PART II

AUTHORIZED PERSONS AND REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS

3. (1) No person shall be included in list I in the authorized
persons' register unless he-

(a) is a corporate member of the Royal Institute of British
Architects; or

(b) is a corporate member of any other architects' association
or institution recognized by~the Registration Committee:
or
(c) is registered as an architect in the United Kingdom, or

(d) (i) has a university degree in architecture recognized by
the Registration Committee;

(ii) since obtaining such degree has had not less than 2
years practical experience in architecture. and
(iii) has passed an examination in professional practice
and practical experience as provided in regulation 4(1)(c).
and

he complies with paragraph (6).

(2) No person shall be included in list II in the authorized
persons' register unless he-

(a)is a corporate member of the Institution of Civil Engineers
or the Institution of Structural Engineers; or

(b) (i) is a corporate member of the Institution of Muni-
cipal Engineers; and---
(ii) has had such pratical experience in engineering as
may be approved by the Registration Committee; or

(c)is a corporate member of any other engineers' association
or institution recognized by the Registration Committee;
or
(d) (i) has a university degree in engineering recognized by
the Registration Committee;
(ii) since obtaining such degree has had not less than 4
years practical experience in engineering; and





(iii) has passed an examination in professional practice
and practical experience as provided in regulation 4(1)(c):
and

he complies with paragraph (6).
(3) No person shall be included in list III in the authorized
persons' register unless he--

(a)is a corporate member of the Royal Institution of Char-
tered Surveyors in the class of Fellow or Professional
Associate; and
(b)since his election to such corporate membership has had
such practical experience relative to building construction
as may be approved by the Registration Committee;

(4) No person shall he included in the structural engineers'
register unless he-

(a) is a corporate member of the Institution of Structural
Engineers; or
(b) (i) is a corporate member of the Institution of Civil
Engineers; and
(ii) has had such practical experience in structural
engineering as may be approved by the Registration Com-
mittee; or
(c) (i) is a corporate rrjember of any 6ther engineers' asso-
ciation recognized b9he Registration Committee. and
(ii) has had such practical experience in structural
engineering as may be approved by the Registration Com-
mittee; or

(d) (i) has a university degree related to structural en-
gineering recognized by the Registration Committee;
(ii) since obtaining such degree has had not less than 4
years practical experience in structural engineering and
(iii) has passed an examination in professional practice
and practical experience as provided in regulation 4(1)(c);
and

he complies with paragraph (6).

(5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1), (2) and (3), a person who
has ha 15 years practical experience under a practising authorized
person may apply to be included in list I, II or III of the authorized
persons' register, as may be appropriate having regard to his
experience, if at the time of his application he-

(a) is employed in a responsible post by a practising author-
ized person;
(b) has attained the age of 35 years: and
(c) complies with paragraph (6).

(6) Every applicant under this regulation shall, for a continu-
ous period of 1 year within the 3 years preceding the date of his





application, have had such practical experiencep as the Registration
Committee considers appropriate in the case of is application.

4. (1) Every person making application to be included in the
authorized persons' register or structural engineers' register shall-

(a)produce, to the Registration Committee. documentary
evidence to prove compliance with the requirements of
regulation 3;

(b) satisfy the Registration Committee, at a professional inter-
view, of his suitability for inclusion in the authorized
persons' register or structural engineers' register, and

(c) (i) where the application is made under regulation
3(l)(d),or 3(2)(d) or 3(4)(d), pay the prescribed fee and
pass an examination in professional practice and practical
experience based upon such syllabus as the Registration
Committee sho from time to time specify; or

(ii) where the application is made under regulation
3(5), pay the prescribed fee and pass an examination based
upon such syllabuses as the Registration Committee shall.
from time to time, specify.

(2) Every professional interview shall be conducted by the
Registration Committee and every examination held by an examina-
tion board appointed by the Registration Committee and approved
by the Building Authority.

5. No authorized person or registered structural engineer
shall act as a contractor or deal in building materials or receive any
payment, commission, advantage or benefit of any kind whatsoever.
either directly or indirectly, from any contractor, sub-contractor or
supplier of building materials or other goods used in or in connexion
with any building works or street works without disclosing the fact,
in writing, to his client.

PART III

PLANS, CERTIFICATES AND NOTICES

General

6. (1) Every notice, form, certificate, plan or other docu-
ment required by the Ordinance or regulations made thereunder to
be sent to the Building Authority shall be sent to him by post or by
delivering the same to his office during office hours.

(2) Where any plans submitted to the Building Authority for
his approval or the building works or street works shown thereon do
not comply with the provisions of the Ordinance or regulations, the
Building Authority may charge the authorized person or registered
structural engineer the prescribed fee in respect of every further
submission to the Building Authority of such plans:





Provided that such fee shall not be chargeable where the
Building Authority is satisfied that a further submission of any plans
was occasioned by a hona fide misinterpretation of the provisions of
the Ordinance or regulations.

7. Every notice, form, certificate or other document pre-
scribed for the purposes of the Ordinance and regulations shall be
clearly and correctly completed to supply the information required
therein and shall be duly signed.

Plans

8. (1) The plans and details set out hereunder are pre-
scribed, for the purposes of the Ordinance and regulations, in
respect of building works---

(a)plans of every floor and of the roof of the building. on
which there shall be shown full dimensions, the thickness
of walls. the position of all windows. soil fitments, waste
fitments and water storage tanks, and the intended use of
every part of the building;
(b) plans showing-
(i) all elevations of the building.
(ii) the level of adjacent streets in relation to a known
datum and to the levels of the site and the building:
(iii) the width of every street adjacent to the site; and
(iv) the position. depth and construction of any well;
(ba)if so required by the Building Authority. a geotechnical
assessment of the adequacy of the site for the proposed
building works shall accompany the plans prescribed in
sub-paragraph (a). (b), (c) or (h) and the geotechnical
assessment shall include plans and sections of the proposed
site formation 'orks and foundation works,

(baa) in the schedule area, a demolition works plan showing---
(i) the existing nature of the site and surrounds (includ-
ing an accurate survey plan with ground level contours), all
affected buildings and structures, water services and all
necessary removal of ground.
(ii) the sequence, equipment and procedures for demoli-
tion works; and
(iii) the support to be provided to all buildings, structures
and land remaining at each stage of the demolition works,
and the demolition works plan shall be accompanied by
supporting documentation including-
(A) structural calculations for supports, and

(B) a stability report with calculations demonstrating
that the demolition works will not render inadequate the
margin of safety of, or cause damage to. any building.
street or land:





(bb) a site formation plan showing-
(i) all site formation works and associated surfacewater
drainage works incorporating the requirements of the
report prescribed in sub-sub-paragraph (E);
(ii) the existing nature of the site and the surrounds
(including accurate survey plan with ground level con-
tours, geological conditions, groundwater conditions and
surfacewater conditions) and particulars of structures,
foundations, public utilities, drains and sewers and other
services on and adjacent to the site;
(iii) safety precautions to be taken whilst carrying out
the building works during periods of heavy rainfall;
(iv) a schedule of the geotechnical design assumptions;
(v) the sequence of the building works and methods to
be employed;
(vi) if so required by the Building Authority, specifica-
tions and any other relevant particulars;
(vii) in the schedule area, the envelope of all bulk
excavation by means of cross-sections and horizontal plan
drawings marked up with levels above the Hong Kong
Principal Datum,
and the site formation plan shall be accompanied by
supporting documentation including-
(A) an explanatory guide to the submission;
(B) a report containing the results of a study including
topography, geology, groundwater, surfacewater, site his-
tory, public utilities, drains and sewers and other services,
and local geotechnical records;
(C) a report containing the results of ground investiga-
tion including comprehensive details of equipment and
procedures used;
(D) a report containing the results of site monitoring of
groundwater conditions;
(E) a report containing critical examination and inter-
pretation of sub-sub-paragraphs (B), (C) and (D), a
schedule of the geotechnical design assumptions, discus-
sion of anticipated geotechnical problems and an outline
of variations of the works which should be adopted if,
during the carrying out of the building works, a geotechni-
cal design assumption is revealed 9,s, being erroneous so
that compliance with regulation 27A of the Building (Con-
struction) Regulations could no longer be demonstrated
and containing geotechnical requirements for the design
and construction of the site formation works including
testing, inspecting and maintenance requirements;
(F) stability analyses stifficient to demonstrate com-
pliance with regulation 27A of the Building (Construction)
Regulations; design calculations for site formation works;





calculations of the effect of the building works on ground-
water conditions, the site and any building, structure and
land, and calculations for and consideration of all other
relevant geotechnical matters. All such analyses and calcu-
lations shall be paginated and prefaced by a comprehen-
O'le) sive index;

(c)one or more sections showing the foundations. the levels of
the site and the lowest floor of the building, the height of
the building, the clear height of every storey, the position
of windows and of the floors and the level of the roof of
every adjoining or adjacent building, the maximum grad-
ient boundary-to-boundary across the site, the maximum
depth of excavation, the maximum thickness of filling and
the volume of all excavation and all filling;

(d) a foundation plan showing the size and position of founda-
tion togehter with a full record of the site investigation
work undertaken and details of any grouting work to the
ground proposed to be carried out,

(e) a drainage plan, showing the size and depth of drains or
sewers, connexions to a public sewer or drain or nullah,
any other method for the disposal of drainage. the position
of disconnecting traps. and the means of ventilation:

(f) a block plan. showing the size and position of the building
and of other buildings in the immediate vicinity. and
neighbouring streets;

(g)where the position of the site is not clearly identifiable from
such block plan, a key plan showing the position of the
site;

(h)a diagrammatic plan, with full dimensions and calcula-
tions, showing-
(i) the height, street shadow area, site coverage. plot
ratio and disposition of the building in accordance with
regulations 16, 19, 20 and 21 of the Building (Planning)
Regulations; and
(0 any open space required, by regulations 25. 27 and
28 of the Building (Planning) Regulations, for the building;

(i) plans showing structural details. together with one set of
full calculations including, where necessary, stress dia-
grams, for
(i) any building works involving the structural use of
timber, steel or reinfored concrete; or
(ii) any retaining wall constructed of masonry, brick-
work or plain reinforced concrete;

(j)in respect of any balcony, canopy, bridge or other projec-
tion over a street or unleased Crown land, plans showing
clearly the nature and dimension of such projection.





(k) details showing-
(i) the area of usable floor space, which expression shall
have the meaning assigned to it by regulation 3 of the
Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing,
Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations,
(ii) the number and type of soil fitments and waste
fitments to be provided in the building; and
(iii) the gross area of any balconies which project over a
street or Crown land; ,

(l) in the schedeled area, a ground investigation plan showing-

(i) the location, size and depth. or the criteria for
determining them, of all exploratory works including
boring, drilling, probing, testing, installation of and
measurement by instruments and sampling of soil and
rock, and the equipment and procedures for carrying out
the exploratory works;
(ii) the equipment and procedures for carrying out
laboratory testing and the criteria for selecting test
samples; and
(iii) if so required by the Building Authority, specifica-
tions, reporting format and any other relevant particulars;
(m)where regulation 72* of the Building (Planning) Regula-
tions applies, plans showing in detail the provision made
for disabled persons in accordance with that regulations.

(2) In this regulation, the expressions ---soil fitment- and
'waste fitment' have the meaning assigned to them by the Building
(Standards of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing. Drainage Works and
Latrines) Regulations.

9. The plans set out hereunder are prescribed, for the pur-
poses of the Ordinance and regulations, in respect of street works-
(a)a key plan showing the site of the private street or access
road;

(b) a layout plan;
(c) longitudinal sections, both vertical and horizontal;

(d) cross sections; and

(e) typical road sections,

10. The Building Authority may, where he considers it neces-
sary, require additional plans, enlarged details, other documents
and information regarding the supply of water, specifications of and
the use of any special materials, or such other particulars as he may
consider necessary.

11. (1) Every plan submitted to the Building Authority for his
approval shall be submitted in duplicate, and the Building Authority
may require the submission of such additional copies of any such plan
as he considers necessary.





(2) Every record of site investigation and all details of grouting
work proposed in connexion with plans submitted to theSuilding
Authority shall be submitted in duplicate.

IIA. In respect of building works in the scheduled area, the
foundation plan prescribed in regulation 8(1)(d) shall be subm*
to the Building Authority for his approval with the site form
plan prescribed in regulation 8(1)(bb).

12. (1) Every plan and all structural details, structural ca-
lations and stress diagrams submitted to the Building Authority
his approval shall be signed by the authorized person who prepare,.
the same and such signature shall be deemed to be an assumption
such authorized person of all responsibility for such plan, section
structural details or structural calculations, as the case may be.

(2) In the case of stru tural details and structural calculation
required by regulation 85 of the Building (Construction) Regula-
tions 1975 to be prepared and signed by a registered structural
engineer, such signature shall be deemed to be an assumption by
such registered structural engineer of all responsibility for such
structural details and structural calculations, as the case may be.

(3) Structural details and structural calculations prepared and
signed by a registered structural engineer shall be submitted to the
Building Authority for his approval by the authorized person
appointed to co-ordinate the building works or street works and
such submission shall not preclude subsequent communication
between the Building Authority and the registered structural
engineer but all correspondence between them shall be copied to
the authorized person.

13-(1) Plans and sections of building works shall be drawn to
a ratio of not less than 1: 100:

Provided that, in the case of very extensive building works. the
Building Authority may accept plans drawn to a ratio of not less
than 1:200.

(2)(a) Every key plan submitted in respect of street works
shall be drawn to a ratio of not less than 1:2 500.

(b)Every layout plan so submitted shall be drawn to a ratio of
not less than 1:200.

(c) Longitudinal sections so submitted shall-
(i) if horizontal, be drawn to a ratio of not less than
1:500; and
(ii) if vertical be drawn to a ratio of not less than 1:200.

(d)Cross sections so submitted shall be drawn to a ratio of not
less than 1:200.

(e)Typical road sections so submitted shall be drawn to a
ratio of not less than 1:50.





(3) Every block plan shall be drawn to a ratio of not less than
1:500.

14. (1) Every plan submitted to the Building Authority for
his approval shall be drawn or reproduced in a clear and intelligible
manner on suitable and durable material.

(2) Engineering drawings shall not be reproduced, for submis-
sion to the Building Authority, on ferro-prussic prints.

(3) One copy of every plan shall be so coloured as to clearly
differentiate existing work from new work and one part of any new
work from the other parts thereof.

15. The Building Authority may refuse to accept plans from 2
or more authorized persons or registered structural engineers in
respect of works at the same premises.

16. [Revoked, L.N. 241/76]

Certificates

17. (1) Where any building works will involve the structural
use of timber, steel or the structural use of reinforced concrete there
shall be submitted together with the plans showing the structural
details, a certificate in the prescribed form signed by the authorized
person who prepared the plans of such building works.

(2) In the case of structural details and calculations required
by regulation 85 of the Builling (Construction) Regulations 1975 to
be prepared and signed by a registered structural engineer, there
shall be submitted a certificate in the prescribed form signed by such
registered structural engineer an countersigned by the authorized
person appointed to co-ordinate the building works.

18. (1) Where any building works consist of repairs, altera-
tions or additions to any building, the authorized person who has
prepared the plans in respect of such building works shall, at the
time such plans are submitted to the Building Authority for his
approval, send to the Building Authority a certificate, in the pre-
scribed form, that he has inspected such building and that it is, in his
opinion, capable of bearing the loads and stresses which may be
increased or altered in any way by reason of such repairs, alterations
or additions.

(2) Where such building has been constructed in such a
manner as to require the services of a registered structural engineer
such certificate shall be signed by the registered structural engineer
and countersigned by the authorized person appointed in respect of
the building works.





18A. Where plans of any building works or street works are
submitted to the Building Authority for his approval there shall be
submitted, together with the plans, a certificate, which shall be in the
prescribed form, by the authorized persor~who prepared the plans
or under whose supervision the plans were prepared, that-

(a)the plans were prepared by him or under his supervision
or direction; and

(b)to the best of his knowledge and belief the plans comply in
all respects with the Ordinance and the regulations made
thereunder.

Notices

19. Where an authorized person or registered structural en-
gineer who has prepared any plans or other details of any building
works or street works, which have been submitted to the Building
Authority for his approval, ceases, for any reason, to act on behalf
of the person for whom such building works or street works are to be
carried out, he shall, in writing, within 7 days thereof, notify the
Building Authority that he has so ceased to act.

20. Not less than 7 days before the commencement of any
building works or street works, the authorized person appointed in
respect of the building works or street works shall. in the prescribed
form, furnish to the Building Authority---

(a)a notification, signed by the authorized person, of the
appointment of the registered contractor in respect thereof
and of the date upon which the building works or street
works are to be commenced; and

(b)an acceptance of such appointmen4nd an undertaking of
responsibility for strict compliance with the provisions of
the Ordinance and regulations. signed by the registered
contractor.

21. Before the commencement of any lift works or escalator
works, the person for whom such works are to be carried out shall,
in the prescribed form, notify the Building Authority of the name of
the registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor
appointed in respect thereof.


22. (1) Where in accordance with the provisions of the
Ordinance, another authorized person or registered structural en-
gineer or registered contractor is appointed in respect of building
works or street works or another registered lift contractor or
registered escalator contractor is appointed in respect of lift works
or escalator works, the person for whom the building works. street
works, lift works or escalator works, as the case may be, are being
carried out shall, in writing, notify the Building Authority of the
name of such authorized person. registered structural engineer,
registered contractor, registered lift contractor or registered
escalator contractor within 7 days of his appointment.

(2) Where a registered contractor appointed in respect of
building works or street works or a registered lift contractor
appointed in respect of lift works or a registered escalator contractor
appointed in respect of escalator works has, during the carrying out
of any such works, become unable or unwilling to act. such works
shall cease until another registered contractor, registered lift con-
tractor or registered escalator contractor. as the case may be, has
been appointed and the Building Authority has been notified thereof
in accordance with paragraph (1).

23. (1) Where an authorized person or registered structural
engineer who has been appointed in respect of any building works or
street works ceases. for any reason, to be so appointed. he shall.
within 7 days thereof. notify the Building Authority in writing that
he has so ceased to be appolted.
(2) Where an authorized person or registered structural en-
gineer so appointed has nominated another authorized person or
registered structural engineer to act in his stead under section 4(2) of
the Ordinance. he shall. not later than 7 days thereafter, notify the
Building Authority in the prescribed form of such nomination.

24. Where a registered contractor appointed in respect of
building works or street works ceases, for any reason. to be so
appointed, he shall, within 7 days thereof, deliver to the authorized
person or registered structural engineer appointed in respect of the
building works or street works for submission to the Building
Authority in accordance with the provisions of regulation 38
notice, in the prescribed form, that he has so ceased to be appointed.
and shall, in such form, certify that the building works or street
works, as the case may be, carried out by him have been carried out
in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and regulations.

25. (1) Within 7 days of the completion of any building
works in respect of which he has been appointed, the registered
contractor shall, in the form prescribed for building works resulting
in a new building or not so resulting. as the case may be, certify that
the new building has been erected or the building works carried out
in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and regulations
and shall, within the said 7 days. deliver such certificate to the
authorized person or registered structural engineer, as the case may
be, appointed in respect of the building works.





(2) Within 14 days of the completion of any building works in
respect of which he has been appointed. the authorized person shall.
in the form prescribed for building works resulting in a new building
or not so resulting. as the case may be. delivered to him, in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1), by the registered
contractor appointed in respect thereof, certify that the new building
has been erected or the building works carried out in accordance
with the plans approved in respect thereof by the Building Authori-
ty, and that the new building or such building works, as the case may
be, are in his opinion structurally safe and shall. within the said 14
days, send such certificate to the Building Authority.

(3) Where the form prescribed for building works resulting in
a new building or not so resulting. as the case may be, is delivered to
the registered structural engineer appointed in respect of the build-
ing works, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1), by
the registered contractor appointed in respect thereof. the registered
structural engineer shall within 7 days of the receipt thereof certify
that the new building has been erected or the building works carrie~
out in accordance with the plans approved in respect thereof by the
Building Authority. and that the new building or such building works.
as the case may be. are in his opinion structurally safe. and shall
deliver such certificate to the authorized person who shall within 7
days of the receipt thereof send the same to the Building Authority.

25A. (1) On the completion of any new building in which
any water closet fitment. trough water closet. latrine fitment or
urinal has been provided in accordance with the Building (Standards
of Sanitary Fitments. Plumbing. Drainage Works and Latrines)
Regulations. the authorized person appointed in respect of the
building works shall send to the Building Authority together with
the certificate referred to in regulation 25(2) ---

(a)a certificate by the water authority to the effect that a per-
manent connexion to the building of a supply of water from
the waterworks has been made in accordance with regula-
tion 10A of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments.
Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations;

(15)where the Building Authority has under regulation
I OA(3)(b) of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments.
Plumbing. Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations
permitted the connexion to the building of a supply of
water from a well within the site of the building---
(1) a certificate by the authorized person appointed in
respect of the building works to the effect that a permanent
connexion to the building of a supply of water from a well
within the site of the building has been made in accordance
with regulation 1 OA of the Building (Standards of Sanitary
Fitments. Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regu-
lations, and
(ii) a certificate by the authorized person appointed in
respect of the building works in respect of such well in





accordance with regulation 177 of the Building (Con-
struction) Regulations 1975 or

(c) where the Building Authority has under regulation
1OA(3)(c) of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fit-
ments, Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regula-
tions permitted or directed the connexion to the building of
a supply of water other than a supply of water from the
waterworks or from a well within the site of the building. a
certificate from the authorized person appointed in respect
of the building works to the effect that a permanent
connexion to the building of such supply has been made in
accordance with regulation 1 OA of the Building (Standards
of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing. Drainage Works and
Latrines) Regulations.

(2) On the completion of any new building in which any waste
fitment or shower has been provided in accordance with the Building
(Standards of Sanitary Fitments. Plumbing. Drainage Works and
Latrines) Regulations. the authorized person appointed in respect of
the building works shall send to the Building Authority together
with the certificate referred to in regulation 25(2)--

(a)a certificate from the water authority to the effect that a per-
manent connexion to the building of a supply of water from
the waterworks has been made in accordance with regulation
10A of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments.
Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations;

(b)where the Building Authority has under regulation
1OA(3)(h) of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments,
Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations
permitted the connexion to the building of a supply of
water from a well within the site of the building---
(i) a certificate by the authorized person appointed in
respect of the building works to the effect that a permanent
connexion to the building of a supply of water from a well
within the site of the building has been made in accordance
with regulation I OA of the Building (Standards of Sanitary
Fitments, Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regu-
lations; and
(ii) a certificate by the authorized person appointed in
respect of the building works in respect of such well in
accordance with regulation 177 of the Building (Construction)
Regulation 1975; or

(c)where the Building Authority has under regulation
1OA(3)(c) of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments,
Plumbing, Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations per-
mitted or directed the connexion to the building of a supply
of water other than a supply of water from the waterworks
or from a well within the site of the building. a certificate
by the authorized person appointed in respect of the build-
ing works to the effect that a permanent connexion to the





building of such supply has been made in accordance With
regulation 10A of the Building (Standards of Sanitary Fitments.
Plumbing. Drainage Works and Latrines) Regulations.
(3) The Water authority shall issue a certificate required under
this regulation within 10 days of receiving an application in Writing
therefor.

26. (1) Within 7 days of the completion of any street works in
respect of which he has been appointed. the registered contractor
shall, in the prescribed form, certify that such works have been
carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance and
regulations and shall, within the said 7 days, deliver such certificate
to the authorized person appointed in respect of the street works.
(2) Within 14 days of the completion of any street works in
respect of Which he has been appointed, the authorized person shall.
in the prescribed form delivered to him. in accordance With para-
graph (1 ). by the registered contractor appointed in respect thereof.
certify that such Works have been carried out in accordance With the
plans approved in respect thereof by the Building Authority and shall.
within the said )4 days. send such certificate to the Buildina Authority.

27. Within 14 days of the completion of any lift works or
escalator works. the registered lift contractor or registered escalator
contractor, respectively, appointed in respect thereof shall. in the
prescribed form, certify that the lift works or escalator works have
been carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance
and regulations and shall, within the said 14 days send such
certificate to the Building Authority.

28. Every authorized person and registered contractor en-
gaged to supervise and carry out. respectively. any work of
emergency shall. Within 48 hours thereof. certify. on the forin
prescribei for the purposes of section 19 of the Ordinance. that
he has been so engaged.

PART IV

PROCEDURE IN CONNEXION WITH APPROVAL OF PLANS AND CONSENT
FOR COMMENCEMENT OF BUILDING WORKS AND STREET WORKS

29. (1) Save as provided in regulation 33. application for
approval of plans of building works or street works shall he made lill
the prescribed form and shall include a notice of appointment of an
authorized person or registered structural engineer in respect of the
works and the confirmation by the authorized person or registered
structural engineer of the appointment and shall be accompanied by
such documents as are required under these regulations.





(2) Subject to regulation 1 IA, any one or more of such plans
may be submitted for approval separately.
(3) Without prejudice to regulation 30(3), the submission of
further particulars or other plans consequent upon the refusal of the
Building Authority to give his approval under section 16(1)(i) or
(2)(1) of the Ordinance shall be deemed to be a fresh application in
respect of the plans which the Building Authority had refused to
approve.

30. (1) The approval of the Building Authority in res pect of
the plans submitted to him shall be signified by-
(a)notice in writing in the prescribed form served on the
person making application therefor: and
(b)the stamping, signing and dating of one copy of such plans.
other than structural calculations. which shall be returned
to the authorized person or registered structural engineer.
(2) The Building Authority may. upon application therefor.
give separate approval for any one or more of the plans submitted.
(3) For the purposes of section 15 of the Ordinance. the period
after which the Building Authority shall be deemed to have given his
approval of plans submitted to him shall be---
(a)in relation to plans which are submitted for the first time to
the Building Authority for approval. 60 day s from the date
on which the plans were submitted:
(b)in relation to plans which. having been previously submit-
ted to the Building Authority for approval. are submitted
to him again for approval so extensively revised as to
constitute, in the opinion of the Building Authoritv. a
major revision of such plans. 60 days from the date on
which the plans were last submitted,
(e)in relation to any other plans which. having been prev-
iously submitted to the Building Authority for approval.
are submitted to him again for approval. 30 days from the
date on which the plans were last submitted.
(4) If the Building Authority is of the opinion that plans
submitted to him again for approval constitute a major revision of
any plans previously submitted to him for approval. he shall notify
the appointed authorized person or registered structural engineer
accordingly, not later than 30 days from the date on which the plans
were last submitted.
(5)-(6) [Deleted, L.N. 233/82]

31. Application for the consent of the Building Authority for
the commencement of any building works or street works shown on
any approved plans shall be made in the prescribed form.

32. (1) The consent of the Building Authority to the com-
mencement of any building works or street works shall be signified
by notice in writing in the prescribed form served on the person
applying therefor.





(2) The Building Authority may give his consent to the com-
mencement of any part of any building works the plans of which
have been approved.

(3) The period referred to in section 15 of the Ordinance in
connexion with consent being deemed to have been given shall be 28
days.

(4)-(5) [Deleted, L.N. 233`82]

32A. [Reroked, L.N. 233/82)

33. (1) Where it is desired to alter or add to any building
works or street works for the commencement of which consent has
been given, application shall be made in writing to the Building
Authority and shall be accompanied by-

(a) plans showing the alterations or additions; and

(b)the prescribed consent form relating to the building works
or street works.

(2) The provisions of section 15 of the Ordinance shall apply
to such an application, and the period within which consent is to be
deemed to have been given shall be 28 days.

(3) The Building Authority may give his approval of plans
submitted under this regulation and may consent to the commence-
ment of the building works or street works shown therein, and he
shall signify such approval and consent---

(a)on the plans submitted in the manner prescribed by regula-
tion 30; and

(b)by adding such plans to the list of plans in the prescribed
form of consent.

34. Where under the provisions of section 20 of the Ordinance
the Building Authority renews his consent for the commencement of
any building works or street works he shall endorse a note of such
renewal on the prescribed form of consent relating to the building
works or street works.

PART V

DUTIES OF AUTHORIZED PERSO\ OR REGISTERED STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER AND REGISTERED CONTRACTORS APPOINTED IN
RESPECT OF BUILDING WORKS OR STREET WORKS

35. The duties imposed, by the regulations in this Part. upon
an authorized person or registered structural engineer or a registered
contractor appointed in respect of building works or street works
shall be without prejudice to any duties imposed upon such
authorized person or registered structural engineer or contractor by
any other provision of the Ordinance or regulations.





Authorized person or registered structural engineer

36. (1) The authorized person appointed In respect of any
building works or street works shall supply to the registered contrac-
tor appointed in respect thereof a copy, stamped, signed and dated,
in accordance with regulation 30, by the Building Authority, of
every plan approved by the Building Authority in respect of the
building works or street works, as the case may be.

(2) Where the structural details have been prepared by a
registered structural engineer and approved by the Building Author-
ity it shall be the responsibility of the authorized person to ensure
that the registered contractor is supplied with a copy thereof.

37. (1) The authorized person appointed in respect of any
building works or street works shall give such periodical supervision
and make such inspections as may be necessary to ensure that such
works are being carried out in general accordance with the pro-
visions of the Ordinance and regulations and with the plans
approved in respect thereof by the Building Authority and with any
order made or condition imposed, pursuant to any provision of the
Ordinance or regulations in that behalf, by the Building Authority.

(2) Where a registered structural engineer has been appointed
in respect of such works the registered structural engineer shall be
responsible for such periodical supervision of the structural works
and shall make such inspections of the same as may be necessary to
ensure that they are being carried out in general accordance with the
provisions of the Ordinance and regulations and with the plans
approved in respect thereof by the Building Authority and with any
order made or condition imposed, pursuant to any provision of the
Ordinance or regulations in that behalf, by the Building Authority.

38. The authorized person or registered structural engineer
appointed in respect of any building works or street works shall
submit to the Building Authority, within 7 days of his receipt
thereof, any notice to the Building Authority-delivered to him, in
accordance with the provisions of regulation 24, by the registerd
contractor appointed in respect thereof.

39. Where, on the completion of any building works or street
works, more than one inspection thereof is. in the opinion of the
Building Authority, necessary by reasonof any contravention of the
provisions of the Ordinance or regulations or by any incorrect
information, the authorized person or registered structural engineer
appointed in respect thereof may be required to pay the prescribed
fee in respect of every such additional inspection.





Registered contractors

40. The registered contractor appointed in respect of building
works shall keep on the site of the building works, and shall produce
to the Building Authority at such times as he requires, all plans of
the building works supplied to him, in accordance with the provi-
sions of regulation 36, by the authorized person or registered
structural engineer appointed in respect thereof.

41. The registered contractor appointed In respect of building
works or street works shall, during the carrying out thereof, give
continuous supervision thereto to ensure that the building works or
street works, as the case may be, are carried out in accordance with
the provisions of the Ordinance and regulations and with the plans
approved in respect thereof and with any order made or condition
imposed, pursuant to any provision of the Ordinance or regulations
in that behalf. by the Building Authority.

PART VI

FEES AND FORMS

42. The fees set out in the Table hereunder are prescribed for
the purposes of the Ordinance and regulations-

TABLE OF FEES

By whom payable Amount

1. (a) For inclusion of name in Authorized person $500
the authorized persons' or registered
register or the structural structural engineer.
engineers' register or both
registers.

(b) For retention of name in Authorized person $100 per annum
either one or both reuisters. or registered payable on the 1st
structural engineer. January in each year.

(c) Restoration of name to Authorized person $250
either one or both registers. or registered
structural engineer.

2. For inclusion in the Registered $100
contractors register of the contractor.
name of a registered contractor.

3. For inclusion in the register of Registered lift $100
lift contractors of the name of a contractor.
registered lift contractor.

4. For inclusion in the register of Registered $100
escalator contractors of the escalator
name of a registered escalator contractor.
contractor.

4A. For inclusion in the register of Registered $100
ventilation contractors of the ventilation contractor.
name of a registered ventilation
contractor.

5. On the granting of a permit
under section 42 of the
Ordinance-
(a) to project a balcony or Permittee.
balconies over a street or
Crown land where-





By whom payable Amount
(i) the number of floors $32
with balconies does Per square
not exceed 4; metre of
(ii) the number of floors $43 gross a rea of
with balconies are balcony over
more than 4, but does the street or
not exceed 10; Crown land
(iii) the number of floors $54
with balconies are
more than 10.

(b) [Deleted by L.N. 63, 65]

6. For an examination under -
(a) regulation 4(1)(c)(i); Applicant $300
(b) regulation 4(1)(c)(ii) Applicant. $750
7. For the purposes of regulation Authorized person $400
6(2). or registered
structural engineer.
8. For the purposes of regulation Authorized person $200
39. or registered
structural engineer.
9. For the purposes of regulation Registered $50
73(5) of the Building (Standards contractor.
of Sanitary Fitments, Plumbing,
Drainage Works and Latrines)
Regulations.

10. For a certified copy, issued Applicant. $25
under section 36 of the
Ordinance of any document.

43. The forms in the Schedule are prescribed for use under the
Ordinance and regulations.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

44. Every authorized person or registered structural engineer
who has prepared any plans which have been submitted to the
Building Authority for his approval shall supply to the Building
Authority such information as he may require with regard to such
plans or to the building works or street works shown thereon.

45. Every authorized person, registered structural engineer,
registered contractor, registered lift contractor, registered escalator
contractor and registered ventilation contractor shall notify the
Building Authority of any change in the address at which he carries
on business, within 14 days thereof.





46. Where several alterations have been made to the original
design of a building and such alterations have been shown on
amended plans submitted to the Building Authority for his approv-
al, the Building Authority may require new plans to be delivered to
him showing the building as it has been completed.

47. Every notice under section 25 of the Ordinance shall be
accompanied by a block plan showing the size and position of the
building, the number of the lot on which it is erected and its
relationship to adjoining buildings.

SCHEDULE

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 1

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 3

Application lor inclusion in ihe *ciiithop.i--i,dpej-.yop?s'
regisler register

............... . 19 ......

To the Buildings Ordinance Authorized Persons and Structural EnRincers Registra-
tion Committee.

1 hereby apply to he included in-

(a) *the authorized persons' register on
*list ]-as an architect:
*list 1 1-as an engineer;
*list Ill-as a surveyor: or

(b) *the structural engineers' register.

1 . Name and address in full: ............................................................
............. ....... 1 1 ......................................................................

2. Age: .........Date of birth: Nationality:

3. Professional Qualifications and date obtained.
........................ ............................ ......................................................
........................................................................
...................... 1 .1

4. Concise account of education and professional training. with the necessary
dales, giving references to past and present employers. and a statement of the
principal works on which the candidate has been engaged. and capacity in which he
was employed on such works:
.....................1 .1 ........ .......................
. 1 ....................1 ........................................ 1
...........................1 ....... ..............................
.....................................................................





5. Original Indenture. Articles or Agreement and specimen of applicant's
designs and works to he submitted for examinationt:
.......................... 1 ..--
.............................1 ..................................... .......... ........ 1

...................
Sig'Pl~irLdt.c.

- Delete

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORyi 2

BUILDiNGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 8

Applicalionffir in

.................. 1 ..... ~ 19

To the Building Authority.
1 We hereby apply to he included in the res-,i\tcr of contraciors.
1 . Registered name of company or firm:
2. Registered address of company or firm:
3. Date of registration of company or
firm as a building contractor.

4.Number of Business Registration Certificate
(current certificate to be attached).
5.Full names and addresses of all directors
or partners (active or inactive).
6.Name and address of bankers. persons.
firms or guarantors. to whom reference
may be made.
7.Names of principal technical staff and
length of consecutive service with the
company.
8. Address of office & telephone number(s),
9. Address of yard(s) & telephone number(s).

....................
S~gli~illil.e.

10. Recommendation by an authorized person.

..................1 1 1
S~zl?(ltlil-e (if fill ill or

Date:

...................
Name of cizithoi-i~edpervo~i in
hlock- letters.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 1
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)
Section 8
ale ofregislered

Office of the Building Authority.

.............................................. 19 ......

Certificate No.: ........................
1 hereby certify that ...........................................................................
of (address) ............................. *
has have been included in the contractors' register kepi under section 8 of the
Buildines Ordinance.

..................
pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 4

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 8

To the Building Authority, ........ 19
I We hereby apply to be included in the register of lift contractors.
1. Registered name ofcompany or firm:
2. Registered address of company or firm;
3. Names of lift manufacturers whom
applicant represents:

4.Qualifications and experience of applicant
and or names. qualifications and experience
of technical staff.

...................
Signature.




GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 5
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 8

Certificate of registration of registered life contractor

Office of the Building Authority.

........................ . 19

Certificate No.: ........................

I hereby certify that .......
of (address) ..........................................................................................
has have been included in the recister of lift contractors kept under section 8 of the
Buildings Ordinance.

pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 6
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 8
Application for inclusion in the register of of escalator contractors

..........19.......

To the Building Authority,

I/We hereby apply to be included in the register of escalator contractors.

1 . Registered name of company or firm:
2. Registered address of company or firm:

3.Names of escalator manufacturers whom
applicant represents:
4.Qualifications and experience of applicant
and or names, qualifications and experience
of technical staff.


............. ....... ............
Signature




GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

Form 7

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 8

Certificate of registration of registered escalator contractor

Office of the Building Authority.

..........19

Certificate No.: ..........
I hereby certify that -
of (address) .....
has have been included in the register of escalator contractors kept under section 8 of
the Buildings Ordinance.

..................
pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FoRm 7A

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 8

Application for inclusion in the register of ventilation contractors

.........19.........

To the Buildinp Authority,

I/ We herchy apply to be included in the register of ventilation contractors.

1 . Registered name of company or firm:

2. Registered address of company or firm:

3. Names of manufacturers of ventilation systems
whom applicant represents:

4. Qualifications and experience of applicant
and or names, qualifications and experience
of technical stafr.

...........................
Signature.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 7B
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 8
Cerifficate of registration of registered ventilation contractor

Office of the Buildine Authority

..... 19

Certificate No.: ........................

I hereby certify, that . .................................
of (address) ............. ........................................
has have been included in the register of ventilation contractors kept under section 8
of the Buildings Ordinance.

...............................
pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 8

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 18(6)

Authority to enter building

Office of the Building Authority.

............ . . 19

............................. is hereby authorized
to enter ...................
(here specify the building to which the authorization relates)-

*(a)for the purpose of ascertaining what shoring may he required for the
building for the purpose specified in *paragraph (a) *paragraph (b) of
section 18(1) of the Buildings Ordinance. or of ascertaining the manner in
which shoring for the building may be affixed:

*(b)for the purpose of erecting shoring for the building pursuant to section
18(1) of the Buildings Ordinance. or of maintaining such shoring in good
order or of inspecting the same.

............ ........................
pro. Building Authority

Note: By virtue of the provisions of section 18(6)(b) of the Buildines Ordinance.
this authorization also authorizes any servant or agent of ......................
and any servant of ................ agent, to enter the building for the
purpose specified above.

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 9

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 4(1)

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 29

Application for approval of plans of building works and or street works*
and
Notice of appoitment of authorized person
(*architect engineer surveyor) as co-ordinator:

Notice of appointment of registered structural engineer
as consultant to appointed authorized person

............... ~ 19 ......
To the Building Authority.
I We* ............................................
Name of applicant in block letters.

in accordance with the provisions of regulation 29 of the Building (Administration)
Regulations-
(a) apply for your approval of the ......................................................
plans submitted herewith:
(b) certify that the said plans have been prepared by Mr. .. ....................
.................................
authorized person of .................................................................
(c) give you notice that *I We have appointed the said Mr . ........................
........................... authorized person to be the co-ordinator in respect of these works:
(d)certify that the structural elements *have been will be designed and the
detaifs prepared by Mr . ...............................................................
registered structural engineer of . ......................................................
....................................................................................................; and
(Address of registered structural engineers
(e) give you notice that *I We have appointed the said Mr . ........................
..................................... consultant to
the appointed authorized person in respect of the above described works.

2. Particulars of the building works and or street works*-
(To be completed as appropriate).

GENERAL
(a) Number and name of street and locality ..........................................
..............
(b) Lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot ...............
...............................
(c) Name and address of the owner ......................................................
...................................
(d) Name and address of any duly authorized agent of the owner ...............

(e) Number of any, licence or permit relating to the proposed building works or
site .....................................
................
f) The date on which the tenure of the lot will expire in any case in which the
unexpired portion of the lease is less than 10 years ..............................





*BUILDING WORKS

(a) Width of street or streets upon which the building abuts or fronts

(b) The intended use of the building or parts thereof on completion of the
building works .................

(c)Details of any conditions of sale. any particular lease cosenants affecting the
height. design, type or use of the building which may be erected on the lot or
permit area ............................................

*STREET WORKS

(a) Widthofstrect or streets for which access istobcobtained

(b) Whether the street works are for construction of an access road or a private
street ..............................................................

(c)If an access road. state the number ofseparate building of flats (with total
floor areas) for which it is intended to proside access ...........................

(d) Details of any conditions of sale and any particular lease covenants affecting
the street works ........................................................................
...................................

...............................
Signature of applicant.

.................... ..................... 19

I confirm that I have been appointed as the authorized person to he the
co-ordinator in respect of the above described works.

...................................................
Signature of authorized person.

............... 19

I confirm that I have been appointed as the registered structural engineer to be
the consultant to the appointed authorized person in respect of the above described
works.

...................
Signature of registered structural engineer.
........................................ . 19

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 10

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 17
Certificate of Authorized Person
(*Architect Engineer Surveyor)
and
*Registered Structural Engineer

............... . 19 ......

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provision of regulation 17 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I We* hereby certify that the structural details and calculations
attached hereto relating to building works and or street works* at-
(a) number and name of street and locality ..........................................
.............
(h) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot ...............

have been prepared under . ............
* my supervision or direction
* the supervision or direction of the undersigned .............
.............
(Name of registered structural engineer)

as required by regulation 85 of the Building (Construction) Regulations 1975.

I further certify that such structural details and calculations comply in all
respects with the relevant provisions of-

* (i) the Buildings Ordinance. Chapter 123. and regulations made thereunder.
* (ii) Permit No . ...................... issued under section 42 of the
Buildings Ordinance dated ............................................................
............ ...........................................................

This certificate is subject to a modification given applied for* in respect of
regulations ..................................................................
of the Building (Construction) Regulations.

..................................... 1
Signature of registered structural engineer
who prepared the structural details etc.

.....................................................
Signature of authorized person

- Delete whichever is inapplicable.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 11
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 18
Cerifficate qf Authorized Person
(*Architect Engineer Surveyor)
and/or
Regisitered Structural Engineer

........................... . 19 ......
To the Building Authority,
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 18 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I . ....................................................
*authorized person /registered structural engineer hereby certify that I have inspected
the building known as (No. and name of street) .............................................
...........................: on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) ..............................
and in my opinion it is capable of bearing the loads and stresses which may he
increased or altered in any way by reason of the building works shown on the
accompanying plans.

Signature of registered structural engineer
........................................
Signature of authorized person

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 11A
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 18A

Certificate of authorized person
.. ............ 19
To the Building Authority,
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 18A of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations, I hereby certify that-
(1) The plans attached hereto relating to building works and or street works*
at-
(a) number and name of street and locality

(b) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot .........
have been prepared by me or undar my supervision or direction and haie
been signed by me as required by regulation 12 of the said Regulations.
(2)To the best of my knowledge and belief such plans comply in all respects
with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance and the regulations made
thereunder.

.. ...................................................
Signature of authorized person.

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 12
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 14
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 30(1)(a)
Approval of phins

B.O.O. Ref. No . .............
To: ................................
........................... ............. ............
Office of the Building Authority.

...................19
The ..................................................
................................................................ --- .......
pla ns attached hereto. on which I have signified by approval, are hereby approved.
(No. and Name of Street) ........ ...............
on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) ..................................................................
2. Your attention is drawn to section 14(2) of the Buildings Ordinance, which
provides that the giving by the Building Authority of his approval to ans, plans shall
not exempt any person from the necessity of obtaining the consent of the Building
Authority to the commencement and carrying out of the .................................
works shown on such plans. This approial does NOT authorized the commencement
or carrying out of any ............... -
works.

................
pro. Building Authority


GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 13

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 14

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 31
Application for consent to the commencement and carrying out of
building works or part of building works or of street works

................................... . 19

To the Building Authority,

I We. (name of applicant in block letters)
apply for your consent to the commencement and carrying out of the following works
(here specify the typc of work. e.g. building works or street works or. if the
application is in respect of part only of building works. specify the part in respect of
which the application is made) . ...............................................................
at ( No. and name of street) .................................. ........................... .........
on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) .....................





2. The following plans of the above works have been approved by you-

Plans. Date of notice of approxal. B.O.O. Ref. No.

3. * The certificate, Form 10. required by, regulation 17 of the Building (Admin-
istration) Regulations. in connexion with the proposed structural use of steel and or
reinforced concrete, was submitted on 19

4.* The certificate (stability, certificates) required by regulation 18 of the
Building (Administration) Regulations was submitted on ... ..............................
19 ......

.............. ...
signature of applicant

..................... ................. 19

- Delete if not appilcable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 14

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 14

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 32

Consent to the commencement and out of building works or
part of any building works or of street works

Permit No . ....................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . ..............................
To:................................................................
..............................................
Office of the Building Authority.

......................... 19

I hereby consent to the commencement and carrying out of the following
works-
...................
.... .......................................................................................................
at (No. and name of street) ........................................................................
on (Lot No./Permit Area No.) ..................................................................






2. The above works are to be carried out in accordance
with the following plans. which have been approved by me and which have been
returned to Mr ............. authorized person, and in compli-
ance with the Buildings Ordinance and the regulations made thereunder, and in
accordance with Permit No . issued under section 42 of the
Buildings Ordinance.

Plans. Date of notice of approval. B.O.O. Ref. No.

3. Your attention is drawn to the provisions of section 14(2) of the Buildings
Ordinance. and before commencing the above ............. works you
should ascertain that they will not contravene the provisions of any enactment or the
requirements of any authority or the terms or conditions of any Crown lease, licence
or permit.

pro, Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 15

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 20

Application for renewal of consent to ihe carrying out of
building works of street works

............... 19......

To the Building Authority.
In accordance with the provisions of section 20 of the Buildings Ordinance. I we
(name of applicant in block letters) ............................................................
hereby apply for the renewal of your consent dated .....................................
Permit No . ...B.O.O. Ref. No .
to the carrying out of the ........................................................................
works therein specified relating to-
(a) number and name of street and locality ................ ................
............. .................................
(b) lot number with details of any. section or subsection of the lot ...............

I attach hereto Permit No . .........................

Signature of applicant.





GOVERNMENT HONG KONG

FORM 16
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 20

Notice of appointment of registered contractor, undertaking by
registered contractor and notice of commencement
of building works or street works

....................................... . 19

To the Building Authority,
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 20 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations-
(a) I/we .
authorized person appointed in respect of the building street* works at-
(i) number and name of street and locality .... ...............................
.................................
(ii) lot number with detail of any section or subsection of the lot
....................................................
to the carrying out of which you have renewed* your consent by Permit No.
.............................B.O.O. Ref. No.
on ....................................................... 19
hereby give you notice that the person for whom the building works street
works* are to he carried out ha appointed .......................................
.............................. ....
(Name of registered contractor).
of ................ .........................................
(Address).
to be registered contractor in respect thereof and that the said works will be
commenced/resumed* on ............................................................
............ 19

Signature of authorized person
And
(b)............I/We, the said .......................................................
registered contractor. registration certificate number ...........................
................................confirm that I we have been appointed to carry
out the above described building street* works and I we hereby undertake
to carry out the above works in strict compliance with the Buildings
Ordinance and regulations made thereunder.

.................................... ................
Signalure of registered contractor.

Delete whichever is inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 17
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 21
Notice of *appointment of registered lift contractor
or registered escalator

........................................... . 19

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 21 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I/we*
................
Name of person for whom






hereby give you notice
life works or escalator works are to be carried on)
that I we* have appointed ..............
registered lift contractor registered escalator or contractor* of ..............................
.............. ........................
(Address).
in respect of the lift works escalator works* which are to he carried out at-
(a) number and name of street and locality ..........................................
..............
(b) lot number with details of any section or subsetion of the lot ...............
.....................................................................................

...................... ...................
Signature of registered lift contractor or
registered escalator contractor.

I/ We* confirm that I/ we* have bee appointed.

...................
Signature of registered lift contractor or
registered escalator contractor.

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 18

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 24

Nofice from a registered contractor on ceasing to be appointed
in respect of building works or street works

............... . 19

To the Building Authority.
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 24 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I we ................................................................
registered contractor. of (address) .............................
hereby give you notice that I we have ceased to be appointed in respect of the
................ works (here state whether building works or street works) at
(No. and name of street) ...........................................................................
on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) to the carrying out of which you gave
your consent on .19 .Permit No .
B.O.O. Ref. No .
I/ We certify that the works carried out by me, us have
been carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance and
regulations made thereunder.


Signature of registered contractor.

. . . 19

In accordance with the provisions of regulation .... of the Building
(Administration) Regulations. I submit the above notice and certificate.

................................................
Signature of authorized person

................. . 19 ......





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 19
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 21
Cerifficate on completion of part of building works and application
for temporary occupation permit in respect of such part

... . 19---
To the Building Authority,
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations, I/we ...........................................................................
..........................
(Address).
certify that part namely . .........................................................

(Describe part which is completed)
of a new building being erected at-
(a) number and name of street and locality .... .....................................
..........................
(b) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot ...............
......................... ---
in respect of which you consented to the carrying out of the building works on
.......................................19 has been erected in
accordance with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance and regulations made
thereunder.
No. of registration certificate ...............................................................

.....................................................
Signature of registered contractor.

................. 19

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations, I .................................................................................
registered structural engineer of ...... ..................................................
.......................................
( Address)
certify that the above new building has been erected in accordance with the plans
approved by you and are, in my opinion, structurally safe (B.O.O. Ref. No . ).

...................
Signature of registered structural engineer.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Adminisira-
tion) Regulations, I .................................................................................
.......................................
authorized person of .....................................................
(Address).
.......................................
certify that the above described part of the above-mentioncd new building has been
erected in accordance with the plans approved by you and is. in my opinion.
structurally safe (B.O.O. Ref. No . ).

2. I request that a temporary occupation permit be issued to .....................
...... .............
to occupy and use such part of the said new building for the purposes stated below--
...

..........................................
Signature of authroized person.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 20

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 25

Certificate on completion of building works resulting in a new building
and application for permit to occupy such building

..................................... 19 ......

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Adminis-
tration) Regulations. I we .......
registered contractor, of (address) ......................
certify that the new building erected at (No. and name of street) ........................
............................on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) ..............
in respect of which you consented to the carrying out of building works on
..............:.: 19 has been erected in accordance with the
provisions of the Buildings Ordinance and regulations made thereunder.

No. of registration catificate ................................................................

.............
Signature of registered contractor.

............. . 19

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I registered structural engi-
neer. of ................................................................................................
...................................................... ..........................................................
(Address)
certify that the structural elements of the above new buildine have been erected in
accordance with the plans approved by you and are. in my opinion. structurally safe
(B.O.O. Ref. No. ........................ ).

... ................. ...........
Signature of registered structural engineer.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations, I authorized person, of
(address) certify that the above new build-
ing has been erected in accordance with the plans approved by you and is in my
opinion, structurally safe (B.O.O. Ref. No . ....... ).

2. I request that a permit be issued to ................................................
to occupy and use the said new building for the purposes stated below-
......................... .

3. Total cost of the buildine works $..............................

Signature of authorized person

............... 19.....





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 21

BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulations 25 and 26

Cerifficare on completion of building works not resulting in
a new building or of street works

............... . 19 ......

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 26 of the Building (Adminis-
tration) Regulations, I/we ..............................
registered contractor, of (address) ...............................................................
certify that the works (here state whether building works or street
works) carried out at (No. and name of street) .............................................
on (Lot No.Termit Area No.) to the carrying out of which
you gave your consent on ....19 .Permit No.
..............................B.O.O. Ref. No . have been carried out in
accordance with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance and regulations made
thereunder.

No. of registration certificate ... ...................

Signature of registered contractor.

..................... .................... . 19

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations, I registered structural engi-
neer of ................................................................................................
..............
(Address)
certify that the structural elements of the above building have been erected in
accordance with the plans approved by you and are. in my opinion. structurally safe
(B.O.O. Ref. No . ).

. .................
Signature of registered structural engineer.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 25 26 of the Building
(Administration) Regulations, I ..................................................................
authorized person, of (address) ..................................................................
certify that the above .. ............ works have been
carried out in accordance with the plans approved by you and are. in my opinion.
structurally safe (B.O.O. Ref. No . ).

2. Total cost of the building works $.....................

...................
signature of authorized person

............... . 19 ......





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 22

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 21

Permit to occupy a new building

Permit No . .......................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . ..............................
To: ..................
Office of the Building Authority.

............19

I hereby permit the occupation of the new building (No. and name of street)
............................... . on (Lot No. Permit Area No.)
............for the following purposes:-

...................
pro. Building Authority


GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 23
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS

Regulation 27

Cerlificate on completion of lift works or escalator works

........................................... 19 ......

To the Building Authority,

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 27 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations. I we .................................. .........................
..................
registered lift contractor registered escalator contractor. certify that the lift works es-
calator works carried out by me us a
(a) number and name of street and locality ..........................................
............... ..
(b) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot ...............
...............................*---* ........................................... ...........
have been carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance
and regulations made thereunder.



Signature of registered lift contractor
registered escalator contractor.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORm 24
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 21
Permit for temporary occupation of part of a new building

Permit No .....................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . ..............................
To: .....-
....................................................
Office of the Building Authority.

............... 1 . 19
I hereby permit the temporary occupation of the part known as ............
............... 1
of the new building at-
(a) number and name of street and locality ..........................................
...................................
(b) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot .........
...................................
.. ..............................................................................................
for the following purposes-

2. This permit is granted subject to the following conditions~

pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORM 25
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 21
Notice of revocation of permit for temporary occupation
qf part of a new building

Permit No . ....................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . ..............................
To: ................................................

Office of the Building Authority.
TAKE NOTICE THAT in exercise of the powers conferred on me by
section 21(3) of the Buildings Ordinance. I hereby revoke the permit for the
temporary occupation of the part known as .............................................
of the new building at-




(a) number and name of street and locality ..........................................
................ .......
(b) lot number with details of any section or subsection of the lot ...............
....................
which was issued by me on the 19

2. Your attention is drawn to the provisions of section 21 of the Buildings
Ordinance which provides that any person who occupies any part of a new building
after the expiry of 7 days froni the date of the revocation of the temporary
occupation permit in respect of such part shall be guilty of an offience.

Dated this ......day of 19

................ ............... .............
pro. Building Authority.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORm 26
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 19
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 28
Notice to the Building Authority in respect of urgent works
required as a result of an accident or an emergency

............... 19
To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of section 19 of the Buildings Ordinance. I we
...........................................................................................................
hereby give notice that there state date. place and nature of accident or emergency)
.................................................................. ................ 1
I/We have engaged Mr . authorized person. to
supervise and registered contractor. to carry
out ....... works (here state whether building works or street works)
necessitated by the above accident or emergency.

.....................................................
Signature of person for whom the work is
to be carried out.

In accordance with regulation 28 of the Building (Administration) Regulations.
I hereby certify that I have been engaged to supervise the above emergency works.

.................... .................................
Signature of authorized person.

................. 19

In accordance with regulation 28 of the Building (Administration) Regulations.
I hereby certify that I have been engaged to carry out the above emergency works.

.....................................................
Signature of registered contractor

. . . 19

No. of Registration Certificate .................................





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 27

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 26

Order by the Building Authority

Order No . .................................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: ...........................................................
...................
Office of the Building Authority.

. . . . 19

I am of the opinion that the building known asi building works at* (No. and
name of street) .. ...............................................
on (Lot No. ) ....................has have*
been rendered dangerous/is/are* liable to become dangerous*.
2. In exercise of the powers vested in me by section 26 of the Buildings Ordin-
ance. I hereby declare that such building is/ building works are* dangerous liable to
become dangerous* and I hereby order you as owner to carry out. within a period
expiring on .......the following works.

...............
pro. Budding Authority

N.B.Where any building works are required to be carried out in connexion with this
order, the consent of the Building Authority must be obtained. in accordance
with the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance. to the commencement and
carrying out thereof.

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 27A

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 27A

Order by the Building Authority

Order No . .................................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: ...........................................................
.....................................................
Office of the Building Authority.

............................... 19
Owner of land at .................................................................................................
Person referred to in section 27A*.
..................... .





I am of the opinion that natural. formed or man-made land an earth-retaining
structure on (Lot No.) ................................................................................................
has been rendered so dangerous is liable to become so dangerous* that it will collapse
or be likely to collapse, either totally or partially. and thereby cause risk of injury to
persons or damage to property.

2. In exercise of the powers vested in me by section 27A of the Buildings
Ordinance, I hereby declare that such natural. formed or man-made land, earth-
retaining structure* is danQcrous liable to become dangerous* and I hereby order
you as the owner of the land structure* person who under the terms of a Crown lease
is under an obligation to maintain the land/structure* to carry out, within a period
commencing on ..........................................................................................................
and expiring on ... ........................................................................................................
the following works.


pro. Building Authority


the consent of the Building Authority must be obtained, in accordance with the
provisions of the Buildings Ordinance. to the commencement and carrying out
thereof.

* Delete whichever is inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 28

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 25

Nolice to the Building Authority of intended material
change in the use of a building

...... .............. 19

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of section 25 of the Buildings Ordinance,
I/we hereby give notice of intended material change in the use of the building known
as (No. and name of street) ........................................................................................
............................................ on (Lot No. Permit Area No.)
I attach hereto a block plan as required by regulation 47 of the Building (Administra-
tion) Regulations.

2. Particulars-
(a) Name of occupier.
(b) Description of present use.
(c) Description of intended use.

(d)Number of persons of each sex who will occupy the building after change of
use.

3. State whether it is intended to carry out any building works.

...................... ............
Signature.

Statement of capacity,
in which signatory signs ................................................





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 29

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 42

Application to the Building Authority for modification of and or
exemption from the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance
and/or regulations made thereunder

.................. . 19 ......

To the Building Authority,

Pursuant to the provisions of section 42 of the Buildines Ordinance. I
hereby make application for a modification of and or exemption from the provisions
of-

(a) (here specify any sections of the Buildings Ordinance) ................................

...................................
(b) (here specify any regulations made under the Buildings Ordinance) ......
.................................
........... .....................

2. I note hereunder the special circumstances in connexion with my proposals
in support of this application-
.......................................
.......................................


...................................................................................................................................

signature.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 30
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 42
Permit under section 42

Permit No. ...............................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To:...........................................................





Office of the Building Authority.

............... 19

In exercise of the powers vested in me by section 42 of the Buildings
Ordinance. I hereby grant modification of and or exemption from the provisions of-

in respect of proposed ................--- works at (No. and name of street)
.............. on (Lot No./Permit Area No.)

2. This permit is granted subject to the following conditions:-
.......................................
.......................... .......................................

............................................................
Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 31

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Regulation 51

Application for permit to erect a temporary building

.....................19 ......

To the Building Authority.

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 51 of the Building (Plan-
ning) Regulations, I/we hereby make application for permission to erect a temporary
building at (No. and name of street) ...................................
.. ........on (Lot No. Permit Area No.) ---
in the position indicated on the accompanying plan.

(a) Name and address of owner.

(h) Description of intended use.

(c) Estimated time for which proposed temporary building will be required.

(d)Estimated number of persons of each sex who will occupy the proposed
temporary building when erected.

(e)Details of construction and of water closet and ablution facilities of
proposed temporary building.

................
Signature of applicant.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORm 32

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Regulation 51

Permit to erect a lemporary huilding

Permit No . ...............................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: ...........................................................

......

Office of the Building Authority.

I hereby permit the erection of a temporary building at (No. and name of
street) ............................................ on (Lot No. Permit
Area No.) ........in accordance with the plans submitted by
Mr . .............authorized person.

2. This permit is issued subject to the following conditions-
(a)the work shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Part VII
of the Building (Planning) Regulations:
(b)a]) precautions against fire shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Director
of Fire Services;
(c.) the maximum number of persons to be accommodated shall he ...............
............... :
(d) this permit shall be returned to the above offlice on expin:
(e)this permit may be cancelled at any time without compensation by. the
service of a notice in writing on the permittee by the Building Authority:
and
upon expiry or cancellation of this permit, the temporary building shall be
removed forthwith.

3................This permit is valid until ..........................

...................
pro. Building Authority

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 33

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Regulation 53

Application for permit to erect a contractor's shed

............... . 19 ......

To the Building Authority,
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 53 of the Building (Planning)
Regulations, I/we hereby make application for a permit to erect a contractor's shed,
in connexion with building works to be carried out at (No. and name of street)
.......... on (Lot No. Permit Area No.)
.. in the situation shown and as dimensioned on the
accompanying plan.





(a) Estimated time for which the shed is required.
(b) Description of intended use.
(c) If intended for habitation state number of persons to be accommodated.
(d) Details of construction, latrine water-closet and kitchen accommodation.

No. of Registration Certificate ..............................

................
signature of registered contractor

......................... ---
Address.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 34

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATION

Regulation 53

Permit to erect a contrator's shed

Permit No . .
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: .........................................

Office of the Building Authority.

..................... . 19

I hereby permit the erection of it contractor's shed at (No. and name of
street) ......on (Lot No. Permit
Area No.) .................. in the position indicated on the plan submitted.

2. This permit is issued subject to the following conditions-
(a) the size of the shed is to be
...........................................................................
(b)the work shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Part VII
of the Building (Planning) Regulations:
(c)all precautions against fire shall he taken to the satisfaction of the Director
of Fire Services:
(d) the maximum number of persons to be accommodated shall be ......
--- ............................:
(e) this permit shall be handed to the person in charge of the work;

(f) this permit may be cancelled at any time without compensation by the
service of a notice in writing on the permittee by the Building Authority; and

(g) upon expiry or cancellation of this permit, the contractor's shed shall be
removed forthwith.

3. This permit is valid until .............................................

.. ..............
pro. Building Authority





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 35

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Regulation 64

Application for permil to erect hoardings
covered walkways or gantries

............... . 19

To the Building Authority,

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 64 of the Building (Plan-
ning) Regulations, I/we hereby apply for a permit to erect *hoardings. covered
walkways or gantries in connexion with building works to be carried out at (No. and
name of street) ............................................................................................................
on (Lot No./Permit Area No.) in the situation shown and as
dimensioned on the accompanying block plan.

2. Estimated time for which the *hoardings. covered walkways or gantries. are
required .......................................

............. --- ............................
Statement of capacity in which
signatory signs.

...................................................
Signature of applicant.

Address

* Delete whichever is inapplicable,

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 36

BUILDING (PLANNING) REGULATIONS

Regulation 65

Permit to erect hoardings. covered walkways or gantries

Permit No . ...............................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: ..............---

Office of the Building Authority.

. ........ 19

I hereby permit the erection of *hoardings. covered walkways or gantries at
(No, and name of street) ...................................................... 1
on (Lot No./Permit Area No.) ..........................................
in the position indicated on the plan submitted.

2. This permit is issued subject to the following conditions-
(a)the work shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Part IX of
the Building (Planning) Regulations;





(b)the permittee must inform the China Light & Power Company Limited or
the Hong Kong Electric Company Limited. as the case may be, and the
Hong Kong Telephone Company Limited. in writing, at their main offices.
of his intention to erect a hoarding or covered walkway, 72 hours before
work is commenced, and must ensure that no cable will be affected;
(e)no hole shall be opened in any public footpath or carriageway unless an
Excavation Permit has been issued by the Chief Engineer, Highways Office

(d) covered walkways shall be kept clear and unobstructed at all times.,
(e)the hoardings, covered walkways or gantries shall be removed immediately
upon completion of work or expiry or cancellation of this permit;
(f) this permit shall be handed to the person in charge of the work, and
(g)this permit may be cancelled by the Building Authority at any time, without
compensation. by the service of a notice in writing on the permittee.
3. This permit is valid until ..................................................................

...... ............. ... ...........................................
pro. Building Authorit-i..

*Delete whiche~er is inapplicable.
**Insert name of Highav Region (Hong Kong. Ko.loon or Ne% Territories).
attached permit will obstruct. wholly or partially, any traffic sign or notice.
any traffic light. any metered parking space. or any other Government fixture
of a similar nature. the Commissioner for Transport should be advised
immediately.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORm 37
BUILDING (DEMOLITION WORKS) REGULATIONS
Regulation 8(3)
Notice as to person appoiniedfin. purposes t?f'regul
In accordance with the provisions of regulation 8(3) of the Building (Demolition
Works) Regulations, it is hereby notified that the demolition and all works incidental
thereto being carried on on this site have been placed under the supervision of Mr.

...... 1
Regislered contraclor appointed in
respect ofilte demolition trorks.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG
FORm 38
BUILDINGS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 123)
Section 4(2)
BUILDING (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS
Regulation 23(2)
Nafice (?1*Proi;iiiiatiopi h). auihf;ri--edpervon or registered
sirurtural engineer ofanother aLiihot.i::ed person or registered
structural engineer to act in hisstead
during iciiipot.ar~i. ipiahilit.i. to ac/

............... . 19 ......





*Building~'Strect works at (address) ............................................................................
on (Lot'Permit No.) ............ ...............

B.O.O. Ref. No . ....................................
To the Building Authority.

Part 1

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 23(2) of the Building (Adminis-
tration) Regulations, 1 hereby notify you that 1 ha~e, under section 4(2) of the
Buildings Ordinance. nominated ...................
an *authorized person ' /registered structural engineer. to act in my stead during the
period of my *iiinessl'temporary absence from Hong Kong as from *---*
............................ 19 until further notice in respect of the above *building
street works.

of 111ral
enginver.

.................................................................
*S~giiciiiii-(, ol
f in he t*(jifiiit,i..~gii
ol the plonlinalion ofa registered
structural engineer ).

Part 11
1 confirm that 1 will act in the stead of ................................................................
*authorized persow registered structural engineer in respect of the above *building
street works as from ........................... 19 until further notice.

...................................................... ---
Signalure
persopt

* Delete whichever i, inapplicable.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORM 39

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 2813(1)

Application for awhorization lo carr - v ow and or*
mainiain groundivater drainage 11,0P.AS

........... . 19





To the Building Authority.
In accordance with the prox isions of section 28B(1) of the Buildings Ordinance.
1 we* (name of applicant in block letters) .............................................
...........................................................................................................................
..................
hereby apply for an order of authorization to carry out and;maintain* the
grour~dwater drainage works set out in plans approved on ........................................
19 ...................under B.O.O. Ref. No . .....................................................

PARTICULARS

1 .Particulars ol' the groundx% ater drainage ' orks and specified period of required
maintenance ........................................................................................................
................

2.Name and address of person s* whose objections or want of agreement prevents
carrying out and maintenance* of the works ......................................................

.....................................
.....................................

3, Particulars ofattempts to reach agreement
.........................................................

4. Nature and Lrounds of objection s* if known to applicant .................................

................................ :

5. Estimated duration oi'carr,~ins-, out (if works maintenance* of works ................

6~ Name and address ofperson by x% hom works are to he carried out maintained*
........... 1 .1

...................................... .............
of Applicapn.

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORxi 40

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 28(2)

Norice h r Building Authorily of applicaflon for aulliori:atioe? to
carrY oul and maintain* groundii ater works

Notice No . ...............................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: .........
..................................1
Person referred to in section 2813(2)
Office of the Building Authority.

........................................ . 19





1 hereby give notice that 1 have received an application from . ......................
.......................................
in respect of building works at .............................................. .............................
Ying
for an order under section 2811(4) ofthe Buildings Ordinance authorizing the carr,
out and,~maintenance* of groundwater drainage works at -- ................

2. The application may be inspected at ............................................................
between the hours of on

3. Objections to the application maybe made in writing tome and must reach
me before ..................................................................................................

...................
pro. Btiii(lio~z Awhorit.r.

* Delete whichever i% mapplicable,

GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FoRm. 41

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 2813(4)

Order f?f awhorization to carj, i, oul
groundivaler drainage ii.i)rk,%

B.O.O. Ref. No. . ......................................
To: ...........................................................
...................
0111ce of the Building Auihoril-,.

. .... . 191

In exercise of the powers vested in me by section 2813(4) of the Buildings
Ordinance. 1 hereby authorize you to carry out and maintain* the groundwater
drainage works at ............................................................................................ -
............................. 1 1 -- .......
Particulars .............................. .................................
................................................................................................................................

BY order.

...................
pro.

Buildings Ordinance. this order enables you. any ser%ant or agent of yours
and any servant of your agent to enter upon the land specified above for the
purpose specified above.

Delete whichever is inapplicable.





GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG

FORxi 42

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 123)

Section 2813(5)

Notice (;1*~iieliiori:uii(~nof aiitlr4)rizaiion to carrl' out
and niaintain* groundwater drainage works

Notice No . ...............................................
B.O.O. Ref. No . .......................................
To: ...........................................................
...............
Person referred to in section 28B(5)
Office of the Building Authority.

........ 1 . 19

1 hereby give You notice that. in the exercise ofthe powers vested in me by section
2813(4) of the Builaings Ordinance. 1 have authorized refused to authorize* .............
..................................................................................... to carry out and maintain* the
following groundwater drainage works at ..................................................................
~a'r-t,ic''u''l'a'r' s* .**------* *---* * - -

*2. Your attention is drawn to section 40(3) of the Buildings Ordinance which
makes it an ofTence for any person to interfere in any way with groundwater drainage
works carried out in accordance with plans approved under section 28A of that
Ordinance.

.................................................................
pro. Building Authorit.i..
*Note:BY virtue of the provisions of subsections (6) and (7) of section 28B of the
Buildings Ordinance. the authorization referred to above also enables any
servant or agent of .......................................................................................
and any servant of ............*s agent,
to enter upon the land specified above for the purpose specified above.

* Delete %hicheicr is inapplicable.
G.N.A. 82/59. G.N.A. 103/59. G.N.A. 2/60. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A.76/62. L.N. 136/64. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 121/73. L.N. 159/73. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 310/76. L.N. 135/79. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 362/84. L.N. 36/85. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 63/66. (Cap. 102.) Qualification for inclusion in register. L.N. 188/74. Requirements upon application for inclusion in register. L.N. 188/74. Authorized person or registered structural engineer not to act as contractor, etc. without disclosure to client. L.N. 188/74. Delivery of notices, plans, etc. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 188/74. Completion of notices, etc. and signature thereon. Prescribed plans in respect of building works. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 75/81. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 51/69. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 188/74. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 362/84. L.N. 362/84. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85] Prescribed plans in respect of street works. Power of Building Authority to require additional plans, etc. Plans to be submitted in duplicate. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 241/76. Foundation plan to be submitted with site formation plan. L.N. 233/82. Plans to be signed by person who prepared them. L.N. 188/74. (L.N. 9/75.) Ratio of plans. L.N. 294/76. Plans to be clear and material thereof. L.N. 241/76. Power of Building Authority to refuse to accept plans. L.N. 188/74. Certificate to be submitted together with structural details. L.N. 188/74. Form 10. (L.N. 9/75.) Stability certificate. L.N. 188/74. Form 11. Certificate by authorized person to be submitted with plans. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. Form 11A. Authorized person or registered structural engineer who has prepared plans submitted to Building Authority to notify Building Authority if he ceases to be engaged. L.N. 188/74. Notification to Building Authority before commencement of building works or street works. Form 16. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. Building Authority to be notified of appointment of registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor. Form 17. Building Authority to be notified on change of authorized person, registered structural engineer, etc. L.N. 188/74. Authorized person or registered structural engineer to notify Building Authority if he ceases to be appointed, etc. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 188/74. Form 38. Duties of registered contractor who ceases to be appointed. L.N. 188/74. Form 18. Certificate to be given by registered contractor and authorized architect on completion of building works. Forms 20 & 21. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. Certificates as to supply of water. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 188/74. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (L.N. 9/75.) (L.N. 9/75.) Certificate to be given by registered contractor and authorized person on completion of street works. L.N. 188/74. Form 21. Certificate to be given by registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor on completion of lift works or escalator works. Form 23. Certificate to be given by authorized person and registered contractor engaged in respect of emergency work. L.N. 188/74. Form 26. Application for approval. Form 9. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 121/73. L.N. 152/71. Approval of plans. L.N. 188/74. Form 12. L.N. 121/73. Application for consent to commence. Form 13. Consent to commencement. Form 14. L.N. 136/64. Alterations or additions to building works and street works. Consent to the resumption of suspended work. L.N. 188/74. Duties imposed by this Part not to prejudice any other duties imposed by Ordinance or other regulations. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person to supply copy of plans of building works or street works to registered contractor. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person to supervise and inspect. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer to submit to Building Authority notice under regulation 24. L.N. 188/74. Fees in respect of additional inspection upon completion of building works or street works. L.N. 188/74. Duty of registered contractor to keep approved plans on site. L.N. 188/74. Duty of registered contractor to supervise. Fees. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 310/76. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 10/75. Forms. Schedule. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer who has prepared plans to supply to Building Authority such information as he may require. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person, registered structural engineer, registered contractor, etc. to notify Building Authority of change of business address. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 188/74. Power of Building Authority to require new plans in certain cases. Notice under section 25 of Ordinance to be accompanied by plan. [reg. 43.] L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 136/64. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 103/59. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. G.N.A. 103/59. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 103/59. L.N. 36/85. G.N.A. 76/62. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82.

Abstract

G.N.A. 82/59. G.N.A. 103/59. G.N.A. 2/60. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A.76/62. L.N. 136/64. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 152/71. L.N. 121/73. L.N. 159/73. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 310/76. L.N. 135/79. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 362/84. L.N. 36/85. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 63/66. (Cap. 102.) Qualification for inclusion in register. L.N. 188/74. Requirements upon application for inclusion in register. L.N. 188/74. Authorized person or registered structural engineer not to act as contractor, etc. without disclosure to client. L.N. 188/74. Delivery of notices, plans, etc. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 188/74. Completion of notices, etc. and signature thereon. Prescribed plans in respect of building works. L.N. 75/81. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 75/81. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 51/69. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 188/74. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 362/84. L.N. 362/84. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) [*In operation on 1.8.85] Prescribed plans in respect of street works. Power of Building Authority to require additional plans, etc. Plans to be submitted in duplicate. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 241/76. Foundation plan to be submitted with site formation plan. L.N. 233/82. Plans to be signed by person who prepared them. L.N. 188/74. (L.N. 9/75.) Ratio of plans. L.N. 294/76. Plans to be clear and material thereof. L.N. 241/76. Power of Building Authority to refuse to accept plans. L.N. 188/74. Certificate to be submitted together with structural details. L.N. 188/74. Form 10. (L.N. 9/75.) Stability certificate. L.N. 188/74. Form 11. Certificate by authorized person to be submitted with plans. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. Form 11A. Authorized person or registered structural engineer who has prepared plans submitted to Building Authority to notify Building Authority if he ceases to be engaged. L.N. 188/74. Notification to Building Authority before commencement of building works or street works. Form 16. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. Building Authority to be notified of appointment of registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor. Form 17. Building Authority to be notified on change of authorized person, registered structural engineer, etc. L.N. 188/74. Authorized person or registered structural engineer to notify Building Authority if he ceases to be appointed, etc. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 188/74. Form 38. Duties of registered contractor who ceases to be appointed. L.N. 188/74. Form 18. Certificate to be given by registered contractor and authorized architect on completion of building works. Forms 20 & 21. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. Certificates as to supply of water. L.N. 63/66. L.N. 188/74. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (L.N. 9/75.) (L.N. 9/75.) Certificate to be given by registered contractor and authorized person on completion of street works. L.N. 188/74. Form 21. Certificate to be given by registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor on completion of lift works or escalator works. Form 23. Certificate to be given by authorized person and registered contractor engaged in respect of emergency work. L.N. 188/74. Form 26. Application for approval. Form 9. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 121/73. L.N. 152/71. Approval of plans. L.N. 188/74. Form 12. L.N. 121/73. Application for consent to commence. Form 13. Consent to commencement. Form 14. L.N. 136/64. Alterations or additions to building works and street works. Consent to the resumption of suspended work. L.N. 188/74. Duties imposed by this Part not to prejudice any other duties imposed by Ordinance or other regulations. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person to supply copy of plans of building works or street works to registered contractor. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person to supervise and inspect. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer to submit to Building Authority notice under regulation 24. L.N. 188/74. Fees in respect of additional inspection upon completion of building works or street works. L.N. 188/74. Duty of registered contractor to keep approved plans on site. L.N. 188/74. Duty of registered contractor to supervise. Fees. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 310/76. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 294/76. L.N. 10/75. Forms. Schedule. Duty of authorized person or registered structural engineer who has prepared plans to supply to Building Authority such information as he may require. L.N. 188/74. Duty of authorized person, registered structural engineer, registered contractor, etc. to notify Building Authority of change of business address. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 188/74. Power of Building Authority to require new plans in certain cases. Notice under section 25 of Ordinance to be accompanied by plan. [reg. 43.] L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 59/71. L.N. 136/64. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. L.N. 241/76. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 103/59. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 10/75. G.N.A. 103/59. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. G.N.A. 97/61. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 153/84. L.N. 188/74. G.N.A. 103/59. L.N. 36/85. G.N.A. 76/62. L.N. 51/69. L.N. 188/74. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82. L.N. 233/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2537

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

56
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:18 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDINGS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2536

Title

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 123





CHAPTER 123

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page

1. Short title .....1....................... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

2. Interpretation ..........1 ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... 4

PART 1

AUTHORIZED PERSONS. REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS-
REGISTERED
CONTRACTORS. REGISTERED LIFT CONTRACTORS. REGISTERED ESCALATOR
CONTRACTORS AND REGISTERED VENTILATION CONTRACTORS

3................................Registers of authorized persons and structural engineers .... ... 8

4. Appointment and duties of authorized person or registered structural engineer 11

5............................Appointment and powers of disciplinary board ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

5A. Authorized Persons* and Registered Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board

Panel ................. ....... . ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

6...................Appeals under section 3(10) ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

7. Disciplinary proceedings in respect of an authorized person or registered structural

engineer ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

9. Registers of registered contractors. registered lift contractors. registered escalator

contractors and registered ventilation contractors. etc. ... ... ... ... 14

9............................Appointment and duties of registered contractors ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

10. Appointment and duties of' registered lift contractors and escalator contractors 16

11...........................Appointment and powers of disciplinary board ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

1 1A.....................Contractors' Disciplinary Board Panel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

12................Appeals under section 8(4) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

13. Disciplinary proceedings in respect of registered contractors. etc. 18

PART 11

CONTROL 01: BL BUILING

14......................................Approval and consent required for commencement of building works, etc . ... 19

15..................................Approval and consent deemed to be given unless refusal notified ... ... ... 20

16.............................Grounds on which approval or consent may be refused ... ... ... ... ... 20

17. Conditions may be imposed in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
18. Authority to erect shoring in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

18A...............Claims for compensation ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28






19................Provision for urgent work ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

20..................Resumption of work suspended ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28
21..................Occupation of new building ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 29

22..................Powers of Building Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

23................................Building works, etc. to cease on order of Building Authority 1 ... ... ... 31

24. Order for demolition, removal. or alteration of building, building works, street

works. lift works or escalator works ........ ... ... ... ... ... 32
24A.......................Order to cease or remedy dangerous works ... ... 33



25. Change in use of buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 33

26. Dangerous buildings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34





Section...................................... Page

27, Closure Order .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

27A................Dangerous hillsides. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

28. Drainage ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

28A. Groundwater drainage works in scheduled area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

28B. Authorization to carry out relevant works in case of objection etc. by persons

whose property is affected ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

28C..............Magistrate's warrant ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

28D................................Obligation to make good. and compensation for, damage ... ... ... ... 40

29. Construction and maintenance of private streets and access roads ... ... ... 41

30. Openings to or from streets ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43

PART 111

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

31.................Projections on or over streets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43

32..........................Naming of streets and numbering of buildings ... ... ... ... ... 44
33..........................Recovery of costs of works by Building Authority ... ... .. ... ... ... 45

34. Disposal of materials resulting from works carried out by Building Authority 46

35...................Service of notices and orders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46

36...................................Admissibility in cvidence of certified copies of documents. etc. ... ... ... 47

37...................Limitation of public liability ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 47

38..........Regulations ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... 47

39...................Application of new regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

PART IV

OFFENCES

40.......Offences ...................... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 50

PA PART V V

EXEMPTIONS

41.........Exemptions ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 55

42.........................Building Authority's powers of exemption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56

PART VI

APPEALS

43. Establishment of appeal tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 56
44. Tribunal to hear appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 57
45. Stay of exercise of powers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 57







46. Governor in Council may review 57
47. Certain restrictions on right to appeal to tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 58
48. No compensation to be awarded 58





Section Page
PART VII

REVIEW OF CERTAIN DECISIONS OF BUILDING AUTHORITY

49. Appointment of panel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 58
-50. Appeal to pane[ against certain decisions of Building Authority ... ... ... ... 58
st. Appeal to tribunal to be a bar to appeal to panel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 61
52. No compensation to be awarded ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 61
53. Limitation on liability of members of committee of review ... ... ... ... ... 62

PART Viii

SAYING AND VALIDATION

54. Saving .................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 62
55. Validation ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 62

First Schedule. Procedure of Appeal Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 62

Second Schedule. Provisions of Buildings Ordinance 1935 to continue in operation ... 63

Third Schedule. Form of warrant ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 69

Fourth Schedule. Departments ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 69
Fifth Schedule. Scheduled area ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 69

Sixth Schedule.....Form of warrant ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 70





CHAPTER 123

BUILDINGS

provide for the planning, design and construction of buildings and
associated works; to make provision.for the rendering safe of
dangerous buildings and land; and to make provision for matters
connected therewith

(Replaced, 72 of 1980, s. 2)

[1 June 1956]

1. (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Buildings Ordinance.

(2)This Ordinance shall apply to the New Territories (other than
New Kowloon) in the manner provided by the Buildings
Ordinance (Application to New Territories) Ordinance. (Replaced,
27 of 1960, s. 7)

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'access road' means a road on land held under lease, licence or
otherwise from the Crown or on land over which the Crown has
granted a right of way, providing access only to buildings used or
intended to be used wholly or mainly for purposes of habitation,
and which is not a street; (Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'authorized person' means a person whose name is for the time being
on the authorized persons' register kept under section 3(1)

(a) as an architect, in list I therein; or

(b)as a civil, municipal or structural engineer, in list II therein; or

(c) as a surveyor, in list III therein,(Replaced, 52 of 1974, s.2)





'building' includes the whole, or any part, of any domestic or public
building, arch, bridge, cavern adapted or constructed to be used for
the storage of oil and petroleum products, chimney, cookhouse,
cowshed, dock, factory, garage, hangar, hoarding, latrine, matshed,
office, oil storage installation, out-house. pier, shelter, shop, stable,
stairs, wall, warehouse, wharf, workshop or tower, pylon or other
similar structure supporting an aerial ropeway and such other
structures as the Building Authority may by notice in the Gazette
declare to be a building; (Amended, 44 of 1959, s. 2; 19 qf 1976, s. 32;
16 qf 1978, s. 2 and 5_ qf 1983, s. 2)


'Building Authority' means the Director of Building Development;
(Amended, L.N. 76/82)

'building owner' means a person desiring to build a new building or to
alter an existing building and shall include the agent and
authorized architect of a building owner;

'building works' includes any kind of building construction, site
formation works, ground investigation in the scheduled area,
repairs, demolition, alteration, addition and every kind of building
operation, and includes drainage works, (Amended, 72 of 1980, s. 3
and 41 of 1982, s. 2)

'composite building' means a building that is partly domestic and
partly non-domestic, (Added, 73 of 1983, s. 2)

'contraventions of the provisions of this Ordinance' includes failure to
comply with any order given or any condition imposed by the
Building Authority under the provisions of this Ordinance and any
material divergence or deviation from any plan approved by him;
(Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'dangerous building' means any building in such a condition as to
cause risk of injury either to the occupiers or users of such building
or to the occupiers or users of any neighbouring building or to the
general public;

'design assumption' means an assumption stated or implied in the
design calculations or other documentation in respect of building
works submitted to the Building Authority; (Added, 72 qf 1980,s.3)

'domestic', when used in relation to a part of a composite building,
means a part that is constructed or intended for habitation; (Added,
73 qf 1983, s. 2)

'domestic building' means a building constructed or intended to be
used for habitation and the expression 'domestic purposes' shall
be construed accordingly; (Added, 73 qf 1983, s. 2)

'drain' means a drain used for the drainage of one building and any
buildings and yards appurtenant thereto; (Added, 44 qf 1959,s.2)

'drainage works' means any work connected with the construction,
repair, alteration, disconnexion, trapping and ventilation of

drains or sewers;(Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)





'escalator works- means any work, not being building works, for the
installation of a new escalator and the machinery and equipment
connected therewith and any work, not being building works, for
the alteration of an escalator, other than the replacement of any
part of the escalator or the machinery or equipment connected
therewith by a part of similar design; (Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'frontagers' means, in the case of a private street the owners of
premises fronting, joining or abutting on such street, and in the
case of an access road the owners of premises to which such road
provides access; (Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'ground investigation' means any exploratory drilling, boring,
excavating and probing of land for obtaining any information on
ground conditions and includes the installation of instruments,
sampling, field testing, any other site operation and laboratory
testing of samples obtained from such operations; (Added, 41 qf
1982, s. 2)

'groundwater drainage works- means any work or installation connected
with the draining of water flowing, percolating or lying under the
surface of land but does not include drainage works as defined in
this section; (Added, 41 of 1982, s. 2)

-habitation' in relation to the use of a building, or part of a building.
includes use of it for hotel, guest-house, boardinghouse. hostel,
dormitory or similar accommodation, (Added, 73 qf'] 983, s. 2)

'lift' means a lift to which this Ordinance is, by regulations, made to
apply and has the meaning assigned to it by regulations; (Added, 44
of 1959, s. 2)

lift works' means any work, not being building works, for the installation
of a new lift and the machinery and equipment connected therewith
and any work, not being building works, for the alteration of a lift or
the machinery or equipment connected therewith, other than the
replacement of any part of the lift or the machinery or equipment
connected therewith by a part of similar design; (Added, 44 of 1959, s.
2)

list V, 'list W' and list III mean respectively, list 1, list 11 and list III of
the authorized persons' register kept under section 3(1) (Added, 52
qf 1974, s. 2)

'new building- means any building hereafter erected and also any
existing building of which not less than one half measured by
volume is rebuilt or which is altered to such an extent as to
necessitate the reconstruction of not less than one half of the
superficial area of the main walls;

'non-domestic', when used in relation to a part of a composite building,
means a part that is constructed or intended for use otherwise than
for habitation; (A Added 73 of 1983, s. 2)

'non-domestic building- means a building that is not a domestic

building;(Added, 73 qf 1983, s. 2)





'occupier' means in the case of domestic buildings a person resident
therein and in the case of other buildings means a person carrying
on an occupation full-time in such building,

'oil and petroleum products' means crude petroleum or petroleum feed-
stock and includes semi-refined petroleum which is liquid or solid
at ambient temperatures and pressures; (Added, 5 of' 1983,s.2)

'oil storage installation' means any tank having a capacity of not less
than 110 000 litres, or a group of tanks any one of which is a tank
having a capacity of not less than 110000 litres, constructed above
ground level for the purpose of storing oil and petroleum products,
(Added, 16 of 1978 s. 2)

'owner' includes any person holding premises direct from the Crown
whether under lease, licence or otherwise, any mortgagee in
possession and any person receiving the rent. of any premises,
solely or with another. on his own behalf or that of any person, or
who would receive the same if such premises were let to a tenant,
and where such owner as above defined cannot be found or
ascertained or is absent from the Colony or is under disability, the
agent of such owner,

'performance review' means a report in respect of building works,
submitted by an authorized person, stating and justifying that the
building works have been inspected and monitored in the course
of construction and that the geotechnical design assumptions
upon which the building works have been based are valid; (Added,
41 of 1982 s. 2)

'plan' includes drawings, details, diagrams, calculations. structural
details and structural calculations; (Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'private street- means a street on land held under lease. licence or
otherwise from the Crown or on land over which the Crown has
granted a right of way; (Added, 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'registered contractor- means any person whose name is for the time
being on the register of registered building contractors maintained
under section 8;'registered escalator contractor' means any person whose name is or

'registered escalator contractor' means any person whose name is
for the time being on the register of escalator contractors
maintained under section 8; (Added, 44 of 1959 s.2.)

'registered lift contractor' means any person whose name is for the
time being on the register of lift contractors maintained under
section 8; (Added 44 of 1959, s. 2)

'registered structural engineer' means a person whose name is for the
time being on the structural engineers' register kept under section
3(3); (Added, 52 of 1974 s. 2)

'registered ventilation contractor' means any person whose name is for
the time being on the register of ventilation contractors
maintained under section 8;(Added, 23 of 1971, s. 2)





'regulations' means rules and regulations made under this Ordinance;

'scheduled area- means the area specified in the Fifth Schedule and
references to a building Ping or building works in the scheduled
area are, in the case of a building or building works situated partly
in the scheduled area, references to that part of the building or
building works so situated; (Added, 41 qf 1982, s. 2)

'sewer' does not include a drain as defined in this section, but includes
all sewers and drains used for the drainage of more than one
building and any buildings and yards appurtenant thereto, (Added,
44 of 1959, s. 2)

'site formation works' includes excavations on sloping land, filling,
landslip preventive works, landslip remedial works and ground
water drainage works; (Added, 72 qf* 1980, s. 3. Amended, 41 of 1982,
s. 2)

Street includes the whole or any part of any square, court or alley,
highway, lane, road, road-bridge, footpath, or passage whether a
thoroughfare or not;

-Street works- means any work for the construction, formation or laying
out of any private street or access road, including the surfacing,
channelling, draining and lighting thereof, or for the reconstruction.
alteration or repair thereof.. (Added, 44 of' 1959, s. 2)

,,Ventilating system--- means a mechanical system for introducing or
exhausting air. (Added, 23 of 1971, s. 2)

(2) The duties imposed on and the powers granted to the
Building Authority under this Ordinance may be carried out and
exercised by an officer of any Department of the Government
specified in the Fourth Schedule who is authorized by the Director
of Building Development either generally or particularly and subject
to his instructions. (Amended, L.N. 76/82 and 73 of 1985. s. 2)

(3) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the Fourth
Schedule. (Added, 73 of 1985, s. 2)

PART I

AUTHORIZED PERSONS. REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS.
REGISTERED CONTRACTORS. REGISTERED LIFT CONTRACTORS,
REGISTERED ESCALATOR CONTRACTORS AND REGISTERED
VENTILATION CONTRACTORS

(Amended, 52 of 1974, s. 3)

3. (1) The Building Authority shall keep a register (hereinafter
referred to as the 'authorized persons' register of all persons who are
qualified to perform the duties and functions of an authorized person in
accordance with this Ordinance.





(2) The authorized persons' register shall contain the following lists

(a) list I, consisting of architects,

(b)list II, consisting of civil, municipal or structural engineers;
and

(c) list III, consisting of surveyors.

(3) The Building Authority shall keep a register (hereinafter referred
to as the 'structural engineers' register of all persons who are qualified
to perform the duties and functions of structural engineers (relating to
more advanced structural designs of building works or street works) in
accordance with this Ordinance.

(4) The Building Authority shall publish annually in the Gazette the
names of

(a)the persons 'Included in each of the lists in the authorized
persons' register; and

(b) the persons included in the structural engineers' register.

(5)(a) The Building Authority shall appoint a Committee to be
known as the Authorized Persons' and Structural Engineers'
Registration Committee (in this section referred to as the
Registration Committee) to assist him in considering
applications for inclusion in the authorized persons' register or
the structural engineers' register by-

(i) examining the qualifications of applicants.,

(ii) making such inquiries as it may consider necessary to
ascertain whether an applicant has the prescribed experience;

(Iii) conducting professional interviews with applicants; and

(iv) advising the Building Authority as to the acceptance or
rejection of applications for inclusion in such registers.

(b) The Registration Committee shall consist of-

(i) the Principal Government Building Surveyor as chairman;

(ii) the Government Structural Engineer, Buildings
Ordinance Office, A

(iii) 2 architects whose names are included in list I,
nominated by the Hong Kong Institute of Architects;

(iv) 2 engineers whose names are included in list II,
nominated by the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers;

(v) 1 chartered surveyor whose name is included in list III,
nominated by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
(Hong Kong Branch);

(vi) 1 registered structural engineer nominated by the Hong
Kong Institution of Engineers; and (Replaced, 55 of 1984, s.
2)

(vii) the Technical Secretary, Buildings Ordinance Office, who
shall be the Secretary of the Registration Committee.

(c)The Registration Committee shall meet at such times and
places as the Building Authority shall appoint:

Provided that the Building Authority shall call a meeting
of the Registration Committee within 21 days of the receipt by
him of a request in writing signed by 2 members of the
Registration Committee.

(d)A quorum of the Registration Committee shall be 6 members,
including the persons referred to in paragraph (b)(i), (ii) and (vii).

(6) Every applicant for inclusion in the authorized persons'
register or the structural engineers 1 register shall submit his application
in the prescribed form to the secretary of the Registration Committee.

(7) No person shall be included in any list in the authorized
persons' register or in the structural engineers' register unless he has the
prescribed qualifications for inclusion in such list or such register.

(8) Subject to subsection (7), a person's name may be included in
both the authorized persons' register and the structural engineers'
register and in more than 1 list in the authorized persons' register.

(9) In respect of every application for inclusion in any list in the
authorized persons' register or in the structural engineers' register, the
Building Authority shall within 3 months from the date of the meeting of
the Registration Committee at which the application was considered

(a)on payment by the applicant of the prescribed fee. publish in
the Gazette and enter in the appropriate list or, as the case may
be, register the name of the applicant. or

(b)inform the applicant that his application is deferred for a
period not exceeding 12 months, or

(e) refuse his application.

(10) Any person whose application for inclusion in any list in the
authorized persons* register or the structural engineers' register is
refused may appeal to a disciplinary board appointed under section 5.

(11) The Building Authority may remove from the authorized
persons' register or the structural engineers register the name of any
person who

(a) is deceased.

(b)is not practising the profession in respect of which the name
of that person was included in the register; or





(e)being a person required to pay the annual fee prescribed for
the retention of that person's name in the register fails for a
period exceeding 6 months to pay such annual fee. (Replaced,
75 qf 1976, s. 2)

(12) Any person whose name has been removed from the authorized
persons' register or the structural engineers' register under subsection (1
1)(c) may apply within 2 years after such removal to the Building
Authority for the restoration of his name to the register from which it
has been removed and, subject to the payment of the prescribed fee for
the restoration of a name, the Building Authority shall thereupon restore
the name to that register. (Added, 75 of 1976, s. 2)

(Replaced, 52 of 1974, s. 4)

4. (1) Every person for whom building works or street works are to
be carried out shall appoint--

(a)an authorized person as the co-ordinator of such building
works or street works; and

(b)a registered structural engineer as a consultant to the
authorized person on the structural elements of such building
works or street works if so required under this Ordinance.

(2) If an authorized person or a registered structural engineer so
appointed becomes unwilling to act or unable, whether by reason of the
termination of his appointment or for any other reason. to act, the
person for whom the building works or street works are to be or are
being carried out shall appoint another authorized person or registered
structural engineer, as the case may be, in his stead:

Provided that. where an authorized person or a registered structural
engineer, is temporarily unable to act by reason of his illness or absence
from Hong Kong, he may nominate another authorized person or
registered structural engineer to act in his stead for the period of such
illness or absence.

(3) Any authorized person and any registered structural engineer
appointed or nominated under subsection (1) or (2) shall

(a)supervise the carrying out of the building works or street
works, as the case may be, in the prescribed manner;

(b)notify the Building Authority of any contravention of the
regulations which would result from the carrying out of any
work shown in any plan approved by the Building Authority
in respect of the building works or street works. and

(e) comply generally with this Ordinance.

(4) A structural engineer may not be appointed as a consultant
under subsection (1)(b) unless he is registered in the structural
engineers' register.

(Replaced, 52 qf 1974s.4 4)





5. (1) For the purposes of section 3(10) and section 7. the Building
Authority may, from time to time. appoint a disciplinary board.

(2) Every such board shall consist of
(a)3 persons who are members of the Authorized Persons' and
Registered Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel
appointed under section 5A, at least 1 of whom shall be a
member of the same profession as the appellant or the person
in respect of whom the inquiry is being held.

(b) the Building Authority or his representative; and

(c) a legal adviser.

(3) The chairman of a disciplinary board appointed under this
section shall be the Building Authority or his representative on the
board or such other member of the board as the Building Authority shall
appoint.

(4) For the purposes of any inquiry under section 7. a disciplinary
board appointed under this section shall have all such powers as are
vested in the High Court in relation to

(a)enforcing the attendance of witnesses and examining them
upon oath or otherwise

(b) compelling the production of documents,

(c) ordering the inspection of premises: and

(d) entering upon and viewing premises.

(5) The members of any disciplinary board appointed under this
section, other than persons who are in full-time employment in any
office of emolument under the Crown, shall be remunerated at such rate
as the Governor may determine from time to time or in any particular
case.

(Replaced, 52 of1974, s. 4)

SA. (1) There shall be an Authorized Persons' and Registered
Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel. which shall be appointed
by the Governor.

(2) The Authorized Persons' and Registered Structural Engineers'
Disciplinary Board Panel shall consist of not more than 20 members, of
whom not more than (Amended, 55 of'1984, s. 3)

(a)5 shall be members of the Hong Kong Institute of Architects
whose names are included in list I;

(b)5 shall be members of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers
whose names are included in list II:

(e)5 shall be members of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers
who are registered structural engineers, Replaced, 55 of 1984,
s. 3)





(d)5 shall be members of the Royal Institution of Chartered
Surveyors (Hong Kong Branch) whose names are included in
list III.

(3) No person shall be appointed to be a member of the panel
unless he has been in practice in Hong Kong for a period of at least 10
years and have been recommended by the Building Authority after
consultation with the appropriate Institute or Institution. (Amended, 55
of 1984, s. 3)

(4) Members of the panel shall hold office for 3 years but shall be
eligible for reappointment.

(Added, 52 of 1974, s. 4)

6. (1) Upon an appeal under section 3(10). the disciplinary board
may either

(a) confirm the decision of the Building Authority; or

(b) direct that---

(i) the appellant's name be entered in the authorized
persons' register or structural engineers' register, as the case
may be; or

(ii) the appellant appear before the Building Authority at a
professional interview as required by regulations: or

(iii) the appellant pay the prescribed fee and pass an
examination as required by regulations.

Amended 52 of1974, s. 5)

(2) The decision of the disciplinary board shall be final.

7. (1) Where it appears to the Building Authority that an authorized
person or a registered structural engineer has been convicted by any
court of such offence or has been guilty of such negligence or
misconduct as

(a)renders such person unfit to be on the authorized persons'
register or on the structural engineers' register as the case may
be; or

(b)makes the further inclusion of such person on the authorized
persons' register or on the structural engineers 1 register, as the
case may be, prejudicial to the due administration of this
Ordinance; or

(c) renders such person deserving of censure.

the Building Authority may bring the matter to the notice of a
disciplinary board appointed under section 5.

(2) Where, after due inquiry, the disciplinary board is satisfied that
the authorized person or the registered structural engineer has been
convicted of such an offence or has been guilty of such negligence or
misconduct, such board may





(a) order that the name of such person be removed-

(1) from the authorized persons' or the structural engineers'
register, as the case may be; or

(ii) if his name appears in both registers. from both
registers,

either permanently or for such period as the board thinks fit;
or

(b) order that such person be reprimanded.; and

(e) order that its findings and order be published in the

Gazette.

(3) On an inquiry under this section, a disciplinary board may make
such order as it thinks fit with regard to the payment of the costs of the
inquiry and the costs of the Building Authority or of the authorized
person or registered structural engineer in respect of whom the inquiry is
held.

(4)(a) Any authorized person or registered structural engineer
aggrieved by any order made in respect of him under this
section may appeal to ajudge of the High Court and upon any
such appeal the judge may confirm, reverse or vary the order of
the disciplinary board:

Provided that the judge may, notwithstanding that he is
of the opinion that the point raised in the appeal might be
decided in favour of the appellant, dismiss the appeal if he
considers that no substantial miscarriage of justice has
actually occurred.

(b)The practice in relation to any such appeal shall be subject to
any rules of court made under the Supreme Court Ordinance.

(c)The decision of the judge on any such appeal shall be final.
(Amended, L.N. 137/81)

(Replaced, 52 of 1974, s. 6)

8. (1) The Building Authority shall keep the following registers,
namely

(a)a register (hereinafter referred to as the contractors' register) of
all persons who are qualified to perform the duties of a
registered contractor in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance;

(b) a register (hereinafter referred to as the register of lift
contractors) of all persons who are qualified to carry out
works in connexion with the installation. alteration, main-
tenance and repair of lifts and the machinery and equip-
ment connected therewith:

(c) a register (hereinafter referred to as the register of escalator
contractors) of all persons who are qualified to carry out

work in connexion with the installation. alteration,
maintenance and repair of escalators and the machinery and
equipment connected therewith; and

(d)a register (hereinafter referred to as the register of ventilation
contractors) of all persons who are qualified to carry out
inspections of ventilating systems and the machinery and
equipment connected therewith. (Added, 23 of 1971. s.3)

(2) Every applicant for inclusion in any of such registers shall
submit his application, in the prescribed form, to the Building Authority.

(3)(a) In respect of every such application, the Building Authority
shall within 3 months

(i) upon payment by the applicant of the prescribed fee,
publish in the Gazette and enter in the appropriate register the
name of the applicant. and issue to him a certificate of
registration in the prescribed form. or

(ii) inform the applicant that his application has been
deferred for a period not exceeding 6 months; or

(iii) refuse the application.

(b)In considering any application for inclusion in the register of lift
contractors or the register of escalator contractors or: the
register of ventilation contractors, the Building Authority shall
have regard to the qualifications and experience of the applicant
or of those persons employed by him who will supervise and
carry out lift works or escalator works or the inspection of ventilating
systems, as the case may be. (Amended, 23 of 1971. s. 3)

(4)(a) Any person whose application for inclusion in such
contractors' register is refused may appeal to a disciplinary
board appointed under section 11 (2).

(b) Any person whose application for inclusion in the register of
life contractors or register of escalator contractors or the register of
ventilation contractors is refused may appeal to a disciplinary
board appointed in accordance with the provisions of section
11(3). (Amended, 23 of 1971, s.3)

(5) The Building Authority shall publish annually in the Gazette a
list of the names of the persons in each such register.

(6) The Building Authority may remove from the relevant register
the name of any registered contractor, registered lift contractor, registered
escalator contractor or registered ventilation contractor who ceases, for
any reason, to engage in building works or street works, lift works or
escalator works or the inspection of
ventilating systems, respectively.(Amended, 23 of 1971, s. 3)





9. (1) Every person for whom building works or street works are to be
carried out shall appoint a registered contractor in respect thereof.

(2) If a registered contractor appointed in respect of building works or
street works becomes unwilling to act or unable, whether by reason of the
termination of his appointment or for any other reason, to act, the person for
whom the building works or street works, as the case may be, are to be or are
being carried out shall appoint another registered contractor in his stead.

(3) A registered contractor so appointed shall-

(a)give continuous supervision to the carrying out of the building works
or street works, as the case may be;

(b)notify the Building Authority of any contravention of the regulations
which would result from the carrying out of the work shown in any
plan approved by the Building Authority in respect of the building
works or street works; and

(c) comply generally with the provisions of this Ordinance.

10. (1) Every person for whom lift works or escalator works are to be
carried out shall appoint a registered lift contractor or registered escalator
contractor, as the case may be., in respect thereof

(2) If a registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor so
appointed becomes unwilling to act or unable, whether by reason of the
termination of his appointment or for any other reason, to act, the person for
whom the lift works or escalator works are to be or are being carried out shall
appoint another registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor. as
the case may be. in his stead.

(3) A registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor so
appointed shall

(a)give continuous supervision to the carrying out of the lift works or
escalator works; and

(b) comply generally with the provisions of this Ordinance.

11. (1) For the purposes of section 8(4) and section 13, the Building
Authority may from time to time. appoint a disciplinary board.

(2) Every board appointed to hear an appeal under section 8(4)(a) or to
hear and determine any proceedings under section 13 against a registered
contractor shall consist of

(a)2 persons who are members of the Registered Contractors'
Disciplinary Board Panel appointed under section 1 IA;

(b)3 persons who are members of the Authorized Persons' and
Registered Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel appointed
under section 5A of whom





(i) 1 shall be a person referred to in section 5A(2)(a);

(ii) 1 shall be a person referred to in section 5A(2)(b): and

(iii) 1 shall be a person referred to in section 5A(2)(c);

(c) the Building Authority or his representative; and

(d) a legal adviser.

(3) Every board appointed to hear an appeal under section 8(4)(a) or to
hear and determine any proceedings under section 13 against a
registered lift contractor or a registered escalator contractor
or a registered ventilation contractor shall consist of

(a)1 person whose name is included in list 11 and who is a member
of the Authorized Persons' and Registered Structural
Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel appointed under section
5A;

(h)3 engineers having such qualifications as the Building
Authority may consider sufficient, of '.horn at least 1 shall be
qualified as an electrical engineer and at least 1 as a mechanical
engineer;

(c) the Building Authority or his representative; and

(d) a legal adviser.

(4) The chairman of a disciplinary board appointed under
subsection (1) shall be the Building Authorit~ or his representative on
the board or such other member of the board as the Building Authority
shall appoint.

(5) For the purposes of any inquiry under section 13. a disciplinary
board appointed under this section shall have all such powers as are
vested in the High Court in relation to--

(a)enforcing the attendance of witnesses and examining them
upon oath or otherwise;

(b) compelling the production of documents;

(c) ordering the inspection of premises; and

(d) entering upon and viewing premises.

(6) The members of any disciplinary board appointed under this
section, other than persons who are in full-time employment in any
office of emolument under the Crown, shall be remunerated at such rate
as the Governor may determine from time to time or in any particular
case. (Added, 16 of 1966, s. 4)

(Amended, 52 o '1974, s. 7)

11A. (1) There shall be a Registered Contractors' Disciplinary
Board Panel, which shall be appointed by the Governor.

(2) The Registered Contractors' Disciplinary Board Panel shall
consist of not more than 16 persons who are registered contractors.





(3) The members of the Registered Contractors' Disciplinary
Board Panel shall hold office for 3 years but shall be eligible for
reappointment.
(Added, 52 of 1974, s. 8)

12. (1) Upon an appeal under section 8(4), the disciplinary
board may either-

(a) confirm the decision of the Building Authority; or

(b)direct that the appellant's name be entered in the appro-
priate register.

(2) The decision of the disciplinary board shall be final.

13. (1) Where it appears to the Building Authority that a
registered contractor, a registered lift contractor, a registered
escalator contractor or a registered ventilation contractor has been
convicted by any court of such an offence, or has in the carrying out
of any-

(a) building works or street works; C)v.

(b) life works;

(c) escalator works; or

(d) inspection of a ventilating system,

respectively, been guilty of such negligence or misconduct. as-
(i) renders such contractor unfit to be on the register,
(ii)makes the further inclusion of the contractor in the register
prejudicial to the due administration of this Ordinance, or
(iii) renders the contractor deserving of censure,

the Building Authority may bring the matter to the notice of a
disciplinary board appointed under section 11. (Replaced, 23 of'
1971,s.5)

(2) Where, after due inquiry, the disciplinary board is satisfied
that the contractor has been convicted of such an offence or has been
guilty of such negligence or misconduct, such board may-

(a) order that the name of the contractor be removed from the
contractors' register or the register of life contractors or the
register of escalator contractors or the register of ventila-
tion contractors, as the case may be, either permanently or
for such period as the board thinks fit; or (Amended, 23
of 1971, s. 5)

(b)order that the contractor be fined a sum not exceeding
550,000, which sum shall be recoverable under section 33
as though it were the cost of works carried out by the
Building Authority; or (Amended, 71 qf 1972, s. 2)

(c) order that the contractor be reprimanded; and

(d)order that its findings and order be published in the
Gazeffe.





(3) On an inquiry under this section, a disciplinary board may
make such order as the board thinks fit with regard to the payment
of the costs of the inquiry or with regard to the payment of the costs
of the Building Authority or of the contractor, lift
contractor escalator contractor or ventilation contractor in respect of whom the
inquiry is held. (Added, 16 of1966, s. 5. Amended, 23 of1971,
s.5)

(4)(a) Any registered contractor, registered lift contractor,
registered escalator contractor or registered ventilation
contractor aggrieved by any order made in respect of him
under this section may appeal to a judge of the High
Court and upon any such appeal the judge may confirm,
reverse or vary the order of the disciplinary board:
(Amended, 23 of 1971, s. 5)
Provided that the judge may. notwithstanding that he
is of opinion that the point raised in the appeal might be
decided in favour of the appellant, dismiss the appeal if he
considers that no substantial miscarriage of justice has
actually occurred.

(b)The practice in relation to any such appeal shall be subject
to any rules of court made under the Supreme Court
Ordinance.

(c) The decision of the judge shall be final.
(Part I replaced, 44 oJ'19-59, s. 3)

PART II

CONTROL OF BUILDING

14. (1) Save as otherwise provided, no person shall com-
mence or carry out any building works or street works without
having first obtained from the Building Authority-

(a)his approval in the prescribed form of documents sub-
mitted to him in accordance with the regulations; and

(b)his consent in the prescribed form for the commencement
of the building works or street works shown in the ap-
proved plan.

(2) Subject to section 28B(4), neither the approval of any
plans nor the consent to the commencement of any building works
or street works shall be deemed- (Amended, 41 of 1982, s. 3)
(a) to confer any title to land;

(b) to act as a waiver of any term in any lease or licence, or

(c) to grant any exemption from or to permit any contraven-
tion of any of the provisions of this Ordinance or of any
other enactment.
(Replaced, 44 of 1959, s. 4)





15. (1) Where an application is made in the prescribed form
for the Building Authority to approve plans or to consent to the
commencement of building works or street works, he shall be
deemed to have given his approval or consent, as the case may be,
unless within the period prescribed by the regulations he has notified
his refusal to give his approval or consent, as the case may be, in
writing setting out the grounds for such refusal, and where one of
such grounds is that further particulars and plans are required, he
shall specify such plans and particulars.

(2) The grounds set out for any refusal to approve plans shall
not be treated as being exhaustive, and no such refusal shall be
construed as implying any approval of any part of such plans.
(Added, 44 (?f 1959, s. 4)

16. (1) The Building Authority may refuse to give his ap-
proval of any plans of building works where-

(a)the plans are not such as are prescribed by regulations or
are not such as he may have required under this section,

(b)the plans are not endorsed with or accompanied by a
certificate from the Director of Fire Services certifying
either-
(i) that, having regard to the purpose to which the
building is intended to be put (which purpose shall be
stated in the certificate). no fire service installation or
equipment is necessary in connexion with the building that
will result from the carrying out of the building works
shown on the plans, or
(10 that the plans have been examined and are ap-
proved by him as showing all such fire service installations
and equipment as in his opinion, having regard to the
purpose to which the building is intended to be put (which
purpose shall be stated in the certificate), comprise the
minimum fire service installations and equipment neces-
sary for such building in accordance with a Code of
Practice published from time to time by the Director of
Fire Services; (Added, 3 of1964, s. 2)

(e)he has not received application for their approval in the
prescribed form or any such application does not contain
the particulars required therein.

(d)the carrying out of the building works shown thereon
would contravene the provisions of this Ordinance or of
any other enactment, or would contravene any approved
or draft plan prepared under the Town Planning Ordin-
ance;
edc~-)
(e)he has not received such other documents as are prescribed
by regulations,

(f)such fees as are prescribed by regulations have not been
paid,





(g)the carrying out of the building works shown thereon
would result in a building differing in height, design, type
or intended use from buildings ip the immediate neigh-
bourhood or previously existing on the same site;

(h)the building works consist of, or any part thereof involves,
the construction, formation or laying out of any means of
access or other opening, not being a street or access road,
to or from any street, and the place at or manner in which
such means of access or other opening opens on to the
street is, in his opinion, such as to be dangerous or likely to
be dangerous or prejudicial to the safety or convenience of
traffic using the street, or which may be expected to use the
same;

(i)in his opinion, it is necessary for him to have further
particulars of such plans or of the building works shown
thereon or. where all the plans prescribed by regulations
have not been submitted, to have one or more of the other
plans prescribed by regulations, to enable him fully to
consider such plans;

(J)any further particulars or other plans delivered to him.
upon his refusal, under paragraph (i), to give his approval
to any plans, are not to his satisfaction;

(k)such plans differ materially from those approved upon the
exemption from the provisions of Part 1 of the Landlord
and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance of the premises to
which they relate; (Amended, 73 oJ'1970, s. 2 and 29 of'
1983,s.47)

(1)it appears to him that the demolition of a building that
requires to be demolished before the building works shown
on such plans can be carried out-
(i) will cause, or will be likely to cause, a total or partial
collapse of any adjoining or other building. or
(ii) will render, or will be likely to render, any adjoin-
ing or other building so dangerous that it will collapse. or
be likely to collapse, either totally or partially,

and he is not satisfied that the collapse or the likelihood of
the collapse, or such danger or the likelihood of such
danger to the building, can be avoided; (Added, 27 qf
1964,s.2)

(m)in the case of plans showing site formation works. piling
works, excavation works or foundation works, it appears
to him that the carrying out of such works---
(i) will cause, or will be likely to cause, a total or partial
collapse of any adjoining or other building, street or
natural, formed or man-made land, or
(ii) will render, or will be likely to render, an adjoining
or other building, street or natural, formed or man-made





land so dangerous that it will collapse, or be likely to
collapse, either totally or partially,

and he is not satisfied that the collapse or the likelihood
of the collapse, or such danger or the likelihood of such
danger to the building, street or land, can be avoided;
(Added, 27 of 1964, s. 2. Amended, 72 of 1980, s. 4)

(n)it appears to him that the proposed user of the building to
which the plans relate would contravene the provisions of
regulation 49 of the Building (Planning) Regulations;
(Added, 23 of 1969, s. 3)

(o)the plans relate to building works to be carried out upon
land in respect of which a notice has been served under
section 4 of the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance or
under the proviso for resumption contained in the Crown
lease of the land; (Added, 73 qf 1970, s. 2)

(p)in the case of building works to be carried out on a site
which in his opinion ought to be provided with streets
having adequate connexion to a public streets, he is not
satisfied that such streets are or will be provided;
(Added, 59 of 1973, s. 2)

(q)in the case of building works to be carried out in, the
scheduled area, the building is one which in his opinion
must be capable of resisting landslip debris and he is
not satisfied that the plans provide adequately for that
capability. (Added, 41 of 1982, s. 4)

(2) The Building Authority may refuse to give his approval of
any plans of street works where- -

(a) the plans are not such as are prescribed by regulations;

(b)he has not received application for their approval in the
prescribed form or any such application does not contain
the particulars required therein;

(c.)the carrying out of the street works shown thereon would
contravene the provisions of this Ordinance or of any
other enactment;

(d)in the case of an access road, the place at or manner in
which the access road opens on to a street is, in his opinion,
such as to be dangerous or likely to be dangerous or
prejudicial to the safety or convenience of traffic using the
street or access road, or which may be expected to use the
same;

(c)such fees as are prescribed by regulations have not been
paid;

in the opinion of the Building Authority, it is necessary for
him to have further particulars of such plans to enable him
fully to consider such plans;





(g)any further particulars delivered to him, upon his refusal
under paragraph (f) to give his approval to any plans, are
not to his satisfaction.

(3) The Building Authority may refuse to give his consent to
the commencement of any building works or street works where-

(a)he has not received and given his approval to all the plans
thereof prescribed by regulations;

(b)he has not received such other documents as may be
prescribed by regulations;

paid; or

(d)a period exceeding 2 years has elapsed since the approval
of any of the prescribed plans in respect of the building
works or street works. (Amended, 23 of 1969, s. 3)
(Added, 44 qf1959, s. 4)

(3A) In subsection (3)(d), the reference to plans does not
include such plans as are for the time being approved in connexion
with an order under Part 1 of the Landlord and Tenant (Consolida- (c
tion) Ordinance excluding the premises from the further application
of that Part. (Replaced, 73 of1970, s. 2. Aniended, 29 of1983,
s. 47)

(4) The Building Authority may refuse to give his consent to the
commencement of any building works where it appears to him that
the carrying out of the building works-

(a)will cause, or will be likely to cause, a total or partial
collapse of any adjoining or other building, street or
natural, formed or man-made land, or

(b)will render, or will be likely to render. any adjoining or
other building, street or natural, formed or man-made land
so dangerous that it will collapse, or be likely to collapse.
either totally or partially,

and he is not satisfied that the collapse or the likelihood of the
collapse, or such danger or the likelihood of such danger to the
building, street or land, can be avoided. (Added, 27 of 1964,
s. 2. Amended, 31 of 1964, s. 2 and 72 of1980, s. 4)

(5) Without prejudice to subsection (4), the Building Au-
thority may refuse to give his consent to the commencement of
demolition works until he is satisfied that adequate precautions
have been taken-

(a)to prevent a collapse. whether total or partial, or the
likelihood of such a collapse, of any adjoining or other
building, street or natural, formed or man-made land; or

(b)to prevent any adjoining or other building, street or
natural, formed or man-made land becoming so danger-
ous, or the likelihood of any such building, street or land
24 CAP. 1231 Buildings [1985 Ed.

becoming so dangerous, that it will collapse or be likely to collapse, either totally or partially. (Added, 27 of 1964, s. 2. Amended, 72 of 1980, s. 4)

Conditions may 17. (1) Where an application is made to the Building Au
be imposed in thority in respect of any of the building works or street works set
certain cases. out in Column A, he may take such action by way of imposing
conditions and requirements by orders in writing, and refusing his
approval of plans or his consent to commence the building works or
street works as is set out in Column B opposite the particular item
in Column A.

A B

1. Approval of plans of building 1. For the purpose of making such
works in connexion with an exist- new building comply with the
ing building which would result standard of structural stability and
in a new building. public health established from lime
to time by regulations

(a) require plans to be submitted showing additional building works. and refuse approval of the plans already submitted pending his approval of such plans together with the plans required to be submitted under this section,. and

(h) require to be carried out the building works shown on such approved additional plans or such other building works as he may consider necessary.

2. Approval of plans of building 2. For the purpose of making such
works for the erection of a new access road comply with the regula

building to which access is to he lions
obtained by means of an existing
access road which does not corn- (a) require plans to be submitted
ply with the regulations. showing the necessary street
works: and

(b) require street works to be carried out in accordance with an approved plan.

3. Approval of plans of street 3.Require such carriage-way to be

works where in the opinion of constructed in such manner as he
the Building Authority- may prescribe.

(a) the bearing capacity of the ground forming the foundation of the carriageway is such that the thicknesses of materials to be used in the surfacing thereof, as prescribed by regulations, are inadequate: or

(h) that the volume of traffic which may be expected to use such street is such that a carriage-way constructed in accordance with the regulalions will be inadequate.





A B

4. Approval of plans of building 4. Require such access or opening to
works or street works involving be constructed and sited in such
the construction, formation, lay- manner as in his opinion will
ing out or any alteration of any ensure the safety and convenience
access to or opening to or from of traffic and pedestrians using or
any street. expected to use such street.
5. Consent to commence building 5. For the purpose of making such
works to be carried out on private streets or access roads com-
land- ply with the regulations-
(a) abutting or fronting on a (a) require plans of street works to
new private street; or be submitted and may refuse
(b) to which access is to be his consent to the commence-
obtained by means of a new ment of the building works
access road or an access until he has approved such
road to which alterations plans; and
are to be made. (b) require street works to be
carried out in accordance with
an approved plan.
6. Approval of plans showing, or 6. Require and prescribe conditions
consent to commence. building for-
works involving- (a) maximum loads and stresses;
(a) the structural use of steel, (b) tests of materials;
concrets or timber, (c) the use of materials;
(b) site formation works; or (ca) instrumentation for checking
(c) ground investigation in the design assumptions and mon-
scheduled are (Replaced, itoring the efflect of the works:
41 of 1982, s. 5)
(d)standards of workmanship:
(e)qualified supen.ision;
(f)the sequence of works in res-
pect of works in the scheduled
area; and
(g)a performance review in res-
pect of works in the scheduled
area. Replaced, 41 of 1982.
s. 5)
7. Approval of plans showing, or 7. Prescribe conditions subject to
consent to commence. site which the works may be carried
formation works, piling works, out, being conditions that the
excavation works or foundation Building Authority considers
works. necessaryto prevent a collapse,
whether total or partial. or the like-
lihood of such a collapse. of any
adjoining or other building, street
or land or to prevent any adjoining
or other building, street or land
becoming so dangerous, or the like-
lihood of any such building. street
or land becoming so dangerous,
that it will collapse or be likely to
collapse, either totally or partially.
(Added, 27of' 1964, s. 3.
Amended, 40 qf' 1965, s. 2.. 23 qf
1969, s. 4 and 72 of 1980,.v. 5)
(Added, 44 of'1959, s. 4)

(2) Where the Building Authority approves plans of building
works, or gives his consent to the commencement of building works,
pursuant to the directions of a committee of review given under sub-
section (8) of section 50, he shall impose such conditions as the
committee of review may have required under that subsection.
(Added, 40 of 1965, s. 2)





18. (1) Without prejudice to any other provision of this
Ordinance and subject to subsection (2), where-
(a)for the purpose of satisfying the Building Authority that
such precautions as are referred to in section 16(5) have
been taken; or
(b)for the purpose of complying with a condition prescribed
by the Building Authority under section 17,
the erection of shoring for any building is necessary, the person
whose building works or proposed building works necessitate the
erection of the shoring is hereby authorized to erect, or cause to be
erected, such shoring as may be necessary, and the same may be
affixed-
(i) in or to or around the building for which it is erected, or
otherwise in relation to that building as the circumstances
require; or
(ii) with the permission of the Director of Building Development,
or an officer of the Building Development Depart-
ment authorized in that behalf by the Director of Building
Development either by name or by reference to an office,
granted under subsection (3) and in accordance with such
permission, in or over or upon any street, whether or not
the street is on land held under lease from the Crown.
and maintained for such time as may be necessary and thereafter
removed. (Amended, 46 qf1968, s. 2 and L.N. 76/82)
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) authorizes-
(a)the affixing of shoring in or over or upon any land, not
being a street, unless the land is owned by either the owner
of the building for which the shoring is erected or the
person whose building works or proposed building works
necessitate the erection of the shoring; or
(b)the affixing of shoring in or to or around, or otherwise in
relation to, any building other than the building for which
the shoring is erected.
(3) Whenever it is necessary, for either of the purposes speci-
fied in subsection (1), to erect shoring in or over or upon a street,
whether or not the street is on land held under lease from the Crown,
the Director of Building Development or an officer of the Building
Development Department authorized in that behalf by the Director
of Building Development, either by name or by reference to an
office, may, if he thinks fit. permit the erection of such shoring,
subject to such conditions as he considers necessary. (Amended,
L.N. 76182)

(4) Any damage to a building for which shoring is erected
pursuant to subsection (1) caused by or resulting from the erection,
maintenance or dismantling of the shoring shall be made good as
soon as practicable by the person whose building works or proposed
building works necessitated the erection, maintenance or dis-
mantling of the shoring.(Amended, 46 of 1968, s. 2)





(5)(a) Any occupier of a building for which shoring is erected
pursuant to subsection (1), and any other person whatso-
ever, who suffers any loss or damage by reason of the
erection, maintenance or dismantling of the shoring shall
be entitled to recover compensation from the person whose
building works or proposed building works necessitated
the erection, maintenance or dismantling of the shoring.
(Amended, 46 of 1968, s. 2)

(h) Where any dispute arises as to-
(i) whether compensation is payable under this subsec-
tion,
(ii) the amount of any such compensation. or
(iii) the person to whom it is payable,
the same shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of section 18A. (Amended, 46 of1968, s. -1)

(6)(a) Any person authorized by the Building Authority in
the prescribed form may enter any building specified in
such authorization for the purpose of ascertaining what
shoring may be required for the building for either of the
purposes specified in subsection (1) or of ascertaining the
manner in which shoring for the building may be affixed or
for the purpose of erecting shoring for the building pur-
suant to subsection (1) or of maintaining such shoring in
good order or of inspecting the sarne.

(b)An authorization granted to any person under paragraph
(a) shall be deemed also to authorize any servant or agent
of that person, and such an agent's servants. to enter the
building for the like purpose.
(Added, 27 of 1964, s. 4)

(e)If a magistrate is satisfied by evidence on oath that the
entry to a building of any person authorized to enter the
same by or under paragraph (a) or (b) has been obstructed,
he may upon application by or on behalf of the person
authorized to enter such building under paragraph (a)
issue a warrant in the form in the Third Schedule
authorizing-
(i) each and every person authorized prior to the issue
of the warrant to enter such building by or under para-
graph (a) or (b); and
(ii) any police officer of or above the rank of inspector
and any other police officer acting under his direction,
to enter such building on such occasion or occasions, and
at such time or times, as may be necessary for the purpose
for which the authorization under paragraph (a) was
granted, and in the execution of such warrant any such
police officer may use such force as may be necessary.
(Added, 40 qf 1965, s. 3)
CAP. 1231 Buildings [1985 Ed.

(d) A copy. in the English language and in the Chinese language. of any warrant issued under paragraph (c) shall be posted in a conspicuous position on the building to which it relates. (Added, 40 qf 1965. s. 3)

18A. (1) Any occupier of a building for which shoring is erected pursuant to section 18(1), and any other person whatsoever, who has suffered loss or damage by reason of the erection. maintenance or dismantling of the shoring may, save where he and the person whose building works or proposed building works necessitated the erection, maintenance or dismantling of the shoring have entered into an agreement in writing for the payment of compensation, apply to the Lands Tribunal to hear and determine a dispute as to the matters referred to in section 18(5)(b).

(2) An application under subsection (1) may be made within 3 years of the date on which the loss or damage was suffered or within such extended time as the Chief Justice may in his discretion allow. (Added, 46 of 1968 s. 3. Amended 76 of 1981, s. 60)

19. (1) Where

(a) any accident or emergency renders it necessary to shore up. underpin, demolish or otherwise make safe any existing building. or any natural. formed or man-made land. or to carry out any street works immediately. and

(b) notice in writing in the prescribed form of such work and of the accident or emergency which necessitated the same is given to the Building Authority by the building owner. or the owner of the land or other person who under the terms of a Crown lease is under an obligation to maintain the land. or by the person for whom the street works are being. or are to be. carried out either before such work is authorized by him or within 48 hours after it has been commenced whichever is the earlier,

such work may be commenced without obtaining the Building Authority's consent.

(2) If the Building Authority considers that the emergency no longer exists he may by order in writing served on the building owner, or the owner of the land or other person referred to in subsection (1). or person for whom the street works are being carried out require that building works cease until consent is obtained.

Amended 44 of 1959, s. 5 and 72 of 1980, s. 6)

20. (1) Where any building works or street works for the commencement and carrying out of which the consent of the Building Authority has been obtained are not commenced within 3 months thereof, or if commenced are suspended for such period, such consent shall be deemed to be revoked.





(2) The Building Authority may, upon application being made
in the prescribed form, renew such consent and by order in writing
impose such conditions as in his opinion are made necessary by such
delay in commencement or by such suspension.
(Replaced, 44 oJ'1959, s. 6)

21. (1) No new building shall be occupied in any way except
by not more than 2 caretakers unless---

(a)in respect of such building the Building Authority has
issued an occupation permit in the prescribed form, or

(b)in respect of the whole or any part of the building which is
being occupied there is a temporary occupation permit, in
the prescribed form, issued by the Building Authority,
which temporary occupation permit has not expired and
has not been revoked by the Building Authoritv.
(Amended, 23 of 1969, s. 5)

(2) On receiving an application in the appropriate prescribed
form, the Building Authority may issue-

(a)an occupation permit in respect of the new building which
is the subject of such application; or

(b)a temporary occupation permit in respect of the whole or
any part of a new building which is completed and which is
the subject of the application. (Amended, 23 of' 1969,
S.5)

(3) On the issue of a temporary occupation permit. the Build-
ing Authority may impose such conditions as he may consider
necessary including a condition limiting the duration of the tempo-
rary occupation permit to such period as he may consider necessary
and may revoke a temporary occupation permit for breach of any
such condition by the service on the building owner of notice of
revocation in such form as may be prescribed.

(4) If an occupation permit is issued in respect of a building,
every temporary occupation permit issued in respect of the whole or
any part of the building shall thereupon be deemed to have been
revoked. (Amended, 23 of 1969, s. 5)

(5) If a temporary occupation permit in respect of the whole or
a part of a building has been revoked or has expired and an
occupation permit has not been issued in respect of the building, the
provisions of subsection (1) shall apply to the building or to such
part of the building, as the case may be, on the expiration of 7 days
from the expiry or revocation of the temporary occupation permit.
(Amended, 23 of 1969, s. 5)

(6) The Building Authority may refuse to issue a temporary,
occupation permit or an occupation permit under this section
where-

(a)any part of the building works has been carried out in
contravention of any of the provisions of this Ordinance;





(b)any street works required under the provisions of this
Ordinance in connexion with any new private street or any
access road, on to which the building abuts or fronts or by
which access is obtained, remain to be completed;

(c)in the case of a building in which a liftway is provided, a lift
has not yet been installed therein, unless the liftway has
been protected to the satisfaction of the Building Au-
thority in such manner as to avoid any danger to persons
using the building;

(d)in the case of a building the plans whereof were certified by
the Director of Fire Services in the terms indicated in
section 16(1)(b)(ii), the applicant for the permit fails to
produce to the Building Authority a certificate from the
Director of Fire Services in such form as may be prescribed
certifying that he is satisfied that the fire service installa-
tions and equipment shown on the plans aforesaid have
been provided and are in efficient working order and
satisfactory condition; (Added, 3 of 1964, s. 3)

(e)in the case of a building to which by regulations a supply of
water is required to be connected for any purpose, the
Building Authority is not satisfied that connexion of a
supply of water for every such purpose, which complies
in every respect with all the requirements of the regula-
tions, has been made to the building; or (Added, 16 of
1966,s.6)

(f) in the case of a building in the scheduled area any perform-
ance review in the opinion of the Building Authority fails
to state or justify that the building works have been
adequately inspected and monitored in the course of
construction or that the geotechnical design assumptions
upon which the building works have been based are
valid. (Added, 41 of1982, s. 6)

(7) Upon the expiration of 14 days from the date of receipt by
the Building Authority of an application in the appropriate pre-
scribed form, for a temporary occupation permit or for an occupa-
tion permit, such permit shall be deemed to have been granted unless
the Building Authority has by notice in writing served on the
building owner refused to issue such permit, specifying the ground
for such refusal.

(8) Where, in respect of a new building, an application under
this section for a temporary occupation permit or for an occupation
permit is submitted within 60 days of receipt by the Building
Authority of a performance review required under section 17 in
respect of building works for that building, the application shall.
for the purpose of subsection (7), be deemed to have been received
60 days after receipt of the performance review. (Added, 41 qf
1982,s.6)
(Replaced, 37 of 1961, s. 2)





22. (1) The Building ~uthority or any public officer author-
ized in writing by him in that behalf may at any time enter and where
necessary, in the presence of a police officer, break into any premises
or enter upon any land-

(a)to ascertain whether any building, structure, street or
natural, formed or man-made land is dangerous or liable
to become dangerous; (Amended, 72 o0980, s. 7)

(b)to inspect or test any groundwater drainage works, drain-
age works or drainage system; (Amended, 44 o0959, s. 8
and 41 of' 1982, s. 7)

(c)to ascertain whether the provisions of this Ordinance or of
any notice order or regulation hereunder are being com-
plied with,

(d)to carry out or cause to be carried out any work which he is
authorized to carry out under this Ordinance. (Amended,
44 qf 1959, s. 8)

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)- --

(a)access to every part of any building works, street works. lift
works or escalator works shall be provided by the regis-
tered contractor. registered lift contractor. or registered
escalator contractor as the case may be; and (Replaced.
44 qf'1959, s. 8)

(b)the Building Authority or a public officer authorized under
this section may take such steps as he may deem necessary.
including the making of openings and ~he taking of rea-
sonable samples. (Amended, 44 of7959, s. 8)

(3) The Building Authority may by order in writing require an
authorized person to carry out such tests as may be specified in the
order. (Amended, 52 of 1974, s. 9)

23. Where in the opinion of the Building Authority-

(a)any building works, street works. lift works or escalator
works are being carried out in contravention of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance or are connected with any
building works that have been so carried out~ or

(b) any building works that are being carried out---
(i) will cause, or will be likely to cause. a total or partial
collapse of any adjoining or other building. street or
natural, formed or man-made land. or
(ii) will render. or will be likely to render, any adjoining
or other building, street or natural, formed or man-made
land so dangerous that it will collapse, or be likely to
collapse, either totally or partially, (Amended, 72 of
1980,s. 8)





he may by order in writing served on the registered contractor,
registered lift contractor, registered escalator contractor or other
person carrying out such works, as the case may be, require that
such works cease until the order is withdrawn.
(Replaced, 40 of 1965, s. 4)

24. (1) Where any building has been erected, or where any
building works, street works, lift works or escalator works have been
or are being carried out in contravention of any of the provisions of
this Ordinance the Building Authority may by order in writing
require-

(a)the demolition of the building, building works, or street
works;

(b) the removal of the lift or escalator; or

(c)such alteration of the building, building works, street
works, lift works or escalator works as may be necessary to
cause the same to comply with the provisions of this
Ordinance, or otherwise to put an end to the contraven-
tions thereof,

and in every case specify the time within which the demolition,
removal, alteration or work required by such order shall be com-
menced and the time within which the same shall be completed.
(Amended, 16 of'1966, s. 7)

(2) An order made under subsection (1) shall be served-

(a)where the building has been erected or the lift works or
escalator works have been completed on the owner of the
building, lift or escalator as the case may be;

(aa) where the building works, other than a building, have been
completed, upon the owner thereof, (Added, 72 of'1980,
S. 9)

(b)where the street works have been completed, upon the
frontagers, or

(c)where the building works, street works, lift works or
escalator works have not been completed, upon the person
for whom such works are being carried out or his agent.

(3) If an order made under subsection (1) is not complied with,
the Building Authority may demolish, remove or alter or cause to be
demolished, removed or altered such building works, street works,
lift works or escalator works.

(4) The cost of works carried out under subsection (3) may be
recovered from the persons upon whom orders had been served
under subsection (2); and where such an order had been served on
frontagers the Building Authority shall apportion such cost-

(a)in the case of private streets, according to the frontages of
the premises owned by such frontagers; or

(b) in the case of access roads, equally.





(5) For the purposes of this section. the owner of a lift or
escalator shall not include the supplier of such lift or escalator or the
agent of such supplier who has, under a contract for the sale or
installation of such lift or escalator. retained the o'nership of such
lift or escalator pending payment of the cost or balance of the cost
thereof or the giving of any other consideration.
( Replaced, 44 of'1959, s. 10)

24A. (1) Where any building works, street works. lift works
or escalator works have been or are being, carried out in such a
manner as, in the opinion of the Building Authority, 'ill cause. or
will be likely to cause. a risk of injury to any person or damage to
any property. the Building Authority may, by order in writing,
require that such work as he may specify therein be carried out, to
ensure that the works will cease to constitute such a risk.

(2) An order made under subsection (1)

(a) may specify
(i) the manner in which the work specified in the order
shall be carried out;
(ii) the time before which the work shall be commenced
and the time by which it shall be completed;
(iiii) that the work shall be carried out with due dili-
gence to the satisfaction of the Building Authority: and

(b) shall be addressed to and served on-
(i) in the case of completed works. the owner thereof.
and
(ii) in any other case, the person for 'horn the works
are being carried out or his agent.

(3) If a person fails to comply with an order s,-r.,ed on him
under subsection (1), the Building Authority may. without any,
further notice. carry out, or cause to be carri~d out. such work as
may be necessary to ensure that the order will be complied with.

(4) The cost of any work carried out, or caused to be carried
out, by the Building Authority under subsection (3) may be recovered
by the Building Authority from the person upon whom ihe order
was served under subsection (2).
(Added, 71 of 1972, s. 3 1

25. (1) One month's notice in writing in the prescribed form
shall be given to the Building Authority of any intended material
change in the use of a building by the person intending to carry out
or authorizing the carrying out of such change.
(2) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority any
building is not suitable by reason of its construction for its present or
intended use, he may by order in writing ser~,ed on the owner or
occupier
(a)within 1 month of the receipt of a notice under subsection
(1) prohibit such intended use: or





(b)require the owner or occupier to discontinue such present
use of the building within 1 month from the service of the
order:

Provided that the Building Authority may permit by notice in
writing such building works as he deems necessary for the purpose
of rendering the building suitable for its present or intended use.

(3) The use of a building shall be deemed to be materially
changed-

(a)where the carrying out of building works for the erection
of a building intended for such use would have contra-
vened the provisions of this Ordinance; or

(b)where the Building Authority could have refused to give
approval to plans of such building works under section
16(1)(g). (Replaced, 44 qf 1959, s. 11)

26. (1) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority any
building has been rendered dangerous or liable to become dangerous
by fire, wind, rain, dilapidation, use, lack of fire escapes or any other
cause, the Building Authority may by order in writing in the
prescribed form served on the owner declare such building to be
dangerous or liable to become dangerous.

(2) Such order may----

(a)require the demolition of the whole or part of such
building,

(b) require that the building be made safe generally;

(e) specify work that must be done to make such building safe;

(d)require that shoring shall be erected and may specify the
manner and location thereof,

(e) require a fence or hoarding for the protection of the public;

(f) require the closure of such building; and

(g)specify the time within which the demolition, shoring,
erection of fencing or hoarding, closure or other work or
thing required by such order shall be commenced and the
time within which the same shall be completed. (Amend-
ed, 16 (~f'7966, s. 8)

(3) Where the owner of a building which in the opinion of the
Building Authority has been rendered dangerous or liable to become
dangerous by fire, wind, rain, dilapidation, use, lack of fire escapes
or any other cause, cannot be found or fails to comply with the
requirements of an order served under this section, the Building
Authority may carry out or cause to be carried out the work
specified in such order or such other work as he considers to be
necessary and the cost thereof shall be recoverable from the owner.
(Amended, 16 of 1966, s. 8)





(4) In cases of emergency the Building Authority may carry
out or cause to be carried out such work as may appear to him to be
necessary either without notice to the owner, or before or after such
notice, and so far as it is in the opinion of the Building Authority
attributable to such emergency the cost thereof shall be recoverable
from the owner. The decision of the Building Authority that the
particular case is one of emergency shall be final and binding on all
persons.

(5) This section shall apply to any building works as it does to
any building with the following modifications---

(a)any reference in this section to the owner of any building
shall, in the case of building works, mean-
(i) in the case of completed works. the owner thereof,
and
(ii) in any other case, the person for whom the works
are being carried out or his agent;

(h)any order of the Building Authority under this section
may, where the building works are appurtenant to any
building, extend' to that building; and

(c)subsection (2)(J') shall be construed as relating to any
building to which the building works are appurtenant.
(Added, 59 of'1983, s. 2)

27. (1) Upon the application of-

(a) the Building Authority, where he is of the opinion that-
(i) any building is dangerous or liable to become
dangerous; or
(ii) any building should be closed in order to enable any
works, which he is empowered to carry out or cause to be
carried out under this Part, to be carried out without
danger to the occupiers or to the public, or (Replaced, 59
of'1983, s. 3)

(b) the owner-
(i) where a notice has been served upon him by the
Building Authority requiring closure of a building under
section 26; or
(ii) where the Building Authority has supplied a cer-
tificate to him showing that a building should be closed in
order to enable building works to be carried out without
danger to the occupiers or to the public.

the District Court shall on being satisfied that notice has been given
in accordance with the provisions of subsection (2) make a Closure
Order: (Amended, 35 of 1969, Schedule)

Provided that nothing in paragraph (b)(ii) shall entitle an owner
to carry out any building works which would result in a contraven-
tion of Part 1 of the Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance.





(2)(a) Not less than 7 days' notice of intention to apply for a
Closure Order shall be given by the person making such
application by posting a copy of such notice upon a
conspicuous part of the building to be affected. and upon
being so posted such notice shal~be deemed to be notice to
all persons of such intention: (Amended, 40 of 1965, s. 5)
Provided that in the case of an emergency such notice
shall be given as is practicable.

(b)The notice shall reproduce in clear and legible form
subsections (8), (10) and (11) in both the English and
Chinese languages. (Aniended, 23 of'1969, s. 6)
(3) [Deleted, 23 of1969, s. 61

(4) A Closure Order made under this section shall-

(a) specify the building to be closed. and

(b)order the closure thereof under the direction of a police
officer. (Amended, 23 of1969, s. 6)

(5)(a) Save with the permission in writing of the Building
Authority, no person. other than a public officer in the
course of his duty. shall enter or be in a building at any
time while a Closure Order is in force in respect of that
building.

(b)Where he thinks fit. the Building Authority may. subject to
such conditions as he thinks fit. by notice in writing permit
any person to enter and be in a building while a Closure
Order is in force in respect of that building.

(c)Any permission granted under paragraph (b) may be
cancelled by the Building Authority at any time and for
any reason.
(Replaced, 40 of 1965, s. 5)

(6) Where a Closure Order is in force in respect of a building-

(a)any police officer of or above the rank of inspector. with
such assistance as may be necessary, may remove there-
from any person who is in the building in contravention of
subsection (5)(a); and

(b)the Building Authority may seal, or cause to be sealed. all
or any of the entrances to or exits from the building.
(Added, 40 qf1965, s. 5)

(7) The Building Authority may recover from the owner of the
building the cost of any works that he carries out. or causes to be
carried out, under subsection (6)(b). (Added, 40 of1965, s. 5)

(8) A Closure Order shall remain in force in respect of a
building until the Building Authority has served a notice, to be
known as a notice of expiry of a Closure Order, by causing the same
to be posted upon a conspicuous part of the building to which it
relates and. subject to subsection (11 ). by serving a copy thereof
upon the owner.(Replaced, 23 of'1969, s. 6)





(9) Every notice of expiry of a Closure Order shall specify---

(a) the building to which it relates; and

(b) the date upon which the Closure Order expires.
(Replaced, 23 of 1969, s. 6)

(10) Where an owner has received a copy of a notice of expiry
of a Closure Order under subsection (8), such owner shall-

(a)cause copies thereof to be served upon all former occupiers
of the building who have notified him of their addresses;
and

(b)within 14 days of the date of such notice, serve upon the
Building Authority a certificate in such form as the Build-
ing Authority may specify, setting out-
(i) the names and addresses of such former occupiers of
the building as have notified him of their addresses, and
(ii) the date upon which each of such former occupiers
was served with a copy of the notice of expiry of the
Closure Order.
(Replaced, 23 of'1969. s. 6)

(11) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (8) as to
service of a copy of a notice of expiry of a Closure Order upon the
owner, where -

(a)the owner cannot be found or ascertained. or is absent
from the Colony, or is under a disability. or

(b)the notice of expiry of the Closure Order is served on the
completion of works by the Building Authority in accord-
ance with his powers in that behalf under section 26,

then the Building Authority shall cause copies of the notice of expiry
of the Closure Order to be-
(i) served upon all former occupiers of the building of whose
addresses he is aware; and
(ii) advertised in at least 1 English language newspaper and
1 Chinese language newspaper published in Hong Kong.
(Added, 23 of 1969, s. 6)

27A. (1) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority any
natural, formed or man-made land, or any earth-retaining structure.
has due to any cause been rendered so dangerous or liable to become
so dangerous that it will collapse. or be likely to collapse, either
totally or partially, and thereby will cause, or will be likely to cause,
a risk of injury to any person or damage to any property. the
Building Authority may by order in writing in the prescribed form
served on the owner of the land or structure. or on the person who
under the terms of a Crown lease is under an obligation to maintain
the land or structure, declare the land or structure to be dangerous
or liable to become dangerous.





(2) Such order may-

(a)require such investigation to be carried out as may be
specified therein,

(b)specify the work that must be done to make the land or
structure safe;

(c) require a fence or hoarding for the protection of the public;
and

(d)specify the time within which the work specified in the
order shall be commenced and the time within which it
shall be completed.

(3) Where the owner or person referred to in subsection (1)
cannot be found or fails to comply with the requirements of an order
served under this section, the Building Authority may carry out or
cause to be carried out the work specified in the order or such other work as he
considers to be necessary and the cost thereof shall be recoverable from
the owner or person.

(4) In cases of emergency the Building Authority may carry
out or cause to be carried out such work as may appert him to be
necessary either without notice to the owner or person referred to in
subsection (1 ), or before or after such notice, and so far as it is in the
opinion of the Building Authority attributable to such emergency
the cost thereof shall be recoverable from the owner or person. The
decision of the Building Authority that the particular case is one of
emergency shall be final and binding on all persons.
(Added, 72 of'1980, s. 10)

28. (1) All drainage works for any building shall, save as
provided by regulations, be carried out by the owner of such
building to the satisfaction of the Building Authority and in com-
pliance with regulations. (Amended, 44 (?1'1959, s. 12)

(2) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority any group
of buildings may be drained more advantageously in combination
than separately he may-

(a)by an order in writing served on the owners of such
buildings require to be carried out the necessary drainage
works under a combined plan approved by him., or

(b)carry out or cause to be carried out such works, and
recover the cost thereof from such owners.

(3) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority the drains
of any building are inadequate or in a defective or insanitary
condition he may-

(a)by an order in writing served on the owner of such building
require him to carry out such drainage works as the
Building Authority may deem necessary within such rea-
sonable time as may be specified in the order; or





carry out or cause to be carried out such works, and
recover the cost thereof from the owner.
(AnTended, 44 of'1959, s. 12)

28A. (1) For the purposes of this section and sections 28B,
28C and 28D---therelevant works- means the groundwater drainage
works considered necessary by the Building Authority under subsec-
tion (2), 'maintain' and 'maintenance- include respectively repair
and repairs, and 'successor', in relation to any person, means a
person who derives title under a disposition for valuable considera-
tion and any other successor in title.

(2) Where, in connexion with any building works in the
scheduled area, the Building Authority considers that groundwater
drainage works, whether or not extending beyond the boundaries of
the site upon which the building works are to be carried out, are
necessary, he may require plans prescribed by regulations to show
the relevant works notwithstanding that the relevant works extend
beyond those boundaries.

(3) Any approval by the Building Authority of plans showing
the relevant works shall include a requirement to maintain the
relevant works to the satisfaction of the Building Authority for any
period specified in the requirement; and section 28B shall apply in
relation to the maintenance of the relevant works as it applies in
relation to the carrying out of the works.
(A dded, 41 ol* 1982, s. 8)

28B. (1) Where the relevant works or any part thereof cannot
be carried out by reason of the objection or want of agreement
of any person whose property would be entered upon. cut through
or interfered with by or for the purpose of the works, the person
in connexion with whose building works any plans for the relevant
works have been approved or, as the case may be, any of his
successors may apply in the prescribed form to the Building Author-
ity for an order under this section authorizing him to carry out the
relevant works.

(2) Notice of the application, of the place where it can be
inspected and of the time, which shall be the period of 30 days
commencing with the date of service of the notice, within which
objections to the relevant works may be made to the Building
Authority shall be served by him in the prescribed form on every
person, not a party to the application, whose property is proposed to
be entered upon, cut through or interfered with:

Provided that, in the case of any such person who is not known,
it shall be sufficient notice to cause a copy of the notice to be
published under subsection (3).

(3) Without prejudice to section 35, the Building Authority
shall cause a copy of the notice required by subsection (2) to be
published once in the Gazette and once in 2 English language and
2 Chinese language daily newspapers.





(4) The Building Authority shall consider every objection to
the relevant works made to him within the lime specified in the
notice and not withdrawn and. by order in the prescribed form. may.
subject to such conditions as he considers necessary, authorize with
or without alteration the carrying out of the relevant works.

(5) Notice of any authorization under subsection (4) or of any,
refusal so to authorize shall be served by the Building Authority in
the prescribed form on every person required to be served wil a
notice under subsection (2).

(6) The person authorized under subsection (4) shall have
authority to carry out the relevant works and for that purpose to
enter upon any land specified in the authorization.

(7) An authorization granted under subsection (4) to any
person shall be deemed also to authorize any servant or agent of that
person. and the agent's servants.
(Added, 41 of1982, s. 8)

28C. ( 1 ) If a magistrate is satisfied by evidence on oath that
the entry upon any land or the carrying out or maintenance of
any groundwater drainage works by any person authorized under
section 2813(4) has been obstructed, he may upon application by or
on behalf of the person so authorized issue a warrant in the form in
the Sixth Schedule authorizin5,

(a)every person so authorized before the issue of the warrant
to enter upon the land on such occasions and at such times
as may be necessary for the purpose for which the authori-
zation under section 2813(4) was granted and to carry out
or maintain any such authorized works, and

(b)any police officer of or above the rank of inspector and any
otl:ier police officer acting under his direction to ente`r
upon the land in company with. and for the purpose of
preventing the obstruction of, any person authorized under
paragraph (a). and in the execution of the warrant any
such police officer may use such force as may be necessary.

(2) A copy, in the English language and in the Chinese
language, of any warrant issued under subsection (1) shall be posted
in a conspicuous position on the land to which it relates.
(Added, 41 of7982, s. 8)

28D. (1) Any damage to any land entered upon under section
2813(6) or 2SC(I) or to any property thereon. whether above or
below ground level, caused by or resulting from the carrying out or
maintenance of the relevant works shall be made good as soon as
practicable by the person authorized under section 2813(4).

(2) Any person who, by reason of the carrying out or main-
tenance of the relevant works, suftrs any loss or damage to any
land or property entered upon, cut through or interfered with shall
be entitled to recover compensation from the person in connexion





with those building works the relevant works are carried out or
maintained or, as the case may be. from any of his successors.

(3) Where any dispute arises as to---

(a) whether compensation is payable under this section:

(b) the amount of any such compensation~ or

(c) the person by or to whom it is payable,

any person who, by reason of the carrying ou t or maintenance of the
relevant works, has suffered any loss or darnage to any, land or
property entered upon. cut through or interfered with may apply, to
the Lands Tribunal to hear and determine the dispute. except where
he and the person in connexion with whose building works the
relevant works are carried out or maintained or. as the case mav be.
any of that person's successors have entered into an agreement in
writing for the payment of an ascertained amount of compensation.

(4) An application under subsection (3) max. be made ,klthin 3
years of the date on which the loss or darnage,,vas suffered or,,kithin
Z~
such extended time as the Lands Tribunal mav in its discretion
allow.

(5) The Lands Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to hear and
determine any application under subsection (3): and in the applica-
tion of the Lands Tribunal Ordinance to any such determination.
section 11(1)ofthat Ordinance shall h~ixectYeet as if forpara:graphs
(a) and (b) thereof there were substituted the words---anyapplication
under section 2SID(3) of the Buildings Ordinance---.
(Added, 41 ol'1982. s. 8)

29. (1) Every private street and access road shall be surfaced.
channelled. sewered and drained to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority and in compliance with regulations and lighted to the
satisfaction of the Building Authority. and shall be maintained in
good order to his satisfaction, by the frontagers.

(2) Where any private street or access road is not so surfaced.
channelled, sewered, drained, lighted or maintained in good order,
the Building Authority-

(a)may by order in writing served on the frontagers require
them to carry out. within such time as may be specified
therein, such work as he considers necessary,' or

(b)where. in the case of a private street, the public interest
would, in his opinion, be better served if such work 'ere
carried out by him or under his direction, may. subject to
the provisions of subsection (3), carry out such work
himself, notwithstanding that the frontagers may be xkill-
ing to carry out such work.

(3)(a) Where, pursuant to the provisions of subsection (2)(b)
the Building Authority intends to carry out any work. he
shall give notice of his intention to the frontagers.





(b)Any such frontager who wishes to object to the carrying
out of such work by the Building Authority shall give
notice of his objection, specifying the grounds thereof,
within a period of 14 days from the giving of the notice
required by paragraph (a).

(e)The Building Authority shall not commence or authorize
the commencement of such work until the expiration of the
said period of 14 days or. where he has received any
objection within such period, until he has considered and
made reply thereto, whichever is the later.

(4) If any order made under subsection (2)(a) is not complied
with, the Building Authority may carry out or cause to be carried
out the work required thereby to be carried out.

(5) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority a private
street or access road has been rendered dangerous or liable to
become dangerous and emergency has thereby arisen, he may carry
out or cause to be carried out such work as may appear to him to
be necessary, either without notice to the frontagers or before or
after such notice. The decision of the Building Authority that the
particular case is one of emergency shall be final and binding on all
persons. (Ackled, 40 (?f* 1965, s.6)

(6) The Building Authority may recover the cost of any work
carried out pursuant to the provisions of subsection (2)(b) or of
subsection (4), or the cost of any work carried out pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (5) so far as it is in his opinion attributable
to the emergency, from the frontagers; and the Building Authority
shall apportion such cost- (Aniended, 40 qf 1965, s. 6)

(a)in the case of private streets. according to the frontages of
the premises owned by such frontagers; or

(b)in the case of an access road, in proportion to the areas of
the lots to which the road provides access. (Replaced, 317
(?1'1961,,y. 4)

(7)(a) Upon the application of the frontager on a private
street or, where there are more than one of the greater part
in value of such frontagers, the Building Authority may,
where he considers that the use of the street by the public is
such as to justify its maintenance at the expense of the
Government, undertake the further maintenance of the
street.

(b)The Building Authority shall not undertake the further
maintenance of any private street until-
(i) the owner or owners of the land on which the street
is constructed have surrendered such land to the Govern-
ment free from all competing rights, titles, interests. trusts.
claims, liens, demands and restrictions of all kinds what-
soever; and
(ii) any order which he may have made under subsec-
tion (2)(a) has been complied with.





(8) The Building Authority may exempt from the application
of this section, either wholly or in part, any private street on which
no buildings front or abut.

(9) The cost of the supply of gas or electricity for the lighting
of any private street. and the cost of maintaining all apparatus
required for such purpose shall be borne by the Government.
(Amended, 37 qf'1961, s. 4)

(10) Where the Building Authority certifies that the lighting of
an access road is in the public interest on the grounds of public
safety, good order and security, the cost of the supply of gas or
electricity for the lighting of the access road and the cost of
maintaining all apparatus required for such purposes shall be borne
by the Government. (Add
(Replaced, 44 of* 1959, s. 13)

30. (1) Save where the Building Authority has given his
consent-

(a) under this section, or

(b)for the commencement of building works or street works
which include such works,

no person shall carry out works for the construction. formation,
laying out, or alteration of any means of access or opening to or
from any street.

(2) The Building Authority may refuse to give his consent for
such works where in his opinion the intended access or opening to or
from any street is such as to-

(a) be dangerous or likely to be dangerous; or

(b)be prejudicial to the safety or convenience of traffic or
pedestrians using or expected to use such street.

(3) In giving his consent the Building Authority may by order
in writing impose such conditions as he considers necessary for
securing the safety and convenience of traffic and pedestrians using
or expected to use the street.

(4) Works for the construction, formation, laying out or
alteration of any means of access or opening to or from any street
shall be deemed to be street works for the purposes of sections 22,
23. 24, 33, 35. 37, and Parts IV, V and VI.
(Added, 44 of1959, s. 13)

PART III

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

31. (1) Save where exempted by the Building Authority no
building or other structure shall be erected in. over or upon any
portion of any street whether or not on land held under lease from
the Crown.





(2) Where in the opinion of the Building Authority the public
interest so requires he may--

(a)by order in writing served on the owner of the building any
part of which projects, or attached to which is any projec-
tion, over any street or unleased Crown land require the
alteration or removal of such projection within 3 months
from the service of the order or within such lesser period as
the Building Authority may deem necessary in the circum-
stances, or

(b)carry out or cause to be carried out such alteration or
removal and, except in the case of a projection over a street
held on lease from the Crown, recover the cost thereof
from such owner.

(3) Where---

(a)no exemption is granted by the Building Authority under
section 42 for the re-erection over or upon any portion of a
street held on lease from the Crown of a building which
had been so built under the provisions of this or any earlier
enactment. or

(b)the Building Authority exercises his power under subsec-
tion (2) to require the alteration or removal of. or alters or
removes any projection built under the provisions of this
or any earlier enactment over any street or unleased Crown
land.

compensation shall be paid by the Government to the owner of such
building. (Aniended, 23 of'1969, s. 7)

(4) Any dispute as to whether any compensation is payable
or as to the amount of such compensation shall. in default of
agreement. be determined by arbitration in accordance with the
provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance.

32. (1) The Building Authority may affix to or paint or cause
to be affixed to or painted on any building which fronts or abuts on
any street the name of such street.

(2) The Building Authority orcompetent authority may by an
order in writing served on the owning which fronts
or abuts on ariv street require such building to be marked with
the number allocated by, and in such manner as may be prescribed
by the competent authority, for the purpose of distinguishing such
building. For the purposes of this subsection the competent au-
thority shall be- (Amended, 44 of 1959, s. 14)

(a) in the case of the island of Hong Kong, Ap Lei Chau.
Kowloon and New Kowloon. the Commissioner of Rating
and Valuation;

(b) in the case of the New Territories (not including New
Kowloon),the Director of Island. (Ametided, L.N. 94/74,)
L.N. 17 82 and L.N. 76'82)





(3) No person shall obscure or deface any street name or
building number.

33. (1) In any case where under this Ordinance the Building
Authority is authorized to recover the cost of works carried out by
him or caused to be carried out by himAbe may certify under his
hand the cost due and names of the persons liable therefor, and may
by such certificate apportion such cost among such persons.

(2) Such cost may include-

(a)the cost of materials supplied by the Building Authority
for the purpose of carrying out such works.. and

(b) supervision charges.

(3) A copy of the Building Authority's certificate shall be
served upon each person affected thereby.

(4) Interest at the rate of 10 per cent per annion from the expiry
of 1 month from the date of such service shall be recoverable as part
of such cost.

(5) The payment of such cost by any person shall be without
prejudice to his right to recover the same from any person liable to
pay the expenses of the repair of, or of other building works in
connexion with, any building or land. ( A mended, 72 of] 980. s. 11

(6) Without prejudice to any other remedy of the Building
Authority for the recovery of such cost, the same may be recovered
as a debt due to the Crown. (Replaced, 13 of1966, Schedule)

(7) The writ of summons in connexion with such action shall
be taken to have been duly served if it appears. to the satisfaction of
the Court, that the writ was left at the defendant's residence or place
of business, or in case the same is unknown, that it was left at the
building or on the land in respect of which the claim is made.
(Amended, 72 of 1980, s. 11)

(8) A certificate purporting to be under the hand of the
Building Authority, made under the provisions of subsection (1),
and setting forth that the cost claimed is due or payable to the
Building Authority and that the person sued is liable for the
payment thereof, and specifying the nature and particulars of the
claim shall be prima.f~cie evidence of the facts certified therein and
of the signature of the Building Authority thereto.

(9) At any time before such costs and any interest accrued
thereon has been wholly recovered, a memorial of the certificate
referred to in subsection (1) may be registered in the Land Office
against the title of any premises or land in respect of which such cost
arose, and upon such registration the cost and any interest accrued
or thereafter accruing shall-

(a)be recoverable by action in Court in accordance with the
provisions of this section from any person who from such





Land Office register then or thereafter appears to be the
owner of such premises or land:

Provided that-
(1) the amount recovered by virtue of this subsection
shall not exceed the value of that person's interest in the
premises or land charged; and
(ii) where the amount so recovered is equal to the value
of the premises or land the charge created under paragraph
(b) shall become void; and

(h)constitute a first charge on the said premises or land which
shall give the Building Authority the same powers and
remedies in respect thereof as if he were a mortgagee under
a mortgage by deed in common form having power of sale
and lease and of appointing a receiver: (Amended, 37 of
1961,s.5)

Provided that the charge shall be void and no liability shall
accrue under this subsection against a hona fide purchaser or
mortgagee of the premises or land for valuable consideration who,
subsequent to the completion of the works specified in the certificate
and before the registration of the memorial thereof, has acquired
and registered an interest in the premises or land to be charged.
(Replaced, 44 of1959, s. 15. Amended, 72 of'1980, s. 11)

(10) Upon the recovery of any sum under this section the
Building Authority shall lodge in the Land Office an appropriate
memorial of satisfaction against any memorial lodged there by him
under subsection (9).
(Amended, 13 qf 1966, Schedule)

34. Where the Building Authority has/arried out or caused to
be carried out works under section 24, 24A, 26 or 27A he may
dispose of any materials resulting from such work.
(Added, 23 of1969, s. 8. .4mended, 72 of1980, s. 12)

CS 35. Any notice. order or certificate required to be served under
this Ordinance may be served by serving a copy-

(a) personally; or

(b)by registered post addressed to the last known place of
business or residence of the person to be served, or

(c)by leaving the same with an adult occupier of the premises
or land to which the notice or order relates or by posting
the same upon a conspicuous part of such premises or
land: (Amended, 72 of1980, s. 13)

Provided that in addition to or in substitution for any such
method of service the publication in the Ga:ette of any such notice
or order together with the available particulars of the person to
whom it is addressed shall be deemed to be good service.





36. (1) A copy, certified by the Building Authority or any
public officer authorized by him in writing in that behalf as a true
copy, of any document made, issued or given under or for the
purposes of this Ordinance or the Buildings Ordinance 1935, shall be
admissible in evidence in any legal proceeding in every case in which
the original could have been received in evidence.

(2) Any such copy which purports to be certified by the
Building Authority or any such public officer shall be deemed to
have been so certified until the contrary is proved.

(3) The Building Authority or any public officer authorized by
him may, upon payment of the prescribed fee, certify and issue any
such copy to any person requiring the same.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to affect any claim
of the Crown to withhold any document on the ground that its
production would be contrary to the public interest.
(A dded, 44 of* 19-59, s. 17)

37. (1) No liability shall rest upon Government or upon any
public officer by reason of the fact that any building works are
carried out in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance or
that such building works or the plans thereof or materials therefor
are subject to inspection or approval by a public officer, nor shall
anything in this Ordinance make it obligatory for the Building
Authority to inspect any building, building works or materials or the
site of any proposed building to ascertain that the provisions of this
Ordinance are complied with or that plans, certificates and notices
submitted to him are accurate.

(2) No matter or thing done by the Building Authority or by
any public officer acting under his direction shall if it were done bona
fide for the purpose of executing this Ordinance subject him or such
public officer personally to any action, liability, claim or demand
whatsoever.

(3) Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall exempt any
person from any proceeding by way of mandamus, injunction,
prohibition or other order unless it is expressly so enacted.
(Amended, 31 of'1966, s. 102)

38. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide
for-

(a) registration and control of-
(i) authorized persons;
(ii) registered structural engineers,
(iii) registered contractors,
(iv) registered lift contractors;
(v) registered escalator contractors;
(vi) registered ventilation contractors; (Replaced, 52
of 1974, s. 10)





(b)the manner of making application for and granting of
approval of plans of building works or street works, and
the giving of consent to commence or carry on such works,
including cases where it is desired-
(1) to add to or alter building works or street works the
commencement of which has already been consented to, or
(ii) to commence certain parts of building works or
street works before other parts;
(ba) the planning, design and construction of site formation
works; (Added, 72 t~f 1980, s. 14)

(bb) the planning, design and carrying out of ground investiga-
tion in the scheduled area; (A dded, 41 of 1982, s. 9)

(c.) planning and design of buildings including-
(1) streets;
(ii) projections;
(Iii) heights, site coverage, plot ratio and open spaces
including service lanes; (Amended, 23 of 1969, s. 9)
(iv) lighting and ventilation;
(v) sanitation;
(vi) staircases and fire-escapes.
(vii) domestic buildings.
(viii) buildings for special uses including industrial
buildings, places of public entertainment and schools.,
(ix) any seawall, breakwater. jetty. mole. quay, wharf
or pier;
(x) exceptional structures;
(xi) timber yards and hoardings.. and (Amended, 23 qf'
1969,s. 9)
(xii) fire fighting equipment: (Added. 37 qf1961, s. 6)

(cl) the construction of buildings including-
(i) materials;
(ii) loads and stresses;
(iii) foundations, floors and sites;
(iv) walls and piers;
(v) roofs, flues and chimneys;
(vi) structural steel work, reinforced concrete, and
timber;
(vii) fire-resisting construction;
(viii) retaining walls,
(ix) plumbing and drainage,
(x) wells,
(xi) lifts and escalators; and
(xii) refuse chutes and refuse storage chambers;
(Amended, 32 qf1984, s. 2)





(e)the supply of water to buildings for all purposes. including
the connexion thereof to buildings and the arrangement.
size, construction and type of piping therefor and the
power of the Building Authority to require that the supply
of water be obtained from a particular source or to
prohibit or restrict the supply of water from any particular
sources; (Added, 16 o0966, s. 9)

lifts and escalators, including the carrying out of other
works in connexion with lift works;

(g)the construction, inspection. testing and safe working of
ventilating systems; (Added, 27 qf'1964, s. 5)

(h) the testing of drainage works and matters ancillary thereto;

(i)the demolition of buildings and the safety precautions to
be taken in respect thereof. ~.4dtieti, 37 of'1961, s. 6)

(ia)the design, construction, licensing. inspection, testing and
maintenance of oil storage installations and matters con-
nected therewith, including the imposition of restrictions
and conditions relating to the use of such installations for
the storage of oil and petroleum products.. prohibiting the
use of any oil storage installation. requiring any oil and
petroleum products to be removed from any oil storage
installation, the seizure. removal and detention of any oil
and petroleum products not removed from any oil storage
installation as required. the power of entry', inspection and
examination, and for the establishment of a Standing
Advisory Committee to advise the Building Authority on
such matters relating to oil storage installations as may be
specified in the regulations., (Added, 16 ol' 1978. s. 3.
Amended, 5 of'1983, s. 3)

the granting of permits for and control of buildings re-
quired for a limited time or constructed of short-lived
materials;

(k)plans, notices and certificates to be delivered to the Build-
ing Authority,

(1) fees;

(m) forms;

(n)the better carrying into effect of the provisions of this
Ordinance. (Replaced, 44 of 1959, s. 18i
(2) Such regulations may provide for the carrying out by the
Building Authority of all building works required to be carrie~ out
therein, and for the recovery of the costs thereof from the person
required to carry out such building works.

(3)(a) Such regulations may provide that where the Building
Authority issues permits thereunder he may-
(i) endorse conditions on such permits;
(ii) cancel such permits for breaches thereof, and





(iii) require the permittee to deposit a sum not exceed-
ing $500 as security for the due compliance with such
conditions.

(b)Upon the breach of any such condition, any deposit
required by this subsection shall upon application to a
magistrate be declared by him to be forfeited to the Crown.
(4) Regulations under this section may provide that a contra-
vention of any specified provision thereof shall be an offence and
may prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of 5100,000 and
imprisonment for 2 years. (Replaced, 24 of 1979, s. 2)
(5) Such regulations shall be published once in the Gazette at
least 3 weeks before coming into operation:

Provided that where the Governor in Council deems it expedi-
ent such publication may be dispensed with.
(Amended, 44 of 1959, s. 18)

39. (1) Any regulations made under this Ordinance may
provide that where plans of building works, street works, lift works
or escalator works are submitted to the Building Authority within
such period from the coming into operation of the regulations as
may be prescribed therein, he may approve any such plans which
comply with the provisions of the law before the coming into
operation of such regulations and may give consent to the com-
mencement of the works shown therein; and the provisions of
subsection (2) shall apply to such works and to any building which
may be erected, any street or access road which may be formed,
constructed or laid out or any lift or escalator installed in conse-
quence thereof.
(2) Where at the date of the coming into operation of any
regulations made under this Ordinance any building works, street
works, lift works or escalator works are being carried out or consent
to their commencement has been given the provisions of the law
prior to the coming into operation of such regulations shall apply to
such works:

Provided that in the exercise of his powers under section 20 the
Building Authority may require compliance with such regulations
coming into operation since the giving of his consent to the com-
mencement of the works in respect of which he is exercising such
powers.
(Added, 44 of 1959, s. 19)

PART IV

OFFENCES

40. (1) Any person who contravenes section 14(1) or 21(1)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction-

(a)to a fine of 5100,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years;
and





(h) to a fine of $5.000 foreach day during which it is proved to
the satisfaction of the court that the offence has continued.
(Replaced, 24 qf 1979, s. 3) (i,-f )

(1A) Any person who contravenes section 22(2)(a),or 27(5)(a)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Added, 24 of 1979,
s.3)

(1B) Any person who-

(a) contravenes section 30(1) or 31(1), or

(b)without reasonable excuse, falls to comply with an order
served on him under section 19(2), 20(2), 22(3). 23, 24(1),
25(2), 26(1), 27A(I), 28(2)(a) or (3)(a), 29(2)(a), 30(3) or
31(2)(a),
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction-
(1) to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year: and
(ii)in the case of an offence consisting of a failure to comply
with an order served on him under section 23, 24(1). 25(2),
26(1) or 27A(I) to a further fine of 55,000 for each day
during which it is proved to the satisfaction of the court
that the failure to comply with the order has continued.
(Added, 24 of 1979, s. 3. Amended, 72 of1980, s. 15)

(1C) Any person who---

(a)without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with an order
served on him under ec ' on 32(2); or
(b) contravenes section 32(3),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Added, 24 of1979,
s.3)

(ID) Anyownerwho-

(a)fails to serve upon all former occupiers who have notified
him of their addresses, the copies required to be served
under section 27(10)(a); or

(b)fails to serve upon the Building Authority the certificate
required to be served under section 27(10)(h),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Added,45 q/ 1985,
s. 2)

(2) Any person who-

(a)fails to give any notice required to be given under sec-
tion 25(1);
(b)contravenes any condition of a permit granted by the
Building Authority under section 42; or

(c)obstructs the Building Authority, any officer authorized by
him, any other public officer, a committee of review





appointed under section 50 or any member of such com-
mittee of review. in the exercise of his or its powers under
this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall. without prejudice to any other
penalty, be liable on conviction to a fine of SI 0,000 and to imprison-
ment for 6 months. (Replaced, 24 qf'1979, s. 3)

(2A) Any person for whom any building works, street works,
lift works or escalator works are being carried out and any author-
ized person, registered structural engineer, registered contractor,
registered lift contractor or registered escalator contractor directly
concerned with any such works who-

(a)permits or authorizes to be incorporated in or used in the
carrying out of any such works any materials which-
0) are defective or do not comply with the provisions of
this Ordinance;
(ii) have not been mixed, prepared, applied. used,
erected. constructed. placed or fixed in the manner required
for such materials under this Ordinance;

(b)diverges or deviates in any material way from any work
shown in a plan approved by the Building Authority under
this Ordinance. or

(c)knoxkingl~,' misrepresents a material fact in any plan, cer-
tificate, form or notice given to the Building Authority
under this Ordinance. (Replaced, 24 of'1979, s. 3)

shall be guilty of an ofTence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of S250,000 and to imprisonment for 3 years. (Amended, 24 of
1979, N. 3)

(2AA) Any authorized person or registered structural engineer
who contravenes section 4(3)(b). or any registered contractor who
contravenes section 9(3)(b), shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of S250.000 and to imprisonment for 3
years:

Provided that it shall be a defence in any prosecution for a
contravention of any section referred to in this subsection for the
person charged to prove to the satisfaction of the court that he did
not know, nor could reasonably have discovered. the contravention
referred to in the charge. (Added, 24 of'1979, s. 3)

(2AB) Any person (whether or not an authorized person, a
registered structural engineer or a registered contractor) directly
concerned with any building works or street works set out in items
1. 2, 3. 4, 5 and 6 of Column A in the table to section 17(1) who
contravenes any condition imposed. or fails to comply with any
requirement of an order in writing, under that section in respect
of such building works or street works, or the plans thereof, shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of S50.000 and to imprisonment for 1 year. (Added, 72 of 1980,
s. 15)





(2AC) Any person (whether or not an authorized person, a
registered structural engineer or a registered contractor) directly
concerned with any site formation works, piling works. excavation
works or foundation works who contravenes any condition imposed
under item 7 in the table to section 17(1 ) in respect of such works, or
the plans thereof, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $250,000 and to imprisonment for 3 years.
(Added. 72 qf 1980, s. 15)
(213) Any person (whether or not an authorized person. a
registered structural engineer or a registered contractor) directly
concerned with any site formation works, piling works, foundation
works or other form of building works who-
(a)carries out or has carried out such works. or authorizes or
permits or has authorized or permitted such works to be
carried out, in such manner that it causes injury to any
person or damage to any property; or
(b)carries out or has carried out such works. or authorizes or
permits or has authorized or permitted such works to be
carried out. in such manner as is likely to cause a risk of
injury to any person or damage to any property,
shall be guilty of an otTence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $250,000 and to imprisonment for 3 years. (Replaced, 24 ol'
1979,s.3)
(2Q Any person who, without reasonable excuse. fails to
comply with an order served on him under section 24A, shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction-

(a)to a fine of 5250,000 and to imprisonment for 3 years;
and

(b)to a fine of $50,000 for each day during which it is proved
to the satisfaction of the court that the failure to comply
with the order has continued. (Added, 71 of' 1972, s. 5.
Amended, 24 qf 1979, s. 3)
(3) Any person who unlawfully and maliciously removes, pulls
down, demolishes or damages, or in any way whatsoever interferes
with, any shoring erected for a building pursuant to section 18(1) or
any groundwater drainage works carried out pursuant to section
28A shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of
$50,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year. (Added,'27 of 1964, s. 6.
Amended, 24 qf 1979, s. 3 and 41 qf 1982, s. 10)
(M) Any person who without reasonable excuse fails to
comply with a requirement imposed under section 28A to maintain
groundwater drainage works shall be guilty of an offence and shall
be liable to a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for 1 year and to a
further fine of $5,000 for each day during which it is proved to the
satisfaction of the court that the failure to comply with the require-
ment has continued. (Added, 41 qf'1982, s. 10)
(4) Any person who, after a copy of a warrant issued under
section 18(6)(c) has been posted in accordance with section 18(6)(d),





obstructs the entry to the building specified in such warrant of any
police officer or other person authorized by such warrant to enter the
same shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of
550,000 and to imprisonment for 1 Year. (Added, 40 Qf 1965, s. 7.
Amended, 24 of 1979,s. 3)
(4A) Any person who, after a copy of warrant issued under
section 28C has been posted under subsection (2) of that section,
obstructs the entry upon the land specified in the warrant by any
police officer or other person authorized by the warrant to enter
upon the land or obstructs the carrying out or maintenance of any
groundwater drainage works by any person authorized by the
warrant to carry out or maintain the works shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment
for 1 year. (Added, 41 of1982, s. 10)
(5) Any person. being a person directly concerned in or with
any building works, street works, lift works or escalator works, who
permits the commission of any offence specified in this section shall
be deemed to be guilty of such offence and shall be liable to the
penalty prescribed therefor. (Replaced, 44 qf 1959, s. 20)
(6) Where an offence under this Ordinance has been com-
mitted by a body corporate, a partnership or association of
persons unincorporated. any person who at the time of the com-
mission of the offence was a director. manager. partner, secretary
or other similar officer thereof. or was purporting to act in an~
such capacity, shall also be deemed guilty of such offence unless
he proves that the offence was committed without his consent or
connivance, and that he exercised all such diligence to prevent the
commission of the offence as he ought to have exercised having
regard to the nature of his functions in that capacity and to all the
circumstances.

(7) Where anything is required to be done by the owner of a
building. and by virtue of section 2 there is more than one owner of
such building. it shall be a defence to any charge of failing to do that
thing---
(a)that such thing was done by another owner of the building;
or
(b)that any notice or order in respect of such thing required
under this Ordinance to be served on the owner was served
on another owner of the building and not on the person
charged.

(7A) Where anything is required to be done by an owner of
land or by a person referred to in section 27A(I), it shall be a defence
to any charge of failing to do that thing that any notice or order in
respect of such thing required under this Ordinance to be served on
the owner or on such person was served on another owner of the
land or on another such person and not on the person charged.
(Added, 72 of'1980, s. 15)
(8) Any prosecution under the provisions of this Ordinance
may be commenced within 6 months of the commission of the





offence or within 6 months of the same being discovered by or
coming to the notice of the Building Authority. (Added, 44
1959,s.20)

PART V

EXEMPTIONS

41. (1) The following shall be exempt from the provisions of
this Ordinance-

(a) buildings belonging to the Crown or to the Government.

(aa) subject to section 18(2) and (3) of the Housing Ordinance.
buildings upon any land vested in the Housing Authority
or over which the Housing Authority has control and
management, (Added, 23 of'1973, s. 36. Amended, 33 of
1978,s. 13)

(b)buildings upon any land vested in any person on behalf of
Her Majesty's naval, military or air force services:

(ba) any land vested in the Housing Authority or in any person
on behalf of Her Majesty's naval. military or air force
services, and any unleased land within the meaning of the
Crown Land Ordinance other than such unleased land in
respect of which a person is, under the terms of a Crown
lease, under an obligation to maintain; (Added, 72 of'
1980,s. 16)

(c)any street or access road vested in and maintained by the
Crown or the Government: (Added, 44 of 1959,s. 21)

Provided that the provisions of this Ordinance relating to
projections over or upon any portion of any street whether or not on
land held under lease from the Crown and to hoardings shall apply
to all buildings. (Amended, 23 qf'1969, s. 10)

(2) Save as otherwise provided, no alteration shall be required
to any existing building, private street, access road or lift erected or
constructed in accordance with the laws of the Colony or to any
existing escalator. (Replaced, 44 qf 1959, s. 21)

(3) Building works other than drainage works, ground investi-
gation in the scheduled area3or site formation works not involving
the structure of any building may be carried out in any building
without application to or approval from the Building Authority:
(Amended, 44 qf 1959, s. 21 and 41 qf* 1982, s. 11)

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall permit any
building works to be carried out in contravention of any regulation.

(4) The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply to any
temporary building to be kept or used as a place of public entertain-
ment. (Added, 7 of 1970, s. 7)





42. (1) Wherein the opinion of the Building Authority special
circumstances render it desirable he may, on receipt of an applica-
tion therefor and upon payment of the prescribed fee, permit by
notice in writing in the prescribed form modifications of the provi-
sions of this Ordinance. (Amended, 44 of 1959, s. 22)

(2) Every application for an exemption under this section shall
be in the prescribed form, and shall be considered on its own merits
by the Building Authority who shall not be required to take account
of exemptions granted in the past. (Amended, 44 qf 1959, s. 22)

(3) A permit granted under this section may contain such
conditions as the Building Authority shall deem necessary.

(4) No such permit shall be granted to the prejudice of the
standard of structural stability and public health established from
time to time by regulations.

(5) This section shall not apply to section 14. (Replaced, 44
(of'1959, s. 22)

(6) The breach of or failure to perform or to consent to any
condition attached to a modification or exemption granted under
this section shall render such modification or exemption invalid, and
thereupon the purported grant of such modification or exemption
shall be no defence to any proceedings for non-compliance with the
provisions of this Ordinance.

PART VI

APPEALS

43. (1) The Governor may appoint from time to time an
appeal tribunal (hereinafter referred to as the tribunal) for the
purpose of determining appeals by persons prejudiced by a decision
of the Building Authority in the exercise of his discretion in respect
of any act, matter or thing which is by this Ordinance made subject
to the exercise of such discretion (hereinafter referred to as an
appeal).

(2) The tribunal shall consist of not less than 3 members
appointed by the Governor. of whom one shall be nominated by the
Building Authority, one shall be an authorized person and one shall
be appointed to represent property owners. (Amended, 44 qf 1959,
s. 23, and 52 of l974, s. 12)

(3) Members of the tribunal shall be remunerated at a rate
according to the amount of work, time occupied and magnitude of
the interests involved, and such remuneration shall be determined in
each case by the Governor;

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall authorize the
payment of remuneration to any person employed full time in any
office of emolument under the Crown.





44. (1) Subject to section 47, any person prejudiced in the
manner set out in section 43(1) mav institute an appeal and such
appeal shall be determined by the tribunal by a majority vote
in the manner provided in the First Schedule; (Amended 44 of 1959, s. 24
and 40 of 1965, s. 8)

Provided that no appeal shall lie where the same Aould in~ol~c
interference with building works already commenced at the time of
lodging such appeal.

(2) For the purposes of such determination the tribunal shall
have all such powers as are vested in the High Court in respect
of

(a) enforcing the attendance of witnesses and examining them
upon oath or otherwise;

(b) compelling the production of documents.

(c) ordering an inspection of prernises; and

(d) entering upon and viewing premises.

45. Where the Building Authority is given notice of appeal in
the manner prescribed in the First Schedile lie shall not carry out
nor permit the carrying out of the decision to xxhich such appeal
relates until such appeil has been determined:

Provided that this section shall riot apply where after receipt of
the notice of appeal the Building Authority by a counter-notice in
writing served on the person appealing certifies that an emergency,
requires the doing of the acts or other things specified in the
counter-notice.

46. (1) The determination of the tribunal shall be final and
not liable to be set aside for irregularity or error in matter of form.
except where the Building Authority certifies in writing that in his
opinion such determination involves a matter of Government policy
and gives notice to the Chief Secretary and the parties concerne~
within 14 days of such determination.

(2) Where a notice has been received by, the Chief Secretary
under subsection (1) the Governor in Council may, review the
determination to which such notice relates and for that purpose may
call for the record of proceedings before the tribunal and for the
written representations of such parties as he may require.

(3) Upon the review of such determination the Governor in
Council may confirm or set aside the same. and may give such
direction to the Building Authority as he may see fit. The decision
of the Governor in Council shall be final.

(4) Where a notice has been given under subsection (1). no
building works may be carried out in respect of the building which is
the subject matter of the determination of the tribunal. until the
Governor in Council has-





(a) reviewed such determination; or

(b) decided not to review such determination.
1 A dded, 23 of 196 9, s. 11

47. A person shall not be entitled to appeal to the tribunal
from a decision of the Building Authority-

(a)if there has been an appeal from the decision to the panel
under section 50; or

(b)if the decision was made in compliance with directions of a
committee of review given under section 50(8).
(Added, 40 ol'1965, s. 9)

48. Nothing in this Part shall authorize the award or payment
of compensation to any person.

PART VII

REVIEW OF: CERTAP, DECISIONS ov BuiLD1-,(; At THORITY

49. (1) The Governor may appoint such authorized persons
as he thinks fit to be members of a panel (hereinafter referred to as
the panel) from which committees of revie~k may be appointed as
necessar\ for the purposes of section 50.

(2) A member of the panel may resign at any time by giving 1
month's notice in writing to the Building Authority of his intention
to resign. and the Governor may at any time an~ for any. reason
whatsoever terminate the appointment of any. authorized person to
be a member of the panel.
1,4dded, 40 ol 196~, s. 10. Aniended. 52 of 1974, s. 13

50. (1) Subject to section 51. any, person prejudiced by. the
refusal of the Building Authority. in exercise of the powers conferred
by section 16(])(/) or (m) or section 16(4) or (5). to approve plans of
building works or to consent to the commencement of building
works, or prejudiced by conditions prescribed by the Building
Authority in exercise of the power conferred by item 7 in the table to
section 17, may appeal to the panel. by notice in writing to the
Building Authority stating the substance of the matter to which the
appeal relates. within 14 days of the decision of the Building
Authority.

(2) Whenever an appeal is duly made under subsection (1). the
Chief Secretary shall, at the request of the Building Authority.
appoint a committee of review consisting of 3 members of the panel
(hereinafter referred to as a committee of review) to consider and
determine the appeal. and may appoint one of the members of the
committee of revic~k to be the chairman thereof.

(3) The Building Authority shall serve upon the owner of
every building and the owner of any land that he considers may be





affected by the determination of a committee of revieA upon an
appeal a notice informing him that the appeal has been made and
calling upon him to notify the Building Authority. within 3 days. if
he wishes to make representations to the committee of review.
(Amended, 72 qf'1980, s. 17)

(4) Subject to the provisions of this section, the procedure of a
committee of review upon an appeal shall be such as the committee
of review may determine, and neither the appellant nor the Building
Authority nor any other person shall be represented in any proceed-
ings of or before a committee of review by counsel or a solicitor.

(5) A committee of review shall afford to the appellant and the
Building Authority and any other person who has duly notified the
Building Authority that he wishes to make representations to the
committee of review (each of whom is hereinafter referred to in this
subsection as a party) an opportunity of making representations and
of calling witnesses, and any party may Put to a 'Itness called b,,
any other party such questions as the committee of re~.~ickk thinks fit,
but no party shall be entitled to put questions to any witness
examined by the committee of review. or any member of the
committee of review, but not called by a party.

(6) Any question coming before a committee of review shall he
determined by the vote of the majority of the members of the
committee.

(7) For the purpose of exercising its functions under this
section, a committee of review, and any member of a committee of
review, may enter and inspect any premises or land that the
committee of review considers necessary and may make such open-
ings or take such reasonable samples as the committee of review or
such member considers necessary, and any public officer acting on
the directions of a committee of review, or a member of a committee
of review, may remove anything in or about such premises or land
that may obstruct the inspection by the committee of review or such
member of the premises or land or any part thereof and may make
such openings or take such reasonable samples as the committee of
review or such member considers necessary. and for any of those
purposes may enter such premises or land or any part thereof.
(Amended, 72 qf* 1980, s. 17)

(8) A committee of review may confirm the decision of the
Building Authority from which an appeal is made or in any of the
cases specified in subsection (10) may-

(a)give such directions to the Building Authority as to the
exercise of his powers under this Ordinance as may be
necessary to give effect to its determination~ and

(b)require the imposition by the Building Authority under
section 17(2) of such conditions as it considers necessary.

(9) Subject to subsection (12)(d), it shall be the duty of the
Building Authority to comply with directions given to him by a
committee of review under subsection (8)(ci) so far as the powers





conferred on him by this Ordinance enable him to do so, notwith-
standing that he may not agree with the determination of the
committee of review.

(10) A committee of review may exercise the powers conferred
by subsection (8)(a) and (b) in any of the following cases, that is to
say---

(a)if, in the case of an appeal from a decision of the Building
Authority in exercise of the power conferred by section
16(1)(1) or (m) or section 16(4), the committee of review is
satisfied that the demolition of the building or the carrying
out of the site formation works, piling works, excavation
works or foundation works or the carrying out of the
building works, as the case may be-
(i) will not cause, and will not be likely to cause, a total
or partial collapse of any adjoining or other building. street
or natural, formed or man-made land; and
(ii) will not render, and will not be likely to render, any
adjoining or other building, street or natural, formed or
man-made land so dangerous that it will collapse or be
likely to collapse, either totally or partially; or

(b)if. in the case of any such appeal as aforesaid, the commit-
tee of review is satisfied that -
(i) the collapse, whether total or partial. of any adjoin-
ing or other building. street or natural, formed or man-
made land and the likelihood of such a collapse. and
(ii) any danger that any adjoining or other building,
street or natural, formed or man-made land will be
rendered, or will be likely to be rendered, so dangerous
that it will collapse or be likely to collapse. either totally or
partially,

will be avoided; or

(c.)if, in the case of an appeal from a decision of the Building
Authority in exercise of the power conferred by section
16(5) or item 7 in the table to section 17, the committee of
review is satisfied, as the case may be, that adequate
precautions have been or will be taken, or that the condi-
tions prescribed by the Building Authority exceed what is
necessary---
(i) to prevent a collapse, whether total or partial, of any
adjoining or other building, street or natural, formed or
man-made land and the likelihood of such a collapse., and
(ii) to prevent any adjoining or other building, street or
natural. formed or man-made land becoming so danger-
ous, and the likelihood of any such building, street or land
becoming so dangerous, that it will collapse or be likely to
collapse. either totally or partially. (Amended, 72 of
1980,s. 17)





(11) The determination of a committee of review upon an
appeal shall be final and shall not be liable to be set aside for
irregularity or error in matter of form.
(12)(a) The members of a committee of review shall be
remunerated at such rate as the Governor may determine,
and the remuneration payable to the members of any
committee of review shall be paid by the appellant in
accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c).
(b)At the time an appeal is made under subsection (1), the
appellant shall deposit with the Building Authority the
sum of 54,000, and an appeal shall not be duly made under
subsection (1) unless such sum is so deposited with the
Building Authority.
(c)When, after the determination of an appeal, the Building
Authority has ascertained the amount of the remuneration
payable under this subsection to the members of the
committee of review, he shall-
(i) refund to the appellant the amount by which the
sum deposited in accordance with paragraph (b) exceeds
the amount of such remuneration; or
(ii) recover from the appellant the amount by which the
amount of such remuneration exceeds the sum deposited in
accordance with paragraph (b),
and shall thereupon pay to each member of the committee
of review the remuneration payable to him under this
subsection.
(d)Where the amount of the remuneration payable under this
subsection to the members of a committee of review
exceeds the sum deposited in accordance with paragraph
(b), the Building Authority shall not be obliged to comply
with the directions, if any, given by the committee of
review under subsection (8) until the appellant has paid to
the Building Authority the amount to be recovered from
him under paragraph (c)(ii).
(13) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that
neither the determination of a committee of review upon an appeal
nor compliance by the Building Authority with directions given by a
committee of review under subsection (8) shall affect or prejudice in
any way the subsequent exercise by the Building Authority of the
powers vested in him by section 23.
(Added, 40 qf 1965, s. 10)
51. A person shall not be entitled to appeal to the panel from a
decision of the Building Authority if he has instituted an appeal
from the decision to the tribunal under section 44 by giving notice in
writing to the Building Authority.
(Added, 40 of'1965, s. 10)

52. Nothing in this Part shall authorize the award or payment
of compensation to any person.
(Added, 40 qf 1965, s. 10)





53. (1) Without prejudice to section 37(1) or (2), no matter or
thing done by all or any of the members of a committee of review. or
by any public officer acting on the directions of a committee of
review or any member of a committee of review, shall if it were done
bona fide for the purpose of executing this Part of this Ordinance
subject any member of the committee of review, or any such public
officer, personally to any liability or to any claim, demand or action
whatsoever. and any liability which would but for this section have
been a liability personally of any member of the committee of review
or any such public officer shall be a liability of the Crown.

(2) Nothing in this section shall affect in any way any liability
of the Crown which exists apart from this section.
(Added, 40 of 1965, s. 10)

PART VIII

SAVING AND VALIDATION

54. Notwithstanding the repeal of the Buildings Ordinance
1935, the provisions of sections 110 to 126 of that Ordinance set out
in the Second Schedule hereto shall continue in operation until such
time as they are replaced by regulations enacted under section 38 or
by any other enactment expressed to be in substitution for the
provisions of the said sections: (,4i?ieiiticti, 16 of1966, s. 11)

Provided that any reference to an architect in the said sections
110 to 126 shall be taken as references to an authorized person.
(Added, 52 of1974, s. 14)

55. Any public officer whom the Director of Building Devel-
opment purported to authorize for the purposes of section 2(2)
of this Ordinance at any time before the commencement* of the
Buildings (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance 1985 shall be deemed to
have been validly authorized, notwithstanding that the public officer
was not an officer of the Building Development Department.
73 of 1985, s. 4 incorporated)

FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 44]

PRO( FIX RF ov APPEAL TRIBL \AL

1 . (1) A person appealing from a decision of the Building Authority under
Part VI of this Ordinance (hereinafter referred to as the appellant) shall, within 3
weeks of such decision give notice in writing to the Building Authority stating the
substance of the matter relating to his appeal.
(2) Upon receipt ofsuch notice the Building Authority shall convene a meeting
of the tribunal.
2. If it appears to the tribunal. after due consideration of any appeal, that no
good cause has been shown why an inquiry should be held, it may refuse to hold an
inquiry, and shall inform the appellant accordingly.
3. (1) The tribunal shall permit the appellant and such other persons as it
considers to be prejudiced by the decision. which is the subject of the appeal. to
appear and to he heard at the inquiry. to be assisted in the presentation of their cases
by other persons and to take such part in the proceedings as the tribunal may think
proper:





Provided that no person shall he entitled as of right in the capacity of counsel,
solicitor or other paid advocate to conduct the case for the appellant or such other
persons by addressing the tribunal or examining or cross-examining witnesses.
(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph ( 1). the tribunal may cause such notice
to be given to any person or to the public at large as it may think proper.
(3) The inquiry shall be held at such place and time as the tribunal may
determine and shall be a private inquiry.

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 54.]

PROVISIONS OF BUILDINGS ORDINANCE 1935 TO CONTINUE IN OPERATION

Rights of Building and Adjoining Owners

110. (1) In this section and in sections 111 to 126-
'adjoining owner- means an owner, and---adjoiningoccupier- means an occupier. of
land, buildings. storeys or rooms adjoining those ofa building owner.
'building owner- means such one of the owners of adjoininR )and who is desirous of
building, or such one of the owners of buildings. storeys or rooms. separated
from one another by a party wall or party struiture mho' does or is desirous of
doing a work affecting thal party wall or party structure.
(2) Where lands held under lease from the Crown by different owners adjoin
and are unbuilt-on at the line ofjunction. and either om ner is about to build on any
part of the linejunction, the following provisions shall ha\c efl'ect.
(3) If the building owner desires to build a party mall on the line ol`junction. he
shall serve notice thereof on the adjoining owner des~ribing the intended mall.
(4) If the adjoining owner consents to the building of aparty mall. the mall shall
be built halfon the land ofeach of the 2 omners, or in such other position as ma~ he
agreed between them.
(5) The expenses of the building of the party mall shall from lime to time be
defrayed by the 2 owners in due proportion. regaid being had to the use made and
which may be made ofthe wall by them respectively.
(6) If the adjoining owner does not consent to the building of a party mall. the
building owner shall not build the wall otherwise than as an external wall placed
wholly on his own land.
(7) If the building owner does not desire to build a party 1 ',all on the line of
junction but desires to build an external wall placed whoIR on his own land. he Shafl
serve notice thereof on the adjoining owner describing the intended wall.
(8) Wherein any of the cases aforesaid the building o' ner proceeds to build an
external wall on -his own land, he shall have a right at his own expense. at any time
after the expiration of 1 month from the service of the notice, to place on the Ia'nd of
the adjoining owner below the level of the lowest floor. the projecting footings of the
external wall with concrete or other solid substructure thereunder. miking compensa-
tion to the adjoining owner or occupier for any damage occasioned thereby. The
amount of such compensation. if any difference arises. shall be determined in the
manner in which differences between building owners and adjoining owners are
hereinafter directed to be determined.
(9) Where an external wall is built against another external wa)) or against a
party wall, it shall be lawful for the Building Authority to allo\& the footing oCthe side
next such other external or party wall to be omitted.

111. The building owner shall have the following rights in relation to party
structures and adjoining structures-
(a)to make good, underpin. or repair any party structure which is defective
or out of repair;
(b)to pull down and rebuild any party structure which is so far dcf'ecti~.e or out
of repair as to make it necessary or desirable to pull it down~
(c)to pull down any timber or other partition which divides any buildings.
and is not conformable to the provisions of this Ordinance. and to bAd
instead thereof a party wall conformable thereto:





(d)in the case of buildings having rooms or storeys the property of different
owners intermixed. to pull down such of the said rooms or storeys, or any
part thereof as are not built in conformity with this Ordinance. and to
rebuild the same in conformity therewith~
(e)in the case of buildings connected by arches or communications over streets
belonging to other persons. to pull down such of the said buildings. arches
or communications or such parts thereof as are not built in conformity with
this Ordinance, and to rebuild the same in conformity therewith;
to raise and underpin any party structure permitted by this Ordinance to be
raised or underpinned or any external wall built against such party struc-
ture, upon condition of making good all damage occasioned thereby to the
adjoining premises or to the iniernal finishings. and decorations thereof, and
of carrying up to the requisite height all flues and chimney stacks belonging
to the adjoining owner on or against such party structure or external walL
(g)to pull down any party structure which is of insufficient strength for
any building intended to be built. and to rebuild the same of sufficient
strength for the above purposes, upon condition of making good all damage
occasioned thereby to the adjoining premises or to the internal finishings
and decorations thereof:
(h)to cut into any party structure upon condition of making good all damage
occasioned to the adjoining premises by such operation~
(i)to cut away any footing or any, chimney-breasi, jamb or flue projecting, or
other projection from any party wall or external wall in order to erect an
external wall against such party wall. or for any other purpose. upon
condition of making good all damage occasioned to the adjoining premises
by such operation;
to cut away or take down such parts of any wall or building of an adjoining
owner as may he necessary, in consequence of such wall or building
overhanging the ground of the building owner. in order to erect an upright
,Aall against the same, on condition of making good any damage sustained
by the wall or building by such operation~
(k)to raise a party fence wall. or to pull the same down and rebuild it as a
party wall;
(1)to perform any other necessary works incident to the connexion of a party
structure with the premises adjoining thereto:
Provided that these rights shall he subject to this qualification, that any building
which has been erected prior to 21 February 1903 shall be deemed to be conformable
to the provisions hereof if it he conformable to the provisions of the Ordinances
regulating buildings before that date.

112. (1) Where a building owner proposes to exercise any of the foregoing rights
with respect to party structures. the adjoining owner may by notice require the
building owner to build on any such party structure such chimney copings. jambs, or
breasts, or flues, or such piers or recesses, or any other like works as may fairly be
required for the convenience of such adjoining owner. and may he specified in the
notice; and it shall be the duty of the building owner to comply with such requisition
in all cases where the execution of the required works will not be injurious to the
building owner, or cause to him unnecessary inconvenience or unnecessary delay in
the exercise of his right.

(2) Any difference that arises between a building owner and an adjoining owner
in respect of the execution of any such works shall be determined in the manner in
which differences between building owners and adjoining owners are hereinafter
directed to be determined.

113. (1) A building owner shall not, except with the consent in writing of the
adjoining owner, and of the adjoining occupiers. or in cases where any wall or party
structure is dangerous (in which cases the appropriate provisions of this Ordinance
shall apply), exercise any of his rights under this Ordinance in respect of any party
fence wall unless at least 1 month. or exercise any of his rights under this Ordinance in
relation to any party wall or party structure other than a party fence wall, unless at
least 2 months before doing so he has served on the adjoining owner of the party fence
wall, the party wall or party structure, as the case may be, notice stating the nature
and particulars of the proposed work and the time at which the work is proposed to
be commenced.











(2) When a building owner in the exercise of any, of his rights under this
Ordinance lays open any part of the adjoining land or building. he shall at his own
expense make and maintain for a proper time a proper hoarding and shoring or
temporary construction for protection of the adjoining land or building and the
security of the adjoining occupier.
(3) A building owner shall not exercise any right given to him by this Ordinance
in such manner or at such time as to cause unnecessary Trtconyernence to the adjoining
owner or to the adjoining occupier.
(4) A party wall or structure notice shall not be a,, ailable for the exercise of any
right, unless the work to which the notice relates is begun within 6 months after the
service thereof, and is prosecuted with due diligence.
(5) Within 1 month after receipt of such notice the adjoining owner may serve
on the building owner a notice requiring him to build on any such party structure any
works to the construction of which he is hereinbefore declared to be entitled.
(6) The last-mentioned notice shall specify the works required by the adjoining
owner for his convenience, and shall, if necessary. be accompanied by explanatory
plans and drawings.
(7) If either owner does not, within 14 days after the service on him of any,
notice, express his consent thereto, he shall be considered as having dissented
therefrom, and thereupon a difference shall be deemed to have arisen between the
building owner and the adjoining owner.

114.(1) In all cases not specially provided for by this, Ordinance, where a
difference arises between a building owner and an adjoining owner in respect of any
matter arising with reference to any work to which any notice given under this
Ordinance relates, unless both parties concur in the appointment or 1 architect they
shall each appoint an architect, and the 2 architects so appointed shall select a thier
architect, and such 1 architect, or 3 architects, or any 2 of them. shall settle any matter
from lime to time during the continuance of any. work to which the notice relates in
dispute between such building owner and adjoining with owner by his or their
award to determine the right to do. and the time and manner of'doing any A ork. and
generally any other matter arising out of or incidental to such difference: but any time
so appointed for doing any work shall not, unless otherwise agreed. commence until
after the expiration of the period by this Ordinance prescribed for the notice in the
particular case.
(2) Any award given by such 1 architect, or by such 3 architects, or by any 2 of
them, shall be conclusive, and shall not be questioned in any court: with this
exception, that either of the parties to the difference may within 14 days from the date
of the delivery of the award, appeal therefrom to a judge in chambers, who may,
subject as hereafter in this section mentioned, rescind the award or modify it in such
manner as he thinks just.
(3) If either party to the difference makes default in appointing an architect for
10 days after notice has been served on him by the other party to make such
appointment, the party giving the notice may make the appointme~t in the place of
the party so making default.
(4) The costs incurred in making or obtaining the award shall be paid by such
party as the architect or architects determine.
(5) If the appellant on appearing before the judge declares his unwillingness to
have the matter decided by him, and proves to his satisfaction that in the event of the
matter being decided against him he will be liable to pay a sum, exclusive of costs,
exceeding $500, and gives security, to be approved by the judge. duly to prosecutean
action in the High Court and to abide the event thereof. all proceedings in Chambers
shall thereupon be stayed, and the appellant may bring an action in the High Court
against the other party to the difference.
(6) The plaintiff in such action shall deliver to the defendants an issue whereby
the matters in difference between them may be tried. and the form of such issue in case
of dispute or of the non-appearance of the defendant shall be settled by the court. and
the action shall be prosecuted and the issue tried in all respects as if it were an
ordinary action or issue in the High Court, or as near thereto as circumstances admit.
(7) If the parties agree as to the facts a special ease maybe stated for the opinion
of the court, and such case shall be heard and decided in all respects as if it were an
ordinary case stated for the opinion of the court, or as near thereto as circumstances
admit; and any costs that may have been incurred before the judge in chambers shall
be deemed to be costs incurred in the action and be payable accordingly.





(8) Where both parties have concurred in the appointment of 1 architect, then.
if he refuses, or for 7 days neglects to act, or if he dies or becomes incapable of acting
before he has made his award. the matters in dispute shall be determined in the same
manner as if he had not been appointed.
(9) Where each party has appointed an architect and a third architect has been
selected. then. if he refuses. or for 7 days neglects to act, or before such difference is
settled. dies. or becomes incapable of acting. the 2 architects shall forthwith select
another architect in his place A ho shall have the same powei s and authorities as were
vested in his predecessor.
(10) Where each party has appointed an architect then if the 2 architects refuse.
or. for 7 days after request of either party neglect to select a third architect. or
another third architect as aforesaid the overnor may, on the application of either
party, appoint the Director of Building Development or some other fit person to act
as third architect who shall have the same powers and authorities as if he had been
selected by the 2 architects appointed by the parties. (Aniended, L.N. 76/82)

(11) Where each party has appointed an architect. then, if before the difference is
settled either architect dies. or becomes incapable of acting. the party by whom he was
appointed may appoint some other architect to act in his place. and if for the space of
7 days after notice served on him by the other party for that purpose, he fails to do so.
the other architect may proceed ex parie, and his decision shall be as effectual as if he
had been a single architect in whose appointment both parties had concurred: an
architect so substituted as aforesaid shall have the same powers and authorities as
were vested in the former architect at the time of his death or disability.
( 12) Where each party has appointed an architect, then. if either of the architects
refuses, or for 7 days neglects to act the other may proceed ex parie, and his decision
shall be as effectual as if he had been a single architect in whose appointment both
parties had concurred.
( 13) In this section.---architect---means---authorizedarchitect---.

115. A building owner. his servants. agents and workmen. at all usual times of
working, may enter and remain on any. pr~miscs for the purpose of executing. and
may execute any work which he has become entitled or is required in pursuance of this
Ordinance to execute, re~ ing any furniture or doing any other thing which may be
necessary: and if the premises are closed. he and they, may. accompanied by a police
officer. break open any fences or doors in order to effect such entry: Provided that
before entering on any premises for the purpose of this section the building owner
shall give 14 days' notice of,his intention so to do to the owner and occupier. In case
of emergency, he shall give such notice only as may, he reasonably practicable.

116. Where a buildine owner intends to erect within 3 metres of a building
belonging to an adjoining o' ner a building any part of which within such 3 metres
extends to a lower level than the foundations of the building belonging to the
adjoining owner. he may., and. if' required by the adjoining owner. shall (subject as
hereinafter provided) underpin or otherwise strengthen the foundations of the said
building so far as may be necessary. and the following provisions shall have
effect- (Amended, L.N. 294 76)
(
the adjoining owner stating his intention to build. and whether he proposes
to underpin or otherwise strengthen the foundations of the said building,
and such notice shall be accompanied by a plan and sections. showing the
site of the proposed building, and the depth to which he proposes to
excavate;
(b)if the adjoining owner shall. within 14 days after being served with such
notice, give a counternotice in writing that he disputes the necessity of such
underpinning or strengthening. or that he requires such underpinning or
strengthening. then. if such counternotice is not acquiesced in. a difference
shall be deemed to have arisen between the building owner and the
d /,
'ar rc~
- rn e'
,e ne

adjoining owner:
(c)the building owner shall he liable to compensate the adjoining owner and






occupier for any inconvenience. loss or damage which may result to them by
reason of the exercise of the powers conferred by this section:
(d)nothing in this section contained shall relieve the building owner from any
liability to which he would otherwise be subject in case of injury caused by
his building operations to the adjoining owner.





117. (1) An adjoining owner may, if he thinks fit. by notice in writing. require
the building owner (before commencing any work which he may be authorized by this
Ordinance to execute) to give such security as may be agreed upon, or in case of
difference as may be settled by a judge in chambers. for the payment of all such
expenses. costs and compensation in respect of the work as may he payable by the
building owner.

(2) The building owner may, at any time after service on him of a party wall or
party structure requisition by the adjoining owner, and before beginning a work to
which the requisition relates, but not afterwards, serve a counter requisition on the
adjoining owner, requiring him to give such security for payment of the expenses.
costs, and compensation for which he is or will be liable, as may be agreed upon, or, in
case of difference, as may be settled as aforesaid.

(3) If the adjoining owner does not within 1 month after service of the counter
requisition give security accordingly. he shall at the end of that month be deemed to
have ceased to be entitled to compliance with his party wall or party structure
requisition, and the building owner may proceed as if no party wall or party structure
requisition had been served on him by the adjoining owner.

118. (1) As to expenses to be borne jointly by the building oykner and adjoining
owner the following provisions shall apply.

(2) If any party structure is defective or out of repair, the expenses of making
good, underpinning. or repairing the same shall be borne by. the building owner aria
adjoining owner in due proportion. regard being had to the use that each owner
makes or may make of the structure.

(3) If any party structure is pulled down and rebuilt by reason of its being so far
defective or out of repair as to make it necessary or desirable to pull it do~kn. the
expense of such pulling down and rebuilding shall he borne by. the building owner and
adjoining owner in due proportion. regard being had to the use that cach owner may
make of the structure.

(4) If any timber or other partition dividing a building is pulled doi~n in exercise
of the right by this Ordinance vested in a building owner. and a party structure is built
instead thereof, the expense of building such party structure and also of building any
additional party structures that may be required by reason of the partition having
been pulled down, shall be borne by the building owner and adjoining owner in due
proportion, regard being had to the use that each owner may make of the party
structure and to the thickness required for the support of the respective buildings
parted thereby.

(5) If any rooms or storeys or any parts thereof, the property of different
owners, and intermixed in any building, are pulled down in pursuance of the right by
this Ordinance vested in a building owner, and are rebuilt in conformity with this
Ordinance. the expense of such pulling down and rebuilding shall be borne by the
building owner and adjoining owner in due proportion. regard being had to the use
that each owner may make of such rooms or storeys.

(6) If any arches or communications over public ways or over passages
belonging to other persons than the owners of the buildings connected by such arches
or communications, or any part thereof. are pulled down in pursuance of the right by
this Ordinance vested in a building owner, and are rebuilt in conformity with this
Ordinance, the expense of such pulling down and rebuilding shall be borne by the
building owner and adjoining owner in due proportion, regard being had to the use
that each owner makes of such arches or communications.

119. (1) As to expenses to be borne by the building o'ner the following
provisions shall apply.

(2) If any party structure or any external wall built against another external
wall is raised or underpinned in pursuance of the power by this Ordinance vested in a
building owner, the expense of raising or underpinning the same and of making good
all damage occasioned thereby, and of carrying up to the requisite height all such flues






and chimney-stacks belonging to the adjoining owner on or against any, such party
structure or external wall as are by this Ordinance required to he made good and
carried up, shall be borne by the building owner.

(3) If any party structure, which is of proper materials and sound or not so far
defective or out of repair as to make it necessary or desirable to pull it down. is pulled





down and rebuilt by the building owner. the expense of pulling down and rebuilding
the same and of making good any damage by this Ordinance required to be made
good. and a fair allowance in respect of the disturbance and inconvenience caused to
the adjoining owner shall be borne by the building owner.
(4) If any party structure is cut into by the building owner, the expense of
cutting into the same, and of making good any damage by this Ordinance required to
be made good shall be borne by such building o' ner.

(5) If any footing, chirnney-hreasi. jamb or floor is cutaway in pursuance of the
powers by this Ordinance vested in a building owner. the expense of such cutting
away and making good any damage by this Ordinance required to be made good shall
be borne by the building owner.
(6) If any party fence wall is raised for a building, the expense of such raising
shall be borne by the building owner.
(7) If any party fence wall is pulled down and built as a party wall the expense
thereof shall be borne by the building owner.

120. If at any time the adjoining owner makes use of any party structure or
external wall (or any part thereof) raised or underpinned as aforesaid. or of any party
fence wall pulled down and built as a party wall (or any part thereof) beyond the use
thereof made by him before the alteration, there shall be borne by the adjoining
owner from tim~ to time a due proportion of the expenses (having regard to the use
that the adjoining owner may make thereof)-

(a)of raising or underpinning such party structure or external wall, and of
making good all such damage occasioned thereby to the adjoining owner.
and of carrying up to the requisite height all such flues and chimney-stacks
belonging to the adjoining owner on or against any such party structure or
external wall as are by this Ordinance required to be made good and carried
up;
(h) of pulling down and building such party fence wall as a party wall.

121. Within 1 month after the completion of any work which a building owner is
by this Ordinance authorized or required to execute. and the expense of which is in
whole or in part to be borne by anadjoining owner. the building owner shall deliver to
the adjoining owner an account in writing of the particulars and expense of the work.
specifying any deduction to which such adjoining owner may be entitled in respect of
old materials. or in other respects. and every such work shall he estimated and valued
at fair average rates and prices according to the nature of the work. and the locality
and the market price of materials and 1a6our at the time.

122. At any time within 1 month after the delivery of the said account the
adjoining owner, if dissatisfied therewith. may declare his dissatisfaction to the
building owner by notice in writing served by himself or his agent. and specifying his
objections thereto. and thereupon a difference shall be deemed to have arisen between
the parties, and shall be determined in manner hereinbefore provided for the
settlement of differences between building and adjoining owners.

123. If within the said period of 1 month the adjoining owner does not declare in
the said manner his dissatisfaction with the account. he shall he deemed to have
accepted the same, and shall pay the same on demand to the party delivering the
account. and. if he fails to do so, the amount so due may be recovered as a debt.

124. Where the adjoining owner is liable to contribute to the expenses of building
any party structure, then. until such contribution is paid. the building owner at whose
expense the same was built shall stand possessed of the sole property in the structure.

125. The adjoining owner shall be liable for all expenses incurred on his
requisition by the building owner. and in default of payment the same may be
recovered from him as a debt.

126. Nothing in this Ordinance shall authorize any interference with any other
casements in or relating to a party wall. or take away. abridge. or prejudicially affect
any right of any person to preserve or restore any other thing in or connected with a
party wall in case of the party wall being pulled down or rebuilt.











THIRD SCHEDULE [s. 18(6)(c).]
FOR'M OF WARRANT

HONG KONG.

IN THE MAGISTRATE'S COURT AT

WHEREAS 1, a magistrate of the Colony of Hong Kong. am satisfied by evidence on
oath that ............................................ ........

(here specify name(s) of person(s) autborized to enter the building under section
18(6)(a) of the Buildings Ordinance) has have been authorized by the Building
Authority to enter ................................... .................

(address of building) under section 18(6)(a) of the Buildings Ordinance:

AND WHEREAS I am also satisfied by exidence on oath that the entry to such
building of a person authorized to enter the same by, or under the said sectiort 18(6)(a)
of the Buildings Ordinance has been obstructed:

THESE are, therefore, to authorize the said ...............................................................

and his their servants or agents and his their agent's agents' servants (being, persons
authorized prior to the issue of this warrant to enter the building aforesaid by or
under section 18(6)(a) or (b) of the Buildines Ordinance) and any police officer of or
above the rank of inspector and any other police officer acting under his direction to
enter the building aforesaid on such occasion or occasions and at such lime or times
as may be necessary for the purpose for which the said ................................
. --- ..............................................................................................................................
.
was were authorized to enter the said building under section 18(6)(a) of the Buildings,
Ordinance.

[L.S.]

(Signed) ..........
Magistrate.

(Added, 40 of 1965. s. 11. Amended, 16 of 1966. s. 12]

FOURTH SCHEDULE
[s 2(2).]


1. Building Development Department

2. Engineering Developent Department
3. Lands Department

4. New Territories Development Department

[Added 73 of 1985 s. 3]

FIFTH SCHEDULE
[s.2]
SCHEDULED AREA


Mid-levels area being the area deineated and shown edged black on a plan
numbered GCB1, dated 28 April 1982, signed by the Secretary, for Lands and Works
and deposited in the Land Office.
(Added, 41 of 1982.s. 12)





SIXTH SCHEDULE [s. 2SC(I).]

FORM OF WARRANT

HONG KONG.

IN THE MAGISTRATES COURT AT

WHEREAS I, a magistrate of the Colony of Hong Kong, am satisfied by evidence on
oath that .......................................................................

(here specify name(s) of person(s) authorized to enter upon the land and carry out
and~maintain* groundwater drainage works under section 28B of the Buildings
Ordinance) has/have* been authorized by the Building Authority to enter upon .......
(address of land) and there carry out and maintain* groundwater drainage works
under section 28B of the Buildings Ordinance:
AND WHEREAS 1 am also satisfied by evidence on oath that the entry upon that
land/ and/the/carrying out/maintenance* of those works by one or more of the
persons so authorized has been obstructed:

THESE are, therefore. to authorize the said ...............................................................
........................................................
and his,their* servants or agents and his their* agent's/agents* servants (being
persons so authorized before the issue of this warrant) to enter upon that land on such
occasions and at such times as may be necessary for the purpose ofearrying out those
works and to carry, out and maintain* those works.

AND ALSO to authorize any police officer of or above the rank ofinspector and any
other police officer acting under his direction to enter upon that land in company
with, and for the purpose of preventing the obstruction of. the said ..........................
his/their* servants or his their* agent's/agents'* servants.

(Signed) .......

.............. ....................
Magistrate
( Added, 41 of 1982,s. 12)

*Delete whichever is inapplicable. Originally 68 of 1955. 44 of 1959. 27 of 1960. 37 of 1961. 3 of 1964. 27 of 1964. 31 of 1964. 40 of 1965. 13 of 1966. 16 of 1966. 31 of 1966. 46 of 1968. 23 of 1969. 35 of 1969. 7 of 1970. 73 of 1970. 23 of 1971. 44 of 1972. L.N. 185/72. 71 of 1972. 23 of 1973. 59 of 1973. L.N. 94/74. 52 of 1974. 19 of 1976. L.N. 294/76. 75 of 1976. 16 of 1978. 33 of 1978. 24 of 1979. 72 of 1980. L.N. 137/81. 76 of 1981. L.N. 17/82. L.N. 76/82. 41 of 1982. 5 of 1983. 59 of 1983. 73 of 1983. 32 of 1984. 55 of 1984. 45 of 1985. 73 of 1985. G.N.A. 45/56. Short title. (Cap. 322.) Interpretation. Fifth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Registers of authorized persons and structural engineers. Appointment and duties of authorized person or registered structural engineer. Appointment and powers of disciplinary board. Authorized Person's and Registered Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel. Appeals under section 3(10). Disciplinary proceedings in respect of an authorized person or registered structural engineer. (Cap. 4.) Registers of registered contractors, registered lift contractors, registered escalator contractors and registered ventilation contractors, etc. Forms 2, 4 and 6. Forms 3, 5 and 7. Appointment and duties of registered contractors. Appointment and duties of registered lift contractors and escalator contractors. Appointment and powers of disciplinary board. Contractors' Disciplinary Board Panel. Appeals under section 8(4). Disciplinary proceedings in respect of registered contractors, etc. (Cap. 4.) Approval and consent required for commencement of building works, etc. Forms 12 and 14. Approval and consent deemed to be given unless refusal notified. Forms 9 and 13. Grounds on which approval or consent may be refused. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 7.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 7.) Conditions may be imposed in certain cases. Authority to erect shoring in certain cases. Form 8. Third Schedule. Claims for compensation. Provision for urgent work. Form 26. Resumption of work suspended. Form 15. Occupation of new building. Form 22. Form 24. Forms 19 and 20. Form 25. Powers of Building Authority. Building works, etc. to cease on order of Building Authority. Order for demolition, removal, or alteration of building, building works, street works, lift works or escalator works. Order to cease or remedy dangerous works. Change in use of buildings. Form 28. Dangerous buildings. Form 27. Closure Order. (Cap. 7.) Dangerous hillsides, etc. Drainage. Groundwater drainage works in scheduled area. Authorization to carry out relevant works in case of objection etc. by persons whose property is affected. Form 39. Form 40. Form 41. Form 42. Magistrate's warrant. Sixth Schedule. Obligation to make good, and compensation for, damage. (Cap. 17.) (Cap. 123.) Construction and maintenance of private streets and access roads. Openings to or from streets. Projections on or over streets. (Cap. 341.) Naming of streets and numbering of buildings. Recovery of costs of works by Building Authority. Disposal of materials resulting from works carried out by Building Authority. Service of notices and orders. Admissibility in evidence of certified copies of documents, etc. (18 of 1935.) Limitation of public liability. Regulations. Application of new regulations. Offences. Exemptions. (Cap. 283.) (Cap. 28.) Building Authority's powers of exemption. Form 30. Form 29. Establishment of appeal tribunal. Tribunal to bear appeals. First Schedule. Stay of exercise of powers. Governor in Council may review. Certain restrictions on right to appeal to tribunal. No compensation to be awarded. Appointment of panel. Appeal to panel against certain decisions of Building Authority. Appeal to tribunal to be a bar to appeal to panel. No compensation to be awarded. Limitation on liability of members of committee of review. Saving. (18 of 1935.) Second Schedule. Validation. (73 of 1985.) [*22.11.85.] Definitions 'adjoining owner' and 'building owner'; provisions for buildings adjoining unbuilt-on land. Rights of building owner in relation to party structures, etc.; existing prior buildings. Requirements of adjoining owner in relation to party structures. differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Notice to be given by building owner before work commences. Differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Right of entry of building owner. Underpinning or strengthening of foundations of adjoining building. Adjoining owner may require security to be given for payment of expenses and counter requisition by building owner. Expenses to be borne jointly by building owner and adjoining owner. Expenses to be borne by the building owner. Proportion of expenses which may be borne by adjoining owner. Statement of expenses to be submitted by building owner. Difference between building owner and adjoining owner as to expenses. Failure by adjoining owner to express dissatisfaction to be deemed acceptance. Adjoining owner failing to contribute, building owner to become sole owner. Adjoining owner liable for expenses incurred on his requisition. Other easements and rights in regard to party structures preserved.

Abstract

Originally 68 of 1955. 44 of 1959. 27 of 1960. 37 of 1961. 3 of 1964. 27 of 1964. 31 of 1964. 40 of 1965. 13 of 1966. 16 of 1966. 31 of 1966. 46 of 1968. 23 of 1969. 35 of 1969. 7 of 1970. 73 of 1970. 23 of 1971. 44 of 1972. L.N. 185/72. 71 of 1972. 23 of 1973. 59 of 1973. L.N. 94/74. 52 of 1974. 19 of 1976. L.N. 294/76. 75 of 1976. 16 of 1978. 33 of 1978. 24 of 1979. 72 of 1980. L.N. 137/81. 76 of 1981. L.N. 17/82. L.N. 76/82. 41 of 1982. 5 of 1983. 59 of 1983. 73 of 1983. 32 of 1984. 55 of 1984. 45 of 1985. 73 of 1985. G.N.A. 45/56. Short title. (Cap. 322.) Interpretation. Fifth Schedule. Fourth Schedule. Registers of authorized persons and structural engineers. Appointment and duties of authorized person or registered structural engineer. Appointment and powers of disciplinary board. Authorized Person's and Registered Structural Engineers' Disciplinary Board Panel. Appeals under section 3(10). Disciplinary proceedings in respect of an authorized person or registered structural engineer. (Cap. 4.) Registers of registered contractors, registered lift contractors, registered escalator contractors and registered ventilation contractors, etc. Forms 2, 4 and 6. Forms 3, 5 and 7. Appointment and duties of registered contractors. Appointment and duties of registered lift contractors and escalator contractors. Appointment and powers of disciplinary board. Contractors' Disciplinary Board Panel. Appeals under section 8(4). Disciplinary proceedings in respect of registered contractors, etc. (Cap. 4.) Approval and consent required for commencement of building works, etc. Forms 12 and 14. Approval and consent deemed to be given unless refusal notified. Forms 9 and 13. Grounds on which approval or consent may be refused. (Cap. 131.) (Cap. 7.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 7.) Conditions may be imposed in certain cases. Authority to erect shoring in certain cases. Form 8. Third Schedule. Claims for compensation. Provision for urgent work. Form 26. Resumption of work suspended. Form 15. Occupation of new building. Form 22. Form 24. Forms 19 and 20. Form 25. Powers of Building Authority. Building works, etc. to cease on order of Building Authority. Order for demolition, removal, or alteration of building, building works, street works, lift works or escalator works. Order to cease or remedy dangerous works. Change in use of buildings. Form 28. Dangerous buildings. Form 27. Closure Order. (Cap. 7.) Dangerous hillsides, etc. Drainage. Groundwater drainage works in scheduled area. Authorization to carry out relevant works in case of objection etc. by persons whose property is affected. Form 39. Form 40. Form 41. Form 42. Magistrate's warrant. Sixth Schedule. Obligation to make good, and compensation for, damage. (Cap. 17.) (Cap. 123.) Construction and maintenance of private streets and access roads. Openings to or from streets. Projections on or over streets. (Cap. 341.) Naming of streets and numbering of buildings. Recovery of costs of works by Building Authority. Disposal of materials resulting from works carried out by Building Authority. Service of notices and orders. Admissibility in evidence of certified copies of documents, etc. (18 of 1935.) Limitation of public liability. Regulations. Application of new regulations. Offences. Exemptions. (Cap. 283.) (Cap. 28.) Building Authority's powers of exemption. Form 30. Form 29. Establishment of appeal tribunal. Tribunal to bear appeals. First Schedule. Stay of exercise of powers. Governor in Council may review. Certain restrictions on right to appeal to tribunal. No compensation to be awarded. Appointment of panel. Appeal to panel against certain decisions of Building Authority. Appeal to tribunal to be a bar to appeal to panel. No compensation to be awarded. Limitation on liability of members of committee of review. Saving. (18 of 1935.) Second Schedule. Validation. (73 of 1985.) [*22.11.85.] Definitions 'adjoining owner' and 'building owner'; provisions for buildings adjoining unbuilt-on land. Rights of building owner in relation to party structures, etc.; existing prior buildings. Requirements of adjoining owner in relation to party structures. differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Notice to be given by building owner before work commences. Differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Right of entry of building owner. Underpinning or strengthening of foundations of adjoining building. Adjoining owner may require security to be given for payment of expenses and counter requisition by building owner. Expenses to be borne jointly by building owner and adjoining owner. Expenses to be borne by the building owner. Proportion of expenses which may be borne by adjoining owner. Statement of expenses to be submitted by building owner. Difference between building owner and adjoining owner as to expenses. Failure by adjoining owner to express dissatisfaction to be deemed acceptance. Adjoining owner failing to contribute, building owner to become sole owner. Adjoining owner liable for expenses incurred on his requisition. Other easements and rights in regard to party structures preserved.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2536

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

123

Number of Pages

71
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:17 +0800
<![CDATA[AUDIT ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2535

Title

AUDIT ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

AUDIT ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 122





CHAPTER 122

AUDIT ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ..........................2
2. Interpretation .......................2
3. Appointment of Director ..............3
4. Tenure of office of Director ........................................ 3
4A. Salary of Director ...................3
5. Director's employment as public officer 4
6. Filling of vacancy in office of Director 4
7. Acting appointment to office of Director 4
8. Duties of the Director ................4
9. Powers of the Director ................5
10. Appointment of staff of the Director . 6
11. Submission of annual accounts by the Director of Accounting Services to the
Director ............................6
12. Examination and audit of annual statements by the Director and submission
of report to the Governor ................6
13. Director's report of serious irregularities to the Governor 7
14. Audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts of bodies corporate, etc.
authorized by Ordinances ............ 8
15. Audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts of persons, bodies corporate,
etc. under the Governor's authority . 8
16. Director's certification of accounts and report of accounts of bodies
corporate, etc . .........................9
17. Fees to be determined by the Financial Secretary 9





CHAPTER 122

AUDIT

To provide for the appointment, tenure of office, duties and powers of the Director
of Audit and for the auditing of and reporting on the public accounts and the
accounts of specified persons, bodies corporate and other bodies and for
matters incidental thereto or connected therewith.

[10 December 19711 L.N.166of.1971

Originally 66 of 1971 L.N. 16 of 1977, 60 of 1978, 35 of 1979, 3 of 1983, 49 of 1984, 17 of 1985, R. Ed. 1985, 45 of
1988

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Audit Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-
,,accounting officer' means-

(a) any public officer who is entrusted with

(i) the collection, receipt, custody, issue or payment of public
moneys;

(ii)the receipt, custody, issue, sale, transfer or disposal of, or the
accounting for, any stamps, securities, stores or any other
Government property; or

(iii)any monetary or financial responsibilities connected with or
arising from his official duties; and

(b) the head of the Department in which any such public officer is

employed;
'Director' means the Director of Audit appointed under section 3; and
'public moneys' means-

(a) the general revenue; (Replaced 3 of 1983 s. 43)

(b) any moneys which are accounted for, in whole or in part, in the

books or records of account of-

(i) the Director of Accounting Services;

(ii)the Registrar General in his capacity as the Registrar General, the
Land Officer, the Registrar of Companies, the Registrar of Trade
Marks, the Registrar of Patents, the Official Receiver, the Official
Solicitor or the Official Trustee; or





(iii) the Registrar of the Supreme Court in his capacity as the
Registrar, the Official Administrator or the Master in Lunacy;
and

(c)any other moneys which the Governor may declare in writing to be
public moneys for the purposes of this Ordinance.

3. Appointment of Director

(1) The Governor, with the prior approval of the Secretary of State, shall
appoint a person to be the Director of Audit.

(2) The public officer who, at the date of commencement of this Ordinance,
holds the office of Director of Audit in the Government shall be deemed to have
been appointed under this section.

(3) No person who is appointed under this section as the Director of Audit
shall, while he holds that office, hold any other office of emolument under the Crown
in right of the Government of Hong Kong.

4. Tenure of office of Director

(1)A person who is appointed under section 3 as the Director of Audit(a)
shall hold that office during good behaviour; and

(b) may be-

(i) dismissed from that office; or

(ii) if he has not attained the normal age of retirement of public
officers, required to retire from that office,

only by order in writing by the Governor made with the prior approval
of the Secretary of State.

(2) Where a public officer is dismissed or required to retire from the office of
Director of Audit under subsection (1) a full statement of the circumstances shall be
made at the first opportunity to the Legislative Council.

4A. Salary of Director

(1) Upon the commencement of this section the Governor shall, by order
published in the Gazette, specify the rate of the salary of the Director, and thereafter
the Governor may, from time me to time, by order published in the Gazette, increase
the rate with effect from such date as shall be specified in the order.

(2) The Director shall be entitled to a salary at the rate from time to time
specified under subsection (1).

(3) The salary payable to the Director by virtue of this section shall be charged
on and paid out of the general revenue.

(Added 35 of 1979 s. 2)





5. Director's employment as public officer

Subject to section 4, the Director shall be employed subject to such
Ordinances, Colonial Regulations, administrative rules and conditions of
service as apply generally to public officers.

6. Filling of vacancy in office of Director

When a vacancy occurs in the office of Director of Audit for any reason the
Governor, with the prior approval of the Secretary of State, shall appoint
another person under section 3 to hold that office.

7. Acting appointment to office of Director

If, in the opinion of the Governor, the Director is unable to exercise his
powers or perform the duties of this office during any period for any reason, the
Governor shall appoint another person to act as the Director of Audit during
that period.

8. Duties of the Director

(1) The Director shall examine, inquire into and audit the accounts of all
accounting officers in respect of public moneys, stamps, securities, stores and
any other Government property. (Amended 60 of 1978 s. 2)
(2) The Director shall satisfy himself that-
(a)adequate directions and instructions have been given to ensure
the due collection of public moneys and that the Ordinances
relating thereto and such directions and instructions have been
duly observed by the public officers concerned therewith;
(b)all issues and payments of public moneys were made in
accordance with proper authority;
(e)all payments were properly chargeable and are supported by
sufficient vouchers or proof of payment or otherwise properly
accounted for;
(d)the rules and procedures applied to the issue and payment of
public moneys are sufficient to secure an effective control over
expenditure and that such rules and procedures have been duly
observed by the public officers concerned therewith;
(e)any public moneys appropriated by the Legislative Council for a
specified purpose and expended by a public officer have been
expended in the due application of that purpose and in
accordance with the authority under which the appropriation was
made; and





adequate rules and procedures have been made to ensure the
proper receipt, custody, issue, sale, transfer and disposal of, or
the accounting for, any stamps, securities, stores and other
Government property and that such rules and procedures have
been duly observed by the public officers concemed therewith.
(3) The Director shall not be required to undertake any duty which is, in
his opinion, incompatible with the duties imposed on him by this or any other
Ordinance.

9. Powers of the Director

(1) In the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers under
this Ordinance the Director may-
(a)authorize in writing any public officer on his behalf to conduct
any inquiry, examination or audit and require such public officer
to report thereon to him:
Provided that any such authority shall be subject to the
concurrence of the head of the Department in which the public
officer is employed;
(b)require any public officer to give such explanation, or to furnish
such information, as the Director may think fit in order to enable
the Director to discharge his duties;
(c)without payment of any fee, cause search to be made in, and
extracts to be taken from, any book, document or record in any
Government Department;
(d)require any person whom he thinks fit to explain any matter
relating to-
(i) the receipt, expenditure or custody of public moneys;
(ii) the receipt, custody, issue, sale, transfer or disposal of, or the
accounting for, any stamps, securities, stores or other
Government property; or
(iii) anything else which is, in the opinion of the Director,
necessary for him to know for the due performance of his
duties and the exercise of his powers under this Ordinance; and
(e) report to the Attorney General any matter which he thinks fit.
(2) In the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers under
this Ordinance, the Director and any public officer or other person authorized
in writing by him shall have access to all records, books, vouchers, documents,
cash, receipts, stamps, securities, stores and any other Government property in
the possession of any public officer.
(3) In the performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers under
this Ordinance the Director shall not be subject to the direction or control of
any other person or authority.





10. Appointment of staff of the Director

(1) The Governor may appoint other public officers to assist the Director in the
performance of his duties and the exercise of his powers under this Ordinance.

(2) All members of the Director's staff shall be employed subject to such
Ordinances, Colonial Regulations, administrative rules and conditions of service as
apply generally to public officers.

(3) The Director may delegate any of his duties or powers under this Ordinance,
other than the certifying and reporting of accounts, to any public officer.

11. Submission of annual accounts by the Director

of Accounting Services to the Director

(1) The Director of Accounting Services shall, within the period of 5 months, or
such longer period as the Governor may determine, after the close of each financial
year, transmit to the Director-

(a) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the Government;

(b)an annual statement of the receipts and payments by the
Government; (Amended 17 of 1985 s. 2)

(c)a statement of the assets and liabilities of each fund, other than the
Lotteries Fund, established in accordance with section 29 of the
Public Finance Ordinance (Cap. 2); (Replaced 45 of 1988 s. 2)

(d)a statement of the receipts and payments by each fund, other than
the Lotteries Fund, established in accordance with section 29 of the
Public Finance Ordinance (Cap. 2); and (Replaced 45 of 1988 s. 2)

(e)such other statements as the Governor may specify from time to time.
(Added 17 of 1985 s. 2)

(2) (Repealed 45 of 1988 s. 2)

12. Examination and audit of annual statements by the

Director and submission of report to the Governor

(1) On receipt of the statements referred to in section 11, the Director-

(a) shall examine and audit the statements; and

(b)shall, within the period of 7 months after the close of the financial
year, or such longer period as the Governor may determine, prepare
and submit to the Governor as President of the Legislative Council a
report in respect of his examination and audit of the statements and
on any matter relating to the performance of his duties and the
exercise of his powers under

this Ordinance, together with-(Amended60of 1978s. 3)





(i)a copy of the statement of assets and liabilities of the
Government, duly certified by him; (Amended 17 of 1985 s.3)

(ii)a copy of the annual statement of the receipts and payments by
the Government, duly certified by him;

(iii)a copy of each statement of assets and liabilities transmitted to
him under section 11 (1)(c), duly certified by him; and (Replaced 45
of 1988 s. 3)

(iv) a copy of each statement of receipts and payments transmitted to
him under section 11 (1)(d), duly certified by him. (Replaced 45 of
1988 s. 3)

(2) Within the period of 1 month, or such longer period as the Governor may
determine, after the receipt of the report and certified statements from the Director
under subsection (1), a copy of the report and certified statements shall- (Amended 49
of 1984 s. 2)

(a) be laid before the Legislative Council; and

(b) be submitted to the Secretary of State. (Replaced 60 of 1978s. 3)

(2A) Within the period of 3 months, or such longer period as the Governor may
determine, after the laying of the report and certified statements from the Director
under subsection (2)(a), a copy of the report of the Public Accounts Committee of
the Legislative Council shall

(a) be laid before the Legislative Council; and

(b) be submitted to the Secretary of State. (Added49 of 1984s. 2)

(3) Without prejudice to subsections (1), (2) and (2A)- (Amended49of 1984s.2)

(a) the Director may submit to the Governor as President of the

Legislative Council at any time a special report on any matter
incidental to the performance of his duties or the exercise of his
powers under this Ordinance; and (Amended60of 1978s. 3)

(b) the procedure to be followed in respect of such report shall be in

accordance with subsections (2) and (M). (Replaced 49 of 1984
s.2)

13. Director's report of serious irregularities

to the Governor

(1) The Director shall report to the Governor as President of the Legislative
Council any matter which- (Amended60of 1978s.4)

(a) constitutes, in the opinion of the Director, a serious irregularity

in the accounting for-

(i) the receipt, expenditure or custody of public moneys; or

(ii) the receipt, issue, custody, sale, transfer or delivery of any
stamps, securities, stores or any other Government property;
and





(b)comes to his notice in the performance of his duties or the exercise of
his powers under this Ordinance.

(2) The procedure to be followed in respect of a report to the Governor under
subsection (1) shall be in accordance with section 12(2) and (2A) (Replaced 49 of
1984 s. 3)

14. Audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts of

bodies corporate, etc. authorized by Ordinances

(1) Where any Ordinance empowers the Director to audit, examine or inquire
into the accounts of any person, body corporate or other body, the Director

(a)shall have in relation to such person, body corporate or other body,
its members, officers and employees, the same discretion and powers
as are conferred on him by sections 8 and 9 in relation to public
moneys, stamps, securities, stores and any other Government
property; and

(b)may authorize in writing any person publicly carrying on the
profession of accountant or any public officer to audit, examine or
inquire into the records and accounts of such person, body
corporate or other body and require the authorized accountant or
public officer to report thereon to the Director in such manner as the
Director may specify:

Provided that any such authority to a public officer shall be
subject to the concurrence of the head of the Department in which
the public officer is employed.

(2) Any person, body corporate or other body whose accounts have been
audited, examined or inquired into under subsection (1) may be charged such fee (if
any) as may be determined under section 17(1).

15. Audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts

of persons, bodies corporate, etc. under
the Governor's authority

(1) Notwithstanding that he is not empowered by any Ordinance to audit,
examine or inquire into the accounts of a person, body corporate or other body, the
Director may audit, examine or inquire into the records and accounts of any person,
body corporate or other body if

(a)he is authorized in writing to do so by the Governor in the public
interest; and

(b)in the opinion of the Director, such audit, examination or inquiry will
not interfere with the due performance of his duties and the due
exercise of his powers under this Ordinance.





(2) Where the Director undertakes under subsection (1) the audit,
examination of, or inquiry into the records and accounts of any person, body
corporate or other body, he-
(a)shall have in relation to such person, body corporate or other
body, its members, officers and employees the same discretion
and powers as are conferred on him by sections 8 and 9 in
relation to public moneys, stamps, securities, stores and any
other Government property; and
(b)may authorize in writing any person publicly carrying on the
profession of accountant or any public officer to audit, examine
or inquire into the records and accounts of such person, body
corporate or other body and require the authorized accountant
or public officer to report thereon to the Director in such manner
as the Director may determine:
Provided that any such authority to a public officer shall be
subject to the concurrence of the head of the Department in
which the public officer is employed.
(3) Any person, body corporate or other body whose records and
accounts have been audited, examined or inquired into under subsection (1)
may be charged such fee (if any) as may be determined under section 17(1).

16. Director's certification of accounts and report
of accounts of bodies corporate, etc.

(1) Subject to the provisions of any other Ordinance, where the Director
has audited, examined or inquired into the accounts of any person, body
corporate or other body under section 14 or 15 he shall-
(a)if he has audited the accounts of such person, body corporate
or other body, submit to the Governor a statement of such
accounts, duly certified by him; and
(b)prepare such a report (if any) as he may think fit in respect of his
audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts and submit such
report (if any) to the Governor.
(2) If the Director so requests, the procedure to be followed in respect of a
certified statement of accounts or report submitted to the Governor under
subsection (1) shall be in accordance with section 12(2) and (2A). (Replaced
49 of 1984 s. 4)

17. Fees to be determined by the Financial Secretary

(1) Subject to the provisions of any other Ordinance, the fee (if any)
charged for the audit, examination or inquiry into the accounts of any person,
body corporate or other body undertaken by the Director under section 14 or
15 shall-





(a) be determined by the Financial Secretary; (b) be payable by such
person, body corporate or other body; and (c) be paid into the general
revenue.

(2)Subject to the provisions of any other Ordinance, the fee (if any)
payable to an authorized person for the audit, examination or inquiry into the
accounts of any person, body corporate or other body under section 14(1)(b) or
under section 15(2)(b) shall-
(a) be determined by the Financial Secretary; and
(b) be paid from the general revenue.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2535

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

122

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:16 +0800
<![CDATA[BUILDINGS ORDINANCE (APPLICATION TO THE NEW TERRITORIES) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2534

Title

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE (APPLICATION TO THE NEW TERRITORIES) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE (APPLICATION TO THE

NEW TERRITORIES) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 121





CHAPTER 121

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE (APPLICATION TO
THE
NEW TERRITORIES) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1..........Short title ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2..........Interpretation ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART 11

APPLICATION

3................................Application of Buildings Ordinance to the New Territories ... ... ... ... 4

PART III

CERTIFICATES OF EXEMPTION

4. General power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building

works .................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

5. Special power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building works 4

-6.........................Site formation works and drainage works ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

7. Effect of certificate of exemption ......... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ...
5

8. Certificates to be in writing .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
9. Director may impose conditions ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5
10................Proof of issue of certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

11. Powers of Director may be exercised by District Lands Officer ... ... ... ... 6

12............[Had its effect] ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
13............Transitional .. ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

Schedule.....Conditions .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6





CHAPTER 121

BUILDINGS ORDINANCE (APPLICATION TO THE
NEW TERRITORIES)

To apply the Buildings Ordinance to the New Territories, to provide
for certificates of exemption from certain provisions of the
Buildings Ordinance for building works, site formation works and
drainage works for certain buildings in the New Territories and to
make necessary consequential amendments.

[16 October 1987.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Buildings Ordinance
(Application to the New Territories) Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'balcony' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Building
(Planning) Regulations;

'building Works' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the
Buildings Ordinance save that it shall not include site formation
works, drainage works, or the construction of seawalls;

'canopy' has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Building
(Planning) Regulations;

'certificate of exemption' means a certificate of exemption issued under
this Ordinance;

'certificate of exemption in respect of agricultural use' means a
certificate of exemption issued under section 5(c);

'certificate of exemption in respect of community use' means a
certificate of exemption issued under section 5(b);

'certificate of exemption in respect of new housing' means a certificate
of exemption issued under section 5(a);

'certificate of exemption in respect of replacement housing means a
certificate of exemption issued under section 5(d);

'Director' means the Director of Buildings and Lands and any person
authorized by him under section 11;

'District' has the meaning assigned to it in the District Boards
Ordinance;





'height' in relation to any building means the perpendicular height of
the building measured from the level of its lowest point at ground
level to, subject to subsection (4), the level of the highest point of
its roof,

'New Territories' does not include New Kowloon;

'party wall' means a load-bearing wall

(a)forming part of a building used or constructed to be used for
the purpose of separating adjoining buildings; and

(b) which extends continuously-

(i) from the floor level of the lowest floor of the building up
to the underside of the roof; and

(ii) from an external wall to the external wall opposite; and

(e)which has no door, doorway, arch, archway, window or other
opening constructed in it;

'roofed-over area' means the area of a building enclosed within the
external faces of the main structural walls (which includes any party
wall) of that building together with, subject to subsection (5), the
area of any balcony, stairway, verandah, porch, canopy or any
other projection from the building.

(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance any word or phrase not
defined in subsection (1) and which has a meaning assigned to it by
section 2 of the Buildings Ordinance shall have that meaning.

(3) Where a domestic building is divided into separate units by
means of one or more party walls each such unit shall, for the purposes
of this Ordinance, be considered to be a separate building if any such
party wall

(a)where that building is of a height of not more than 7.62 m, is a
load-bearing brick wall of not less than 225 mm thick;

(b)where that building is of a height of more than 7.62 m but not
more than 8.23 m

(i) for the height of the lowest storey, is a load-bearing brick
wall not less than 340 mm thick; and

(ii) for subsequent floors, is a load-bearing brick wall not
less than 225 mm thick; or

(e)is a load-bearing reinforced concrete wall not less than 175 mm
thick.

(4) In determining the highest point of a roof no account shall be
taken of

(a)one stairhood if it has a roof area of not more than 7.44 m', a
height of not more than 2.14 m and is erected and used solely
to provide protection from rain and sun for a stairway used to
gain access to the roof of the building;





(b)any parapet on the roof if the height is not more than
1.22 m; or

(c)one water storage tank if it has a roof area of not more
than 2 m', a height of not more than 1.22 m and is installed
at any point on the roof other than on a stairhood.

(5) For the purpose of calculating the roofed-over area of any
building the area of not more than 2 balconies and one canopy shall
be excluded if-

(a)they all project from the same side of the building for a
distance of not more than 1.22 m; and

(b) they are not enclosed.

PART 11

APPLICATION

3. Subject to Part Ill, the Buildings Ordinance shall apply to
the New Territories.

PART 111

CERTIFICATES OF EXEMPTION

4. The Director may issue a certificate of exemption in respect
of any building works in the New Territories.

5. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Director
shall issue a certificate of exemption in respect of building works in
the New Territories-

(a)for a building to be built by any person and to be used for
non-industrial purposes;

(b)for a building to be built by a community organization for
the use of the community;

(c)for a building to be built on agricultural land and to be
used solely for agricultural purposes;

(d)for the replacement of a temporary structure in the New
Territories.

6. Where the Director has issued a certificate of exemption
under section 4 or 5 he may also issue-





(a)a certificate of exemption in respect of site formation
works;
(b) a certificate of exemption in respect of drainage works.

7. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to compliance with any
conditions imposed by the Director under section 9-
(a)sections 4, 9, 14, 21 and 30 of the Buildings Ordinance and
the regulations made under that Ordinance shall not
apply-
(i) in respect of building works or site formation works;
and
(ii) for any building,
specified in a certificate of exemption; and
(b)the provisions and regulations mentioned in paragraph (a)
and section 28 of the Buildings Ordinance shall not
apply-
(i) in respect of any drainage works; and
(ii) for any building,
specified in a certificate of exemption,
carried out by or on behalf of the person named in that certificate of
exemption.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply in relation to a certificate of
exemption issued under section 4 or 5 in respect of a building of
greater dimensions than the building described-
(a) in the case of-
(i) a certificate of exemption in respect of new housing;
(ii) a certificate of exemption in respect of community
use; or
(iii) a certificate of exemption granted under section 4,
in Part 1 of the Schedule;
(b)in the case of a certificate of exemption in respect of
agricultural use, in Part 11 of the Schedule; or
(c)in the case of a certificate of exemption in respect of
replacement housing, in Part III of the Schedule.

8. Any certificate of exemption issued under this Ordinance
shall be in writing and in a form determined by the Director.

9. The Director may issue a certificate of exemption subject
to such conditions relating to safety and health or such other
reasonable conditions as he may impose and any such conditions
shall be recorded on the certificate of exemption.

10. For the purpose of any proceedings under this Ordinance a
document purporting to be a copy of a certificate of exemption and
purporting to be certified to be a true copy by the Director or any





District Lands Officer shall be received in evidence on its production
without further proof, and

(a) until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that-

(i) the document is a true copy of the certificate of
exemption; and

(ii) the person who certified the document was, as the case
may be, the Director or a District Lands Officer; and

(b)such document shall be prima facie evidence of all matters
contained therein.

11. The powers of the Director under this Ordinance, other than his
powers under section 4, may be exercised on his behalf by any District
Lands Officer of a District in the New Territories.

12. [Had its effect]

13. Notwithstanding the repeal of the Buildings Ordinance
(Application to the New Territories) Ordinance and the Buildings
Ordinance (Application to the New Territories) Regulations by section
12, that Ordinance and those regulations shall continue to apply to any
building works, site formation works or drainage works to which that
Ordinance and those regulations applied immediately before their repeal,
and which are in course of being carried out at the commencement of
this Ordinance.

SCHEDULE [s. 7(2).]

CONDITIONS

PART 1

Certificate of exemption in respect of new housing
or
community use, or issued under section 4

1. (1) The building, when constructed, will be a building of not more than 3
storeys and

(a)of a height of more than 7.62 m but not more than 8.23 m and with a
roofed-over area not exceeding 65.03 m 2 and in respect of which the
thickness of each load-bearing wall

(i) in the case of a load-bearing reinforced concrete wall is not less
than 175 mm thick; or

(ii) of the lowest storey is in the case of a load-bearing brick wall not
less than 340 mm; and

(iii) of any higher storey is in the case of a load-bearing brick wall
not less than 225 mm; or

(b) of a height of not more than 7.62 m-

(i) with a roofed-over area not exceeding 92.90 m 2 where the
building complies with approved plans; or

(ii) with a roofed-over area not exceeding 65.03 m 2

(2) In this Part 'approved plans' means plans prepared by the Director or
plans so prepared and modified with his consent.





PART 11

Certificate of exemption in respect of agricultural use

2. The building when constructed will be of a single storey and a height of not
more than 4.57 m.

PART Ill

Certificate of exemption in respect of replacement housing

3. The building when constructed will have a roofed-over area of not more
than 37.16 m 2 and be of a height of not more than 5.18 m.
Originally 60 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 366.) (Cap. 123.) Application of Buildings Ordinance to the New Territories. (Cap. 123.) General power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building works. Special power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building works. Site formation works and drainage works. Effect of certificate of exemption. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123.) Schedule. Certificates to be in writing. Director may impose conditions. Proof of issue of certificate. Powers of Director may be exercised by District Lands Officer. Transitional. (Cap. 322, 1964 Ed.) (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 60 of 1987. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123, sub. leg.) (Cap. 366.) (Cap. 123.) Application of Buildings Ordinance to the New Territories. (Cap. 123.) General power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building works. Special power to issue certificates of exemption in respect of building works. Site formation works and drainage works. Effect of certificate of exemption. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123.) Schedule. Certificates to be in writing. Director may impose conditions. Proof of issue of certificate. Powers of Director may be exercised by District Lands Officer. Transitional. (Cap. 322, 1964 Ed.) (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2534

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

121

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:15 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC REVENUE PROTECTION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2533

Title

PUBLIC REVENUE PROTECTION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PUBLIC REVENUE PROTECTION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 120





CHAPTER 120

PUBLIC REVENUE PROTECTION

To protect the revenue of the Colony.

[30 June 1927]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Public Revenue Protection
Ordinance.

2. If the Governor approves of the introduction into the Legislative
Council of a bill or resolution whereby, if such bill or resolution were to
become law

(u) any duty, tax, fee, rate or other item of revenue would be

imposed, removed or altered, or

(b)any allowance in respect of a duty'. tax, fee. rate or other item
of revenue would be granted, altered or removed., or

(c)any administrative or general provision in relation to a duty,
tax. fee. rate or other item of revenue would be enacted. altered
ol- removed.

the Governor may make an order giving full force and effect of law to all
the provisions of the bill or resolution so long as such order remains in
force.

(Replaced, 79 of 1974, v. 2)

3. If any such order is made, references in the bill ol- resolution in
respect of which the order is made to the commencement or coming into
operation of such bill or resolution shall. so long as such order remains
in force, be construed as references to the time of coming into force of
such order.

4. The Governor may at any time by order authorize the
Commissioner of Customs and Excise, during any period named in the
order not exceeding 4 months. to refuse to allow the delivery of dutiable
goods or commodities for local use from ship's side or warehouse on
payment of duty in any cases where deliveries are demanded of amounts
exceeding the deliveries which appear to the Commissioner to be
reasonable deliveries in the circumstances.

(Added, 37 of' 1931, s. 2. Amended 33 of' 1939. Supp.
Schedule: G.N. 840/40: L.N. 206 / 77 and L.N. 294 82)

5. (1) Every order made under this Ordinance shall come into force
immediately upon the signing thereof by the Governor unless some
other time be specified in the order for the coming into force thereof, in
which case the order shall come into force at the time so specified.





(2) Every such order shall expire and cease to be in force-

(a)upon the notification in the Gazette of the rejection by the
Legislative Council of the bill or resolution in respect of which
the order was made, or

(b)upon the notification in the Gazette of the withdrawal of the
bill or resolution or order; or (Amended, 37 of 1931, s. 2)

(e)upon the bill or resolution. with or without modification,
becoming law in the ordinary manner; or

(d)upon the expiration of 4 months from the day on which the
order came into force.

whichever event first happens. (Amended, 33 qf 1939, Supp. Schedule,
G.N. 840/40)

(3) Where it is provided in this section that an order made under
this Ordinance shall expire and cease to be in force upon the notification
in the Gazette of any act. such order shall expire and cease to be in force
on the day which purports to be the date of the Gazette in which the
notification appears. and immediately before midnight on that day.

(4) If in any proceedings any question arises as to the time when
the Governor signed any particular order under this Ordinance, the
production of a certificate purporting to be under the hand of the Chief
Secretary and stating the time of such signature shall be prima facie
evidence that such order was signed at the time stated in such
certificate.

(Amended, 33 qf 1939, Supp. Schedule, G.N. 840,40)

6. So much of any duty, tax, fee, rate or other item of revenue as
may have been paid under any order made under this Ordinance in
excess of the respective duty, tax. fee. rate or other item of revenue
payable immediately after the expiration of the order shall be repaid to
the person who paid the same.

(Amended, 33 of 1939. Supp. Schedule, G.N. 840/40)

7. Where an order under this Ordinance has the effect of lowering
any duty, tax, fee, rate or other Item of revenue and where the order
ceases to be in force and is not replaced, with or without modification,
by the bill or resolution in respect of which it was made, the duty, tax,
fee, rate or other item of revenue which was payable immediately before
the coming into force of the order shall thereupon again become payable
in full.

(Amended, 33 of 1939, Supp. Schedule, G.N. 840/40)
Originally 9 of 1927. (Cap. 120, 1950.) 37 of 1931. 33 of 1939. 79 of 1974. L.N. 206/77. L.N. 294/82. Short title. Provisional amendment of revenue legislation. Meaning of certain references. Restriction of delivery of dutiable goods. 1915 c. 89, s. 15. Coming into force and duration of order. Refund of excess duty, etc. Restoration of former rate of duty, etc., in certain cases.

Abstract

Originally 9 of 1927. (Cap. 120, 1950.) 37 of 1931. 33 of 1939. 79 of 1974. L.N. 206/77. L.N. 294/82. Short title. Provisional amendment of revenue legislation. Meaning of certain references. Restriction of delivery of dutiable goods. 1915 c. 89, s. 15. Coming into force and duration of order. Refund of excess duty, etc. Restoration of former rate of duty, etc., in certain cases.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2533

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

120

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:15 +0800
<![CDATA[CREDIT UNIONS (FORMS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2532

Title

CREDIT UNIONS (FORMS) REGULATIONS

Description






CREDIT UNIONS (FORMS) REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 119, section 85).

[28th February, 1970.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Credit Unions (Forms)
Regulations.

2. The memorandum of association required under subsection (2) of
section 4 of the Ordinance shall be in Form 1 in the Schedule.

3. The certificate of registration issued under subsection (3) of
section 5 of the Ordinance shall be in Form 2 in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE.

FORM 1. (s.4(2).]


THE CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE.

(Chapter 119).


MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION.


(Section 4).


1. The undersigned hereby apply for the registration of a Credit Union

under the provisions of the Credit Unions Ordinance.



2. The membership of the Credit Union shall be limited to [describe



the common bond of membership] .........................................................

.....................................

3. The corporate name of the Credit Union is to be ...........................


4. The capital of the Credit Union shall be unlimited in amount and

shall be divided into shares of a value of five dollars each.






5.The by-laws attached to this memorandum of association shall be

the by-laws of the Credit Union.

6. The provisional secretary of the Credit Union shall be ..................


7. The names and addresses of the undersigned, the number of shares

for which each has subscribed, and the
relationship of each to the common bond of
membership, are as follows

Common Bond No. of
Signature Name Address Relationship)
*AGE shares taken

*Note:Here state the age of the first three subscribers who must be over twenty-one years of age.

Dated this day of
19

WE were personally present and saw each of the persons whose name
appears as a subscriber to this memorandum and the duplicate
thereof sign his name thereto.





First witness- Second witness-


Name Name

Address Address

Signature Signature

Seal of
Registrar

.................................................
Registrar of Credit Unions.



FRMm 2. [s. 5(3).]

THE CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE.
(Chapter 119).

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION.
(Section 5(3)

The Credit Union, having filed a duly

executed Memorandum of Association, is registered under the Credit Unions
Ordinance, with effect from the date hereof.

Dated this day of 19

...............

Registrar of Credit Unions.

L.N. 2/70. Citation. Memorandum of association. Schedule, Form 1. Certificate of registration. Schedule, Form 2.

Abstract

L.N. 2/70. Citation. Memorandum of association. Schedule, Form 1. Certificate of registration. Schedule, Form 2.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2532

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

119

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:14 +0800
<![CDATA[CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2531

Title

CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 119





CHAPTER 119.

CREDIT UNIONS ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section...................................... page.

PART L

PRELIMINARY.

1. Short title and commencement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART H.

FORMATION AND POWERS OF CREDIT UNIONS

3. Conditions of registration ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
4. Memorandum of association ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

5. Registration ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

6. incorporation with limited liability; and effect thereof ... ... ... ... 7

7. Restriction on name ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

8. Amendment of memorandum of association .... ... ... ... ... ... 7

9. Registered office ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

10.........Powers ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

PART Ill.

CAPITAL, SHARES AND MEMBER~.

11..................Capital divided into shares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

12.........................Allotment and subscription for shares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

13.............Disposal of shares ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

14.............................Restriction on disposal of shares by officers, etc . ... ... ... 9

15....................................Membership limited to persons with common occupation, etc . ... ... 9

16...........................Admission to and conditions of membership ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

17.........Minors ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

18...............Expulsion of member .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
19...............Cessation of membership ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

20......................Payment on cessation of membership ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
21......................Liability on cessation of membership ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

22...........................Debts owed by members or past members ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

23....................................Payment to nominee or person entitled upon death of member ... ... 11

24....................Record of members and shares ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART IV.







MEETINGS AND ELECTION OF BOARD AND COMMITTEES

25....................Annual and special meetings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

26.........Voting ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
27. First meeting 12





Section...................................... Page.

28.......................................Election and tenure of office of board of directors and committees ... 12

29. Meetings of board and committees, and appointment of officers and

procedure ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

30..................Officers of a credit union ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
31..................Composition of the committees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

32.............Remuneration ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

PART V.

MANAGEMENT.

Powers and duties of board.

33....................Powers and duties of the board ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

Powers and duties of supervisory committee.

34...........................Powers and duties of supervisory committee ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

Powers and duties of credit committee.

35.........................Powers and duties of credit committee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is

36.............Approval of loans .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

37....................Acceptable security for loans ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... is

38...........Loan officers .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART VI.

LOANS, BORROWING, RESERVE FUND AND DIVIDENDS.

Loans to members.

39...........Purposes of loans ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

40...............Restrictions on loans ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

41.............Rates of interest .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

42. Unanimous vote required for loans to directors or committee members 16

Borrowing powers.

43.............Borrowing powers ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

44. Power to mortage, etc. as security for borrowed money ... ... ... ... 17

Reserve fund.

45...........Reserve fund .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

Dividends.

46...........................Declaration, limit and payment of dividend ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART VIII.







BY-LAWS.

47.........By-laws ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

48...............Amendment of by-laws ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

49. Binding effect of the by-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... 19





Section. Page.
PART VIII.
RETURNS, AUDIT, INFORMATION AND INQUIRY.
50. Return of names of officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
51. Return of supervisory annual audit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
52. Registrar's annual examination ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
53. Information for Registrar and verification thereof ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
54. Inquiry, examination and suspension ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

PART m
WINDING-UP.

55...................Winding-up of credit unions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20
56...................Application of Companies Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

57...............................Credit union may resolve to be wound up by the court ... ... ... ... 20
58...............................Petition by Registrar for winding-up in other cases ... ... 1 ... 21
59...............................Application of rule 22A of Companies (Winding-up) Rules ... ... ... 21
60...............................Winding-up for insolvency or on equitable grounds ... ... ... ... 21

61..........................Qualification as to contribution in winding-up ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

PART X.
APPEALS.

62.....................Appeal against action of Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

PART XL
THE CREDIT UNION LEAGUE OF HONG
KONG KONG.

63.....................Incorporation of league of credit unions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

64............Objects of League .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

65........Vesting ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

66...................Board of directors and officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

67............League by-laws ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 23

68.................Registration with Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

69.....................Scaling and signing of documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

70..........Membership ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

71.....Levy ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

72............Stabilization fund ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

73........................Application of other sections to League ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

74........Saying ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

PART XII.
OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES.

75..........Illegal loans ............ ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

76.................False returns to Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

77............................Prohibition of disclosure of certain information ... ... ... ... ... 25







78..........................Failure to report resolution for winding-up ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

79. Restriction on use of expression 'credit union- or in Chinese 26
80. Penalty 26

81. Criminal liability of officers of credit union ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26





Section. Page
PART XIII.
REGISTRAR.

82. Appointment of Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26
83. Register of Credit Unions to be kept ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26
84. Forms of records, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 26

PART XIV.

REGULATIO
NS.

85. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27 Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27





CHAPTER 119.

CREDIT UNIONS.

Toincorporate and regulate credit unions and the Credit Union
League of Hong Kong, and to provide for matters incidental
thereto.

PART I.

PRELIMINARY.

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Credit Unions Ordin-
ance and shall come into operation on a day to be appointed by the
Governor by notice in the Gazette.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'board' means a board of directors of a credit union constituted
under section 28;

'by-laws' means the by-laws made in accordance with Part VII
and approved by the Registrar under subsection (3) of section
5 or the by-laws (if any) prescribed under section 85;

'credit union' means a credit union registered under this Ordinance;

'director' means a director of a board;

'financial year' means the twelve months ending on the 31st day
of March in any year or on such other annual date as may be
provided in the by-laws;

'League' means the Credit Union League of Hong Kong incor-
porated under Part Xl;

'officer' and 'officer of a credit union' mean any of the persons
specified in section 30;

'Registrar' means the Registrar of Credit Unions appointed under
section 82;

',share' means, in relation to a credit union, each sum of five
dollars standing to the credit of a member in the accounts of
that credit union;

',share balance' means the total value of all-

(a) fully paid up shares; and

(b) instalments paid in respect of other shares,

appearing for the time being in the accounts of a credit union;

'treasurer' means the person appointed under section 29 as treas-
urer or as treasurer and secretary of a board.





PART II.

FORMATION AND POWERS OF CREDIT UNIONS.

3. (1) Any fifteen or more persons-

(a) each of whom is not less than sixteen years of age;

(b)at least three of whom are not less than twenty-one years of
age;

(c) who satisfy the requirements of section 15;

(d)who wish to associate themselves together as a credit union
for the objects set forth in subsection (2),

may be registered as a credit union.

(2) The objects of a credit union shall be-

(a) to promote thrift among its members;

(b)to receive the savings of its members either as payment on
shares or as deposits; and

(c)to make loans to its members, exclusively for provident or
productive purposes.

4. (1) The persons referred to in section 3 may apply for the
registration of a credit union to the Registrar.

(2) Such persons shall sign in duplicate before two witnesses (who
shall not be subscribers to the memorandum) a memorandum of
association in the prescribed form and cause both copies thereof to be
filed in the office of the Registrar.

(3) There shall be attached to the memorandum of association two
copies of the by-laws by which it is proposed that the credit union shall
be governed.

(4) The persons signing the memorandum of association shall
appoint a provisional secretary, who shall hold office until a secretary of
the board is appointed under section 29.

5. (1) When the memorandum of association is duly filed, the
Registrar shall consider whether the application complies with this
Ordinance and may make such inquiries as he deems necessary for that
purpose.

(2) The Registrar, after making such inquiries, may register the
credit union, if he is satisfied

(a)that the proposed by-laws do not conflict with any provision
of this Ordinance;

(b)that the proposed by-laws are sufficient to enable the credit
union to carry out its objects;

(c)that the body to which membership is limited is such as to
ensure reasonable personal association amongst the members;





(d)that the applicants have reasonable prospects of carrying out
the objects of a credit union;

(e)that the applicants and the application comply with the
requirements of this Ordinance.

(3) On such registration the Registrar shall send to the provisional
secretary of the credit union

(a) one copy of the memorandum of association;

(b)one copy of the by-laws, with his approval endorsed thereon;
and

(c) a certificate of registration, in the prescribed form.

6. (1) Upon its registration, a credit union shall be a body corporate
with perpetual succession and shall be capable of suing and being sued
in its registered name and, subject to this Ordinance, of doing and
suffering all such other acts and things as bodies corporate may lawfully
do and suffer.

(2) In addition, upon such registration-

(a)all the movable property for the time being vested in any
person in trust for the credit union shall vest in it;

(b)all liabilities incurred by any person as trustee of the credit
union shall become its liabilities; and

(c)all legal proceedings pending by or against any such trustee
may be prosecuted by or against the credit union in its
registered name.

(3) The liability of a member of a credit union shall be limited to the
amount of the shares held by him.

7. No credit union shall be registered under a name identical with
that by which any other existing credit union has been registered, or so
nearly resembling the same as to be likely to deceive, and the expression
'credit union', or the Chinese expression shall be the last words of the
name of every credit union.

8. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, a credit union may, by resolution
passed by two-thirds of the members, present and qualified to vote, at
an annual meeting, or at a special meeting called for the purpose, amend
its memorandum of association.

(2) No such amendment shall be of any effect until approved by the
Registrar and his approval is endorsed by him on the memorandum of
association.

9. Every credit union shall have a registered office in the Colony to
which all communications and notices shall be sent. The credit union
shall send to the Registrar written notice of the address of its registered
office and of every change of the address thereof.





10. For the purpose of carrying out its objects, a credit union
may-

(a)deposit money in any bank in the Colony approved by the
Registrar;
(b)invest in any stock, debenture stock, funds or securities
in which a trustee may invest by virtue of the Trustee
Ordinance;
(c) become a member of any other credit union;
(d) subject to section 43, borrow money;
(e) insure its loans, funds and property against loss;
(f)subject to this Ordinance, under the hands of its president
and treasurer, or vice-president and treasurer, draw, make,
accept, endorse, execute and issue promissory notes, bills
of exchange, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable
or transferable instruments;
(9)hold, purchase, take on lease, sell, exchange, lease or
otherwise dispose of any land;
(h)do all such other acts and things as are incidental or con-
ducive to or consequential upon the attainment of the
objects mentioned in section 3.

PART 111.

CAPITAL, SHAMS AND MEMBERSHIP.

11. The capital of a credit union shall be unlimited in amount
and shall be divided into shares of a value of five dollars each.

12. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, shares in a credit union
may he allotted, subscribed and paid for in the manner provided
in the by-laws.

(2) Shares in a credit union shall be allotted only to the
members thereof.

(3) No share shall be allotted to a member until he has paid
for it in cash in full without any premium or discount.

(4) A credit union shall not issue to a member a certificate
denoting ownership of a share.

13. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, shares in a credit union
may be transferred or withdrawn by the holder thereof in the
manner provided in the by-laws.

(2) No transfer or withdrawal of shares in a credit union
shall be valid unless approved by the board, which approval shall
be withheld if the transfer or withdrawal would reduce the total
number of members of the credit union to less than fifteen.





(3) A transfer of shares in a credit union may take place only
between the members thereof and no charge in respect of any
transfer shall be imposed by the credit union.

(4) A member of a credit union may not transfer or withdraw
any shares if the transfer or withdrawal would make the total
value of his shares less than his total liability to the credit union,
whether as borrower, pledgor, guarantor or otherwise.

14. (1) No officer or member of a credit union, whilst entrusted
with or participating in the management of the affairs of the credit
union, shall pledge, transfer, withdraw or otherwise dispose of his
shares except in accordance with this Ordinance and the by-laws.

(2) If a credit union is wound up under Part IX, any disposi-
tion of shares by way of pledge, transfer, withdrawal or otherwise
made by an officer or member thereof within the four months
preceding the commencement of the winding-up shall be invalid
and the officer or member shall remain liable to the creditors of
the credit union to the extent of any shares so disposed of.

15. The membership of a credit union shall be limited to
persons having a common bond of occupation, employment, asso-
ciation, or residence within a defined neighbourhood, community,
or rural or urban area:

Provided that a member of a credit union who ceases to have
the common bond to which membership of the credit union is
limited may retain his membership thereof but may not obtain the
grant of any loan therefrom exceeding the value of his shares in the
credit union.

16. (1) A person shall not be admitted to membership of a
credit union unless-
(a)his application for membership has been approved by the
board;
(b)he has paid such entrance fee, not exceeding one dollar,
as may be provided in the by-laws; and

(c)he has subscribed to at least one share and has paid an
amount thereon not less than such initial instalment as
may be provided in the by-laws.

(2) Subject to subsection (1), the conditions of membership
of a credit union shall be in accordance with the by-laws.

17. (1) A minor may be admitted to membership of a credit
union but shall not be qualified to vote at the annual or special
meetings thereof until he has attained the age of sixteen years.

(2) The minority of any person duly admitted as a member
of any credit union shall not debar that person from executing any





document necessary to be executed or given under this Ordinance,
and shall not be a ground for invalidating or avoiding any contract
entered into by any such person with the credit union; and any
such contract entered into by any such person with the credit union,
whether as principal or as surety, shall be enforceable at law by
or against such person notwithstanding his minority.

18. (1) A member of the credit union who contravenes any
provision of this Ordinance or acts in any way detrimental to the
interests of the credit union may be expelled therefrom upon a
resolution passed by two-thirds of the members present and qualified
to vote, at an annual meeting, or at a special meeting called for the
purpose.

(2) The grounds on which his expulsion is being considered
shall be communicated to the member in writing by the board not
less than seven days before the resolution for his expulsion is to be
moved and he shall be given the opportunity to answer, either in
writing before the meeting or orally thereat.

(3) The by-laws of a credit union may make provision in
respect of the expulsion of members therefrom.

19. Subject to this Ordinance, a member of a credit union
who transfers or withdraws all his shares therein or who is expelled
therefrom shall, from the date of such transfer, withdrawal or
expulsion, cease to be a member of the credit union.

20. (1) Subject to this section, any money owed in respect of
shares by a credit union to a past member thereof shall, after
deduction of any money owed by him to the credit union, be paid
to him.

(2) A credit union may, if it thinks fit, postpone the payment
of any money owed to a past member for not more than ninety
days after his membership ends.

(3) No payment shall be made by a credit union to a past
member unless all his liabilities to the credit union, whether as
borrower, pledgor, guarantor or otherwise, have been fully dis-
charged or otherwise fully provided for by a person other than the
credit union.

21. A past member of a credit union shall have no further
rights therein but shall not thereby be released from any remaining
liability to the credit union.

22. (1) Any money owed to a credit union by a member or
a past member shall be a civil debt and recoverable as such in a
court of competent jurisdiction.





(2) A credit union shall have a lien on the shares of a member for
any debt owed to it by him, and may set off any sum standing to the
credit of such member in the accounts of the credit union towards the
payment of such debt.

23. (1) Subject to this section, any money owed in respect of shares
by a credit union to a member thereof who dies shall be paid to the
person nominated in accordance with this section, or, if there is no
person so nominated, to such person as may appear to the board, on
such evidence as it deems satisfactory, to be entitled by law to receive
the same, after deducting such amounts as may be owed by the deceased
member to the credit union.

(2) A member of a credit union over the age of sixteen years may in
writing, signed by him in the presence of two attesting witnesses and
deposited during his lifetime with the treasurer of the credit union,
nominate any person (hereinafter in this section referred to as a nominee)
to receive in the event of his death any money owed to him in respect of
shares by the credit union.

(3) A member of a credit union shall be entitled to appoint only one
nominee unless he holds more than one share.

(4) If more than one nominee is appointed by a member the exact
proportion of the amount available which is to be payable to each
nominee shall be specified at the time of nomination.

(5) If any payment is made under this section to a nominee who is a
minor, a receipt given either by the minor or by his guardian shall be
sufficient discharge to the credit union.

24. A record of members and shares shall be kept by every credit
union and shall contain and be prima facie evidence of

(a) the name, address and occupation of each member;

(b)the number of shares (with the dates of allotment thereof) held
by each member;

(c)the total number of shares and the amount paid up in respect
thereof;

(d)the date on which each member was admitted to membership;

(e) the date on which a member ceased to be such;

(f) every appointment of a nominee under section 23.

PART IV.

MEETINGS AND ELECTION OF BOARD AND COMMITTEES.

25. (1) There shall be an annual meeting of the members of a credit
union within sixty days after the end of the financial year within which
the first meeting of the credit union is held pursuant to section 27 and
thereafter within sixty days after the end of each subsequent financial
year.





(2) Subject to this Ordinance, special meetings of the members
may be called at the times and in the manner provided in the by-laws.

(3) Where in any case, due to the nature of the common
occupation or employment of the persons forming a credit union,
it is not practicable for all the members thereof to be present at
the same instance at its annual or special meetings, substitute
meetings of members may be held on two separate occasions in
the manner provided in the by-laws, and meetings so held shall
together be deemed to be annual or special meetings, whichever is
appropriate.

(4) Subject to section 26, the voting and the procedure at
annual and special meetings shall be in accordance with the by-laws.

26. (1) No member shall have more than one vote at any
annual or special meeting and no voting by proxy shall be allowed
thereat.

(2) Voting at an election of members to the board, the super-
visory committee or the credit committee of a credit union shall be
by secret ballot.

27. (1) The provisional secretary of a credit union shall,
within ten days after the receipt by him of the certificate of registra-
tion issued in accordance with section 5, notify each of the members
of the credit union that he has received it and shall summon the
first meeting of the members, which shall be held within fourteen
days of the date of his receipt of the certificate,

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the body of persons
which has been registered as a credit union under section 5 shall be
deemed to be the members of the credit union.

28. (1) At its first meeting after registration, a credit union
shall elect from among its members-
(a)a board consisting of five directors or of such greater
number, not exceeding fifteen, as may be provided in the
by-laws;
(b) a supervisory committee consisting of three members; and
(c) a credit committee consisting of three members.

(2) At the annual meeting in every subsequent financial year
there shall retire from office the number nearest one-third of the
directors, one member of the supervisory committee and one mem-
ber of the credit committee.

(3) The directors and committee members who shall retire in
any year shall be those who have been longest in office since their
last election; as between persons who became directors or com-
mittee members on the same day, those who shall retire shall
(unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by
lot.





(4) A retiring director or committee member shall be eligible for re-
election.

(5) At the annual meeting at which a director or committee member
retires under subsection (2) the credit union shall fill the vacated office
by electing a person thereto from among its members.

(6) Any vacancy occurring-

(a)on the board or the credit committee, shall be filled by
appointment by the board within fourteen days of the
occurrence of such vacancy; or

(b)on the supervisory committee, shall be filled by appointment
by that committee within fourteen days of the occurrence of
such vacancy.

(7) Where an appointment is made under subsection (6) other than
for the purpose of filling a temporary vacancy caused through illness,
absence from the Colony or any other cause, the person so appointed
shall retire at the same time as if he had become a director or committee
member, as the case may be, on the day on which the person in whose
place he is appointed was last elected.

29. (1) Immediately following its election the board shall hold its
first meeting and thereat shall appoint from among its members a
president, a vice-president, a treasurer and a secretary:

Provided that the board may appoint one person to perform the
functions of both treasurer and secretary.

(2) The supervisory committee and the credit committee shaft hold
their first meetings immediately after election and shall appoint for each
committee

(a)a chairman, who shall preside at the meetings of the committee;
and

(b) a secretary.

(3) Subsequent meetings of the board and of each committee shall
be held at least once in every month and at such other times as may be
considered necessary by the president, in the case of the board, or by
the chairman, in the case of each committee, or as may be provided in the
by-laws.

(4) If the president and vice-president are both absent from any
meeting of the board, the, members present may appoint one of
themselves to preside at the meeting.

(5) If the chairman is absent from any meeting of the supervisory
committee or the credit committee, the members present may appoint one
of themselves to preside at the meeting.

(6) The number of members which shall constitute a quorum at a
meeting of the board, the credit committee or the supervisory committee
shall be as provided by the by-laws.





30. The persons for the time being appointed to the offices
referred to in section 29 shall be the officers of the credit union
concerned.

31. (1) No member of the supervisory committee may be a
director of the board or a member of the credit committee.
(2) Neither the president nor the treasurer of the board nor
more than one director of a credit union may be a member of the
credit committee thereof.

32. No director or member of either committee of a credit
union shall, as such, receive remuneration from that credit union:

Provided that the treasurer may be paid such remuneration as
may be determined at an annual meeting of the credit union.

PART V.
MANAGEMENT.

Powers and duties of board.

33. (1) The board of a credit union shall have the general
management of the affairs, funds and records of the credit union
and, except where a contrary intention appears, shall exercise and
perform all the powers and duties conferred and imposed by this
Ordinance and in particular shall-
(a)act and make decisions upon all applications for member-
ship of the credit union;
(b)determine the maximum number of shares which may be
held by any one member, which shall not without the
permission of the board exceed twenty per cent of the
shares of the credit union and which shall apply to all
members;
(c)determine the length of notice (which shall not exceed
ninety days) required from a member of his intention to
transfer or withdraw shares;
(d)determine the maximum length of time in respect of
which loans made by the credit union to its members may
remain outstanding, in whole or in part;
(e)subject to subsection (2) of section 40, determine the
maximum amount of loans which may be made to a
member, with security or without security;
(f)subject to section 41, determine the rates of interest pay-
able during any specified period on such loans;
(g)fix from time to time the amount of any surety bond
which shall be required in respect of any officer or member
concerned with the receipt, management or expenditure of
money for or on behalf of the credit union, and for such
purposes may authorize the payment of any premium on
such bonds by the credit union;





(h)appoint persons to act, under the direction of the board, in the
furtherance of the education of persons in the objects and
practices of credit unions.

(2) The board shall exercise and perform such other powers and
duties as may be conferred or imposed upon it by the by-laws.

Powers and duties of supervisory committee.

34. In addition to such powers and duties as may be conferred or
imposed by the by-laws, the supervisory committee

(a)shall carry out an examination of the affairs and audit the
accounts of the credit union and prepare a balance sheet on
the accounts at least once in each quarter of every financial
year;

(b)shall make or provide for an annual audit of the accounts of
the credit union and submit a report thereon together with a
balance sheet to the annual meeting of the credit union for its
approval;

(c)may, if it deems it to be necessary in the interests of the credit
union, by the unanimous vote of all its members suspend any
director of the board or any member of the credit committee
from the functions of his office and call a special meeting of
the credit union to consider a report of the committee on such
suspension;

(d)may call a special meeting of the credit union to consider any
matter which in the opinion of the committee ought to receive
such consideration.

Powers and duties of credit committee.

35. In addition to such powers and duties as may be conferred or
imposed by the by-laws, the credit committee shall have general
supervision over all loans made to the members of the credit union and,
subject to paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of subsection (1) of section 33,
shall, in respect of every such loan

(a) fix the amount thereof;

(b) decide on the security (if any) required therefor; and

(c) determine the conditions for repayment thereof.

36. Save as provided in section 38, no loan shall be made to a
member of the credit union except with the prior and unanimous
approval of the members of the credit committee.

37. In addition to or in lieu of any other form of security, the credit
committee may in its discretion accept an endorsement of a note by a
member as guarantor or a pledge of shares by a member as security for a
loan.





38. (1) The credit committee, with the prior approval of the
board, may appoint members of the credit committee as loan
officers to act under the committee's supervision.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 36, a loan
officer may make loans to members of the credit union in the
manner provided in the by-laws.

PART VI.

LOANS, BORROWING, RESERVE FUND AND DIVIDENDS.

Loans to members.

39. No loan shall be made to a member of a credit union
under this Ordinance other than for provident or productive
purposes.

40. (1) Save as is provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of
section 10, no credit union shall make a loan to any person who
is not a member thereof.

(2) A loan shall not be made by a credit union to a member
thereof if this would cause the member to owe the credit union
more than ten per cent of the aggregate amount of the share balance,
the reserve fund and any other funds of the credit union.

41. (1) The interest rate on any loan made by a credit union
to a member thereof shall not exceed one per cent per month on
the total of the unpaid balance of any such loan plus an charges
(if any) made by the credit union in making the loan.

(2) The interest rate determined in respect of loans made to
members of a credit union during any specified period shall be
the same for all such loans.

42. No director or member of the supervisory committee or
the credit committee may obtain a loan from the credit union in
excess of the value of his shares except upon the unanimous vote
of a majority of the board, the supervisory committee and the
credit committee, sitting together, such director or member not
being present at the taking of the vote.

Borrowing powers.

43. (1) Subject to this section, a credit union may borrow
money for the carrying out of its objects.

(2) No money shall be borrowed by a credit union save upon
a resolution of its board.

(3) A credit union may not borrow money so that its total
indebtedness would in consequence exceed fifty per cent of its share
balance.





(4) A credit union may not borrow money so that its total
indebtedness would in consequence exceed twenty-five per cent of its
share balance, except in addition to the board's resolution, upon a
resolution passed by not less than three-fourths of the members, present
and qualified to vote, at a special meeting of the credit union called for
the purpose or if sanctioned in writing by not less than two-thirds of the
total number of the members of the credit union qualified to vote.

44. A credit union may mortgage, charge or pledge any of its
property to secure any liability for the repayment of money borrowed in
accordance with section 43.

Reserve fund.

45. (1) The board shall set aside a reserve fund, into which shall be
paid

(a) all entrance fees and fines collected from members; and

(b)during each financial year, not less than twenty per cent of the
net earnings for the previous financial year, before the
declaration or payment of any dividend in relation to the
previous financial year,

until the reserve fund is equal to at least ten per cent of the share
balance of the credit union, and such further amounts of the net earnings
shall be paid into the fund in every year as may be necessary to maintain
that percentage.

(2) The reserve fund shall not be used in making loans to members
of the credit union.

(3) Any income received from any part of the reserve fund which is
deposited or invested shall be paid to the general revenue of the credit
union.

(4) The reserve fund shall be kept as a reserve against losses
incurred from loans made by the credit union which remain outstanding
after the time for their repayment in full has expired and other losses,
other than excess expenditure over income, incurred by the credit union,
and shall not be used for any other purpose except upon the winding-up
of the credit union or with the prior approval in writing of the Registrar:

Provided that during the twelve months next following the date of
its registration, an amount not exceeding the total of the entrance fees
collected from members may be drawn from the reserve fund to meet any
expenses incurred in the formation and organization of a credit union.

Dividends.

46. (1) After provision is made for the reserve fund, in accordance
with section 45, and before the holding of the annual meeting of the
credit union for that year, the board may by resolution recommend that a
dividend, not exceeding six per cent per





annum, shall be paid from the remainder of the net earnings and shall
present any such resolution to that annual meeting.

(2) The annual meeting may declare a dividend for that year, which
shall not exceed the amount recommended by the board.

(3) A dividend so declared shall be paid on all shares fully paid up
and registered in the name of the same member throughout the previous
financial year:

Provided that a member who is registered as owner at the end of a
financial year of shares which became fully paid up during that year
shall be entitled to the proportional part of such dividend calculated
from the fifth day of the month following the date upon which such
shares became fully paid up.

(4) Subject to subsection (3), payment of the dividend (if any) so
declared may be made in such manner and amounts and at such times as
may be provided in the by-laws.

PART VII.

BY-LAWS.

47. (1) The by-laws of every credit union shall be in a form
approved by the Registrar.

(2) The by-laws of a credit union may, and, if so directed by the
Registrar, shall, include provision for all or any of the following

(a)the depositing of all or any specified funds or money of a
credit union in a bank in the Colony approved by the
Registrar;

(b)the imposition of charges on any member whose account
remains inactive for a specified period;

(c)the imposition of fines upon members for failure to meet their
obligations to the credit union;

(d)specifying the purposes for which the profits of the credit
union may be used.

(3) Any by-laws which are prescribed under paragraph (a) of
section 85 shall, subject to such modification as may be approved by the
Registrar, be deemed to be the by-laws of a credit union.

(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 20 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, it shall not be necessary
to publish the by-laws of a credit union in the Gazette.

48. (1) By-laws may be amended only by a resolution of two-
thirds.of the members present and qualified to vote, at the annual
meeting of the credit union or at a special meeting thereof called for the
purpose.

(2) No such amendment shall be of any effect until the same has
been approved in writing by the Registrar.





49. The by-laws of a credit union shall bind the credit union
and the members thereof to the same extent as if each member had
subscribed his name and affixed his seal thereto and there were in
such by-laws a covenant on the part of himself, his executors,
administrators and assigns to conform to such by-laws, subject to
the provisions of this Ordinance.

PART VIII.

RETURNS, AUDIT, INFORMATION AND INQUIRY.

50. A record of the name, occupation and address of each
officer of a credit union shall be furnished to the Registrar not
later than ten days after the appointment of the officer.

51. A copy of the audit report and balance sheet, submitted
to the annual meeting in accordance with paragraph (b) of section
34 and approved thereat, shall be furnished to the Registrar not
later than thirty days after the date of such meeting.

52. (1) The accounts of a credit union shall be examined at
least once in every year by or under the direction of the Registrar
and a credit union undergoing such examination shall produce all
cash in hand, books, records and other documents required by the
person conducting the examination.

(2) Every such examination shall include an inquiry into
overdue debts (if any) and a valuation of the assets and liabilities
of the credit union.

(3) A copy of the report of the last examination carded out
under this section and a copy of the audit report and balance sheet
referred to in section 51 shall be posted in a conspicuous place at
the registered office of the credit union for not less than one month.

53. (1) A credit union shall furnish the Registrar with such
statements with respect to its business, finances and other affairs
and with such other information as he may from time to time
require.

(2) Any statement and other information and any record and
report required to be furnished by a credit union to the Registrar
under this Ordinance or the by-laws shall be certified by the super-
visory committee and verified by the president and the treasurer
of the credit union.

54. (1) The Registrar and any person authorized by him
may inquire into the condition and affairs of a credit union and for
this purpose shall be given access to all books, records and other
documents of the credit union and may make such inquiries as are
in his opinion necessary to ascertain its financial condition, its
ability to provide for the payment of its liabilities as they become
due and whether or not it has complied with this Ordinance.





(2) The Registrar may, if he is satisfied, from an inquiry into the
condition and affirs of a credit union, that any of its funds, securities or
other property may have been misappropriated or improperly used or
that the books, records or other documents do not show its true
financial position, appoint an auditor to make such inquiry and audit of
the affairs of the credit union as the Registrar considers necessary.

(3) The Registrar may, after an inquiry under this section, if he is
satisfied that the continuance in business of such credit union would
not be in the interests of its members or of the public, order the credit
union to suspend business for such time as he may decide.

PART IX.

WINDING-UP.

55. No credit union shall be wound up otherwise than in
accordance with this Part.

56. (1) Save as is otherwise provided in this Part, the provisions of
the Companies Ordinance relating to the winding-up of a company shall,
to the extent that such provisions are applicable in the case, apply to the
winding-up of a credit union.

(2) For the purposes of such winding-up, the term 'Registrat in the
Companies Ordinance shall have the meaning assigned to it by this
Ordinance.

(3) The Colonial Secretary shall appoint a person to discharge the
duties of Official Receiver in any such winding-up.

57. (1) Subject to this section, a credit union may-

(a)by instrument in writing signed by three-quarters of its
members qualified to vote at its meetings; or

(b)by resolution passed by three-quarters of its members
qualified to vote and voting at a special meeting called for the
purpose,

resolve that it be wound up by the court.

(2) Every credit union shall give at least ten days prior notice in
writing to the Registrar of its intention to issue any such instrument for
the signature of its members or to hold any such meeting, as the case
may be.

(3) Where a credit union resolves under subsection (1) that it be
wound up by the court, a copy of the instrument or a record of the
resolution, certified by the president and treasurer of the credit union,
shall be delivered forthwith to the Registrar who shall, as soon as
practicable thereafter, petition the court for an order to wind up the
credit union.





58. (1) The Registrar may, if he thinks fit, petition the court for an
order to wind up a credit union if he is satisfied that

(a) the number of members qualified to vote at meetings of
the credit union has been reduced to less than fifteen;

(b)the registration of the credit union was obtained by fraud or
mistake;

(c) it is not a bona fide credit union;

(d) it exists for an illegal purpose;

(e) it is not carrying on business or is not in operation; or

(f) it has wilfully, after notice from the Registrar, contravened any of
the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) The Registrar may, if he thinks fit, give notice to a credit union
of his intention to petition the court under this section, setting out the
grounds therefor and stating that, unless cause is shown to the contrary
within a specified period, he will petition the court accordingly.

(3) The Registrar may, if he has given notice under subsection (2),
and unless in his opinion sufficient cause to the contrary is shown by
the credit union within the specified period, proceed with the petition.

59. Rule 22A of the Companies (Winding-up) Rules shall not apply in
respeet of a petition under section 57 or 58.

60. Notwithstanding anything contained in section 58, a credit
union may be wound up by the court if

(a) the credit union is unable to pay its debts;

(b)the court is of opinion that it is just and equitable that the
credit union should be wound up.

61. In its application to the winding-up of a credit union subsection
(1) of section 170 of the Companies Ordinance shall be so construed that
a person shall be deemed to have ceased to be a member of the credit
union, in respect of any share validly withdrawn or transferred before
the commencement of the winding-up, with effect from the date of the
receipt by the board of the notice of intention to withdraw or transfer
such share.

PART X.

APPEALS.

62. (1) If the Registrar

(a) refuses to register a credit union under section 5;





(b)fails to register a credit union within thirty days of the receipt
of a memorandum of association duly filed for the purpose;

(c)refuses or fails to give his approval, within thirty days of the
receipt, of any written application therefor, when his approval
is required for any purpose under this Ordinance;

(d)under section 54, orders a credit union to suspend business,

any person aggrieved thereby may, subject to this section, appeal
against such refusal, failure or order to the District Court.

(2) An appeal under this section shall be entered within fourteen
days

(a)after the date of any refusal to register or of any suspension
order, in the case of an appeal under paragraph (a) or (d) of
subsection (1); or

(b)after the date of the expiry of the period of thirty days
mentioned therein, in the case of an appeal under paragraph (b)
or (c) of subsection (1).

(3) The decision of the District Court on any such appeal shall be
final.

PART Xl.

THE CREDIT UNION LEAGUE OF KONG KONG.

63. (1) The body known as the Credit Union League of Hong Kong
(hereinafter in this Part referred to as the former League) shall, on the
date of commencement of this Ordinance, become a body corporate with
perpetual succession and shall be capable of suing and being sued in the
name of the Credit Union League of Hong Kong and, subject to this
Ordinance, of doing and suffering all such other acts and things as
bodies corporate may lawfully do and suffer.

(2) The League shall have and may use a common seal.

64. The objects of the League are-

(a)to protect and assist the credit unions which are members of
the League;

(b)to provide educational and advisory services for credit unions;

(c)to encourage and assist in the organization of credit unions;

(d)to arrange for bonds and insurance on behalf of credit unions
and their employees;

(e)to set up a stabilization fund in accordance with section 72;





(f) to undertake such other services for credit unions and the credit
union movement as shall be consistent with this Ordinance.

65. On the date of commencement of this Ordinance.-

(a)all movable property vested before that date in any person in
trust for the former League shall vest in the League;

(b)all liabilities lawfully incurred before that date by any person as
trustee of the former League shall become liabilities of the
League; and

(c)all legal proceedings pending by or against any such trustee
may be prosecuted by or against the League.

66. (1) There shall be a board of the League consisting of five
directors or of such greater number not exceeding fifteen as may be
provided by the by-laws of the League.

(2) The first board of directors shall consist of the persons-

(a) whose names appear in the first column of the Schedule;

(b)whose residential addresses are specified in the second column
of the Schedule; and

(c)each of whom shall hold the office, if any, specified opposite
each name in the third column of the Schedule.

(3) The first directors of the board shall hold office until either a
board of directors is elected m accordance with the bylaws of the League
or the 1st day of July 1970, whichever is the earlier.

(4) The board of the League shall have the general direction and
management of the affairs, funds and records of the League.

67. (1) The League may make by-laws, which shall be subject to the
approval of the Registrar, for the carrying out of its objects.

(2) Such by-laws shall be consistent with this Ordinance and shall
include provision for membership of the League and for the composition
of and elections to the board.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection (1), any

by-laws which are prescribed under paragraph (a) of section 85 shall,
subject to such modification as may be approved by the Registrar, be
deemed to be the by-laws of the league.

(4) The by-laws of the League may, subject to the approval of the
Registrar, be amended from time to time in the manner provided therein.

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 20 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, it shall not be necessary
to publish the by-laws of the League in the Gazette.





68. (1) The League shall forward to the Registrar for registration the
following

(a)notice of the address of the principal office of the League and
any change thereof;

(b)a copy of the by-laws of the League and any amendment
thereto, certified as correct by two members of the board of the
League; and

(c)a list of the name, occupation and address of each member of
the board and each officer of the League and any change
therein, certified as correct by two members of the board of the
League.

(2) A document required to be registered under subsection (1) shall
be forwarded to the Registrar within twenty-eight days of the
commencement of this Ordinance or within twenty-eight days of any
change or amendment, as the case may be.

69. (1) The common seal of the League shall not be affixed to any
instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the board and in
the presence of the president of the board and either the treasurer
thereof or such other person as the board may appoint for the purpose.

(2) The president and the treasurer, or such other person, shall sign
every instrument to which the seal is so affixed.

(3) The board shall be responsible for the safe custody of the
common seal of the League.

70. Subject to this Part, a credit union may become a member of the
League.

71. (1) A credit union which is a member of the League may, for the
purpose of financing the League, provide in its bylaws for a yearly levy
on each of its members.

(2) The amount of such levy and the time and manner of payment
thereof to the League shall be as provided in the by-laws of the League.

72. (1) The League may set up a fund, to be known as the
stabilization fund, which shall be used in the manner set out in this
section

(2) The stabilization fund may be used in providing interest free
loans to a member credit union for the purpose of avoiding a liquidation
thereof or for assisting in any matter connected with such liquidation.

(3) No such loan shall be provided except-

(a)where the League is satisfied that such provision is in the best
interests of the credit union movement; and





(b)on a resolution, passed by at least two-thirds of the members
of the board of the League, determining the amount of the loan
and the conditions under which it is to be provided.

(4) Section 43 shall not apply in respect of any such loan.

73. Save in so far as is otherwise provided in this Part, sections 10,
49, 52, 53, 54, 76, 77, 80 and 81 shall, to the extent that they are
applicable, apply to the League as though it were a credit union.

74. Nothing in this Part shall affect or be deemed to affect the rights
of Her Majesty the Queen, Her Heirs or Successors, or the rights of any
body politic or corporate or of any other persons except such as are
mentioned in this Part and those claiming by, from or under them.

PART XII.

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES.

75. (1) Save as is provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 10,
any director or any member of the supervisory committee or of the credit
committee of a credit union, or any loan officer thereof, who knowingly
makes or permits the making of a loan from any fund of the credit union to
any person who is not a member of the credit union shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of three thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for one year.

(2) A person who is convicted of an offence under subsection (1)
shall be liable to the credit union for the amount so loaned, and the
illegality of such a loan shall be no defence in any proceedings by the
credit union for the recovery of that amount.

76. Any person who makes any return or furnishes any information,
statement, record, or other document required by this Ordinance to be
made or furnished to the Registrar knowing the same to be in any
respect false or insufficient shall be guilty of an offence.

77. Any officer of a credit union, or any person entrusted with or
participating in the management thereof, who discloses to any person
any information regarding a transaction of a member of that credit union
therewith, save in so far as may be necessary for the proper conduct of
the business of that credit union, shall be guilty of an offence.

78. Any person who-

(a)contravenes the provisions of subsection (2) of section 57; or





(b)being a president or treasurer of a credit union, fails to deliver
to the Registrar a copy of the instrument or record of the
resolution in accordance with subsection (3) of section 57,

shall be guilty of an offence.

79. Any person, other than a credit union or the League, who trades
or carries on any business under any name or title of which the
expression 'credit union', or the Chinese expression is part shall be
guilty of an offence:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to the use by any
person or his successors in interest of any name or title under which he
traded or carried on business at the commencement of this Ordinance.

80. Any person guilty of an offence against this Ordinance for
which no penalty is provided shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
two thousand dollars and, in the case of a continuing offence, to an
additional daily penalty of fifty dollars.

81. Every offence committed by a credit union shall be deemed to
have been also committed by each officer of the credit union who is
bound by this Ordinance or the by-laws of the credit union to fulfill the
duties whereof such an offence is a breach or, if there is no such officer,
then by each of the directors and members of the supervisory committee
and credit committee, unless such officer, director or member is proved
to have been ignorant of, or to have attempted to prevent, the
commission of such offence.

PART XIII.

REGISTRAR.

82. (1) The Governor may appoint a public officer to be the
Registrar of Credit Unions and may appoint other public officers to
assist the Registrar.

(2) The Registrar may delegate to any public officer appointed to
assist him under subsection (1) all or any of the powers and duties
conferred or imposed on him by this Ordinance.

83. (1) The Registrar shall keep at his office a register, to be known
as the Register of Credit Unions, in which shall be entered particulars of
the registration of every credit union.

(2) The Registrar shall keep such other records relating to credit
unions as may be prescribed.

84. A credit union shall keep accounts, balance sheets, forms,
records and books in such form as may be approved by the Registrar.





PART XIV.

REGULATIONS.

85. The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any of
the following matters

(a)the adoption by all or some credit unions or the League of
such by-laws as may be prescribed hereunder;

(b) the procedure to be followed under this Ordinance;

(c)the examination of the accounts of credit unions by the
Registrar or under his direction;

(d) the qualifications required of any person carrying out an audit
under subsection (2) of section 54;

(e)the fees payable on the registration of a credit union under
this Ordinance;

the scale of fees payable to the Registrar for services rendered
under this Ordinance;

(g)the form of a memorandum of association required under
subsection (2) of section 4 and of a certificate of registration
issued under subsection (3) of section 5;

(h)the records relating to credit unions which are to be kept by
the Registrar;

(i)prescribing anything which is to be or may be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(j)any other matter necessary or expedient to carry out
effectively the intent and purpose of this Ordinance.

SCHEDULE. [s. 66.1

First Column. Second Column. Third Column.

YAM Tin-yau 363, Prince Edward Road, President
2nd floor, Kowloon

CHU Hau-chak 222, Tai Kok Tsui Road,Vice-President
Yaumati Ferry Workers'
Hostel, Room 114, Kowloon

CHAN kei-yuen 174, Pokfulam Road (Lo Vice-President
Tak Wai), Hong Kong

So Kwok-wing, Andrew 12, Tai Po Road, 5th floor, Treasurer
Kowloon

Kwok Tack-pui 32, Ching On Street, Secretary
4th floor, Lo Fu Ngam,
KowloonCHAN Hoi (Mc/o San Miguel Credit
Union, Hong Kong
Breweries, Sham Tseng,
New Territories





First Column. Second Column.Third Column.

LAU Ming 17, Pokfield Road, Room
G.4, Hong Kong
Yip Ching-ching Block 11, Room 21, Lo Fu
Ngam Resettlement Estate,
Kowloon
Ho Wah Block 20, Room 1223,
12th floor, Tai Wo Hau
Resettlement Estate, Tsuen
Wan, New Territories
YEUNG Kit 22, Sai Hong Lane, Ground
floor, Tai Hang Sai,
Kowloon Tsai
LEUNG Ming Block 14, Room 461, Tai
Hang Tung Resettlement
Estate, Kowloon Tsai
Kwok Hin-kwong Block 1, 68-9175, Cheung
Sha Wan Factory Estate,
Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon
Sum Tat-cheung Hay Cheuk Lau, 5th floor,
Room 514, 229, Ngau Tau
Kok Road, Kowloon
CHEUNG Siu-kuen Block A, 5th floor, Police
Quarters, 84, Canton Road,
Kowloon
Sum Chuen Block 14, Room 258, Kwum
Tong Resettlement Estate,
Kwun Tong
Originally 39 of 1968. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. Conditions of registration. Memorandum of association. Registration. Incorporation with limited liability; and effect thereof. Restriction on name. Amendment of memorandum of association. Registered office. Powers. (Cap. 29.) Capital divided into shares. Allotment and subscription for shares. Disposal of shares. Restriction on disposal of shares by officers, etc. Membership limited to persons with common occupation, etc. Admission to and conditions of membership. Minors. Expulsion of member. Cessation of membership. Payment on cessation of membership. Liability on cessation of membership. Debts owed by members or past members. Payment to nominee or person entitled upon death of member. Record of members and shares. Annual and special meetings. Voting. First meeting. Election and tenure of office of board of directors and committees. Meetings of board and committees, and appointment of officers and procedure. Officers of a credit union. Composition of the committees. Remuneration. Powers and duties of the board. Powers and duties of supervisory committee. Powers and duties of credit committee. Approval of loans. Acceptable security for loans. Loan officers. Purposes of loans. Restrictions on loans. Rates of interest. Unanimous vote required for loans to directors or committee members. Borrowing powers. Power to mortgage, etc. as security for borrowed money. Reserve fund. Declaration, limit and payment of dividend. By-laws. (Cap. 1.) Amendment of by-laws. Binding effect of the by-laws. Return of names of officers. Return of supervisory annual audit. Registrar's annual examination. Information for Registrar and verification thereof. Inquiry, examination and suspension. Winding-up of credit unions. Application of Companies Ordinance. (Cap. 32.) Credit union may resolve to be wound up by the court. Petition by Registrar for winding-up in other cases. Application of rule 22A of Companies (Winding-up) Rules. (Cap. 32, sub. leg.) Winding-up for insolvency or on equitable grounds. Qualification as to contribution in winding-up. (Cap. 32.) Appeal against action of Registrar. Incorporation of league of credit unions. Objects of League. Vesting. Board of directors and officers. Schedule. League by-laws. (Cap. 1.) Registration with Registrar. Sealing and signing of documents. Membership. Levy. Stabilization fund. Application of other sections to League. Saving. Illegal loans. False returns to Registrar. Prohibition of disclosure of certain information. Failure to report resolution for winding-up. Restriction on use of expression 'credit union' or in Chinese ' '. Penalty. Criminal liability of officers of credit union. Appointment of Registrar. Register of Credit Unions to be kept. Forms of records, etc. Regulations.

Abstract

Originally 39 of 1968. Short title and commencement. Interpretation. Conditions of registration. Memorandum of association. Registration. Incorporation with limited liability; and effect thereof. Restriction on name. Amendment of memorandum of association. Registered office. Powers. (Cap. 29.) Capital divided into shares. Allotment and subscription for shares. Disposal of shares. Restriction on disposal of shares by officers, etc. Membership limited to persons with common occupation, etc. Admission to and conditions of membership. Minors. Expulsion of member. Cessation of membership. Payment on cessation of membership. Liability on cessation of membership. Debts owed by members or past members. Payment to nominee or person entitled upon death of member. Record of members and shares. Annual and special meetings. Voting. First meeting. Election and tenure of office of board of directors and committees. Meetings of board and committees, and appointment of officers and procedure. Officers of a credit union. Composition of the committees. Remuneration. Powers and duties of the board. Powers and duties of supervisory committee. Powers and duties of credit committee. Approval of loans. Acceptable security for loans. Loan officers. Purposes of loans. Restrictions on loans. Rates of interest. Unanimous vote required for loans to directors or committee members. Borrowing powers. Power to mortgage, etc. as security for borrowed money. Reserve fund. Declaration, limit and payment of dividend. By-laws. (Cap. 1.) Amendment of by-laws. Binding effect of the by-laws. Return of names of officers. Return of supervisory annual audit. Registrar's annual examination. Information for Registrar and verification thereof. Inquiry, examination and suspension. Winding-up of credit unions. Application of Companies Ordinance. (Cap. 32.) Credit union may resolve to be wound up by the court. Petition by Registrar for winding-up in other cases. Application of rule 22A of Companies (Winding-up) Rules. (Cap. 32, sub. leg.) Winding-up for insolvency or on equitable grounds. Qualification as to contribution in winding-up. (Cap. 32.) Appeal against action of Registrar. Incorporation of league of credit unions. Objects of League. Vesting. Board of directors and officers. Schedule. League by-laws. (Cap. 1.) Registration with Registrar. Sealing and signing of documents. Membership. Levy. Stabilization fund. Application of other sections to League. Saving. Illegal loans. False returns to Registrar. Prohibition of disclosure of certain information. Failure to report resolution for winding-up. Restriction on use of expression 'credit union' or in Chinese ' '. Penalty. Criminal liability of officers of credit union. Appointment of Registrar. Register of Credit Unions to be kept. Forms of records, etc. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2531

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

119

Number of Pages

29
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:13 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN LEASE (POK FU LAM) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2530

Title

CROWN LEASE (POK FU LAM) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROWN LEASE (POK FU LAM) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 118





CHAPTER 118

CROWN LEASE (POK FU LAM)

To make provision for the better establishment of the identity of certain
portions of ground situated at Pok Fu Lam in the Island of Hong
Kong with the parcels and plots of ground at the said Pok Fu Lam
that were demised under a Crown Lease dated 1 January 1893.

[28 October 1966.1

WHEREAS

(1) by the said Crown Lease the said parcels of ground were
demised respectively to the persons whose names are set out in a
schedule to the said Lease for the terms of years stated in that schedule:

(2) the said parcels of ground are set out and described in the said
schedule and were according to the said Lease more particularly
delineated and described on a plan of Pok Fu Lam deposited in the Land
Office:

(3) it appears that in association with the demise of a number of the
said parcels of ground certain plots of ground were set aside as land for
use in cultivation to be held at annual rents additional to those required
to be paid in respect of such parcels of ground:

(4) the said plan of Pok Fu Lam has been mislaid and cannot now
be found in consequence of which some difficulty arises as to the
identity as aforesaid of the said parcels and plots of ground:

(5) for the avoidance of doubts and in the interests of the rightful
lessees under the said Lease it is considered expedient that such
identity be clearly established:

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Crown Lease (Pok Fu Lam)
Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'demised' means demised under the Lease;



'Director' means the Director of Land 'or his duly authorized
representative; (Amended, L.N. 76182)

'Lease' means the Indenture of Lease dated 1 January 1893, and made
between the Crown of the one part and the several persons whose
names are set out in the schedule to the Lease of the other part,
whereby certain parcels of ground situated at Pok Fu Lam in the
Island of Hong Kong were demised;





'original plan' means the plan of Pok Fu Lam mentioned in the Lease as
being deposited in the Land Office;

'parcel' means any of the parcels of ground demised and set out and
described in the schedule to the Lease;

'plot' means any of those plots of ground that in association with
the demise of certain of the parcels appear to have been set aside
as land for use in cultivation to be held at annual rents
additional to the rents required to be paid in respect of such
parcels;

'published' means published in the Gazette and in one daily newspaper
printed in the English language for circulation in the Colony and in
one such newspaper printed in the Chinese language.

3. As soon as may be after the commencement of this Ordinance
the Governor may direct the Director to prepare a plan with the object of
replacing for all purposes the original plan.

4. On receipt of the direction under section 3, the Director shall
prepare the plan and may cause such data and information to be
obtained as he thinks fit for the purpose of assisting in the preparation
of the plan.

5. The plan shall delineate and describe the parcels and plots in so
far as is possible from existing records and the data and information
obtained and shall

(a)indicate the position of each parcel and that of any plot set
aside in association with the demise thereof,

(b)give as far as practicable the current postal address of each
parcel and any such plot;

(c)give any other available information relevant to the
establishment of the position of the parcels and plots.

6. Upon completion of the plan the Director shall cause a notice to
be published declaring

(a)that the plan has been prepared and is available for inspection
by the public;

(b)a suitable place at which the plan may be so inspected and the
hours during which it shall be open to such inspection,

(c)that any person claiming to have an interest in any land
comprised in the plan and who considers that the plan is
incorrect in any manner that is prejudicial to such interest may,
within 60 days after the date of the publication of such notice
in the Gazette, or within such longer period as the Governor
may allow in any particular case, serve upon the Director an
application in writing specifying the nature of such interest
and the manner in which such person considers the plan to be
incorrect together with sufficient





indication of the grounds for such consideration, and
requesting that the plan be corrected accordingly.

7. (1) Upon the expiration of the period specified or allowed
under section 6, the Director shall consider the applications (if any)
received by him pursuant to that section and may direct such further
data and information to be obtained relative to any such application
as he thinks fit.

(2) After consideration of such applications and, if he has so
directed, of any such further data and information obtained, or,
where no such applications are received by him. the Director may
allow the plan to stand unamended or amend it in such manner as he
thinks fit, and thereafter shall cause a notice to be published
approving the plan, either in the form as made available to the
public under section 6, or as amended in accordance with this
subsection and specifying the manner in which the same has been
amended.

8. (1) Any person claiming to have an interest in any land
comprised in the plan as approved under section 7(2) and who con-
siders that such plan is incorrect in any manner that is prejudicial to
such interest may. within 30 days after the publication under that sub-
section of the notice in the Gazette, apply to the District Court for an
order directing the Director to amend the plan in the manner specified
in the application or in such other manner as the court may think just.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Crown Pro-
ceedings Ordinance, the Director shall be named as defendant in any
application made under subsection (1), and the court, of its own
motion or on application made to it, may in addition cause to be
joined as co-defendant any person who it appears may be affected by
any order which may be made directing the amendment of the plan.

(3) In any case in which a person to be joined as a co-defendant
in proceedings under this section is absent from the Colony or
cannot, after reasonable inquiry, be found, the court may in its
discretion appoint a solicitor to represent such person.

(4) An application to the District Court under this section
shall be instituted by an originating summons and shall for all
purposes relating to costs and fees be deemed to be an action in
respect of which the value of the claim exceeds $500 but does not
exceed $2,000.

9. Where an application is made under section 8 within the
time specified therein, the District Court, having heard the represen-
tations of the parties and any evidence adduced by them. may, if it
thinks fit, order the Director to amend the plan as approved under
section 7(2), either in the manner specified in the application or in
such other manner as the court may think just.





10. Any party to an application made under section 8 who is
aggrieved by a decision of the District Court under section 9 may
appeal against such decision within 14 days after the making thereof
to a judge, who may confirm, reverse or vary the decision of the
District Court, and the decision of the judge on any such appeal
shall be final.

11. The plan, as approved under section 7(2), or, if amended
by order of the District Court or a judge, as so amended after all
applications and all appeals have been finally disposed of under
sections 9 and 10, respectively, shall be deemed for all purposes to be
the original plan; and the Director shall cause a notice to be published
stating that the plan stands as so approved, or, where the plan is so
amended, specifying the manner in which it is amended.
Originally 33 of 1966. L.N. 76/82. Preamble. Short title. Interpretation. Governor may direct the preparation of a plan. Preparation of plan. Contents of plan. Completed plan to be open to inspection; and method of objection thereto. Approval of plan by Director. Application to District Court for amendment of plan. (Cap. 300.) District Court may order the amendment of the plan. Appeal to a judge. Plan as approved or amended to take the place of original plan.

Abstract

Originally 33 of 1966. L.N. 76/82. Preamble. Short title. Interpretation. Governor may direct the preparation of a plan. Preparation of plan. Contents of plan. Completed plan to be open to inspection; and method of objection thereto. Approval of plan by Director. Application to District Court for amendment of plan. (Cap. 300.) District Court may order the amendment of the plan. Appeal to a judge. Plan as approved or amended to take the place of original plan.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2530

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

118

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:13 +0800
<![CDATA[REVISED EDITION OF 1986 OF STAMP DUTY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2529

Title

REVISED EDITION OF 1986 OF STAMP DUTY ORDINANCE

Description




LAWS OF HONG KONG

STAMP DUTY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 117





CHAPTER 117

STAMP DUTY ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ..................................Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

2. Interpretation..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

3..............................Collector of Stamp Revenue and assistant collectors ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART 11

CHARGING AND STAMPING OF INSTRUMENTS

4................................Charging of, liability for, and recovery of stamp duty ... ... ... ... 7

5. Methods of stamping and denoting .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

6. Cancellation of adhesive stamps ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
7. Licensing and use of franking machines . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

8. Duplicates and counterparts ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

9. Late stamping .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

10...............................How instruments to be written, charged and stamped ... ... ... ... 12
11...............................Facts and circumstances affecting stamp duty to be set forth ... ... ... 12

12........................Power to call for abstract and evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
13........................Adjudication of stamp duty by Collector ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

14..................Appeal against assessment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

15. Non-admissibility etc. of instruments not duly stamped ... ... ... ... ... 15

16........................Provisions relating to certain leases etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

17. Instrument increasing rent to be chargeable as a lease ... ... ... ... ... 16
18. Calculation of stamp duty as regards foreign currency ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART 111

ANCILLARY PROVISIONS RELATING TO PART 11

19. Contract notes in respect of sale and purchase of Hong Kong stock ... ... 17

19A. Refund of stamp duty in respect of sale and purchase of units under unit trust

schemes ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

20. Stamp duty payable where transaction in respect of Hong Kong stock does not

amount to jobbing business .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

21......................................Passing on of dividends or interest on Hong Kong stock prohibited ... 20

22. Stamp duty chargeable where consideration in respect of immovable property







consists of stock or security other than stock ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

23......................................How consideration consisting of periodical payments to be charged ... 21

24. Stamp duty chargeable where conveyance etc. is in consideration of debt etc. 21

25...............................Stamp duty chargeable in case of certain conveyances ... ... ... ... 22

26. Stamp duty chargeable on contracts etc. for sale of equitable estate or interest in

immovable property ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 23
27. Voluntary dispositions .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

28. Stamp duty chargeable in case of conveyance or transfer in contemplation of sale

or subject to power of revocation etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

29. Certificate with respect to certain conveyances on sale ... ... ... ... ... 26





Section...................................... Page
PART IV
UNIT TRUSTS

30. Commencement and interpretation of Part IV ... ... 26

31. Duty of trustees and managers to keep records ... ... ... ... ... ... 27

32. Numbering and preservation of certificates and instruments of transfer ... 28

33. Register of holders of registered units ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

34. Register of certificates to bearer ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

35. Form and period of preservation of records... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29
36. Restriction on registration of transfer of units ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

37. Penalty ................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

PART V

EXEMPTION AND RELIEF

38. Interpretation of Part V .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

39. Instruments generally exempted ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30
40. Instruments specially exempted ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

41. Non-liability of Government or public officer for payment of stamp duty ... 31

42. Relief in case of certain leases etc. to Government ... ... ... ... ... 31
43. Relief in case of certain leases etc. of consular premises ... ... ... ... 31

44. Relief in case of gift to exempted institution ... ... ... ... ... ... 32

45. Relief in case of conveyance from one associated body corporate to another 33
46. Instruments affecting immovable property made for new Crown lease or exchange

to be exempt ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

47. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese occupation to be

exempt .................................. ... ... ... ... 34

PART VI

ALLOWANCE FOR SPOILED OR UNWANTED STAMPS

48. Allowance for spoiled stamps .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

49. Allowance for misused stamps . 1 . ..... ... ... ... ... ... 36
50. Allowance for unwanted adhesive stamps .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

51. Manner of making, and time for taking up, allowance ... ... ... ... 36

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

52. Remission of stamp duty ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 36

53. Liability for offences by bodies corporate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37

54. Inspection of books of account etc...... ... ... ... 37







55. Falsification .......... .................. ... ... ... 38
56. Offences relating to stamps 1 38

57. Power of magistrate in relation to stolen stamps ... ... ... ... ... ... 39





Section Page
58. Defacement of adhesive stamps ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
59. Fraudulent practices ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
60. Punishment for offences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
61. Limitation of time for proceedings in respect of offences ... ... ... ... ... 39
62. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instrument ... ... ... ... ... ... 39
63. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40
64-65. [Have had effect] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40
66. Transitional ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

First Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41
Second Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 45
Third Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 46





CHAPTER 117
STAMP DUTY
Originally To consolidate and amend the law relating to stamp duty.
31 of 1981.
77 of 1981.
L.N. 422181.
29 of 1984.
43 of 1984.
61 of 1984.
18 of 1985.
L.N. 180185
39 of 1985.
44 of 985.
21 Of 1986
L.N. 190186.
L.N. 173181. [1 July 1981.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Stamp Duty Ordinance.
Interpretation. 2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise
requires-
'adhesive stamp' has the meaning assigned to it by section 5(3);
,,assessment' means an assessment made by the Collector under
section 13 as to the amount of stamp duty chargeable on an
instrument, and 'assessed' has the corresponding meaning;
'bearer instrument' means any instrument to bearer by delivery of
which any stock can be transferred, but does not include an
instrument relating to stock which consists of a loan expressed
in terms other than in the currency of Hong Kong except to the
extent that the loan is repayable, or may at the option of any
person be repaid, in the currency of Hong Kong; (Amended,
77 of 1981, s. 2)
'broker' means a person who is a member of a recognized stock
exchange;
'chargeable' means chargeable under this Ordinance;
'Collector' means the Collector of Stamp Revenue appointed under
section 3;
'contract note' means a contract note required to be made and
executed under section 19(1);
'conveyance' means every instrument (including a surrender) and
every decree or order of any court whereby any immovable
property is transferred to or vested in any person;
'conveyance on sale' means every conveyance whereby any immov-
able property, upon the sale thereof, is transferred to or vested
in a purchaser or any other person on his behalf or by his
direction, and includes a foreclosure order;





'duly stamped in relation to an instrument, means duly stamped under
this Ordinance in respect of the stamp duty chargeable on such
instrument;

'executed' and 'execution', in relation to an instrument not under seal,
mean signed and signature respectively;

'foreclosure order' means every order or decree for, or having the effect
of an order for, foreclosure;

'Hong Kong bearer instrument means a bearer instrument issued

I

(a) in Hong Kong; or

(b)elsewhere by or on behalf of a body corporate formed, or an
unincorporated body of persons established, in Hong Kong;

'Hong Kong stock- means stock the transfer of which is required to be
registered in Hong Kong;

'instrument' includes every written document;

instrument of transfer' means an instrument by means of which any
Hong Kong stock is transferred, and includes a letter of
renunciation;

'Japanese House Registration Office means the office in which during
the Japanese occupation of Hong Kong were kept the registers or
records of houses and buildings and documents relating thereto;

'jobbing business' means any business carried on by a broker which is
specified as jobbing business by regulations made under section
63;

'lease' does not include mortgage by demise;

loan capital' means any debenture, debenture stock, corporation stock
or funded debt (by whatever name known) issued by any body,
whether corporate or unincorporate, or any capital raised by any
such body, being capital which is borrowed or has the character of
borrowed money, but does not include any such investment which

(a)carries a right of conversion into stock or to the acquisition of
any stock; or

(b)carries or has carried a right to interest the amount of which

(i) exceeds a reasonable commercial return on the nominal
amount of the capital; or

(ii) falls or has fallen to be determined to any extent by
reference to the results of, or of any part of, a business or to
the value of any property; or





(e)carries a right on repayment to an amount which exceeds the
nominal amount of the capital and is not reasonably
comparable with what is generally repayable in respect of a
similar nominal amount of capital under the terms of issue of
loan capital listed on a recognized stock exchange; (Amended,
77 of 1981, s. 2)

'recognized stock exchange' means a stock exchange approved or
deemed to have been approved under section 25 of the Securities
Ordinance;

',stamp' means any of the following

(a) an adhesive stamp;

(b)a stamp (other than an adhesive stamp) used or intended for
use for denoting the payment or remission of stamp duty, or
the payment or remission of any penalty, or the payment of an
adjudication fee, payable under this Ordinance or the fact that
any instrument is not chargeable with stamp duty or is duly
stamped;

(e)any mark made or indication given by a stamp referred to in
paragraph (b);

'Stamp duty' means stamp duty chargeable under this Ordinance;

',stamped' means stamped by means of a stamp under this Ordinance;

'stock' means any of the following investments

(a)any shares, stocks, debentures, loan stocks, funds, bonds or
notes of or issued by any body, whether corporate or
unincorporate, or any government or local government
authority, or any other similar investment of any description;

(b) any units under a unit trust scheme;

(e)any rights in or in relation to any stock referred to in paragraph
(a) or (b) which is held by a depositary under a scheme
providing for the deposit of stock with such depositary and the
creation and acquisition of such rights;

(d)any right to subscribe for or to be allotted any stock referred to
in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), other than any such right under an
employees' share purchase or share option scheme,

but, except for the purposes of section 22, does not include any
loan capital which is not funded debt or of such a description as to
be capable of being listed on a recognized stock exchange, or any
bill of exchange or promissory note, or any certificate of deposit
within the meaning of section 2 of the Inland Revenue Ordinances
or any debentures, loan stocks, funds, bonds or notes
demonstrated otherwise than in the currency of Hong Kong except
to the extent that the same shall be redeemable, or may at the option
of any person be redeemed, in the currency

ofHongKong;(Amended, 77of 1981,s. 2and29of 1984, s.2)





'time for stamping', in relation to an instrument, has the meaning
assigned to it by section 4(2);

unit and 'unit trust scheme' have the meanings assigned thereto
respectively by section 30.

(2) Where it is provided in any other Ordinance that stamp duty
shall not be payable in respect of any instrument, such instrument shall
not be chargeable with stamp duty under this Ordinance.

(3) Where it is provided in this Ordinance that an instrument shall
not be duly stamped unless any condition specified in that provision is
fulfilled, the fulfilment of that condition shall not affect the application
to that instrument of any other such provision of this Ordinance
whereby any other condition is required to be fulfilled in respect of that
instrument.

(4) Until Part IV comes into operation, the definition of ',stock' in
subsection (1) shall be construed as if paragraph (b) and references
thereto in that definition were omitted.

3. (1) There shall be a Collector of Stamp Revenue who shall be
appointed by the Governor, and such number of assistant collectors as
the Governor may appoint for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) The office of the Collector shall be at such place as the Collector
may determine.

(3) A reference in any provision in this Ordinance to the Collector
shall, in relation to the exercise of any function conferred by that
provision on the Collector, include a reference to any assistant collector
who is for the time being authorized in writing by the Collector to
exercise such function.

(4) Any person appointed under section 2 of the Stamp Ordinance
as Collector of Stamp Revenue or assistant collector and holding such
office immediately before the commencement of this Ordinance shall be
deemed to be appointed under this section as Collector of Stamp
Revenue or assistant collector, as the case may be.

PART II

CHARGING AND STAMPING OF
INSTRUMENTS

4. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, every instrument, wherever
executed, specified in the First Schedule shall be chargeable with the
stamp duty specified in respect thereof in that Schedule, and the
headings, notes and explanations in that Schedule shall have effect
accordingly.





(2) Subject to this Ordinance, the time for stamping any instrument
shall be the point of time or, as the case may be, the period of time
specified in respect thereof in the First Schedule; and where it is
provided in that Schedule that the point of time for stamping any
instrument is to be before execution, such provision shall not be
construed as prohibiting the stamping of such instrument after
execution.

(3) If any instrument chargeable with stamp duty is not duly
stamped, the person or persons respectively specified in section 13(10),
19 or 20 or the First Schedule as being liable for stamping such
instrument, and any person who uses such instrument, shall be liable, or
jointly and severally liable, as the case may be, civilly to the Collector
for the payment of the stamp duty and any penalty payable under
section 9, and may be proceeded against without reference to any civil
liability of such persons inter se for the payment thereof.

(4) If a contract note is not made and executed as required by
section 19(1), the person specified in the First Schedule as being liable
for stamping such note shall be liable civilly to the Collector for the
payment of the stamp duty chargeable thereon and any penalty payable
under section 9.

(5) No action shall be brought by virtue of subsection (3) or (4) for
the recovery of any stamp duty with respect to any instrument more
than 6 years from the expiration of the time for stamping such
instrument.

(6) Notwithstanding anything in this section, the Collector may
agree to accept payment of any stamp duty or penalty by instalments.

(7) The prescribed particulars required by section 45(2) of the
Companies Ordinance to be delivered to the Registrar of Companies for
registration in respect of any contract mentioned in subsection (1)(b) of
that section which is not reduced to writing shall be chargeable with the
same stamp duty as would have been payable if the contract had been
reduced to writing, and subsections (2), (3), (5) and (6) of this section
shall apply to the prescribed particulars as they apply to any such
contract in writing.

(8) Where, after the commencement of this Ordinance, any
immovable property or Hong Kong stock is transferred to or vested in
any person by virtue of any Ordinance, whether commencing before or
after this Ordinance, such person shall within 30 days after the
commencement of the Ordinance or the date of vesting, whichever is the
later, cause an authentic copy of the Ordinance (including any
subsidiary legislation giving effect to the vesting) to be stamped with
the stamp duty chargeable on a conveyance or transfer of immovable
property or Hong Kong stock as the case may be; and such person
shall, for the purposes of subsection (3), be the person liable for
stamping with respect to such copy.





5. (1) Subject to this section and section 9, every instrument
chargeable with stamp duty shall be presented to the Collector for
stamping and, upon payment of the stamp duty, he shall stamp such
instrument or cause it to be stamped- (Amended, 77 of 1981, s. 3)

(a)by means of a franking machine with the amount of stamp
duty paid and the date of stamping; or

(b)by means of a stamp approved by the Collector with the words
'Stamp Office Hong Kong' and the date of stamping,

and, in the case of an instrument stamped under paragraph (b), the
Collector shall at the same time record on the instrument, as close as
possible to the date so stamped, the amount of stamp duty paid
together with his signature.

(2) Any instrument chargeable with stamp duty under head 2(1) in
the First Schedule may be stamped by means of an adhesive stamp by
any person authorized in that behalf by the Collector who purchases
such stamp at the office of the Collector.

(3) Adhesive stamps used for the purposes of subsection (2) shall
be of such kinds and in such denominations as the Collector may
determine.

(4) Subject to section 7, any instrument chargeable with stamp duty
under head 2(4) in the First Schedule may be stamped by means of a
franking machine by any person to whom a licence in respect of such
machine is issued under that section.

(5) In respect of any Hong Kong bearer instrument, the following
shall apply

(a)such instrument shall, before being issued, be produced to the
Collector together with such particulars in writing in respect of
the instrument as the Collector may require, and such
instrument shall be duly stamped if it is stamped with a
particular stamp approved by the Collector denoting that it
has been so produced; and

(b)within 2 months of the date on which such instrument is
issued, or such longer time as the Collector may allow, a
statement in writing containing the date of issue and such
further particulars as the Collector may require in respect of
such instrument shall be delivered to the Collector, and the
stamp duty chargeable on such instrument shall be paid to the
Collector on delivery of that statement or within such longer
time as the Collector may allow,

and if default is made in complying with paragraph (a) or (b) in respect
of such instrument, or if any particulars so produced or delivered in
respect of such instrument are false in any material respect, the person
or persons respectively specified in head 3 in the





First Schedule as being liable for stamping such instrument shall
incur a penalty of 10 times the amount of the stamp duty chargeable
on such instrument which shall be recoverable by the Collector as a
civil debt due to the Crown.

(6) Where the stamp duty chargeable on an instrument de-
pends in any manner upon the stamp duty paid in respect of another
instrument, the payment of the last-mentioned stamp duty shall,-
upon application to the Collector and production of both the
instruments, be denoted upon the first-mentioned instrument in
such manner as the Collector thinks fit.

6. (1) Every adhesive stamp used to denote the payment of
stamp duty under section 5(2) shall be cancelled forthwith by the
person affixing it in such manner as to render it incapable of being
used again for any revenue purpose.

(2) An instrument stamped by means of an adhesive stamp
shall not be duly stamped unless the adhesive stamp is cancelled as
required by subsection (1).

7. (1) The Collector may issue a licence to any person in the
form in Part 1 of the Second Schedule authorizing such person to use
a franking machine for the purpose of stamping any instrument
under section 5(4).

(2) No person shall use a franking machine for the purpose of
stamping any instrument under section 5(4)-

(a) without a licence; or

(b)otherwise than in accordance with the conditions set out in
Part 1 of the Second Schedule or such additional or other
conditions as the Collector may impose in respect of such
licence; or

(c)unless at the time it stamps such instrument the machine
stamps the date of stamping thereon.

(3) The general provisions in Part 2 of the Second Schedule
shall have effect in relation to every licence and licensed franking
machine.

(4) No person other than the Collector or an authorized officer
shall break or in any way interfere with any seal affixed to a licensed
franking machine for the purposes of this section by the Collector or
an authorized officer.

(5) The Collector may cancel a licence at any time if there are
reasonable grounds for believing that-

(a)any person has used the licensed franking machine in
contravention of subsection (2)(b) or (c) or has broken or
interfered with any seal affixed thereto in contravention of
subsection (4); or





(b)the licensed franking machine is capable of making an
imperfect stamp; or

(c)the licensed franking machine has not been used for a period
of not less than 6 months.

(6) Any person who contravenes subsection (2) or (4) commits an
offence.

(7) Whenever in any prosecution for an offence against subsection
(2) it is proved that the accused had in his possession a franking
machine, it shall be presumed unless the contrary is proved that such
machine was used for the purpose of stamping an instrument under
section 5(4).

(8) Any franking machine in respect of which an offence is
committed against subsection (2) shall, upon application by the
Collector to a magistrate, be forfeited whether or not any person is
convicted in respect of such offence.

(9) In this section-

,,authorized officer' means a public officer authorized in writing by the
Collector for the purposes of this section;

'licence' means a licence issued by the Collector under subsection (1),
and 'licensed' shall be construed accordingly.

8. The duplicate or counterpart of an instrument chargeable with
stamp duty shall not be duly stamped unless it is stamped as an original
instrument or there is denoted thereon payment of the stamp duty paid
in respect of the original instrument of which it is the duplicate or
counterpart.

9. (1) Except in the case of an instrument to which section 5(5) or
13(7)(a) applies, any instrument chargeable with stamp duty which is not
stamped before or within the time for stamping such instrument shall not
be stamped except by the Collector upon payment of the stamp duty
and a penalty of whichever of the following amounts applies-
(Amended, 77 of 1981, s. 4)

(a)if the instrument is so stamped not later than 1 month after the
time for stamping, the penalty shall be double the amount of
the stamp duty;

(b)if the instrument is so stamped latar than 1 month but not later
than 2 months after the time for stamping, the penalty shall be
4 times the amount of the stamp duty;

(c)in any other case, the penalty shall be 10 times the amount of
the stamp duty.

(2) The Collector may remit the whole or any part of any penalty
payable under subsection (1).





(3) The payment or remission of a penalty payable under this
section in respect of any instrument may be denoted thereon by the
Collector in such manner as he thinks fit.

10. (1) Every instrument chargeable with stamp duty shall be
so written that the stamp may appear on the face of the instrument
and cannot be used for or applied to any other instrument.

(2) Every instrument chargeable with stamp duty containing
or relating to several distinct matters shall be separately and
distinctly charged, as if it were a separate instrument, with stamp
duty in respect of each of the matters.

(3) Every instrument chargeable with stamp duty shall be
separately and distinctly stamped with the stamp duty chargeable
thereon.

(4) Subject to section 16(1), an instrument made for any
consideration by reference to which it is chargeable with stamp duty,
and also for any further or other valuable consideration or consider-
ations, shall be separately and distinctly charged, as if it were a
separate instrument, with stamp duty in respect of each of the
considerations.

11. (1) All the facts and circumstances affecting the liability
of any instrument to stamp duty, or the amount of the stamp duty
chargeable on an instrument, are to be fully and truly set forth in the
instrument.

(2) Any person who with intent to defraud the Government-

(a)executes any instrument in which all the said facts and
circumstances are not fully and truly set forth; or

(b)being employed or concerned in or about the preparation
of any instrument, neglects or omits fully and truly to set
forth therein all the said facts and circumstances,

commits an offence.

(3) The Collector may, before the commencement of criminal
proceedings, compound any offence against subsection (2).

12. Whenever any instrument is presented to the Collector for
stamping, the Collector may require to be furnished with an abstract
of the instrument and also with such evidence as he may deem
necessary in order to show to his satisfaction whether all the facts
and circumstances affecting the liability of the instrument to stamp
duty, or the amount of the stamp duty chargeable thereon, are fully
and truly set forth therein.

13. (1) In respect of any executed instrument, the Collector
may, and shall if he is required by any person upon payment of an
adjudication fee of $20 to do so, express his opinion with reference
to such instrument upon the following questions-





(a) whether it is chargeable with any stamp duty;

(b) what amount of stamp duty is chargeable thereon.

(2) Any instrument in respect of which the adjudication fee is
paid under subsection (1) shall be stamped with a stamp approved
by the Collector denoting the payment thereof.

(3) If the Collector is of opinion that the instrument-

(a)is not chargeable with stamp duty, it may, subject to
subsection (4), be stamped with a stamp approved by the
Collector denoting that it is not chargeable with stamp
duty;

(b)is chargeable with stamp duty, he shall assess the stamp
duty payable, and, subject to subsection (7), where the
instrument is stamped under section 5 with a stamp de-
noting payment of the stamp duty so assessed it may
also be stamped with a stamp approved by the Collector
denoting that it is duly stamped.

(4) Subject to this section, an instrument upon which the
stamp duty has been assessed by the Collector shall not, if it is not
stamped or is insufficiently stamped, be stamped otherwise than in
accordance with the assessment; and in the case of any instrument
which in the opinion of the Collector is not chargeable with stamp
duty, such instrument shall not be stamped under subsection (3)(a)
unless it is stamped under subsection (2) with the stamp denoting
payment of the adjudication fee or section 40 applies.

(5) Section 12 shall apply in relation to an instrument in
respect of which the Collector intends or is required to express his
opinion under subsection (1) as it applies to an instrument presented
to him for stamping, and where the Collector requires a statutory
declaration to be made for the purposes of this section-

(a)such declaration shall not be used against the person
making it in any proceeding whatever except in an inquiry
as to the stamp duty with which the instrument to which it
relates is chargeable; and

(b)unless such declaration is shown not to be true in any
material respect, the person by whom it is made shall, on
payment of the stamp duty chargeable upon the instru-
ment, be relieved from any punishment to which he may be
liable under section 11.

(6) Every instrument stamped under this section with a stamp
denoting that it is not chargeable with stamp duty or that it is duly
stamped shall be admissible in evidence and available for all
purposes notwithstanding any objection relating to stamp duty.

(7) Where in respect of any instrument which is not stamped
the Collector is required by any person under this section before or





within the time for stamping such instrument to express his opinion
under subsection (1) and such instrument is in the opinion of the
Collector chargeable with stamp duty, the instrument-

(a)may be stamped upon payment of the stamp duty if the
stamp duty is paid not later than the time for stamping
such instrument or the expiration of a period of 1 month
from the date on which the assessment of the stamp duty is
made, whichever is the later; or

(b)if the stamp duty is not so paid, may be so stamped
thereafter upon payment of the stamp duty and a penalty
calculated under section 9 and, for that purpose, section 9
shall apply in relation to the stamping of such instrument
as it applies in relation to the stamping of an instrument
chargeable with stamp duty which is not stamped before or
within the time for stamping such instrument.

(8) Where notice of an assessment of the stamp duty charge-
able on any instrument is, within 7 days from the date on which the
assessment is made, served by registered post on any person who
required the Collector to express his opinion with reference thereto
under subsection (1) or who is liable for stamping such instrument,
such assessment shall, after the expiration of a period of 1 month
from that date, be final and conclusive for all purposes as against
such person except if and to the extent that an appeal made against it
under section 14 succeeds.

(9) If, within a period of 1 month from the date on which an
assessment is made of the stamp duty chargeable on any instrument,
it appears to the Collector that the amount of the stamp duty so
assessed is excessive, he may cancel such assessment and make such
other assessment in substitution therefor as he may deem proper;
and any reference in this Ordinance to an assessment shall be con-
strued as including a reference to an assessment as so substituted.

(10) Where the payment of stamp duty is denoted on any
instrument chargeable with stamp duty in respect of which the
Collector expresses or is required to express his opinion under
subsection (1) and the amount of the payment so denoted is less than
the amount assessed by the Collector, then, without prejudice to the
liability of any person for the payment of the difference between
the amount of the stamp duty so denoted and the assessment, the
instrument shall be chargeable, unless it is stamped in respect of
the difference not later than 1 month from the date on which the
assessment is made, with additional stamp duty of an amount equal
to interest on the amount of the difference at the rate of 4 cents per
$100 or part thereof per day in respect of the period beginning on the
expiration of a period of 1 month from that date and ending on the
date of the payment of such additional stamp duty; and the person
or persons liable for stamping such instrument in respect of the
stamp duty so assessed shall be the person or persons liable for
stamping it in respect of such additional stamp duty.





(11) The Collector may remit, wholly or in part, any additional stamp
duty payable under subsection (10).

14. (1) Any person who is dissatisfied with the assessment of the
Collector under section 13 may, within a period of 1 month from the date
on which the assessment is made and on payment of the stamp duty in
conformity therewith, appeal against the assessment to the court and
may for that purpose require the Collector to state and sign a case
setting forth the question upon which his opinion was required and the
assessment made by him.

(2) The Collector shall thereupon state and sign a case and deliver
the same to the person by whom it is required and the case may, within 7
days thereafter and after service thereof upon the Attorney General, be
set down by such person for hearing.

(3) Upon the hearing of the case the court shall determine the
question submitted, and, if the instrument in question is in the opinion
of the court chargeable with any stamp duty, the court shall assess the
stamp duty chargeable thereon.

(4) If the amount of the stamp duty assessed by the court is less
than the assessment of the Collector, the excess of stamp duty paid
shall be ordered by the court to be repaid together with any excess of
penalty paid under section 9 in respect thereof.

(5) If in the opinion of the court the assessment of the Collector is
not excessive, the court shall make an order confirming that assessment.

(5A) The court may appoint a member of the Lands Tribunal to sit
and assist it in any proceedings or part of any proceedings under this
section; but the decision in the appeal shall be the decision of the court
alone. (Added, 43 of 1984, s. 2)

(6) In this section 'court' means District Court.

15. (1) No instrument chargeable with stamp duty shall be received
in evidence in any proceedings whatsoever except-

(a) criminal proceedings;

(b)civil proceedings by the Collector to recover stamp duty or
any penalty payable under this Ordinance,

or be available for any other purpose whatsoever, unless such
instrument is duly stamped:

Provided that an instrument which is not duly stamped may be
received in evidence in civil proceedings before a court if the court so
orders upon the personal undertaking of a solicitor to cause

(i)such instrument to be stamped in respect of the stamp duty
chargeable thereon; and

(ii)any penalty payable under section 9 in respect thereof to be
paid.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), no instrument chargeable with stamp
duty shall be acted upon, filed or registered by any public officer or
body corporate unless such instrument is duly stamped;





and any such public officer who or body corporate which fails to
comply with this subsection shall incur a penalty of $1,000 which shall
be recoverable by the Collector as a civil debt due to the Crown.

(3) Subsection (2) shall not apply in relation to the registration of
any instrument under the Land Registration Ordinance if such
instrument is stamped under section 5(1) or 13(2), but such registration
shall not affect the question whether such instrument is duly stamped.

(4) If a public officer is empowered or required by law to act upon,
file or register a duplicate or copy of any instrument, and if the original
of such instrument would require to be duly stamped if acted upon, filed
or registered by such public officer, it shall be lawful for such public
officer to call for the production of the original instrument, or for
evidence to his satisfaction that it is duly stamped, and no public officer
shall act upon, file or register any such duplicate or copy without
production of the original instrument duly stamped or of evidence as
aforesaid..

16. (1) A lease or agreement for a lease shall not be charged with
stamp duty in respect of any penal rent, or increased rent in the nature
of a penal rent, thereby reserved or agreed to be reserved or made
payable, or by reason of being made in consideration of the surrender or
abandonment of any existing lease of or agreement relating to the same
subject matter.

(2) An agreement for a lease shall be chargeable with stamp duty as
a lease made for the term and consideration mentioned in the agreement.

17. An instrument whereby the rent reserved by any other
to instrument chargeable with stamp duty and duly stamped as a lease
as is increased shall be chargeable with stamp duty as if it were a lease
but in respect only of the additional rent thereby made payable, but
this section shall not apply to an instrument made solely for the
purpose of giving notice of any such increase in compliance with any
Ordinance.

18. (1) Where stamp duty falls to be calculated in respect of any
instrument by reference to a sum of money expressed in a currency other
than Hong Kong dollars, there shall, for the purpose of such calculation,
be substituted for that sum of money its equivalent expressed in Hong
Kong dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the
instrument.

(2) For the purposes of this section 'rate of exchange', in relation
to any instrument referred to in subsection (1), means the buying rate
for the currency in question, as determined by the Secretary for
Monetary Affairs, for telegraphic transfers at the commencement of
business on the date of the instrument or, if that date is a Sunday or a
general holiday, on the business day immediately preceding that date.





PART III

ANCILLARY PROVISIONS RELATING TO PART
11

19. (1) Subject to this section, any person who effects any sale or
purchase of Hong Kong stock as principal or agent shall(Amended, 77
of 1981, s. 5)

(a) forthwith make and execute a contract note;

(b) cause the note to be stamped-

(i) in the case of a sale or purchase effected in Hong Kong,
not later than 2 days thereafter;

(ii) in any other case, not later than 30 days thereafter;

(c)if he is the agent, transmit the note duly stamped to his
principal;

(d)cause an endorsement to be made on the instrument of
transfer of such Hong Kong stock to the effect that stamp
duty has been paid on the contract note under head 2(1) or (2)
in the First Schedule.

(IA) Subsection (1) shall not apply to a sale or purchase of a unit
under a unit trust scheme

(a)where the sale or purchase is effected by extinguishing such
unit; or

(b)where the sale or purchase of the unit is effected by the
managers under the unit trust scheme and their power to
effect such sale or purchase arises

(i) from the transfer to them of that or some other unit
within the immediately preceding 2 months; or

(ii) otherwise than from a previous transfer to them of that
or some other unit. (Added, 77 of 1981, s. 5)

(2) A contract note required to be made under subsection (1) shall
state the following

(a)whether the person effecting the sale or purchase of the Hong
Kong stock is acting as principal or agent and, if as agent, the
name of his principal;

(b)the date of the transaction and of the making of the contract
note;

(c) the quantity and description of such Hong Kong stock;

(d)the price per unit of such Hong Kong stock and the amount of
the consideration or, in the case of an exchange, particulars of
the property for which such Hong Kong stock is exchanged;
and

(e) the date of settlement.





(3) No agent or other person shall have any legal claim to any
charge for brokerage, commission or agency with reference to the sale or
purchase of any Hong Kong stock if he fails to comply with the
provisions of this section.

(4) The stamp duty paid in respect of a contract note may be added
to any charge for brokerage or agency and shall be recoverable as part
of such charge.

(5) Where a contract note relates to the sale or purchase of more
than one description of Hong Kong stock, the note shall be deemed to
be as many contract notes as there are descriptions of Hong Kong stock
sold or purchased.

(6) If in the case of a sale or purchase of any Hong Kong stock
effected by a person who is not resident in Hong Kong, the stamp duty
specified in head 2(1) in the First Schedule is not paid, there shall be
charged on the instrument of transfer, in addition to the stamp duty
otherwise chargeable thereon, stamp duty equal to the amount of the
stamp duty so payable in respect of such sale or purchase; and in
respect of stamp duty charged on an instrument of transfer under this
subsection, the transferee shall be the person liable for stamping such
instrument and the time for stamping it shall be 30 days after execution
thereof.

(7) Where any instrument of transfer is stamped under subsection
(6), the Collector shall endorse the instrument to that effect in such
manner as he may think fit.

(8) An instrument of transfer of any Hong Kong stock shall not be
duly stamped unless

(a)it is endorsed under subsection (1)(d) or (7) in respect of both
sale and purchase; or

(b)it is endorsed by the Collector in such manner as he may think
fit to the effect that

(i) stamp duty has been paid in respect thereof under head
2(3) in the First Schedule; or

(ii) no stamp duty is chargeable thereon under subsection
(6) or head 2(3) in the First Schedule.

(9) An endorsement under subsection (1) in respect of stamp duty
paid

(a)under head 2(1) in the First Schedule may be made by the
Collector or any person authorized by the Collector in that
behalf,

(b)under head 2(2) in the First Schedule shall be made by the
Collector,

in such manner as the Collector may think fit.





(10) Any person who makes an endorsement for the purposes of
subsection (1)(d) which is false in a material particular commits an
offence.

(10A) In relation to a sale or purchase of a unit under a unit trust
scheme other than a sale or purchase referred to in subsection (1A), the
obligations imposed by this section (other than subsection (1)(c) and
head 2(1) in the First Schedule on any person other than the managers
under the unit trust scheme shall be carried out by the managers in
addition to any obligation so imposed on them, and for that purpose
subsection (2)(a) shall not apply. (Added, 77 of 1981, s. 5)

(11) In this section

'allotment', in relation to units under a unit trust scheme, means the
issue of such units;

',sale or purchase' includes any disposal or acquisition (other than an
allotment) for valuable consideration, and exchange, and any
transaction in respect of which an instrument is deemed by virtue
of section 30(3), (4) or (5) to be a transfer by way of sale.

19A. (1) Where stamp duty is paid under head 2(1) in the First
Schedule in respect of a sale or purchase of a unit under a unit trust
scheme effected by the managers under such scheme, the stamp duty
shall be refunded to the managers upon application to the Collector
under subsection (2) if the managers and trustees under such scheme,
before the expiration of 2 months from the date on which the sale or
purchase is effected, jointly certify that

(a)the certificate, if any, in respect of the unit has been cancelled;

(b)as a consequence of the sale or purchase, a proportionate part
of the trust property has been realized, and the trust property
diminished accordingly; and

(c)the unit is extinguished and the managers have no power to
transfer any other unit in lieu thereof.

(2) On an application for a refund of stamp duty under this section,
the applicant shall produce to the Collector the contract notes in respect
of which the stamp duty was paid and the joint certificate of the
managers and trustees referred to in subsection (1).

(3) In this section 'trust property' has the meaning assigned to it
by section 30.

(Added, 77of 1981,s.6)

20. Where a contract note is stamped under head 2(2) in the First
Schedule but the whole or any part of the transaction to which it relates
is shown thereafter not to amount to jobbing business, there shall be
payable by the broker effecting the sale or purchase to which the
contract note relates by way of stamp duty on demand in respect of a
note to be issued by the Collector





(a)an amount equal to the stamp duty which would have
been payable if the contract note had been stamped under
head 2(1) in the First Schedule; and

(b)an amount equal to interest on the amount referred to in
paragraph (a) at the rate of 3 cents per $100 per day in
respect of the period from the date of the purchase or sale
to the date of payment of that amount:

Provided that where the amount referred to in paragraph (a)
includes a fraction of 5100 such fraction shall, for the purposes of
determining the amount referred to in paragraph (b), be reckoned as
$100.

21. (1) No person shall be entitled to claim, directly or
indirectly, the payment of any dividend or interest or of the amount
or value of any dividend or interest on any Hong Kong stock
unless-

(a)such person is the registered owner of the Hong Kong
stock at the time of such claim;

(b)such person was the registered owner of the Hong Kong
stock at some time subsequent to the date on which the
dividend was declared or the interest became due;

(c)such person is entitled to be paid such dividend or interest
under a declaration of trust in favour of a specified person
or otherwise as a beneficiary under a trust; or

(d)such person has lent money on the security of the Hong
Kong stock and is entitled by the terms of the loan to claim
such dividend or interest.

(2) No person shall demand or request or accept, directly or
indirectly, payment of any dividend or interest or of the amount or
value of any dividend or interest which under subsection (1) he is not
entitled to claim.

(3) No person shall, directly or indirectly, pay any dividend or
interest or the amount or value of any dividend or interest on any
Hong Kong stock to any other person unless-

(a)such other person is the registered owner of the Hong
Kong stock;

(b)such other person was the registered owner of the Hong
Kong stock at some time subsequent to the date on which
the dividend was declared or the interest became due;

(c)such other person is entitled to be paid such dividend or
interest under a declaration of trust in favour of a specified
person or otherwise as a beneficiary under a trust; or





(d)such other person has tent money on the security of the
Hong Kong stock and is entitled by the terms of the loan to
claim such dividend or interest.

22. (1) Where the consideration or any part of the consideration for
a conveyance on sale consists of any stock, the conveyance shall be
chargeable with stamp duty by reference to the value of the stock on the
date of the conveyance.

(2) Where the consideration or any part of the consideration for a
conveyance on sale consists of any security not being stock, the
conveyance shall be chargeable with stamp duty by reference to the
amount due on the date of the conveyance for principal and interest
upon the security.

23. (1) In the case of a conveyance on sale or a sale or purchase of
Hong Kong stock, where the consideration or any part of the
consideration consists of money payable periodically for a definite
period not exceeding 20 years so that the total amount to be paid can be
previously ascertained, the conveyance or contract note shall be
chargeable with stamp duty by reference to a consideration of such total
amount.

(2) In the case of a conveyance on sale or a sale or purchase of
Hong Kong stock, where the consideration or any part of the
consideration consists of money payable for a definite period exceeding
20 years or in perpetuity or for any indefinite period not terminable with
life, the conveyance or contract note shall be chargeable with stamp
duty by reference to a consideration of an amount equal to the total
amount which will or may, according to the terms of sale, be payable
during the period of 20 years after the date of the conveyance or
contract note.

(3) In the case of a conveyance on sale or a sale or purchase of
Hong Kong stock, where the consideration or any part of the
consideration consists of money payable periodically for a life or lives,
the conveyance or contract note shall be chargeable with stamp duty by
reference to a consideration equal to the amount which will or may,
according to the terms of sale, be payable during the period of 12 years
after the date of the conveyance or contract note.

24. (1) In the case of a conveyance on sale or any transaction
whereby a beneficial interest in Hong Kong stock passes, where the
conveyance or transaction is in consideration, wholly or in part, of any
debt due to the transferee or is subject either certainly or contingently
to the payment or transfer of any money or stock, whether or not being
or constituting a charge or incumbrance upon the property or interest so
conveyed or passing, the debt, money or stock is to be deemed the
whole or part, as the case may be, of the





consideration by reference to which the conveyance or contract note
is chargeable with stamp duty.

(2) Where a conveyance on sale or transaction whereby a
beneficial interest in any Hong Kong stock passes is in consideration
wholly or in part of any debt due to the transferee and, apart from
this subsection, the consideration by reference to which the convey-
ance or contract note would be chargeable with stamp duty would
exceed the value of the property conveyed or beneficial interest
passing, that consideration shall be treated as reduced to that value;
and the conveyance or contract note shall not be duly stamped
unless it is stamped under section 13(3).

(3) Where, by virtue of or in connexion with any transaction
referred to in subsection (1) whereby a beneficial interest in any
shares in a body corporate passes, any liability is incurred by the
transferee in respect of any indebtedness of the body corporate, the
transaction shall, in addition to any other payment of money or
transfer of shares to which it is subject, be deemed to be subject to
the payment of an amount of money equal to the amount of such
indebtedness.

25. (1) Where immovable property contracted to be sold for
one consideration for the whole is conveyed to the purchaser in
separate parts or parcels by different instruments, the consideration
shall be apportioned in such manner as the parties think fit, so
that a distinct consideration for each separate part or parcel is
set forth in the conveyance relating thereto, and such conveyance
shall be chargeable with stamp duty by reference to such distinct
consideration.

(2) Where immovable property contracted to be purchased for
one consideration for the whole by 2 or more persons jointly, or by
any person for himself and others or wholly for others, is conveyed
in parts or parcels by separate instruments to the persons by or
for whom the same was purchased for distinct parts of the con-
sideration, the conveyance of each separate part or parcel shall be
chargeable with stamp duty by reference to the distinct part of the
consideration therein specified.

(3) Where there are several instruments of conveyance for
completing the purchaser's title to immovable property sold, the
principal instrument of conveyance only shall be chargeable with
stamp duty and the other instruments shall not be chargeable with
stamp duty.

(4) Where a person having contracted for the purchase of any
immovable property but not having obtained a conveyance thereof
contracts to sell the same to any other person and the property is in
consequence conveyed immediately to the sub-purchaser, the con-
veyance shall be chargeable with stamp duty by reference to the
consideration moving from the sub-purchaser.





(5) Where a person having contracted for the purchase of any
immovable property but not having obtained a conveyance contracts to
sell the whole or any part or parts thereof to any other person or
persons and the property is in consequence conveyed by the original
seller to different persons in parts or parcels, the conveyance of each
part or parcel shall be chargeable with stamp duty by reference only to
the consideration moving from the sub-purchaser thereof, without
regard to the amount or value of the original consideration.

(6) Where a sub-purchaser takes an actual conveyance of the
interest of the person immediately selling to him, which is chargeable
with stamp duty by reference to the consideration moving from him and
is duly stamped accordingly, any conveyance to be afterwards made to
him of the same immovable property by the original seller shall not be
chargeable with stamp duty.

(7) Where upon the exchange of any immovable property for any
other immovable property, or upon the partition of any immovable
property, any consideration is paid or given, or agreed to be paid or
given, for equality, the principal or only instrument whereby the
exchange or partition is effected shall, subject to section 27, be charged
with the same stamp duty as a conveyance on sale for the consideration,
and with that stamp duty only; and where in any such case there are
several instruments for completing the title of either party, the
instruments other than the principal instrument shall not be chargeable
with any stamp duty.

26. (1) Any contract or agreement for the sale of any equitable
estate or interest in any immovable property shall be chargeable with
stamp duty as if it were an actual conveyance on sale of the estate or
interest.

(2) Where stamp duty has been paid under subsection (1) and the
purchaser, before having obtained a conveyance of the property, enters
into a contract or agreement for the sale thereof, the contract or
agreement shall be charged, if the consideration for that sale is in excess
of the consideration for the original sale, with the stamp duty chargeable
by reference to such excess consideration, but shall not otherwise be
chargeable.

(3) Where stamp duty has been duly paid under subsection (1) or
(2), the conveyance made to the purchaser or sub-purchaser, or any
other person on his behalf or by his direction, shall not be chargeable
with any stamp duty, and the Collector shall, upon application and
production of the contract or agreement, or contracts or agreements,
duly stamped, denote upon the conveyance the payment of the stamp
duty.

(4) Where a conveyance made in conformity with a contract or
agreement referred to in subsection (1) or (2) which has not been
stamped is presented to the Collector for stamping within 6 months after
the execution of the contract or agreement or such longer period as the
Collector may think reasonable in the circumstances





of the case, the conveyance shall be stamped accordingly, and the
contract or agreement shall thereupon cease to be chargeable with any
stamp duty.

(5) Where any contract or agreement referred to in subsection (1)
or (2) is rescinded or annulled, any stamp duty paid in respect thereof
shall be returned by the Collector.

27. (1) Any conveyance of immovable property operating as a
voluntary disposition inter vivos shall be chargeable with stamp duty as
a conveyance on sale, with the substitution of the value of the property
conveyed for the amount or value of the consideration for the sale.

(2) In the case of an instrument of transfer operating as a voluntary
disposition inter vivos of Hong Kong stock, or an instrument referred to
in section 28(1) which so operates by virtue of that section, any stamp
duty paid in respect of contract notes made under section 19(1) in
respect of the amount or value of any consideration given by the
transferee for such Hong kong stock shall be set off against the stamp
duty chargeable on such instrument of transfer.

(3) A conveyance or transfer operating as a voluntary disposition
inter vivos shall not be duly stamped unless the Collector has stamped
the instrument of conveyance or transfer under section 13(3)(b).

(4) Any conveyance or transfer (not being a disposition made in
favour of a purchaser or incumbrancer or other person in good faith and
for valuable consideration) shall for the purposes of this Ordinance be
deemed to be a conveyance or transfer operating as a voluntary
disposition inter vivos, and (except where marriage is the consideration)
the consideration for any conveyance or transfer shall not for this
purpose be deemed to be valuable consideration where the Collector is
of opinion that by reason of the inadequacy of the sum paid as
consideration or other circumstances the conveyance or transfer confers
a substantial benefit on the person to whom the property is conveyed or
transferred.

(5) Nothing in this section shall apply to a conveyance or transfer
made for nominal consideration for the purpose of securing the
repayment of an advance or loan or made for effectuating the
appointment of a new trustee, whether the trust is expressed or implied,
or under which no beneficial interest passes in the property conveyed
or transferred, or made to a beneficiary by a trustee or other person in a
fiduciary capacity under any trust, whether expressed or implied, and
this subsection shall have effect notwithstanding that the
circumstances exempting the conveyance or transfer from charge under
this section are not set forth in the conveyance or transfer.

(6) In this section 'conveyance' includes any agreement for a
lease or any release or renunciation of immovable property.





28. (1) Subject to this section, any instrument whereby property is
conveyed or transferred to any person in contemplation of a sale of that
property shall be treated as a conveyance or transfer operating as a
voluntary disposition inter vivos of that property.

(2) If on a claim made to the Collector not later than 2 years after
the making or execution of an instrument to which subsection (1)
applies, it is shown to his satisfaction

(a)that the sale in contemplation of which the instrument was
made or executed has not taken place and the property has
been re-conveyed or re-transferred to the person from whom it
was conveyed or transferred or to a person to whom his rights
have been transmitted on death or bankruptcy; or

(b)that the sale has taken place for a consideration which is less
than the value by reference to which stamp duty was paid in
respect of the instrument by virtue of this section,

the Collector shall repay the stamp duty paid by virtue of this section, in
a case falling under paragraph (a), so far as it exceeds the stamp duty
which would have been payable apart from this section and, in a case
falling under paragraph (b), so far as it exceeds the stamp duty which
would have been payable if the instrument had been stamped in
accordance with subsection (1) in respect of a value equal to the
consideration in question:

Provided that, in a case falling under the said paragraph (b), stamp
duty shall not be repayable if it appears to the Collector that the
circumstances are such that a conveyance or transfer on the sale in
question would have been chargeable with stamp duty by virtue of
section 27(4).

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) shall apply whether or not an instrument
conveys or transfers other property in addition to the property in
contemplation of the sale of which it is made or executed, but those
subsections shall not affect the stamp duty chargeable in respect of that
other property.

(4) For the purposes of section 27 and this section, the value of
property conveyed or transferred by an instrument chargeable with
stamp duty in accordance with either of those provisions shall be
determined without regard to

(a)any power (whether or not contained in the instrument) on the
exercise of which the property, or any part of or any interest in
the property, may be re-vested in the person from whom it was
conveyed or transferred or in any person on his behalf,

(b)any annuity reserved out of the property or any part of it, or
any life or other interest so reserved, being an interest which
is subject to forfeiture,

but if on a claim made to the Collector not later than 2 years after the
making or execution of the instrument it is shown to his





satisfaction that any such power as is mentioned in paragraph (a) has
been exercised in relation to the property and the property or any
property representing it has been re-conveyed or re-transferred in whole
or in part in consequence of that exercise the Collector shall repay the
stamp duty paid by virtue of this subsection, in a case where the whole
of such property has been so re-conveyed or re-transferred, so far as it
exceeds the stamp duty which would have been payable apart from this
subsection and, in any other case, so far as it exceeds the stamp duty
which would have been payable if the instrument had operated to
convey or transfer only such property as is not so re-conveyed or re-
transferred.

29. (1) References in head 1(1) in the First Schedule to a
conveyance on sale being certified at a particular amount mean that
such conveyance on sale contains a statement certifying that the
transaction effected by the instrument does not form part of a larger
transaction or series of transactions in respect of which the amount or
value, or aggregate amount or value, of the consideration exceeds that
amount.

(2) In subsection (1) a reference to the amount or value of the
consideration shall be construed

(a)in relation to stamp duty chargeable on a conveyance
operating as a voluntary disposition inter vivos, as a
reference to the value of the property conveyed;

(b)in relation to stamp duty chargeable on a lease or agreement
for a lease, as a reference to the amount or value of the
consideration in money, stock or security, other than rent.

PART IV

UNIT TRUSTS

30. (1) This Part shall come into operation on a day to be appointed
by the Financial Secretary by notice in the Gazette.

(2) In this Part-

certificate to bearer', in relation to a unit under a unit trust scheme,
means a document by the delivery of which the unit can be
transferred;

'trust instrument in relation to a unit trust scheme, means the trust deed
or other instrument (whether under seal or not) creating or
recording the trusts by virtue of which persons are to participate in
such scheme;

'trust property', in relation to a unit trust scheme, means property
subject to the trusts of the trust instrument;

'unit', in relation to a unit trust scheme, means a right or interest
(whether described as a unit, as a sub-unit or otherwise) of a
beneficiary under the trust instrument;

unit trust scheme' means any arrangements made for the purpose, or
having the effect, of providing, for persons having funds





available for investment, facilities for the participation by them,
as beneficiaries under a trust, in any profits or income arising
from the acquisition, holding, management or disposal of any
property whatsoever.

(3) Where a person authorizes or requires the trustees or
managers under a unit trust scheme to treat him as no longer
interested in a unit under that scheme and authorizes or requires
them to treat another person as entitled to that unit, he shall be
deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance to transfer that unit, and
any instrument whereby he gives the authority or makes the require-
ment or any other instrument expressed to be substituted therefor by
the managers with the approval of the Collector shall be deemed for
those purposes to be a transfer operating as a voluntary disposition
inter vivos under section 27(4) or a transfer by way of sale falling
within head 2(4) in the First Schedule according to the nature of the
transaction as between him and the person whom he authorizes or
requires the trustees or managers to treat as entitled to the unit.
(Amended, 77 of 1981, s. 7)

(4) Where a person authorizes or requires the trustees or
managers under a unit trust scheme to treat him as no longer
interested in a unit under that scheme and does not authorize or
require them to treat another person as entitled to that unit, he shall
be deemed for the purposes of this Ordinance to transfer that unit to
the managers by way of sale, and any instrument whereby he gives
the authority or makes the requirement or any other instrument
expressed to be substituted therefor by the managers with the
approval of the Collector shall be deemed for those purposes to be a
transfer falling within head 2(4) in the First Schedule. (Amended,
77 of 1981, s. 7)

(5) Where the managers under a unit trust scheme authorize or
require the trustees under that scheme to treat a person as entitled to
a unit thereunder and their power so to do arises from a previous
transfer to them of that unit or some other unit, they shall be deemed
for the purposes of this Ordinance to transfer the first-mentioned
unit to that person by way of sale, and any instrument whereby they
give the authority or make the requirement or any other instrument
expressed to be substituted therefor by the managers with the
approval of the Collector shall be deemed for those purposes to be
a transfer falling within head 2(4) in the First Schedule; but this
subsection does not apply to anything done by the managers for the
purpose merely of recognizing or giving effect to a transmission of a
unit by operation of law. (Amended, 77 of 1981, s. 7)

31. (1) The trustees of a unit trust scheme shall keep a record
showing the number of units under the scheme representing the trust
property, and from time to time as soon as any change occurs in the
amount of such property they shall enter in the record the alteration
in the number consequential on such change.

(2) The managers of a unit trust scheme shall keep a record
showing-





(a)the number of units to which they become entitled in
consequence of any addition to the trust property and the
date on which they become so entitled; and

(b)where any units are extinguished, the number of units
extinguished and the date of extinction.

32. (1) Every registered certificate and every certificate to
bearer in respect of units under a unit trust scheme shall before issue
be given a serial number by the trustees of the scheme and, when
surrendered by the holder, shall be preserved by the trustees in such
a manner as to enable reference to be made readily thereto.

(2) Every instrument of transfer in respect of units under a
unit trust scheme shall, when delivered to the trustees of the scheme,
be preserved by the trustees in such a manner as to enable reference
to be made readily thereto.

33. The trustees of a unit trust scheme shall keep a register of
the holders of registered units under the scheme and shall enter
therein the following particulars-

(a)the name and address of each person who holds any units
under the scheme, the serial number of the certificate or
certificates representing the units held by each such person
and the number of units to which each such certificate
relates;

(b)the date or dates on which each such person became the
holder of any units and the number of units of which he
became the holder on each such date, and-
(i) where he became the holder by virtue of an instru-
ment of transfer, or in consequence of the surrender of a
certificate to bearer, a sufficient reference to enable the
instrument or certificate to be readily produced;
(ii) where he became entitled to the units by operation
of law, particulars of the name of the person from whom
the right to such units was transmitted to him, and of the
circumstances in which it was so transmitted or a sufficient
reference to some other record kept by the trustees contain-
ing those particulars;

(c)where any person has ceased to hold any units, the date or
dates at which he ceased to hold them, and-
(i) where he so ceased by virtue of an instrument of
transfer, or in consequence of the issue of a certificate to
bearer, a sufficient reference to the instrument of transfer
to enable it to be readily produced or, as the case may be, a
note of the serial number of the certificate to bearer;
(ii) where his right to any units has been transmitted to
another person by operation of law, particulars of the
name of that person, and of the circumstances in which it
was so transmitted, or a sufficient reference to some other
record kept by the trustees containing those particulars.





34. (1) Where any units under a unit trust scheme are repre-
sented by a certificate to bearer, the trustees of the scheme shall enter
in a separate part of the register referred to in section 33, or in a
separate register, the following particulars-

(a)the fact of the issue of the certificate and the serial number
of the certificate;

(b) the number of units included in the certificate; and

(c) the date of the issue of the certificate.

(2) Upon the surrender and cancellation of any certificate to
bearer, a note of the date of surrender shall be added to the entry.

35. (1) Registers or records required under this Part may be
kept by recording the matters in question-

(a) in bound books or any other legible form; or

(b)otherwise than in a legible form so long as the recording is
capable of being reproduced in a legible form,

but where any such register or record is kept otherwise than by
making entries in a bound book, adequate precautions shall be
taken for guarding against falsification and facilitating its discovery.

(2) Unless the register kept under section 33 is in such a form
as to constitute in itself an index, the trustees of the scheme shall
keep in a convenient form an index of the names of the holders.

(3) The registers, statements and other records and documents
referred to in this Part shall be preserved during the life of the trust
scheme and for a period of not less than 1 year thereafter, but
nothing in this Part shall require instruments of transfer or regis-
tered certificates or certificates to bearer to be preserved for a period
exceeding 6 years from the date on which they were finally delivered
to the trustees of the scheme.

36. Notwithstanding anything in the trust instrument of a unit
trust scheme, the trustees or managers under the scheme shall not
register a transfer of units thereunder unless an instrument of
transfer has been delivered to them; but nothing in this section shall
prejudice any power of the trustees or managers to register as
entitled to a unit any person to whom the right to that unit has been
transmitted by operation of law.

37. Any person who-

(a)being a trustee of a unit trust scheme fails to comply with
any of the provisions of section 31(1), 32, 33, 34, 35(2) or
(3), or 36;

(b)being a manager of a unit trust scheme fails to comply with
any of the provisions of section 31(2), 35(3) or 36,

shall incur a penalty of $1,000 which shall be recoverable by the
Collector as a civil debt due to the Crown.





PART V

EXEMPTION AND RELIEF

38. In this Part-

'consular premises' means any premises in respect of which the

Chief Secretary has issued a certificate under section 43(3)(a);
'exempted institution' means a charitable institution or trust of a

public character which is exempt from tax under section 88 of the
Inland Revenue Ordinance;

'exempted person' means any person in respect of whom the Chief

Secretary has issued a certificate under section 43(3)(b);

'Government' means

(a) the Government of Hong Kong;

(b) the Government of the United Kingdom;

'incorporated public officer' means any of the following

(a) The Financial Secretary Incorporated; (Amended,

L.N. 180185)

(b) Director of Education Incorporated;
(c) The Director of Social WeltareIncorporated;
(d) The Secretary for District Administration Incorporated;
(Amended, 61 of 1984, s. 5 and L.N. 190/86)

premises of the Chinese members of the Joint Liaison Group or of
the Chinese members of the Land Commission' means any
premises in respect of which the Chief Secretary has issued a
certificate under section 43(3)(a); (Replaced, 44 of 1985, s. 7)

'premises of the Visa Office' means any premises in respect of

which the Chief Secretary has issued a certificate under sec-
tion 43(3)(a). (Added, 61 of 1984, s. 5)


39. The following instruments shall not be chargeable with

stamp duty under this Ordinance

(a)all instruments duly stamped under the stamp regulations
enforced by the Japanese in Hong Kong between 26
November 1942 and 1 September 1945;

(b)all conveyances on sale to the Crown or an incorporated
public officer;

(c)all grants by the Crown and all Crown leases and all surrenders
of such grants and leases;

(d)all instruments executed by the Housing Authority for the
purposes of the Housing Ordinance other than a conveyance
on sale executed for the purposes of section 17A thereof;

(e)all instruments executed by the Urban Council for the
purposes of the Urban Council Ordinance;

(ea) all instruments executed by the Regional Council for the
purposes of the Regional Council Ordinance; (Added, 39 of
1985, s. 60)





all conveyances on sale of consular premises to an exempted
person;

(g)all instruments exempted under section 125 of the Bankruptcy
Ordinance, or section 281 of the Companies Ordinance.

40. (1) In the case of any instrument in respect of which, by virtue
of section 41 or 43(1), no person is liable for the payment of stamp duty
chargeable thereon, the instrument shall not be chargeable with stamp
duty if, but only if, it is presented to the Collector for stamping.

(2) Any instrument presented to the Collector under this section,
and any duplicate or counterpart of such instrument, shall, without
payment of an adjudication fee and notwithstanding section 13(4), be
stamped under subsection (3)(a) of that section with a stamp denoting
that it is not chargeable with stamp duty, and subsection (6) of that
section shall apply accordingly.

41. (1) Notwithstanding section 4(3), the Government or any
incorporated public officer or any person acting in his capacity as a
public officer shall not be liable for the payment of stamp duty
chargeable on any instrument or any penalty payable in respect thereof
under section 9.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to-

(a) any public officer acting in his capacity as-

(i) Official Administrator;

(ii) Official Receiver;

(iii) Official Trustee; or

(iv) liquidator; or

(b)any public officer acting in pursuance of any order of any
court.

42. (1) This section applies to a lease or agreement for a lease
(other than an instrument to which section 39 applies) made between

(a)the Government, or any person acting on behalf of the
Government; or

(b) an incorporated public officer,

and any other person ('the other party') not being a person to whom
section 43(1) applies.

(2) Every instrument to which this section applies shall, for the
purposes of this Ordinance, be deemed to contain a provision whereby
the other party undertakes to pay 50 per cent of the stamp duty
chargeable on such instrument; and payment of that amount under a
provision deemed by virtue of this section to be contained in an
instrument shall be deemed to constitute payment of the stamp duty
chargeable on the instrument.

43. (1) Where an exempted person or a person acting on behalf of
an exempted person is a party to any instrument being a lease,
agreement for a lease or conveyance on sale of Consular pre






mises or premises of the Visa Office, of the Chinese members of the Joint
Liaison Group or of the Chinese members of the Land Commission, the
exempted person shall not be liable for the payment of stamp duty
chargeable on such instrument or any penalty payable in respect thereof
under section 9. (Amended, 61 of 1984, s. 5; 18 of 1985, s. 5 and 44 of
1985, s. 7)

(2) Every lease or agreement for a lease (other than an instrument
to which section 39 applies) made in respect of consular premises or
premises of the Visa Office, of the Chinese members of the Joint Liaison
Group or of the Chinese members of the Land Commission between an
exempted person, or a person acting on behalf of an exempted person,
and any other person (other than the Government, an incorporated
public officer or an exempted person) shall be deemed to contain a
provision whereby such other person undertakes to pay 50 per cent of
the stamp duty chargeable on such instrument; and payment of that
amount under a provision deemed by virtue of this subsection to be
contained in an instrument shall be deemed to constitute payment of the
stamp duty chargeable on the instrument. (Amended, 61 of 1984, s. 5;
18 of 1985, s. 5 and 44 of 1985, s. 7)

(3) The Chief Secretary may certify

(a) (i) in respect of premises which are exempt from taxation
under the Consular Relations Ordinance, that such premises
are consular premises for the purposes of this Part;

(ii) in respect of premises which are exempt from taxation
under the Chinese Visa Office (Privileges and Immunities)
Ordinance, that such premises are premises of the Visa Office
for the purposes of this Part;

(iii) in respect of premises which are exempt from taxation
under the Privileges and Immunities (Joint Liaison Group and
Land Commission) Ordinance, that such premises are premises
of the Chinese members of the Joint Liaison Group for the
purposes of this Part; and (Added, 18 of 1985, s. 5. Amended,
44 of 1985, s. 7)

(b) (i) in respect of any diplomatic agent or consular officer

within the meaning of the Consular Relations Ordinance,
that such person is an exempted person for the purposes of
this Part;

(ii) in respect of an officer of the Visa Office within the
meaning of the Chinese Visa Office (Privileges and
Immunities) Ordinance, that such person is an exempted
person for the purposes of this Part; and

(iii) in respect of a person to whom the Privileges and
Immunities (Joint Liaison Group and Land Commission)
Ordinance applies, that such person is an exempted person for
the purposes of this Part Added, 18 of 1985, s. 5. Amended,
44 of 1985, s. 7) 'A

(Replaced, 61 of 1984, s. 5. Amended, 18 of 1985, s. 5)
44. (1) Stamp duty under head 1(1) or head 2(3) in the First Schedule shall not
be chargeable on an instrument to which this section applies.





(2) This section applies to the following instruments-
(a)any conveyance of immovable property operating as a
voluntary disposition inter vivos where the beneficial inter-
est therein passes by way of gift from the person entitled to
that interest to or on trust for an exempted institution;
(b)any transfer of Hong Kong stock operating as a voluntary
disposition inter vivos where the beneficial interest therein
passes by way of gift from the registered owner or trans-
feror of the Hong Kong stock to or on trust for an
exempted institution.
(3) An instrument to which this section applies shall not be
duly stamped unless it is stamped with the stamp duty with which it
would, but for this section, be chargeable or it has, in accordance
with section 13, been stamped with a particular stamp denoting
either that it is not chargeable with any stamp duty or that it is duly
stamped.

45. (1) Stamp duty under head 1(1) in the First Schedule shall
not be chargeable on an instrument to which this section applies.
(2) Subject to subsections (4), (5) and (6), this section applies
to any instrument as respects which it is shown to the satisfaction of
the Collector that the effect thereof is to convey a beneficial interest
in immovable property from one associated body corporate to
another and that the bodies in question are associated, that is to say,
one is beneficial owner of not less than 90 per cent of the issued share
capital of the other, or a third such body is beneficial owner of not
less than 90 per cent of the issued share capital of each.
(3) An instrument to which this section applies shall not be
duly stamped unless it is stamped with the stamp duty with which it
would, but for this section, be chargeable or it has, in accordance
with section 13, been stamped with a particular stamp denoting
either that it is not chargeable with any stamp duty or that it is duly
stamped.
(4) This section shall not apply to any instrument unless it is
also shown to the satisfaction of the Collector that the instrument
was not executed in pursuance of or in connexion with an arrange-
ment under which-
(a)the consideration, or any part of the consideration, for the
conveyance was to be provided or received, directly or
indirectly by a person other than a body corporate which
at the time of the execution of the instrument was asso-
ciated within the meaning of subsection (2) with either the
transferor or the transferee (meaning respectively, the
body corporate from whom and the body corporate to
whom the beneficial interest was conveyed);
(b)the said interest was previously conveyed, directly or
indirectly, by such a person; or
(c)the transferor and the transferee were to cease to be
associated within the meaning of subsection (2) by reason





of a change in the percentage of the issued share capital of
the transferee in the beneficial ownership of the transferor or a
third body corporate.

(5) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) of
subsection (4), an arrangement shall be treated as within that paragraph
if it is one under which the transferor or the transferee, or a body
corporate associated with either as there mentioned, was to be enabled
to provide any of the consideration, or was to part with any of it, by or
in consequence of the carrying out of a transaction or transactions
involving, or any of them involving, a payment or other disposition by a
person other than a body corporate so associated.

(6) The ownership referred to in subsections (2) and (4) is
ownership either directly or through another body corporate or other
bodies corporate, or partly directly and partly through another body
corporate or other bodies corporate, and the Third Schedule shall apply
accordingly for the purposes of this section.

46. (1) Where the Land Officer certifies that any instrument
affecting any immovable property held from the Crown has been
executed in compliance with his requirements for the sole purpose of
enabling a Crown lease of the immovable property to be granted to the
owner thereof and has been replaced by a new instrument affecting the
immovable property in the same manner as, and similar as far as possible
to, the instrument replaced, and executed immediately upon the granting
of the said Crown lease, then such instruments shall be exempt from
stamp duty, and the Collector shall, on production to him of the
instruments so certified, endorse thereon a certificate to the effect that
the instruments are by virtue of this section exempt from stamp duty.

(2) Where the Land Officer certifies that any instrument affecting
any immovable property held from the Crown has been executed in
compliance with his requirements for the sole purpose of enabling the
owner of the immovable property to surrender it to the Crown as
consideration or part consideration for an exchange and has been
replaced by a new instrument affecting the immovable property in the
same manner as, and similar as far as possible to, the instrument
replaced, and executed immediately upon the granting of the said Crown
lease, then such instruments shall be exempt from stamp duty, and the
Collector shall, on production to him of the instruments so certified,
endorse thereon a certificate to the effect that the instruments are by
virtue of this section exempt from stamp duty.

47. (1) Whenever the Land Officer certifies that in his opinion an
assignment or reassignment has been made by the appropriate parties
solely for the purpose of carrying into effect a transaction or a series of
transactions in respect whereof an instrument or a series of instruments
has been registered or recorded in the Japanese House Registration
Office and of effectuating by an assignment or reassignment in the form
in common use in Hong Kong the transaction or series of transactions
which to him appears to have been intended to be effected by such
instrument or series of instru





ments, then such assignment or reassignment shall be exempt from
stamp duty.

(2) The certificate under subsection (1) shall be endorsed upon the
instrument in question, and on production of the certificate under
subsection (1) and of the instrument in question the Collector shall
endorse thereon a certificate to the effect that the same is under this
section exempt from stamp duty.

(3) This section shall not apply to any instrument executed in
contravention of the Moratorium Proclamation of the British Military
Administration dated 13 September 1945.

PART VI

ALLOWANCE FOR SPOILED OR UNWANTED
STAMPS

48. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to the production of such
evidence, by statutory declaration or otherwise, as the Collector may
require, allowance shall be made by the Collector for any stamp spoiled
in any of the following cases

(a)where the stamp on any material is inadvertently spoiled,
obliterated or by any means rendered unfit for the purpose
intended before the material bears the signature of any person
or any instrument written thereon is executed by any party;

(b)where an adhesive stamp is inadvertently spoiled or rendered
unfit for use and has not in the opinion of the Collector been
affixed to any material;

(c)where the stamp is used for any instrument executed by any
person which

(i) is afterwards found to be absolutely void from the
beginning;

(ii) is afterwards found to be unfit, by reason of any error or
mistake therein, for the purpose originally intended;

(iii) has not been made use of for any purpose whatever
and, by reason of the inability or refusal of some necessary
party to sign the instrument or to complete the transaction
according to the instrument, is incomplete and insufficient for
the purpose for which it was intended;

(iv) fails of its intended purpose, or becomes void, by
reason of the refusal of any person to act under the
instrument or for want of enrolment or registration thereof
within the time required by law; or

(v) is inadvertently spoiled and in lieu thereof another
instrument made between the same parties and for the same
purpose is executed and duly stamped, or becomes useless in
consequence of the transaction intended to be thereby
effected being effected by some other instrument duly
stamped.

(2) This section shall not apply unless-

(a)the application for allowance is made within 2 years after the
stamp has been spoiled or become useless or, in the case





of an instrument executed by any person, after the date of
the instrument or if it is not dated within 2 years after the
execution thereof by the person by whom it was first or
alone executed, or such further time as the Collector may
determine in the case of any instrument sent abroad for
execution or where from unavoidable circumstances any
instrument for which another has been substituted cannot
be produced within the said period; and
(b)in the case of an executed instrument, no legal proceeding
(other than legal proceedings in which the question whether
the instrument is void falls to be determined) has been
commenced in which the instrument could or would have
been given or offered in evidence and, if the Collector so
requires, the instrument is given up to be cancelled.

49. Where any person has inadvertently used for any instru-
ment chargeable with stamp duty a stamp of greater value than was
necessary, or has inadvertently used a stamp for an instrument not
chargeable with stamp duty, the Collector may, on application made
within 2 years after the date of the instrument or, if it is not dated,
within 2 years after the execution thereof by the person by whom it
was first or alone executed, and upon the instrument, if chargeable
with stamp duty, being stamped with a stamp denoting payment of
the stamp duty chargeable thereon, cancel and allow as spoiled the
stamp so misused.

50. The Collector may, upon application by any person being
the purchaser of an adhesive stamp which has not been spoiled or
rendered unfit or useless for the purpose intended, make allowance
to such person in respect thereof if-
(a) the adhesive stamp is delivered up to the Collector; and
(b)the Collector is satisfied that the adhesive stamp was
purchased by such person-
(i) at the office of the Collector within a period of not
more than 2 years preceding the application; and
(ii) with a bona fide intention to use it.

51. (1) In any case in which allowance is made under this Part
for spoiled or misused stamps or adhesive stamps, the Collector
may give in lieu thereof money to the value of such stamps or other
stamps of the same denomination or value, or if required and he
thinks proper, stamps of any other denomination to the same
amount in value.
(2) Any allowance made under this Part shall lapse upon the
expiration of 1 year from the date on which it is made.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

52. (1) The Governor may remit, wholly or in part, the stamp
duty payable in respect of any instrument chargeable with stamp
duty.





(2) The amount of any stamp duty remitted under this section
in respect of any instrument shall for the purposes of this Ordinance
be deemed to have been paid in respect of that instrument.

53. When at any time a body corporate commits an offence
under this Ordinance with the consent or connivance of, or because
of neglect by, any individual, the individual commits the like offence
if at that time-

(a)he is a director, manager, secretary or similar officer of the
body corporate;

(b) he is purporting to act as such officer; or

(c)the body corporate is managed by its members, of whom
he is one.

54. (1) If it appears to a magistrate upon the oath of any
person that there is reason to believe that there are on any premises
any books of account or other instruments whatsoever of which
any of the contents may tend to show that an offence under this
Ordinance has been committed, the magistrate may issue a search
warrant authorizing any person named in the warrant to enter such
premises and to search the same and any person found thereon,
and to inspect, and to make and take away copies of, any books
of account or other instruments found on such premises or such
person; and any person so authorized shall, as respects any such
books kept by recording any matters otherwise than in a legible
form, be deemed to be authorized to require inspection of, and to
take away, a reproduction of the recording or of the relevant part of
it in a legible form.

(2) Any copies so made shall be admissible in evidence in any
proceedings under this Ordinance.

(3) No person shall obstruct any such inspection, or the
making or taking away of any copy or reproduction, in any manner
whatsoever.

(4) Every person in whose possession or under whose control
there may be any books of account or other documents whatsoever
which the Collector, or any person authorized thereto by him in
writing, may wish to inspect for the purposes of this Ordinance, shall
afford to the Collector or to the person duly authorized by him all
reasonable facilities for such inspection and for making and taking
away copies of such books of account and documents.

(5) Where any books of account referred to in subsection (4)
are kept by recording any matters otherwise than in a legible form,
the duty imposed by that subsection shall be treated as a duty to
allow inspection of, and the taking away of, a reproduction of the
recording or of the relevant part of it in a legible form.

(6) Any person who contravenes subsection (3) or fails to
comply with subsection (4) commits an offence.





55. Any person who for the purpose of evading any stamp duty or
penalty payable under this Ordinance falsities, mutilates or destroys any
book of account or other instrument whatsoever commits an offence.

56. Any person who-

(a)fraudulently prints or impresses upon or affixes to any
instrument any stamp;

(b)knowingly sells or offers or exposes for sale or utters or uses
any stamp which has been fraudulently printed or impressed;

(c)fraudulently mutilates any stamp, with intent that any use may
be made of any part of such stamp;

(d)fraudulently cuts, tears or in any way removes from any
instrument any stamp, with intent that any use may be made of
such stamp or any part thereof,

(e)fraudulently fixes or places upon any instrument, or upon any
stamp, any stamp or part of a stamp which, whether
fraudulently or not, has been cut, torn or in any way removed
from any instrument or out of or from any other stamp;

fraudulently adds to, erases or otherwise either really or
apparently removes from any stamped instrument any name,
sum, date or other matter or thing whatsoever written thereon,
with the intent that any use may be made of the stamp upon
such instrument;

(g)wilfully removes or attempts to remove from any adhesive
stamp any cancelling marks thereon;

(h)knowingly sells or offers or exposes for sale or utters or uses
any adhesive stamp from which cancelling marks have been
wholly or partially removed;

(i)fraudulently removes or causes to be removed from any
instrument any adhesive stamp, with intent that such
adhesive stamp may be used again;

(j)fraudulently affixes to any instrument any adhesive stamp so
removed, or knowingly sells or offers or exposes for sale or
utters any adhesive stamp so removed, or utters any
instrument having thereon an adhesive stamp which to his
knowledge has been so removed; or

(k)knowingly, and without lawful excuse, has in his possession
any stamp which has been fraudulently printed or impressed
upon or affixed to any instrument, or any stamp which has
been fraudulently mutilated, or any stamp or part of a stamp
which has been fraudulently cut, torn or in any way removed
from any instrument, or any stamped instrument to or from
which any name, sum, date or other





matter or thing has been fraudulently added, erased or
otherwise either really or apparently removed, or any
adhesive stamp from which cancelling marks have been
wholly or partially removed or which has been fraudu-
lently removed from any instrument,

commits an offence.

57. (1) If it appears to a magistrate upon the oath of any
person that there is reason to believe that any stamps have been
stolen or fraudulently obtained and are on any premises, the
magistrate may issue a warrant authorizing a police officer to enter
such premises and to search the same and any person found thereon
and to seize and take away any such stamps found on such premises
or such person, and to arrest any person found on such premises
in whose possession or custody such stamps are found; and if any
such person does not satisfactorily account to a magistrate for his
possession or custody of such stamps or it appears to the magistrate
that such stamps were not lawfully obtained by him such stamps
shall be forfeited and delivered up to the Collector.

(2) Where stamps are seized under a warrant issued under
subsection (1), the police officer authorized by the warrant shall, if
required, give to any person in whose possession or custody such
stamps are found a written acknowledgement of the number,
particulars and value of such stamps and permit such stamps to be
marked before their removal.

58. Any person who in any manner defaces any adhesive
stamp before it is used shall incur a penalty of $1,000 which shall be
recoverable by the Collector as a civil debt due to the Crown:

Provided that any person may with the express sanction of the
Collector, and in conformity with the conditions which he may
impose, write upon or otherwise appropriate an adhesive stamp
before it is used for the purpose of identification thereof.

59. Any person who practises or is concerned in any fraudu-
lent act, contrivance or device, not specially provided for by law,
with intent to defraud the Government of any stamp duty commits
an offence.

60. Any person who commits or attempts to commit any
offence under this Ordinance shall be liable to a fine of $10,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year.

61. No criminal proceedings for an offence under this Ordi-
nance shall be instituted after the expiration of 2 years from the
discovery of the offence by the Collector or 6 years from the
commission of the offence, whichever is the earlier.

62. The Government shall not be responsible for the loss of
or for damage to any instrument tendered for stamping whilst in the
custody of the Collector, nor shall any officer in the office of the





Collector be responsible for such loss or damage, unless he has
caused it wilfully, fraudulently or by gross negligence.

63. The Governor in Council may by regulations-
(a)specify the transactions or dealings in respect of Hong
Kong stock that constitute jobbing business for the pur-
poses of this Ordinance;
(b)prescribe the procedure for stamping contract notes made
and executed in respect of any jobbing business;
(c) amend the Second Schedule.

64-65. [Have had effect]

66. (1) Any instrument duly stamped under the Stamp Ordin-
ance (in this section referred to as 'the repealed Ordinance') shall,
as from the commencement of this Ordinance, be deemed for all
purposes to be duly stamped under this Ordinance.
(2) Any instrument chargeable with stamp duty but not duly
stamped under the repealed Ordinance shall be deemed to be an
instrument chargeable with stamp duty under this Ordinance; and
any penalty payable under section 9 in respect of any such instru-
ment shall be calculated by reference to the point of time or the
period of time which would have applied if such penalty had become
payable under the repealed Ordinance.
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply in respect of transac-
tions referred to in section 19 which were entered into prior to the
commencement of this Ordinance, and the repealed Ordinance shall
continue to apply in respect of such transactions as if this Ordinance
had not been enacted.
(4) Any licence issued under the repealed Stamp Duties
Management Ordinance in respect of the use of a franking machine
and in force immediately prior to the commencement of this Ordin-
ance, shall be deemed to have been issued under this Ordinance.
(5) Any assessment of stamp duty or any appeal against such
assessment or any action or claim for the recovery of any stamp duty
or penalty required or commenced under the repealed Ordinance
and pending or not disposed of immediately prior to the com-
mencement of this Ordinance, may be continued and disposed of
thereafter as if it had been required or commenced under this
Ordinance.
(6) Any allowance made under the repealed Stamp Duties
Management Ordinance for any stamps and not taken up before the
commencement of this Ordinance may be taken up within 1 year
from such commencement and, if not so taken up, shall lapse.
(7) Any authorization given by the Collector of Stamp
Revenue under section 47(4) of the repealed Ordinance and in force
immediately before the commencement of this Ordinance, shall
continue to have effect as if it had been given under section 54(4)
of this Ordinance.





FIRST SCHEDULE[ss. 4,5, 19,20,
29, 30 45.]

(A) Stamp Duty
Nature of Instrument (B) Time for stamping
(C) Persons liable

HEAD 1: IMMOVABLE PROPERTY IN
HONG KONG

Agreement for Lease,

See LEASE and section 16

Agreement or Contract for Sale of equitable interest,
See CONVEYANCE ON SALE and section 26

CONVEYANCE ON SALE

(a)where the amount or value of the con- (A) (a) $20
sideration does not exceed $250,000
and the instrument is certified in ac-
cordance with section 29 at $250,000;
(b) where the amount or value of the con- (b) $20 with the addi-
sideration exceed $250,000 but does tion thereto of an
not exceed $252,505 and the instru- amount, not ex-
ment is certified in accordance with ceeding $2,505, by
section 29 at $252,505; which the amount
or value of the con-
sideration exceeds
$250,000

(c) where the amount or value of the con- (c) $1 for every $100
sideration exceeds $252,505 but does or part, thereof of
not exceed $500,000 and the instru- the amount or
ment is certified in accordance with value of the consideration
section 29 at $500,000;

(d) where the amount or value of the con- (d) $5,000 with the
sideration exceeds $500,000 but does addition thereto
not exceed $508,997 and the instru- of an amount not
ment is certified in accordance with exceeding $8,997,
section 29 at $508,997; by which the
amount or value of
the consideration
exceeds $500,000
(e) in any othe case (e) $2.75 for every
$100 or part
thereof of the
amount or value of
the consideration

(B) 30 days after execution;
but see Note 2 to this sub-head

(C)All parties, and all
other persons executing;
but see Note 2 to this
sub-head

And see sections 2, 4, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,
29, 39, 43, 44 and 45

Note 1

This sub-head shall apply in relation to the
stamp duty chargeable by reference to it by
virtue of sub-head (2)(a), in a case where part of
the consideration fof a lease consists of rent, as if
paragraphs (a) to (d) and the words 'in any other
case' in paragraph (e) were omitted

Note 2

In the case of a vesting order consequential
upon an order for sale or partition or a
foreclosure order, the time for stamping shall
be before the order is signed by the Registrar
and the persons liable shall be the persons
obtaining the order





(A) Stamp Duty
Nature of Instrument (B) Time for stamping
(C) Persons liable

Note 3
In the case of a foreclosure order, the stamp duty
chargeable thereon shall not exceed the stamp
duty which would be chargeable thereon by
reference to the value of the property to which
the order relates
Note 4
A foreclosure order shall not be duly stamped
unless the Collector has stamped it under section
13(3)(b)
Exchange, Instruments effecting-see section 25(7)
(2) LEASE
(a) where the consideration or any part of (A) The same duty as on a
the consideration, moving either to the conveyance on sale for
lessor or to any other person, consists the same consideration
of any money, stock or security (see Note 1 to sub-head
1)
(B)30 days after execution
(C)All parties, and all other
persons executing
(b) where the consideration or any part of
the consideration is any rent
(i) where the term is not defined or is(A) (i) 25 cents for every
uncertain; S100 or part
thereof of the
yearly or average
yearly rent
(ii) where the term specified in the (ii) 25 cents for every
lease does not exceed one year; 100 or part
thereof of the total
rent payable over
the term of the
lease
(iii) where the term specified in the(iii) 50 cents for every
lease exceeds one year but does $100 or part
not exceed three years; thereof of the
yearly or average
yearly rent
(iv) where the term specified in the (iv) 51 for every $100
lease exceeds three years or part thereof of
the yearly or aver-
age yearly rent
(B)30 days after execution
(C)All parties, and all other
persons executing
(e) Lease executed in pursuance of a duly (A) $3
stamped agreement for lease (B) 30 days after execution

(C) All parties, and all other
persons executing

And see sections 2, 16, 17, 27, 39, 42 and 43
Partition, Instruments effecting-see section 25(7)
Voluntary Disposition inter vivos-see section 27
HEAD 2: HONG KONG STOCK
(1) CONTRACT NOTE for the sale or purchase (A) S3 for every $1,000 or
of any Hong Kong stock, not being jobbing part thereof of the
business, on every note required to be made amount of the con-
under section 19(1) sideration or of its
value at the date on





(A) Stamp Duty
Nature of Instrument (B)Time for stamping
(C)Persons liable
which the contract
note falls to be
executed: but see Note
to this sub-head
(B)2 days after the sale
or purchase if effected
in Hong Kong: see
section 19(1)(b)(i)
30 days after the sale
or purchase if effected
elsewhere: see section
19(1)(b)(ii)
(C)The agent or. where
no agent, the principal
effecting the sale or
purchase

And see sections 2, 4, 5, 6, 19, 20, 23, 24 and 27

Note

Where the consideration or any part of the
consideration consists of any security not
being stock, the amount due upon such security
for principal and interest on the date on which
the contract note falls to be executed shall be
taken to be its value at that date

(2) CONTRACT NOTE in respect of jobbing busi- (A) $5
ness on every note required to be made under (B) 2 days after the sale or

section 19(1) purchase: see section
19(1)(b)(i)
(C) The broker effecting
the sale or purchase
And see sections 2, 4, 19 and 20
(3) TRANSFER operating as a voluntary disposi- (A) S5 and $6 for every
tion inter vivos or made for the purpose of S1,000 or part thereof
effectuating a transaction whereby the beneficial of the value of the
stock
interest in Hong Kong stock passes otherwise (B) 7 days after execution
than on purchase and sale, including a fore- or, if executed else-
closure order where than in Hong

Kong, 30 days after
execution; but see
Note 1 to this sub-head

(C)The transferor and the
transferee; but see Note
1 to this sub-head

And see sections 4, 19, 27, 28, 30 and 44

Note 1

In the case of a foreclosure order, the time for
stamping shall be before the order is signed by
the Registrar and the persons liable shall be the
persons obtaining the order

Note 2







In the case of a foreclosure order, the stamp
duty chargeable thereon shall not exceed the
stamp duty which would have been chargeable
thereon by reference to the amount of the debt
to which the order relates

Note 3

A foreclosure order shall not be duly stamped
unless the Collector has stamped it under
section 13(3)(b)





(A) Stamp Duty
Nature of Instrument (B) Time for stamping
(C) Persons liable

(4) TRANSFER of any other kind (A) $5
(B)Before execution or, if
executed elsewhere
than in Hong Kong, 30
days after execution
(C)The transferor and the
transferee
And see sections 5, 7 and 30
HEAD 3: HONG KONG BEARER
INSTRUMENT
(1) HONG KONG BEARER INSTRUMENT (A) $3 per $100 or
part
issued in respect of any stock other than- thereof of market
value on issue
(a) any loan capital; (B)Before issue
(b) units in a unit trust scheme under the (C) The person by
whom
terms of which the funds of the trust or on whose behalf the
cannot be invested in any investment instrument is issued
other than loan capital and any person who
acts as the agent of
that person for the pur-
poses of the issue
And see sections 2 and 5(5)
(Replaced, 21 of 1986, s. 2)
(2) HONG KONG BEARER INSTRUMENT (A) $5
given in substitution for a like instrument duly
stamped under sub-head (1) of this head (B) Before issue
(C)The person by whom
or on whose behalf the
instrument is issued
and any person who
acts as the agent of
that person for the pur-
poses of the issue
And see sections 2 and 5(5)

HEAD 4: DUPLICATES AND
COUNTERPARTS

DUPLICATE OR COUNTERPART of any instru-(A) Where the stamp duty
ment chargeable with any stamp duty on the original instru-
ment does not amount
to 55, the same stamp
duty as on the original;
in any other case,
S5: but see Note to
this head
(B)7 days after execution,
or such longer period as
the time for stamping
the original instrument
would allow
(C)





(A) Stamp Duty
Nature of Instrument (B) Time for stamping
(C) Persons liable

And see section 8

Note

If in the case of a lease or agreement for a
lease the stamp duty payable in respect thereof
is limited in accordance with section 42(2) or
43(2) to 50% of the stamp duty chargeable
thereon, the stamp duty chargeable on a
duplicate or counterpart thereof shall be
limited to 50% of the stamp duty otherwise
chargeable under this head

SECOND SCHEDULE [ss. 7 63.1
PART 1
FORM
STAMP DuTY ORDINANCE
(section 7)

Licence No . .............................................

No. of machine .......................................

Licence to use a franking machine

LICENCE is hereby granted to .........................................................................

...........
........................................................................................................................

(~cr*'e'inafter called the licensee) to use the above-numbered franking machine at
for the purpose of stamping instruments under section 5(4) of the Stamp Duty
Ordinance in respect of stamp duty chargeable under head 2(4) in the First Schedule
to that Ordinance.

2. This licence is not transferable.

Dated the day of 19

.................

Collector of Stamp Revenue.

CONDITIONS

1. The machine shall not, except for the purpose of bringing it to the Stamp
Office or with the permission of the Collector of Stamp Revenue, be moved from
the address hereinbefore specified at which it may be used.

2. The licensee shall maintain the machine in good working order to the
satisfaction of the Collector of Stamp Revenue and shall, not less than once in
every 2 years and at such other times as the Collector of Stamp Revenue may
require, have the machine inspected by the agents in Hong Kong of the
manufacturers.

3. The licensee shall permit the Collector of Stamp Revenue or an officer of
the Stamp Office authorized in writing by the Collector of Stamp Revenue to
inspect the machine at such times as the Collector of Stamp Revenue thinks fit,
and shall, for that purpose, allow the Collector of Stamp Revenue or the officer so
authorized access to the place where the machine is kept.







4. No words, letters, or marks of any kind whatsoever, other than the stamp
denoting the duty with which the instrument is chargeable and the date of
stamping, shall be stamped on any instrument by means of the machine.





5. Except with the written consent of the Collector of Stamp Revenue, the
machine shall not be used to stamp any instrument other than those connected
with the business of the licensee.

6. The licensee shall, on each successive Monday (or if Monday is a general
holiday, on the next working day), send to the Collector of Stamp Revenue, in
such form as he may direct, notice of the value of the stamps impressed by means
of the machine during the 7 days ending on the preceding Sunday.

PART 2

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Every licence shall-

(a) be issued in respect of one franking machine only;

(b)be issued in respect of a franking machine of a type and make approved
by the Collector;

(c) be not transferable.

2. Every application for a licence shall be in such form as the Collector may
from time to time determine.

3, The die and the colour of the stamp to be used in a franking machine shall
be in accordance with such specifications or requirements as the Collector may
direct.

4. The licensee shall make payment to the Collector in respect of each setting
or re-setting of the meter of the licensed franking machine at the time of such
setting or re-setting.

5. In the case of every licensed franking machine-

(a)the meter shall be set or re-set, as the case may be, by the Collector or a
public officer authorized in writing by the Collector for the purposes of
section 7; and

(b)after the meter has been so set or re-set, the franking machine shall be
scaled by the Collector or such public officer with a seal approved by the
Collector for the purposes of this provision.

THIRD SCHEDULE (s. 45.1

PROVISIONS FOR DETERMININc, AMOUNT OF SHARE CAPITAL HELD THROUGH
OTHER BODIES CORPORATE

1 Where, in the case of a number of bodies corporate, the first directly owns
share capital of the second arid the second directly owns share capital of the
third, then. for the purposes of this Schedule, the first shall be deemed to own
share capital of the third through the second, and, if the third directly owns share
capital of a fourth, the first shall be deeiried to own share capital of the fourth
through the second and third, and the second shall be deemed to own share capital
of the fourth through the third, and so on.

2. In this Schedule-

(a)any number of bodies corporate of which the first directly owns share
capital of the next and the next directly owns share capital of the next but
one and so on, and, if they are more than 3, any 3 or more of them, are
referred to as 'a series';

(b) in any series-







(i) that body corporate which owns share capital of another through
the remainder is referred to as 'the first owner';





(ii) that other body corporate the share capital of which is so owned is
referred to as 'the last owned body corporate';

(iii) the remainder, if one only, is referred to as an 'intermediary' and,
if more than one, referred to as 'a chain of intermediaries';

(c)a body corporate in a series which directly owns share capital of another
body corporate in the series is referred to as an 'owner';

(d)any 2 bodies corporate in a series of which one owns share capital of the
other directly, and not through one or more of the other bodies corporate
in the series, are referred to as being directly related to one another.

3. Where every owner in a series owns the whole of the share capital of the
body corporate to which it is directly related, the first owner shall be deemed to
own through the intermediary or chain of intermediaries the whole of the share
capital of the last owned body corporate.

4. Where one of the owners in a series owns a fraction of the share capital of
the body corporate to which it is directly related, and every other owner in the
series owns the whole of the share capital of the body corporate to which it is
directly related, the first owner shall be deemed to own that fraction of the share
capital of the last owned body corporate through the intermediary or chain of
intermediaries.

5. Where-

(a)each of 2 or more of the owners in a series owns a fraction, and every
other owner in the series owns the whole, of the share capital of the body
corporate to which it is directly related; or

(b)every owner in a series owns a fraction of the share capital of the body
corporate to which it is directly related,

the first owner shall be deemed to own through the intermediary or chain of
intermediaries such fraction of the share capital of the last owned body corporate
as results from the multiplication of those fractions.

6. Where the first owner in any series owns a fraction of the share capital of
the fast owned body corporate in that series through the intermediary or chain of
intermediaries in that series, and also owns another fraction or other fractions of
the share capital of the last owned body corporate, either

(a) directly; or

(b)through an intermediary or intermediaries which is not a member or are
not members of that series; or

(c)through a chain or chains of intermediaries of which one or some or all
are not members of that series; or

(d)in a case where the series consists of more than 3 bodies corporate,
through an intermediary or intermediaries which is a member or are
members of the series, or through a chain or chains of intermediaries
consisting of some but not all of the bodies corporate of which the chain
of intermediaries in the series consists,

then, for the purpose of ascertaining the amount of the share capital of the last
owned body corporate owned by the first owner, all those fractions shall be
aggregated and the first owner shall be deemed to own the sum of those fractions.
Originally 31 of 1981. 77 of 1981. L.N. 422/81. 29 of 1984. 43 of 1984. 61 of 1984. 18 of 1985. L.N. 180/85. 39 of 1985. 44 of 1985. 21 of 1986. L.N. 190/86. L.N. 173/81. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 112.) Collector of Stamp Revenue and assistant collectors. (Cap. 117, 1978 Ed.) Charging of, liability for, and recovery of stamp duty. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 32.) Methods of stamping and denoting. First Schedule. First Schedule. Cancellation of adhesive stamps. Licensing and use of franking machines. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Duplicates and counterparts. Late stamping. How instruments to be written, charged and stamped. Facts and circumstances affecting stamp duty to be set forth. Power to call for abstract and evidence. Adjudication of stamp duty by Collector. Appeal against assessment. Non-admissibility etc. of instruments not duly stamped. (Cap. 128.) Provisions relating to certain leases etc. Instrument increasing rent to be chargeable as a lease. Calculation of stamp duty as regards foreign currency. Contract notes in respect of sale and purchase of Hong Kong stock. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Refund of stamp duty in respect of sale and purchase of units under unit trust schemes. First Schedule. Stamp duty payable where transaction in respect of Hong Kong stock does not amount to jobbing business. First Schedule. First Schedule. Passing on of dividends or interest on Hong Kong stock prohibited. Stamp duty chargeable where consideration in respect of immovable property consists of stock or security other than stock. How consideration consisting of periodical payments to be charged. Stamp duty chargeable where conveyance etc. is in consideration of debt etc. Stamp duty chargeable in case of certain conveyances. Stamp duty chargeable on contracts etc. for sale of equitable estate or interest in immovable property. Voluntary dispositions. Stamp duty chargeable in case of conveyance or transfer in contemplation of sale or subject to power of revocation etc. Certificate with respect to certain conveyances on sale. First Schedule. Commencement and interpretation of Part IV. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Duty of trustees and managers to keep records. Numbering and preservation of certificates and instruments of transfer. Register of holders of registered units. Register of certificates to bearer. Form and period of preservation of records. Restriction on registration of transfer of units. Penalty. Interpretation of Part V. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 1015.) (Cap. 1098.) (Cap. 1096.) (Cap. 1044.) Instruments generally exempted. (Cap. 283.) (Cap. 101.) (Cap. 385.) (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 32.) Instruments specially exempted. Non-liability of Government or public officer for payment of stamp duty. Relief in case of certain leases etc. to Government. Relief in case of certain leases etc. of consular premises. (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) Relief in case of gift to exempted institution. First Schedule. Relief in case of conveyance from one associated body corporate to another. First Schedule. Third Schedule. Instruments affecting immovable property made for new Crown lease or exchange to be exempt. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese occupation to be exempt. Allowance for spoiled stamps. Allowance for misused stamps. Allowance for unwanted adhesive stamps. Manner of making, and time for taking up, allowance. Remission of stamp duty. Liability for offences by bodies corporate. Inspection of books of account etc. Falsification. Offences relating to stamps. Power of magistrate in relation to stolen stamps. Defacement of adhesive stamps. Fraudulent practices. Punishment for offences. Limitation of time for proceedings in respect of offences. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instrument. Regulations. Second Schedule. Transitional. (Cap. 117, 1978 Ed.) (Cap. 121, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 31 of 1981. 77 of 1981. L.N. 422/81. 29 of 1984. 43 of 1984. 61 of 1984. 18 of 1985. L.N. 180/85. 39 of 1985. 44 of 1985. 21 of 1986. L.N. 190/86. L.N. 173/81. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 333.) (Cap. 112.) Collector of Stamp Revenue and assistant collectors. (Cap. 117, 1978 Ed.) Charging of, liability for, and recovery of stamp duty. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. (Cap. 32.) Methods of stamping and denoting. First Schedule. First Schedule. Cancellation of adhesive stamps. Licensing and use of franking machines. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Second Schedule. Duplicates and counterparts. Late stamping. How instruments to be written, charged and stamped. Facts and circumstances affecting stamp duty to be set forth. Power to call for abstract and evidence. Adjudication of stamp duty by Collector. Appeal against assessment. Non-admissibility etc. of instruments not duly stamped. (Cap. 128.) Provisions relating to certain leases etc. Instrument increasing rent to be chargeable as a lease. Calculation of stamp duty as regards foreign currency. Contract notes in respect of sale and purchase of Hong Kong stock. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Refund of stamp duty in respect of sale and purchase of units under unit trust schemes. First Schedule. Stamp duty payable where transaction in respect of Hong Kong stock does not amount to jobbing business. First Schedule. First Schedule. Passing on of dividends or interest on Hong Kong stock prohibited. Stamp duty chargeable where consideration in respect of immovable property consists of stock or security other than stock. How consideration consisting of periodical payments to be charged. Stamp duty chargeable where conveyance etc. is in consideration of debt etc. Stamp duty chargeable in case of certain conveyances. Stamp duty chargeable on contracts etc. for sale of equitable estate or interest in immovable property. Voluntary dispositions. Stamp duty chargeable in case of conveyance or transfer in contemplation of sale or subject to power of revocation etc. Certificate with respect to certain conveyances on sale. First Schedule. Commencement and interpretation of Part IV. First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Duty of trustees and managers to keep records. Numbering and preservation of certificates and instruments of transfer. Register of holders of registered units. Register of certificates to bearer. Form and period of preservation of records. Restriction on registration of transfer of units. Penalty. Interpretation of Part V. (Cap. 112.) (Cap. 1015.) (Cap. 1098.) (Cap. 1096.) (Cap. 1044.) Instruments generally exempted. (Cap. 283.) (Cap. 101.) (Cap. 385.) (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 32.) Instruments specially exempted. Non-liability of Government or public officer for payment of stamp duty. Relief in case of certain leases etc. to Government. Relief in case of certain leases etc. of consular premises. (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) Relief in case of gift to exempted institution. First Schedule. Relief in case of conveyance from one associated body corporate to another. First Schedule. Third Schedule. Instruments affecting immovable property made for new Crown lease or exchange to be exempt. Instruments confirmatory of transactions during Japanese occupation to be exempt. Allowance for spoiled stamps. Allowance for misused stamps. Allowance for unwanted adhesive stamps. Manner of making, and time for taking up, allowance. Remission of stamp duty. Liability for offences by bodies corporate. Inspection of books of account etc. Falsification. Offences relating to stamps. Power of magistrate in relation to stolen stamps. Defacement of adhesive stamps. Fraudulent practices. Punishment for offences. Limitation of time for proceedings in respect of offences. Responsibility for loss of or damage to instrument. Regulations. Second Schedule. Transitional. (Cap. 117, 1978 Ed.) (Cap. 121, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2529

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

117

Number of Pages

48
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:12 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTIONS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2528

Title

RESOLUTIONS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






NS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

,.,/,>R 6, sections 2,18(1),18(2),19(1) and 36(1)(1))

Resolutions made and passed by the Legislative Council

(a) under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 14 February 1979:

RiESOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance, that with effect from 1 April 1979

(1)the resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council on 15
March 1978 and published in the Gazette of 17 March 1978 as Legal
Notice No. 58 of 1978, which determined the percentages of the
rateable values of tenements for the purpose of computing general
rates and Urban Council rates, be revoked;

(2)for every tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of
the Schedule, the general and Urban Council rates shall be computed
on the basis of the respective percentage of the rateable value of
such tenement set out opposite that area in the second and third
columns of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 721% 4%
BC 711% 4%
D 11% Nil
E 11% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 9% Nil
GI, G2, G3, G4 and G5 9% Nil
HI, H2, H3, H4 and H5 9% Nil
J 1, J2 and J3 9% Nil
KI and K2 9% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 9% Nil
MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 9% Nil
NI, N2 and N3 8% Nil
(L.N. 44179)

(b) under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 13 February 1980:

REsOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance that, for the period 1 April 1980 to 31 March 198 1, for every
tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of the Schedule, the
general and Urban Council rates shall be computed on the basis of the
respective percentage of the rateable value of such tenement set out
opposite that area in the second and third columns of the Schedule.





SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 7~% 4%
BC 71% 4%
D and D2 11% Nil
E 11% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 10% Nil
G 1, C2, G3, G4 and G5 10% Nil
HI, H2, H3, H4 and H5 10% Nil

J1, J2, J3 and J4 10% Nil
K1 and K2 10% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 10% Nil

MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 10% Nil

NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 9% Nil
p 51% Nil
Q 5A% Nil
R 51% Nil
S 51% Nil
(L.N. 36180)

(c) under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 11 March 1981:

RESOLvED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance that, for the period 1 April 1981 to 31 March 1982, for every
tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of the Schedule, the
general and Urban Council rates shall be computed on the basis of the
respective percentage of the rateable value of such tenement set out
opposite that area in the second and third columns of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 71% 4%
BC 71% 4%
D and D2 11% Nil
E 11% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 11%Nil
* I, G2, G3, G4 and G5 11% Nil

* I, H2, H3, H4 and H5 11% Nil

J1, J2, J3 and J4 11% Nil
K1 and K2 11% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 11% Nil

MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 11% Nil

NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 10% Nil
p 7% Nil
Q 7% Nil
R 7% Nil
S 7% Nil
(L.N. 67181)





(d) under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 20 January 1982:

RESOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance that, for the period 1 April 1982 to 31 March 1983, for every
tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of the Schedule, the
general and Urban Council rates shall be computed on the basis of the
respective percentage of the rateable value of such tenement set out
opposite that area in the second and third columns of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 321% 8%
BC 3,1% 8%
(L.N. 19182)

(e) under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 10 March 1982:

RESOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance that, for the period 1 April 1982 to 31 March 1983, for every
tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of the Schedule, the
general and Urban Council rates shall be computed on the basis of the
respective percentage of the rateable value of such tenement set out
opposite that area in the second and third columns of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates
D and D2 11% Nil
E 11% Nil

Fl, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 11%Nil

GI, G2, G3, G4 and G5 11% Nil

HI, H2, H3, H4 and H5 11% Nil

J1, J2, J3 and J4 11% Nil
KI and K2 11% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 11% Nil

MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 11% Nil

NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 11% Nil
p 8% Nil
Q 8% Nil
R 8% Nil
S 8% Nil
(L.N. 78182)

under section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 27 April 1983:

RESOLVED, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 18(1) of the Rating
Ordinance that, for the period 1 April 1983 to 31 March 1984, for every
tenement in a specified area set out in the first column of the





Schedule, the general and Urban Council rates shall be computed on the
basis of the respective percentage of the rateable value of such tenement
set out opposite that area in the second and third columns of the
Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 5 2~ 8%
BC 521% 8%
D and D2 1321% Nil
E 1321% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 1321% Nil
G L G2, G3, G4 and G5 1312% Nil
H L H2, H3, H4 and H5 13-11% Nil
J1, J2, J3 and J4 1321% Nil
K1 and K2 1311% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 13 -1 Nil
MI, M2, M3, M4 and M 5 13,1% Nil
NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 13,1% Nil
p 11% Nil
Q 11% Nil
R 11% Nil
S 11% Nil
(L.N. 150183)

(g)under sections 18(1), 18(2), 19(1) and 36(1)(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 16
May 1984:

RESOLVFD-

(a)that the percentage prescribed for the purposes of section 18(1) of the
Rating Ordinance for the period 1 April 1984 to 31 March 1985 shall, in
respect of every tenement in a specified area listed in the first column
of the Schedule, be the percentage of the rateable value of such
tenement respectively set out opposite that area in the second and
third columns of the Schedule;

(b)that, with effect from 1 April 1984, the percentage prescribed for the
purposes of section 18(2) of the Rating Ordinance shall be

(i) 7.5% in respect of any tenement for which an unfiltered supply
of fresh water is available from a Government watermain; and

(ii) 15% in respect of any tenement for which no supply of fresh
water is available from a Government water-main; and

(e) that, with effect from 1 April 1984-

(i) the percentage prescribed for the purposes of section 19(1) of
the Rating Ordinance shall be 20%; and

(ii) the amount prescribed for the purposes of section 36(1)(1) of
the Rating Ordinance shall be $1,000.





SCHEDULE
Urban Council
Specified Area General Rates Rates

A 3% 2.5%
BC 3% 2.5%
D and D2 5.5% Nil
E 5.5% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 5.5% Nil
GI, G2, G3, G4 and G5 5.5% Nil
HI, H2, H3, H4 and H5 5.5% Nil
J1, J2, J3 and J4 5.5% Nil
KI and K2 5.5% Nil
LI, L2, LA and L5 5.5% Nil
MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 5.5% Nil
NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 5.5% Nil
p 5% Nil
Q 5% Nil
R 5% Nil
S 5% Nil
(L.N. 128184)

under sections 2 and 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 13 March 1985:

RESOLVED that with effect from 1 April 1985 the percentage prescribed for the
purposes of section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance shall, in respect of every
tenement in a specified area listed in the first column of the Schedule, be the
percentage of the rateable value of such tenement respectively set out opposite
that area in the second and third columns of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Specified Area General Rates Urban Council
Rates

A 3% 2.5%
BC 3% 2.5%
D and D2 5.5% Nil
E 5.5% Nil
FI, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 and F7 5.5% Nil
G L G2, G3, G4 and G5 5.5% Nil

HI, H2, H3, H4 and H5 5.5% Nil
J1, J2, J3 and J4 5.5% Nil
KI and K2 5.5% Nil
LI, L2, L4 and L5 5.5% Nil

MI, M2, M3, M4 and M5 5.5% Nil

NI, N2, N3, N4 and N5 5.5% Nil
p 5.5% Nil
Q 5.5% Nil
R 5.5% Nil
S 5.5% Nil
(L.N. 48185)





(i) under sections 2 and 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 29 January 1986:

RESOLVED that with effect from 1 April 1986 the percentage prescribed for the
purposes of section 18(1) of the Rating Ordinance shall in respect

of every tenement-
(a) in the Urban Council area be-
(i) general rates 2.5%;
(ii) Urban Council rates 3.5%;
(b) in the Regional Council area be-
(i) general rates Nil;
(ii) Regional Council rates 6.0%.
(L.N. 21186)

(j) under section 36(1)(1) of the Rating Ordinance on 9 March 1988:

RESOLVED that with effect from 1 April 1988 the amount prescribed for the
purpose of section 36(1)(1) of the Rating Ordinance shall be $1,200.

(L.N. 59188)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2528

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:11 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING (MISCELLANEOUS EXEMPTIONS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2527

Title

RATING (MISCELLANEOUS EXEMPTIONS) ORDER

Description






RATING (MISCELLANEOUS EXEMPTIONS) ORDER

(Cap. 116, section 36(2))

[1 July 1981.1

1. This order may be cited as the Rating (Miscellaneous
Exemptions) Order.

2. The areas and classes of tenement specified in the Schedule are
exempted from the payment of rates.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.1

1.All tenements, or parts thereof, used, wholly or mainly for the purpose of
public religious worship, other than those exempt from assessment to rates
under section 36(1)(d) of the Ordinance.

2.All tenements, or parts thereof, occupied for public purposes by or on behalf of
the Government, the Urban Council, the Regional Council or the Financial
Secretary Incorporated, other than those exempt from assessment to rates
under section 36(1)(f) or (h) of the Ordinance.

3.All tenements, or parts thereof, held by the Government or the Financial
Secretary Incorporated and occupied or to be occupied as dwellings by public
officers

(a) by virtue of their employment; or

(b)with the consent of the Government or the Financial Secretary
Incorporated, solely for the term of their employment and otherwise than
pursuant to a scheme or arrangement whereby any right or interest in the
tenements is or may be acquired by them or by any other person,

other than those exempt from assessment to rates under section 36(1)(g) of
the Ordinance.
L.N. 185/81. L.N. 235/85. L.N. 307/86. Citation. Exemption from payment of rates. Schedule. L.N. 235/85. L.N. 307/86.

Abstract

L.N. 185/81. L.N. 235/85. L.N. 307/86. Citation. Exemption from payment of rates. Schedule. L.N. 235/85. L.N. 307/86.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2527

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:10 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING (AREAS OF HONG KONG) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2526

Title

RATING (AREAS OF HONG KONG) ORDER

Description






RATING, (AREAS OF HONG KONG) ORDER
(Cap. 116, section 3)
[1 April 1973.]

1. This order may be cited as th Rating (Areas of Hong

Kong) Order.

2. The areas of Hong Kong specified in the Schedule are declared to
be the specified areas of Hong Kong for the purposes of the Rating
Ordinance.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]

Area A. The island of Hong Kong together with Ap Lei Chau Island, Middle
Island, Green Island, Kau Pei Chau Island, other islets and the waters
adjacent thereto delineated and Pounded by broken black lines and
coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 26 October 1976 by the
Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner
of Rating and Valuation.

Area BC. Those portions of the peninsula of Kowloon, New Kowloon, Stone-
cutters Island and the waters adjacent thereto delineated and bounded
by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof approved on
26 October 1976 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the
office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.
Area D. The towns of Tsuen Wan and Kwai Chung and an area mainly in the
New Territories in the vicinity of the Castle Peak Road and the
waters adjacent thereto which is delineated and bounded by broken
black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 26 October
1976 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the
Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area D2. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising an area in the
vicinity of Route Twisk around Chuen Lung) delineated and bounded
by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 5
June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the
Commissioner of Rating a d Valuation.
Area E. That portion of the New erritories (comprising the islands of Tsing
Yi, Nga Ying Chau and the waters adjacent thereto) delineated and
bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof
approved on 5 June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in
the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area F 1. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the major part of the
town of Yuen Long) delmeated and bounded by broken black lines and
coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 17 June 1975 by the
Governor in Council and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of
Rating and Valuation.

Areas F2, F3 Those portions of the New Territories (comprising, in Area F2, part of
and F4. the district known as Ping Shan; in Area F3, mainly the industrial area
known as Kin Tau Wai; and in Area F4, mainly a part of San Tin
district west of Castt Peak Road known as Tai Shang Wai) in each
case delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red
(Area F2), green (Area F3) and yellow (Area F4) respectively, on plans
approved on 26 October 1976 by the Governor in Council, and
deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Areas F5, F6 Those portions of the New Territories (mainly comprising, in Area F5
and F7. and area in the vicinity of Castle Peak Road between San Tin and
Hung Shui Kin, in Area F6 parts of the districts known as Kam Tin,
Shek Kong and Pat Heung, and in Area F7 part of the district known
as Lau Fau Shan and the waters adjacent thereto) in each case





delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red (Area
F5), green (Area F6) and yellow (Area F7) respectively, on plans
approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor in Council, and
deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Areas G1, Those portions of the New Territories (comprising, in Area G1, the
G2, G3 and major part of the town of Tai Po Market, development along Ting Kok
G4. Road and the waters adjacent thereto; and in Areas G2, G3 and G4,
parts of Tai Po Kau and nearby residential area, including the waters
adjacent thereto north of the Chinese University) in each case deline-
ated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red (Area G1),
green (Area G2), brown (Area G3) and yellow (Area G4) respectively,
on a plan approved on 17 June 1975 by the Governor in Council, and
deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area G5. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising an area in the
vicinity of Hong Lok Tsuen, Tai Po Market and the waters adjacent
thereto) delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured
red on a plan thereof approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor
in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating
and Valuation.
Areas H1 Those portions of the New Territories (comprising, in Area H1, the
and H2. township of Luen Wo Market, and in Area H2, mainly the district
known as On Lok Tsuen) in each case delineated and bounded by
broken black lines and coloured green (Area H1) and red (Area H2)
respectively, on a plan approved on 17 June 1975 by the Governor in
Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.
Areas H3 Those portions of the Nww Territories (comprising, in Area H3, the
and H4. area near the Fanling railway station and including part of the
district known as Wo Hop Shek; and in Area H4, an area west of Fanling
mainly in the vicinity of the village of Kam Tsin) in each case
delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red (Area H3) and
green (Area H4) respectively, on plans approved on 26 October 1976 by
the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commis-
sioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area H5. That portion of the New Territories (comprising an area in the vicinity
of Fan Kam Road around the village of Ying Pun) delineated and
bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof
approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor in Council, and
deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area J1. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the township of Shek
Wu Hui) delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured
red on a plan approved on 17 June 1975 by the Governor in Council,
and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.
Area J2. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising the area
known as Tin Ping Shan to the east of the township of Shek Wu Hui)
delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a
plan thereof approved on 26 October 1976 by the Governor in Council,
and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.

Area J3. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising an area in the
vicinity of Sheung Shui, Fanling, Ping Che and Kwu Tung) delineated
and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof
approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor in Council, and
deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area J4. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising an area east of
Ping Che including Loi Tung) delineated and bounded by broken black
lines and coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 5 June 1979 by
the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner
of Rating and Valuation.

Area K1. That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising part of the
new town of Tuen Mun and the waters adjacent thereto) delineated and
bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan approved on
17 June 1975 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the
office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.





Area K2. That portion of the New Territpries (mainly comprising an area in the
vicinity of Lam Tei, Tuen Mun New Town and the waters adjacent
thereto) delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured
red on a plan thereof approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor
in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating
and Valuation.

Areas L1 Those portions of the New Territories (mainly comprising parts of the
and L2. new town of ShaTin, Ma Liu Shui and the waters adjacent thereto) in
each case delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured
red (Area L1) and green (Area L2) respectively, on a plan approved
on 17 June 1975 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office
of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Areas L4 Those portions of the New Terr*ories (comprising, in Area L4 an area
and L5. mainly to the west and north of Sha Tin and in Area L5 an area mainly
to the east and south of Sha Tib and the waters adjacent thereto) in
each case delineate and bo nd.0 by broken black lines and coloured
red (Area L4) and green (Area L5) respectively on a plan approved on
29 November 1977 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the
office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Areas M1, Those portions of the New Territories (mainly comprising developed
M2 and M3. areas in the vicinity of, and adjoining, Clear Water Bay Road and the
waters adjacent thereto) in each case delineated and bounded by
broken black lines and coloured green (Area M1), yellow (Area M2)
and red (Area M3) respectively, on a plan approved on 17 June 1975 by
the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of the Commis-
sioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area M4, That portion of the New Territories (comprising mainly the southern
part of the Clear Water Bay peninsula and the waters adjacent
thereto) delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a
plan thereof approved on 26 October 1976 by the Governor in Council,
and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.

Area M5, That portion of the New Territories (mainly comprising an area south
of Clear Water Bay Road, Rennies Mill and the waters adjacent thereto)
delineated and bounded by broken black lines and coloured red on a
plan thereof approved on 29 November 1977 by the Governor in
Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.

Area N1. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the town of Sai Kung,
also an area in the vicinity of Hiram's Highway and Tai Mong Tsai
Road and the waters adjacent thereto) delineated and bounded by
broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof approved on 26
October 1976 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of
the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Areas N2 Those portions of the New Territories (comprising, in Area N2 an area
and N3. in the vicinity of Hiram's Highway around Nam Wai and Chuk Kok
and the waters adjacent thereto and in Area N3 an area north of Sai
Kung Town in the vicinity of Sha Kok Mei) in each case delineated and
bounded by broken black lines and coloured red (Area N2) and green
(Area N3) respectively, on a plan approved by the Governor in
Council, and deposited in the office of the Commissioner of Rating and
Valuation.

Areas N4 Those portions of the New Territories (comprising, in Area N4 an area
and N5. to the west of Hiram Highway in the vicinity of Ho Chung and in
Area N5 mainly the district of Tai Mong Tsai and the waters adjacent
thereto) in each case delineated and bounded by broken black lines and
coloured red (Area N4) and green Area N5) respectively, on a plan
approved on 5 June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in
the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area P. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the island of Cheung
Chau and the waters adjacent thereto) delineated and bounded by
broken black lines and coloured green on a plan thereof approved on 5
June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in the office of
the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.





Area Q. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the islands of Peng
Chau and Tai Lei and the water adjacent thereto) delineated and
bounded by broken black lines and coloured yellow on a plan thereof
approved on 5 June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in
the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.
Area R. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the whole of the
islands of Lantau, Tai 0, Ma Wan, Chek Lap Kok, other islets and the
waters adjacent thereto) delineatd and bounded, except as provided
hereafter, by broken black lines and coloured red on a plan thereof
approved on 5 June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in
the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valualion. Between the
points marked X and Y on the plan the western boundary of the rating
area follows the western boundary of the Colony.

Area S. That portion of the New Territories (comprising the islands of Lamma
and Luk Chau and the waters adjacent thereto) delineated and
bounded by broken black lines coloured blue on a plan thereof
approved on 5 June 1979 by the Governor in Council, and deposited in
the office of the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation.

Area T...All those portions of the Urban Council area and the Regional Council
area that were not included in any specified area immediately prior to
the commencement of the Rating (Areas of Hong Kong) (Amendment)
Order 1987.
L.N. 54/73. L.N. 182/73. L.N. 248/73. L.N. 30/74. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 281/87. Citation. Areas of Hong Kong. Schedule. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 281/87. (L.N. 281/87.)

Abstract

L.N. 54/73. L.N. 182/73. L.N. 248/73. L.N. 30/74. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 281/87. Citation. Areas of Hong Kong. Schedule. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 150/75. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 267/76. L.N. 295/77. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 139/79. L.N. 281/87. (L.N. 281/87.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2526

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:09 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2525

Title

RATING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

RATING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 116





CHAPTER 116

RATING ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ...................................Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title.............. ........ ...1 .... .. ... ... 11 . ... ... 4
2. Interpretation........................... ... ... .. ... ... .. ... ...
3. Application

PART II

APPOINTMENT AND POWERS OF COMMISSIONER

4. Appointments ............................... ... ... ... ... ... 5

5. General powers of Commissioner ............. ... ... ... ... 5

6. Extension of time for furnishing particulars ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
6A. Use of returned requisition as evidence ... ... ... ... ... 6
PART III

ASCERTAINMENT OF RATEABLE VALUE

7. Ascertainment of rateable value-general rule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
7A. Rateable values in new valuation lists ... ... ... .. 1
... ... 7
8. Tenements containing machinery... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
9. Advertising stations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
10. Valuations to be separate except in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

PART IV

VALUATIONS AND VALUATION LISTS

10A. Valuation of tenements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
11. Direction to prepare valuation lists ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10
12. Preparation of lists of rateable values ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... 10
13. Verification of lists ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... 11
14. Declared list to be valuation list ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
14A. Form and proof of valuation list. . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . 11
is. Inspection of valuation lists and information thereon ... ... ... ... ... 12
16. Corrections ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... 12
17. Notice of rateable value ... ... ... ... 13






Section..................................... Page

PART V

AMOUNT OF LIABILITY FOR AND PAYMENT
OF RATES

18..................Computation of rates payable ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

19-20......[Repealed] ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

21..................Liability for payment of rates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
22..................Payment and recovery of rates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

23. Payment of rates to the Urban and Regional Councils ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

PART VI

DELETIONS AND INTERIM
VALUATIONS

24..........Deletions ..........1 .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
25..........Interim valuations ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

26. Notification of deletions and interim valuations ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... 17

27................Effective date of deletion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

28.....................Effective date of interim valuations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

29.........................Payment of rates under an interim valuation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

PART VII

REFUND OF RATES

30. Refunds in respect of unoccupied tenements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

31................Refund of overpayments ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

32. Executor, trustee, receiver of claimant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

33...................Appeal against refusal to refund ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

34..........[Repealed] ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

35. Additional power to grant refunds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

PART VIII

EXEMPTIONS

36. Exemption of certain tenements from assessment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

PART IX

PROPOSALS, OBJECTIONS AND
APPEALS

37.......................Proposal for alteration of valuation list ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24

38............Agreed alterations ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
39. Alterations to valuation lists not by agreement 25

40. Objection to proposed corrections, deletions, interim valuations ... ... ... ... 26






40A. Commissioner to consult Secretary for District Administration in certain cases 27

41. Proposals and objections not in the specified form 27
42. Appeals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 27





Section..................................... Page

43..............Fixing date for hearing ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

44............Hearing of appeal .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28
44A...........Consent order .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

PART X

OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES

45..................False or incorrect statements ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 29

46. Refusal to furnish information and obstruction ... ... 29

47. Additional penalty in respect of loss in revenue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29
48. Complaints may be laid within 6 years of offence ... ... ... ... ... 29

49.....................Interim valuation after conviction ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 29

PART XI

MISCELLANEOUS

50..................Mode of service of notices, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30
50A.................Rounding down of amounts due ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

51.........Misnomer ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30
52.........Competency of judge ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

53.........Regulations ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

54.......Forms ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

55. Saving of valuation lists in force in before 1.7.81 ... ... .....31





CHAPTER 116

RATING

To consolidate and amend the laws relating to rating.

[1 April 1973.]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Rating Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Collector of Rates' means the Director of Accounting Services;
(Amended, L.N. 16177)

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Rating and Valuation
appointed under section 4;

'deletion' means a deletion from a valuation list under section 24;

'exempted' means exempted from assessment to rates or from payment
of rates by virtue of section 36; (Replaced, 33 qf 1981,s.2)

'interim valuation' means a valuation made under section 25;

'occupier' includes the agent of any such occupier;

owner means the holder of any tenement direct from the Crown, whether
under lease, licence or otherwise, or the immediate landlord of any
tenement, or the agent of any such holder or landlord and also
means a mortgagee;

'prescribed' means prescribed by resolution of the Legislative Council.,
(Added, 9 of 1984, s. 2)

'rates' means-

(a)in relation to the Urban Council area, general rates and Urban
Council rates; and





(b) in relation to the Regional Council area, general rates and
Regional Council rates; (Replaced, 1 of 1986, s. 2)
'Regional Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the
District Boards Ordinance; (Added, 1 of 1986, s. 2) (Cap. 366)
'specified area' means any area of Hong Kong declared under
section 3;
'specified form' means a form specified under section 54;
'tenement' means any land (including land covered with water)
or any building, structure, or part thereof which is held or
occupied as a distinct or separate tenancy or holding or under
any licence;
'Urban Council area' has the meaning assigned to it in the
District Boards Ordinance; (Added, 1 of 1986, s. 2) (Cap. 366)

'valuation list' means any list declared under section 13;

'year' means financial year.

(Amended, 62 of 1974, s. 16)

3. The Governor in Council may, by order, declare any area
of Hong Kong to be a specified area for the purposes of this
Ordinance.

PART II

APPOINTMENT AND POWERS OF
COMMISSIONER

4. The Governor may appoint a Commissioner of Rating and
Valuations, a Deputy Commissioner, and such Assistant Commis-
sioners, Principal Rating and Valuation Surveyors, Senior Rating
and Valuation Surveyors and Rating and Valuation Surveyors as he
thinks fit.

5. The Commissioner, or any person authorized by him in
writing, may-

(a) serve on the owner or occupier of any tenement (whether
or not the tenement is in a specified area) a requisition in
the specified form, requiring him to furnish to the Commis-
sioner, within such period of time as the Commissioner
may specify in the form, the particulars required by the
requisition;

(b) require the owner or occupier of any tenement (whether or
not the tenement is in a specified area) to exhibit to him all
receipts for rent, rent-books, accounts or other documents
whatsoever connected with the rent or value of the tenement
and may take copies of any receipt for rent, rent-
book, account or do ment as exhibited;





(c)at any reasonable time, with the consent of the occupier
thereof, or of the owner thereof if there is no occupier or if the
occupier cannot be found, enter and inspect any tenement
(whether or not the tenement is in a specified area)
and take such measurements and other particulars as he
thinks fit for all or any of the following purposes

(i) ascertaining the rateable value of the tenement;

(ii) ascertaining whether any amount paid in respect of rates
is refundable;

(iii) ascertaining whether the tenement is qualified to be
exempted;

(iv) ascertaining whether the tenement is unoccupied; and

(v) for any other purpose connected with the valuation of
the tenement; and

(d)where he is unable to effect an entry into the tenement in
accordance with paragraph (c), serve on the owner and
occupier of the tenement notice in writing requiring permission
to enter and inspect the tenement for all or any of the
purposes specified in paragraph (c), and after the expiry of 24
hours from the service of the notice may, at any reasonable
time during day-light, enter (using such force as is necessary
therefor) and inspect the tenement and take such
measurements and other particulars as he thinks fit for any
such purposes.

6. (1) An owner or occupier may, within the period of time specified
in a requisition served on him under section 5(a), apply in writing to the
Commissioner for an extension of the time allowed for furnishing the
particulars required by the requisition.

(2) On receipt of an application under subsection (1), the
Commissioner may grant such extension of time as to him appears
reasonable in the circumstances.

6A. (1) A returned requisition shall in any proceedings before the
Lands Tribunal or the Court of Appeal be admissible as evidence of the
facts stated in the returned requisition; and any document purporting to
be a returned requisition shall in any such. proceedings, be presumed,
unless the contrary is shown

(a) to be such a returned requisition;

(b)to have been made by the persons by whom it purports to
have been made; and

(c)if it purports to have been made by a person as owner or
occupier of a tenement, or in any other capacity specified in
the returned requisition, to have been made by him as such
owner, occupier, or in that other capacity, as the case may be.





(2) In subsection (1), 'returned requisition' means a requisi-
tion served under section 5(a) on the owner or occupier of a tenement and
returned by him to the Commissioner containing or purporting to
contain, all or any of the particulars required to be furnished by him to
the Commissioner.

(Added, 45 of 1979, s. 2)

PART III

ASCERTAINMENT OF RATEABLE
VALUE

7. (1) Subject to sections 8 and 9, the rateable value of a tenement
shall be ascertained in accordance with this section and section 7A.
(Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 3)

(2) The rateable value of a tenement shall be an amount equal to the
rent at which the tenement might reasonably be expected to let, from
year to year, if

(a)the tenant undertook to pay all usual tenant's rates and taxes;
and

(b)the landlord undertook to pay the Crown rent, the costs of
repairs and insurance and any other expenses necessary to
maintain the tenement in a state to command that rent.

(Amended, 11 of 1987, s. 2)

7A. (1) [Deleted, 11 of 1987, s. 31

(2) The rateable value of any tenement to be included in a list
prepared under section 12 shall be ascertained by reference to the
relevant date on the assumption that at that date

(a)the tenement was in the same state as at the time the list comes
into force;

(b)any relevant factors affecting the mode or character of
occupation were those subsisting at the time the list comes into
force; and

(e)the locality in which the tenement is situated was in the same
state, with regard to other premises situated in the locality, the
occupation and use of those premises, the transport services
and other facilities available in the locality and other matters
affecting the amenities of the locality, as at the time the list
comes into force.

(3) For the purposes of an interim valuation, the rateable value of
any tenement in respect of which a notice of interim valuation has been
served under section 26 shall be the value which would have been
ascribed thereto on the relevant date on the assumption that at that date-
(Amended, 9 of 1984, s. 3)

(a)the tenement was in the same state as at the time of service of
the notice;





(b)any relevant factors affecting the mode or character of
occupation were those subsisting at the time of service of the
notice; and

(c)the locality in which the tenement is situated was in the same
state, with regard to other premises situated in the locality, the
occupation and use of those premises, the transport services
and other facilities available in the locality and other matters
affecting the amenities of the locality, as at the time of service
of the notice.

(4) For the purposes of any alteration to a list pursuant to section 38
or 39, the rateable value of any tenement in respect of which a proposal
has been made under section 37 shall be the value which would have
been ascribed thereto on the relevant date on the assumption that at that
date- (Amended, 9 of 1984, s. 3)

(a) the tenement was in the same state as at 1 April immediately
following the making of the proposal;

(b)any relevant factors affecting the mode or character of
occupation were those subsisting at 1 April immediately following
the making of the proposal; and

(c)the locality in which the tenement is situated was in the same
state, with regard to other premises situated in the locality, the
occupation and use of those premises, the transport services
and other facilities available in the locality and other matters
affecting the amenities of the locality, as at 1 April immediately
following the making of the proposal.

(5) In this section 'relevant date' means the date designated by the
Governor under section 11(1)(b) for the specified area in which the
tenement is situated.

(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 4)

8. For the purpose of ascertaining the rateable value of a tenement
under sections 7 and 7A- (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 5)

(a)subject to paragraph (b), all machinery (including lifts) used as
adjuncts to the tenement shall be regarded as part of the
tenement, but the reasonable expenses incurred in working
such machinery shall be allowed for in arriving at the rateable
value of the tenement;

(b)no account shall be taken of the value of any machinery in or
on the tenement for the purpose of manufacturing operations or
trade processes.

9. (1) Where the right to use land for the purpose of exhibiting
advertisements is let, reserved or otherwise granted to a person other
than the occupier of the land, or, where the land is not occupied for any
other purpose, to any person other than the owner of the land, that right
shall, subject to subsection (2), be deemed for





rating purposes to be a separate tenement in the occupation of the
person for the time being entitled to the right and, for the purpose of
sections 7 and 7A,- (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 6)

(a)in valuing that separate tenement for rating purposes, the rent
at which it might be expected to be let shall be estimated as if
the rent would include a proper amount in respect of any
structure or sign for the time being available for use, for the
purpose of exhibiting advertisement, by the occupier of the
separate tenement, notwithstanding that the structure or sign
was provided by him or was provided after the said right was
let, reserved or otherwise granted;

(b)in valuing the land on which the separate tenement exists for
rating purposes, no account shall be taken of any value or
increased value arising from the use of the land for the
purpose of exhibiting advertisements in accordance with the
said right.

(2) The separate tenement aforesaid shall be treated as coming into
existence at the earliest time at which either

(a)any structure or sign is erected in exercise of the said right; or

(b) any advertisement is exhibited in pursuance of the right.

(3) For the purpose of section 24 the erection, dismantling or
alteration of any structure or sign, in exercise of the right under
subsection (1), shall be treated as a structural alteration of the tenement.

(4) Where land is used temporarily or permanently for, or for the
erection of, a structure used for or in connection with, the exhibition of
advertisements but is not otherwise occupied, and subsection (1) does
not apply, the person permitting the land to be so used or, if that person
cannot be ascertained, the owner of the land shall be deemed to be in
occupation of the land and be liable to pay rates in respect thereof
according to the value of that use of the land. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s.
6)

(5) Where a tenement, which is liable for assessment to rates in
respect of its occupation for other purposes, is used temporarily or
permanently for, or for the erection thereon of a structure used for or in
connection with, the exhibition of advertisements, and subsection (1)
does not apply, any estimate of the rateable value of the tenement for the
purpose of sections 7 and 7A shall include the increased value arising
from that use of the land. (Amended, 33 of 1981,s.6)

(6) Where an advertisement is exhibited on any land, and
subsections (1), (4) and (5) do not apply, the advertisement shall be
deemed for rating purposes to be a separate tenement and shall be
valued for rating purposes as if it were a separate tenement under
subsection (1).





(7) In this section, 'land' includes any structure, hoarding, frame,
post or wall.

10. Subject to this Ordinance, the Commissioner shall separately
estimate the rateable value of each tenement, except in the following
cases

(a)if the value of a tenement is affected by the value of any other
tenement contiguous to it or separated only by a street, and
the other tenement is owned or occupied by the same person,
the tenements may, in the discretion of the Commissioner, be
valued together as a single tenement;

(b)if 2 or more tenements are within the same lot or lots which
form the site of a building or structure or group of buildings or
structures, the Commissioner may value those tenements
together as a single tenement. (Amended, 11 of 1987, s. 4)

PARTIV

VALUATIONS AND VALUATION LISTS

10A. The Commissioner may at any time make a valuation of
any tenement whether or not the tenement is in a specified area.

(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 7)

11. (1) The Governor may-

(a)at any time direct the Commissioner to prepare a list of the
rateable values of tenement or a new list of the rateable values
of tenements in accordance with section 12 for any specified
area; and

(b) at the same time or at any other time, for the purposes of
that list or new list, designate a date by reference to which
the rateable values of tenements in any specified area shall
be ascertained. (Amended,]] of 1987, .5)

(2) Notice of a direction or a designation under subsection (1) shall
be published in the Gazette.

(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 8)

12. (1) The Commissioner shall, when directed to prepare a list
under section 11, prepare, in respect of each of the specified areas
designated in the direction, a list containing-

(a)the address and, where necessary, a description of every
tenement valued; and

(b)the rateable value of every such tenement. (Replaced, 33 of
1981, s. 9)

(2) A tenement, or part of a tenement, exempted from assessment to
rates under section 36(1) shall not be included in any such

list.(Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 9)





(3) Where under section 3 he Governor in Council declares a
specified area (in this subsection called 'the new specified area') that
includes the whole or part of a specified area in respect of which a list
is in preparation under subsection (1), such list shall be the list in
preparation for the new specified area. (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 9)

(4) A list referred to in subsection (1) may be prepared in legible or
non-legible form. (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 9)

13. The Commissioner shall, when he has completed the preparation
of a list under section 12, sign a declaration that, to the best of his
knowledge and belief, the list contains a true account of the addresses,
descriptions and rateable values of every tenement included therein.

14. (1) Subject to subsection (1A), a list declared under section 13, as
amended from time to time, shall be the valuation list, for the specified
area to which it relates, for the year next following the date of the
declaration and thereafter until a new valuation list comes into force.
(Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 10)

(1A) Where under section 3 the Governor in Council declares
a specified area (in this subsection called 'the new specified area')
that includes the whole or part of a specified area in respect of which
a list has previously been declared under section 13, then, until such
time valuation list comes into force in respect of the new
specified area, the list previously declared shall be the valuation list
for the new specified area. (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 10)

(2) A list declared under section 13 shall be delivered to the
Collector of Rates by the Commissioner. (Amended, L.N. 419187)

14A. (1) A valuation list may be maintained by the Collector of
Rates in legible or non-legible form, and if maintained in non-legible form

(a)any alteration, amendment, correction, deletion or insertion
required or permitted under this Ordinance in respect of the list
may be made in non-legible form; and

(b)the currect entry in respect of any tenement in the list shall be
capable of being reproduced in legible form.

(2) A document purporting to be a copy of or extract from a
valuation list or any record of any alteration, amendment, correction,
deletion or insertion in respect of such list and purporting to be certified
by the Commissioner or the Collector of Rates or by any person
authorized by either of them in that behalf shall be admissible in
evidence in any proceedings under this Ordinance on its

A) under

(in is

whole
01

previously
b en

I







C'ed a area

specified
de

s
has
as a valuation
.fie the list
c a

a

production without further proof, and-

(a)until the contrary is proved the court or tribunal before which
such document is produced shall presume

(i) that the document is certified by the Commissioner or the
Collector of Rates, or by a person authorized by either of them
in that behalf, as the case may be; and





(ii) that the document is a true copy of or extract from the
list or record to which it refers; and

(b)such document shall be prima facie evidence of all matters
contained therein.

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) shall prejudice the admissibility of
any evidence which would be admissible apart from the provisions of
that subsection.

(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 11)

15. (1) The Collector of Rates shall make available for public
inspection a copy, in legible form, of each valuation list during office
hours on every day (not being a public holiday) in the month of
March immediately preceding the date on which each such list first
comes into force.

(2) Prior notice of intention to make such valuation lists available
for inspection, and of the place and time at which the lists may be
inspected, shall be published in the Gazette, and in at least one
newspaper in the English language and one in the Chinese language,
published daily for circulation in Hong Kong.

(3) Any person may, during the period referred to in subsection (1),
take any extract from the copy of the valuation lists, which is made
available for inspection.

(4) The Collector of Rates shall, upon application by any person in
such manner as he may specify and on payment of such sum as may
from time to time be determined by the Financial Secretary and published
in the Gazette, provide information contained in a valuation list in force
on the address or description and the rateable value of any tenement.

(5) In this section, 'office hours' means the hours during which
the office of the Collector of Rates is normally open to the public.

(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 12)

16. (1) Subject to Part VI, Part IX and section 49, a valuation list in
force shall not be altered except to correct

(a) a misdescription or clerical or arithmetical error; or

(b.)a misdescription resulting from a change of house number or
street name notified in the Gazette or from the allocation of
house numbers under section 32 of the Buildings Ordinance.

(2) The Commissioner shall, if he makes a correction under
subsection (1)(a), serve on the owner or occupier of the tenement
affected a notice in the specified form of the correction.

(3) The Commissioner shall, if he makes a correction-

(a)under subsection (1)(a) and no notice of objection with regard
thereto is served on him in accordance with section 40(1) or, if a
valid notice of objection has been lodged,





after an agreement has been signed under section 40(1A) or a
notice of decision under section 40(2) has been served; ,or
(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 13. Amended, 11 of 1987, s.6)

(b) under subsection (1)(b), (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 13)

direct the Collector of Rates to alter the valuation list, and the Collector
of Rates shall alter the valuation list in accordance with the
Commissioner's direction.

(4) Notwithstanding section 17(2), where a correction is made under
subsection (1)(a), no rates shall be recoverable by the Collector of
Rates until a notice under subsection (2) is served.

17. (1) The Commissioner shall serve on the owner or occupier of
every tenement included in a valuation list notice in the specified form of
the rateable value of the tenement, and for the purposes of this
subsection

(a) such notice shall be pro properly served-

(i) if it is served at a any time not later than the first day
('the specified day') on which a copy of the valuation list is
made available for public inspection under section 15; and

(ii) where under sectiion 50(b) or (c) such notice is served
by post if it s posted not later than the last day in the month
of February preceding the specified day which is not a public
holiday. and

(b) a reference in this s subsection to a tenement included in a
valuation list includes a reference to a tenement contained
in a list in preparation under section 12 which it is
proposed to include in a valuation list. (Replaced, 9 of
1984,s.4)

(2) Failure to serve such a notice shall not invalidate any
valuation or relieve any person from the payment of rates.

PART V

AMOUNT OF LIABILITY FOR AND PAYMENT OF RATES

18. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, there shall be payable, with effect
from 1 April in each year, on the rateable value of

(a)every tenement in the Urban Council area and included in a
valuation list in force, general rates and Urban Council rates;
and

(b)every tenement in the Regional Council area and included in a
valuation list in force, general rates and Regional Council
rates,

which shall be computed in respect of the tenements concerned on the
basis of such percentage of the rateable value of the tenements as





may be prescribed for the purposes of this subsection and different
percentages may be prescribed in respect of tenements in the Urban
Council area and the Regional Council area. (Replaced, 1 qf 1986, s. 3)

(2) In determining the rates payable under this section in respect of
a tenement

(a)for which an supply of fresh water is available from a
Government water-main; or

(b)for which no supply of fresh water is available from a
Government water-main,

the rates computed under subsection (1) in respect of such tenement
shall be reduced by deducting from, in the case of a tenement in the
Urban Council area, general rates and Urban Council rates and, in the
case of a tenement in the Regional Council area, general rates and
Regional Council rates an amount equal to such percentage of the rates
so computed as may be prescribed for the purposes of this subsection.
(Replaced, 9 of 1984, s. 5. Amended, 1 of 1986, s. 3)

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a supply of fresh or
unfiltered water shall be deemed to be available to a tenement from a
Government water-main, even if the tenement is not connected to a
Government water-main, if the tenement is situated within 180 metres of
a Government water-main which has been constructed for the purpose
of supplying fresh water or unfiltered water directly to tenements.
(Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 15. Added, L.N. 419187)

(Replaced, 1 of 1975, s. 4)

19. [Repealed, 11 of 1987, s. 7]

20. [Repealed, 1 of 1975, s. 41

21. (1) The owner and occupier of a tenement shall both be liable
to the Collector of Rates for payment of the rates assessed thereon, but
the same shall be deemed to be an occupier's rate and, in the absence of
any agreement to the contrary, shall be paid by the occupier.

(2) Where no such agreement exists and the rates assessed, or any
part thereof, are paid by the owner of the tenement, the amount paid may
be recovered by him from the occupier in an action for money paid to his
use, or, if the occupier is still in occupation of the tenement, by distress
in the same manner as for rent.

(3) Where such agreement to the contrary exists and the rates
assessed, or any part thereof, are paid by the occupier of the tenement,
the amount paid may be recovered by him from the owner in an action
for money paid to his use.

(4) Where, under section 10, 2 or more tenements are valued
together as a single tenement, the rates assessed on the single tenement
shall be paid

(a)by the occupier of the single tenement if he is the sole occupier
thereof, or





(b)by any one of the owners or occupiers of the tenement who
may be required by the Collector of Rates to adjust their
respective shares of payment of such rates amongst
themselves.

(5) An owner or occupier of a tenement who is liable to pay rates in
accordance with subsection (4) may apply to the Commissioner for an
apportionment of the rateable value applicable to the separate
tenements.

(6) On receipt of an application under subsection (5) the
Commissioner may apportion the rateable value.

(7) After making the apportionment the Commissioner shall, within a
reasonable time, give notice of the apportionment in the specified form to
the owner or occupier who made such application.

(8) Notwithstanding an apportionment of rateable value under
subsection (6), the rates assessed on the single tenement may continue
to be payable in accordance with subsection (4).

22. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, rates shall be payable quarterly in
advance to the Collector of Rates in the first month of each quarter, and
the date on or before which, and the place at which, a payment of rates is
to be made shall be notified quarterly by the Collector of Rates in the
Gazette.

(2) Any rates not paid in accordance with a notification under
subsection (1) shall be deemed to be in default and the Collector of Rates
may order that not more than 5 per cent of the amount in default shall be
added to the rates and recovered therewith.

(2A) Where on the expiry of a period of 6 months from the date
when any rates were deemed to be in default, whether such date was
before or after 1 August 1984, there remains unpaid any amount of the
aggregate of

(a) the rates deemed to be in default; and

(b) any sum added thereto under subsection (2),

the Collector of Rates may order that a sum or sums not exceeding 10
per cent in all of the unpaid amount shall be added to the unpaid amount
and recovered therewith. (Replaced, 53 of 1984, s. 2)

(3) Any rates in default, and any sum payable in addition to rates
under subsection (2) or (2A), shall be recoverable as a debt due to the
Crown. (Amended, 34of 1974, s. 2and53 of 1984, s.2)



(4) Any amount charged by the Collector of Rates prior to 1 August
1984 in the purported exercise of his powers under subsection (2A) by
way of surcharge upon the unpaid amount of any sum added to rates
under subsection (2) shall, notwithstanding that the rates were not in
default at the time of making such charge, be deemed to have been
validly charged and to be recoverable as if the rates had been in default
at the time of making such charge. (Added, 53 of 1984, s. 2)





23. (1) Before the end of the first month of each quarter the
Collector of Rates shall pay

(a)to the Urban Council such proportion of the net rates collected
by him in respect of tenements in the Urban Council area
during the previous quarter as the percentage of the rateable
value prescribed under section 18 for Urban Council rates bears
to the aggregate of that percentage and the percentage of the
rateable value so prescribed for general rates in relation to the
Urban Council area at the time of that collection;

(b)to the Regional Council such proportion of the net rates
collected by him in respect of tenements in the Regional
Council area during the previous quarter as the percentage of
the rateable value prescribed under section 18 for Regional
Council rates bears to the aggregate of that percentage and the
percentage of the rateable value so prescribed for general rates
in relation to the Regional Council area at the time of that
collection; and

(e)to general revenue all net rates collected by him during the
previous quarter and not paid to the Urban Council or the
Regional Council under this subsection.

(2) In this section 'net rates', in relation to any quarter in which
they are collected, means

(a)rates lawfully collected during that quarter less any refund of
rates made during that quarter under section 30, 31, 35 or 44;
and

(b)any sum in addition to rates collected during that quarter under
section 22(2) or (2A) or 29(3).

(Replaced, 1 of 1986, s. 5)

PART VI

DELETIONS AND INTERIM VALUATIONS

24. The Commissioner may at any time delete from a valuation list
any tenement

(a) if there has been any structural alteration thereto;

(b) if the tenement comprises 2 or more tenements that-

(i) were previously valued together as a single tenement;
and

(ii) in the opinion of the Commissioner should be valued as
separate tenements; (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 16)

(c) if the tenement-

(i) was previously valued as a separate tenement; and

(ii) in the opinion of the Commissioner should be valued
together with another tenement as a single tenement in
accordance with section 10; or (Replaced, 33

1981,s. 16)





(d)if the tenement or part thereof ceases to be liable for
assessment to rates. (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 16)

25. The Commissioner may at any time make an interim valuation of
a tenement which is not included in a valuation list and is liable for
assessment to rates. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 17)

26. (1) The Commissioner shall, if he proposes to make a deletion or
an interim valuation, serve notice thereof in the specified form on the
owner or occupier of the tenement concerned.

(2) The Commissioner shall, if after the expiration of the period of 21
days referred to in section 40(1), no notice of objection has been
received or, if a valid notice of objection has been lodged, after an
agreement has been signed under section 40(1A) or a notice of decision
under section 40(2) has been served, notify the Collector of Rates of the
deletion or interim valuation of the tenement concerned and- (Amended,
11 of 198 7, s. 8)

(a)in the case of a deletion, of the date from which rates shall
cease to be charged and of such other amendments to the
valuation list as may be necessary;

(b)in the case of an interim valuation, of the amount of the
valuation, the date from which rates should be charged and of
such other amendments to the valuation list as may be
necessary.

(3) On receipt of a notification under subsection (2), the Collector of
Rates shall cause the required amendment to be made to the valuation
list.

(4) In the case of an interim valuation, no rates shall, notwith
standing section 17(2), be recoverable by the Collector of Rates in
respect of the tenement concerned until a notice under subsection (1)
has been served.

27. When there has been a deletion, the date from which rates shall
cease to be chargeable shall be the first day of the month following that
in which notice of that deletion could have first been served under
section 26(1) had the Commissioner proposed so to do, or on such other
date as the Commissioner may determine.

(Amended, 45 of 1979, s. 3)

28. (1) Subject to section 49 and to subsections (2), (2A) and (2C) an
interim valuation shall become effective on the first day of the month
following that in which notice of that interim valuation could have first
been served under section 26(1) had the Commissioner proposed so to
do, or on such other date as the Commissioner may determine.
(Amended, 45 of 1979, s. 4 and 33 of 1981, s. 18)

(2) Subject to subsection (2C) when an interim valuation is made in
respect of a tenement which forms the whole or part of a newly
constructed building, other than one to which regulation 3 of the
Buildings Ordinance (Application to the New Territories)





Regulations, or any regulations replaced thereby, applies, or in respect
of which a certificate of exemption has been issued under section 4 or 5
of the Buildings Ordinance (Application to the New Territories)
Ordinance the interim valuation shall not take effect

until-(Amended, 45 of 1979, s. 4,.33 of 1981, s. 18 and 60 of 1987,

s. 14)

(a) (i) in relation to a tenement to be used wholly or

primarily for domestic purposes, the first day of the month
following the expiration of 3 months from the date of issue
of an occupation permit or temporary occupation permit
under the Buildings Ordinance in respect of the tenement;
or

(ii) in relation to any other tenement, the first day of the
month following the expiration of 6 months from the date of
issue of an occupation permit or temporary occupation permit
under the Buildings Ordinance in respect of the tenement; or

(b)the first day of the month following the date upon which the
tenement was first occupied,

whichever is the earlier. (Replaced, 74 of 1973, s. 2)

(2A) Subject to subsection (2C), when an interim valuation is made
in respect of a tenement which forms the whole or part of a newly
constructed building to which regulation 3 of the Buildings Ordinance
(Application to the New Territories) Regulations, or any regulations
replaced thereby, applies, or in respect of which a certificate of
exemption has been issued under section 4 or 5 of the Buildings
Ordinance (Application to the New Territories) Ordinance the interim
valuation shall not take effect until- (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 18 and 60
of 1987, s. 14)

(a) (i) in relation to a tenement to be used wholly or

primarily for domestic purposes, the first day of the month
following the expiration of 3 months from the date of the
issue of an appropriate certificate in respect of the tene-
ment; or

(ii) in relation to any other tenement, the first day of the
month following the expiration of 6 months from the date of
issue of an appropriate certificate in respect of the tenement;
or

(b)the first day of the month following the date upon which the
tenement was first occupied,

whichever is the earlier. (Added, 45 of 1979, s. 4)

(2B) In subsection (2A), 'appropriate certificate' means a letter,
signed by the Director of Buildings and Lands, or by any person
authorized by him, certifying that- (Amended, L.N. 3 7018 1; L. N. 14183
and 60 of 198 7, s. 14)

(a)the conditions contained in the Building Licence or the
Conditions of Grant, whichever is appropriate, relating to the
erection of a building have been complied with; or





(b) a building is suitable for occupation.(Added, 45 of 1979,
s.4)
(2C) When an interim valuation is made in respect of a
tenement that forms the whole or part of a building newly construct-
ed by or on behalf of the Hong Kong Housing Authority for sale as
a tenement to be used wholly or primarily for domestic purposes, the
interim valuation shall not take effect until-
(a) the first day of the month following the expiration of 3
months from the date of issue of a completion certificate in
respect of the tenement; or
(b) the first day of the month following the date upon which
the tenement was first occupied,
whichever is the earlier, or on such other date as the Commissioner
may, in any particular case, determine.(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 18)
(2D) In subsection (2C), 'completion certificate' means
a letter, signed by the Director of Housing or by any person
authorized by him, certifying that the building is completed.
(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 18)
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)(a), if more than one
temporary occupation permit has been issued in respect of a
tenement, the periods specified in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) thereof
shall run from the date of the issue of the first of such permits.
(Added, 74 of 1973, s. 2)
29. (1) Subject to subsection (1A), any rates due on an p
interim valuation shall be payable from-

(a) the date when the valuation became effective; or
(b) 24 months before the date of the issue of the first demand
therefor, made in writing by the Collector of Rates on the
person liable for payment thereof,
whichever is the later. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 19)
(1A) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1), any rates
due on an interim valuation that became effective prior to 1 January
1981 shall be payable-

(a) where the date of the issue of the first demand therefor is
prior to 1 January 1982, from-
(i) the date when the valuation became effective; or
(ii) 12 months before the date of the issue of the first
demand therefor ,
whichever is the later;
(b)where the date of the issue of the first demand therefor is on or
after 1 January 1982 and prior to 1 January 1983,
from 1 January 1981; or

(c)where the date of the issue of the first demand therefor is on or
after 1 January 1983, from 24 months before the date of the issue
of the first demand therefor. (Added, 33 of 1981,s. 19)





(2) Such rates shall-

(a)be payable on a date specified in the demand note by the
Collector of Rates, which shall not be less than 28 days after
the date of issue of the demand note;

(b) rates for the remainder (if any) of the quarter of the year in
which the demand is made; and

(e) be payable thereafter in accordance with section 22.



(3) Section 22(2), (2A) and (3) shall apply in respect of any rates not
paid in accordance with this section. (Amended, 34 of 1974,s.3)

PART VII

REFUND OF RATES

30. (1) Subject to subsections (IA) and (2A), if a tenement, which
comprises the whole or part of a building, is unoccupied (otherwise than
by reason of an order of the Government) for the whole of a month in a
quarter for which rates have been paid, a refund of half the amount
payable for that month may be recovered in the manner provided in this
section. (Amended, 74 of 1973, s. 3; 45 of 1979, s. 5 and 11 of 1987, s.
9)

(IA) Subsection (1) shall not apply where

(a)the use to which the tenement was last put before becoming
unoccupied was wholly or primarily for domestic purposes; or

(b)the tenement is intended to be used wholly or primarily for
domestic purposes. (Added, 74 of 1973, s. 3)

(2) If a tenement, other than a tenement to which subsection (1),
(IA) or (2A) applies, is unoccupied for the whole of a month in a quarter
for which rates have been paid, a refund of the amount payable for that
month may be recovered in the manner provided in this section.
(Amended, 74 of 1973, s. 3; 45 of 1979, s. 5 and 11 of 1987,s.9)

(2A) This section shall not apply to a tenement, or a number of
tenements valued together under section 10 as a single tenement, which
is unoccupied where

(a)the use to which the tenement was last put before becoming
unoccupied was wholly or primarily for the parking of motor
vehicles; or

(b)the tenement is intended to be used wholly or primarily for the
parking of motor vehicles. (Added, 45 of 1979, s. 5)

(3) If rates are payable-

(a)under section 22, the owner or occupier of the tenement shall
serve notice in writing on the Commissioner not later than the
15th day of the month from the first day of which he intends to
claim a refund, that the tenement is unoccupied;





(b)under section 29(2), the owner or occupier of the tenement
shall serve notice in writing on the Commissioner not later than
the last day on which the rates are payable, that such tenement
was unoccupied. (Amended, L.N. 419187)

(4) Subject to subsection (4A), a person claiming the refund may, not
later than 24 months after the last day on which rates were payable,
apply to the Collector of Rates in the specified form for a refund.
(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 20)

(4A) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (4), no claim
may be made for a refund of rates in respect of which the last day
on which rates were payable is more than 12 months prior to the date
of commencement of the Rating (Amendment) Ordinance 1981.
(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 20)

(5) Where rates have been paid for a quarter and the Commissioner
is satisfied that the tenement was unoccupied for the whole of a month in
that quarter, the rates shall be refundable in part or in whole in
accordance with subsection (1) or (2). (Amended, 1 of 1986,s.6)

(6) A refund may be made under this section only if-

(a)the whole of a tenement valued as a single tenement has been
unoccupied; and

(b)the claimant has complied with the requirements of
subsections (3) and (4).

(7) In this section, 'the amount payable'-

(a)does not include any sum payable in addition to rates under
section 22(2) or (2A) or section 29; and

(b)is calculated without regard to anything done under section
50A. (Added, 11 of 1987, s. 9)

31. The Collector of Rates shall refund any amount paid in respect
of rates (including any sum paid in addition to rates under section 22(2)
or (2A) or section 29), if it is not recoverable apart from this section, and
he is satisfied that- (Amended, 53 of 1984, s. 3)

(a)the rates were charged otherwise than in accordance with the
valuation list;

(b) the tenement was exempted during any period;

(c)rates were paid in respect of a period subsequent to the
effective date of deletion of a tenement; or

(d)the person who made a payment in respect of rates was not
liable to make that payment.

32. (1) An executor, trustee or receiver shall have the same right to
make a claim under this Part as the person whom he represents would
have had if such person had not been prevented from making such claim
by his death, incapacity, bankruptcy or liquidation and shall be entitled
to have refunded to him for the





benefit of such person, or the latter's estate, any rates paid and
refundable in accordance with section 30 or 3 1.

(2) Where a tenement has been assessed to rates in the name
of, and rates have been paid by, an agent, either the agent or his
principal (but not both) may claim under this Part a refund of rates
in accordance with section 30 or 31; and if a refund is made to the
agent, his receipt shall be a valid discharge for the amount so
refunded.

33. Any person who is aggrieved by a refusal by the Collector
of Rates to refund rates may appeal against such refusal to the
District Court, which may adjudicate upon the appeal, notwith-
standing that the amount of refund claimed exceeds the sum
mentioned in section 33 of the District Court Ordinance.
(Amended, 68 of 1973, s. 5; 1 of 1975, s. 5 and 79 of 1981, s. 3)

34. [Repealed, 11 of 1987, s. 101

35. Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance, the Gover-
nor may order a refund to be made of any amount paid in respect of
rates, including any sum paid in addition to rates under section 22(2)
or (2A) or section 29.
(Amended, 53 of 1984, s. 3)

PART VIII

EXEMPTIONS
(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 21)

36. (1) The following tenements, or parts thereof, shall be
exempt from assessment to rates-

(a)agricultural land, and any building, other than a dwelling
house, thereon used wholly or mainly in connection with
such land, but not land which is part of an ornamental
park, garden or pleasure ground or which is used wholly or
mainly for the purpose of sport or recreation;

(b)any dwelling house in the New Territories (except New
Kowloon) which-
(i) is occupied in connection with agricultural land; and
(ii) is used as the dwelling house of any person engaged
wholly or mainly in carrying on or directing agricultural
operations on that land or employed as an agricultural
worker thereon;

(c)any village house within such areas of the New Territories
as may be designated by the Governor for the purposes of
this paragraph, being-
(i) a building to which paragraph (a) or (b) of regula-
tion 3(2) of the Buildings Ordinance (Application to the
New Territories) Regulations, or any regulations replaced





thereby, applied immediately before the coming into operation
of the Buildings Ordinance (Application to the New
Territories) Ordinance; (Amended, 60 of 1987, s. 14)

(ii) a dwelling house, built before 16 August 1945, of a type
which wag normally built for New Territories residents; or

(iii) a building in respect of which a certificate of exemption
in respect of building works has been issued under section 4
or 5(a), (b) or (d) of the Buildings Ordinance (Application to
the New Territories) Ordinance; (Added, 60 of 1987, s. 14)

(d)those built for the purpose of public religious worship and used
wholly or mainly for such purpose; (Replaced, 33 of
1981,s.22)

(e)any cemetery or crematorium within the meaning of section 2 of
the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance;
(Amended, 10 of 1986,s.32(1))

(f)those owned and occupied for public purposes by the
Government, the Urban Council, the Regional Council or the
Financial Secretary Incorporated; (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 22.
Amended, L.N. 235185 and 1 of 1986, s. 7)

(g)those owned by the Government or the Financial Secretary
Incorporated (except as a mortgagee) and occupied or to be
occupied as dwellings by public officers

(i) by virtue of their employment; or

(ii) with the consent of the Government or the Financial
Secretary Incorporated, solely for the term of their employment
and otherwise than pursuant to a scheme or arrangement
whereby any right or interest in the tenements is or may be
acquired by them or by any other person; (Replaced, 33 of
1981, s. 22. Amended, L.N. 235185)

(h)those owned by the Hong Kong Housing Authority and
occupied for public purposes by the Government; (Added, 33
of 1981, s. 22)

(i) military land; (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 22)

(j)those made available by the Government within resited villages
in exchange for land resumed by the Government to the former
owners of such land, other than those deemed to be separate
tenements for rating purposes under section 9; (Added, 33 of
1981, s. 22)

(k)those occupied primarily for domestic purposes in cottage
areas or temporary housing areas; and (Added, 33 of
1981,s.22)

(1)those in respect of which the estimated rateable value would
not exceed the prescribed amount. (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 22.
Amended, 9 of 1984, s. 7)

(Replaced, 82 of 1975, s. 3)





(2) The Governor in Council may, by order, declare any class of
tenements, or any part of a specified area, to be exempted from the
payment of rates. (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 22)

(3) The Governor may exempt any tenement from the payment of
rates, wholly or in part. (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 22)

(4) In this section

'agricultural land' means land used as farm land, a fish pond, a market
garden, a nursery ground, an orchard or for animal husbandry;
(Amended, 11 of 1987, s. 11)

'building' includes any structure; (Added, 11 of 1987, s. 11)

'cottage areas' and 'temporary housing areas' mean such areas
managed by the Hong Kong Housing Authority as may be
designated by the Governor as cottage areas or temporary housing
areas for the purposes of subsection (1)(k);

'military land' means any land and any building thereon occupied by
Her Majesty's forces, or by any body or organization established
primarily for defence purposes and designated by the Governor for
the purposes of this section, but not any land or building thereon
rented for public purposes by any such force, body or organization
unless such land or building is rented directly from the
Government;

'New Territories resident' means any person descended through the
male line from a person who was in 1898 a resident of
a village or town certified by the Secretary for District Administration
for the purposes of this section as an established village or town in
the New Territories (except New Kowloon); (Amended, L.N. 370/81
and L.N. 14/83)

'resited villages' means such areas in the New Territories as may be
designated by the Governor as resited villages for the purposes of
subsection (1)(j). (Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 22)

PART IX

PROPOSALS, OBJECTIONS AND
APPEALS

37. (1) Any person who is aggrieved on any of the following
grounds

(a)that a tenement for which he is liable to pay rates has been
valued above its proper rateable value;

(b)that a tenement included in a valuation list ought to be
omitted therefrom;

(c)that a tenement which ought to be included in a valuation list
has been omitted therefrom; or

(d)that a tenement included in a valuation list has been valued
below its proper rateable value, (Amended, 33 of 1981, s.23)






may, within the month of March in any year, serve a proposal in the specified
form on the Commissioner for the alteration of the valuation list from the
commencement of the year next following, so
far as it relates to that tenement. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 23 and 1 of
1986, s. 8)

(2) A proposal under this section shall specify the grounds for the
proposed alteration.

(3) If the person serving the proposal is neither the owner nor the
occupier of the tenement referred to in the proposal, he shall, within the
period for serving the proposal referred to in subsection (1), serve copies
of the proposal on the owner and occupier of the tenement, and notify
the Commissioner of such service. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 23)

(4) Within 14 days of service on him of a copy of a proposal under
subsection (3), the owner or occupier of the tenement referred to in the
proposal may send his comments thereon to the Commissioner and the
person serving the proposal.

(5) A person serving a proposal under this section may withdraw
the proposal, at any time before a notice of decision in respect of the
proposal is served upon him under section 39, by serving a notice of
withdrawal on the Commissioner and on any person served with a copy
of the proposal under subsection (3). (Added, 33 of 1981,s.23)

38. (1) Where a proposal is served under section 37, the
Commissioner, the person making the proposal and any person served
with a copy of the proposal under section 37(3) may agree on an
alteration to the valuation list (whether the alteration is that specified in
the proposal or another alteration) in relation to the tenement concerned.

(2) Where an alteration is agreed under subsection (1) the
Commissioner, the person making the proposal and any other person on
whom a copy of the proposal has been served shall sign an agreement in
the specified form.

(3) An agreement referred to in subsection (2) may be signed on
behalf of the Commissioner by an officer of the Rating and Valuation
Department not below the rank of Rating and Valuation Surveyor.
(Amended, 1 of 1986, s. 9)

(4) Where an agreement has been signed under subsection (2), the
Commissioner shall direct the Collector of Rates to alter the valuation list
and the Collector of Rates shall comply with the Commissioner's
direction.

39. (1) Subject to this section, where a person has served a
proposal under section 37 and no agreement has been signed under
section 38, the Commissioner shall

(a)in the case of a proposal served within the month of March
immediately preceding the coming into force of a new
valuation list to which it relates, before 1 October
immediately following the making of the proposal; or





(b)in any other case, before 1 July immediately following the
making of the proposal,

or within such other time as the Governor may, in either case, direct,
serve on the person who made the proposal a notice of decision in the
specified form.

(2) A notice of decision under subsection (1) shall specify-

(a) that no alteration is to be made to the valuation list; or

(b)what alteration (whether that specified in the proposal or
another alteration) is to be made to the valuation list.

(3) A notice of decision under subsection (1) may be signed on
behalf of the Commissioner by an officer of the Rating and Valuation
Department not below the rank of Rating and Valuation Surveyor.
(Amended, 1 of 1986, s. 9)

(4) Where section 37(3) applies, no notice of decision may be
served under this section until 14 days have elapsed from the date of the
service of the copies of the proposal on the owner and occupier; and the
Commissioner shall cause copies of the notice of decision to be served
on the owner and occupier.

(5) No notice of decision shall be served under this section where a
notice of withdrawal has been served on the Commissioner under
section 37(5).

(6) Where a notice of decision to which subsection (2)(b) relates is
served under this section, the Commissioner shall direct the Collector of
Rates to alter the valuation list and the Collector of Rates shall comply
with the Commissioner's direction.

(Replaced, 33 of 1981, s. 24)

40. (1) An owner or occupier who is aggrieved-

(a)by a correction to the valuation list under section 16(1)(a) on
the ground that the correction is wrong;

(b)by reason of a deletion on the ground that the tenement ought
not to be deleted;

(c)by an interim valuation on the ground that the tenement is
valued above its proper rateable value or is not liable for
assessment to rates, (Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 25)

may, within 21 days of service on him of the notice of correction under
section 16(2) or of the notice of deletion or interim valuation under
section 26(1), serve on the Commissioner a notice of objection in the
specified form stating fully the grounds of his objection to the
correction, deletion or interim valuation.

(IA) Where a notice of objection is served under subsection (1), the
Commissioner and the person making the objection may agree to
confirm, vary or set aside the correction, deletion or interim valuation
and where they do so agree they shall sign an agreement in the specified
form. (Added, 11 of 1987, s. 12)

(2) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), where a person has served a
notice of objection under subsection (1) and no agreement





has been signed under subsection (IA), the Commissioner shall

(Amended, 33 of 1981, s. 25 and 11 of 1987, s. 12)

(a)consider the objection and shall confirm, vary or set aside the
correction to the valuation list, or the deletion, or the interim
valuation; and

(b)serve on the person making the objection a notice in the
specified form of his decision in respect of the objection.
(Replaced, 1 of 1975, s. 7)

(3) An agreement referred to in subsection (IA) and a notice of
decision referred to in subsection (2) may be signed on behalf of the
Commissioner by an officer of the Rating and Valuation Department not
below the rank of Rating and Valuation Surveyor. (Amended, 1 of 1986,
s. 9 and 11 of 1987, s. 12)

(4) A person making an objection under this section may withdraw
the objection, at any time before a notice of decision in respect of the
objection is served on him under subsection (2), by serving a notice of
withdrawal on the Commissioner. (Added,33 of 1981,s.25)

(5) No notice of decision shall be served under this section where a
notice of withdrawal has been served on the Commissioner under
subsection (4). (Added, 33 of 1981, s. 25)

40A. (1) Where any proposal under section 37 or any objec-
tion under section 40 relates to the exemption of a tenement on the
ground that it is a village house, the Commissioner shall, when
considering such proposal or objection, consult the Secretary
for District Administration and shall have regard to his views.
L.N. 14183)

(2) In this section 'village house' means a village house exempted
by virtue of section 36(1)(c).

(Added, 82 of 1975, s. 4)

41. The Commissioner may accept a proposal under section 37 and
a notice of objection under section 40 notwithstanding that it is not in
the specified form.

42. (1) A person on whom a notice of decision has been served
under section 39 or 40 may, within 28 days of such service, appeal
against the decision to the Lands Tribunal. (Amended, 62 of 1974, s. 16
and 33 of 1981, s. 26)

(2) Where the appellant is a person who served a proposal under
section 37 or made an objection under section 40, the grounds of appeal
shall be confined to the grounds of the proposal or objection.

(3) A person appealing under subsection (1) shall, within the period
of 28 days referred to in subsection (1)- (Amended, 33 of 1981,s.26)





(a)serve a copy of the notice of appeal on the Commissioner, who
shall be the respondent in the appeal; and

(b)where the appeal is in respect of a tenement neither owned nor
occupied by the appellant, serve copies of the notice of appeal
on the owner and the occupier of the tenement, both of whom
may be heard on the hearing of the appeal.

43. (1) The appellant shall, within 28 days after lodging notice of
appeal under section 42(1), apply in writing to the registrar of the Lands
Tribunal to have a date fixed for the hearing of the appeal; and shall at
the same time serve a copy of the application on the Commissioner.
(Amended, 62 of 1974, s. 16 and 21 of 1977, s.6)

(2) When a date has been fixed for the hearing of the appeal, the
said registrar shall give notice thereof to the appellant and the
Commissioner and, on receipt of such notice, the appellant shall
forthwith give notice of the date to each person on whom he has caused
a copy of the notice of appeal to be served under section 42(3)(b).
(Amended, 62 of 1974, s. 16 and 21 of 1977, s. 6)

(3) An appellant shall, if he withdraws his appeal, or decides not to
proceed with it, notify the Commissioner and all other parties to the
appeal accordingly.

44. (1) The Lands Tribunal shall hear and determine the appeal and
may

(a) make such order therein as it thinks proper;

(b) award costs to any party;

(c)direct the Collector of Rates to amend the valuation list
concerned in any manner; and

(d)make such other direction as to the payment of rates as may be
necessary.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), section 11 of the Lands Tribunal
Ordinance shall apply to an appeal under this Ordinance. (Replaced, 33
of 1981, s. 27)

(3) The Lands Tribunal may, and on application by a party shall,
reserve any question of law for the consideration of the Court of Appeal,
which shall have power to hear and determine the question so reserved
and shall send its opinion thereon to the Lands Tribunal. (Replaced, 33
of 1981, s. 27)

44A. (1) Notwithstanding anything in section 44(1), where the
parties to the appeal have agreed upon the terms of any order to be
made by the Lands Tribunal, particulars of the terms, signed by or on
behalf of the parties, shall be sent to the Lands Tribunal, and the Lands
Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, make an order in accordance with such terms
and in the absence of the parties, unless the Lands Tribunal for any
special reason requires their attendance.





(2) Section 44(1)(b), (c) and (d) shall apply in respect of an appeal
determined under subsection (1).

(Added, 33 of 1981, s. 28)

PART X

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

45. Any person who knowingly makes a false statement-

(a) in furnishing the particulars specified in the specified form
under section 5(a); or


(b)for the purpose of recovering a refund under section 30 or 31
of any amount paid in respect of rates; or

(c)for the purpose of obtaining or retaining exemption under
section 36 for a tenement or part of a tenement,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

46. Any person who-

(a) refuses or neglects to furnish any of the particulars speci-
fied in the specified form under section 5(a); or

(b)refuses or neglects, when required under section 5(b), to
exhibit any receipt, rent-book, account or other document
whatever connected with the rent or value of a tenement; or

(c)obstructs the Commissioner or any person authorized by him
from entering, or inspecting, or measuring any tenement under
section 5(d),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $2,000.

47. A person convicted of an offence under this Ordinance shall, in
addition to any penalty imposed therefor, be liable to pay a sum equal to
the loss in revenue occasioned by his default, with interest thereon at
the rate of 8 per cent per annum, such sum and interest to be determined
by the court before which he is convicted and recoverable in the same
manner as a fine.

48. Notwithstanding section 26 of the Magistrates Ordinance, a
complaint or information in respect of an offence under this Ordinance
may be made or laid at any time within 6 years after the date of the
offence.

49. If a person has been convicted, in respect of any tenement, of
an offence under this Ordinance and the offence has resulted in the
insertion in the valuation list of a lesser value or in a tenement not
appearing in the valuation list, the Commissioner may delete the





rateable value or make an interim valuation of the tenement, or both,
either or both of which shall become effective from the first day of the
month following the conviction.

PART Xl

MISCELLANEOUS

50. Service of a requisition, notice or other document required to be
served by this Ordinance may be effected

(a) by personal service;

(b)on the owner of a tenement, by leaving the requisition, notice
or other document at the tenement or at the owner's last known
address or by sending it through the post to the tenement or to
the owner's last known address; or (Replaced, 45 of 1979, s.
6)

(c)on the occupier of a tenement, by leaving the requisition,
notice or other document at the tenement or at the occupier's
last known address or by sending it through the post to the
tenement or to the occupier's last known address. (Replaced,
45 of 1979, s. 6)

50A. (1) The Collector of Rates may, in respect of any amount
payable under this Ordinance in respect of any tenement, round that
amount down to the nearest whole dollar and carry the balance forward
to the next quarter.

(2) any balance carried forward under subsection (1) shall be
payable

(a) as if it were rates; and

(b) in addition to any rates,

due in the quarter referred to in subsection (1).

(3) In this section 'rates' means rates payable under section 18 or
29.

(Added, 1 of 1986, s. 10)

51. (1) No misnomer or inaccurate description of a person, place or
tenement, in a document required for the purposes of this Ordinance,
nor any mistake, informality or omission committed in any proceedings
hereunder, shall invalidate or prejudice the document or proceeding or in
any way affect the operation of this Ordinance. (Amended, 33 of 1981, s.
29)

(2) Except where otherwise provided by this Ordinance, the
Commissioner or the Collector of Rates may correct any misnomer or
inaccurate description, or any mistake or accidental omission in any
document issued by him for the purposes of this Ordinance. (Added, 33
of 1981, s. 29)





52. No judge, District Judge, magistrate or member of the Lands
Tribunal shall be incapable of acting in his judicial office in any
proceeding, by reason of his being, as being a ratepayer or a member of
any other class of persons, liable in common with others to contribute to
or to be benefited by any rate which may be increased, diminished or in
any way affected by the proceeding.

(Amended, 62 of 1974, s. 16)

53. The Governor in Council may make regulations for the better
carrying out of the objects of this Ordinance.

54. (1) The Commissioner or the Collector of Rates may specify the
form of any requisition, declaration, notice, claim or other document
required for the purposes of this Ordinance.

(2) The Commissioner or the Collector of Rates may publish in the
Gazette any forms specified by him under subsection (1).

55. (1) Any valuation list in force immediately prior to the
date of commencement* of the Rating (Amendment) Ordinance 1981 (hereinafter
called the 'amending Ordinance') shall continue in force and, save where
otherwise provided, the provisions of this
Ordinance as amended by the amending Ordinance shall apply in
respect of any such list.

(2) The Provisions of subsection (1) shall be in addition to and shall
not derokate from section 23 of the Interpretation and General
Clauses Ordiance. (33 of 1981, s. 30, incorporated)
Originally 11 of 1973. 68 of 1973. 74 of 1973. L.N. 62/74. 34 of 1974. 35 of 1974. 62 of 1974. 1 of 1975. 82 of 1975. 92 of 1975. L.N. 16/77. 21 of 1977. L.N. 74/77. 33 of 1977. 45 of 1979. 33 of 1981. L.N. 370/81. 79 of 1981. L.N. 14/83. 9 of 1984. 53 of 1984. L.N. 235/85. 1 of 1986. 10 of 1986. 11 of 1987. 60 of 1987. L.N. 419/87. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 366.) (Cap. 366.) Application. Appointments. General powers of Commissioner. Extension of time for furnishing particulars. Use of returned requisition as evidence. [cf. 1967, c. 9, s. 83(2).] Ascertainment of rateable value-general rule. Rateable values in new valuation lists. Tenements containing machinery. Advertising stations. [1967 c. 9, s. 28.] Valuations to be separate except in certain cases. Valuation of tenements. Direction to prepare valuation lists. Preparation of lists of rateable values. Verification of lists. Declared list to be valuation list. Form and proof of valuation list. Inspection of valuation lists and information thereon. Corrections. (Cap. 123.) Notice of rateable value. Computation of rates payable. Liability for payment of rates. Payment and recovery of rates. Payment of rates to the Urban and Regional Councils. Deletions. Interim valuations. Notification of deletions and interim valuations. Effective date of deletion. Effective date of interim valuations. (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed. ) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 123.) (Cap.322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 121.) Payment of rates under an interim valuation. Refunds in respect of unoccupied tenements. (33 of 1981.) [*1.7.1981.] Refund of overpayments. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 9.] Executor, trustee, receiver of claimant. Appeal against refusal to refund. (Cap. 336.) Additional power to grant refunds. Exemption of certain tenements from assessment. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 26.] (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 132.) Proposal for alteration of valuation list. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 69.] Agreed alterations. Alterations to valuation lists not by agreement. Objection to proposed corrections, deletions, interim valuations. Commissioner to consult Secretary for District Administration in certain cases. Proposals and objections not in the specified form. Appeals. Fixing date for hearing. Hearing of appeal. (Cap. 17.) Consent order. False or incorrect statements. Refusal to furnish information and obstruction. Additional penalty in respect of loss in revenue. Complaints may be laid within 6 years of offence. (Cap. 227.) Interim valuation after conviction. Mode of service of notices, etc. Rounding down of amounts due. Misnomer. Competency of judge. Regulations. Forms. Saving of valuation lists in force before 1.7.81. (33 of 1981.) [*1.7.81.] (Cap. 1.)

Abstract

Originally 11 of 1973. 68 of 1973. 74 of 1973. L.N. 62/74. 34 of 1974. 35 of 1974. 62 of 1974. 1 of 1975. 82 of 1975. 92 of 1975. L.N. 16/77. 21 of 1977. L.N. 74/77. 33 of 1977. 45 of 1979. 33 of 1981. L.N. 370/81. 79 of 1981. L.N. 14/83. 9 of 1984. 53 of 1984. L.N. 235/85. 1 of 1986. 10 of 1986. 11 of 1987. 60 of 1987. L.N. 419/87. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 366.) (Cap. 366.) Application. Appointments. General powers of Commissioner. Extension of time for furnishing particulars. Use of returned requisition as evidence. [cf. 1967, c. 9, s. 83(2).] Ascertainment of rateable value-general rule. Rateable values in new valuation lists. Tenements containing machinery. Advertising stations. [1967 c. 9, s. 28.] Valuations to be separate except in certain cases. Valuation of tenements. Direction to prepare valuation lists. Preparation of lists of rateable values. Verification of lists. Declared list to be valuation list. Form and proof of valuation list. Inspection of valuation lists and information thereon. Corrections. (Cap. 123.) Notice of rateable value. Computation of rates payable. Liability for payment of rates. Payment and recovery of rates. Payment of rates to the Urban and Regional Councils. Deletions. Interim valuations. Notification of deletions and interim valuations. Effective date of deletion. Effective date of interim valuations. (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed. ) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 123.) (Cap.322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 121.) Payment of rates under an interim valuation. Refunds in respect of unoccupied tenements. (33 of 1981.) [*1.7.1981.] Refund of overpayments. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 9.] Executor, trustee, receiver of claimant. Appeal against refusal to refund. (Cap. 336.) Additional power to grant refunds. Exemption of certain tenements from assessment. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 26.] (Cap. 322, sub. leg., 1984 Ed.) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 121.) (Cap. 132.) Proposal for alteration of valuation list. [cf. 1967 c. 9, s. 69.] Agreed alterations. Alterations to valuation lists not by agreement. Objection to proposed corrections, deletions, interim valuations. Commissioner to consult Secretary for District Administration in certain cases. Proposals and objections not in the specified form. Appeals. Fixing date for hearing. Hearing of appeal. (Cap. 17.) Consent order. False or incorrect statements. Refusal to furnish information and obstruction. Additional penalty in respect of loss in revenue. Complaints may be laid within 6 years of offence. (Cap. 227.) Interim valuation after conviction. Mode of service of notices, etc. Rounding down of amounts due. Misnomer. Competency of judge. Regulations. Forms. Saving of valuation lists in force before 1.7.81. (33 of 1981.) [*1.7.81.] (Cap. 1.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2525

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Number of Pages

32
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:08 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE) (DETENTION CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2524

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE) (DETENTION CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE) (DETENTION
CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER

(Cap. 115, section 13H(1))

[3 November 1989]

L.N.360of1989-

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese Boat People)

(Detention Centres) (Designation) Order.

2. Detention centres

The places specified in the Schedule are designated as detention centres for

the detention of persons authorized to be detained there under section 13D of

the Ordinance.

SCHEDULE [para. 2]

1. Chi Ma Wan Detention Centre (Upper Lower Camps)

2. Hei Ling Chau Detention Centre
3 Sham Shui Po Detention Centre
4. Erskine Detention Centre
5. Green Island Reception Centre
6. Whitehead Detention Centre
7. Argyle Street Detention Centre
8.Harbour Detention Centres, i.e. the vessels known as HYF 'Man Tin', HYF 'Man Wah',
HYF 'Man Kam', HYF 'Man Tai' and HYF 'Man Foon'.

9. Lo Wu Detention Centre
10. Shek Kong Detention Centre
11. Tai A Chau Vietnamese Holding Area (including Yuen Kong Chau)
12. Phoenix House
13. Cape Collinson Detention Centre
14. High Island Detention Centre
15. Nei Kwu Chau Detention Centre
16. Victoria Prison
17. Shek Kwu Chau Detention Centre

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2524

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:07 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE) (DETENTION CENTRES) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2523

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE) (DETENTION CENTRES) RULES

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE)
(DETENTION CENTRES) RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule Page

1. Citation ............................M 3
2. Application .........................M 3
3. Interpretation ......................M 3

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4. Appointment of Superintendent and officers M 3
5. Accommodation .......................M4
6. Visiting justices ...................M 4
7. Detention centre visitors ...........M 5

8. Detention centre visitors to conform to rules ... M 5
9. Examination and search ..............M 5
10. Sick bay ...........................M 6

GENERAL TREATMENT OF DETAINEES

11. Admission of detainees ..............M 6
12. Unaccompanied minors ................M 6
13. Searching ...........................M 6
14. Detainees' property .................M 6
15. Possession of articles without authority M 7
16. Segregation of new admissions .......M 7
17. Medical examination .................M 7
18. Interview and recording of particulars M 7
19. Clothing ............................M 7
20. Blankets ............................M 7
21. Diet ................................M 8

22. Complaints as to food ............................ M
8
23. Obedience to directions as to cleanliness M 8
24. Duty to keep dormitory etc. clean ... M 8
25. Employment ..........................M 8
26. Letters .............................M 8
27. Visits ..............................M 9
28. Permitted absences ..................M 9
29. Removal of detainee to hospital etc . M 9
30. Prohibition of use of mechanical restraints M 9
31. Temporary confinement ............... M10

17 1 -





Rule Page

DISCIPLINE AND CONTROL OF
DETAINEES

32......................................Duty to report offences against discipline M10
33......................................Segregation of detainee against whom report made M10
34......................................Power of Superintendent as to discipline M10
35......................................Offiences against discipline M10
36......................................Warning and records M11
37......................................Punishments which may be imposed by Superintendent M11
38......................................Use of force M11

OFFENCES

39......................................Introduction of unauthorized article into detention centre M 12
40......................................Supplying unauthorized articles to detainees M 12
41......................................Escape M 12
42......................................Aiding escape from detention centre M 12
43......................................Illegal entry into detention centre M 12

Schedule .
........................................................................................................................ M 13





IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE)
(DETENTION CENTRES) RULES

(Cap. 115, section 13H)

[3 November 19891

L.N. 361 of 1989 0.

1. citation

These rules may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese Boat People)

(Detention Centres) Rules.

2. Application

These rules apply to the detention centres specified in the Schedule.

3. Interpretation

In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'Authority' means the person appointed to have control and management of a
detention centre under section 13H;

'detainee' means a person detained in a detention centre under section 13D

'Medical Officer' means a Government medical officer assigned to a detention
centre by the Director of Health or a doctor assigned to a detention centre by a
voluntary agency as approved by the Secretary for Security;

'minor' means a person under the age of 16 years;

'officer' means an officer appointed under rule 4 to assist the Authority in the
control and management of a detention centre;

'Superintendent' means the Superintendent appointed under rule 4 to be in charge
of a detention centre;

'visiting justices' means the justices of the peace appointed by the Governor under
section 23 of the Prisons Ordinance (Cap. 234).

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4. Appointment of Superintendent and officers

(1) The Authority appointed to have control and management of a

detention centre shall appoint

(a) a Superintendent to be in charge of the centre; and

(b)such other officers to assist the Authority in the control and
management of the centre.

(2) The Superintendent and other officers appointed under subrule (1)

shall be





(a)where the Authority is the Commissioner of Police, police officers;

(b)where the Authority is the Commissioner of Correctional Services,
officers of the Correctional Services Department; or

(c)where the Authority is the Chief Staff Officer, Civil Aid Services,
officers of the Civil Aid Services.

5. Accommodation

Detainees shall occupy accommodation within a detention centre as directed by
the Superintendent.

6. Visiting justices

(1) Two visiting justices (one official and one unofficial) shall, together if
possible, visit every detention centre at least once a month and on such other days
as they may be required. Their names shall be furnished by the Chief Secretary to the
Authority of every detention centre and every detention centre shall be open to
them at all reasonable times during their tour of duty.

(2) Visiting justices shall not have any interest in any contract made in respect
of any detention centre.

(3) Visiting justices shall have the following duties in relation to a detention
centre

(a)at the termination of every visit and before they leave the detention
centre to record in a book provided for the purpose any
recommendations, suggestions or other remarks;

(b)to co-operate with the Authority in promoting the good management
of the detention centre;

(c)to ensure that all abuses in connection with the detention centre
which come to their knowledge are brought to the notice of the
Authority immediately;

(d)to hear and investigate any complaint which any detainee may desire
to make to them;

(e)to pay special attention to detainees in the sick bay and separately
confined;

(f) to attend to all reports received by them as to the mind or body of
any detainee being likely to be injured by discipline or treatment to
which he is subjected and communicate their opinion to the
Authority;

(g)to inspect the diets of the detainees and if they consider the food
supplied does not conform to the recommended diet scale, report the
circumstances to the Authority;





(h)to satisfy themselves that the standards of buildings and
treatment of the detainees are of an approved level as determined
by the Secretary for Security;
(i)to inquire into the state of buildings and report to the Governor
with respect to any repairs or additions which may appear to
them to be necessary; and
(j)to discharge such other duties as may be assigned to them by the
Governor.

7. Detention centre visitors
(1) An Authority may, from time to time, appoint persons interested in
the welfare of detainees of his detention centre to be detention centre visitors.
(2) Detention centre visitors shall be permitted access to detainees at the
discretion of the Superintendent.
(3) Detention centre visitors shall while in a detention centre comply with
the instructions of the Superintendent.
(4) Detention centre visitors shall as soon as reasonably practicable
inform the Superintendent of any abuse, unlawful activity or impropriety in a
detention centre which may come to their knowledge.

8. Detention centre visitors to conform to rules
(1) No person shall enter a detention centre without the permission of the
Superintendent.
(2) Every person who, with the permission of the Superintendent, enters
any detention centre shall conform to these rules and to the general orders and
instructions affecting the detention centre in so far as those rules, general orders
and instructions concern him.
(3) The Superintendent may refuse to admit to a detention centre any
person who is not willing to conform as aforesaid and may direct the removal
from a detention centre of any person who does not so conform or whose
conduct is improper, and for that purpose may use or authorize the use of such
force as may be necessary.

9. Examination and search
(1) All persons and vehicles entering or leaving a detention centre may be
examined and searched.
(2) The Superintendent may refuse admission to a detention centre of a
person who is unwilling to be examined and searched.
(3) A person suspected by an officer of bringing into or carrying out of a
detention centre any article without the permission of the Superintendent may
be stopped and detained by that officer and immediate notice thereof shall be
given to the Superintendent who may order that he shall be examined and
searched.





(4) The Superintendent may direct the removal from a detention centre of a
person who while in a detention centre is unwilling to be examined or searched or
whose conduct is improper.

(5) The searching of any person under this rule shall be conducted with due
regard to decency and self-respect, and in as seemly a manner as is consistent with
the necessity of discovering any concealed articles.

(6) No person shall be searched by, or in the presence of, an officer of the
opposite sex.

10. Sick bay

In every detention centre a sick bay or proper place for the reception of sick
detainees shall be provided.

GENERAL TREATMENT OF DETAINEES

11. Admission of detainees

The Superintendent of a detention centre to which a detainee has been directed
to be detained shall make arrangements for the admission of the detainee.

12. Unaccompanied minors

Where a detainee is a minor unaccompanied by any parent, the Superintendent
shall have the like control over him as a parent.

13. Searching

(1) Every detainee shall be searched by an officer on admission to a detention
centre and at such times subsequently as the Superintendent may direct, and all
articles for the possession of which no permission has been given shall be taken
from him.

(2) The searching of a detainee shall be conducted with due regard to decency
and self-respect, and in as seemly a manner as is consistent with the necessity of
discovering any concealed articles.

(3) No detainee shall be searched by, or in the presence of, an officer of the
opposite sex.

14. Detainees' property

(1) Money and other effects belonging to a detainee may be placed in the
custody of the Superintendent, who shall cause an inventory thereof to be kept.





Such inventory shall be signed by the detainee concemed certifying its
correctness.
(2) Subject to subrule (3), all such money and effects shall be returned to a
detainee on his release from detention and he shall sign the inventory as a
receipt.
(3) Any weapon, intoxicating liquor, dangerous drug, perishable,
inflammable or dangerous article or substance belonging to a detainee may be
confiscated and disposed of by the Superintendent.

15. Possession of articles without authority
(1) No detainee may have any article in his possession without the
permission of the Superintendent and any unauthorized article found in his
possession may be confiscated and disposed of by the Superintendent.
(2) No person shall, without the permission of the Superintendent,
convey or throw into, or deposit in, any detention centre, or convey to any
detainee, any money, food, drink or tobacco, letter or other article whatsoever.
Any such article so conveyed, thrown or deposited may be confiscated and
disposed of by the Superintendent.

16. Segregation of new admissions
A detainee on first admission to a detention centre may be kept apart from
other detainees in such place and for such period as the Superintendent may
prescribe.

17. Medical examination
A detainee shall, on the day of his admission to a detention centre or as
soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, be examined by the Medical Officer,
who shall record the state of health of the detainee and such other particulars as
he considers necessary.

18. Interview and recording of particulars
A detainee shall, as soon as practicable after his admission to a detention
centre, be interviewed (either individually or in a group) by the Superintendent
or an officer, who shall record such particulars of the detainee as he considers
necessary.

19. Clothing
Every detainee may wear his own clothes.

20. Blankets
(1) Every detainee shall be supplied with up to 4 blankets at the discretion
of the Superintendent.





(2) Additional blankets may be issued in special circumstances on the
recommendation of the Medical Officer.

21. Diet
Every detainee shall be provided with food in accordance with scales
recommended by the Director of Health.

22. Complaints as to food

Every detainee who has any complaint to make regarding the food
supplied to him shall make his complaint to an officer as soon as reasonably
practicable after his food is handed to him.

23. Obedience to directions as to cleanliness

Every detainee shall obey such directions as regards washing, bathing,
shaving and hair cutting as may be prescribed by the Superintendent.

24. Duty to keep dormitory etc. clean

Every detainee shall keep his dormitory, bathroom and toilet clean, and his
utensils, clothing and bedding clean and neatly arranged, as directed by the
Superintendent.

25. Employment
(1) A detainee may undertake within the detention centre such
employment as may be permitted by the Superintendent in accordance with
instructions issued by the Authority.
(2) A detainee employed in a kitchen or in domestic or other service
within a detention centre shall be paid in accordance with rates fixed by the
Authority or the voluntary agency which employs him, as the case may be.

26. Utters
(1) Every detainee may, unless the Superintendent, for good cause,
decides otherwise, be permitted to send and receive letters, and shall be supplied
by the Superintendent with such paper and writing materials as may be
reasonably required.
(2) No detainee may send or receive letters except through the
Superintendent.
(3) Every letter sent by or intended for a detainee may, for good cause, be
opened and its contents examined by the Superintendent or some person
appointed by him for the purpose.





27. Visits

Every detainee shall, subject to the orders of the Superintendent, be
permitted to be visited by such persons and in such manner as may be
prescribed by the Authority.

28. Permitted absences

(1) The Superintendent may, if he sees fit, permit a detainee to be absent
from the detention centre for such purpose, during such period and on such
terms as the Superintendent may specify.
(2) If a detainee is permitted under subrule (1) to be absent from the
detention centre, he shall, while he is so absent, be deemed to continue to be in
the legal custody of the Superintendent.

29. Removal of detainee to hospital etc.

(1) Where the Superintendent is satisfied that any detainee requires
medical, surgical or dental treatment, such detainee may be removed by or
under the direction of the Superintendent to a hospital or other suitable place
for the purpose of treatment and may in like manner be taken back to the
detention centre.
(2) In any such case the detainee shall be deemed to continue to be in the
legal custody of the Superintendent while he is absent from the detention
centre.

30. Prohibition of use of mechanical restraints

(1) Mechanical restraints shall not be used except-
(a)to prevent a detainee from injuring himself or others, or
damaging property, or creating a disturbance;
(b)to ensure the safe custody of a detainee during removal from a
detention centre, when handcuffs may be used; or
(c) under the instructions of the Medical Officer.
(2) When it appears to the Superintendent that it is necessary to place a
detainee under mechanical restraint for any of the reasons specified in subrule
(1)(a), the Superintendent may order him to be so placed, and notice thereof
shall be given to one of the visiting justices and to the Medical Officer.
(3) The Medical Officer on receipt of such notice shall inform the
Superintendent whether he concurs in the order, and if he does not, the
Superintendent shall act in accordance with any recommendations which he
makes.
(4) No detainee shall be kept under mechanical restraint longer than is
necessary, or for a longer period than 24 hours unless upon the written order of
one of the visiting justices. Such order shall specify the cause thereof and the





time during which the detainee is to be so kept, and shall be preserved by the
Superintendent as his warrant.

(5) Particulars of every case of mechanical restraint shall be entered by the
Superintendent in his journal.

(6) No mechanical means of restraint shall be used except of such patterns and
in such manner and under such conditions as may be approved by the Authority.

31. Temporary confinement

The Superintendent may order any refractory or violent detainee to be
temporarily confined in a cell or room.

DISCIPLINE AND CONTROL OF DETAINEES

32. Duty to report offences against discipline

All offences against discipline shall be reported to the Superintendent and it
shall be the duty of the Superintendent to investigate such reports as soon as
reasonably practicable.

33. Segregation of detainee against whom report made

A detainee who has been reported for an offence against discipline may be kept
apart from other detainees pending adjudication.

34. Power of Superintendent as to discipline

The Superintendent may interrogate any person touching any alleged offence
against discipline and determine thereupon and punish the offender.

35. Offences against discipline

A detainee commits and offence against discipline if he

(a) disobeys any order of the Superintendent or of any other officer;

(b)contravenes or fails to comply with any of these rules other than
rules 39 to 43 inclusive;

(c)treats with disrespect any officer, or any person authorized to visit
the detention centre;

(d)swears, curses or uses any abusive, insolent, indecent, threatening
or other improper language or performs any indecent act or gesture;

(e) commits any assault;

(f)wilfully disfigures, damages, destroys any part of the detention
centre, any Government property or any property which is not his
own or converts any such property;





(g) commits any nuisance;

(h) without the permission of the Superintendent(i) has
in his possession; or (ii) attempts to obtain
possession of,

any article for the possession of which the permission of the
Superintendent is required;

(i)escapes from the detention centre or from legal custody, or aids or
endeavours to aid the escape of any detainee, whether the escape is
actually effected or not;

(j) in any way offends good order and discipline;

(k) makes a false and malicious allegation;

(1) makes repeated groundless complaints.

36. Warning and records

The Superintendent may give warning to a detainee who has committed an
offence against discipline and such warning shall be kept in record.

37. Punishments which may be imposed by Superintendent

(1) The Superintendent may order a detainee, who commits any offence against
discipline, to be punished by either or both of the following punish

(a) separate confinement for any period not exceeding 28 days;

(b) forfeiture of privileges for a period not exceeding 3 months.

(2) Any detainee who considers himself aggrieved by any order made by the
Superintendent under this rule may, within 48 hours after the issue of such order,
notify the Superintendent that he wishes to appeal to the Authority against such
order, and the Superintendent shall forthwith notify the Authority accordingly and
shall stay execution of the order pending the hearing of the appeal.

(3) Upon hearing the appeal, whether made by the detainee in person or in
writing, the Authority shall determine the appeal and may cancel, vary or confirm the
order against which the appeal is made or may substitute therefor any other order
which the Superintendent was competent to make under subrule (1).

38. Use of force

(1) No officer in dealing with detainees shall use force unnecessarily and, when
the application of force to a detainee is necessary, no more force than is necessary
shall be used.

(2) No officer shall deliberately act in a manner calculated to provoke a
detainee.





OFFENCES

39. Introduction of unauthorized
article into detention centre

Any person who brings, throws or in any manner introduces into any detention
centre, or conveys to any detainee while in custody outside a detention centre, any
arms, ammunition, weapon, instrument, intoxicating liquor, opium or other drug,
tobacco, money or any other article, unless authorized to do so by the Authority in
charge of that detention centre, commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

40. Supplying unauthorized articles to detainees

Any person

(a)who without the permission of the Authority of a detention centre
sells any intoxicating liquor, opium or other drug, tobacco or other
article, in the detention centre; or

(b)being an officer or other person employed in a detention centre, who
permits any article to be sold in a detention centre without the
permission of the Authority,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

41. Escape

Any detainee who escapes from a detention centre commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

42. Aiding escape from detention centre

Any person who aids any detainee in escaping from a detention centre or from
legal custody commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

43. Illegal entry into detention centre

Any person who enters any detention centre or remains in any detention centre
without the permission of the Superintendent commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





SCHEDULE [rule 2]

1 Chi Ma Wan Detention Centre (Upper Lower Camps)
2. Hei Ling Chau Detention Centre
3. Sham Shui Po Detention Centre
4. Erskine Detention Centre
5. Green Island Reception Centre
6. Whitehead Detention Centre
7. gargoyle Street Detention Centre
8. Harbour Detention Centres, i.e. the vessels known as HYF 'Man Tin', HYE 'Man wah'
HYF 'Man Kam' HYF 'Man Tai' and HYF 'Man Foon'
9. Lo Wu Detention Centre
10. Shek Kong Detention Centre
11. Tai A Chau Vietnames Holding Area (including Yuen Kong Chau)
12. Phoenix House
13. Cape Collinson Detention Centre
14. High Island Detention Centre
15. Nei Kwu Chau Detention Centre
16. Victoria Prison
17. Shek Kwu Chau Detention Centre

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2523

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:07 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (REFUGEE STATUS REVIEW BOARDS) (PROCEDURE) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2522

Title

IMMIGRATION (REFUGEE STATUS REVIEW BOARDS) (PROCEDURE) REGULATIONS

Description






IMMIGRATION (REFUGEE STATUS REVIEW BOARDS)
(PROCEDURE) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Section Page

1. Citation ..................................... L 2
2. Interpretation .......................L 2
3. Constitution of Boards ...............L 2
4. Person presiding and manner of making decisions L 2
5. Manner of making application for a review L 3
6. The representative of the applicant .. L 3
7. Papers to be made available to the representative L 3
8. Sittings to he in private ............L 3

9. A Board not confined to grounds etc. set out in the notice of application L 4
10. Appearance before a Board ...........L 4
11. Evidence ............................L 4
12. The Director ........................L 4
13. Transfer of review to another Board .L 5
14. Record of proceedings ...............L 5

15. Procedure in matters not dealt with by these regulations etc . .............. L 5
16. Notice of decisions .................L 5
17. Prescribed persons .......................... L 5
18. Services of notices .................L 6





IMMIGRATION (REFUGEE STATUS REVIEW BOARDS)
(PROCEDURE) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 115, section 59 as read with section 13F)

[16 June 1989]

L.N. 170 of 1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Immigration (Refugee Status Review

Boards) (Procedure) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'applicant' means the person making application for a review under section

13F whether on his own behalf or on behalf of a child;

'Board' means a Board to which an application for review under section 13F is

made;

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Boards;

'Commissioner' means the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

acting through his representative in Hong Kong;

'Deputy Chairman' means a Deputy Chairman of the Boards;

'prescribed person' means an appeals counsellor engaged by the Agency for

Volunteer Service.

3. Constitution of Boards

(1) Subject to this regulation, a Board shall be constituted by a Deputy

Chairman and one other member sitting together, being a Deputy Chairman

and member designated by the Chairman.

(2) The Chairman may sit as a member of a Board either instead of a

Deputy Chairman or in addition to him.

4. Person presiding and manner of making decisions

(1) Except where the Chairman is present, when he shall preside, the

Deputy Chairman appointed to a Board shall preside at the sittings of a Board.

(2) A Board shall allow an application for a review if either or, if there are

more than 2, one of its members considers the review should be allowed.





(3) Subject to subregulation (2), in the event of a difference of opinion between
members of a 2-member board, the decision of the person presiding shall prevail and,
in the case of a 3-member board, the decision of the majority shall prevail.

5. Manner of making application for a review

(1) Any person desiring to apply to a Board for a review under section 13F may
do so by giving written notice of such application, within the time prescribed in
section 13F(I), to the Chairman.

(2) The notice of application shall be accompanied by any representations and
documentary evidence which the applicant wants the Board to consider.

6. The representative of the applicant

(1) Anything which the applicant may do under these regulations, his
representative may do on his behalf.

(2) The legal representative of the applicant shall be such legal practitioner
(being a legal practitioner entitled to practise in Hong Kong) as the applicant may
designate to the Chairman and, if no such person is so designated, then the
prescribed person shall be deemed to be the representative of the applicant for the
purposes of these regulations.

7. Papers to he made available to the representative

For the purpose of enabling the applicant to determine whether or not to apply
to a Board for a review and to enable him to consider what representations to make
in respect thereof, files containing copies of

(a)the determination of the immigration officer not to allow the person
detained under section 13D(1) refugee status and the reasons for that
determination; and

(b)all material upon which this determination was based, including any
questions put to that person and his answers in respect thereof,

shall, at the time of serving notice under section 13D(3) on that person, be made
available by the Director for inspection by the representative of the applicant and by
the Commissioner.

8. Sittings to be in private

A Board shall sit in private.





9. A Board not confined to grounds etc.

set out in the notice of application

A Board may consider any matter which appears to it to be relevant to the
application notwithstanding the omission of any reference to such matter in the
notice of application or representations made under regulation 5(2).

10. Appearance before a Board

(1) A Board may if it thinks fit require

(a) the applicant in person; or

(b) an immigration officer,

to appear before it for the purpose of answering such questions as the Board
may think fit, being questions arising on the papers before it.

(2) If an immigration officer is required to attend under subregulation (1) the
applicant shall be notified of the time and place thereof and of his entitlement under
subregulation (3).

(3) The applicant shall be entitled to be present when an immigration officer
answers questions under subregulation (1) and an immigration officer when the
applicant so answers questions and the person so entitled to be present shall also
be entitled to comment on the answers.

(4) An applicant desiring to be present in the circumstances specified in
subregulation (3) shall notify the Chairman.

11. Evidence

(1) A Board shall consider

(a)the notice of application and the representations or evidence
accompanying it (if any) under regulation 5(2);

(b) copies of the documents referred to in regulation 7;

(c)answers to questions put under regulation 10 and any representations
made in respect thereof under that regulation,

and may further receive and consider any evidence which appears to it to be
relevant to the issues before it notwithstanding that the evidence would not be
admissible in a court of law.

(2) Where any document before a Board is in a language other than English it
shall be sufficient compliance with this regulation if the Board considers any
document which purports to be an English translation thereof.

12. The Director

(1) The Director shall

(a)cause every notice served under regulation 18(1)(a) to be delivered to
the Chairman as soon as practicable;





(b)secure the attendance of any person whom a Board notifies Director
is required to attend under regulation 10(1) or who desires to be
present for the purposes specified in regulation 10(4).

(2) Subject to regulation 10(3), the Director shall not be entitled to be present
or represented at any review.

13. Transfer of review to another Board

(1) Where an application has not been disposed of by the Board considering it,
the Chairman shall make arrangements, if he is of the opinion that it is not
practicable for the review to be determined by that Board, or determined without
undue delay by that Board, for the review to be dealt with by another Board; and the
review may be dealt with accordingly.

(2) A member who was a member of the first Board referred to in subregulation
(1) may be a member of the other Board constituted for the purposes of that
subregulation.

(3) Where the Boards consider that the review should, for any reason, be dealt
with by another Board its presiding officer inform the Chairman who may refer the
review to another Board or otherwise give such directions as he may think fit for the
manner in which the review is to be conducted.

14. Record of proceedings

A Board shall keep a summary or record of proceedings and of its
determinations in such form as the Chairman may determine.

15. Procedure in matters not dealt

with by these regulations etc.

(1) The Chairman may give such directions to the Boards as he thinks fit as to
the procedure on any application, being a direction not inconsistent with the
Ordinance or these regulations.

(2) Subject to the Ordinance, these regulations and any such directions, a
Board may determine its own procedure.

16. Notice of decisions

As soon as practicable after a Board has made its decision under section
13F(5) it shall notify the Director to give notice thereof to the applicant in such form
as the Chairman may determine.

17. Prescribed person

The precribed person shall be the prescribed person for the purposes of section
13F(3)(b).





18. Service of notices

(1) Any notice to be given by the applicant to the Chairman under these
regulations may be given by addressing it to the Chairman and

(a)by leaving it with the Superintendent of the place where the
applicant, or the child on whose behalf the application is made, is
detained; or

(b) by serving it by post.

(2) Any notice to be given to the applicant under these regulations may be
given by addressing it to him and serving it in the manner in which a notice under
section 13D(3) may be served under section 13D(4).

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2522

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:06 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (CLOSED CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2521

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (CLOSED CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
(CLOSED CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) ORDER

(Cap. 115, section 13C(1)

[9 July 19821

L.N. 262 of 1982 L.N. 343 of 1982, L.N. 301 of 1983, L.N. 328 of 1983, L.N. 353 of 1984, L.N.
250 of 1985, L.N. 240 of 1986, L.N. 151 of 1988, L.N. 182 of 1988,L_.N. 207 of 1988,
L.N. 274 of1988, R.Ed. 1988,L.N. 256of 1989, L.N.406of1989,

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese Refugee Centres)
(Closed Centres) (Designation) Order.

2. Refugee centres

The places specified in the Schedule are designated as refugee centres for the
detention of Vietnamese refugees.

SCHEDULE [para. 21

Cape Collinson Correctional Institution
Hei Ling Chau Addiction Treatment Centre
Lai Chi Kok Reception Centre
&m San Yick Closed Centre (L.N. 207 of 1988)
Siu Lam Psychiatric Centre (L.N.207of1988)
Stanley Prison
Tai Lam Centre for Women
Tai Tam Gap Correctional Institution
Tuen Mun Closed M Centre (L.N. 240 of 1986) &V
Victoria Prison
(L.N. 256 of 1989; L.N. 406 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2521

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:06 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (CLOSED CENTRE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2520

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (CLOSED CENTRE) ORDER

Description






(VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
CLOSED CENTRE) RULES

A ANGEMENT OF RULES

-A

Rule V Page
PRELIMINARY

1. Citation ..............................J3
2. Application ...........................J3
3. Interpretation ........................ J3

GENERAL
PROVISIONS

4. Control and management .......1 ......J 3

5. Accommodation ........................J 4

6. General orders ................................................................... .................... J 4
7. Visiting justices ...............................................................................
................................J 4

8. Centre visitors .............................................................................................................. J
5

9. Visitors to conform to rules .........J 5
10.......................................Examination and search J 5

11...........Sick bay ........................................................................................................... J
6

GENERAL TREATMENT OF
DETAINEES

12.......................................Admission of detainees J 6
13.......................................Searching J 6

14...........Detainees' property
................................................................. J 6

15.......................................Possession of articles without authority J 7
16.......................................Segregation of new admissions J 7
17.......................................Medical examination J 7
18.......................................Interview and recording of particulars J 7
19.......................................Clothing J 7
20.......................................Blankets J 7
21.......................................Diet J 7
22.......................................Complaints as to food J 7
23.......................................Obedience to directions as to cleanliness J 8
24.......................................Duty to keep dormitory etc. clean J 8
25.......................................Employment J 8
26.......................................Letters J 8
27.......................................Visits J 8
27A......................................Permitted absences J 8

28.........................Removal of detainee to hospital etc . .......................................... J 9





Rule Page

29. Prohibition of use of mechanical restraints
............................................ J 9
30. Temporary confinement .............. J 9

DISCIPLINE AND CONTROL OF DETAINEES

31......................................Duty to report offences against discipline J 10
32......................................Segregation of detainee against whom report made J 10
33......................................Power of Superintendent as to discipline J 10
34......................................Offences against discipline J 10
35......................................Punishments which may be imposed by Superintendent J 11
36......................................Use of force J11
37......................................Occasions when arms may be used J11

OFFENCES
38......................................Introduction of unauthorized article into centre J 12
39......................................Supplying unauthorized articles to detainees J 12
40......................................Aiding escape from centre J 12
41......................................Illegal entry into centre J 12

Schedule.....................................................................
....................................................... ....... J 13





IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
(CLOSED CENTRE) RULES

(Cap. 115, section 13C)

[9 July 19821

L.N. 263182 -L.N. 349182, R. Ed. 1982, L.N. 302183, L.N. 329183, L.N. 354184, L.N. 255185,
L.N. 245186, L.N. 160/88 L.N. 184188, L.N. 209188, L.N. 276188, L.N. 278/88



PRELIMINARY

Citation
1. These rules may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese Refugee

Centres) (Closed Centre) Rules.

Application
2. These rules apply to the Vietnamese Refugee Centres specified in the

Schedule.

Interpretation
3. In these rules unless the context otherwise requires-

'centre' means a Vietnamese Refugee Centre to which these rules apply;

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Correctional Services;

'detainee' means a Vietnamese refugee who has been directed to be detained in

a centre;

'Medical Officer' means a Government medical officer assigned to a centre by

the Director of Medical and Health Services;

'officer' means an officer of the Correctional Services Department appointed

under rule 4(2) to assist the Commissioner in the control and management of a
centre;

'Superintendent' means the Superintendent appointed under rule 4(2) to be in

charge of a centre;

'visiting justices' means the justices of the peace appointed by the Governor

under section 23 of the Prisons Ordinance (Cap. 234).

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Control and management
4. (1) The Commissioner shall have control and management of all

centres.





(2) The Commissioner shall appoint an officer of the Correctional Services
Department to be the Superintendent in charge of each centre and such other
officers of, and persons employed in, the Correctional Services Department as may
be necessary to assist him in the control and management of a centre.

Accommodation

5. Detainees shall occupy accommodation within a centre as directed by the
Superintendent.

General orders

6. (1) The Commissioner may issue such general orders and instructions not
inconsistent with the Ordinance or these rules as are necessary or expendient for
the administration of centres.

(2) Every officer and other person employed in a centre shall in the exercise of
any powers, functions or duties under the Ordinance or these rules comply with any
general orders and instructions issue under subrule (1).

Visiting justices

7. (1) Two visiting justices (one official and one unofficial) shall, together if
possible, visit every centre at least once a month and on such other days as they
may be required. Their names shall be furnished by the Chief Secretary to the
Commissioner and every centre shall be open to them at all reasonable times during
their tour of duty.

(2) Visiting justices shall not have any interest in any contract made in respect
of any centre.

(3) Visiting justices shall have the following duties in relation to a centre

(a)at the termination of every visit and before they leave the centre to record
in a book provided for the purpose any recommendations, suggestions or
other remarks;

(b)to co-operate with the Commissioner in promoting the good management
of the centre;

(e)to ensure that all abuses in connection with the centre which come to their
knowledge are brought to the notice of the Commissioner immediately;

(d)to hear and investigate any complaint which any detainee may desire to
make to them;

(e)to pay special attention to detainees in the sick bay and separately
confined;

to attend to all report received by them as to the mind or body of any
detainee being likely to he injured by discipline or treatment to which he is
subjected and communicate their opinion to the Commissioner;





(g)to inspect the diets of the detainees and if they consider the food
supplied does not conform to the recommended diet scale, report the
circumstances to the Commissioner;

(h)to satisfy themselves that the standards of buildings and treatment of
the detainees are of an approved level as determined by the Secretary
for Security;

(i)to inquire into the state of buildings and report to the Governor with
respect to any repairs or additions which may appear to them to be
necessary; and

(j)to discharge such other duties as may be assigned to them by the
Governor.

Centre visitors

8. (1) The Commissioner may, from time to time, appoint persons inter-
ested in the welfare of detainees to be centre visitors.

(2) Centre visitors shall be permitted access to detainees at the discretion
of the Superintendent.

(3) Centre visitors shall while in a centre comply with the instructions of
the Superintendent.

(4) Centre visitors shall as soon as is reasonably practicable inform the
Superintendent of any abuse, unlawful activity or impropriety in a centre which
may come to their knowledge.

Visitors to conform to rules

9. (1) Every person who enters any centre shall conform to these rules
and to the general orders and instructions affecting the centre in so far as those
rules, general orders and instructions concern him.

(2) The Superintendent may refuse to admit to a centre any person who is
not willing to conform as aforesaid and may direct the removal from a centre of
any person who does not so conform or whose conduct is improper, and for that
purpose may use or authorize the use of such force as may be necessary.

Examination and search

10. (1) All persons and vehicles entering or leaving a centre may be
examined and searched.

(2) The Superintendent may refuse admission to a centre of a person who
is unwilling to be examined and searched.

(3) A person suspected by an officer of bringing into or carrying out of a
centre any article without the permission of the Superintendent shall be stopped
by that officer and immediate notice thereof shall be given to the Superintendent
who may order that he shall be examined and searched.





(4) The Superintendent may direct the removal from a centre of a person who
while in a centre is unwilling to be examined or searched or whose conduct is
improper.

(5) The searching of any person under this rule shall be conducted with due
regard to decency and self-respect, and in as seemly a manner as is consistent with
the necessity of discovering any concealed articles.

(6) No person shall be searched by, or in the presence of, an officer of the
opposite sex.

Sick bay

11. In every centre a sick bay or proper place for the reception of sick detainees
shall be provided.

GENERAL TREATMENT OF
DETAINEES

Admission of detainees

12. The Superintendent of a centre to which a detainee has been directed to be
detained shall make arrangements for the admission of the detainee.

Searching

13. (1) Every detainee shall be searched by an officer on admission to a centre
and at such times subsequently as the Superintendent may direct, and all articles for
the possession of which no permission has been given shall be taken from him.

(2) The searching of a detainee shall be conducted with due regard to decency
and self-respect, and in as seemly a manner as is consistent with the necessity of
discovering any concealed articles.

(3) No detainee shall be searched by, or in the presence of, an officer of the
opposite sex.

Detainees' property

14. (1) Money and other effects belonging to a detainee may be placed in the
custody of the Superintendent, who shall cause an inventory thereof to be kept.
Such inventory shall be signed by the detainee concerned certifying its correctness.

(2) Subject to subrule (3), all such money and effects shall be returned to a
detainee on his release from detention and he shall sign the inventory as a receipt.

(3) Any weapon, intoxicating liquor, dangerous drug, perishable, inflammable
or dangerous article or substance belonging to a detainee may be confiscated by
the Superintendent.





Possession of articles without authority

15. (1) No detainee shall have any article in his possession without the
permission of the Superintendent and any unauthorized article found in his
possession shall be confiscated by the Superintendent.

(2) No person shall, without the permission of the Superintendent, convey or
throw into, or deposit in, any centre, or convey to any detainee, any money, food,
drink or tobacco, letter or other article whatsoever. Any such article so conveyed,
thrown or deposited may be confiscated by the Superintendent.

Segregation of new admissions

16. A detainee on first admission to a centre may be kept apart from other
detainees in such place and for such period as the Superintendent may prescribe.

Medical examination

17. A detainee shall, on the day of his admission to a centre or as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter, be examined by the Medical Officer, who shall
record the state of health of the detainee and such other particulars as he considers
necessary.

Interview and recording of particulars

18. A detainee shall, as soon as practicable after his admission to a centre, be
interviewed by the Superintendent, who shall record such particulars of the detainee
as he considers necessary.

Clothing

19. Every detainee may wear his own clothes.

Blankets

20. (1) Every detainee shall be supplied with up to 4 blankets at the discretion
of the Superintendent.

(2) Additional blankets may be issued in special circumstances on the
recommendation of the Medical Officer.

Diet

21. Every detainee shall be provided with food in accordance with scales
recommended by the Director of Medical and Health Services.

Complaints as to food

22. Every detainee who has any complaint to make regarding the food supplied
to him shall make his complaint to an officer as soon as reasonably practicable after
his food is handed to him.





Obedience to directions as to cleanliness

23. Every detainee shall obey such directions as regards washing, bathing,
shaving and hair cutting as may be prescribed by the Superintendent.

Duty to keep dormitory etc. clean

24. Every detainee shall keep his dormitory, bathroom and toilet clean,
and his utensils, clothing and bedding clean and neatly arranged, as directed by
the Superintendent.

Employment

25. (1) A detainee may undertake within or outside the centre such
employment as may be permitted by the Superintendent in accordance with
instructions issued by the Commissioner. (L.N. 278188)

(2) A detainee employed in a kitchen or in domestic or other service
within a centre shall be paid in accordance with rates fixed by the Com-
missioner.

Utters

26. (1) Every detainee may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be
permitted to send and receive letters, and shall be supplied by the Superinten-
dent with such paper and writing materials as may be reasonably required.

(2) No detainee may send or receive letters except through the Super-
intendent.

(3) Every letter sent by or intended for a detainee may be opened and its
contents examined by the Superintendent or some person appointed by him for
the purpose.

Visits

27. Every detainee shall, subject to the orders of the Superintendent, be
permitted to be visited by such persons and in such manner as may be prescribed
by the Commissioner.

Permitted absences

27A. (1) The Superintendent may, if he sees fit, permit a detainee to be
absent from the centre, during such period and on such terms as the Superinten-
dent may specify, or order to study, undertake employment permitted under
rule 25(1), obtain recreation or do such other things as the Superintendent may
approve.

(2) A detainee may be permitted under subrule (1) to be absent from the
centre unsupervised.

(3) If a detainee is permitted under subrule (1) to be absent from the
centre he shall, while he is so absent, be deemed to continue to be in the legal
custody of the Superintendent.
(L.N. 278188)





Removal of detainee to hospital etc.

28. (1) Where the Superintendent is satisfied that any detainee requires
medical, surgical or dental treatment such detainee may be removed by or under the
direction of the Superintendent to a hospital or other suitable place for the purpose
of treatment and may in like manner be taken back to the centre.

(2) In any such case the detainee shall be deemed to continue to be in the legal
custody of the Superintendent while he is absent from the centre.

Prohibition of use of mechanical restraints

29. (1) Mechanical restraints shall not be used as a punishment or for any
purpose except

(a)to prevent a detainee from injuring himself or others, or damaging
property, or creating a disturbance; or

(b)to ensure the safe custody of a detainee during removal from a centre,
when handcuffs may be used:

Provided that they may be used under the instructions of the Medical Officer.

(2) When it appears to the Superintendent that it is necessary to place a
detainee under mechanical restraint for any of the reasons specified in subrule (1)(a),
the Superintendent may order him to be so placed, and notice thereof shall forthwith
be given to one of the visiting justices and to the Medical Officer.

(3) The Medical Officer on receipt of such notice shall forthwith inform the
Superintendent whether he concurs in the order, and if he does not, the
Superintendent shall act in accordance with any recommendations which he makes.

(4) No detainee shall be kept under mechanical restraint longer than is
necessary, or for a longer period than 24 hours unless upon the written order of one
of the visiting justices. Such order shall specify the cause thereof and the time
during which the detainee is to be so kept, and shall be preserved by the
Superintendent as his warrant.

(5) Particulars of every case of machanical restraint shall be forthwith entered
by the Superintendent in his journal.

(6) No mechanical means of restraint shall be used except of such patterns and
in such manner and under such conditions as may be approved by the
Commissioner.

Temporary confinement

30. The Superintendent may order any refractory or violent detainee to be
temporarily confined in a cell or room.





DISCIPLINE AND CONTROL OF
DETAINEES

Duty to report offences against discipline

31. All offences against discipline shall be reported to the Superintendent and
it shall be the duty of the Superintendent to investigate such reports as soon as
reasonably practicable.

Segregation of detainee against whom report made

32. A detainee who has been reported for an offence against discipline shall be
kept apart from other detainees pending adjudication.

Power of Superintendent as to discipline

33. The Superintendent may interrogate any person touching any alleged
offence against discipline and determine thereupon and punish the offender.

Offences against discipline

34. A detainee commits an offence against discipline if he-

(a) disobeys any order of the Superintendent or of any other officer;

(b) contravenes or fails to comply with any of these rules;

(c)treats with disrespect any officer, or any person authorized to visit the
centre;

(d)swears, curses or uses any abusive, insolent, threatening or other
improper language;

(e) is indecent in language, act or gesture;

(f) commits any assault;

(g)wilfully disfigures or damages any part of the centre or any property
which is not his own;

(h) commits any nuisance;

(i) without the permission of the Superintendent-

(i) has in his possession; or

(ii) attempts to obtain possession of, any article for the possession of
which the permission of the Superintendent is required;

(j)absconds from the centre or from legal custody, or aids or endeavours to
aid the escape of any detainee, whether the escape is actually effected or
not;

(k) in any way offends good order and discipline;

(1) makes a false and malicious allegation;

(m) makes repeated groundless complaints;

(n) loses or wilfully damages or destroys any Government property.





Punishments which may he imposed by Superintendent

35. (1) The Superintendent may order a detainee, who commits any
offence against discipline, to be punished by either or both of the following
punishments-

(a) separate confinement for any period not exceeding 28 days;

(b) forfeiture of privileges for a period not exceeding 3 months.

(2) Any detainee who considers himself aggrieved by any order made by
the Superintendent under this rule may, within 48 hours after the issue of such
order, notify the Superintendent that he wishes to appeal to the Commissioner
against such order, and the Superintendent shall forthwith notify the Commis-
sioner accordingly and shall stay execution of the order pending the hearing of
the appeal.

(3) Upon hearing the appeal, whether made by the detainee in person or
in writing, the Commissioner shall determine the appeal and may cancel, vary
or confirm the order against which the appeal is made or may substitute therefor
any other order which the Superintendent was competent to make under
subrule (1).

Use of force

36. (1) No officer in dealing with detainees shall use force unnecessarily
and, when the application of force to a detainee is necessary, no more force than
is necessary shall be used.

(2) No officer shall deliberately act in a manner calculated to provoke a
detainee.

Occasions when arms may be used

37. (1) Every officer shall be provided with whistles and they may be
issued with arms, as the Commissioner may direct.

(2) Every officer may use arms against any detainee escaping or
attempting to escape:

Provided that resort shall not be had to the use of arms unless the officer
has reasonable cause to believe that he cannot otherwise prevent the escape.

(3) Every officer may use arms on any detainee engaged in riotous
conduct or any combined outbreak, or in any attempt to force or break open the
outside door or gate or enclosure fence of a centre, and may continue to use
such arms so long as such riotous conduct, combined outbreak or attempt is
being actually prosecuted.

(4) Every officer may use arms against any detainee using violence to any
other officer or other person if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the
officer or other person is in danger of life, or limb, or that other grievous hurt is
likely to be caused to him.





(5) Before using arms against a detainee under the authority contained in
subrule (2), the officer shall warn such detainee that he is about to fire on him.

(6) An officer shall not, in the presence of his superior officer, use arms of any
sort against a detainee in the case of an outbreak or attempt to escape except under
the express orders of such superior officer.

(7) The use of arms under this rule shall be, as far as possible, to disable and
not to kill.

(8) Every officer while acting as such, shall have all the powers, authorities and
protection of a police officer as defined in the Police Force Ordinance (Cap. 232)
except as to pay and pension or other reward.

OFFENCES

Introduction of unauthorized article into centre

38. Any person, other than a detainee, who brings, throws or in any manner
introduces into any centre, or conveys to any detainee while in custody outside a
centre, any arms, ammunition, weapon, instrument, intoxicating liquor, opium or
other drug, tobacco, money or any other article, unless authorized to do so by the
Commissioner, commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.

Supplying unauthorized articles to detainees

39. Any person-

(a)other than a detainee, who without the authority of the Commissioner
sells any intoxicating liquor, opium or other drug, tobacco or other article,
in a centre; or

(b)being an officer or other person employed in a centre, who permits any
article to be sold in a centre without the authority of the Commissioner,



commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

Aiding escape from centre

40. Any person other than a detainee who aids any detainee in escaping from a
centre or from legal custody commits an offence and is liable to imprisonment for 6
months.

Illegal entry into centre

41. Any person who enters any centre or remains in any centre without the

permission of the Superintendent commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.





SCHEDULE

Cape Collinson Correctional Institution
Hei Ling Chau Addiction Treatment Centre
Lai Chi Kok Reception Centre
Pillar Pillar Point Vietnames Refugee Centre
(L.N.276/88)
San Yick Closed Centre (L.N.209/88)

Sham Shui Po Closed Centre. (L.N. 160/88)

Siu Lam Psychiatric Centre (L.N. 209/88)

Stanley Prison

Tai Lam Centre for Women

Tai Tam Gap Correctional Institution

Tuen Mun Closed Centre (L.N. 245/86)

Victoria Prison

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2520

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:05 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (DEPARTURE CENTRE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2519

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (DEPARTURE CENTRE) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
DEPARTURE CENTRE) RULES

115, section 13c(2))

12 June 198 1.1

PART I

INTRODUCTORY

1. These rules may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese
Refugee Centres) (Departure Centre) Rules.

2. These rules apply to the Vietnamese Refugee Centres specified
in the Schedule.

3. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires
'centre' means a Vietnamese Refugee Centre to which these rules

apply;

.,centre manager' means the public officer appointed by the
Superintendent of Detention Camps to manage the centre;

'dormitory building' includes all parts of a building which are set aside
for sleeping purposes;

'resident' means a Vietnamese refugee who has been directed to reside
in a centre;

'Superintendent of Detention Camps' Ineans. the public officer
appointed by the Secretary for Security- to be the Superintendent
of Detention Camps;

'temporary leave card' means a temporary leave card issued under rule
6.

PART II

RESIDENCE IN CENTRES

4. A resident shall reside in the centre and shall 'not remain outside
the centre overnight.

5. A resident shall not leave the centre other than with the
permission of the centre manager in accordance with rule 6.

6. (1) The centre manager may grant leave of absence from the
centre to a resident for any period of time and upon such conditions as
the centre manager considers appropriate.





(2) The terms of leave granted under paragraph (1) shall be
endorsed on a temporary leave card signed by the centre manager.

(3) A temporary leave card issued under this rule may be
withdrawn at any time by the centre manager.

7. On entering or leaving a centre, a resident shall produce his
Vietnamese Refugee Card and temporary leave pass for inspection
by the public officer on duty at the gate.

8. A child under the age of 12 years who is a resident shall not
leave a centre unless he is accompanied by a person authorized by
the centre manager.

9. No resident, unless he has permission in writing from the
Superintendent of Detention Camps, may enter or leave a centre
between 10 p.m. and 8 a.m.

10. A resident shall not receive any visitor except with the
prior permission of the centre manager given in his discretion.

11. A resident shall report forthwith to the senior public officer
on duty in the reception unit at the centre any loss or defacement of
or damage to a temporary leave pass issued to the resident.

12. A resident shall not-

(a) use a temporary leave pass issued to another person;
(b)permit another person to use a temporary leave pass issued
to the resident;

(c) deliberately deface or damage a temporary leave pass; or

(d)permit another person to deface or damage a temporary
leave pass issued to the resident.

PART III

CONDUCT IN CENTRES

13. A resident shall comply with any lawful and reasonable
instruction of any public officer on duty.

14. (1) A resident shall not do any act or incite any other
person to do any act prejudicial to the good order and security of the
centre.

(2) A resident shall not-

(a) fight;
(b) assault any other person. or





(c) incite any person to fight,
in a centre.

15. A resident shall carry out cleaning and any other reason-
able duties assigned to him by any public officer on duty.

16. A resident shall not incite any person to disobey any lawful
and reasonable instruction of any public officer on duty.

17. A resident shall not organize any political activity in the
centre.

l& A resident shall not occupy any bed space other than that
allocated to him by the senior public officer on duty in the reception
unit at the centre.

19. A resident shall not engage in commercial activities within
the centre.

20. (1) A resident may at any time complain to the centre
manager or such other person authorized by the centre manager
regarding the treatment received by him or any other resident.

(2) The centre manager shall, as soon as practicable after a
complaint has been made, record and investigate the complaint and
advise the resident who made the complaint of his findings.

21. A resident shall not make excessive or unnecessary noise
inside the centre after 11 p.m. or before 7 a.m.

22. A resident shall not bring into or consume in the centre any
alcoholic drink.

23. A resident shall not engage in any gambling in the centre.

PART IV

SAFETY

24. A resident shall not smoke inside a dormitory building.

25. A resident shall not cook any food in the centre.

26. A resident shall comply with the reasonable instructions of
any public officer on duty in respect of the use of any electrical
appliance.

27. A resident shall not alter, dismantle, remove, tamper with
or damage any fixture, fitting or other installation in the centre.





PART V

HEALTH AND HYGIENE

28. A resident shall not sell or offer for sale cooked or otherwise
prepared food inside the centre.

29. A resident shall dispose of refuse in refuse bins or such other
collection point as may be provided within the centre.

30. A resident shall not spit in a centre.

31. A resident shall not urinate or defaecate other than in. toilets
provided in the centre.

PART VI

RESETTLEMENT

32. A resident shall, within 3 days of its occurrence, report to the
centre manager any

(a) birth;

(b) death; or

(c) marriage,

that occurs within his family residing in the centre.

33. A resident shall attend at the appointed time and place for all
interviews, documentation procedures and medical examinations as may
be required by the centre manager, an official of the United Nations
High Commission for Refugees, any official representing any other
organization processing the resettlement of refugees or any Immigration
Officer.

PART VII

OFFENCES AND FINES

34. Any resident who breaches rule 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14(1),14(2),15,16,17,18,19,21, 22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31, 32 or 33 after
due inquiry and upon being afforded the opportunity to exculpate
himself may be ordered to be separately confined for a period not
exceeding 7 days which penalty may be imposed by the centre manager.

35. (1) A resident may within 48 hours of the imposition of a
penalty by a centre manager under rule 34 give notice of appeal against
the penalty.





(2) A notice under paragraph (1) shall-

(a) be in writing;

(b) be directed to the Superintendent of Detention Camps;

(e) be served on the centre manager;

(d)set out the grounds for appeal against the finding and penalty;

(e) be signed by the resident.

(3) The Superintendent of Detention Camps shall forthwith
consider the appeal and serve a copy of his findings on the resident.

(4) The Superintendent of Detention Camps may require the
attendance of a resident when he considers an appeal under this rule by
that resident.

(5) The decision of the Superintendent of Detention Camps on an
appeal shall be final.

SCHEDULE (rule 2.)

Areas A and B of the Argyle Street Army Camp 3.

Ma Tau Wai Detention Centre. L.N. 183/81. L.N. 217/81. Citation. Application. Schedule. Interpretation. Resident to reside in centre. Permission to leave. Temporary leave of absence. Inspection of pass. Children under 12 years to be accompanied. Centre to close at midnight. Restriction on visitors. Loss etc., of card to be reported. Dealings in passes prohibited. Resident to obey instructions. Fighting, etc. Cleaning, etc. Inciting disobedience. No political activities. Resident to occupy space allocated. Prohibition on commercial activities. Complaints, etc. No noise after 11 p.m. No alcoholic drinks. No gambling. Restriction on smoking. Prohibition on cooking. Electrical appliances. No alteration etc., to centre. Prohibition on selling food. Disposal of refuse. No spitting. Use of toilets. Reporting on changes in family. Resident to attend interviews, etc. Offences. Appeals. L.N. 217/81.

Abstract

L.N. 183/81. L.N. 217/81. Citation. Application. Schedule. Interpretation. Resident to reside in centre. Permission to leave. Temporary leave of absence. Inspection of pass. Children under 12 years to be accompanied. Centre to close at midnight. Restriction on visitors. Loss etc., of card to be reported. Dealings in passes prohibited. Resident to obey instructions. Fighting, etc. Cleaning, etc. Inciting disobedience. No political activities. Resident to occupy space allocated. Prohibition on commercial activities. Complaints, etc. No noise after 11 p.m. No alcoholic drinks. No gambling. Restriction on smoking. Prohibition on cooking. Electrical appliances. No alteration etc., to centre. Prohibition on selling food. Disposal of refuse. No spitting. Use of toilets. Reporting on changes in family. Resident to attend interviews, etc. Offences. Appeals. L.N. 217/81.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2519

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:04 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (OPEN CENTRE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2518

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (OPEN CENTRE) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
(OPEN CENTRE) RULES
~~1, C
115, section 13C(2))

[12 June 1981.1

PART 1

INTRODUCTORY

1. These rules may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese
Refugee Centres) (Open Centre) Rules.

2. These rules apply to the Vietnamese Refugee Centres specified
in the Schedule.

3. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'centre' means a Vietnamese Refugee Centre to which these rules
apply;

-centre clinic- means the medical clinic allocated to a centre for the
purpose of treating residents of that centre,

-centre co-operative store- means a co-operative store established in a
centre with the approval of the centre manager;

-centre manager' means the person appointed to manage a centre by
the authority or organization responsible for the management of
the centre;

,,centre pass' means a pass issued under rule 4 and includes a
replacement centre pass;

'dormitory building' includes all parts of a building which are set aside
for sleeping purposes;

'resident' includes any Vietnamese refugee who has been given notice
to reside in a centre and has subsequently been given permission
under rule 32 to live outside that centre.

PART II

ACCESS TO CENTRES

4. (1) A centre manager may issue a centre pass to a resident of
that centre.

(2) A centre manager may issue a replacement centre pass to a
resident whose centre pass is lost, defaced or damaged upon payment
of a fee of $20.





(3) A centre manager may in his absolute discretion withdraw
a centre pass at any time and he shall not be required to give any
reason for such withdrawal.

5. On entering or leaving a centre, a resident shall produce his
centre pass for inspection by the guard on duty at the gate.

6. A child under the age of 12 years who is a resident shall not
leave a centre unless he is accompanied by a person authorized by
the centre manager.

7. No resident, unless he has permission in writing from the
centre manager, may enter or leave a centre between midnight and
6 a.m.

8. No visitor may enter a centre without the permission of the
centre manager.

8A. (1) No resident may enter a centre other than that in which
he resides without the permission of the manager of that other centre.

(2) A resident shall obtain written permission to enter a centre
other than that in which he resides by applying for such to the
manager of the centre in which he resides.

9. A resident shall report forthwith to the centre manager any
loss or defacement of or damage to the centre pass issued to the
resident.

10. A resident shall not-

(a) use a centre pass issued to another person;

(b)permit another person to use the centre pass issued to the
resident;

deliberately deface or damage a centre pass; or

(d)permit another person to deface or damage the centre pass
issued to the resident.

PART III

CONDUCT IN CENTRES

11. A resident shall comply with any lawful and reasonable
instruction of the centre manager.

12. A resident shall carry out cleaning and any other reason-
able duties assigned to him by the centre manager.

13. A resident shall not incite any person to disobey any lawful
and reasonable instruction of the centre manager.





14. No person shall organize or participate in any political
activity in the centre.

15. A resident shall not occupy any bed space other than that
allocated to him by the centre manager.

16. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a resident shall not engage
in commercial activities within the centre other than assisting in the
operation of the centre co-operative store.

(2) The centre manager may, where he is satisfied that com-
mercial activity shall not interfere with the running or good order
of the centre and is otherwise permitted by law, by notice in writing
permit a resident to undertake such commercial activity as is
specified in the notice.

17. (1) A resident shall report any employment undertaken by
him to the centre manager.

(2) A resident who undertakes employment outside a centre
shall give full details of his current place of employment and a
telephone number for the centre manager to contact him during his
employment.

18. A resident may at any reasonable time approach the centre
manager with any complaint or suggestion on any problem which
may affect the good order or discipline of the centre.

19. No person shall-

(a) fight;
(b) incite another person to fight; or

(c) commit any assault,

in a centre.

20. A resident shall not make excessive or unnecessary noise
inside the centre after 11 p.m. or before 6 a.m.

21. No person shall bring into or consume alcoholic wines or
spirits in the centre.

22. No person shall engage in any gambling in the centre.

PART IV

SAFETY

23. [Deleted, L.N. 92183.1





24. No person shall cook food in any place other than the
kitchen or other area designated by the centre manager as a cooking
area.

25. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no person shall light or use
fire for cooking or any other purpose.

(2) The centre manager may approve any area in which he
considers it safe to do so as an area in which a fire may be lit for
cooking or any other specified purpose.

26. A resident shall comply with the reasonable instructions of
the centre manager in respect of the use of any electrical appliance.

27. A resident shall not alter, dismantle, remove, tamper with
or damage any fixture, fitting or other installation in the centre.

PART V

HEALTH AND HYGIENE

28. No person shall sell cooked or otherwise prepared food
inside the centre otherwise than as a normal transaction by the
centre co-operative store.

29. A resident shall dispose of refuse in the refuse bins or such
other collection points as may be provided in the centre.

30. No person shall spit in a centre.

31. A resident shall. as soon as it is practicable to do so. report
any sickness to the centre clinic.

PART VI

RESETTLEMENT

32. (1) A resident shall not live outside a centre unless he has
the written permission of an Immigration Officer.

(2) It is a condition of any permission given under paragraph
(1) that a Vietnamese refugee who is permitted to reside in Hong
Kong outside a centre shall inform an Immigration Officer and the
centre manager of the centre in which he had been residing at all
times of his place of residence.

33. A resident shall, within 3 days of its occurrence. report to
the centre manager any-

(a) birth.,





(b) death; or

(c) marriage,

that occurs within his family residing in the centre.

34. A resident shall attend at the appointed time and place for all
interviews, documentation procedures and medical examinations as may
be required by the centre manager, an official representing the United
Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, any official representing any
other organization processing the resettlement of refugees or any
Immigration Officer.

PART VII

OFFENCES AND FINES

35. (1) Any person other than a resident who breaches rule 8, 14,
19, 21. 22, 23, 24, 25, 28 or 30 may be removed from the centre by the
centre manager or a police officer and in removing such persons the
centre manager and the police officer may use such force as is
necessary in the circumstances.

(2) Any resident who breaches rule 5. 7. 8A, 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16, 17, 19. 20, 21, 22, 23. 24, 25, 26. 27, 28, 29. 30, 31, 32. 33 or 34 shall be
liable to

(a) a fine not exceeding 5500; or

(b) separate confinement for a period not exceeding 28 days.

which penalties may be imposed by a Chief Immigration Officer.

(3) A Chief Immigration Officer acting under paragraph (2) may
inform himself as he sees fit as to the circumstances surrounding the
alleged breach of rules and shall not be bound by rules of evidence.

(4) A Chief Immigration Officer shall not impose any penalty under
paragraph (2) unless he is satisfied

(a)that the resident has been given at least 24 hours notice in
writing of the alleged breach of rules and of the time and place
of hearing;

(b)that the resident has had a reasonable opportunity to
exculpate himself, and

(c) that the resident has breached these rules.

(5) An order signed by a Chief Immigration Officer specifying that a
Vietnamese refugee be separately confined shall be sufficient authority
for any public officer in charge of a centre specified in the Immigration
(Places of Detention) Order to receive and confine the Vietnamese
refugee in accordance with the confinement order.





(6) Where the person who is alleged to have breached a rule is
under 14 years of age, the person who is recorded in the centre
records as the head of the household to which the young person
belongs shall be liable to pay any fine imposed by the Chief
Immigration Officer and in default of payment the head of house-
hold and the young person shall both be liable to separate confine-
ment as ordered by the Chief Immigration Officer.

36. (1) A centre manager shall be entitled to collect any fine
imposed under rule 35 and shall apply the same within the centre for
the welfare and advancement of the residents.

(2) A centre manager shall keep proper records of the collec-
tion and disbursement of fines collected by him under rule 35 and
shall make them available at all reasonable times for audit by an
official of the United Nations High Commission for Refugees.

37. A Chief Immigration Officer may allow a resident time to
pay a fine imposed under rule 35 and may direct that if a resident does
not pay the fine on or by the due date that the resident shall be
separately confined for a period specified in the direction not
exceeding 28 days for default of such payment.

38. (1) A resident may within 48 hours of the imposition
of a penalty by a Chief Immigration Officer under rule 35 give notice
of appeal against the penalty.

(2) A notice under paragraph (1) shall-

(a) be in writing;

(b) be directed to the Director of Immigration;

(c) be served on an immigration officer or a centre manager;

(d)set out the grounds for appeal against the finding and
penalty;

(e) be signed by the resident.

(3) The Director of Immigration shall forthwith consider the
appeal and serve a copy of his findings on the resident.

(4) The Director of Immigration may require the attendance
of a resident when he considers an appeal under this rule by that
resident.

(5) The decision of the Director of Immigration on any appeal
shall be final.

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

39. A centre manager may, by notice in writing, authorize any
person employed in a centre to exercise any of the powers or perform





any of the duties conferred or imposed upon the centre manager by
these rules and the person so authorized shall have and may exercise
such powers and perform such duties.

SCHEDULE [rule 2.]

1. Jubilee Transit Centre;

2. Kai Tak Transit Centre.
L.N. 182/81. L.N. 201/82. L.N. 92/83. Citation. Application. Schedule. Interpretation. Centre passes. Inspection of pass. Children under 12 years to be accompanied. Centre to close at midnight. Visitor to have permission of centre manager. Resident wishing to visit another centre to have written permission. L.N. 92/83. Loss etc., of card to be reported. Dealings in passes prohibited. Resident to obey instructions. Cleaning, etc. Inciting disobedience. No political activities. L.N. 92/83. Resident to occupy space allocated. Restriction on commercial activities. Employment. L.N. 92/83. Complaints, etc. Fighting. No noise after 11 p.m. No alcoholic drinks. No gambling. Restriction on cooking. No fires. Electrical appliances. No alteration etc., to centre. Prohibition on selling food. Disposal of refuse. No spitting. Reporting sickness. Restriction on living outside centre. Reporting on changes in family. Resident to attend interviews, etc. L.N. 92/83. Offences. L.N. 92/83. (Cap. 115, sub. leg.) L.N. 92/83. Centre manager to collect fines imposed. Failure to pay a fine. L.N. 92/83. Appeals. Authorization of employees. L.N. 92/83.

Abstract

L.N. 182/81. L.N. 201/82. L.N. 92/83. Citation. Application. Schedule. Interpretation. Centre passes. Inspection of pass. Children under 12 years to be accompanied. Centre to close at midnight. Visitor to have permission of centre manager. Resident wishing to visit another centre to have written permission. L.N. 92/83. Loss etc., of card to be reported. Dealings in passes prohibited. Resident to obey instructions. Cleaning, etc. Inciting disobedience. No political activities. L.N. 92/83. Resident to occupy space allocated. Restriction on commercial activities. Employment. L.N. 92/83. Complaints, etc. Fighting. No noise after 11 p.m. No alcoholic drinks. No gambling. Restriction on cooking. No fires. Electrical appliances. No alteration etc., to centre. Prohibition on selling food. Disposal of refuse. No spitting. Reporting sickness. Restriction on living outside centre. Reporting on changes in family. Resident to attend interviews, etc. L.N. 92/83. Offences. L.N. 92/83. (Cap. 115, sub. leg.) L.N. 92/83. Centre manager to collect fines imposed. Failure to pay a fine. L.N. 92/83. Appeals. Authorization of employees. L.N. 92/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2518

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:03 +0800
<![CDATA[IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2517

Title

IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES) (DESIGNATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






IMMIGRATION (VIETNAMESE REFUGEE CENTRES)
(DESIGNATION) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

(Cap. 115, section 13C(1)

[12 June 198 11

L.N. 181 of 1981, L.N. 216 of 1981 L.N. 189 of 1981, L.N. 199 of 1982, L.N. 360 of 1983, L.N.
247 of 1985, L.N. 133 of 1987, L.N. 247 of 1988, R. Ed. 1988, L.N. 255 of 1989.

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Immigration (Vietnamese Refugee Centres)
(Designation) (Consolidation) Order.

2. Refugee centres

The places specified in the Schedule are designated as refugee centres for the
residence of Vietnamese refugees.

SCHEDULE [para. 2]

1. The land and buildings known as the Kai Tak Vietnamese Boat People Departure Centre
at Prince Edward Road East and Kwun Tong Road, Kai Tak which area is delineated in red on a
plan numbered KM3678 signed by the Secretary for Security and dated 5 September 1988 and
thereon coloured pink copies of which plan are deposited in the offices of the Security Branch of
the Government Secretariat, Central Government Offices, Hong Kong and at the Kai Tak
Vietnamese Boat People Departure Centre. (L.N.247of1988)

2. Pillar Point Vietnamese Refugee Centre, being the area near Tuen Mun outlined in red and
coloured green on a plan numbered SRHK-OT87/140A signed by the Secretary for Security and
dated 12 October 1988 copies of which are deposited in the offices of the Security Branch of the
Government Secretariat, Central Government Offices, Hong Kong and at the Pillar Point
Vietnamese Refugee Centre. (L.N. 255 of 1989)

3. The land and buildings known as the Kai Tak Transit Centre situated at Prince Edward
Road East and Kwun Tong Road, Kai Tak which area is delineated in red on a plan numbered
KM3678 signed by the Secretary for Security and dated 5 September 1988 and thereon coloured
yellow copies of which plan are deposited in the offices of the Security Branch of the
Government Secretariat, Central Government Offices, Hong Kong and at the Kai Tak Transit
Centre. (L.N. 247 of 1988)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/2517

Edition

1964

Volume

v9

Subsequent Cap No.

115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:08:03 +0800